This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
A3. /&&
 LEXICON
TO

JESCHTLUS,
CONTAINING

A CRITICAL EXPLANATION OF THE MORE DIFFICULT

PASSAGES IN THE SEVEN TRAGEDIES.

Rev. WILLIAM LINWOOD, M.A., M.R.A.S.

STUDENT OF CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD.

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND WALTON,
UPPER GOWER STREET.

M.DCCC.XUII.
 LONDON :
PRINTED BY JOHN WERTHBIMER AND CO.
CIRCUS PLACE, FINSBURY CIRCUS,
 PREFACE.

This Lexicon was some time ago announced for publica

tion, and the earlier sheets committed to the press, when
from unavoidable circumstances the work was suspended,
and the MS. laid aside. Several alterations and additions have
been made on resuming the correction of the press ; and in
a very few instances, it may be observed, that the oppor
tunity has been taken of revising or modifying a statement
made in the earlier pages of the work, when further con
sideration had led to the adoption of an opinion different
to the one originally proposed.
The object of this work, besides furnishing an interpret
ation of the words and ordinary phraseology of the author,
is to explain the difficulties of the text ; meaning, of course,
by difficulties, such as would present themselves to students
possessed of that previous degree of knowledge without
which it is presumed that no one would attempt to read
^Eschylus. The explanation of matters belonging to History,
Geography, and Antiquities has been seldom touched upon,
as being a province wholly distinct in its character, and
requiring to be separately treated: information sufficient
for all general purposes on the latter of these subjects will
IV PREFACE.

be found in the Dictionary of Antiquities, lately brought

out by the publishers of this work : and two similar works
on the subjects of Mythology and Geography, if completed
with equal ability, will supply, with the former, a deside
ratum long felt in this department of classical literature.
It will hardly be thought, by those who are competent
to form an opinion upon the subject, that a work bike the
present is a superfluous addition to what has already been
written upon ^Eschylus. Such especially as have under
taken to read this author without assistance, must have felt
how often they have been driven upon their own resources,
and how much not only of apparent but of real difficulty has
been left unexplained. It is not denied, that they who will
be at the pains to work out the meaning for themselves
by patient investigation, may derive greater benefit by the
exercise than they who depend upon the assistance of a
commentator : but to do so with certainty requires an
amount of scholarship not often met with amongst younger
students; and, whilst a few may reap more solid advantage from
the very scantiness of the help afforded them, by the majority
the Author will either be unread, or, if read at all, be in
danger of being continually misunderstood.
It is not pretended that in this Lexicon the student will
find a full solution of every difficulty. It may, however, be
honestly asserted that no passage has been designedly passed
over where any real obscurity exists : in all such, except from
unintentional omission, either an explanation has been given,
or the nature of the difficulty stated. This, of course, does
not apply to those passages so obviously corrupt, that to
attempt to explain them in their present state would be a mere
waste of time, and an unprofitable exercise of ingenuity.
An Index is given at the end of the volume, in which are
noted those passages of which a fuller or more particular
 PREFACE. V

explanation was likely to be wanted: by consulting this, the

student will be able to use the Lexicon as a running commentary
on the text ; and this plan will possibly be found the more
advantageous of the two, since, from the degree of trouble it
involves, it will prevent recourse being had to it except in cases
of real difficulty. The references are given to the text of
Wellauer, as perhaps on the whole the least objectionable of
the. complete editions of ^Eschylus for the use of younger
students. References have, however, been given also to
five of the plays as edited by Dr. Blomfield.
In passages evidently corrupt, the most probable conjec
tural emendations have been recorded, and occasionally
recommended for adoption ; a list of which will be found at
the end of the book. Many passages, however, where the
vulgar reading, though not so obviously incorrect, has been
nevertheless believed to be corrupt, have been left untouched,
from a desire not to encumber with a display of critical
ostentation a work principally intended for younger students.
A few original emendations have been suggested, chiefly
such as have occurred in carrying the work through the
press: they are, however, merely offered as conjectures,
which every one is at liberty to reject upon the production of
better, and which can hardly be chargeable with presumption
when not rashly obtruded upon the text.
It may be necessary to claim the indulgence of the reader
for many typographical errors, which it is feared may remain
uncorrected. The manuscript having been almost entirely
recomposed whilst passing through the press, and the cor
rection of the sheets having to be simultaneously performed
without any kind of assistance, and frequently under circum
stances the most unfavorable, it may be supposed that the
weariness attendant on such a task may have led to some
occasional oversights. This may be peculiarly the case in
VI PREFACE.

the earlier sheets, which were corrected under great indis

position. It is believed, however, that these errors are for
the most part only of such a nature as will at once explain
themselves to those at all acquainted with the subject; and it
has not therefore been considered necessary to encumber the
volume with a list of errata, which it would have taken much
time to prepare, and to which few probably would have been
at the trouble to refer.
It remains only to express a hope that this work, imperfect
as in many respects it is, may not be without advantage to
those who desire an accurate acquaintance with that language
whose magnificent remains, though mutilated by the ravages
of time, and by the ignorance of still more merciless tran
scribers, must for ever form the basis of all sound and liberal
education: a language which, to whatever theme or subject
it be appliedwhether breathing from the harp of Sappho,
or pealing with the thunder of Demosthenesstands unri
valled beneath the sun for glory and for beauty, and which
contains the record, not only of the most illustrious achieve
ments which the world has ever witnessed, but of the most
ennobling sentiments of which the human heart is capable,
and the sublimest speculations which human reason has
produced.

London, April 1843.

 N.B.
1. For the advantage of younger students, the quantity of the long
penultimate has been marked. In order to save room, the derivations
of words have not generally been given, as they will, for the most
part, readily suggest themselves to any one moderately acquainted
with the language. For the same reason, in the case of some words of
continual recurrence, e.g. gal, re, and the like, the references have
occasionally been curtailed, where no disadvantage was likely to arise
from their omission.

2. It has been thought better in some cases to retain the orthography

of the old editions, e.g. in such words as yivo/xai, yivwanu), ahrog,
vnepdopy, k.t.X. where modern editors usually write yiyvofiat, yiyvixTKb),
aeroQ, virtpdoptl, k.t.X. As it did not fall within the plan of the
present work to enter upon a discussion of this point, the method
which has the sanction of authority has been retained in the citation
of passages.

3. With respect to the accentuation of adjectives compounded

from verbs, and bearing an active signification, it has been intended
to follow the rule of the grammarians, sc. in that case to accent
the penultimate. This rule, although definite in its principle, ap
pears, as far as we can judge, to have been extremely uncer
tain in its application, and it perhaps may be unsafe to depart
from what appears to have been usual in each instance. If, how
ever, the rule be of authority at all, it ought, as it would seem, to be
equally so in all cases to which it is applicable ; and it is desirable
that, as far as possible, uniformity of practice should be observed.
Exceptions are of course to be made in case of those adjectives where
the compound is formed from the substantive and not, as might
appear at first sight, from the verb, e.g. Tayinropog, ra-xyppodoc, k.t.X.
aud those cases likewise seem to be rightly excepted, where the
force of the verb is so merged in the composition as to form only
one idea, e.g. viripKoiros, k.t.X. The question is one which calls
for a fuller discussion.

The reader is requested to correct a few more important errata,

sc. :

Page 2,6. two lines from bottom, for " P. 904." read " E.904."
3,6. six lines from bottom, after " passively," insert " A. 1614."
5, a. line 9, for " ayicvoa," read " ayicvpa."
6, a. 13, after " dyutarijc," insert " A. 1051. 1056."
14,6. 22, for " Kitpi," read " ice aft."
19,6. 21, insert " how" before " might."
23, a. 6, for " 1649." read " 521."
24,<z. 35, for " P. 229." read " S.229."
40,6. 13, for "A. 1647." read "A. 1438."
41,6. 39, dele "A. 1652."
48,6. 12, insert " S. 605."
51,6. seven lines from bottom, insert " S.832."
55, a. line 5, for "49." read " 1049."
59,o. 30, after " j3n\6s," insert " C.564."
37, after " yaioe," insert " S.806."
71,0. 21, for " yap," read " ya."
76,6. ten lines from bottom, for "pretending," read "portending."
141, a. nine lines from bottom, for " Xoyov," read " Xoyoig."
160,6. line 9, for " useless," read " unless."
164,6. six lines from bottom, for " iiroptvog," read " iiropivovg."
248,6. line 20, dele " Blomf."
 LEXICON

A
'A sometimes written d, a particle appears, however, no satisfactory rea
expressive of any strong and sudden son for doing so, the epithet being,
emotion. Hesych. a, a. o-xtTXiatrriKoy as Heath observes, sufficiently ap
tTripprifia. a iro~i iror' ijyayic tie A. plicable to the lamentations of the
1057. In S.153. for a ZfjS (& Zrjv, youthful brides of the Persians. The
for Zeiig, hpxaiK&Q Salvin.) J> Zev is reason assigned by Blomfield, that
commonly read, a a C.1043. A. 1060. ajipoyiriovaQ follows so soon after,
a a, ea to P.V. 114.565. a a, 'M, seems little to the purpose, repetitions
!Sou A. 1096. 6 6 a S.805. of the same word being very common
"Afiaroc untrodden, pathless, P.V. in iEschylus.
2. Blomf. from Phavor.s. aflporn vvi,, 'AfipoZiatTOQ softly living, P. 41. an
reads d/3poroe. So Schol. Venet. ad epithet of the Lydians. See Herod.
II. 7 78. Eustath. Suid. MS.C.C.C. 1.155.
Oxon. The vulg. is probably quite 'A/3pdrt/ioc soft and costly, A. 675.
correct, cf. 6j3arov tie opoe Soph. Here Salmas. conj. d/3po7rjvwv rich
CEd. T. 712. in texture : so Glasg. Blomf.
'A/3\d/3eia security, cir' d/3Xa/3fVa 'Afipoylruv covered with soft cloth
is read by Herm. whom Blomf. and ing, P. 535.
Well, follow in A. 995. See under 'Afipvvtiv [u] to make effeminate,
tiiXaflcia. firi yvvaiKOQ iv rpoirote kfii 6(5pvvc A.
'A/3\a/3qc safe, h. e. uninjured. 893. Mid. aflpvvto-Oai be conceited,
S.c.T. 68. safe, h.e. not injuring, P. give oneself airs, hfipvyirai kolq tic
547. E. 275.452. tu irpaaotov kXIov A. 1178.
AfiovKokqToz unheeded, indifferent. "Ajivaaoc bottomless, unfathomable,
aflovKoXnrov tovt f'/iw <j>povrjficiTi S. arne afivaoov iriXayog S. 465. Me-
907. this is a matter of indifference to taph. (j>piva Aiav o^iv afivtraov
me. From (iovKoXtiv, q.v. S.1044. ttXdvtog d/W<70 S.c.T. 931.
'Aj3ovXla imprudence. Kparndclg inexhaustible wealth.
2' U <pl\iov hfiovXiatg S.c.T. 732. in "Ayo Doric for ayn q.v.
duced by evil counselsfrom his friends. 'Ayafciv to feel displeasure, ra
See under k<, and cf. Soph. Ant. 1204. Oeu>v fino'iv aya^nv S. 1047. not to
with Erfurdt's note. feel displeasure at the decrees of the
'AfipofiarriQ walking delicately. P. gods. Hesych. ayaei, hyavaKTci, /3a-
1029. an epithet of the Persians. So pt'dJC (f>epEi.
seq. 'Ayados good. h.e. virtuous, S.c.T.
'Afipoyoog softly lamenting, P. 533. 592.brave, S.c.T.577. P. 882. 929.949.
Porson marks this word as doubtful. clever, A. 769.favorable, auspicious,
Blomf. adopts Pauw's conj . dicpoyooi. kind, P.838. A. 151. 733. 11 03. E.841.
Wellauer also rejects &(ipoyooi. There 931.943.966. S.621.944. P. 214. In A.
j;

y
 ArAA (2 ) AfAN

1240. the vulg.tr' ic <t>06pov irtoovT' grata sui specie exhilaret. Vim verbi
ityaSiii 2' a[iti\pofiai is opposed both to ayaXXctv retinet inde ortum ayaX^a,
the sense and metre. Jacob, reads itt- recteque adeo ab antiquis grammati-
aovra y JtF afiii\pofiat, which Butl. cis exponitur KaXXutTriaiia nav tip <J
approves and Blomf. has adopted. tiq ayaXXtrat icai ^a/pti. Qua sola
Heath, ttiouvt' eyw 2' hfiii\pofiat notione ab Homero positumesse recte
h. e. and I will perish in my turn, monet Eustathius. Tragici ssepe di-
which is certainly very harsh. Schiitz. cunt liberos parentum ayaXtiara, de
&ya6a 2' atiii\f/oiiai, h.e. I will return lictus, oblectamenta, ut Eurip. Suppl.
the benefits received. Wellauer, in 367.Sed quoniam in statuis praeci-
defiance of the anapaest, conjectures puum ornamentum est, ayaXtia pro
ayad' u>h" hjitriojim, with the same prie de his usurpari ccepit.Ssepe
sense. An anonymous conjecture, veteres scriptores ayaXtiara a pic-
adopted by Scholefield, appears more turis distinguunt. Neque tamen
probable than any of these, i.yi> c" perpetuum hoc discrimen est. Im
&fi tilo/iut. which accords very well primis autem frequens hujus vocis
with the general sense of the pas usus est de donariis numini alicui
sage. consecratis, et de Deorum simula-
'AyaKcucToc suckled along with cris."
others, A. 700. This is the meaning ' AyafitiLvovioc of Agamemnon.
generally assigned tot he word by the ' Ayatietivoviav aXoxpv A. 1480. the
Etymologists, the a being equivalent wife of Agamemnon. 'Ayatittivoviuiv
to 6fiov : so Valck. Some consider o'Ikiov C. 848. the house ofAgamemnon.
it to mean not suckled with milk : so For this useof adjectives derivedfrom
Passow. The latter appears prefer proper names, see Matth. Gr.Gr. 446.
able, the epithet being applied to a 10 ; and on the different forms, Aya-
lion's cub brought up, not in the usual fietivovetoc, -tog, and -cos, seeLobeck
way by its mother, but with the chil on Soph. Aj. v. 108.
dren of a family, and hence said to 'Ayafiitivwv Agamemnon, A . 26. 42.
be hyaXaicros. Blomf. translates, a 509.1219.1287.1377. C.925. E.434.
foster-brother, in accordance with the Ayaitoe unmarried, aya/xov afa-
former meaning. If the latter be fiarov tictyvytiv S. 135. 144.
correct, the epithet <ptX6itaorov will "Ayav too much, very much, e. g.
merely denote the tender age of the ayav aXnOttc S.c.T. 692. too true,
cub. See <f>iX6fia<rroc. P.V. 72. 180.318. 327.543. S.C.T. 35.
"AyaXiia an ornament, an embel 220. 228. 429. 674. 953. P. 10. 211. 512.
lishment, tekvov, cufiitiv ayaX/xa A. 507. 780. 813. A. 472. 984. 1214. 1227.
201. iirirovs, ayaXfia rrjs virepirXovTOv C. 957. E. 788. 904. S. 404. 699. 738.
XXidtjc P. V. 464. aKCKncalov ii.yq.Xfia. 892. ovrutc aStX^ate \ipo\v i\vaipovr
ttXovtov A. 721. Helen, the pride of ayav S.c.T. 793. they were slain too
the wealthy Paris. AyaXiia rv/xflov surely. Oaviov &" ovk ayav eXevdepoc
C. 198. an honour to the tomb. Here E.324. he is not very (i.e. not at all)
AyaXiia is the ace. referring to trvfi- free. laA.l313.Troivas8ava.rwva.yav
irevOeiv kiiot. Scholef. rightly trans tiriKpavti, the vulg. violates both the
lates, quodesset honorias in A. 218. sense and the metre. Herm. omits
See Matth. Gr. Gr. 431.5. an image ayav (omitted also by Ven. Flor.) and
of a deity. ayaXjiar aiSolov Ato'c S. reads iwtKpalvet, H. Voss arav re
189. SO S.C.T. 240. 247. E. 55. 881. Kpavci, which Blomf. adopts. It is
The meanings of dyaX/xa are thus possible that ayav may have arisen
traced by Ruhnken on Timaeus, from the careless repetition of the
" ayaXXeiv proprie est nitidum red- preceding syllable artov. In P. 904
dere, sic aliquid exornare, ut oculos for tirjXa r tiidevovvr Ayav, Dobree
 ArAN
conj. tvOtvovvra yd, which is not at
all improbable.
'Ayavopeios brave, P. 985. Doric
from ayr\vwp.
'Ayavoe mild, gracious. Ik Qvaiwv
ayava. tyaivovtr IXwle A.101. See 0ai-
vt.iv.
'Ayaarovoe deeplygroaning, S.c.T.
95.
'Ayavoe illustrious, august. THp/rate
ayavole P. 948.
'Ayflarava Ecbatana, P. 922. In
P. 16. 526. all MSS. read 'EicflaTavwv
q.v.
"AyyapoQ a Persian courier. See
Herod, viii. 98. Metaph. (ppvurbc air'
ayyapov vvpoe A. 273. a beacon of
fire transmitted from post to post suc
cessively.
'AyyiXia a message, P.V. 1042. A.
86.
'AyyeWetv to deliver a message.
ayycXX' iovaa C.768. ayytXAe ro~ioi
Kvploiai Swfiarwv C. 647. we 6 (ppvKroe
ayyiXXwv irpiiru A. 80. See irpeireiv.
With ace. ayyeWeiv kuk& P. 249. <^\-
rar ayyiXXwv S.597. rati' ayyeXijJv
C.698. A Kaivbv ayytkiov P.V.945.
ravr ayyiXXe. C.759. With attract.
<pijfirie v<f tiq riyyuXav ol t,lvoi C. 730.
Pass, ro'iai vvv ^yyeXuevoie C.763.
"AyycXoe a messenger, P.14. A.271.
624. S.C.T.267.355.830. S.182. C.
838. ayycXov Ziicrjv C.193. like a mes
senger. dyyeXov ov fXEfji-^/tTai woXie y-
povra S. 755. old as lam, the city shall
not complain of me as a messenger.
Zrjvl irurrbv &yyeXov P.V. 971. a mes
senger in the service of Jupiter. Me
taph. koviv avavSov ayyeXov arparov
S. 177. So S.C.T. 82. vvxwc ayyeXoe
irvpoe A. 574. the beacon fire, ovti
piXXwvTraprjicev ayyeXov fitpog A.
282. did not omit its office of messenger,
obbtv ayyiXtov trdivoe we avroc; avrwv
avSpa irevQeaQaL iripi C.837. is unin
telligible. Schiitz reads we avrbv av
rwv k.t.X. and translates non tantum
valet nuntii relatio quantum si dominus
ipse de his rebus sciscitetur et inqui-
rat. Blomf. compares the expression
obhtv o\6v lor aKovaai Arist. Av.967.
(3) ArEi
Herm. Obss. Critt. p. 121. strongly
objects to this use of we and proposes
a remedy which is certainly not less
objectionable; die avrbe avrwv avdpa
TrevdeaOat napel h.e. non usus est nun-
ciis, quum ipse adsis, ut hospitem de
rebus Mis interroges. Bothe conj. <ic
avrov avrwv &vra TrevOttrOai irapa.
Schiitz's conjecture and explanation
seems upon the whole the best. The
expression is a general one, avZpa
being used as in Soph. CEd. T. 315.
avdpa 2' ixpeXtlv a<p' <Sv Xm TE Kat
Svvatro KaXXiaroe vovwv. The con
struction apparently is obh'ev odtvoe
ayyeXwv {toiovtov kariv) we avSpa
avrov irebdEcrOat wepi avrwv. This use
of iic may perhaps be supported by
that in Act. Apost. 20.24, although no
great authority in such matters. ovSe
'(\w T*)v ^vX*lv r"5" Ttfilav Efiavrw we
TtXeiwaai rbv Spouov uov fxera ^apae.
On C. 762. iv ayyiXw yap Kpxnrrbc
opdovrat Xdyoe, see under KpvKroe.
'AySa/3arae proper name of a
man; P. 920.
' Ayetv to lead, to bring, avipa ayet
yvvfi rie S.c.T. 627. KVfi ayu 740. brings
on a wave, tfye P. 334. A. 1613. ayov,
Dorice, with ace. voaroi ayov o'ikoc P.
847. broughtthemhome, where the vulg.
has te o'Licove which violates the metre
and is therefore rejected by Glasg.
Blomf. Passow retains ie but corrects
ayov for ayov. v<f ixpfxar ftyayov
"nrnove P.V. 463. / yoked horses to
chariots, irdi ttot ijyayee fie; A. 1057.
1109. fiyaye P.542. ijyayov iraXtv A.
827. brought back, va.ee flyayov P. 555.
aye C. 701 . 7rpoe iriiXae ayoi X6)(ov
S.c.T.56. ayivC.7o8. Afciv A.1258.
ayovcra A. 394. ayovrae Ityionov S.
498. See t^fVnoe. to carry away
S. 607. 709. 919. Pass, and fiptriwv
ayofiivav S.42.5. ay<r9ai irXoKafiwv
S.c.T. 308. to be dragged away by the
hair, a^n fut.mid. used passively you
shall be dragged away. For this use
of what is commonly called the future
middle in a passive sense, see Monk's
note on Hippolytus 1458, who quotes
from jEschylus, riftiiatrai A. 567.
 ArEi (4)
fiovXeuo-erai S.c.T. 180. iipiov-iii P.
681. See also Pierson on Moeris
under the words awaWa^ovTai, yvp-
vatrerai, Tifiiitrerat. Monk rightly
observes that the first instance of the
kind is found in Homer Od. A. 123.
Xap *IW irap' afxfii <f>iXi)aeai. See
likewise Matth. Gr.Gr.494.il. and
Bernhardy, Sy nt. Gr. p. 344. Note.
to drive, to harass, P.V.577. ayti yap
aifxa /xnTppov E.221 .to support, bear
up. (peXXol c" &s ayovai HktvovC. 499.
to hold in esteem, to believe in.
uyoifi ay (sc. Qeovc) e"t tic raace fu)
'i;aip;<7rai S.902. / will believe in
them. Cf. Abresch, Animadv. iEsch.
210. and see under vopi^eiv. to pass
sc.tirae.Kpeovpyov t)fiapevdvpu)c ayetv
A. 1074.to take in marriage, ore rdv
ofioirarpiov dyaytc 'llaiovav P.V. 558.
imper. aye come! dXX' aye, llipo-air
Oitfieda P. 136. come let us make, ayt
h) A. 757. aye ) icai xppbv &\pa>-
fxev E. 297. aye Sr) Xi^iafxev S. 620.
plur. ayere riov iraXai ireirpaypevtav
Xvaaaff ii'ifin C. 792.
"Ayeiog without a land, from a and
yrj. "Aytioc eyia jiaQv\a"iOQ fiadpeiag
fiadpeiag S. 838. Here Turn. Vict,
have ayiog, but ayeioc Med. Guelph.
Aid. Rob. The passage is usually
considered corrupt, but it perhaps
may mean, /, although extremely no
ble in respect of my origin, am without
a country, h. e. am an exile from my
country, referring to the preceding
jitfKOTe wdXiv "iioifii k. r.X. The word
ayeiog is without authority, but may
be formed from a and yrj, as ev-
yetoc, flaOvyeiog, ewiyeiog, etc. See
&ywz.
'Ayelpeiv to collect, e. g. (as evi
dence) to infer, ri tu>vZ' ovk IvIikioq
ayeipio; C. 629. Schol. trvya^ae Ka-
rriyopui.
'Ayeiroov without a neighbour, soli
tary, P.V. 270.
'Aye'Xa <rroe not to be laughed at.
dytXdoroic Zv/MpopalcCso. not laugh
ing. dyf'Xaora irpotrunra A. 768. On
the active or passive force of verbals
see under vapQnKoir\r)piOTOQ.
ArKP
'Ayt) a fragment, oyaiffc Kuiruiy
P. 417. See seq.
" Ayn jealousy, aya 8e66ey A. 130.
the jealousy of the gods; restored by
Herm. for the vulg. ara which vio
lates the metre. &<ra Burn. Elms, ad
Eur. Med. 240.a mischievous or
spiteful act (?) finXotyovoiatv ayaitri
A. 712. So Herm. for vulg. araiaiv
which violates the metre. Pauw and
Schiitz read firjXo<p6voiQ araiai. Butl.
aYaic fir)X6<povoiai. Klausen aya'ioiv
from ayi), quoting Gramm. Sang. 336.
Bekk. ayai' bi rpayiml rag rpixniQ
ovtioq enaXovv Kal ra rpavpara' uit
yap to Tpavpa oiov Karaypa ylve-
rat. This is probably correct, and is
somewhat confirmed by the Homeric
usage, e.g. II. E.161. wg Si Xiiov ev
(iovol Oopwv el, avyeva a,n irdprtoj fje
/3odc Cf. also frangere in Horace,
Od. i. 23. 11. non ego te tigris ut
aspera, Geetulusve leo, frangere per-
sequor. A very probable conjecture
has been suggested to me by Prof.
Maiden, finXo<j>6voitTtv ixoaiai.
'Ayr)v(op brave, manly, S.c.T. 117.
fiyioe a var. lect. in S.838. where
aytioc (q. v.) is to be preferred.
Porson on Eur. Orest. 750. observes
that ayioc is very seldom used by
the Attics, and never by the tragic
writers.
"AyKu0i>. contr. from aveicaOev
(q. v.) above, at the top. oreyaig
'ArpeiSiov &y>;a6ev A. 3.
"AyicaOev from dyicae, in the arms
(cf. ayKae eXa^ero Il.E. 371). HyicaBev
Xa/3(iv E. 80. taking in the arms, em
bracing.
'AycdXr; the arm. ev aynrdXaic
Xafiwv S. 476. taking in the arms,
eat: ev dy*:dXate A. 705. was carried
in the arms. Metaph. irerpaia ayKaXn
P.V. 1021. a rocky embrace, trovriai
ayicaXai C. 580. the bosom of the
ocean.
"AyKpuiiQ contr. for avaxpiaiQ a
judicial inquiry : a legal term strict
ly meaning the inquiry instituted be
fore the magistrate previous to the
regular trial, answering to the Latin
 ArKY (5)
Divinatio. firth' eg ayxpitriv eXdeiv
sc. Qeovg E. 342. and that they should
not engage in any judicial inquiry ; by
which the chorus expresses its desire
that the gods should not take cog
nisance of those matters which it
belonged exclusively to their prero
gative to investigate.
"AyKvpa an anchor. Met. w'pa ifi-
iropovg fiediivai ayicvpav ev lofioiat
vavdoKoig ivu)v C. 651. to put up for
the night.
'AyKvpovyia the standing of a ship
at anchor, is. 747.
'AyXaiafia an embellishment, a
pleasing object, ov Xvpiov ayXaiofia
Suifiatrt A. 1285. no Syrian odour. C.
194. the offering of hair on the tomb
of Agamemnon.
' Ayva/xirrog inflexible, difievog ay-
vafiirrov voov P.V. 163. This verse
does not correspond with the strophe
SiSta yap <'<//u trait; TV^atg. Pauw
and Herm. conj. ndifievog a. v. Butl.
difievog fiaX' a. v. Morell. difitvog
tov a. v. Arnald difievog ayvafiirrov
rbv v6ov, which is the easiest altera
tion and affords the best sense, but
is doubtful on account of the short
ening of the word before yv. See
Porson on Hec. 302. Dawes's Misc.
Crit. p. 196. Bothe and Blomf. alter
the strophe.
'AyvEve.iv to be pure from guilt, with
gen. opvidog bpvig rru>g av ayvevoi
<payi)v ; S. 223. how could a bird be
free from guilt as touching another,
having devoured it ?
"Ayviofia an expiatory offering, fia-
rpifov ayviafia Kvpiov <j>6vov E. 315.
poetically for fiarptoov ayvtofia <po-
vov.
" Ayvoia ignorance, ayvoia A. 1578.
in ignorance, unawares, ayvolag viro
S. 494.
'Ayvoppvrog flowing purely, P.V.
432. where Brunck and Schiitz adopt
ayvopiriDV contrary to MSS. and Edd.
'Ayvog pure, i.e. clear, bright, al-
Bipa ayvov P.V. 280. ayvag 'Aalag
409. ayvov ~2iTpvfiovog P.489. \plo-
fiarog ayvov A. 94.pure i.e. chaste,
Am
holy, hyva aTavpu)Tog A.236. firfrrpbg
ayvav apovpav S.c.T. 735. an unholy
soil. "Aprtfiig ayva. A. 133. S. 1011.
ayvov OTo/iarog E. 277. ayvSiv BTOfia.-
Tiav S.677. ayva Aioe xopa S. 136.
avSpbg ayvov S. 358. irSigayvog ye-
voit av ; S. 225. how could he escape
pollution ? Sacred (iobg ayvfjg P.
603. rroXtfXOKpavTov ayvov riXog S.c.T.
146. ayvo'ig dojioig 260. Salfioveg ay vol
P. 620. ayvov 'AiroXXur S.211. Znvog
ayvov 640. fiavre'iaovKed' hyva. E. 686.
no longer held sacred, ayvov TLe&ovg
aifiag E. 845. tSpdviov ayvaii' S.96.
iv ayviji"i'(eode S.220. in a sacred
place.
'Ayvi>g unknown, ayviog irpbg d-
yvwra C.666. ayviuO' SfiiXov S. 971.
ayvwra <po)vr)v A. 1021.
"Ayoog unmourned, S.c.T. 1055.
'Ayopa. the market-place, dedig ayo-
pag iTntTKtmoig S.c.T. 254.
'Ayopalog protecting the market
place. Xivq ayopaiog E.931. deUvrSiv
ayopatwv A. 90.
"Ayog a curse for guilt, S. 370. 371.
C. 153. E. 161. &yog Ociiv jrarpwav
S.c.T. 1008. the curse of his father's
gods.
'Ayog a leader, S.c.T. 245. 881.
"Aypa a prey, S.c.T. 304. E.143.
'Ayptlv to take. Xpovq> fiev aypel
Upiafiov rroXiv aSe niXevdog A. 125.
Here the present is used for the fu
ture, as in Homer II. A. 365. TH 6r)v
a iavvu> ye xat vtrrepov avTifioXyaag,
See Matth. Gr. Gr. 504. 3. Abresch.
Anim. ^Esch. 1 .463. Bernhardy, Synt.
Gr. c. x. 2.
"Aypev/ia a net, S.c.T. 589. C.992.
plur. A. 1018. E. 438.
"Ayptoc wild. Met. finrpbg ayplag
airo P. 606. periphrasis for the vine,
cruel, fierce, ayptav letrfi&v P.V.
175. irorafxol irvpbg SarrrovTeg aypiaig
yvadoig 368. So C.278. aypioig iroi-
(j>vyfiaai S.c.T. 262. ayplag aXog S.
35.
'Ayplwg cruelly, E.929. In P.V.
155. Blomf. reads ayplotg, which is
found in Codd. ap. Steph.Med. Regg.
G. N. Colb. 1.
 Arpo (6)
'Aypovofios dwelling in the fields,
A. 140. For the accent upon this
and similar words, see Lobeck on
Soph. Aj. p. 230.
'Ayporije (?) a commander, P. 963.
Toup proposes dyptVeu fromHesych.
aypirav, fiyifiova, deov. Thus we
have iwiraypirnQ. Blomf. apjfirai.
Rob. has aKporat. So V.C. ap. Turn.
Schol. Brunck, Schiitz.
"AypvirvoQ never sleeping, P.V.
368.
'Aymarnc [a] an epithet of Apollo as
the guardian deity of streets, to whom
an altar called ayvuvg was placed
before the street doors at Athens.
Hesych. 'Ayvuvg. 6 irpo tu>v dvpHy
torwe pw/tor tv (TvrjfxaTi Kiovog. Cf.
Arist. Vesp. 875. u Ztawor' &vat,, yel-
tov 'Ayvitv, tov fiov irpodvpov Ttptmv-
Xau. Apollo himself was also called
'Ayvuvc Horace Od. iv. 6. 26. Lcevis
Agyieu. 'Ayvuv r is the common
reading in this passage, but re is un
intelligible, ayvia r Med. whence
Herm. rightly conj . ayviar.
'Ayvprpia a female mendicant, A.
1246. the masc. form is ayvprng from
aydpto. This word was peculiarly
used of those who collected a contri
bution from the bystanders at religious
shows. Ruhnken, on Tim.s. v. ayei-
povaav. itg iepelav irEpup-^Ofiivriv, ob
serves, " Plena locutio aydpeiv ^pij-
fiara, fliov, atria, tam nota est, nullis
ut opus sit scriptorum testimoniis. Ne
absolutum quidem aycipeiv pro men-
dicando colligere valde rarum est.
Scilicet in variis artibus quibus sacri-
ficuli simplicis plebecula? pecunias
ad se derivarent, non postrema haec
erat. Dei Dea3ve alicujus effigiem vel
humeris portantes,vel jumento impo-
nentes, per oppida et vicos vagaban-
tur, et verbo Diis, re ipsa sibi stipem
quaerebant. Ex quo circumforaneo
qusestu dyvprSiv nomen invenerunt
Quo veteri more satis vindicatur locus
Herodoti, iv. 35, vfivkiv'Slirlv re icai
Apyiv, ovo/xa^ovrag re rai ayeipovrag,
ubi Thorn. Galeus temere conjiciebat
lyelpovrag."
AAAM
'Ay\dpric [d] prop, name of a
man. P. 956.
"Ay\t near, with gen. P.459. C.
630.
'Ayx^aXoc near the sea. P. 861.
Upon this epithet as applied to islands,
see Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 135.
'Ayxiytlrwv neighbouring. P. 860.
'Ay)dirTo\ts near the city. S.c.T.
483. an epithet of Minerva as wor
shipped at Thebes. Cf. irvXaiiri yu-
tu)v v.486.
" AyxioroQ nearest, next in order.
roc" ay%t(rrov 'Airlag yalag fiovo<ppov-
pov ?p/coc A.248. Here Schiitz, re
ferring the words to Clytemnestra,
as being yalag itov6(j>povpov epKog in
the absence of her husband, under
stands ayxtorov to mean near, i. e.
approaching. Others apply the ex
pression to the Chorus, upon whom,
in the king's absence, it next devolved
to guard the city. This is clearly
the meaning of &yxi<rrov, whether it
be referred to Clytemnestra, which
may be supported by v. 251, or to
the Chorus, divarat Aide ay^itrra
S. 1018. next after Jupiter.
'Ay^ovn hanging, ayyovng ripfiara.
E. 716. death by hanging.
'Aywyn a bringing, efirjg aywyrjg
A. 1236. the bringing of me.
'Aywv an assembly for deliberation.
Koivovg hy&vag Qivreg A. 819.a con
test. E. 647. 714. plur. 874. C. 577.
718. vvv iiffcp Travrtav kywv. P. 397.
now it is a struggle for all. dyi>v
vdicng vaXaiag A. 1350. a struggle
originating in an antient quarrel, sc.
about the slaughter of Iphigenia. See
Lobeck, Soph. Aj. v. 1163.
'Ayi>vi0Q presiding over contests,
ayiovitov 8dZv S. 186. 239. 328. 350.
A. 499.
"ASairog not fit to be feasted upon,
unlawful. Ovular afiairov A.147.
'Adaiiavrivog of adamant, P.V. 6.
64.
'ASafiavToSeroQ bound in adamant.
aSaiiaVTOtHroicri Xifxatg P.V. 148.
the disgrace of being bound in ada
mant. Trovoig adaiiavroBtTOig 424. the
 AAAM ( 7 )
sufferings of one so bound. The epi
thet here is improperly applied to the
thing instead of the person. See
Lobeck on Soph. Aj. v. 7. and com
pare aXirvrroQ.
'ABafiarog unsubdued, C. 53. S.c.T.
215. where ada/xaaroy is the vulg.
corrected by Pauw. unmarried. S.
136.144.
"ASEny enough, P.V.587. a poeti
cal form of aSijv. Here Brunck,
Glasg. Schiitz, Blomf. have dSnv
(q.v.) contrary to all MSS. and
Edd.
'Addfiayrog free from fear. With
gen. ifiavrrJQ aZtifiavrog P. 158. with
out fear for myself.
AlcifiavroiQ without apprehension.
C. 760.
" A<5eiv to sing, C.1021.
'Ah\(f>{i a sister, S.c.T. 959. 1056.
P.V.800. C.17. it is used adjective-
ly in S.c.T. 793. dSeX<j>dle XP<"> V
hands of brothers.
'ASeXfeos a brother, S.c.T. 959.
This form is unknown to the tragic
senarius. Hence in the corrupt pas
sage in S.c.T. 558. where xal t6v abv
avdtc irpoafiopov dSeXtpeov appears as
the vulg. dSeX(j>eov is probably spu
rious. See bfiooiropoQ.
'ASeine prop, name of a man. P.
304.
"ASrjv enough. With gen. adr/v eXei-
ijsv cujuaroe rvpnvviKov A. 802.
'AlfipiTog not to be contended with.
P. V. 105.
*Ac'r)S Hades, hell. dvavyrjTOV
"AStivI*.V.1031."Adov craKToptXlcptrdv
P. 887. filling hell with the Persians.
See oaicTwp.the god ofHades, Pluto.
tov Kara xdovoe "Ah~ov A. 1360. fieyac
yap "Ahnc early eidvvoe fipoTiov E.
263. iv "Alov sc. do/ioic A. 1509. S.
225. 411. tie "a2ou sc. Sojuoue P.V.
230. "Acsov niXac A. 1264. Siktvov
"Adov A. 1086. a fatal net. "ASou fin-
ripa 1208. a deadly, fatal mother. See
Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 802. who refutes
the opinion that fir/rep' is here put for
fir)ripi. qZifv ir6vTiov A. 653. a watery
grave.
AEI
'AiiKtiv to be unjust, to fir) 'Suetiv
E. 85. 661. 719. the absence of injus
tice.
"Ahme unjust, A. 387. C. 392. 990.
atiKa S. 399. acts of injustice.
'ASiVwc unjustly, A. 1526.
'Adfiris. Perhaps this word ought
to be read in S.140. ddfj.fJToe afytijra.
So Reg. L. Lachm. See seq.
"AS/xtjtoc fem. dBfiriri) unmarried.
a.c~firiTdQ aZfirira pixriog yeveadio S.
140.
'ASoftdrng gone to Hades, dead.
d'h'ojidTa.i ttoXXoi tpuiTee P. 888. Here
the vulg. is aySafidrai without sense.
aSa/3arat Rob. lipddparai conj. Cant.
'nnrofiorai Heath. 'AyjiardvMV Wes-
seling on Herod, i. 42. So Brunck,
Schiitz. addvaroi Blomf. Passow's
conjecture dBofldrat has been deser
vedly adopted by Wellauer.
"ASoXoe sincere, genuine, A. 95.
See Trapriyopia.
'ASo\wc without deception, truly,
C. 950. in a corrupt passage. See
ypovit^tiv.
'Alpdarua the goddess Adrasteia,
the same as Nutate P.V. 938. " Ad
vitandam invidiam Graeci solebant
dicere, irpoaKwCb Tr)i> Wfieoiv, Dem.
adv. Arist. i. p. 495. kclI 'ASpdareiav
fiev avdpioTTOQ &v eyaiye TrpooKvvui.
Plat. Rep. v. irpoanvvw Se 'ASpda-
rciav, to T\avKtov, \apiv ov /xeXXo)
Xeyeiv," Giacomell. Similar forms
of expression constantly occur, e. g.
rbv (pdovov Se irpooKvoov Soph. Phil.
776. aw 2' 'ABpaarela Xe^w. Eur.
Rhes. 468. See <j>86vos and Blomf.
Gloss, in loc.
"ASpaoroe prop, name of a man.
S.c.T. 50. 557.
"Atyeirrog not gathered, S. 649.
'Ael (on the quantity of the a see
under alev) always. With present
tenses, del 2' dvdicTtov tori dcifi' eiai-
mov S. 509. P.V. 162. 517. A. 570.
740. With past. &EJ 6\f/eig evvv^oi
irapnyopovv P.V.648. C.958. P. 435.
With future, del tov irapovroQ d%-
Brfifov KdKov Tpvaei ae P. V. 26. E.
654. 947. In E. 675, etc to ttclv del
 A EI A ( 8)
livov ddirrttv, adevov (q.v.) is read
by Well, from Schneider's emenda
tion. In P. V. 939. BuiTTTf TOV Kpa-
tovvt ad Butler translates tov upa-
tovvt ad unumquemque regnantem,
i.e. the reigning sovereign, whoever
is in power. Perhaps, however,
it is better, on account of the po
sition of . the article, to join ad
with BQitrt, ad in the other case
being usually inserted between the
article and the attributive, e.g. Thuc.
i. 3. rftc ad irXnpovuivac. i. 2. twv
ad wXtwvuv ii. 11. tiSv ad irpota-
tutiov. rbv Kparovvr ad in this sense
would be equally incorrect with i)
w6\ic avo> for the upper city. In
such a passage as Soph. CEd. T. 1037.
% tov Tvpdvvov TrjoSt yrje irdXat iron ;
the construction is not tov iraXai vote
Tvpdvvov, but rvpdvvov is equivalent
to TvpavvtvtravTOQ. See aid, aliv in
their order.
'Adltiv to sing, A.16.G91.
'Aelfaos everliving. &xdoe adwv
S. 966. contr. from ati'fwov. Here
aid ^u>v is the vulg. ad <3v Aid.
Rob. Glasg. Schiitz. adfav Both.
Elmsl. That it is an adjective and
not the participle of the verb, is shewn
by the words rr)v adfav woav in
Fragm. Glauc. Bekk. An. p. 347. 22.
'Ahicj; unseemly, P. V. 97.523. 1044.
contr. a'tictic P. V. 470. ahis irq/ia.
'Ad^evosfor ever a stranger. By an
emend, of Schneid. in C. 673. where
the vulg. is ad i,ivov.
'Adptiv to lift up. aXXo o" adpti
sc. Kvpa S.cT. 741. See ttitveIv.
tvfiapiv ddpwv P. 1506. to move, as
an expedition. a'XX' kvaraXr) ical
Xcktov dpovfiev otoXov P. 781. where
dpovfiev is the fut. by contr. from
depot, apti. Cf. Porson on Eur. Med.
848. Elmsley on Heracl. 323. See
a'Lph) to bring up, to educate, pass.
ifibv ik rove" epvog depdev A. 1506.
'Aeiavpog ever drawing. P.V.450.
an epithet of the ant, who, as Horace
(Sat. i. 1. 34.) says, " ore trahit quod-
cunque potest atque addit acervo."
This is the reading of all the MSS.
AIISV
and Edd. except Vienn. B. and Turn.
See di]avpoQ.
'AtKiov unwilling, S. 39. See &kwv.
"AcXtttoc unexpected, P. 257. 697.
985. A. 885. S. 64. See <f>aive<rdai.
385.
'AtXirrwc unexpectedly, S. 963. P.
255.
'AivaoQ overflowing, S. 548.
'AeteoOai to increase, C.812. S.836,
'Ae^i<j>vXXoc fostering leaves. Etfio-
cVroc ctKrae it' de^i<p{jXXove A. 681.
So Abresch, Schiitz, Herm. For the
vulg. d,i<l>vXkovc. Stanl. Pears. Blomf.
read ai/Ji^i\Xou.
"Aewroe (?) unable tofollow, said to
be from eirofiat. So Passow. cSpoowe
dfTTTOig fiaXepiHv Xeovrtov A. 139. This
is the reading of Flor. deirroiai Farn.
Vict. Schol. but this Wellauer just
ly condemns. acXnroic Med. Phil.
Guelph. Aid. Rob. Turn, whence
Blomf. dXeirrotg ovo nondum exclusis.
The origin of the corruption assigned
by Well, who reads c~p6aoiaoi Xorroie,
appears correct, sc. that AEIIT0I2
was corrupted into AEEITOIS, and
that diXtrroit is derived from X in
serted as a correction over the first
letter of dewTote. See a similar fe
licitous emendation by the same critic
in S.90.
'Aepdr/v lifting up, A. 226.
'Acpia a name by which iEgypt
was known to the Greeks before it
took its appellation from king ^Egyp-
tus. It was so called according to
Steph. irapd tov dipa, Kal yap r)epoetr-
aavavrriv ^pcHriVjOraccordingto Etym.
on rots eir avrr)v vXiovai, KoiXt] oZaa,
oh tpaiverai wplv av tT)(ec'dv 6pfinO<S<Ti.
Kal Tore Siairep it, ofilyXnQ Kal dipog
KCKa.Xvfifj.ivr) (jialvcrai S.71.
"A'(eadai to dread, E.367.to re
spect, E.956. S.639.
"ArjXoQ unenviable, wretched, P.V.
143. C. 1012.
'ArjSiov the nightingale, A. 1116.
1117. S.60.
'Aj)6ve unwonted, S.562.
"Anfia a blast, E.865. A. 1392.
'Ar)avpoc driven by the wind, light.
 A6AM (9 )
anarvpot fivpfiriKEQ P.V. 450. This is
read only by Vienn. B. Turn, and
written over in Regg. A. B. but is
confirmed by Eustath. Od. iv. p.
150, whence it has been adopted by
Brunckand other editors for adovpoi,
which is the readingof all other MSS.
and Edd. See aelavpog.
'AOafiavrls a daughter of Athamas.
TTopQ/xov 'AOafiavrlBog "EXXng P. 70.
the Hellespont.
ABdva [u] Minerva. Doric for
'Adfivq. The Doric form of this word
is always used by the tragic writers,
as in dapog, cican, Kvvayog, irol'ayog,
Xo^ayog, fcvayog, SiraSoe. They,
however, say, 'ABnvaia not 'ABavaia.
Porson on Orest. 26.
'ABdvarog immortal, E.330.911.
giving immortality, aBavdrag rptvog
C.^610.
"ABairrog unburied, S.cT. 1005.
1036.
'ABtXeog unwilling. BtXeog dBtXtog
S. 842.
"ABeXurog not to be soothed. S. 1041 .
'A0e/j.io~rtog unlawfully, C. 635. but
here oh Befiiartog is read for the sake
of the metre by Glasg. Herm. Schiitz.
"ABeog ungodly, impious, E. 146.
513. P. 794.
'AOlpfxavTog not heated. aBipfiavrov
errriav Sofitov C.620. a hearth where
the sacred rites are not duly per
formed. This is the best explana
tion. So anvpwv UpGiv A. 70. The
Scholiast explains it dBpdawrog, not
daring. So Blomf. For this sense
cf. Oeppog. See, however, the whole
passage explained under tieiv.
Adirwg without control, arbitrarily,
P.V. 150. Hesych. adiruig. oh avytca-
Tartdeinivbig. 'Aiaj(vXog UpofiTjBei
itafiuirn. This is restored from con
jecture by Bentley for dBio-fiwg which
violates the metre, if BcfitpSmig be
correct in the strophe.
'AdfjvaL Athens, P. 227. 277. 340.
466. 702. 810. 'AOavat Dorice, P. 278.
936.
'ABnvaia Minerva. See 'ABava
E. 278.289. 584.
AIAN
'ABnvaiog Athenian, it, 'A8r\vaiti>v
orparov P. 347.
" ABiKTog nottouching,active\y. tcepBtSv
uBiktov E. 674. not touching bribes.
Untouched, pass, voaotg &Biktov S.556.
not to be touched, holy. dBtKrwv x"p'C
A. 362. See vapBriKOTrXr/puirog.
'ABXchuv toundergo suffering, P.V.
95.
"ABXtog wretched, A. 1587. C.975.
S.567. S.cT. 761.905.
'AdXiuig in a miserable manner,
C. 972.
rA8Xov (contraction of aeBXov) a
struggle, suffering, arvyepov iriXu rod'
aBXov S.1015.
TA0Xoe id. P. V. 257. 262. 637.704.
754. 936.
'A8po(eiv to collect, pass. ilBpoiaro
P. 406.
'ABvfieiv to be dejected, P. V. 472.
"ABv/xog dejected, dastardly, S.cT.
598. causing dejection. odoiigaBifiovg
E.740.
"A6o>og of Athos. "ABwov alirog
A. 276. the height of Athos.
At an exclamation of grief, at at
P.V. 66. 98. 136. S.cT. 769. 873. 874.
P. 252. 275. 323. 425. at at at at P.
659.892.1104. S.546. C. 1003. With
gen. a'i at a'i at /xcXecov ipyiov C. 1001.
alas for these wretched deeds ! See
Lobeck on Soph. Aj. v. 370. 430.
Ala a land, E. 58. S. 251. n)>
ailnpojxiiropa alav P.V. 302. rav /3a-
Bv\8ov' alav S.cT. 288. woXvTrvpov
alav S.550. a/Kporepag a'iac P. 129.
Europe and Asia. 'EWacSa alav
P. 2. A. 417. 263. Tlepolg ala P. 59.
244. 638. 1026. 1030. Awpt'g' alav P.
478. 'HoWtS' alav P. 487. TevKplSa
alav A. 112. a'Lag <5>pvyiag S.543.
Aldfaiv to mourn, P. 886.
AiaKTog to be mourned, S.cT. 828.
P. 895. actively, mourning, P. 1025.
See vapdnKoirXripUTOg.
Alavrig perpetual, tig rbv alavrj
Xpovov E.542. Hence alav&g, for
ever, E.394. From this comes the sig
nification tedious, vexatious. See seq.
thence, sad, painful, alavij fiay-
fiara P. 627. alavrj avc'dv 903. alavrfg
c
 MAN ( 10 ) MAil

vixrot E. 902. 457. Nuktoc alavij TtKva because the crasis of to would form a
vulg. in E. 394. where aiayrjt from long syllable. This reasoning appears
Earn. Turn, is preferred by Herm. scarcely correct, the i in such cases
Schiitz, Bothe. being probably equivalent to our y,
Alavdt livelong, wearisome, vvktoq and the quantity of the syllable de
alaWfc rtKva E.394. See prec. pending on the second member of the
Alavws for ever, teal rah' alavioc crasis, as in Aiyu7rWac II. 1.382. etc.
ftivoi E. 642. See prec. The forms iroktoq in B.8U. has the last long by
alavi)c and ciicu-oc are often confused. the arsis. About the correctness of
Bloraf. on P. 627. wishes to expunge the reading Alyxnrroycvfis there can,
the latter altogether, which Hermann however, scarcely be any doubt.
on Soph. Aj. 672. justly disapproves, Aiyinrroc AZgyptus, S. 9. 318.330.
comparing Soph. El. 406. He also 382.469.722.887.906.
observes " re vera alavrjc et alavog AlZiiaOai to revere, stand in awe
idem esse atque ex eadem origine of. A/a roi i,iviov fiiyav alh'ovfiai A.
natum videtur, unde aifoc est: quod 353. alh'ovvTai S.632. n'iiaia C.106.
nisi fallor, ab ahl deductum primo alSov S.340. aifcaai E.511. C.883.
diuturnum, deinde diuturnitate mo- alSufrdc E.650. alfc'todai S. 473. al-
lestum et grave, ideoque taedii plenum Sovfitvn C.104. alSovfiivois E. 680.
significabat." See Lobeck on Soph. (tlStaOttQ A. 911. irarpipov aiSitrOtlc
Aj. 672. fiopov E.730. respecting the death of
Atac Ajax. vf\aov A"iavros P. 299. your father. With inf. ov dewv fipirn
360. Atavroc irtpucXvora vatroQ 588. rjlovvTo avXav P. 796. they did not
Salami*. scruple to spoil, etc. finrip' aiSeaOH
Alyalos ASgean. wiXayos Alyaiov Kraviiv; C. 886.
A. 645. A"ttieo-0at i.q. aileiadat, to respect.
AlyiioQ descended from JEgeus. iroTirpoiraiov atooptvoe S.357. ,evo-
Alydif orpary E.653. the Athenian Tl/xovg ETri(TTpo<j>ae dw/xdrtav aiSoficvog
people. nc Zotu) E. 519. let every one observe
Aiyl\i\p goat defying, inaccessible, the honourable entertainment of stran
S. 775. From ait, and Xtliruv. gers.
AlylvXayKTog the name of a moun 'AjSj/ci.q/A^Tjc q-v. 'AtSaeDorice
tain in the Megarian district, A. 294. S. 772. 'Atfov P.V. 152. 'Attq Dor.
Alyic the cegis or shield of Mi S.cT. 850.
nerva, E.382. A storm, C. 585. From Aiooioc worthy of respect, rbv ipov
atootiv. alSolov iroaiv A. 586. alSolov Atoc S.
A'iyiaBog AZgisthus, A. 1411. 1594. 189. (iovXcvriiptov alSdioy E.675. re
C. 109. 474. 645. spectful, aiSola vkt] S.191. alBolov
Aiyviri6g a vulture, A. 49. irp6^evoy 486. cteu0' 'iKtrriv aioo/y
AlyvTTTioe /Egyptian, P. 303. S. Kvevfiari ^lipae S. 28. with a kindly
797.852. feeling on the part of the country.
AlyvirToyevfc born in AZgypt, S. "A'&pte ignorant. With gen. S.448.
30. 1039. in P. 35. the vulg. is AiyiHr- A. 1076.
rwycvrlc, but Med. Reg. P. Lips. 2. 'AV'oWtuc i.q. "Atins q.v. P.641 . 642.
Barocc. Mosq. Aid. Turn, have Al- Aicwc shame, modesty, P.V. 134. C.
yvTcroyevfis. Wellauer rightly ob 654. rf)v ifirjv atcw /xedelc P.685. dread
serves that the vulg. is contrary to at my presence. Saxpvwv airoirraZet
analogy. Pauw, Porson, and Schiitz irivdi/xov aicai S. 574. poetically, she
adopt Alyv7TToyvri. Brunck defends sheds tears of mournful shame. With
the vulg. supposing that Alyvimoyt- inf. uifwf ijv 1/j.oi Xcyitv raoe A. 1177.
vfis is of five syllables, to coalescing / was ashamed to say these things.
into one. Butler objects to this troXXy aicwc avfiaro^Oopeiv A. 1177.
 AIEI ( 11 )
/ am greatly ashamed to spoil myself,
etc.
Aiei i.q. ad always, P. 172.494. E.
743. S. 660. 685. S.C.T. 838. rov aid
areXevrov virvov A. 1425. death. On
E. 76. fie/SUr av aid rrjv irXavoarifirj
X^ova, see under av. On livpd y aid
.556. see under livpo.
Aidftvnoroe ever to be remembered,
P. 746.
'Aiav to hear. With gen. P. 625.
to obey, P. 853. With ace. A. 55.
E. 807. 838. S.57.
AUv i.q. ctd always, P.V. 426. P.
608. A. 865. it aid E.800. for ever.
This is said by Etym. M.P.302.3.
to belong to the Argive dialect, which
changes i into v, as in oirdlto oiriv%u>,
aiei aliv. The same writer observes
that Homer recognizes only three
forms, sc. ad, aid, aliv. So likewise
iEschylus. Twelve dialectic varie
ties are, however, recorded by Etym.
Reg. Par. MS. quoted by Koen. on
Greg, de Dial. Dor. 154, where see
Bast's note. Aid is found even in
Attic prose writers. See Dorv. Cha-
rit. p. 280, but scarcely ever without
&d being in some MS. Porson, Pref.
to Hec. p. iv. decides that ad always
is to be written, considering the pe
nult, common. So Pierson on Moeris
p. 231. q. v. Hermann denies this, and
thinks that the Attics wrote aid, or
&d as the metre required. Apollo-
nius, MS., however, irepl iirippnfia-
tiov, quoted by Bast, confirms the
opinion of Porson.
Aierog an eagle, P.V. 1024. P. 201.
A. 136. C. 245. 256. The Ionic form
is changed for atrot by Brunck and
some others, in all these places, but
MSS. and Edd. have every where
aitr6g.
AidaXoeit fiery. alOaXovooa <p\6
P.V. 994. for alQaXotoaa.
Aldttv to burn, ewg av a'iBn irvp
if' iarlag ifirjt A. 1410. h. e. so long
as jEgisthus is a sharer in the same
house with myself. KaWovaa for tea!
a"tdovoa C.599, but here Karatdovo-a
is to be preferred from an emenda
AIMA
tion by Canter, alduv Xrjfia S.cT.
430. fiery in temper. See Lobeck on
Soph. Aj. 1088.
AiOtpws in the air, P.V. 157. S.c.T.
81.
AiOrip the air or firmament, P.V.
88. 125. 280. 394. 1046. 1090. 1094. S.c.T.
140. S. C03. P. 357. A. 6. W aiOipi
E. 351. opposed to Kara yav. alOepog
Opovog S. 773. a seat in the air.
AlO(o\p an ^Ethiopian. Trap' Aldio-
\piv S. 283. the name of the river.
irorafibe Aidioip P.V. 811.
A'ticfe P.V. 470. contr. from &ei-
k-f/e q.v.
Alicia [i] an insult or indignity,
P.V. 93. 177.602.
AiictfcoQai to treat with indignity,
P.V. 195. 227. 256. passive, iv yvioni-
aiQ a'tKiZofxivov P. 168.
A'iici<Tfia an indignity, P.V. 991.
A'iXivoe a mournful exclamation
used by the Greeks. a'iXivov a'iXivov
e'nri A. 120.137. 154. literally, alas for
Linus ! Hesiod in Eustath. upon II.
2. p. 1163. thus explains its origin.
Obpavir) $' &p' triKTt Aivov iroXviipa-
tov vlov, "Ov $r) oaoi fiporol elaiv
&01S01 ical Kidapiarai, Havree fitv Opn-
vovaiv iv dXaviva'ig ti xP'e r
'Ap\6fjievoi Si Aivov Kal Xriyovrig
KaXiovai. It is supposed by some
that Homer alludes to this custom
in Iliad 2. 569. iraig fdpftiyyi Xiydr\
luipotv Kidapifa, Xivov h' biro icaXov
&eiSc AiirraXiri <f><i>vrj, but this Heyne
disapproves. See Herodotus' account
of Maneros, whom he affirms to be
the same as Linus, ii. 79. Cf. also
Soph. Aj. 627. with Lobeck's note.
Eur. Or. 1392. The plural form is
used by Call. H. Ap. 20. GeVtc 'Ax'-
Xija Ktvvperai a'iXtva jxrirnp.
A\fia blood, ^iifvrov al/ia S.837.
the life-blood blood that is shed.
TrvKiitKtv alfia yala S.C.T.803. al/xa
KaOapaiov 662. E. 427. the blood of a
victim shed in expiation. avSpotcraaiav
a'lfiaroe ov deuiorov 676. murder,
causing the shedding of unlawful
blood. avrah'eXfov aipa 700. a bro
ther's blood. lAtXajiirayic alpa folvioy
 AIMA ( 12 )
803. irapQevlov cu/iaroc A. 208. &v-
Spbe fieXav aifia 992. alfiari olme
l<pvpdt) A. 714. aifiaroe TvpavviKov
602. (iporewv aJ/xa 1162. wporipwv
aifia 1311. 6e~iav aifiaroe aipayriv
1362. h. e. aifia atpa^bfievov, the blood
of a slaughtered victim. See otpayi).
Xiiroe aifiaroe 1403. C. 47. 396. 526.
539. 571. 1051. 1054. E.41. wpbe aifia
koX oTaXayfi6v,TL.238. ev Sia Svo7v for
araXayfibv aifiaroe (See Lobeck on
Soph. Aj. 145) 270. 617. 623.652. 935.
In the sense of murder, alfi aviwrov
A. 1438. ra. iravra Tie eK\eae av&
aifiaroe iyog C. 513. Xvaaaff aifia
irpoatyaroiQ BiKaig C. 793. too" aifia
koivov 1034. E. 583. aifia firjrpwov
E. 221. 251. irpaKropee atfiaros 309.
aifiaroe veov E. 195. 339. iff at/iari
InfinXaaiav S. 6. banishmentfor mur
der, ofiaifiov aifia 444. the murder of
relatives. iroXirav fieXeov aifia A. 696.
In the sense of relationship by blood.
aeOev ei, aifiaroe yeyova/iev S.c.T.
128. avTaSe\<j>ov aT/ia E.89. an own
brother, finrpbe al/ia ipiXrarov E. 578.
the near relationship of a mother.
iyu> Se fiyrpbe rye e/iije ev atfian;
576. am I related to my mother?
The plural is used in C. 920. iroXXG>v
a'ifiarwv many murders. waXaiwv al-
fxariav S.262. bfioairopoig frtippoa'imv
aifiariov A. 1491.for the singular,
aifiariav evOvnaifiiov cnroppvevTiov A.
1266. Si' a'lfiad' EKiroQevff virb ^dovoe
C.64. aifiarwv ayoe E.160. oaur)
fiporetwv aifiariov 244.
Aifiaaaeiv to stain with blood, al-
fia^at S.474. A.1571. aifiaaaovrae
S.c.T.257. aXfiayftewa dpovpav P.
587.
Alfiarnpoe bloody, E. 789. 1037.
1516. C.467. E. 132. 685.
Alfiarn(j>6poe blood-stained, S.c.T.
401.
Alfiarieiv to stain with blood, al-
fjariaai S.648.
AlfiaroEie bloody, C. 461. S.c.T.
737. A. 682. S.1028. fiXaxai alfiaro-
eaaai tUv iwifiacmc'liiiv aprirpeipelQ
S.c.T. 330. the cries of the infants
murdered on the breast. For this
AINE
poetical transposition of epithets, see
Lobeck on Soph. Aj. v. 7.
AifiaroXoiype licking blood, A.
1457.
Alfiaropp'oipoe sucking blood, E.184.
Alfiarocrrayfie dropping blood, A.
1282. E.343. S.C.T.818.
AlfiaroiTipayrie formed of the blood
of the slain. ireXavoe alfiaroaipayiie
P.802. a clot of bloodshed in slaughter.
Here aifiarooTayrie is a var. lect. in
Reg. B. M. 1. and is adopted by
Brunck, Glasg. Schiitz, Blomf. The
vulg. however, is more poetical, being,
as Wellauer remarks, equivalent to
TriXavoe aifiaroe mhayevroe. He com
pares A. 213. TrapQevootyayoitTi peiQ-
poie. Cf. also A. 1362.
Aifiarovv to stain with blood, Mid.
v. fiifiev alfiari)fieda A. 1641. let us
have no bloodshed.
AifivXoe wily, plausible, P.V.207.
Al/iu)v bloody. The word occurs
in a corrupt passage in S. 826. where
alfiovee <ie is read by Med. Reg. L.
Guelph. Aid. Rob. for which alfiov
Ifaa Turn. Vict. So Glasg. Schiitz.
By separating this latter word, we
obtain a tolerable sense, elra
Setrnoaio) l,vv vfipei, yofiipoStrh) re dopl,
Si oXov alfiov' 1(b) a eir cifilSa, h.e.
stained all over with blood, I will place
you on board the vessel. The present
will then be used for the future ; upon
which see under aypelv.
Alvelv to mention or relate, o ri xal
Svvarby Kai de/iie alvelv A. 98. 1\ fie-
yav o'lKoie ToiaSe Saifiovaalvele A.
1461.to praise, evaialfnoe alvelv A.
891. av 2' alvelv elre fie -^/eyeiv BeXeie
1376. fii]T avapKTov piov fir\re deawo-
rovfievov alveane E. 504. to aptrev
alvSi 707. alvS) fivdove TiovBe tSiv *xtr-
evyfiarwv 975. ev)(ae alvu> raoSe
awippovae S. 691.to acquiesce in, to
bear with, Biicaia ical fit) dUaia alveaai
C.78. Trpa^ag iv ao\ iravrayri raF
alveau) E. 447. el fit] Tie ele vavv elaiv
alveaae rdSe S. 879. Kaicov to Sifioipov
aivS>.to permit, with part. Saifiova
fteyav)(TJ I6vr atveaar etc fidfiwv P.
634.permit him to come to com
 AINI ( 13 )
mand, with inf. alvw Kpvwreiv raaSe
(TvyOriKas l/iae C.548. alvCi Trpaaotiv
we VTrcvdvvu) rafie 704. alvu) <bvXai,ai
S.176.
A'iviyfia a riddle, P.V. 613. A.
1093. 1156. C. 874.
Alviyfia.Tu)$r)s enigmatical, S.459.
AlviKTT)piii>g (Enigmatically, Xafx-
TTpwQ KOV&'kv CUVlKTTipLtltQ P.V. 835.951.
AlvoXajnirrjc shining horribly. <p&e
alvoXafiirkc. A. 378.
AlvoXiKTpog fatally married, A.
695.
Aivofiopog of unhappy destiny,
S.C.T. 886.
AlvowaTiip a wretched father. <L
Trarep alv&irarep C. 313.
Alvog a tale or narrative. <pev, <pev
KctKov alvov arnpag TvyaQ A. 1462, as
an exegesis to the words piyav oIkoiq
ro~ta% Saifiova kcu fiapvjxnviv alveie.
See Matth. Gr.Gr. 431.5. praise,
Siivafiiv ttXovtov napatrriixov a'ivu A.
1527. viiaaov Evaypov alvov S. 529. re
new our cheering glory. Schol. ava-
vitiiaov tt)v e\\>-nv on aov kofiiv. alvog
ttoXiv tijvZe HcXatryiSv k-)(iTh) 1002.
iiriTVfxfiioQ aivog A. 1527. a funeral
panegyric.
AlvtSg miserably, P. 894. See
aiavriQ.
AtoXd/iT/nc crafty in counsel, S.
1019.
AioXoe quick-moving. Xiyviiv fie-
Xaivav aldXnv irvpog Kaaiv S.C.T.
476.changing, various. aloX' avdpu>-
ttiov icaKa S.323. See Button. Lexil.
in voc.
AtoXdorojuoc speaking things of va
rious import, P.V. 664.
Al7roXe~Hr0ai to graze, lit. as goats,
E.187. contr. for alyoTroXe'iadai.
Alvog a hill. "Adwov alirog A. 276.
'Apa^yalov alirog 300.
AiirvfiYiTne lofty in counsel, atxu-
piJTa Trai P.V. 18.
AlirvvtaroQ situated ona lofty ridge,
P.V. 832.
A'tpeiv to take, Spaaai rt fj.r) Ipaoai
rt kcu tvxv eXeiv S.37. to take the
alternative, sc. of doing or not do
ing. to capture. erpaTEVfi ittcuctov
AIPE
kpfiaXfov rjpu 7rdXiv S.C.T. 1010. he
was taking, h.e. was endeavouring to
take. For this use of the imperfect
see Matth. Gr.Gr.497.c. Bernhardy,
Synt. Gr. c. x. 3. j/pqicao-i A. 258.
tIXtP.848. ZXjj P.V. 166. cXe~iv A.
1308. tXdn- S.c'.T. 460. kXovreg 858.
A. 331. 563.Pass, ifjlr) rtyyaiotv kv-
dioiQ ijprifiifr} A. 1188. inspired with
prophecy. to kill or destroy, orav
"Apr)g riOatrog Siv (jilXov eXn E.336.
irarpdg OKOiral Si u e'iXov S. 767.
Mid. v. alpeladai to take to oneself,
to obtain, t/c xeP^v tiXeoQi fxov E. 749.
776. ToiavO' IXiadai aoi irapeartv k%
kfiov 829. iroXXiov yap kadXwv rr\v
bvr\aiv e'iX6[ir)v A. 341. the enjoyment
which I have obtained is one of
many blessings. The aorist is here
used with the force of the perfect, as
in E. 749. 776. S. 767. Here Herm.
whom Blomf. follows, reads TrjvB'
unnecessarily. Herm. conceives that
the particle av is understood with
etX6fir)v, which is rightly denied by
Wunderlich, Obss. Critt. p. 173. who
remarks, that in this case a protasis
with tt must always be either expres
sed or implied. Cf. Horn. Od. E. 426.
Soph. El. 903. with Hermann's note,
1021. iEsch. S.c.T.990. Herm. also
joins TroXXtiiv kadXdv with aipeladcu,
and not with ovnaiv, in the sense, /
should prefer this enjoyment to many
blessings : it is, however, better- to
consider iroXXwv as an opposition to
SixoppoTTo>e in the preceding verse,
Clytemnestra's hope being not for
partial, but many blessings. to take
upon oneself. SwfxaTwy yap elXo/jav
avarpoirag E.334. rag efido/iag'A-
ttoXXuv e'iXeto S.C.T. 783.to incur.
Oavarov tiXer kv ttoXei 1000. (iXoavpoy
alpoifievov ayog E. 161. but here
Heath rightly corrects apafitvov for
alpovfitvov, which violates the metre.
See a'ipEoQai. iroXEfxov alp^ay viov.
S.928. In this passage, which is
obviously corrupt, Porson, according
to Blomf. in Edinb. Rev. xxx. p.
320. reads r\ "arai t&F, t) cVZ iroXEfxov
a'ipcadai viov. ElmsleyalsoonHeracl.
 AIPE ( 14 )
605. prefers aipeodai, which is cer
tainly the more usual form, see S.
337.434. but there does not appear
sufficient reason for condemning the
other. avatptioOcu Troktfiov occurs
in Eur. Supp. 492. where see Markl.
In P. 473. however, for alpovvrai
tpvyf/y should probably be read aipov-
reu with Elmsley on Heracl. 505.
who compares Rhes. 54. 126. Soph.
Aj.243. to choose, ovs Sip^vs
eIXeto P. 7. fit/ fx alpov KpiTi)v S.392.
,vfAfia-)(Ov t\6fitvog Aluav 390. repa-
okowov ik tuvSe a aipovfiai iripi C.
544. IXov yap P.V.782.make your
choice. Pass, avf/p kot avdpa rjptOr)
S.c.T.487. <p6vtov Sucaorac bpicitov
aipovfievovg E . 461 .to take in pre
ference, to accept, tovt avr ekei-
vtov toZ-koq aipovfiai oedev S.c.T.246.
ofiuic $' iifiofMpov ovra a aipovfiai ird-
\et E.453. See ZvoirtifiaTOQ. rovd'
Ofiu>s a'tpovfiEda C. 921. Here Herm.
Obss. Critt. p. 125. needlessly objects
to the vulg. and reads 6/iois apwfieda
translating it, tot ccedibus superatis,
illud simul precamur, ut salvus sit
ac superstes Orestes, which Well,
properly disapproves, ofiiag refers to
alfiaruv and the meaning is, ' Orestes
has added another to a long series of
murders, yet, murder though it be,
we accept it as an alternative,' etc.
AlpEiv to raise, ap' opdov alpEig <f>lX-
rarov to aov Kapa; C. 489. With ace.
vkei fxiv fiiyav &pag C.780. having
raised him to be great, and afimpov
2' av aptlaQ fiiyav C. 260. For this
use of the ace. see Matth. Gr. Gr.
420.3. Bernhardy, Synt. Gr. c. iii.
26. ii. pass, aiptaQai KEap A. 578.
to be elevated in spirit. tfpdnv (pofy
irpbg fiaxapiov Xirag S.c.T. 196. I was
excited by my alarm to pray to the
gods. to amass, as wealth. oXjjov ov
AaptToe ?ipEv P.160.to raise, as a la
ment, fiopov twv olypftiviav aipu) fio-
Kifiwe iroXuirevBrj P. 539. / raise a
strain for the death of the departed.
to move, as an expedition. aroXov
TtjaS' airo )(h>pa ^pav A. 47. apovftev
arSXov P. 781. where the a in the
AI22
antep. is long by contr. from aelpm,
whence aeptZ ap>. See aelptiv. Pass.
aroXovapBivr airb Trpotrrofiiajv Nel-
Xov S.2. to remove. aTro yap fitrifiav
irifin'w Qe>v ZvaicaXafioi irap' ovhiv
Tipav ZoXoi E. 808. have removed me
from my honours as a thing ofnought.
Mid. v. aipeodai to take upon oneself.
iroKtfiov alptadat S. 337. 434. to engage
in war. So perhaps in S.928. but
see prec. a'lpovrai fvyr/v P. 473. take
flight, where the vulg. is alpovvrai.
See prec. jiXotrvpbv apafiEvov ayog
e\eiv E.161. having incurred a curse .
See prec. to obtain for oneself.
apoiaOe Kvdog toIcSe iroXiratc S.C.T.
298. may ye obtain glory at the hands
of these citizens. Blomf. rightly
observes that this is imitated from
Horn. II. A.94. waai St ke Tpwtaat ^a-
ptv icat kvZoq apoio. So II. 1. 303. jj
yap KEipi fxaXa fiiya kvZoq apoio. For
similar uses of the dative, see Pors.
on Hec.533. Matth. Gr. Gr. 394. 3.
Bernhardy, Synt. Gr. c. iii. 6.
Alptait choice, P.V. 781.
"Ai'e i. q. "A2j/g q. v. P.V.431.
S.c.T. 304.
Alaa Fate, personified, C. 637.
fate, destiny. P.V. 104. S. 212. 658.
iv alaa by fate, S.540. SovXiog aftra
the fate of slavery, C.363. Trap' alaav
contrary to fate, davarnijiopov alaav
C.363. death.
AiadavEaQaxto perceive. With part.
P.V. 959.
Alaifila a blessing, from a'iaifioc.
yalpET Lv diaifiiaig irXovrov E.950.
rejoice in all those blessings which
wealth bestows.
A'iawe well omened, A. 104. See
SSlO.
'AtaaEiv to rush, P.V. 679. P. 462.
With ace. without prep. P. V.839. njv
ivapaKTiav keXevOov rfcaq you rushed
along the way of the coast. Pierson
on Mceris p. 301. observes that a'io-
au> is generally a dissyllable in the
Attic writers ; thus always in Sopho
cles, with one exception in iEschylus
(P. 462), and two in Eur. sc. Hec.
30. Iph. A. 12. in the first passage
 AI2T ( 15 )
he proposes for rji$', iirrri^ or airrff.
In Hec. 30. a.vq.<"">>, in Iph. A. 12.
'inroad' qaaeig. Porson, however, on
the former passage of Euripides,
observes "potius quam haec omnia
mutemus, licentiae paullum poetis
concedamus."
'Aiarovv to destroy utterly, P.V.
151.232.
"A'ioroe or A'LoToe out of sight, for
gotten, destroyed, iv atoroic A. 454.
among the dead, fiutpol aioroi P. 797.
A. 513. 0p6vwv aioTov cicfiaXti P.V.
012. It is a dissyllable in E. 535.
&\tr cuckavaTOQ aiarog. &iorov i/3piv
S.858. such insolence as was never
seen.
Altrxpt disgrace, S.986. P.324.
AlirxpdfinTie counselling disgrace,
A. 215.
Alo~)(p6Q disgraceful, A. 600. P.V.
1041. S.C.T. 393. kclkGiv h~e Kalaypwv
ovtiv ebicktiav kpeie S.C.T. 667. no
thing glorious can he said of what is
at once had and disgraceful, a'iayi-
o-tov P.V. 689. cuerxtora adv. 961.
alayjpa is the vulg. in S.c.T.677.
where lxPa nas Deen generally
adopted from a number of MSS.
AlaypioQ disgracefully, P. 436. C.
487. E. 98.
Alayyvuv\y]to violate, pollute, A.
390.1609.aioyyvtoQaitobe ashamed.
With inf. A.830. C.904. With part.
S.c.T. 1020. and as a various reading
in P.V. 645, where olvpopai is gene
rally read.
Alo-xyvi) shame, personified, S.cT.
391. disgrace, P. 760. S.c.T. 665.
Aiajfyvriip a violator, C. 984. 'i\ti
yap, alerxyvTTJpos &c vopov, StKnv.
The genitive ataxyvTfjpoQ in this pas
sage arises, as Well, observes, from
a confusion of two constructions, t^ti
Siicnv tic aloyyvTy\p, and iyti iUnv
ai<r-)(yvTrjpog.
AtTtiv to intreat, S.366. with dou
ble ace. A.l. mid. v. aireiadai id.
P.V.620.824. P. 213.216.617. S.c.T.
242. C. 2.473. Upon alrei vju/3o\a
Kpavai A. 142. sc. A/a, see under
TtplTVOQ.
AIXM
Alria a cause or reason, P.V. 226.
blame, (tcrbe alriag. without blame,
P.V.330. C. 1027. alrlav e'xw tov tpo-
vov I am accused of the murder, E.
99. 549. in a good sense, S.c.T. 4. d
ev irpafatfiev, alrla Beiov SC. av tin
it would be ascribed to the gods, airiae
t\oc E. 812. the decision of the cause.
In S. 226, <j>vyri paratov curias is said
to be put by enallage for ahiav pa-
ralov or tov fiaraiog elvai the charge
of rash daring, but the reading is
probably incorrect. See parawg.
Alrldpa an accusation, P.V. 194.
255.
Atnoc the cause or author of a
thing, C.824. fem. P.V.47. P.865.
absolutely, tov a'inoy C.67. rdlg al-
riotg 115. the guilty parties, tov
warpog tovq alriovQ the murderers
of my father, C.271.
AhvaTiog of Mtna, P.V. 365.
AtyvlStog sudden, P.V. 683. the to
in al<priSioe here coalesces into one
syllable. See AiyvizTioyevrig. Blomf.
from Porson's conjecture, transposes
alfyvi&ioQ avrov. Wunderlich Obss.
Critt. p. 148. conj. e.^ai(j>vng from the
Scholiast.
Alxfi&Zeiv to fight with the spear,
tvh'ov aixfiaeiv P. 742. to fight at
home, an ironical expression for to be
a dastard. Butler compares Pind.
01. xii.14. evSofia^ae &r dXtVrwp.
Cf. also Eum.828. The word occurs
first in Horn. II. A. 324. also in Soph.
Trach.354. Aj.97.
AlxfiaKwTos taken in war, A . 325.
E.378. A. 1415. evvav alyQiaXwrov
S.c.T. 346. the couch of a captive.
Alyjirt a spear or dart, P.V. 422.
S.511. S.c.T.658. avv alyjirj P. 741.
aly^pag aKopearov 960. an arrow, to-
ov\k6s alxpr) P. 235. a sceptre, P.V.
927. 404. authority (of which the scep
tre is the badge) yvvaixog al-jQiq. A.
470. yvvaineiav aly(jxa.v C.621. In
E. 770. flpuiTrjpag a'f)Qiac aveppariav.
Scaliger conj . abyjiovg unnecessarily ;
alxpag being metaphorically used in
apposition to o-Taka.yp.aTa, to express
the evil influences emitted by the
 AIXM ( 16 )
Furies. The metaphor appears to
be taken from the sting of a poisonous
animal.
A<x/*fcc armed with a spear, P.
134. '
Al\pa forthwith, S.476.
Alitv time. fiopaifiog alitv S.46.
the time appointed by fate, o-vfityvroc
aliiv A. 107. the time destined for the
omen to fulfil itself. See irtidii. life.
Si niwfor through life, C.26. P.969.
E.533. St* oidii'oc fiaKpov S.577. rov
hi a'uovoQ ypovov A. 540. altivog cltt-
avarov S. 569. atuiva Siot^t' E. 305.
S.C.T.201.756. A. 221. 238. 696.1119.
P.V.864. P.256. C. 345.436. E.305.
a generation, ai&va ig rpirov fiivti
S.c.T.729.
"Acaipoc unseasonable, idle, P.V.
1038.
'Aicalpug unfitly, unseasonably, A.
782. C. 615. See riuv.
'Akciktis harmless, P. 841.
"Akokoe id. P. 653.658.
'Anafiaroe unwearied, P. 869.
"AKafiirTOQ unflinching, C.448.
'Axapirla sterility, E.768.
"AKapiroQ producing sterility, E. 902.
'AicapirMTOs fruitless, E.684.
*Aica(rKaTo soft, delicate, A. 721 .
Hesych. wmo-icu, i]ai)\iag, fiakaKiag,
fipacibic.
'Axarn a boat, A. 958. The word
atari) is without authority, axarog
being the form in use. Blomf. and
Bothe therefore read axarovg. See
irapnftdv.
'AxeXevarog uncommanded, A. 713.
952.
"AKto-fia a remedy, P.V. 480.
'Axndciv to be careless of, P.V. 506.
'Arijparog pure, unadulterated, P.
606.uninjured, A.647. The word is
derived, according to Blomf., from
Krjp harm (whence xijpaivia) and not
from xepaai. Passow, however, derives
it from nepaii). See Timaeus, Lex.
s.v. atcfiparoi with Ruhnken's note.
'AxlOapig without the harp, S.665.
"Ax'ixvg imbecile, P.V. 547.
'Axiyvrog inaccessible, inexorable,
P.V. 184.
AKOS
"Ax\av(rrog unmourned, E. 535. ac
tively, not weeping, S.c.T. 678. See
t>apdnKOw\Tipii)ro.
"AxXnpog without a portion, desti
tute. With gen. E.333.
"AxXnrog uncalled, uninvited, P.V.
1026. C. 825.
'Ax/xa^ety to be at the height, or
point, impers. a.xfiati flperiuiv Xta~
flat S.c.T.94. it is just the time to clasp
the images. m./i/cu ireida> C.715. it
is just the time for persuasion.
'Axfialog mature, ripe, P. 433. E.
383.
'Axp.ii a point of time, P. 399. pt\-
\eiv <\ki it) time for delay, to pt) /tt'X-
Xtlv dk'/urj A. 1326. a time for no delay.
In circumlocutions, iroiog axpav .
348. the extremity of the foot, ax-
fifj xep&v P. 1017. the points of the
fingers.
"Axfiiav an anvil, P. 51 . \6y\ng
axpot'egh.e. bearing the thrusts of
the spear like an anvil does the
blows of the hammer. Scholefield
compares Shaksp. Cor. iv. 5. the an
vil of my sword.
'Aicori hearing, Dor. axoa. P.V. 692.
'Axolpnrog sleepless, P. V. 139.
"Amine a wife, P.V.670.
'Axopwaarog without boasting,
S.c.T.920.
"Ako/mtdc id. S.c.T. 536.
'Axovriarijg a javelin-man, P. 52.
'Axopearog insatiable. With gen.
P. 960. abs. incessant, never ending.
A. 734.975. 1304.1463. P.537.
'Axoperog id. With gen. A. 11 14.
abs. 1088.
"Akoq a remedy, A. 377. 1142. E.
482. With gen. xax&v iixog P. 623. a
remedy for ills. irnpoi>ijg axr/ S.446.
ttoWwv too* iv fiporoig axog E.942.
tort roiih' axog 615. virvov axog A. 17.
a remedy against sleep, o'iyovri ovri
vvpfyixGiv kZbjXiiov axog C.70. there is
no means of repairing the violation of
a virgin's chamber. &Kog ropaiov
irnparuv C.532. a medicinal remedy.
See rofialog and cvripveiv. axr) ropa'ia
S. 265. &Kog ovZtv rovSt dpnvtiaOai
P.V. 43. it is of no use to mourn for
 AK02 ( 17 ) AKPA

him. In S.263. to. 2>) xpavQcio 6i,v Twve/xwv \6yiov S.884. iTrti &kov-
avijice yam, finveirat o' &kt), the words eiv aov KaTttTTpafi/xat tuSc A. 936.
fir)ye7rai 3' ukt) are evidently corrupt. since I am constrained to obey you in
Among several unsatisfactory emen these things. With ace. and inf. 'lv-
dations, Porson's appears the most covg aKOvai vofxacag iirirojoafiotTiv elvai
probable, finviTr) iaKn, finviTr) refer KapfiXoig S.281. rvrda eK<pvyelv avaKT
ring to yaia, and SaKn to KVb>ca\(ov avrbv <Sg clkovoixev P. 557. where see
in v. 261 . The word finvtrog does >g.
not occur, but may be defended by 'AKoitriog involuntary, A. 778.
the analogy of 6i,vfii]viTog and a.p.i\- "A/cpa a top, a summit. ovB' hirep-
vvrog. Heath proposes yrjyevfj ca.Ki). 6iovT aKpav E. 532. Aepvng aKpnv re
Butler fir/vidfiuiy o&Kt). Dind. from P.V.G80. Ionice for aKpav. Here
Med. which omits c', finvtat ant), Canter, because Lerna was a valley,
which he compares with ep.fxi)v lepa and not a hill, proposes Atpvng rt
in Soph.E1.281. Kprtvijv, which Blomf. adopts. Butler,
"AKoiTfioe disorderly, P. 462. however, properly observes that the
'Aic6<rfih>Q in a disorderly manner, very idea of a valley implies sur
P.366.414. rounding hills, and quotes Paus. ii.
Akovciv to hear, amvoi C.646. ap' 36. KariovThiv Be eg Aepvav. Kar &k-
&KOVETE; E.181. KXvOVTfg OVK iJKOVOV pagrropdovfieOa C.680. from top to
P.V.446. iiKovan fut. mid. E.599. bottom, h. e. utterly. This phrase oc
tJKOvaa S. 451. i'lKovaag S. c. T. 229. curs first in Horn. II. 0.557. Kar' aKpyg
iJKOvtrtv P. 355. tiKovoauev C. 835. "lXtov alireiv^v ekieiv. Cf. Thucyd.
&kove P.V. 633. S.c.T. 229. C. 501. iv. 112. Kar aKpag koX fiefiattog kXeiv
&Kovoov C. 452. S.c.T. 789. aKovaare rfjv iroXiv. Virg. JEn. ii. 290. ruit
E. 114. aKoiciv P. 207. epyov KaXov alto a culmine Troja.
anovaai S.c.T. 563. fitvoi aKovaai E. 'AKpayfe not barking, dumb, P. V.
647. aKovovoa S.c.T. 229.With a 805.
genitive of the person. koX tuivo' Akov- "AKpavrog ineffectual, without issue.
aag ovn /*i) Xn<j>dw SoXtp S.c.T. 38. &Kpavra (5aa> C. 869. ri-^vai KaX-
with ek. oatyr] aKoieig t tXfvQepooTO- yavrog ovk aKpavrot A. 240. &k-
p.ov ykiiooriQ.With a gen. of the pavrog vvi\ the dead of night, h. e.
thing. Kal rrjtrS' Akovctov Xoiadiov fioijg when nothing can be done. Cf. Lat.
C. 493. S.c.T.227.249. A. 385. C.493. nox intempesta. rovg 2' aKpavrog i-^et
f/KovaaO' 3>v iiKovaaTE E.649. With vvl, C. 63. some are surprised in the
accusative of the thing, rag irpoaepirov- dead ofnight. The Schol. and Stanl.
oag rxC aKovtrare P.V. 273. 283. 441 . less correctly explain aKpavrog vii,
705. aKTiicoae 742. 804. 825. S.c.T. 96. as eternal night, h.e. death. The
185. P. 699. 830. A. 390. 446. 666.1218. passage does not appear to indicate
1277. 1315. 1406. C. 5. 443. 642. 677. duration, but different points of time,
E. 296. 528. 613. 909. S.58. 450.461. at which vengeance may overtake
616. 618. 904. aKoviiv root wrjji aeX- the guilty ; some, namely, it visits
ktov P. 257. where the inf. is equi ev (f>aet, in the prime of life, others
valent to (Sort aicovf.iv, not to dia to ev neTaiyjxiii) okotov, in their declin
or xpoc to oLKoveiv, as Schiitz and the ing years, and with others again it is
Schol. assert. See Wunderl. Obss. deferred till &Kpavrog vvi, h. e. the
Critt. p. 194.With gen. of the per very time of death.
son and ace. of the thing. itKovoao-ai 'AKparrig unable to control, yXwoorig
TTCLTpbgXoyovg S. 692. 962. P.V. 1056. aKparfig P.V. 886.
A . 316.It has sometimes the sense "AKparog unmixed, pure. &Kparov
of to obey, kci urj Tig ap\ijg rrjg ifxrjg al/xa C.571. intemperate. aKparog
aKOvo-frai S.C.T. 178. kirfi ovk aKOveig dpyr)v "Apyog P.V. 681.
 AKPI ( 18 ) AAA2

'AKpifiiZg accurately, P.V.328. raivtuaai andaKTaivw. SeeRuhnken's

"Axpiroe not subject to trial, irre note upon Tima;us, s. aKraivuv' yau-
sponsible, S.366. piav mi draKTiog irt)$av.
'AnpiTotyvpTog indiscriminately min 'Aktyj a shore, P. 265. 295. 413.562.
gled, S.c.T.342. 915. (see vvxiog) 925. A. 680. E.10.
'AKp6j3o\og struck upon the summit. fjv 6 <j>iX6\opog ilav ifxfiartvti irovriag
a/cpo/3dXwv iiraX^iutv XiQag epvtrat aKrijg iwt P. 441. There should be
S.c.T. 143. a shower of stones comes no comma here after ifxfiarevei, the
(i.e. is aimed) against the battle succeeding words referring not to the
ments, struck upon their summits. situation of the island, but to Pan.
Blomf. denies that this can he the Ki'ipvK ctV aKrijg rovF bpS> A. 479. /
meaning of aKpofioXog, and joins see a herald come hither from the
aKpojiokiov XiOag i.e. lapidum imber a sea coast. any raised or projecting
velitibus jactus, which is certainly spot, dtcri) -xwjxaTog C.711.
extremely harsh. Wellauer takes 'Aia-lg a ray of the sun, A. 662. P.
aKpofioXog actively, desuper tela jaci- 356.495. P.V.799.
ens, and translates, a propugnaculis "Aicruip a leader, P. 549. E. 377.
desuper jacientibus lapidum imber "Akto>p prop, name of a man. S.c.T.
descendit, but the words more natu 537.
rally refer to an attack made upon 'Aicvfiu> [ii] without waves, A. 552.
the city from without, than to one "Akuv (contr. for deKwv) unwil
upon the enemy from within. Schiitz's ling, irap' aKOvrag %\dt aoxppovelv
interpretation, given above, appears A. 174. ovk amvaaig P.V. 277. diXovtr
upon thewhole the best. For the pas CLKOVTt KOtVWVet KO.KWV (jCaKWV for KUKIO
sive sense of aKpofioXog cf. ci^c/>i/3d- has been rightly adopted from MSS.
\oiai iroXlraig in v. 280. and for the and Edd. by Brunck, Schiitz, Blomf.
use of the genitive tn-nX&W after for the vulg. roicw) i^vyj] S.c.T. 1025.
'dpxcrai see Matth.Gr.Gr.350. For aicovrog Aide P.V. 773. repeated, atcov-
the accent of the word aKpofioXog or to. a clkiovTrpooTcaaoaXevoti) P.V.
aKpofioXog see Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 19. yafiSiv anovaray aKovrog icapa S.
v. 324. 224. antKXuos Supdruiv aicovtrav &koiv
'AicpoOlvia first fruits, E. 798. P.V. 674.
'AKpoirevOiig mourning exceedingly, 'AXalveiv to wander in mind, to
P. 132. dote, A. 82.
'AxpoTrroXig a citadel, S.c.T. 222. 'AXaog blind, P.V. 549. Metaph.
' Aicpoq at the top. aKoiriXoig iv &k- dead. aXaolai /ecu c'th'opKOcri E.312.
poig P. V. 142. on the summits of the 'AXaira^eiv to lay waste, fut. ciXa-
rocks, /copycats iv axpaiQ 366. anpov 71-aSei A. 129.
Kopvfifiov ovOov P. 650. xcpwv &Kpovg 'AXao-dai to wander, P.V.669. C.
Krivag A. 1576. the extreme points of 130. E.98. aXadelg Dor. S.849.
the fingers, ovk utt a/cpae (ppcvog 779. 'AXaarog not to be forgotten,an epi
not from the surface of the mind. h.e. thet applied to any severe calamity
deeply. Cf. Eur. Hec.246. 61b"- oh or crime. aXcterra orvyva wpomKa
yap axpag KapSlag Zipavae fiov. P. 950. See seq.
clever, dexterous, TO^orr/g aicpog 614. 'AXaoriop a committer of heinous
0e>7(paT(ov yvwfiwv aKpog A. 1101. crimes, E.227.one whoforgets not to
Aicpiovla the mutilation of the ex punish crime, an avenger, P. 346. A.
tremities, E. 179. 1482. 1489. S. 410.an evil genius, an
'Aktclivuv to lift up. aKralveiv ara- author of ill, P. 346. This and the
aiv E. 36. to lift up the foot, to spring. preceding word appear to be derived
This passage is referred to by Phry- from the Homeric form XiXao-fiai,
nichus and the Etym. M. under dic- from Xa.vQa.vb>. So Passow. Blomf.
 AAAT ( 19 ) AAIS

in his Glossary derives it from " r(Xi; 'AXd^nvdpot prop, name of Paris,
mentis error, delirium, whence aXdfw A. 61. 354.
decipio, and from this aXaiov' 6 'AXifyfia remedy, P.V. 477.
aircLTtiov koX Konira.OTr)Q. Etym. M. 'AXe^nrripioc averting. Ztvg aXe^v-
aXao-rwp qui in errorem perniciosum rnpioQ Jupiter the averter of evil,
trahit, aXaaroe, qui in errorem perni S.c.T. 8. Cf. Lat. averruncus. See
ciosum inducitur, whence, according iirwvvfXOQ.
to him, error ipse, et deinceps omnis 'AXeveiv to avert. HXcvaov S.523.
calamitas, aXaaroe dicehatur." S.c.T.87.128. HXev <3 ha P.V.577.
'AXania wandering. "Hpae aXarei- *A\i/ wandering. irvoal fiporwv aXai
a<e wovwv P.V. 902. painful wander A. 187. winds detaining the crews
ings inflicted by Juno. from their object.
'AXystv to feel pain, rfXyno cikov- 'AXr'jdeta truth, rije aXndtiae yifiutv
trae P. 830. With gen. rov fwra aX- A. 599. vv aXndeiq 1548. aXndela <ppe-
yeiv ftpr! rv\r]e iraXiyKOTOV A. 557. vStv 1529. eir aXndtla S.623. that they
to grieve for reverse offortune. With may come true.
dat. aXynrrov nirap evSikoic oveiSeci 'AXndtvEivto speak truth,H.c.T.544.
E. 130. With ace. aXyw fikv epya ical 'AXndrie true, S.c.T.421 . 692. 868.927.
TraOoe yivoQ re irav C. 1011. o'i paXa A. 477. 666. S.273. P. 505. C.831. Trfic
Kat roc* aXyw P. 1002. thus again I cijr av tnribv KcSva raXnOii rvyoie ;
express my sorrow. A. 608. might yon possibly succeed in
'AXyeivog painful, S.443. With stating the truth favorably ? h.e. in
inf. Tzaaytiv aXyzivaim P.V. 238. stating what is at once favorable and
aXyfjra Xiytiv 197. true.
'AXylwv more painful, comp. of 'AX-nQojxavTiQ a true prophetess, A.
aXyos, P.V. 936. 1214.
"AXyoc name of a river, S.251. 'AXriduie truly, correctly, S. 310.580.
"AXyoe pain, grief, P.V.433. 701. A. 1217. E.763.
S.C.T.762. P. 533. 575. 821. A.1446. C. 'AXj/rije a wanderer, A. 1255. C.
463. E.174. plur. S.C.T.350. P.832. 1038.
A.50. (see to-drioe) C. 28. 734. E.444. 'AXiyicioe resembling, P.V. 447.
S.1028. (pOovepdv aXyoe A. 438. the 'AXldovoe tossed by the sea, P. 267.
pain of jealousy, iifiayov aXyog ol- 'AXtficvoe without a harbour, S.749.
wrcue A. 715. where aXyogis the ace. "AXioe belonging to the sea. aXiov
in apposition to the preceding words. KVfj.a S. 14. aXiov TTpS/va P.129.856.
See ayaXfxa. aXyog sc. kari it is See Trpwv.
painful. aXyoe Se aiyav P.V. 198. 'AXippoOoe resounding with the sea,
261. C.907. a lament, olfial o-<f>e P. 359.
ijosiv aXyoe 7rdiov S.C.T. 847. 'AXippvroQflowing with waves. aXip"-
'AXyvveiv [u] to give pain to, C. pvrov aXaoe S.848. Metaph, the sea.
735. pass. -nXyvvdn neap was grieved See 'aXaoe-
in heart, P. V. 245. "AXie enough. &Xiq JjXdig (?) avap-
'AXBaivctv to cherish, S.c.T. 12. oloq A. 497. we &Xte XeXeyfievwv E.
P.V. 537. to increase. aXSaiveiv imVi, 645. avSpae 'Apyiioiai Kao/ia'ove aXig
S.c.T.539. (sc. earl) ee \c7pae eXOiiv S.c.T. 661.
'AXe'yEei' to care for or respect. irnfxovrjg aXie y inrdp^Ei A. 1641. there
fiufxHv aXkyovTEQ ovZiv S.733. is enough of woe already, tl Si rot
"AXeityaoil, A. 313. The more usual fx6^6ti)v yivoiro rwveT &Xte y e^otped'
form is aXet<j>ap, which Pearson and av A. 1644. This passage is very
Schiitz have restored, but against the obscure. Perhaps upon the whole it
authority of MSS. may be best to place the comma after
'AXfVrwp a cock, A. 1656. E.833. aXie y\ and translate, and if there

S
 AAI2 ( 20 ) AAAA

should be indeed enough of these evils, with all his might. See irpog. sup
we would grasp at it, stricken as we port, assistance, dXra tiede atroorarei
have been, etc. The word fiXtc will A. 1074. P.V.545. S.C.T. 74. 197.744.
then be used emphatically with refe E.248. S. 347. 7 12. 812.fight, aXxrlv
rence to v. 1641. if really enough, h. e. Aptorov S.c.T.551. most excellent in
so that there arise no more. fight, ovv dX/cp S.c.T. 859. in fight.
'AXIitkciv to take. pass. 2 aor. subj. 'AXxtyptdv magnanimous, P. 92.
avSpes tbv dXji irdXic S.c.T.239. part. 'AXxfitfvn prop, name of a woman,
a\oig A.460, aXovoa 792. S.C.T.568. A. 1010.
dXouoije A. 330. S.C.T. 199. aXovTiav 'AXXd but; used in various con
A. 315. aXovaag E.67. P.M. eaXuKe nexions. In changing the subject,
is taken, A. 30. e.g. P.V. 106. dXX' ovre aiyav ovre
'AXiotovoq groaning with the waves, fit) aiyav rl)-j(a.Q otov re fiot TaaS1 earl.
P.V.714. So in 187.261.358.439.674.749. S.C.T.
'AXiTalvziv to offend, aor. 2. aXirelv 638.646. 843. 1052. P. 146.222. 229. 242.
firfi' aXlroifii Xoyois P.V.551.With 337. 518. 728. 767. 835. S. 321.705.908.
ace. to offend against, o\pei Se icet nc 943. A. 473. 1286. 1320.1506.1633. C.
aXXov IjXirev fipoT&v E.259. Here 187. 199.336.533.586.699. 770.1040. E.
aXXog is read by some for fiXXov, un 582.With a negative preceding, e.g.
necessarily. S.601. i$oev 'Apyeloiaiv oh hiyoppo-
'AXirpatveiv id. ootiq B' aXtrpSiv TrioQ, dXX' &>q av fijiiiaaifii. So in P.V.
w(77r|0 8$' avrip E.306. Here Well, 232.240.444.446.478. 521. 532. 571. 613.
rightly corrects aXirp&tv, being the 655.714. 868.952.1033. 1035. S.C.T. 199.
2. aor. as aXiritv from aXtralveiv. 219. 459. 574. 599. 661. 867. P. 350. 366.
aXtriZv is unnecessarily conjectured 386.684.702.801. A. 1337.1628. C.195.
by Stanley, whom Herm. and Schiitz 466. 760. 825. 979. E. 177. 437. 599. 636.
follow. 762. With imperative, in exhorta
'AXitvitoq struck or beaten by the tion or encouragement, e.g. S. 73. dX-
sea. XaoiraOij aXirvra fiapn P. 907. Xd Ocol yeverai icXier ev ra SiKaiov
the sufferings incurred in the persons ISovres 188.216.459. P.V.71. 315.344.
of those whose bodies were tossed upon 607.1060.1073. S.c.T. 30.111. 836. P.
the sea. See v. 265. 560. etc. The epi 136. 611. 620. 632. 683.689.823. A.510.
thet aXirvtra, which properly refers 1275. C. 469. 864.905. E.411. With infi
to the persons themselves, is here nitive, used in the sense of the impe
improperly applied to their sufferings: rative, dXX' u> peyaXai fio'ipai AwOev
for instances of this, see Lobeck on TrjSe reXevrav C. 304. upon which see
Soph. Aj. v.7. Heath and Schiitz 5iatth.Gr.Gr.546. Bernhardy, Synt.
incorrectly understand XaoiraOij and Gr. c.ix.3.In answers which imply
aXiTvira to refer to two sorts of cala an objection, e.g. P.V. 629. fii]Toi fie
mities, the one incurred by land, the Kpv\pne rovff oirep fieXXb) iradelv, to
other by sea : an error which may which Prom, replies dXX' ov peyaipin
perhaps have arisen from the parti rovM aoi StoprifiaToc. So in 936. 983.
cles rere, which have been rightly S.C.T. 193. 680. 700. 1037. 1041. 1044. P.
ejected by Pass. Lachm. and Well. 783. A.1179.1221. 1276.1647.1651. C.
'AXkv strength or power, ev ataroie 220.394. E.199.407.567.685. 691. S.
rcXidovToc ovrig dXicd A. 454. there is 338. 506. 710. 741. 930. In answers
no strength in one who is dead, i^vyov which imply an affirmation, e.g. A.
aXtcag P.586. the yoke of authority, 1020. ireidoi av, el ireidoi' awe&oir)Q
a'i at KeSvae aXrae 892. militaryforce. %' "laug. to which Clyt. replies dXX'
aXxij ireiroiOws C.235. Karairveiei 6.X- e'lirep earl fit)Keiervfievr)ireidw vtv
kciv (Tv/MpvTOQ alh>v A. 107. See neiOii. Xoyf. So 1087.1337.1637. To ob
(laK\<i. 7rpoc aXicijv S.C.T. 480. rages viate an objection implied, P. 781.
 AAAA ( 21 )
With the optative, expressing a wish,
&W' avr ctyctflaij' dyado'tai fipiotQ S.
944. C.1059. E.287. A. 918.1222. Cf.
at in Latin. aXX' ovv, in transition,
P.V. 1060. 1073. See ovv. AXX' %, in
interrogations, S.891. C. 218. 763. 764.
aWa yap, in elliptical sentences,
P.V. 943. C.369. E.764.
'AXXctyij change, alteration, A. 469.
'AXXdtrativ to exchange. With gen.
P.V. 969.
"AXkeadat to leap, 2 aor. fid\a yap
ovv aXo/xiva E.346. Herm.and Schiitz
by conj. for the vulg. dXXofdva,
which violates the metre. See Er-
furdt on Soph. (Ed. T. 1310.
"A\Xj/ (dat. of aXXoc) in a different
manner. aXX' o% c" tyopevti E.504.
some in one way and some in another.
'AXXrjXoQovoi slaying each other.
vtt' aXXaXo<p6vot<; \cpai S.c.T.914.
aXXnXo<povov fiavias A. 1557.
'AXXqXwv of each other, vtt' dXXri-
\u)v ijiovu S.c.T.803. murder by each
other's hands. dXXqXoie P. 406. aX-
XijXotcu 498. P.V. 200. aXXtiXym P. 185.
A. 640. dXXnXove P.V.489. E.210.825.
aXXnXa P.V. 1089.
'AMo3a7rde foreign, S.c.T.1068.
Buttm. Lexil. s.v. iyOohoirijaat, con
siders that this word is derived from
the anastrophe ciXXou awo, others
derive it from SdweSov or Sfoa^oe.
Passow thinks it is merely a length
ened form of aXXog.
" AXXodcv from another quarter. ciX
Xoe aXXodev one from one place and
another from another, A.581. E.479.
&XXv aXXodev A. 92.
'AXXoflpooe speaking a strange lan
guage, foreign. aXXodpoois S.951.
contr. aXXotipovv A. 1173.
"AXXoc another, P.V.233.321.520.
776.804. S.C.T. 462.741. P.33. 258.360.
812. 954. A. 290. 460. 598. 735. 832. 839.
850. 891 . 1312. 1553. 1639. C. 102.281. 395.
465.698.802 (this verse, however, is
considered spurious by Herm. Schiitz,
and Seidler, and must be rejected,
unless a verse in the strophe has been
lost). 989. 1017. E. 230.259 (here ciXXoe
is read for aXXov by Heath. So
AAAO
Schiitz. Herm. Both. Glasg. 2. aXXoc
is, however, governed by rjXirev q. v.).
404.429.819.241. S. 440.470 (jSwjuovc
vk aWove Saifiovwv. Here Keg. L.
has aXXuiv, which would be the more
usual construction, but see examples
of this transposition of adjectives in
Lobeck. Soph. Aj. v. 7). 659.938.970.
ovc'ev nor aXXo C.16. it is nothing
else. the other, the rest, in which
sense 6 ciXXoe is more usual, irov tie
(j>iXwv ciXXoe b\Xoe> P. 917. Ta re, Kai
iiXXoi )(6ovi<iiv aye/xovES P. 632. 'Ap-
TefxiSos cvvoiaiat ovv r aXXoig Oeolg
S.C.T. 432. ovv aXXois 245. with the
rest, irpog aXXuiv vavriXuiv A. 617.
aXXoHTtv iv VEKpolot E.96. ficr aXXp
hopiKfifjri Xay C.360. ciXXoe ne some
one else, P.V. 48. 156. 1065. S.c.T.1018.
C. 186.661. aXXnv nv arnv avr kfiov
kXovtI^ete A. 1241. where aXXnv nv,
&XXi]v is probably correct. See art].
ovtiq ciXXoe P.V. 465. rig aXXoc ; who
else? S.C.T.655. P.233. C.122. S.302.
313. We aXXoc v 'yi>; P.V. 438. ri o"
aXXo y ij irovoi irovwv; S.C.T. 834.
In the sense of besides. aXXav Ie~i nv'
iv XoyoiQ orvyElv tpotviav SicuXXay
C.604. fiovov ij irpoaOev aXXoveI-
aitofinv P.V. 423. 'Ep/^>je oh' aXXoc
rolaiv 'EXXyvwv vdfioiQ S.217. pleo-
nastically, jjijEt yap r)fiG>v ciXXoe av
ri/xdopoe A. 1253. TrtKpov )^(juaroc
ciXXo firj\ap (ipidi/TEpov A. 192. a re
medy itself likewise more bitter even
than the storm. See Passow, Lex. in
ciXXoe.In enumerations, generally
denoting the second, ylyag off ciXXoe
S.C.T. 406. KEpfiEi KEpdoe aXXo tIktetoi
419. Tiravig &XXn E.6. ciXXoe ekeivov
irate P. 752. TEraproe aXXoc S.C.T.
468. In comparisons, other than.
With J}. tIq ciXXoe V 'yit; P.V. 438.
what other than I ? rl o" SXXo y r\
irovoi Ttoviav; S.C.T. 834. 6 o" ovSev
aXXo y t) irn^ae hifiaq 7rapt7x P-205.
he did nothing else than, etc. For
this expression, see Matth. Gr. Gr.
488.11. and compare the use of nihil
aliud quam in Latin. See Zumpt. Lat.
Gr. Sect. 83. With irXfiv. ovk aXXo y
ovc'ev irXrjv brav Ktivif SofCjf P.V. 258.
 AAAO (22)
With avri. ovtiq aXXoc avr ipov P.V.
468. aXXnv tiv an-' ifioi A. 1241.
aXXoc is sometimes used in the ellip
tical sense of strange, h.e. other (than
usual). "Apij tov aporois Oipi^ovra
fiporovg iv aXXotc S.629. Ztt/f aXXoc
iv Kafumaiv 228. another Jupiter,
h.e. Pluto. Hence it comes to sig
nify bad, untoward. So Hesiod. Op.
et D.344. tl yap toi rai Xl''f' 'yK<^"
fiiov aXXo yivoiro some mishap. Cf.
use of, tTipoQ. See Passow, s. flX-
Xoe, who compares the Latin alius
and secus. Repeated, vipti ycpa
aXXoiaiv aXXa P.V. 230. different re
wards to different persons. aXXog aX-
Xov ixyti S.c.T.322. in aXXi/v aXXoc
'iOvvcv Sopv P. 403. flXXoc Trap' aXXou
irXr/povfievoi A. 304. taken up each by
the other. aXX' aXXp F ctpnptvei E.504.
Trpoc aXXor' fiXXoc P.V. 276. aXXog
aXXoae P. 351. aXXoc aXXodev A. 92.
581. E.479. See aXXjj, aXXorc, aXXoas,
aXXodev.With the strict sense of
aXXoe preserved in each case, Xiy
iiWov aXXaie iv TtvXaic eiXjjvdra
S.C.T.433. h~iKT)v iir aXXo irpaypa 8n-
yavct (iXafiwQ Trpog aXXaic Onyavaiai
MoXpa A. 1517. ol aXXoi the rest,
rolaiv aXXoic E. 63. ra aXXa A. 36.
818.886.1218. C. 505. 576. 737. E.620.
rfiXXa C.545. S.702.for Kara ra aX
Xa in all other respects, A. 595. 892. E.
633. S.992. aXXri adv. sub. 6Sw E.504.
ovS' ifbiemov &XXnv TpaviaOai Aofyac
i<j>dro C.1035. where if the reading
of Med. Guelph.Ald.Rob.be correct,
6Sdv must be understood. i<f lanav
is, however, the vulg, reading. See
i<piaTlO.
"AXXotre in another direction. aXXoc
aXXoaekKaiiXJoia.ro P. 351. some in
one direction and some in another.
"AXXore at another time, jrpos aX-
Xor aXXov Trnfiovfi Trpoaii^avci P.V.
276. sometimes near one and sometimes
near another. aXXws aXXort S.c.T.
1062. differently at different times.
'AXXorpwQ belonging to another.
aXXorpiae Siai yvvatKog A. 435.
'AXXd^uXoc belonging to another
race. aXX6<j>vXoi> xva E.813.
AA20
"AXXwe otherwise, ovk 6.XXu>q iput
S.c.T. 472. 1062. A. 487.on other ac
counts, tirtnrep iiXXior, <3 i,iv, etc
"ApyoQ 'eie C.669. since you are
going on other business. Hence the
phrase aXXwe re rai' especially, h.e.
both for other causes, and also, etc.
E.451. S.749. aXXwg re iravrioe ical
both on all other accounts and, etc.
P.V. 639. E.696. P. 675. See Hermann
on Viger, p.619. idly, to no purpose.
o'vtoi vaoiu) dafivov i>c opvig <j>6fiu>
aXXwc A. 1290. I feel no idle alarm.
See Ruhnken's note on Timaeus, s.
oi)K aXXwe rrpovoei' oh fiarnv.
"AXfir] the brine of the sea, P. 389.
Moeris remarks that AXfin in the Attic
writers means pickle of fish, which
in ordinary Greek was wjude. Sal-
lier, however, quotes this passage
and one from Theophrastus (lib. ii.
de Caus.Plant.'cap.9), to shew that
the other signification is used also
by Attic writers.
'AXfiyeig briny, S.824.
'AXole'opoQ not reproaching, A. 401.
See under htyiivai.
"AXoS, a furrow, A. 987. Metaph.
ow\ot &XoKt C.25. a furrow cut by
the nail. (iadeiav &XoKa diet ippevoe
KapwovfitvoQ. S.c.T. 575. having a rich
store of wisdom in his mind. Allud
ing to this latter passage, Timaeus
observes, jiadeiav aXoica. owep earl
a^WTiJQ yijc vtto aporpov. fieraipopiKSiQ
&7r6 tovtov (iaOciac (ppivag cat KEKpvp-
fiivag ernpalvEi. Stanley compares
<j>piva (3adc~iav in Pind. Nem. iv. 13.
and (iaOv(ppova in Nem. vii. 1.
'AXovpytQ a purple carpet. Etym.
M. etc tov &Xg aXoc, ical tov ipyov.
avv raladi jj.' ififtaivovO' aXovpyiai A.
920. where avv rdiale (emend, by
Heath for the vulg. avv rote Si) re
fers to apfliiXaig, understood from
apfivXas v.918.
"AXoxoe a wife, S. 59. 298. A. 1480.
P. 63.
"AXe the sea, A. 1382. P.568. S.38.
128. TreXaylav &Xa the open or high
sea, P.419.459. Sec wtXayioc.
"AXaoc a grove or mead, S. 503. 504.
 A AYE ( 23 ) AMEr

553. irovTiov aXaoQ P. 111. Metaph. 'Afiapraveiv to miss a mark, ijfinp-

dXippvrov oXooq S.848. the sea. Cf. tov, fi Onpd ri; A. 1167.to miss or
Cic. in Arat. Neptunia prata secan- fail in anything, o&xppovoq yvwunc
tes. afiapriiv A. 1649. to fail in sound
'AXveiv to rave, S.c.T.373. judgment. Zvfifiayiag afiaprwv A.206.
"AXv^iq escape, A. 1212. See irXiwv. having failed in my alliance h.e. hav
"AXvq name of a river, P. 848. ing forfeited my character as an ally.
'AXvaKttv to escape, own wnfiovag tov pvaiov rj/iapre 1649. he lost his
aXvfa P.V.589. P. 94. A. 1598. roOev pledge. See pvawv. to fail or err.
ovk iariv virip Bvarbv aXv^avra (pv- ckojv, ikiov ijfiaprov P.V. 260.266.580.
yeiv P. 101. where roQev aXvfavra jroXX' afiaprtov S. 893. having erred in
should be joined in construction. many things.
Upon aXvtriceiv with a gen. see Mus- 'Afiapria an error or crime, P.V. 9.
grave on Soph.E1.617. ed. Herm. A. 1170.
"AXvroc indissoluble, P.V. 154. 'AfiaprivooQ having lost the senses,
'AXfetriflotoe generally fetching the S.537.
price of oxen, as in 11.18.593. but in ' A/iaprtov the wages of crime, A.523.
S. 835. nourishing oxen. P. 663. See diayetv.
AX<f>T)<TTri<; inventive, finding gain. 'Afiavpoc obscure. t a/iavpag kXtj-
A general epithet of men, in Homer's c~6vo C.840. from an obscure report,
Odyssey and Hesiod. avSpwy aX<pn- afiavpaq Ik <j>pevoc fi avaarivtiv A.
arSiv 6X(3oe S.c.T.752. 532. from my secret soul. Referring
"AXtog a circular area or disc. S.c.T. to the dead, ndiia dfiavpov A. 453.
471. kXve1 afiavpag (pptvog C.155.
'AXwo-ifjioG liable to capture. aX<l>- 'Afiavpovv to obscure. ra/nraXiv &e
aifiov waiava S.c.T. 617. a pcean ce riivZt yaia ko.to\ afiavpovadai aKonp
lebrating the capture of the city. P. 219.
aXuxrifiov fiaiv A. 10. a report of the 'Afia.\iroQ invincible, S.c.T. 85.
capture of the city. "Afiaxog id. P.90.841. A.715. C.53.
"A\w<7< capture. 'IXiov aXuxnv A. 'AfifiXvvsiv [ii] to blunt, render of
575. Satwv aXhxriv S.c.T. 112. the no effect, S.c.T. 826.
talcing of the city by the enemy. 'AfifiXve blunted, having lost the
"Afia at the same time, ijeviroc aar- power to hurt, E.229.
tikov 6' afia S.613. opdiov afia avrn- 'AfijiXonroQ dimming the eyes, E.915.
XaXa^eifX" P. 381. 6 daifiaiv koivos Upon the various forms oip, wip, wirng,
?}v afupo'iv H/ia S.c.T. 794. With part. idtzoq, and the accentuation of them,
icXvovaa ndrayov afia iKOfiav S.c.T. seeLobeckon Soph. Aj. v.955. Pors.
221. evvifv avSpog alayyvova &fia on Eur. Med. 1363.
ifiovXevoag A. 1609. iroXXa Sr) fipifav 'Afifioafia Dor. and contr. for ava-
afiai^fieX^ag C.884. With aat. fionfia a loud cry, C.34.
along with, fificlg 2' aaa rude sc.'iucv 'Afifioav for avafloav to shriek, to
S.c.T. 1064. bewail loudly, P. 564. For similar in
'Afia'Ciiv an Amazon, E. 598.655. stances of syncope in the tragedians,
P.V. 725. S.284. see Blomf. note on S.c.T. 740. (ed.
Afiadvvtiv [iJ] to lay in the dust, Blomf.)
to destroy, E.897. "AfifiporoQ immortal, E.249.
Afiav to reap, ol ovttot iXTriaavriQ 'Afieyaproc unenviable, h.e. mourn
tffintrav KaXtoc A. 1014. have reaped a ful, unpleasant, P.V.401. (see tcparv-
fine harvest h.e. fortune. veiv) S.633. The word is derived
'Afia,tipric belonging to a carriage, from ficyalpw, and means that which
afia^fiprte dpovog A. 1024. a carriage- no one envies or grudges another.
seat. Buttmann (Lexil. in voc.) observes
 AMEI
that this word is applied only to
mournful objects, and is not used in
the meaning of immense, as is the
case with &<j>0ovoc, from <pOoi>iti>.
'A/xdfieiv to change. -)(poidg afici\f/-
tts&vdos P.V.23. Withdat. &ful(iut>
Xptira iropfvpia ficuprj P. 309. to give
in exchange. \'lPLV 7"P^<*C apdjiuty
A.711. iird fiiv fiiyav &pag, Sidv/xa
KaJ rpiirXa waXi/nroiva OiXuiv u.fid\pei
C. 782. where a/id\ptt is the third per
son active referring to Orestes, not
the second person middle, as Pauw
and Abresch suppose. This is suffi
ciently proved by the participle Oi-
Xoiv: fipac will, therefore, be the
nominative absolute for aov fitv apav-
roc. For this use of the Nom. abs.
see Matth. Gr. Gr.562. 1 . Bernhardy,
Synt. Gr.c. xiv. 15. Valck. od Eur.
Phoen.292. See also under airoir-
rveiv. From the sense of exchanging,
is derived the meaning of exchanging
place, h.e. passing from one place to
another; either as referring to the
place from which the exchange is
made, in which sense the active is
more common, or to that to which it
is made, where the middle is gener
ally used. Tropdfiov a.p.d\pac 'AOapav-
riSos "E\A7c P. 69. having passed the
Hellespont, el 2' ovv apel^pia .{$n\bv
tpnewv ttvX&v C.564. if I pass the
threshold. Mid. v. apdfttaQe rovle rbv
Toirov P. 229. come and occupy this
place, tto'iov afid\peode yaiag iric'ov
rao-B' apetov; S.c.T.286. what better
land than this will ye occupy in ex
change ? xpovoe a/id\peTat irpodvpa
ItafxaTwv C.1014. time will enter the
doors of the house. Hence to pass
through, generally, as implying the
exchange of one point of locality for
another, ovric aawfj fiiorov a/xdipE-
rai C.1014. no one will pass through
life exempt from harm. Wunderlich,
Obss. Critt. P. 182. compares the use
of mutare in Latin, as in Hor. Od. i.
17.1. 11.16.18. Car. Sec.39. The pas
sage in S.C.T. 838. TrirvXov oe alev Si
A-^ipovr afidfierai ravOeiopiSa
tif a<ftavij yipaov, is somewhat ob
( 24 ) AMEI
scure. Schiitz translates afidfiirai
by sequitur, which Wunderlich justly
disapproving conjectures iri/tirtrai.
Blomfield translates it deduco, which
is probably correct, though a/xd/3tiy
does not occur elsewhere in the sense
of causing to pass over. For the
somewhat unusual usage of the mid
dle for the active see Matth. Gr. Gr.
496.7. This is clearly the idea in
tended by the word: Wellauer's ex
plication, intrat cymham (ttiVvXoc?)
et cum ea per Acherontem in locum
inferorum se conferl, is absurd. It
is also used in the middle in the sense
of exchanging words, or answering,
errog afidfiov rrpog irroQ E.556. irpbg
ravr apeijoov S.246. Toiroig apelfiov
iraaiv ebfiadig ri fiot E.420. Hivovc
afidfiiaff i>g iTrriXvSag irpiiru S.192.
On the corrupt passage ayadia S'
aficiipoficu A. 1240. see under ayaOog.
'AfidXi\og severe, cruel, C.614.
'Afidvuv better, P.V. 1037. a/xetvov
eori it is better, S.185. With iarlv
omitted, S.711. With infin. iroXXy
y apdvtov rovg irlXag <f>ptvovv etbvg
rj aavrov P.V. 335. P. 676. airb trrpa-
rdag yap fiiv r)[nroXr)Kora Ta irXtlar
afieivov titypooiv ZtZtyfiivn Apolry,
TTtpuivTi Xovrpa komi repp-art $apog
irapeo-Ktivwo-e E.602. This passage
is very obscure, and undoubtedly
corrupt. Bothe's conjecture r) (f>pa-
aai for evfpoo-iv, which Butler ap
proves, appears upon the whole the
best. Butl. however, translates ab
expeditione igitur bellica eum rede-
untem, ubi plurima melius quam dici
potest, administrasset, balneis exci-
piens. It may perhaps be better to
place the comma after n-Xttora, and
join a/xttvov (afxuvov, not afidvov'.
So Herm.) rj <j>patrai St&y/ueVjj as
referring to Clytemnestra. The
whole passage may be translated,
receiving him with a bath more cour
teously than can be expressed, upon
his return from the expedition, where
he had gained the utmost honours
as he was passing through the water
and had reached the end (of the
 AMEA ( 25 )
vessel), she threw over him a cloak,
etc.
'AfitXelv to neglect, to fir) 'fieXetv
pade E.86. With gen. S.706. 754.1016.
"Afxcfirtrogblameless. afiefi7rrogj)(p6-
vov P. 678. blameless as regards the
time of my stay. Moeris asserts, that
in the Attic writers this word has only
an active signification. So Thorn.
Mag. and Phavor. Sallier, however,
quotes against Moeris the present
passage, and Eur.Iph. A. 1158. to
which Pierson adds afitfirrrog flXog
from Xen.Cyr.v.10.
1'AfiipnnoQ blamelessly, unerringly,
S.624.
'Afiefuj>fie blameless, S.576. not to be
complained of, h.e. abundant. irXovrog
afie/iffig P. 164.
'Aficfiipia absence of blame. SiaX-
XaKrijpt ovk afitfKpia <piXoig S.C.T. 892.
the friends do not fail to cast blame
upon the reconciler. For this use of
the dat. see Bernhardy, Synt. Gr.
p. 92. who compares the usage in P.V.
499.616. C.233. Compare also P.V.
251.615. and see Herm. on Viger.
App.vi. p. 716.
Afitjvlrog (firjvig) without anger.
,vv d/xnviTp fiafci Xa&v S.953. with
a kind expression on the part of the
people, xtifibjva ovk dfitivtrov Oeolg
A. 635. a storm caused in anger by
the gods.
'Afirjvirwe without anger, gracious
ly, iictl a 'iOriKe Zeiig dfitjvirwg Bo/xoig
koiviovov ilvat xepvifiwv A. 1006.
Since Jupiter has graciously caused
you to share with our house in the lus-
tral waters. The epithet may either
refer to Cassandra, whom Jupiter had
so far favoured as to make her the
slave dp^aiorrXovrtov SfOTrorw*', or to
Clytaemnestra, as expressing her sense
of the favour of Jupiter to herself
in granting the capture of Troy. So
Wunderl. Obss. Critt. p. 151. The
former sense, however, appears the
best suited to the general meaning
of the passage, nor is it necessary
with Schiitz to adopt the conj. of
Auratus, aji-nvtroig.
AMIS
'Afinyavtiv to hesitate, to be per
plexed, S.374. &ar afir/xavelv oiroi
TpcnroiVTO P.450. il, alviyfiariDV irrap-
yifxoi(Ti 8iir<j>aroig dfxrrxavGi A. 1084.
With ace. ripfia afxriyavh) 1150. / am
in doubt as to the end. afirf^avS) ev-
ira.Xap.ov pipipvav ova rpairtdfiai,
1512. / am perplexed in thought, as
to whither I must turn.
'Afxrjyavog helpless, S.c.T.615. ir
remediable E.531.739. P.V.59. S.615.
'Apriyaviog helplessly, afirf^aviag
iXpvra C.401. without possibility, fii-
veiv Trtfiireiv Be Bvo7rtifiavr ajxrj\av(i)g
kfioi E.459. See Svavrifiarog.
'AplavTog (/juatveiv) unpolluted, f/
afiiavrog. sc. QaXao-aa P. 570. the sea.
Schol. dnXaSf) BaXaatrng, oh yap fii-
alverai ttwtcotz, koX rroXXHv fioXvafia.-
rtov kmyvQivTiav avrrj. This usage
of descriptive epithets instead of the
names of persons or things is illus
trated by Gb'ttling, Pref. to Hesiod
p. xv. He refers it to the didactic
school of poetry cultivated by Hesiod
and his followers, and adopted in the
oracular style at Delphi. As exam
ples of this, he quotes from Plutarch
de Pyth.Orac. 24. rtvpiKaoi denoting
the Delphians, 6(pi(Z6poi the Spartans,
opeaveg men, optfinorai rivers. In
Hesiod are found <j>eptoiKog a tortoise,
avotrrtog the polypus, irivro^og the
hand, f^Xiapbv and avov the nail and
its paring, "ilpig an ant, rifiepwcoiTog
dvifp a thief. In epic poetry this usage
is scarcely found. Homer once only
calls ships hXbg iWoi. jEschylus has
some few instances of it, thus avde-
fiovpyog P. 604. a bee, and in this
passage f) afiiavrog the sea. Gbttling
wrongly, however, refers yaXxov /3a-
tyal A. 598. to this head.
"AfxiKTog not mingled, distinct, A.
312.
"AjxCXXa rivalry, emulous exertion.
KTipvyiov Boaig afiiXXaig P.V. 129.
'Afiig a ship, S. 822. 827. For the
signification of this word see Butl.
Not. Philolog. in loc.
"ApurBog not hired, A. 952. C.722.
'Afiiarprfg prop, name of a man, P.21.
E
 AMIS ( 26 )
'AfiiorpiQ id. P. 312. Probably the
same as the preceding, altered for
the sake of the metre.
'Apvnfiovelv to forget, E.24.
'Afivrifxiav forgetful. With gen.
S.c.T.688.
" AfiotpoQ having no part in, desti
tute. With gen. S.c.T.715. E.333.
'Apoptynrog blameless. icat pi)v
(ap6[HJ>nTov h" ereiva roy Xoyov) ti-
finpa ri/pjiov rrjg avotpuiicrov Tv\ng
C.503. This is Wellauer's reading
of the passage, the meaning of which
accordingly will beand surely (nor
can any object to the assertion) they
only can pay honour to a tomb who
are not in unhappy circumstances.
This emendation comes so near to
the vulg. apop<f>nTov he riva tov X6-
yoy, that it is undoubtedly to be pre
ferred. Hermann, Obss. Critt. p. 97,
considers this verse to be spurious.
So Porson (Praef. ad Hec. p. xl), But
ler and Well. It is omitted by Aid.
and Turn. In Rob. it is placed after
v. 504. Canter assigns it to the Cho
rus, and corrects a.pefi<j>fj TovSe ri/jq.
rbv \6yov. Stanl. a.fiop(f>rj rrjvSe ripa.
Erfurdt also assigns it to the Chorus,
and reads apepipfj rovBe riprjaei Xoyov.
Tyrwhitt a.fiop<priT6v ye reivai, whence
Wellauer o" treiva. For the phrase
reivetv Xoyov, pijtnv k.t.X. see relveiv.
Seidler conj. iced p:r)v apepfyrj rovo"
ereiva tov Xoyov. Herm. de Vers.
Spur. ap. jEsch. p. v. assigns it to the
Chorus with the following verses,
and reads Kal pfjv apep<prj roVo" erel-
varov Xoyov. So Blomf. substituting
only ereivaxnv for ereivarov.
Apop<pog blameless, trpbg vpSiv
&pofupog E. 648. blameless in your
sight, apo/xipov voXei 453. one against
whom the city has no complaint.
having nought to complain of E.391.
Here apoptyov is the vulg. for which
Rob. rightly has apopipov. These
words are confused again in v. 648.
where Aid. has a.fiop(f>og.
'Apog a Doric form of fipeTepog,
our, S. 99.318. S.c.T.399.636. mine,
as f]pe~ig is sometimes put for ey&,
AMIIA
E.418. C. 422.431. Brunck on Andr.
1175. says " apog Doricum est pro
iiperepog, apog Atticum pro ifiog," but
this distinction is probably incorrect.
See Matth. Gr.Gr.149. Blomf. Gloss.
S.c.T. 413. The aspirated form is
used by the Dorians, and the soft by
the iEolic, epic, and tragic writers.
'ApoyQei or apo)(di without labour,
P.V. 208. Upon the probable forma
tion of adverbs in ei and i, see Blomf.
Gloss, in loc. who decides that when
derived from the dative of nouns in
a or n, gen. ng, they ought to be
written with e, this being the antient
form of the dative ; but that when
derived from nouns in oe, they should
be written with i, the o being omitted
to distinguish them from the nom.
plur. It is, however, a question of
great uncertainty, owing to the con
tinual variation of the MSS. See
Matth. Gr.Gr.257. Herm. and Lo-
beck on Soph. Aj.1206 (ed. Herm.).
The quantity of i in the last syllable,
as Blomf. shews in opposition to
Apoll. de Adv. p. 571. is common,
except in the case of gentile adverbs
in ti, which have the i short.
"ApireXog the vine, P. 607.
'Apnepneiv to send up, C.376. for
avairepiretv. See apfiodv.
'Apwexeiv to clothe, P. 834.
'Apiriirretv to fall back, A. 1581.
for avairliTTeiv.
'ApwXaicelv to err, 2 aor. us tolS
ijpTrXaicov A. 1185. when I had thus
offended, pass, rl o" ripirXaKnTai S.
894. what offence has been committed?
Monk on Hipp. 145. is of opinion that
a7rXaK7v, airXaKta, airXaKnpa, with
out p, is the proper orthography in
the tragic writers, there being many
passages which require this. This
is undoubtedly true so far, but neither
does there appear sufficient reason for
rejecting the other form apirXa<ce~tv,
k.t.X. which (except in S.227) is the
form constantly preserved in the
MSS. and Edd. throughout jEschy-
lus. Both forms probably were in
use by the tragic writers, p being
 AMHA (27 )
inserted for the sake of euphony, as
in afitpatrla, afiflporog, k. t. X. See
Herm. on Soph. (Ed. T. 472. Trach.
120. and de Em. Rat.Gr.Gr.p.19. The
derivation of the word appears cor
rectly given by Blomf. Gloss. P.V.
122 (ed. Bl.) " videtur formatum esse
a wXdu> errare facio, a prsfixo 7r\eo-
vaiTTiKWQ vel tar' Ewlratsiv, ut aTa\vg
fiora^ue; flXrrxpbg dpiXn^og; fiiXyta
a/xiXyo) ; et similia."
'AfnrXaKrifiQ an offence, P.V. 112.
386.623. S.227. E.894. See prec.
'AfiwXdKnrog read by some in A.
336. See apap-wXaKnTog.
'AfiirXaKia an offence, P.V. 562. See
a./jnr\aKEiv.
'AfiirvKTrip a frontlet or ornament
to fasten the hair on a horse's fore
head, S.c.T.443.
"Ap.wv o. band encircling the fore
head, S. 426. " Est afiwvH, quicquid
caput circumdat," Blomf. Gloss.
'AfxvyfioQ laceration, C.24.
'AfAwddEo-dai to ward offfrom one
self, E.416.
'Afivvciv [v] to ward off, A. 102.
Mid. v. to ward off from oneself A.
1354.
'Afivaativ to tear, icai jxe icapdiav
afivtrtTEi tppovrig P. 157. pass, tppf/v
iifivaaerai tpofito 115.
'A/Mptinne (aiufti, &icfi) two-edged,
P.V.694.1046. A.1120.
'Afi<j>i with gen. concerning, respect
ing, S.C.T.1003. A. 62.1044. 1053.1111.
S.386.010.787. In P.V.714. rbv a/xtf,'
zavrijg aOXovk^nyovjxivrjQ, there seems
a mixture of the constructions i,r\y.
Toy lavrfjg affXov, and liny- afupl
eairrrjc rbv (ecivttjs) aOXov. With
dat. denoting place, about, around,
A. 317. P.V.55.71. 195.821. P.702.833.
afitfi oKr)vaiQ Tpo^nXaroiaiv oirtoOev
$' kwofiEvoi 961. near their rolling
biers. See Odwrsiv. concerning, rag
afttpl aoi Xafiwrr/pov^iag A. 864. au<pi
(joi wddn bpuitra 867. % SoXov nv a/x<j>i
fioi wXekeiq; C.218. liSta a/itpl trait;
rugate P.V. 182. afitfi vbtjTtg rw fiaoi-
Xelu opaoXowEirai dvfXOQ P. 8. Ctfitpl
ttydaXfiolg tpoftog P. 164. cifitpl rapftti
AM*I
C.540. Pors. Schiitz. through fear;
but see afitpirapjir)g.With ace. de
noting place, about, around, P.V. 416.
555.727.808.832.1031. S.C.T.136. P.
301.368.475.854. S.900. A.1130. E.283.
In P. 702. hfitp' 'Adrjvaig wag liitpQap-
rai trrparbr, Brunck, Schiitz, and
Blomf. read 'AOijvag, unnecessarily
as regards the sense (see A. 317.
Eur.Iph.T.6, etc.); this reading is,
however, supported by Regg. A. B.
G.K. Colb.I.M.1.2. Ven.2. Guelph.
Turn. about, denoting time, wf)hnfj.'
opovaag afitfi UXeiao'wv Bvtriv A. 800.
concerning, fiipifiva afitfi woXiv
S.c.T. 136. woXvdpnvov al&v afitfi
woXirav fxiXeov a'tfi avarXaaa A. 697.
eiprjKac afitfi Kbtr/iov a\pEvfiij Xoyov S.
243. e\eiv afitfi ri to engage in any
thing, wot, el fir) vvv, afitfi Xirdv 'i%-
0[iev; S.c.T. 98. when shall we engage
in prayer? separated from its verb by
tmesis, a/itft h~E KvicXovvTowatravvrjaov.
P. 449.
'Afitpiapewg Attic for ' Afitpiapaog
proper name of a man, S.c.T. 551.
'AfitpifiaivEiv to stand about, as a
protection, S.c.T. 158. An Homeric
usage; cf. II. A.37. Od. A. 198, etc.
'AfitpifiaXXEiv to place upon. vybv
afitj>i[3aXE~iy P. 50. 72. to place a yoke
upon.
' AfitfiijiXno-Tpov (from prec.) any
thing thrown about the person, as
chains or a net. KuiXoitriv a/itpifiXrioTp'
J'^eiP.V.81. afjtpi/iXrjtTTpov &<JWEpi\-
Ovtov A. 1355. C.485.
'AfitpifioXog (id.) struck on both
sides, S.c.T. 280. See axpo/ioXog.
'Afitf>i(i6Xtoe doubtfully, undecided
ly, ovk a.fitfi(i6Xt>>g S.c.T. 845. In P.
871. afiQipoXtas is adopted by Blomf.
Pass, and Well, from Reg.G.Colb.l.
Aid. Rob. Schol. for the vulg. afitpi-
Xoywg q.v.
'Afi(j>l(iovXog hesitating, undecided
in purpose. afitpifiovXog ovtra dvfiov-
crdat woXei E.703.
'A/iffiiZEvKTog fastened at both ends,
rbv autpl^EVKTOv &Xiov wpUva P. 128.
See wpiiv, and cf. v. 50.708.722.
'AfitjuQaXiig flourishing on all sides.
 AM*I ( 28 ) AN

Met. aptfiidaXi) KaKo'ig ftiov A. 11 15. a rapflog Tot' ap<f>tTtf)(ij Xtiiv S.C.T.272.
life abounding on all sides with ills. For an explanation of the usage of
The word is peculiarly applied to chil the accusative here see under kXvuv.
dren whose father and mother are both 'Afuptropos cutting both ways, A.
living; and also to the gods who live 1475.
in perfect happiness. See Ruhnken's 'Afift\aaKLLv to open the mouth
note on Timaeus, s. v. ap(j>tOaXtic. In about, paarov ap(pi\aaK tp6v C.538.
C.388. Kal ttot av ap<ptdaXi)s Ztvg iirl he sucked at my breast.
\tipa jSaXoi; it seems rather to have 'Ap<j>6rtpog both. aptyoripag koivov
an active signification, causing both of alag P. 129. the two continents of Eu
us to flourish. rope and Asia, ap<f>oTtpovg bpaipwv
'AfitptXatpric lit. laying hold upon Tab' tirttTKOKEi Ztvg S. 397. observes
all sides, h.e. ample, extensive, iroXXa both parlies in this matter, apfortpa
doing Ik Awe ap<piXa<f>rie A. 986. yoog yap Ifv ract P.483. apiportpa SC. irt-
aptpiXa^g rapayQtig C.328. lamenta 6g rt Kal vavrng P. 706. apiportpa
tion extensively excited, where, as pivtiv iripTTt.iv it E.458. See hvawii-
Butler observes, the adjective has paroQ.
the force of an adverb. Upon the "Apfw both, C. 252.556. apfo'ty
meanings of this word, see Ruhnken's S.c.T.794. A. 1632.
note on Timaeus, s.v. ap<f>iXa<j>ie ttoXv "Apiapog faultless. KaXXti apwpu
xal &<pdovov. It is derived, according P. 181. where Aid. Rob. Vict, have
to Hemsterhuys, from Xa<j>u>, an old api>pti>.
form of Xcufivo), Xatyvoou). The old "Av a particle, joined with the past
grammarians derive it from Xafleiv, tenses of the indicative, with the
quasi ap<j>tXa(irig. optative, subjunctive and infinitive
'Afx<j>i.XeKToe of double import, two moods of verbs, and in certain cases
fold. ap(j>iXtKTa Trijpara ipol irpo<pu>- with participles. It is used in Ms-
v&v A.855.disputing, apfiXticrog uv chylusI. in the apodosis of a sen
Kparti 1567. disputing for the sove tence with the past tenses of the
reignty. indicative, preceded by a protasis
'AptfuXtKrwg doubtfully. ovS' ap- with tl, expressing a condition which
tptXeKTwe S.c. T. 791. in right good was not fulfilled, e. g. tl vir' 'IXiki
earnest. Karnvapiadne, ttoXv-^iixttov av el%ec
'AptpiXoyiog doubtfully, ovk ap(f>i- Tcupov C. 341-346. if thou hadst been
XoyweP.871. without doubt. See ap- slain under Troy (which thou wast
fifioXwg . not) thou wouldst have been posses
'AfKpiveiKtic made a subject of con sing, etc. So in S.c.T. 645. A. 844.
tention, A. 672. 1000.1369.With the aorist, denoting
'Ap(j>lirToXic involving the whole a completed action, tl roorevxc
state, C.73. riTt, Kapr av, 1/iKatxa S. 285. A par
'AfHpiafiaiva a sort of snake, capa ticiple may stand in the protasis for
ble of moving backwards as well as a finite verb with tl, as in ttoXXQv
forwards, whence its name, A. 1206. irarnapov tlpdroiv av tvHjapwv, iopoiai
'AfupHTTpeit prop, name of a man, irpowtx^ivTOQ iv xpnorwpiote A. 397.
P.312. where Trpovvtj(dtvToe is equivalent to
'A/x(j>iTap/ifie encompassed with ter ti TrporiviyQrj. Sometimes this pro
ror, C. 540. Here afufii rapfiti is read tasis is omitted, but may easily be
byPorson and Schiitz. Butler, how supplied, e. g. avrn yap r)v av xjjjua-
ever, prefers the vulg. Blomf. ap- tiov cnraXXayr) P. V. 756. sub. tl
<j>irap(3tX, actively. Oavilv i}v irtTrpu>pivov. In 985. at
'AptyiTeixve encompassing the walls, yap TrpoornvSwv ovk av, bvd' inrnptTt)v
ytirovtg Kapolas pipipvai fairvpovtri sub. ti ainx^povtiv riwioTapnv. So in
 AN ( 29 )
C.G90. el Ivvarov )v, in P.V.244. t
iraprjv fit) elatdtlv, or similar protases
maybe understood. With the aorist,
dXXoe (')/"'''"-' i^flw &' rdS' ayysXwi'
C.698. sub. el <tu p) ^i\0c. So in
S.581. II. With the optative, pre
ceded by a protasis with el and
the indicative, expressing a present
condition, e. g. iy&> yap ovk el Sva-
-u^w tovS' etfEKa OiXotfi av we irXeia-
roiai Trrifiovag rvyfiv P.V. 346. if I
am unhappy, I should not therefore
wish, etc. So P.V.980. P.G24. S.
384. C.202. E. 847. 848. A relative
may stand in the apodosis for el, e. g.
iru> oiiic av (sc. fiSoifinv) ijrte eK Aioe
wao")(ti> KaKuis P.V. 761. ri o" av <f>o-
floifirjv, a daveiv oh fidpatnov; 935.
With the optative, preceded by a
protasis with el, expressing a future
condition, e. g. eiijc (fiopnroc ovk av,
el irpaaaoig KaXuiQ P.V. 981. you
would not be to be borne, if you should
be prosperous. So S.c.T. 6.387.534.
P.422. A.1644. E.398. S. 734.903. 919.
jrtSd>'Krdvwaiv in S.c.T.716. forms
the protasis to tiq av wopoi, k. t. X. in
v.720. In this construction, as above,
a participle may supply the place of
el with the finite verb in the protasis,
e. g. ^poidv riva eypvr av e'it) dait
jxotnv npoc JjoWjjv h. e. el "xpoiav
riva ex01 P.V. 492. olfiZ t dXeupd r
EK^tae TavTu> Kvrei, Zif^ooraTOvvT av
oh (jtiXwg irpoaevveTrois h. e. t eK\eatg.
The same is the case in P.V. 492. 760.
987. S.C.T. 177.652. P.208. A. 314. C.
257. S. 223. 225. 286. 583. Hence the
optative with av very frequently has
the force of a softened future, and
may in this case be preceded by a
protasis containing a future indica
tive, el u>$e rpa^eig ml TtOrjyfievovs
Xoyovg pi\petQ, rd-% av gov kXvoi
Zeue P.312. ayoip.' av, el rig rdahe
pi) '^aipfio-erat. This future in the
protasis may also be expressed by
a genitive absolute, e. g. dtSiv OeXov-
Tuiv av aXriOevaaip.' eyto S.c.T. 544.
if it be the will of the gods, my words
will come true. So Oeuiv SiSovriov,
ovk av tKipvyoi KaKa 701. h. e. ei diol
AN
Stoaovai. In C.336. er av ek rUvSe
deog xprfZiov Oein KeXdSovg eh<j>doyyo-
rlpovg, the av of deltj refers equally
to Koplaeuv ill V. 340. rotovSe rot rap-
ftovvreg eVcVkwc aifiace'x0""' dv E.
672. h.e. el Tappvo-ere. Cf. S.76. In
S.760. the wish fitXae yevolpav Kair-
voeoXolpav, forms the protasis to
the words dtpvicrov ovkt av irlXoi
Keap v.765. So likewise, in many
passages where the protasis is not
expressed, av gives the verb a future
sense, e. g. ohb" r\aaov av yevoio Su>-
fiao-iv <f>iXoc C.697. which is equiva
lent to the preceding future ohroi
KvpyjoeiQ. So E.521. ovk avoXfioe
tarai, TravwXeQpoQ $ oviror av ye-
voito, where the protasis is avdy/cae
drep. For instances of this future
signification, see P.V. 518. 619. 935.
S.C.T. 357. 384. 454. 550. 689. 692. 896.
P.259. A. 870.1019. 1101.1423.1560. C.
388.403.559.1046. E. 94. 290. 407. 412.
980. S. 344. 363. From its having
this sense, we find el joined with
TrpaBaoifx dv A. 904. irpdaaoip! av
being equivalent to wpdw, and av
strictly limited to npdaaoipi. Wel-
lauer wrongly refers to this and to
A. 336. as cases of av being joined
with el, which it is not. In the latter
passage av refers to yevoiro, unless
avafiTzXaKtiTOQ (q. v.) be the true
reading. In A. 1320. where the vulg.
KoivwawfitO' dv is obviously corrupt,
Pors. and Blomf. read KOivwo-aipeO'
dv (the latter needlessly making the
sentence interrogative), which may
be explained as equivalent to the
future. It is also used with the
optative as a milder form of impera
tive, el (lovXoto, or something similar
being understood. Thus yivog r av
ei,ev\oio kol XeyoiQ irpoato S.269. you
may tell us, etc. XiyoiQ dv S.c.T. 243.
C. 103. 106. 165. S.451.906. Xiyotr' dv
S.C.T.695. C.657. 'iploiQ dv C.506.
kXvoit dv E. 651. areiyoir dv S.495.
jxv^oit dv E.117. ireXotr dv S.76.
The protasis is sometimes expressed
e.g. -^aipoiT dv, el ^alpoire A. 1367.
ireiOot dv, el wtiOoto A. 1019. may be
 AN (30 ) AN

also thus explained. It is likewise Siog TvpavviZa orlpynv P.V. 10. So

very commonly used with the opta G57. 708. A. 885. C. 20. 981. S. 488.
tive to express the meanings could, 513.908. In this construction av may
would, should, might, e.g. ovkovv av either be added or omitted.With
iKtpvyoi yc Ttiv ircirpw/xlvriv P.V. 516. relatives and similar words to express
he could not escape fate. Cf. P.V. 63. an indefinite notion, e. g. with Sg.
500. 907.908. 91G. S.c.T.451.720. P. uiir lirog fjiriT tpyov, t&v av Svvafiic
239.430. A.992. 1171.1301.1314. (In fiyeta-Oai diXy P. 170. in whatsoever
this last passage the reading is doubt things I may have ability to do. wc
ful, something having been dropped. fiavTtvoftat we of iiyijrai Otog E. 33.
Cant. conj. rig av oiik cv^airo, which just as the god may direct me. oore.
Blomf. adopts. Who would not pray? ovt av ik \ipi>v Ocol dvaihv Si\wvrai
etc.) 1540. C.511.834. E.615.633.636. S.c.T. 682. from the hands of whom
819. S.223.225. 324.440. 442.504. 585. soever, etc. oorig. airag St Tpa^vg,
773. tiofitvoe Cc r av oraOuolg iv oorig av viov Kparrj P.V. 35. whoso
otKtioioi Kafffycuv yovv P.V.395. he ever may be recently in power, oairtp.
would gladly rest himself, etc. Cf. fiiXot Si tol aol rwvirtp av /iiXXng
P.V. 754.969. A. 1650. C . 260, 476. 766. reXeiv A. 948. whatever you may be
829.995.997. E. 219. 274. 554. S.212. about to do. Cf. C.769. oirorepog.
332.483. In P. 230. iratra yap ytvoir iirorep' av (.Ttor/r S.429. whichsoever
av 'EWac (iaotXiwg vnijKooc, the pro you may do.With particles of time,
tasis is to be understood from the to express an indefinite period, pre
preceding verse, sc. d Or/pao-erai. So sent or future, ear' av until, tor' av
E.203. ovk av yivoiO' o/xaifiog avdcv- Aioc inponijiii Xu>tpi]trn )(pXov P.V. 376.
rrjs <j>6voe SC i rovg finrpaXoiag cot' av I^Iktj irpog Topyovua Trth'ia 795.
iXavvofitv v.201. The use is elliptical tirio~)(EQ tor av Kal ra Xoura irpoo-
in S.699. ayav KaX&g KXvovaa y <lc fiadris 699. iar av trtj>ayai KaOai-
av ov (piXn, sc. kXvoi.Kal yap elSvi- fxa^uxri E.427. tvr av whenever, as
aiaiv av vfiiv Xiyoi/xi P.V. 439. / soon as. tvr av tig o'tKOvg poXufxtv
should be telling it to you who know P. 226. Cf. 356. where the construc
it already. Cf. S.c.T. 379. 686. A. 772. tion depends on irpotyuvd. which is
S. 205. 768. irarpodev tie avXXriirTwp the historical present. A. 12. C.732.
yivoir av aXdoruip A. 1489. your In A. 411. ivt av iaOXa. rig Sokiov
father's avenging spirit might lend its bpav, there is an ellipsis of %, if the
assistance. Cf. C.994. E.490. S. 182. reading be correct. See under cvre.
278.481. The usage in oirwg av \ii\Tt ewg av so long as. iiog av a'tdn irvp
irpo Kaipov fxriO' i/nip aorptov fiiXog i(f> toriag kurjg AiyiaQog A. 1610.
rfXidiov iTKti^eiev A. 355. belongs to until, iwg av fim/ Karajiatrfiov P.V.
this ; O7ro> not denoting the purpose 812. 6(ppa av until. o<j>p'av yav vireX-
(in which case av would not have On E.323. irplv av before that, until,
been used) but the manner of the with a negative preceding, ovle. Aj/ijti
action, sc. in such a manner, that the irplv av Koplan Ktap P.V.165. Cf.175.
arrow might strike, etc. See Matth. 721. 758. 772.993. 1029. IV. With the
Gr. Gr.520. Obs.2. av is sometimes infinitive, either to express past time,
omitted, as in S.708. A. 1367. and as iv iroiKiXoig av Kapra fxot firjvai
some other instances which will be BoKtl A. 907. methinks he would have
noticed in their order. III. With walked, etc. irXridovg fxtv av traif
the subjunctive with 6-kwq or iig to 'lad' eKari (iapfiapovg vavalv Kparijaai.
denote a purpose, present or to come, P. 329. know that they would have
e.g. owe h* av eIStj fiff fxarnv kXvovocl been superior, etc. ; or future, as
uov,<ppa<ru> P.V*.826. So C.573. E. ti)w Oto'ig ctioag av a>$' ipStiv raSe ;
543.984. S.230. <l> av hSaxOfj rr/v A. 907. was it through fear that you
 AN ( 31 )
vowed to the gods that you would do
thus ? In the two former cases it is
equivalent to the finite eKparnoev av,
tjjr} av, in the latter to tpcote av.
To the former belongs the elliptical
passage rl 5' av BoKel aoi Jlpiafioc
(sc. iroiijaai), el rah" r\vvaev ; A.909.
av is also to be taken with the inf.
in C.989. the construction being
)ttoV *<t>v ((Sin-*) (rfjireiv av, diyovaa.
Wellauer incorrectly joins av with
diyovaa, which by itself is equivalent
to el diyoi. See seqq.The passage
in E.76. ekSxri yap ae Ka\ oY ffitelpov
fxaKpas, (SefiGir av aid rr\v irXavoar-
nj3rj ydova, is one of considerable
difficulty, owing to av, which neither
from its position can be referred to
eXSiai (it being, moreover, extremely
doubtful whether av is ever joined
in pure Attic with the indicative fu
ture) ; nor can it, without great awk
wardness, be taken for the preposition
ara separated by tmesis from its
case. Recent editors have adopted
the reading avarel from Turn. Vict,
which they explain as referring to
iXoierc, without impediment, h. e. in
cessantly. So Butler; but this is
certainly very harsh, neither shall we
perhaps be disposed to set greater
value on Miiller's conjecture aXarel.
The best MSS. it must be acknow
ledged have &v aid, but the variation
between ANATEI and ANAIEI is so
slight that we may perhaps be justi
fied in adopting the correction. We
may, in that case, refer avard to
/3f/3wra, and understand it to imply
a gracious promise on the part of
Apollo to Orestes, that notwithstand
ing all his hardships, he should re
main essentially unharmed, which
seems to accord very well with the
general meaning of the passage.
Wellauer joins fiefiGir av, which he
explains, si quidem migraveris. That
av, however, with a participle can
exert a conditional force, appears to
be extremely questionable. Her
mann, indeed (on Viger, 483), and
Matth. (Gr.Gr. 598.) maintain the
ANAB
contrary, and attempt to explain
many passages, where av is repeated,
by referring the former av to a par
ticiple, in the sense of si forte, and
the latter to the finite verb. Thus
in Soph. (Ed. T.339. rig yap roiavr
av ovk av opyifair 7tjj kXvu>v; Her
mann joins roiavr av kXvojv in the
sense of si forte talia audierit ? That
this explanation is doubtful appears,
I think, from two reasons: 1. We
find no instance where av is joined
with a participle expressing a condi
tion, without finding a finite verb in
the sentence also. 2. There are nu
merous instances where, without any
participle, a double av occurs with a
finite verb, and where, notwithstand
ing Hermann's refinements, we can
hardly doubt that they both refer to
the same, e. g. avOp&Trcta $' av roi
xrifiar av rv-^oi fiporoic P. 692. olid'
av, el Stic' fifiara aroiyriyopoiriv, ovk
av iWXjjtratyut trot P. 421. ovria yevoir
av ovb" av eKfiaaic arparov S.752.
Hence we conclude that in such pas
sages as rl o" av elirovrez rv-^oifxev
av C.412. irwe o" av yafiwvayvog
yevoir av S.224. e-^ovrr av jjtSi;av
e,evyoio 269. ovk av y eXovreg avdig
ai ddvoiev av A. 331. evrog t)' av
olaaneidoi av 1018. the participle
exercises its independent power of
expressing condition, cause, etc. and
that the av in both cases refers to
the finite verb. Possibly the usage
may originally have been adopted in
those passages where, owing to a
parenthesis intervening, the force of
av would otherwise have been lost
to its verb, and may subsequently
have been employed to give addi
tional force to others where the same
necessity did not exist.
'Ava through, on, over, P.V. 573.
S.c.T.327. P.576. S.823.833. afXTce-
Sir/peie for ava irefaripeis P.558. With
dat. a.fi TTtrpaig for ava irlrpatc S.346.
Adverbially C.957. ava ye jxav Zofxoi,
up! arise! but here avaye jxav is
probably correct.
'Ava/iaXXeiv to throw up. ava kIv-
 ANAr (32 )
cvvov (SaXGi S.c.T.1019. / will run the
risk, So kIvSvvov avappiirrttv. Blomf.
denies that avafidXXeiv kiv&wov can
have this sense. Herod, however,
as Well, observes, has the expression
pd\aQ avafidXXioOai v.49. where see
Schweigh.
'AvayyiXXeiv to report, P.V.664.
'Avayuv to bring up or back. rStv
tpOtficvtov (sc. rivd) avayuv A. 994.
avayiaOai to set sail. avaydtiQ ii,
'IXlov A. 612. imp. dvaye up! arise.
C.957. See dvd.
'Avaynawg forced, painful, A. 876.
This verse is thought by some to be
spurious. So Blorof. Butler, how
ever, retains it, and observes that it
contains the reason why so many
epithets are used, and translates " est
enim jucundum necessitatem omnem
effugisse, idcirco ilium hisce dignor
salutationibus."
'Avayicaiatc ofnecessity, tar avay-
icaiu>Q ixov C.237. it is a matter of
necessity.
'AvayKn necessity, P.V.105. 51 2.573.
1054. A.211. 1012. 1041. E. 404. irpog
avdyicav P.561. by necessity. W av-
dyxae S. 1013. id. yaarpog avdyicaie
A. 708. the cravings of hunger, avdy
xac artp E. 520. except by strong ne
cessity. distress, hardship, C.73.
P.V. 108. P. 579. avayKn etrn it is ne
cessary. With inf. S. 435. With iorlv
omitted, P.V.72. P. 250. C.743. S.473.
With dat. of person, P.V. 16. P. 285.
"Avayvog unholy, A. 213. C.980.
'Avalaltiv to kindle. avSaiovrcs
for d vadalovrec A. 286.
'AvalftaKToe unstained with blood,
S.193.
'Avalfiarot bloodless, E.292.
'Avaivctrdat to refuse or reject, A.
291. With inf. ovk dvaivop.ai davelv
A.1637. S.782. With part. viKu>p.cvoe
Xuyoitnv ovk avaivopai A. 569.
'Avaipeiv to kill, C.998.
'Avaiaauv to spring up. tIq 6
Kpanrvip ttoSl irndrifiaTOS tvirzrioQ av-
tfoirwv, P. 96. This is the reading
of Turn, and Vict, (only by the for
mer written avaiaawv, by the latter
ANAM
dvataautv) for the vulg. hvdaaiav. So
Brunck. Glasg. Sehutz. Blomf. Wel-
lauer retains the vulg. explaining it
in his lexicon, potestatem habere, to
avoid the awkward enallage supposed
by Brunck and Blomf. of Kpaurvaj
iroSi irnci'ii*aTOC tvirireOQ for Kpaitri ov
noSbs trnhlifiaTi ttnrtrtl. His expla
nation, however, seems harsher than
their enallage. There is probably
no enallage at all, the words xnli)-
fiarog timtTioc being an attributive
of noli, and equivalent to einrerwc
irnZUvri. For this see Matth. Gr.Gr.
316. f. Bernhardy, Synt.Gr. c.iii.45.
In A. 77. the vulg. dvdaaiav is pro
bably correct. See dvdaouv.
'AvahioQ guiltless. With gen. A.
1486. C.860.
'AvaKaXurrOai to call up. Aapelov
dvaKaXelaOe P.613.to call back, av-
?poc fiCXav aifia r/e &v irdXiv cty/ca-
Xiaairo; A. 993.
'Avam-aadai to recover, C.255.
'AvaKTwp a king, C.352.
'AvaKtoKvetv [v] to shriek out, P.460.
"A<aXic<ecoa?Y%,P.V.870.A.1197.
'AvaXovv to destroy, S.c.T. 795.
pass, roue avaXwdevrai; A. 556.
'AvaXvrlip a deliverer, C.158.
'AvdXtofia cost, damage, S.471.
'Avapivciv to await, avafitvai ri-
Xoe Uteris E. 234. Here Abresch reads
avaptvio, but Butler justly prefers
the present as the stronger form of
expression.
' Ava/nrXa.Knroc not straying from
the path, A. 336. In this passage the
vulg. is Stole o" avafnrXaKnroQ tl po-
Xoi orparog, for which Stanley con
jectured deoTai h" afnrXaKnroe. Pauw
merely separates the word into dv
d/xTrXdicriTos. So Porson, except that
he inserts the comma after &v, and
writes d-TrXaK-qroQ, without the p.. In
this orthography he is followed by
Blomfield. See Monk on Eur. Hipp.
145. As regards the meaning of the
word, Blomf. on P.V. 112. appears
properly to derive it from a and
TrXttfw, errarefacio, the a being inten
sive. Hence airXaKelv or dfiirXaKclv
 ANAM
signifies to miss or lose anything,
and metaphorically, to err or commit
a crime. Hence there appears equal
reason for interpreting avafurXaicnTog
in the original sense of not led astray,
not missing the way, as for translat
ing awXaicrirog (which no where else
occurs) in the secondary one of having
committed an offence. Blomf. retains
the vulg. and explains it to mean
nullis erroribus actus, which is proba
bly correct, although Wellauer calls
it " sensus satis ineptus." The word
occurs in Soph. CEd. T.472. Trach.
120, in both cases apparently in this
sense. See Hermann's notes. We
may, therefore, reasonably prefer the
vulg. in the present passage, the
meaning of which is asfollows : Cly-
tasmnestra expresses a hope that the
army at Troy may not offend the gods
by anabuseof victory; "for" (shesays)
" it is not enough for them to have
taken the city, it remains for them
to effect a safe return ; and this the
gods, if offended, may prevent. Nay
more, even though "the army should
return without any check on the part
of the gods (deo'tg avafinXaKnTog) yet
still the crime incurred by any acts
of destruction, would not (eventually)
fail to rise against them, even though
no fresh mischances should (immedi
ately) befall them." The words to tttj-
fxa T&v 6\o>\6riov do not refer to those
slain in battle, but to any mischief
committed by the army after their
victory. Oeolg may either be joined
with kyprjyopbg yevoir av (so Porson)
will be kept alive in the minds of
the gods, or with avap.ir\aKnrog, as
above; cf. -)(etfiiiva oiiK afirjviTov deolg
A. 635.
'Ava/xvxdlZciTdai to draw a deep
sigh, P.V.745.
'Avavdpia unmanliness, P. 741.
' AvavZpog without man. xptifiaTOtv
dvavBpwv irXijdog P. 162. avavipov
raliv ypi'ifiov davwv P. 290. which
Wellauer rightly explains f/pr/fiov ri)v
raliv &(Tte avavZpov tlvai. He is
wrong, however, in altering the vulg.
(33 ) ANAP
avavlpov into the reading of Rob.
&vapxpv. The vulg. has precisely
the same meaning, nor is there oc
casion for understanding it, " si Diis
placet, cum Heathio de eviratorum
spadonum cohorte." without hus
bands, iroWag Iltpalh'iov 'isriaav dv-
avSpovg P. 281. rag dva.vc'povg 'Afia-
Zovag S.284.
"Aval, a king. As an epithet of
the gods, trdvTiav &" avaKTiov t&vZe
KOivoji(i)fiiav S.219. aval, avaKTiav
Zev S.519.587.1048. P. 748. P.V.586.
aval, 'AttoXXwv A. 499. C. 552.1053.
E.85.189.544. S.C.T.783. b UvBiog
aval A. 495. &vaicrog 'HXlov P. 228.
irovTOfiic'itiv aval, S.c.T.122.applied
to men, S.c.T.39.354.990. P. 5. 435.
556.643.773.853.930. A. 35. 42. 198. 509.
516.585.881.935. C.425. E.16. S.249.
-323.344.611.815.886. dual, S.C.T.904.
plur. S. 509. 587.metaphorically, a
manager or commander. Trae avr)p
Kuirrjg aval P. 370. every one manag
ing an oar. vaS>v avatcrtg P. 375. the
commanders of the ships.
'Aval,u>g unworthy, undeserved.
iQtycvetav avalta Spaaag A. 1507.
having treated her unworthily. Here
Hermann reads rfjg iro\vic\a{iTng 'I4i-
ycveiag, alia Spacrag, alia iraayuv,
h.e. &lia a^iiov Spapartov irav)(U)v,
but neither the unauthorized alter
ation of the text nor the artificial
meaning assigned to the latter clause
recommend themselves for adoption.
'AvaTrifnrciv to send up. afiirifiiruiv
contr. C.376.
'AvairiTTTtiv to fall back. ajnrlirTEi
contr. A. 1581.
'AvaTtofiTrog one that sends up (spi
rits from the dead), P. 641.
'Avawrtpovv to excite, throw into
suspense, pass. dveirTepiodng C. 227 .
'Avairrvaativ to unfold. Metaph.
to relate. P. 250. 286.
'AvapiOfiog innumerable, P. 40.
" Avapicrog without a ruler, E.500.
'Avapira^avSpog carrying off men,
S.C.T.758.
'Avapmog hostile, implacable, A.
497. From apw to fit.
 ANAP ( 34 )
'Avapxla absence of authority, o'vk
iptir kvapylav S.888. you shall not
say that rulers are wanting. disobe
dience to authority, S.c.T. 1021.A.857.
* Avuo\oq without a ruler, to ixvap-
yov E.666. anarchy, avap-^ov raiiv
Vpijfwv Oavwv P. 290. But here av-
avlpov (q.v.) is the better reading.
Avaoirav to drink up, E.G17.
"Avaaaa a queen. applied to a
goddess, S.c.T.147. E. 226. 278. 421.
to a woman, P. 151.169.
'AvaooEiv to rule, toe Ztue avaa-
aoi P.V.202. Here many MSS. have
the conj . avaaan. With gen. A. 404.
S.772. With dat. ttuis avalpptv bo-
juoic; C.129. In A. 77. pveXog (Trip-
vtov evtoq avdaawv, avifaauiv is read
by Schiitz. Blomf. Well, from an
emendation by Hermann. The vulg.
is probably correct. Klausen not
inaptly remarks, " quid est medulla
saliens?" There does not appear
much force in Wellauer's observa
tion that " infantium medulla nondum
ava<TtTitsedav<tT<TEi," the epithet being
a general one of pve\6g, which, in the
degree in which it exists, may even
in infancy be said aripvwv ava.aaf.iv.
'Avaaraaig a raising up, a restora
tion, E.618. an overthrow, A.5175.
P. 107.
'Avaararrip an overthrower, C.301.
S.c.T. 1006.
'Avaararne id. A. 1200.
'Avaartvaiietv to mourn for, C.332.
'Avaoriveiv to groan, A. 1259.532.
'Avaarpetytiv to return, P. 325.
'Avaarpoipri a place of resort, E.23.
'Avacr)(i.T0Q tolerable, ovk avdcr^e-
roe intolerable, S.c.T.164. P.V.921.
'Avarel without harm, E.59. On
avarel in E.76. see under av.
'AvareWh) to arise. avreWovaa
contr. S.c.T.517.
'AvarXdvai to endure, A. 698.
"Avaroq unharmed. With dat. ava-
toq Ao&ov KOTf A. 11 89.not causing
harm, S.351.405. avarov (fivyav S.405.
a flight caused by no crime.
'Avarpewctv to overthrow P. 159.
S.c.T. 1068.
ANAP
'Avarpi(ptiv to cherish, E.497. /zij-
c~ev iv 0ott tcapiiag avarpitpwv in the
lightness of his heart cherishing no
source of grief.
'Avarpowii, an overthrowing, E. 335.
'AvavyrjTOC dark, without light,
P. V. 1030.
'AvavcvToe speechless. Dor. avav-
haru) fievei S.c.T. 879. with fury de
priving of power of speech.
"Avavcoe dumb, A. 482. novtg av-
avcog ayyikoQ S.c.T.82. So S. 177.
avavcwv iraicwv rac apiavrov P. 569.
fishes. This is an epithet peculiarly
applied to fishes, who are hence called
tXXoirtc from iWoq or IXKoq dumb.
(see Lobeck on Soph. Aj.1297. i<piJKev
tXXoic i-)(Qvaiv SiacpOopdv.) Stanley
compares Lucret. 1 1 . 1081 . mutas squa-
migerum pecudes. See other examples
quoted by Blomf. Gloss, on this pas
sage.making dumb, )(aXtvwvavavb<d
pivei A. 229.
"Avave no longer a ship, P. 666.
vaee avaee, by the figure oxymoron.
'Ava<j>aivtiv to raise up. ap<paivo)
contr. S.809. mid. v. to appear, be
brought to light, C.325.
'Ava<ptpetv to shed, as tears, C.441.
to bear, endure, ical rob" aptyiptiv S6-
poie yevoir av a\doe ZeiparoaraytQ
C. 828. but here the reading of Turn.
av <j>tpeiv is preferable on account of
the sense.
'Avatyvyrj escape, C.931.
'AvhpaK&e separately, each man by
himself, itvcpaxac, avrl rov Kaff kav-
tov Gl. Farn. The passage A. 1577.
iQpvirr avwdev avSpaicae KaOi'ipevoc,
is usually considered corrupt. Her
mann thinks that something is want
ing, a conjecture which is certainly
plausible from the change of the
subject in v. 1578. This does not
appear, however, in itself a sufficient
reason for supposing an omission ;
t<r0t may be referred to Trarijp as
understood from irarpi, 1573. The
verse itself has been variously emen
ded. tKpvwr aviD dele avdpaKac KaOn-
fiivoiQ Is. Casaub. Pears, idpvirr avu>
detc dvdpaKae Ka8np.fXt.vovQ Abresch.
 ANAP ( 35 )
tKpviTT avudev avSpanag Kadnfitvoig
Schiitz. abscondidit illis qui supe
riors mensce lateri viritim assidebant.
This Butler approves. Blomf. conj.
&vevdev for avu>6ev. There does not,
however, seem any real objection to
the vulg. reading. It means " Atreus,
sitting by himself at the head of the
table, broke into small pieces (sc. to
prevent their being recognised) the
extremities of the feet and hands, and
(my father) taking (some) of the
pieces (thus) disguised," etc. The
particle fiev (q. v.) in ra fiiv noc'ripr/
does not answer to Se in acrnfia S' aii-
tS>v, but is put by itself without an
apodosis, to distinguish these parts
from the others which did not require,
and therefore did not receive, such
treatment.
'Avipela manliness, S.c.T. 52.
'AvlprfXaTtiiv to expel or banish,
A. 13.93. 1568. E.212.
'AvEpnXarrig driving into exile, r)
<ovt aTifiaoTTJpa t&>q g avSpriXdrriv
tyvyij tov aiirov tovcie rlvaodai rpoirov
S.c.T.619. Here the words aTitxao-Trjpa
ra>g a dv%prjXa.Ti]v are to be strictly
joined and referred to Eteocles, " or,
in case you live (opp. to Kravhv 6a-
vtiv irlXag in 621.) that he will punish
you by banishing you in like manner,
you, who have thus dishonoured him
by expelling him (from his country)."
'AvEpofiovXog manly in counsel,
A.H.
'Avh'poc'aiKroQ lacerating or slaying
men, C. 847. See vapOriKowXiipioTog.
'AvSpodvr)g involving the death of
men, A. 788.
''AvlpoKfjtrjg slaying men, S.663. C.
876. E. 239. 916.
''AvfipoKTaala slaughter, S.c.T.675.
'AvhpoKroveiv to slay a man or hus
band, E.572.
'AvSpoXireipa destroying men, A.
1444. S.C.T.296.
'Ai'Spowatg a man though scarcely
more than a youth. dvdpowaig dvr/p
S.C.T.515.
'AvSpoTrXt)8cia a number of men,
P. 231.
ANHA
"AvBpog name of an island, P. 860.
'Avr)porv)(i]g obtaining a husband,
married. drdporvxEig piorovg E.918.
wedded life.
'Avdpo^>6vTrig a manslayer, S.c.T.
554.
'Avlpi>v the men's apartment, A.
235. C.701.
'AveSnv at full speed, S. 14.
"Avtiv to accomplish, bring to an
end. Pass, dvofxeviov irinjxaTiov C. 788.
'Avetcadcv from above, C.421. E.349.
'AvEKTog to be borne, A. 1337.
'AvcXtvdtpog servile, unworthy a
freeman, A. 1473. 1499. 1502.
'AvtXXrjv not Greek, S.231.
'AviXiuarog unexpected, S.325.
'Avefioug windy, C.584.
"Avsfiog the wind, P. V. 1048. 1087.
E.865. S.35.
'Avcp\eaOai to rise, A. 644. C.529.
Here Valck. and Wakefield, followed
by Schiitz and Bothe, read dvrjdov,
In 458. the vulg. av eXOot appears
preferable to Lachmann's dviXBoi.
'AvtvpioKEiv to trace out, A. 1065.
'Aviyeiv in mid. v. to put up with,
to endure. Jiveixofietrda A. 879. dve-
%0fiai E.874. dvaoyriirn S.c.T. 234.
dveo~xofxr)v C.736. With part, gov
kXvcjv dvl^erai P. 824. Ka.Xovfj.ivT]
dvttTypixriv A. 1247. On the augment
of this word, see Pors. Suppl. Praf.
ad Hec. p.xix.
"Avev without, S.C.T.381. P. 192.
599. A.204. 451. 807. 898.963.1466. C.
425. E.187. 279.524. 633. 855. S.437.617.
803. ovk avev not without, h.e. with,
by aid of, by authority of, P. 160. C.
1023. S.393.
'Ayt\pLog a cousin, P.V. 858.
"Ayr] means of accomplishment. Xi-
yoiT av tiv avn rig S.c.T. 695. say
those things of which there is some
means of accomplishment.
'Avi)K(TTog incurable, C.509.
'Avr)Kov<JTlv to disobey, P.V.40.
'AvrjXewg without pity, P.V. 240.
where Blomf. from a conjecture by
Elmsley, reads aXXa vr/Xewg. On
the formation of this word, see Blomf,
Gloss, in loc.
 ANHA ( 36 )
'AvfiXiog without the light of the
sun, E.865. C.50. P.V.451. S.C.T.841.
'AvtifitpoQ rude, uncultivated, E.14.
P.V.718.causing barrenness, E.770.
'Avrjp a man, as opposed to yvvrj.
e.g. avfip ywf) re S.c.T.179. redun
dant, e.g. avc~pag avrurraTag S. c.T.
499. ai'Spbg <j>iTvirotp:lyog E.871. ari)p
btrXlrng S.c.T.448. vavfiaTne avt)p
P. 367, etc. tiopv<r6evr)g avr)p E/a>0je
C.157. a prosopopoeia for the sword.
av))p for 6 di'tip C.719, etc. a hus
band, C.131, etc.a man, as opposed
to a god, A. 899. E.78. In P. 639.
*H (jiiXog dvr)p, (j>iXog b\Qoc, Burney,
whom Blomf. follows, reads 'dvt/p.
This is shewn to be incorrect by the
absence of the article with ox^og,
whence we may safely infer with Well,
that the penult, of di>i)p is here long.
Well, rightly refers to E. 727. 'Ap-
yeiog dvifp avQig iv re -^pijfxamv oiKii
irarpfOiQ, where Porson reads 'dvijp.
Well., however, seems to be wrong in
his remark upon the latter emenda
tion. 'Apyeiog 'dyr)p would not be 6
dvi)p 'Apyeiog Argivus ille vir, which
would of course be incorrect, but
would mean the man, an Argive, h.e.
no longer an exile, but in all respects
again an Argive. In the former passage
the a is lengthened according to the
epic style, so remarkable in this chorus.
'AvripSfioQ unnumbered, P.V.90.
'Avriporoe, unploughed, P.V. 710.
'Avdeiv, to flourish, or abound,
fiifivovri Ik Kal iraOog dvdei C.1004.
suffering is also ripe for him who
remains alive. dvOovv vncpolg A. 646.
spotted with dead bodies.
'AvQtfilZtaQai to gather flowers,
Met. to tear the face {in grief) S.69.
See yot&vog.
'AvOefiovpyog SC. fiiXiatra, the bee,
as gathering honey from flowers, P.
604. See under d/jlavrog.
'AvBtfiiilnc flowery, P.V.453.
'Avditrraadai. Tv<p&va Qovpov, ttS-
atv og dvriarr] Otolg, P.V. 354. This
is the reading of all the MSS. and
Edd. except Rob. who has og Traoiv.
The objection to the former reading
ANIE
is the anapaest in the fourth place.
Hence various emendations have
been offered, trad 6g Stanl. og iraa
Sch'utz, both of course inadmissible.
fiovog og Butler, ooric Blomf. from a
conj . by Gaisford, approved by Porson.
Tv^wv uiraaiv Sang Elmsley. If the
objection to the anapaest be valid,
Wunderlich's correction, adopted by
Dindorf is the least violent, irdaiv bg
dviarn. Dind. observes that the
dative is governed by dviarri as in
Horn. II. \p. 034. 7rw fitv kvUrjaa K\u-
rojuij^ta, "Hvowog viov, 'AyKaiov Be
iraXn TlXevpwvwv , og jioi aveorn.
'Avdovojxtiv to crop flowers,S.i3.
'AvQovofiog affording a flowery
pasturage, S.534.
"Avdog a flower, P. 610. beauty of
colour, bloom, xpoiag avdog P.V. 23.
rjflag &vBog S.649. the flower (i. e.
the best) of an army, country, etc.
'Apafitag apeiov avdog P.V. 418. So
P. 248. 889. A. 190. rotovl' avdog Uep-
aiSog a'iag o't^erai avSpiov P. 59. The
former genitive is here to be taken
strictly with avdog, in conjunction
with which it governs the second
genitive avdpSiv, as if it were avdog
TlepaiKov avSpuiv. Cf. P. 510. vvktos
filing e/xQavrlg evvirvlwv i.e. vvKrepa
oxpig A. 1422. evvijg napo\pu)V7]fj.a Tfjg
efirjg yXicfjg h. e. evvaiov Kapo^i>vqfia
C.181. Kapfilag kXv^ujvwv xoXrjg. Cf.
Soph.Ant.1190. Aj.54. ipbirog av
dog A. 723. a blossom of love, i.e. most
lovely. yprijxaTiav dvdog A.929. the
most precious things.an ornament,
or prerogative, P.V. 7.
'AvQpaKovv to reduce to cinders,
pass. P.V. 372.
'Avdpwiretog of men, human, A. 911.
P. 692.
"Avdptoirog a man, as opposed to
deog A. 649. E.70.912. S.c.T.407. &v-
6p(t)ira,men, mankind, generally, P.V. .
443, etc.
'AviMv to look up, h. e. to recover
its former good estate, ev $dg dviSelv
lofiov dvc~pog C.796. So Schol. dva-
fiXe\pai.
'Aviivui to send up (as a spirit
 ANIE ( 37 ) ANTA

from the dead) P.641. C.482. to iiraiaviov iravres oi arpariwrai neu

raise up, as the earth its productions, dvrjkaXa^ov' JvywXo'Xv^ov Si xal al
S.263. to vomit, E.174. to derive, as yvva'iKEQ airatrai. This verb is used
a pedigree, pass. airapr&v B' aV aV- by the antient authors only in speak
ZpHvpi<0f* dveirat, S.c.T. 395. his ing of joyful occasions.
origin is traced back from, etc. 'Avdfioioc unlike, ra re vvv iird)di,u)
'Avlepoc. unholy, impious, S.738. iriara TiKjxijpia, ra r avofioia, oih",
A. 213. 746. aeXirra trip ovra (pavEtrai S.53. I will
"Avioq miserable, P. 252. 1012. 1018. both point out some testimonies which
'Av/7rra<r0a((imis.in Att. seePors. may be immediately credited, and some
on Med. 1.) to fly up, 2. aor. dp-Kraaa which are (at first) unlike (h.e. unlike
<i' utrel koviq S. 763. truth), will, I am sure, though unex
"Aviirrosnottobe washed out, A.1438. pected, be clear at last. Cf. v. 55.
'Aviaravai, to raise up, A. 1334. as "Avopog unlawful, A. 147. vopoQ
a protector suppliants, S.319. aor. 2. avofioQ a song which ought not to be
dvaarrjvai to rise up, P. 197. A. 555. sung, A. 1113.
E.121. imp. dvloroi E.128. 136. fut. Avotnoe impious, savage, S.743.
dvaaTr\ar\ E.121. S.c.T. 533. 548. 593.
'Avioroptlv to interrogate. <$v dvia- 'AvototvZIuv to cry ororoi, to shriek
ropiig ipi P.V. 965. out, A. 1004.
'Avj'o-x'v to r*se UP> A. 93. "Avovg foolish, compar. P.V.989.
'Avoia madness, folly, P.V. 1081. 'Avra'wQ hostile, C.581. In P. 596.
ra\ av yivoiro fxavnt i] 'vola rlvt kfiol yap fi^n iravra fxiv ipofiov ir\a,
S.c.T.384. his folly, i.e. his arrogant iv ofifxaaiv ravrala (paivtrai Oiwv,
device, may perhaps become prophetic the meaning is obscure. Aid. Rob.
to some one, i.e. to him. See rig. have Iv ofifxaai r dvrala, whence
The reading fi 'vola has been sus Stanl. iv ofxjxaalv r dvra'ta, which
pected because of the lengthening of later editors have adopted. This
the last syllable in f) 'voia. Hence reading, unless ra Oedv were read,
Blomf. conj. ivvola or iiwovola. is unintelligible. The meaning of
Schwenk, ayvoiq.. Wellauer, how dvraloc given by Hesychius, sc.
ever (observing that it should be t/ctVioe is, as Well, observes, probably
written without elision if avoia), the one intended here, and with this
quotes Eur. Andr.520. rovl' "Epfiiovn' the vulg. may be satisfactorily ex
Kat yap avoia, where it clearly length plained. dcSv is the gen. after iravra
ens the a. He also refers to Trach. ra. dvraia, and the meaning is, every
350. Phil. 129. Hence the vulg. read act of supplication to the gods has
ing may be retained. an aspect of terror to me, h.e. instead
'Avolyeiv to open. A. 590. C.864. of obtaining comfort from it, I only
to disclose, S.317. increase my alarm. There should
'Avotfiiifeiv to shriek out, P. 457. be no comma after irXta.
'AvolfiUKTOQ unwept for, C. 427. 'A vraKovtiv to hear in reply, E. 189.
not weeping, h. e. happy. rifinpa tvjx- 'AvraXaXativ to return a shout,
fiov rrje avoLfii>Krov ru^ie C . 504. It P. 382.
is for a happy condition alone to pay ''AvraXXaaativ to exchange, mid.
honour to a tomb. v. to receive in exchange, C. 131.
"AvoX/Soc unhappy, E.521. 'Avrapeifieirdat in mid. v. to re
'Avo\o\veivtoraisea cry, A. 573. quite, or repay, S.c.T. 1040. C.121.
6\o\vtiv and okoXvyfiog are said of 'Avrav to meet with, to experience,
women, iraiavl^ctv or ava\a\aciv S.36.
of men: thus Xen. Anab. iv. p. 324. 'AvTanonrriveiv to kill in return,
quoted by Blomf. Gloss. S.c.T. 254. C. 119. 272.
 ANTE (38 )
'Avteiteiv to say in opposition to,
P.V.51.
AvtiWeip, See avariXXEiv.
'Avrtpqv to love in return, A. 530.
' Avripiiv to refuse, to deny, ridva-
viu ovket avrcpui Stoic A. 525. / will
no longer refuse to the gods to die.
'Avri\tiv t hold out, resist, P.
405.
'AvTt'iXiOQ placed in the sunshine,
A. 505. Upon the form <Wij\ioe for
aVOi/Xtoc, and others similar, see Loh.
Soph. Aj.v. 805.
'AvTi'jviop instead of a man, avrri-
vopoc o-TTodov A. 430. the ashes brought
instead of the man.
'AvrnptTng an adversary, S.c.T.
265.577. Sopoc avrnpirac 981. an an
tagonist with the spear.
AvtI in recompense of, P. V. 31.
1291.1292. A. 1525.1541. C. 307. 310.
513.944.in the stead of, tovt o.vt
iKtivwv TOviroe alpovfiai oeOev S.C.T.
246. / prefer this last to all you have
said before, A. 423. C.338.With
anastrophe, ftiopov warpuov c" avn
A. 1250.tig Hiravrae dvff evoq roc"
'ipyov %v S.c.T. 1041. this deed was
against all instead of (against) one.
<rv o avTi (pwvrjg 0pae Kapfiava) %Epi
A. 1031. speak with your hand instead
of {with) your voice.In comparison
o'vtiq oXXoq avr kpov P.V. 465. no
other than I. aXXnv riv' clvt epov A.
1241.
'Avriafeiv to come and meet, A.
1538.
'Avriftaivf.lv to oppose, P.V. 234.
'AvTiyovn proper name of a woman,
S.c.T. 844.
' Avrili^aBai to receive as a re
turn, C.903.
'AvriSidovai to give in return, E.
939. C.491. E.254. absolutely, dvri-
iovvai rdiai irifnrovaiv race C.92.
See 2o<7i.
'Avridacog an adversary, A. 41.
'AvriSovXog in the position of a
slave, C.133.
'AvtHovkoq sounding responsively,
P. 120. /36a avrilovird pot P. 997.
1005.1023.
ANTI
'AvTtKaraKaivciv to kill in return,
C.142. rest, by Herm. for vulg. avri-
KardavElv.
'AvriKEvrpov acting as a goad or
sting, E. 131.444.
"AvriKpvg distinctly, entirely, C.190.
'Avtiktovoc. killing in return, av-
TIKTOVOIQ TTOlVa'lQ E.442.
'AvriXapiTEiv to blase in turn, A.
285.
'AvrifxiaQoc serving as a reward,
S.267.
'AvTifioXiroc opposing by song, vtt-
vov avripoXnov a/coc A. 17. a remedy
opposing sleep by song.
'AvTtv~iK<f.v to conquer in turn,CA92.
'Avrloc contrary, A. 485. avria
\fcu (Te8ev P. 681. avria 0d<rflai687.
to make reply to.
'AvTiovv,]>a.ss.dvTtwdrjvattooppose,
S.384.
'AvTiiraOiig returning calamity (for
calamity). In E.753 and 780. avri-
iradrjg araXaypbg is explained by
Butler to be gutta s. virus malum malo
rependens,i.e. virus quod calamitatem
vicissim inferat pro ea quam passae
sumus.
'Avrlwais like a child, E.38.
' AvtIttoKoq an antagonist, tov apbv
avriiraXov our champion, S.c.T. 395.
opposed, Qe~it dvTiTvaXov Kparog
%evq P.V. 526. set it in opposition.
'AvriirvooQ blowing adversely, P.V.
1089. A. 145.
'Avt'ittoivog avenging, acting as a
punishment, E.258. avriiroiva P. 468.
a punishment.
'AvTiTopoc across the sea or chan
nel, S.509. P. 67.
1' AvrvKvpyovv to raise with towers
in opposition, E.658.
'AvTippiiTEiv to be of equal weight,
A. 560.
'AvrianKovv to counterbalance, P.
429.
'Avtl<jiz^.v to draw back, P.V. 337.
'AvTitrrdrng an antagonist, S.c.T.
499.
'AvriiTTpocpoe turned in the opposite
direction, fiapiv eIq avritTTpoipov S.
859. where, according to Heath, it
 ANTI (39 ) ASIO

means, that the vessel was turned A. 909. mid. v. avvEadai to obtain for
round with its prow to the sea in oneself, P.V. 702. Of C. 845. wwg
order to return to Egypt. 'iaov eIttovct' dvvawfiai commentators
'AvTiTaoai.lv to place in opposition, give various explanations. Heath's
S.C.T.377.390.603. perhaps is the best, making eittovo-'
'AvTiTteiv in mid. v. to exact as a dvvtrtoiiai equivalent to a'jwwjuai wore
recompense, IprjcdywyrjcavTiTitraaOat ei-keiv, how can I succeed in saying
<f>6vov A. 1236. to avenge herself for what is just ?
my being brought by slaying me. 'Avvteiv to cherish, bring up. dvv-
'AvTiToXpog daring to oppose, E. TEo-Qai to grow up, A. 1131.
523. "Avto above, with verbs of motion.
'AvTiTVTroe an adversary. Awe dv TTEfXTTETE &VU) P. 636. TTOflTTOQ 1(701 &VtO
titvitov Si/ias S.c.T.503. the figure of C. 145. With verbs of rest. ijfiEvov
the adversary of Jupiter. avu) S.94. ol aw those above, C.163.
'AvTlipcpvog instead of a dowry, This verse is probably to be placed
A. 394. after v. 121. So Herm. In its pre
'AvtiQovoc effected by mutual sent position it is wholly unintelligi
slaughter, S.c.T.874. E.937. ble, (ivto te Kol /caroi up and down,
'AvrKpwveiv to reply, E.293. in confusion, E.620.
'AvtXe'iv to exhaust, to undergo, Aj'aiytij' to order, perf. mid. avwya
P.V.375. C.737. E.862. P.V. 949. 1039. C.724. imper.
"AvrXog water admitted by leaking, avwxQi C.761.
S.c.T.778. ' AvwOev above. (ivwOev ifpivov S.
'AvtoXij rising. dvroXds acrrpiav 592. &vu)6ev yrjg ettottteveiv a^n A.
P.V.455. f/Xiov dvroXai 789. avroXag 1561. &vii)0ev dvlpaicag KadfjfiEvog A.
fjXio>TTipU 793. atTTEpae brav tpdivio- 1577. at the head of the table. uvwBev
aiv avroXag te tG>v A. 7. is considered avixaOev C. 421. 821. iroXXag clvmOev
by Valck on Phoen. 506. as spurious. dpravag ifiijg Sipng eXvaav aXXoi A.
So Pors. Schiitz, Butler, and Blomf. 849. as Schiitz says, " in superiori
There does not, however, seem any cedium contignatione ubi fere se sus-
occasion to reject it. In v. 4. the pendere solebant vilae pertsesi." On
watchman speaks of the assemblage A. 845. see under Xejeiv.
of stars generally. He then proceeds 'AvhJTEpu) higher, P.V.312.
to state his observation of those stars 'Avw(j)EXi]Q useless, P.V. 33.
more particularly conspicuous, by 'AvuMpEXrjTOe id. C.741.
whose rising and setting the change 1 Afyu<roc worthy of hatred, E.349.
of seasons is discerned. I do not " Aijtoc name of a river, P. 485.
conceive, with Schiitz and Butler, that "Aijioc deserving, C.439. E.413.
Xa/nrpove Svvaarae refer to the sun superl. A. 517. suitable, worthy, at-
and moon ; but to those more parti av Tpijjtlv e'x P.V. 642. A. 1508. it is
cular stars, such as the Pleiades, well worth while, &iov ovpavovyov
Sirius, etc. Cf. P.V. 452. r\v V ovllv ap\dv (T0eiv C.954. it is proper to
avrolc ovte \eiparoe TtKfiap, ohr av- reverence, etc.
Oefiufiovt; lipog, ovte Kapiripov Qipovg 'Afaovv to condescend, think pro
fiijiaiov, 'ittTE Sri atyiv avToXag uorpuiv per, P.V. 215. A. 1646 Mid. v. id.
$Ela TO.Q TE SvaKpiTOVg Sv0El. A. 361. E.403. to esteem worthy, pass.
"Avrpov a den or cave, E. 184. P.V. tovtov rv^civ ovk fj^iwdnv aVTO P.V.
133.301.352.451. 240. 'koXXwv Tab* tjpiv iariv r)^i(i)fiiva
'Avveiv to accomplish, succeed in. S.485. valued at a high price.to
With inf. 7rwe orpaTOQ ro<70<rSt fjvvaEv have confidence, think oneselfworthy,
irepav; P. 707. how did it succeed in P. 327. to honour, with dat. of thing,
crossing? With ace. 712.730. 734. 752. A. 877.
 Asia ( 40 ) AIIAP

'Aio>c in a worthy manner, ovrot 775. E. 83.Intrans. to come off, come

Kvpijatis fielov aXlwg oiQsv C.696. to an end, A. 1262. Mid. v. to de
you shall not obtain less than you part from, E.171.pass. diraXXayrjyai
deserve. There is probably an el to be rid of, P.V.469.752. A. 327.
lipsis of ij. Cf. Eur. Ale. 870. and see 'AiraXoc tender, S.67. P. 529.
<Jc: but here Pauw with the Schol. 'AirafifiXvvuv [0] to blunt, check,
reads dtyuv. So Schiitz, Bothe, S.c.T. 697. pass. P.V.868.
Blomf. 'AiravaivtoBcu to refuse, deny,
'A^ovijXaros moving on the axle, diravnvafiivae E.930.
S.178. 'Awavdifaiv to gather flowers.
'A^vvrinbiv not understanding, A. yXwartrav diravdiaai A. 1647. to gather
1030. the flower of speech, to give loose to
'Aijuoraroe that cannot be checked, the tongue. In A. 1647. some editors
restless, unceasing, A. 1446. "Est read airqvOious or airnvditrtv for iirnv-
avvi<rrnfn consisto, d&crrarov igitur, flicrw. See iiravQli^uv.
quod consistere nequit ideoque quod 'AnavdowiroQ solitary, uninhabited,
niodum omnem superat." Butler. P.V. 20.
"A^uiv an axle tree, S.c.T. 138. 'AwavrXziv to draw off, diminish
"Aooc the attendant at a sacrifice, from, P.V. 84.
A. 223. "Aira$ once, A. 847.990.1295. E.618.
'Aoidfi a song, E.614. A. 952. ohx &Tra, fxovov P.V. 209. more than
'Aotdoe a songster, S.676. once.
*'Aoivoq made without wine, E. 107. 'Aira^lovv in mid. v. to deem un
822. worthy, E.345.
'AirayyiXXeiv to announce, P. 322. "Airainrog without a grandfather.
A. 590. C.264. S.910. S.C.T.996. ovk airairwov 'lSalov irvpog A. 112.302.
'Airdyeiv to carry away, from one not underived from the fire on Ida.
place or state to another. A. 1249. 'Anapafivdog inexorable, P.V. 185.
S. 120. mid. v. drrd^ofiai. E. 257. as a 'AirapKtiv to suffice, P. 466. In A.
criminal to punishment, E.895. 369. &ote icdirapKtiv may either be
'Airdy\eiv to hang, mid. v. to hang from iirapKelv or dirapKely, Blomf. ob
oneself, S.460. serves that dirapKtiv is said of things,
'AizaywvioQ freeing from a strug eirapKtiv of persons, and therefore
gle, A. 498. Scholef. records a pro prefers to derive it from k-wapKtiv
bable anonymous conjecture, /cat
iraiu>vioQ. "Airapi'og refusing, denying, a r
'AiraOfig freefrom suffering, P.846. ovclev airapvov TfXedu Ileiflot S. 1024.
AiratoXv/J-a an act of deceit ; whom nothing can refuse.
thence, one who deceives, the thing 'AirapTcfav S.c.T. 356. The mean
being put for the person, C.994. ing of this word appears to be to
"Awaic childless, C.1000. A. 732. complete, to make perfect. Compare
P. 572.iralheg atraib'tQ children yet dwaprl. Moeris gives for its Attic
no children, E.987. synonym the word airoreXciy. Sal-
'AiraiTeiv to demand, C.392. lier on Moeris translates this passage
'ATraXlfciv to avert. Zevt; a7ra\e'2;ai sed illius festinatio non sinit gradum
yifiov S.1038. an aorist, from aXtKio absolvere. Blomf. adopts the reading
the original form. of Guelph. ov KarapTlfat, in the sense
'ATaXXayn release, P.V.316.756. of " does not suffer it to rest." This,
A. 1.20. kol $v<rrv){ovvT(i>v y tv/j.apije however, as Well, observes, is hardly
a-rraXXayri S.334. it is an easy matter the meaning of Karaprifeiv, but rather
to get rid of unfortunates such as we. restituere, conciliare. Herm. proposes
'AiraXXcHroei v to free from, P.V. ov Karapytfei, which Erf. on Soph.
 AOAP ( 41 )
Ant. 439, Schiitz, and Wellauer ap
prove, but which Blomf. very properly
rejects. Pauw translates ovk inrap-
ri'Cei faeit ut pes sibi non sit cequalis,
haste prevents him from making equal
steps, and this is perhaps nearly the
true meaning. The particle /cat re
fers to the spy alluded to in the pre
ceding speech of the Chorus. Butler
quotes Hesych. aizapriZec reXciot.
"Airapx<> a leader, P. 319.
"A7rac every one, (nrav every thing,
P.V.35. A. 876. S.624.all, the whole,
S.C.T.18.324. P. 245. E. 462.708.733.
804.835. airavreg all, P.456.771. A.
509. C.889. S.c.T.1041. atravra every
thing, P.V.49.265. awavr a.irr\^.u>v A .
540. in all respects unharmed.With
art. roc airaoag voaovg P.V.481. rag
cnrdaag f/fiepag 752.
'AirciTt) deceit, P. 93. arav airarq
jxerayvovg S. 102. as explained by
Schiitz, understanding when too late,
by (the discovery of) our deceit, the
harm (done to them by our flight).
'Airarifxd^io, to dishonour, perf.
pass. E.95.
'Airavpijv to derive good or evil,
generally the latter. Toiavr airr)vpto
tov <f>i\avBpi)Trov rpoirov, P. V. 28. such
is the harm you have derived from
your humanity. 'lawv airnvpa vai-
fpaKTog"Apr)e P. 011. our naval force
suffered harm from the Ionians. Upon
the forms airnipo), airnvpa, and their
meaning, see Buttm. Lexil. in voc.
"Awavorog never ceasing, S.569.
'Aire&lXog unsandalled, P.V.135.
'AireiOeiv to disobey, A. 1019.
'AiteiXeiv to threaten, S.c.T.422.
with dat. and ace. irvpyoig aireiXel
leivd S.c.T.408.531. In A.1396, the
vulg. is Xiya) tie aoi roiavr' ciireiXelv,
wg irapeaKevaap-ivng ex t&v bfioiwv
\cipl viKTfaavT cfiov apxeiv, where
no alteration is wanted but in the
stopping, irapetncevao-fievng is the
gen.abs. Blomf. retains the vulg. but
points the passage badly. The constr.
is Xc'yw Be aoi apyeiv ifioxi viKr\aavra
\iipi, o>g ifiov irapeaKtvatTfiivng cnrei
Xeiv Toiavra Ik t&v bfioluiv. I bid
AIIEX
you control me by conquering me with
your hand, seeing that I am able to
return your threats upon equal terms.
'AirtiXtj a threat, P.V. 174.
'Aireivai to be absent, aireorio A.
878. awrjg S.117. uirovrwv A.535.
awovong E.720.
'Aireiiretv to forbid, warn off, A.
1 306.tofail, come to an end,S.c.T22.
'Aire.lpyf.lv with gen. to keep off,
S.c.T.453. to prohibit from, C.291.
to keep out. ri S>) icvXnai tov iKernv
airelpyere; C.562. why do ye keep
the suppliant outside at the gates ?
This must be supposed to be ad
dressed by one of the passers-by to
the door-keepers. Well, has adopted
the reading of Med. Guelph. Rob.
aireipyerai, which he refers to jEgis-
thus; but for this there seems no
necessity.
'AireipoSaKpvg that never has known
weeping, S.68.
"Aireipog inexperienced, P.V.373.
C.116. etc. endless, A. 1355.
Aire/xetv to vomitforth, into tr<j>ayrjg
efxHv A. 1581. vomiting forth (a por
tion) of the slaughtered food.
'AwevO-ng free from sorrows, P.V.
958.
'Airevdnrog free from sorrowing,
E. 872. A. 869.
'Airevveiretv to forbid, S.c.T. 1044.
E.916.
'Airepavrog endless, without limit,
P.V. 153. 1080.
'Aireparog infinite, S. 1035.
'Airepwrog eptag unholy, improper
love, by fig. oxymoron, C. 592. A. 1652.
'AirevQvveiv [u] to direct. c~eiip'
airevQvvn fioXe'iv, A. 1652. SC dare,
direct him to come hither.
'AirevKrog to be detested, abomina
ble, S.770. A. 624.
'AirevxeaOai to repudiate, E. 578.
'ATrev^erog to be deprecated, C. 153.
With dat. cnrevxtTov lofioig C.616.
'Airexeiv to keep off, intransitively
to, oVex*. <pcii P.V. 659. transitively,
A. 1096. E.330. mid. v. S.737.
'AirexOeia hatred. cV airexBeiag
eXdovra P.V. 121. See tpxeo-dai.
G
 AIIHM ( 42 ) ATIOZ

'Airfipai'Tog free from harm, eorw P. 982. few as remaining from many.
uwrtfiavTOv A. 368. let there be a con far from, vovaaiv torjuoc dir dardv
dition free from calamity.harmless, 7oiS.667. dir' ifiag iXiriSog A.970.
gentle, S.571. contrary to my expectation,separate
'Airrifuoy safe from harm, A. 840. from, oi/2' a7r' lofinvov Xiyu> S.c.T.
With gen. E.840. not causing harm, nor do I speak separate from (i.e. ex
S.183. cluding) the Ismenus. air' bfifiariov
'Attj/vij a car, A. 880. iirXdyxOv S.c.T. 766. he deprived
'Awia a name of the Peloponnesus, himself of his eyes signifying ori
S.257.758. A.248. Schol. Venet. in gin, e.g. S.c.T.394, etc. utXav' air
II. A. 22. (ij ilaXoirovyno-oe) 'Atria dv0p6>irtov dfpoy, E. 174. from men
iicXifii) airo" Airth'oe tov &opti>vih>Q rov eaten by them. roivS' ticac ovd' an
Aioc belonging to Apis. 'Airiav aXXii>v aXX dir abriZv C.465. by the
ftovviv S.110. This word is entirely agency not of others but ourselves.
different from the airin ydia of the \dptQ $ d(f fifiuv oXo/xevwy day/Aa^e-
Iliad and Odyssey, in which airiog is rai S.c.T. 685. the gratification aris
nothing but an adjective formed from ing from us perishing (i.e. from
airo, as avrioQ from avrl, and signifies our death) is highly esteemed by the
distant. Moreover the a of airin in gods, ran t/xov rtKfiijpia S.268. the
Homer is always short, whereas in proofs to be had from me. dirb aov (io-
airia derived from 'Attic the a, like otcdv fepoi/xav E.255. / would wish
that of ' Attiq, is long. See Buttm. to make a meal of you signifying the
Lexil. in airir\ yala, matter of which a thing is made, rtv-
rAirig proper name of a man, S. %n dir' 6fx<paK0Q irticpac, oivov A. 944.
259.266. the instrument with which a thing
'Airiareiv to disbelieve, P.V.642. is done, otycvhovac dir' tvfiirpov A.
'Airiaria incredulity, A. 259. 282. with a moderate cast of a sling,
"Attkttoq incredible,P.V.83i. S.274. iSoiro irpivfievovQ air' ofifiaroe S.207.
S.c.T.828. disobedient, (iovXal airia- dirb yXbxrtrns A. 787.% word of mouth.
toi Aatov 824. the counsels of Laius air' &Kpag <j>pevot A. 779. superfi
by which he discredited the oracle of cially, airb yvcopns E.644. accord
Apollo. So in S.c.T. 1021.With gen. ing to the real opinion of the mind,
<piXu>v airttrroi S.c.T. 857. not to be per signifying the cause of a thing, dirb
suaded by friends. ^vXiie KaKije A. 1275. 1627. through
"AirXnaroc insatiable, P.V.371. A. cowardice, fiopaifx dir opvldtov bZitov
102.With gen. E.933. S.723. A. 152. portended by the birds, sig
'AirXoia difficulty of sailing, A. nifying the time since which a thing
145.181. was done, P.V. 840. S.339. P. 173.
'AirXove simple, straightforward, after, denoting order of place, P.V.
C. 547. u>q &irXa> Xoyy in simple truth, 855. P. 756. of time, curb trrpaTsiag
P.V.46.613.977. A. 589. E.601. after an expedition.
'AtrXiog simply, C.119. 'Airoyvfiva^eiv to exercise, S.c.T.
'A77-0 from, marking the place from 423.
which anything goes or comes, or is 'AiroSeiKviipai to shew, or display,
removed, e.g. S. 90.211, etc. With A. 709. E.958.In mid. v. to make,
anastrophe, as P.V. 813. flvflXhwv perform, ordoiv airoSeiKvv/xeva P.V.
6pG>v airo. So P. 452, etc. curb ^Givtoq 1089.
po<f>eiv kpvQpbv ex fieXcwy iriXavov E. 'AirodiKeiv to cast off, throw down.
376. to such clottedgore from the limbs 2aor. airiSiKte, airtrafxte sc. rov avdpa
of a living man. 'Ayaiiov twv airb A. 1384.
(TTpurov A. 524. the Greeks remaining 'Airoliipeadai to bewail, P.V. 640.
of the army, (iaia y ioq dirb iroXXwv 'Airotvyvvvai to unyoke, pass.
 Anoe
Metaph. Sevp' dire^vynv iroiae C.665.
/ set out to come hither.
'AiroOavfiafeiv to admire, A. 300.
Airodpaveiv to shiver off, P.402.
'Awoida a colony, P.V.816.
"Attoikoq a stranger, a settler from
a foreign land. XaXvfloe ~2kvQG>v
airotKOQ S.c.T.710. a prosopopoeia for
iron, brought from the Chalybes, a
Scythian nation.
' ATtoijxto'ieiv to lament, A.320.C.1009.
"Airotva neut. pi. a penalty, P. 794.
A. 1394. 1655.
"Attolvoq S.93. Upon this word,
which is probably corrupt, see Sat-
flOVlOQ-
'ArroKiipeiv to mow down, to de
stroy, P. 885.
'AiroKXayyeiv to pronounce, A. 151.
'AiroKXaieiv to bemoan, P. V. 640.
'AkokXeUiv to shut out, P.V. 673.
'Attokottti a cutting off, S.821.
AtroKpvirTeiv to conceal, P.V. 24.
'AwoKTilve.iv to kill, A. 1223.
A'noKtoKveiv [w] '" bewail, A. 1524.
'AiroXaKTiZuv to reject with dis
dain, P.V. 654. airoXaKTiaaar' vttvov
E. 136. flinging off sleep.
AiroXaKTKTjxoQ a casting off or giv
ing up, S.915.
' AiroXdirtiv to leave, P. 923.
AiroXtfioQ not to be overcome, A.
746. C.53. airoXtfiOQ iroXipoQ P.V.
906. oxymoron, a war which ought
not to be fought.
"AttoXlq ttoXiq a city no city. Oxy
moron, E.435.
AiroXXvvai to destroy. airuiXXv P.
644. awiiXeo-e 467.543.553. A. 1050.
C.607. S.396.to lose, P.719. S.c.T.
967. mid. v. airoXiaXcvai to be lost,
to have perished, olicretpt fifi 'noXta-
Xdrac S.206. pity us ere we perish.
TairoXtaXora. S.896. that which was
lost. awwXXvTO P. 270. awi>XtTO P. 320.
C.94.
'AitoXXojv Apollo, S.c.T. 783, etc.
'AwoXXin ace. S. 211. emphatically
atroXXiov Efiog A. 1050. my destroyer,
with allusion to the word cnroXXvvai.
' AirofjiovoidQ foolishly, absurdly.
Kapr cnrofxovcrijiQ i}<T0tt ytypajijxivoQ
( 43 ) Anos
A. 775. Ipictured you as a very fool
ish person.
"Attovoq free from suffering, P. 846.
'Av6i,evoQ not received with hospi
tality. TOvS1 airo^evoc TriSov E.844.
discarded by this country an exile
from a place, A. 1255. C.1038.
'ATroTrtjXTTELv in mid. v. to send away
from oneself, P. 135.
'AiroiroXts an exile from the city,
A. 1384.
'Attotttvuv to spit out, to detest, E.
293. generally in aor. 1. airiirrvaa I
detest, as P.V. 1072. A. 1165. C.195.
In A. 953. ovB' aTTOtrriKrag Siicav Sv-
tncpircjv ovciparotv OapaoQ evirtOes '"
<f>ptvoQ (piXov Opovov, aTTOirrviraQ is
the nom. abs. for cnroTTTvaavToe kfiov.
Casaubon and others, whom Blomf.
follows, read awoirTvoav, unnecessa
rily. For other instances of the
nom. absolute, cf. Eur. Iph. T.349.
695. Soph. (Ed.T.60. Ant. 266. 419. A.
968.980, etc.
'Attotttvotoq detested, E. 182.
'AiropBnroQ inexpugnable, P. 340.
This epithet is applied to Athens in
Eur. Med. 822.
"'Avoooq difficult of passage, P.V.
906. See iroptpoQ.
''Airopptiv to flow away, pass, airop-
pvivrOQ A. 1267.
'Airoppriyvvvai to break off, to yield
up (the breath) P. 499.
'AwopplirTEiv to cast away (in a
contemptuous sense), C.901. The
sense, as well explained by Wellauer,
is " profecto non extrusi te in hospitis
domum, sed misi" to reject, des
pise, S.479. E.206.
'Airop(j>aviSciv to make an orphan,
to bereave, C.247.
1 Airoawipv to pull away, airoatra-
oclq KOfir)Q S.883. pulling by the hair.
' AiroiTTafciv to shed in drops, S.
573. See ai'Sfaie.
' AirooraTtiv to stand aloof, to be
absent from, A. 1075. C. 438. 813. E.
65.392.
'Airotrriytiv to keep out, be proof
against, S.c.T.216.
'Anoardx^v to depart, S.750.
 AIIOS (44 ) AIIPI

''Airoartpyuv to detest, A.485. Upon proving the sense. Blomf. appears to

the aposiopesis in this passage, which be correct in translating ipvpa ica-
is equivalent to either he will bring kuv kiZvwv, presidium quo confugiunt
us intelligence of a joyful kind, or pariter mali ac boni, and also in as
of a contrary sort, but that I detest signing to airorpoirov a transitive
to speak of, cf. Henn. App. to Vig.ii. force. By ipvp.a is understood the
Airoartptiv to deprive, with gen. pouring of libations, a means by
P.V.684. to remove, take away, P.V. which both good and bad seek to
779. S.1048. appease the dead, and to do this
'ATro(Trpi<j)civ to turn away, A. 824. being, in Clytaemnestra's case, &yog
1279. airtv-^trov, the Chorus exhort each
'AirooTpoipri a refuge from, a means other to shed a propitiatory tear, to
of averting, P.V.771. obviate the effect of (irpog) this tpvfia
'AirorrvKq.v to despoil, pass. (ncfprTpov KaKuiv tesh'viov re, and to avert (airo
ri/xag t airoovkaTai P.V. 171. is to be Tpoirov) the ayog airev^crov, incurred
deprived of the honour of his sceptre. by the pouring out of these impious
'AirootpaWtiv pass, to be deceived, libations. The comma should be
to fail, atroatpakelg (jipev&v P.V. 470. placed after KeSvUv r .
demented. yvi>p.ng hirooipaktioiv P. 'Airovirca absence, A. 889. 1232.
384. deceived in opinion. 'AiroQaivciv in mid. v. to display,
'Aworifivtiv to cut off, A. 1384. See set forth, fiovaav airotyaiveadai E.
awodiKtiv. 299. to deliver a song, irp&ra p.kv
'Airorletv to expiate, atone for, A. evSoKi/iov m-pariag inrttyaivofitOa P.
1311. to give in payment, 1484. 843. formerly we were distinguished
"Airor/joQ wretched, P. 272. as having a splendid military force.
'AiroTpiiruv to avert, S. 857. 868. 877. The const, is airttpaivofieda (ovrtg)
In mid. v. to turn from, dread, S.c.T. evSoKifiov CTparidg, which is equiva
1052. lent to aire<j>. e^ovrcg tvSoKifiov arpa-
'Aworponfi a means of averting, nav. See Bernhardy, Synt. Gr. iii.
P. 217. 45.46. and a further explanation of
'AiroTpoTroc having the power to the whole passage under irvpyivog.
avert, P. 199. Stanley observes, "Cum 'AircrfOdpeiv to destroy, C. 254. 256.
triste quidpiam in somniis viderant 'Airo(j>diveiv to perish, pass away,
antiqui, deoig airoTpoiraiotg sacrifica- ^A.831.
bant. Xen. Symp. p. 699. ovkovv, 'Airo<j>0opa destruction, E. 178.
e(j>t) 6 KaXXi'ac, Kai fux1? /"jScTrore 'ATro^pn it suffices, A. 1556.
irXovreiv, Hal iav ti bvap ayadov 'ifing, 'ATro-^rifiaTog not relatingto money.
toTq airoTpoTraiotQ Oeolg. Talis fuit airo~xpriixa.TOi rjpiai C.273. penalties
apud Komanos Jupiter Prodigialis. not regarding money. So Blomf. Well.
Plaut. Amph. ii. 2. sed, mulier, past- Blomf. reads a^ijfi&Toiai. Schiitz
quam experrecta es, prodigiali Jovi, understands it to mean the loss of his
aut mola salsa hodie, aut thure, com- paternal property inflicted by JEgis-
precatam oportuit." The same gods thus and Clytcemnestra. This is pro
were likewise called ak^nrifpioi or bably correct. See ravpovadai.
aXe^iKaKoi, cf. S.c.T.8.With gen. 'Airo\pi\ovv to make bare of, C.684.
airorpoirov KaK&v C. 42. The passage ' AirpiySa firmly grasping, awptyh"
C. 152. (T Saicpvirpog epvfia toSe airpiyh'a fxaXa yocSva P. 1014. 1020.
kclk&v, KeZvUv t airorpoTrov &yog This adverb is the same with airpi^,
airdi-xETov, is very obscure. Herm. and is derived from a intensive and
on Soph. Ant. 841. reads ep/ia. Schiitz. irpUiv to set the teeth firmly together,
Seidler, Herm. Blomf. transpose kcl- to gnash. It is less correctly ex
kwv tceZvwv t, but without much im plained by Hesych. Suid. Schol. on
 Anpi ( 45 )
Soph. Aj. 310. o ovf^o\6v te irplcrai diet
rrjv avfiifivaiv. So Hclladius, Phot. p.
869. Timaeus, airpd,, EfnrE<f>vK6rws,
where see Ruhnken's note. Schlitz
rightly observes, " awpiyda vox est
piios sibi prae dolore tenaciter et cum
impetu vehementi evellentium." The
word is well illustrated by Lobeck on
Soph. Aj. 1030. where irpKrOelg imri-
koiv e avrvyiav is equivalent to ZeQeIq.
" Proprie wpieiv dicuntur to. i&ovrta-
fiiva, unde irpliav oSovrtov Crinag.
Epigr. xxxvii. 4. TpiarfjpEe oSovtes
Epigr. aleair. cc. n-plutc oSovtwv Plu
tarch de Ira, torn. ii. p. 458. c. quae
solet esse irae nota, similiterque An-
tipater, Thess. xliii.3. "Hpa irpiofiivr)
K&XXei Tavv/driSioQ, et Apoll. iv. 1671.
\cvya\iov 2' iiri ol Trp'itv %6Xov, nee
apud Hesychium irpUrai, (pvcrovrai
quicquid novandum praeter (pvaiovrai
quod ipsum irati facere solent. In-
didem translata sunt ZaxvEiv x^Xov
Apollon.iii. 1170. Ovfiov 6da irpiov-
teq Oppian. Cyn. iv.138. et avrolat,
wpyio-fiivoi Arist. Lysist.687. Canis
captam feram tenet efiireirpacihg rove
odovrag Diod. xvii. 92. p. 444. Jam
ut Latine dicitur mordicus tenere, in
eundem intellectum poetae verbum
Graecum deflectunt, Opp. Hal. ii.375.
tv8a fietf d/i<pLJ3a\i>v irtpiriyti ttclvto-
Oev 6XkS "ia\ti. IfiirptEi te, de quo
Scholiastaemulta commentantesunum
afferunt quod ad veritatem dirigit,
EfiirptEi significare wtifcti, id est arete
eolligatum tenet: quomodo lib.iii.314.
XEtp KpwjiEvt) arete constricta. Hinc
etiam adverbio significatio firmae
comprehensionis communicatur."
'AirpiyKTOirXriKTOQ firmly aimed, C.
419. from prec.
'Airpo(iov\u>Q imprudently, C.611.
'Ajrpdfcyoe without an entertainer,
S.236.
'AirpdoTTTog unforeseen, P. V. 1076.
'Atrp6oh*EiKTOQ not to be pointed out,
outof sight. airpoaSEiKToe Trirpa S. 777.
Here Abresch conjectures airpoalEK-
toq inhospitable. So Bothe.
'AirpooZoKTiTOs unexpected, P. V.
683. S.693.
APA
'ATrpoo-Kowos not seeing before, dim-
sighted, kv ii/if-ita fioip' airpooKoirOQ
fipOTWV E. 105.
'' Airpoaoio-TOQ impossible to encoun
ter, P. 91.
"Attteiv to join, xopov ^iojiev E.
297. let us join in the dance, irakqv
C.855. to wrestle, to kindle, A. 280.
to touch, attack, with gen. A. 1590.
OTpOLTEVfl aTTTO/XEVOV irvpl ca't(,> S.c.T.
204. sc. rije 7rd\euc.
"AirTEpoQ without wings, E. 51.241.
very swift (with a intensive) A.267.
'Akveiv to pronounce, P.V.595. P.
122. Here enrvwv is in the nomina
tive absolute. See Brunck's note, and
also under anoirrvEiv to invoke,
S.c.T. 130.
"Anvpog very fiery (a being inten
sive) P.V.882. without fire, airvptov
upS>v opyag o.teve~iq A. 70. This is
understood by some to refer to the
sacrifices offered to the Furies, which
were made without wine or fire.
The falsity of this latter assumption
is shewn by Blomf. Gloss, in loc.
who quotes E. 106. ecu vvKrliTEfiva
Selirv kit Etr^apf irvpog 'idvov. Such,
however, is the interpretation of the
Scholiast, Stanley and Schiitz. Blomf.
explains it templorum sacrificiis ca-
rentium, quae Paris neglexerat. This
appears nearly correct, only that hpa
had perhaps better be referred to the
sacrifices themselves, which Paris
had failed to offer (sc. when he im
piously broke his allegiance to Zevs
\evioq) than to the temples. Thus
Hesych. airvpov. advrov. So^oicX^e
Mvao'ie- The passage in Pind. Ol.
vii.88. which Blomf. compares, has
a different meaning.
'Apa. a curse, P.V.912. S.c.T. 637.
748.769.926. A. 445. 1383. 1387. 1599. C.
899. XaKTiiTfia Seittvov ^vvStKuig tiOeie
apt] A. 1583. See XaKTitr/ia and tiOe-
vcu. The passage C. 143. tclvt iv
\iiou> TiOr]fii rije KaKrjg apag, keivoiq
Xiyovaa ty)v^e ti)v KaKqv apav, is
obscure. Schiitz for Kaicijs conjec
tures KaXrjg, which agrees with the
sense. In the beginning Electra
 APA ( 46 ) APAX

prays for blessings on herself and stances dpa has the force of ap' ov;
Orestes, and likewise at the close of Cf. Soph. (Ed. T.815. dp' i<pvv KaKug;
her speech : but in the middle of it, dp' ox' *<* avayvog; without a ne
for destruction on her enemies. The gative force. 'Opierrng apa wov fSXiirti
chief objection to this is the meaning fdog; A. 1630. What then, is Orestes
of dpa, which very seldom occurs in perchance living? Cf. E. 181.715.943.
a good sense. The usage appears, It is sometimes placed in the middle
however, defended by the analogy of of the sentence, ifiol re nal aol y ap'
dpdadai, which occurs as well in the (TTUvZofiat rdSe; C.110. Cf. P. 340.
sense of praying for good things as 631. dpa fifi, in interrogation where
of cursing. Cf. Eur. Orest. 1138. and doubt is implied. 6 vavrng apa jii) 'g
also by the epithet KaXyg being added 7rpu>pav <pvy&>v irpv//.VT)Oev cvpe p.n\a-
to define it. Wellauer considers the vtjv trurnplag ; S.c.T. 190. does the
words as corrupted from the follow sailor ? etc. implying, that he does
ing verse. Schiitz's conjecture is not. The distinction between the
approved by Butler and adopted by illative apa and the illative interro
Blomfield. gative apa appears to have been
'Apd personified in the sing. S.c.T. generally observed by the Attics.
70.677.815. C. 681. plur.E. 395. S.c.T. Sometimes, however, dpa appears
875.935. C.400. to have been used to express a strong
"Apa. JApa; an illative particle, asseveration without interrogation,
used:I. to state an inference drawn as in C.219. avrog Ka6' avrov y apa
from something previously expressed fj.n\avoppaij>w. Here, however, the
or conceived in the mind, e.g. kclv interrogative might be inserted, ira-
role ep-olg ap', e'iircp 'iv ye rditri ao'ig rpog aTifiuitriv apa tIoei C.429. she
C.221. If in yours, then also in my shall surely pay for, etc. Here
own. u> jxiXeog, olav &p' yjfinv ^vfifid- Butler proposes to read avririaii.
\wv amo\ea-a P.719.SC. if this be all For further information concerning
true. SUn <P ap' elval <f>T)<ri S.c.T. 628. this particle, see Valck. on Phoen.
and accordingly she declares herself 569. Herm. Soph. Ant. 628. on Viger
to be justice, where the reference is p. 656. 7. Prasf. Soph. CEd. Col.
to awfpoviog liyovfiivn in the preced 'Apafiia Arabia, P.V.418.
ing verse. Cf. S.c.T. 473. P.464.580. "Apafiog proper name of a man,
897. A. 528. Also in interrogations P.310.
where the interrogation refers only 'Apayfiog a battering, S.c.T.231.
to a part of the enunciation, e.g. rig 'Apalog involving a curse, S.c.T.
dpa pvotrai; S.c.T.90. where the in 767.880. A. 1371. With dat. fOoyyov
quiry is not whether any would de apalov o'Uoig A. 228. bringing a curse
liver them, which would require apa. on the house, yovdv apa'iov A. 1546.
rig pvaerat; but who, under such cir a family, or succession of curses.
cumstances, should be that deliverer. 'Apaporwg firmly, S.923.
Cf. P.V.597. P.140.P.V.515. and see 'Apdo-Oai to pray for, to imprecate,
Hermann's preface to Soph. CEd. in a bad sense, P.V.914. S.c.T. 615.
Col.II. In interrogations, referring 'Apdaativ to beat, or hammer, P.V.
to the whole enunciation, where an 58. P. 1011. pass. P. 452.
assent is demanded in consequence 'Apa-xya~iov alirog Mount Arach-
of something already stated or un nceum,m the district of Argos, A. 300.
derstood. In this case, the penulti 'Apdxyn a spider s web. apd\vng
mate is lengthened, dp' vffiv SokeI iv ixpaa-fiart A. 1471. in the meshes of
(iiaiog Jvat; P.V.737. does he not, a spider's web.
therefore, seem to you to be violent, "Apa-^vog a spider, S.864. Also
Cf. C. 295.488.489. In these in written apd^vng. Suidas and Etym.
 APBY ( 47 ) APKE

M. quoted by Blomf. observe 'Apax- 'Apriyeiv to assist, S.c.T. 161. E.

vrj, dijXvicwg. to v^aafxa. apavv/c Be, 223. with dat. P.V. 267. S.c.T. 14. C.
apacvtKwg, to u>v(j>iov. So Servius 259.867. E.285. S.372, etc.to avert.
on Virg. Georg.4.246. remarks that apr)ov Sa'twy &\h)(riv S.c.T.112. im
in the antient writers the insect is personally criydv dprjyei E.541. it is
called araneus, and the web aranea. expedient to be silent.
'ApfivXrj a shoe, A. 918. ' Apn^tg help, rig etpafiepiiov apn^ig;
'Apyelog belonging to Argos, and P.V. 546. what help is there in mor
by synecdoche to Greece, e.g. S.616. tals ?
E.433. and passim. 'Apyeloi the Ar- "Aprjg Mars, S.c.T. 226.326, etc.
gives, or Greeks, A. 258. and passim. war, or fight. BrjXvKTovm "Apei P.V.
On Apyelog dvijp E.727. see dvijp. 862. vavtppaKTog " Apng P. 913, etc.
'Apyzia Oeog S.295. Juno. 'Apyelov martial vigour. "Aprjg ovk evi %6>pq:
Same A. 798. the Grecian horse. 'Ap- A. 78. martial vigour is not in its seat.
yeiag xBovog A. 489. the territory of ovk evear" Aprjg S.730. Gen."Apeog
Argos. 'Apyelnv noXtv C. 1042. Argos. S.c.T. 64. 110. Dat. "Apei P.V. 862.
tov 'Apyelov Xei>v E.280. S.C.T.479. E.659. S.430. Acc."Apij
'Apyric white, E.45. A. 48. E.824. S.628.683. A.365. also
'Apyrjarrje proper name of a man, "Apijv A. 1208. S.C.T.45.53. P.86. S.
P. 300. 665. The first syllable is sometimes
'Apyrjorrjg white, S.c.T.61. E.172. long, as in S.c.T.125. 226.326.451.
'Apylag white, A. 114. P.86. Otherwise short, as in S.c.T.
"Apyog Argus, P.V.567.681. S.301. 394, etc.
"Apyog the city ofArgos, S. 326, etc. 'Apdfiog concord, P.V. 191.
Apyog not doing, alaxpwv dpydg 'AplSaKpvg very tearful, P. 910.
S.c.T.393. not doing disgraceful deeds. 'ApWfir/fia numbering, E.723.
"Apyvpog silver, P.V.500. as money, 'AptOfiog number, P.331, the art of
P. 234. S.913. numbers, P.V. 457.
'Apyvpotrreprig stealing money, dp- 'Apifiaairog an Arimaspian, P.V.
yvpotTTepij (5lov C.996. the life of a 807. a certain race in Scythia, so
robber. called according to Herod, iv. 27.
'Apyvporofxpg having silver walls, from apipa, signifying one, and o-kov,
A. 1520. the eye.
''Apyvpi)vi}Tog purchased with sil 'AptofiapSog name of a man, P. 38.
ver, A. 923. 313. Upon the metrical difficulty
"Apdeiv to irrigate, P. 479. 792. in the latter verse, see Pors. Praef. ad
'ApSeveiv id. P.V.856. Hecub.p.xxxix.
"ApBnv lifting up, carrying away, 'Apio-Teveiv to be the best, P.V. 892.
aphrjv pi\peie P.V. 1053. let him take "ApioTov the morning meal, or
and hurl it. breakfast, dpiaroiaiv tSv e\ei iroXig
"ApStg a goad, a sting, P.V. 881. A. 322. meals made of such things as
"Apeiv to fix, inus. whence mid. the city has.
dpapevai P.V. 60. to be fixed. "Apiorog best, bravest, S.c.T.57.165.
"Apetog warlike, P.V.418. C.417. 551.574. P.298.434. With the force
Ionic dpi'fiog S.c.T. 114. "Apetog irayog of the comparative, tSiv wp\v elooSwv
the hill of Mars, E. 655. 660. /xaKptp apioTa. E. 31 . better than I have
'Apetyarog slaying by war, warlike, had on any former entrance.
E.873. from (paw to kill. 'ApKag an Arcadian, S.c.T. 529.
'Apeiwv comp. better, S.c.T. 287. 535.
A. 81. 'ApKelv to assist, stand in good
'Apeaiceiv to please. In mid. v. to stead, P. 270. to suffice, toitovtov
appease, fut. dpeaovrai S.642. dpKSi vol <ra(prjvi<rai P.V. 624. it is
 APKO ( 48 ) APTI

enough that I have explained so much. from his left side. The shield was
apictTS.c.T.230. it suffices. dpicc.tru> (3iog carried on the left arm, and under it,
A. 1287 . / have livedenough. wap' ovSev before the engagement began, they
iiptctaw "Hpac TtKeiag koX Aioe ttiot&>- held the spear. Cf. Blomf. Gloss, in loc.
fiara E.204. Here the word fipKiaio is ' ApiraXifctv toseize, as intelligence,
evidently corrupt, fipxta &v. Heath's S.c.T.225. to exact. Si opydv wotvdc
conjecture, has been adopted by dpTrdklaai ttoXewq E.936.
Herm. Schiitz and Bothe, and ap "AppnKroc that cannot be broken,
proved by Butler. The af, however, S.187. P.V.6.
as Wellauer observes, is unintelli "AppvtrlarTTOc that may not be seized,
gible, ijpxeatv, which he recommends, e g. as a pledge or for a slave, invio
is much better, they have availed as late. " appvolaoroi dicuntur quos non
nothing. licet in servitutem asserere, quorum
'ApicovvTioQ sufficiently. dpKovvrutg non dantur vindiciae secundum ser
tXt C.879. it is enough. vitutem." Schiitz.
'ApxrtvQ name of a man, P. 44. 304. 'Apo-a/oje name of a man, P. 957.
"ApKVQ a net, A. 1087. C.994. plur. 'Apaafins id. P. 37. 300.
E.142. ' Apoevoyeviis of the male sex, S.
"ApKvafia id. E.112. Here dpKv- 798.
aT&rojv has been adopted by recent 'ApacvowXnOfe filled with males,
Edd. from Turn. Vict. S.30.
ApKvtTTaros placed like a net. 7rn- "' Apanv belonging to the male sex.
fxovr) dpKvaraToe A. 1348. a calamity apaevoQ dpovov A. 251. otoXov S.482.
encompassing like a net. rd dpxv- tektovwv apaivwv S.280. manly, S.
trrara P. 99. the place where a net is 930.apanv a male, A. 835. 1204. S.
laid. 388.634.929. to apaev the male sex,
"Apfia a chariot, P. 46. 84. 186. S.c.T. E.707. In C.497. olKretpe OrjXvv,
50. 136. P.V. 463. Metaph. vvktoq dp/xa apcrcvoc 0' bfiov yovov, the expression
C.650. ev apfiari irnfidruiv vyivra. apatvoQ yovov the male offspring, is
C.784. extremely harsh, but no satisfactory
'ApfiaTotcnnros resounding with cha correction has been proposed.
riots, S.c.T.186. 'Apra/ins name of a man, P.310.
'App.0'1 lately, P.V. 618. 'Apravn a halter, A. 849. S. 151.
'Apfxovia a fixed decree, P.V. 550. In A. 1062. the vulg. K&prdvai ap
as a proper name, Harmonia, S. 1024. pears to be correctly altered by
'Apfioartop a governor, E.434. Stanley and Casaubon into Kaprdvae,
"Apvno-tg denial, E. 558. an accusative being required after
'ApvE~i<rdaitodeny,P.'V.266.A.l353. ovvitTTopa. So Schiitz, Blomf. K&p-
E.441.With inf. Spao-at ovk apvoi- rdvav Well, less probably.
fieda E.581. 'AprcuppEvr)j name of a man, P. 21 .
"Aporoc a ploughing, S.629. See 'AprtfifidpriQ name of a man, P. 29.
aXkoe. 294.933.
"Apovpa ploughed soil, P.587. Met. "ApTEfiis Diana. S. 1011 . A. 133. 195.
&rns dpovpa S.c.T. 583. in sens, ob- S.c.T. 135. 139. TIpooTarnpla "AprEfiis
scoen.736. S.c.T.432. the tutelar Diana. "Apre-
'Apirayri rape, rapine, apirayrjs fj.ie 'Eicdrij S.6G1. Hecate.
St/cnv A. 520. the penalty of rape, "Apri lately, just now, S.c.T.516.
S.c.T. 333. S.505. a thing exposed 'Aprifipexjitisi? ) belonging to a young
to plunder, P. 738. S.c.T. 1005. child. apTtf3pE<f>E~ts /3\axa/ S.c.T. 332.
'Apirdfciv to carry off by violence, the cries of young children. Here
A.614. S.c.T.241. InS.c.T.606. the the vulg. is cLpTirpEfE'ig, which has
sense is to snatch his bared spear been unnecessarily exchanged for
 APTI
apTtflpefus from MSS. by recent
Edd.
'Aprivyla a recent marriage, P.
534. avhp&v apri(vyiav i.q. avSpag
aprti^vyeig their newly wedded lords.
'AprtKoWog nicely adjusted, con
venient, C.573. In S.c.T.355. for
tic apriKoXkov Blomf. reads eig ap-
tUoXKov, understanding ijictt, i.e. is
come at a suitable time for learningthe
messenger's report. See under Uvai.
'Aprirpt^riQ newly reared, S.c.T.
332. See a.pTijSpt<jii)s.
'AprirpoTros lately turned; an epi
thet (if the reading be correct) ap
parently applied to virgins just arrived
at maturity; the sense of the whole
passage in S.c.T. 315. seems to be,
it is a mournful thing for virgins just
matured to pass from their homes on
a melancholy journey before receiving
those rites which gather the flower of
their virginity, i.e. before they are
married. See wfioSpoirog.
'Aprtypiov sane in mind, S.c.T. 760.
'ApxaioirXovrog having long enjoyed
wealth, A. 1013.
' Ap-)(aioTrptvr)Q dignified by anti
quity, P.V.406.
'Apxaiog former, antient, S.c.T.
193. P.137. 649.682. 761. E.698. S.50.
318. by prolepsis, Oeoig \a<pvpa rav-
ra iiraatraXEvaav, apf^aiov ydvog
A.565. original, C.279. obsolete, old
fashioned, P.V.317. rapxalov ori
ginally, S.321.
"Apx*tv to begin (others following),
P.401.345. Qavarif riaag airep rfplie A.
1511. what he didfirst. Mid. v. to make
a beginning, C.842. P.V. 199.to go
vern, or command, P.V.929. P.760. ap-
ijae P. 755. having received the govern
ment. MapSoe l\pi,t 760. came into power.
With gen. P.36.etc. With dat.P.V.
942. Mid. v. used in passive sense
irpoTnrvovvTEQ apZovrai P. 581. will be
subject to government. See under ayeiv.
'ApxtXtioc a leader of the people,
P. 289. vulg. apytkhbiv.
'Ap'xfi a beginning. apx?) av[ifio\.ijg
P. 342. iptoroQ apxdv S.c.T. 672.i\
apyfiz from the beginning, E. 274. 553.
( 49 ) APtir
air' ctpx>jg S. 339. id. authority, com
mand, P.V. 166. 231. 759. S.C.T. 178. S.
591. ovpavov^og &pxd C.954. the au
thority of heaven. apxdg voXieraovo-
fiovgC 851. the command of the city.
a magistracy, S. 480. 681.a leader,
abstr. for concr. irofnrovg apyag A.
123. So in P.321. toi&vM y apx<*>v
vvv virEfivfiaOriv irepi, where if this
reading of Canter (which is adopted
by Well, and Blomf.) be correct,
cipxuiv is not from ap\6g, as Blomf.
supposes, but from dpxv- See the
passages which Blomf. himself quotes
on A. 123. where apxh is thus used.
In the present place, however, toi&vS'
apxpvTiov vvv is the reading of the
majority of MSS. Med. has toiwvSe
y apxpvTiov vvv. So Rob. Vict.
Porson adopts this, with the omission
of vvv. This is rather violent, as
vvv is omitted in scarcely any MSS.
The change of u>v into ovrtov may,
perhaps, have arisen from the simi
larity of irapovTwv below it in the
following verse. The construction
of C. 77. tftol $Sixain Kal fifi dUata
irpETTOVT ap\a~ig fiiov fiia fepo/xivuiv
alviaai, seems to be this, Six. k. p..
Site. TrpiiroVT (kariv, h.e. wpitrei) <*px*
jiiov /3. <p. alviaai, h.e. as for me,
things just or unjust, are alike suited
to the control exercised over my life
by my tyrannical masters, so that I
must acquiesce in them, irpmovra
thus governs both the dative hpyaig
and the infin. alviaai, two construc
tions being united. Also, tyepofiivuv
depends on apxa'ig (llov, which to
gether form but one idea, on which
the second genitive depends. See
under avdog.
'ApxvycvVC originating. icXavfiarwv
apxnyevrj A. 1611. leading to weeping.
'ApxnyiTng a leader, S. 181. 248.
apxtyira S.c.T. 990.
'Apxvyoc a prince, A. 250.
'Apxmog regal, C.258.
"Apxwi' a leader, P.36.74. S.c.T.
656. A. 1565.
'Apwyij assistance, P. 717. C.470.
E.568. S.755. orpaTiSiTiv apiayav A.
 Apar ( so )
47.73. iro\ifih>v apioydv A. 21 8. to
help on the war. In P. 406. dpwyi)
2' oune aWijXoic Traprjv, apwyj) go
verns the dative. There was no means
of assisting each other.
'ApioyoQ a defender, E.279. C.371.
P. 983. S.707.adjectively, auxiliary,
useful, with dat. P.V.999. gen. E.464.
"'Aaavroq not to be flattered, C.416.
"Ao-jSeorofi unquenchable, exhaust-
less, P.V.530.
'Airtfielv to deal impiously, with
ace. E.260.
'A<7t/3>je impious, S.c.T. 813. A.
1472.1498. S.9.
"Aanfioq obscure, P.V.665. atrnfxa
$' avriov Xa/3<iv A. 1578. taking some
parts of them which he did not re
cognise.
'Ao&W/e weak, P.V.512. 515.1013.
' Aadfta panting, P. 476.
'Atrdfialvetv to pant. ovSev arrdfiai-
viov fiivei E.621. not panting with
violent exertion, i.e. easily.
'Aaia Asia, P.57. 73.576. 893. P.V.
410.
'A<rfae Asiatic, P. 245. 541 . P. V.737.
'Atriaroyevfie born in Asia, P. 12.
'Aoiijns Asiatic, P. 61.
iAaivi}Q safe from harm, E.305. C.
1013. harmless, favorable, aaivei
Salfiovi A. 1314. S.c.T.808.
'Aals Asia, P. 262. 749. sc. yrj.
'AoKtiv to exercise, P.V. 1068.to
adorn, pass. fiaKnjxivn P.178.
"AtrKOTroc not regarding, with gen.
A. 449.unknown, obscure, C.803.
"Atrpevog willing, glad, P.V. 396.
afffiivo) eroi vvi, cnroicpv\ptt (paos P.V.
23. much to your delight. This con
struction occurs first in Iliad . 108.
ifiol St Ktv aajiivu) cin. See Matth.
Gr.Gr. 388.Bernhardy, Synt.Gr. iii.9.
'Aofitvtog willingly, P.V.730.
'Aawafcodat to salute, welcome, A.
510.
'Atrwaipuv to quiver, P.939.
'Aoxaa/we blandly, softly, A. 1536.
'A(nrih'rioTp6(poQl brandishing a
shield, A. 799.
'A(nridri<p6poc bearing a shield,
S.cT. 19.
A2TP
'Airwig a shield, S.c.T.96.367.369.
382.447. 460.471. 474.492.494.502.541.
572. 643. Met. protection, amriQ
QpaaovQ A. 1412. Trap acrirlh'os S.c.T.
606. from the left side, where the
shield was borne. See aptrafciv.
'Aercrt'orwp belonging to a shield.
amri(TTopae kKovovq A. 392. the tumult
of shields. Cf. Pindar, Isthm. i. 22.
oirXlraic hpofioic. Eur. El. 442. aairi-
orai fioyOoi.
"AtrirovioQ implacable, A. 1208.
'Aoreifcoe name of a man, S.c.T.
389.
'AiTTCKnrnc id. P. 22.
'A(rrepyavu>p hating men, P.V. 900.
'Aorhp a star, A. 7. See avroXr/.
'Acrrtjifis untrodden, S.c.T. 841.
'Aotikoc belonging to a city, E.951.
S.496.opposed to ^cvikos, fcviicov
atrriKOV 0' iifui S.613.
" Aotovoq deeply groaning, (a in
tensive) S.C.T. 839.
'AoToijtvoc one now a stranger, but
once connected with the city, S.351.
See Schol.
'A<7roe in plur. citizens, A. 444.
etc. In S.364. ciittwv Be Traai rolaZe
KoivixTCLQ iripi, there is evidently a
corruption. Pors. ed. 2. marks aarSiv
as spurious, rtovce Pauw. Heath. ,
Scalig.Both. The emendation pro
posed by Wellauer is perhaps the
best, cloto'iq M 7ra<ri rwySe KOivoxrag
wept, otc and wv having been inter
changed.
'A(rrpa.fiieiv to serve as a mule,
S.282. from aarrpa/in a pack-saddle.
In this passage vofiddag elvai is to be
joined, they lead a wandering life
with the camels serving as mules.
'Aorpavri lightning, S.c.T. 412.
' AcrrpairTCiv to flash out, P.V. 356.
'Aarpoythiav near the stars, P.V.
723.
"Aarpov a star, a heavenly body, A.
4, etc. irpkafiiorov darpinv S.c.T. 372.
the moon, vircp aarpwv A. 356. beyond
the stars, i.e. too far, opposed to irpo
Kaipov not far enough. fXeyovd' w
aarpoiQ S.c.T. 370. blazing with stars.
" A(TTpo(j>os not turning back, C.97.
 A2TY ( 51 )
" Aarv a czty,S.544,etc.a<rroeS.490.
'Aorvdval; ruling the city, S.996.
'AoTvyeiTovtiaQai to occupy a neigh- _
bouring territory, S. 283.
'Atrrvydnov near the city, A. 300.
'A(7Tv^pofxeiv to ravage a city, pass.
noXiv aaTvZpOjXOVfiivav'&.C.'Y. 203. On
this redundancy of expression, see
Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 254. and the in
stances there collected.
'AbtvvIkoq victorious as a city.
aorvviKov ttoXiv E.875. See Lobeck
quoted in prec.
'AarwofioQ presiding over the city,
A. 88.
'AavXia inviolability. aovXiq fipo-
Tb>v S.604. security from harm at the
hands of men.
'AafadaoroQ without struggling,
A. 1266.
'A(T(j>akua security, S.490.
'A(T(j>a\r) safe, secure, certain, P.
341. A. 1320.1570. tt'ltttci atrfaXeg
ovb" tirl yii>ro) S.85. it has a certain
issue. &<r(j>aXt adverbially, S.138.
(if the reading be correct) firmly,
immovably. Heath, conj. aortyaXwg.
'AaQaXiag.-f ttuvti 8e aOivovai,
Siwyfioiiri S' | dotyaXiag dBfirjTas dS-
jxi]ra | pvawQ yevtaOw. S. 139. This IS
obviously corrupt. Butl. conj. navr!
<5e adivu V St- \ (oyfwie dafiiviaq \
dSfifjrOQ dSfirira \ pvaios yeveadti).
Lachm. deChor.Syst.p.59. wavra de
oBlvova ivyfio'iQ h(T(j>aXrle aSurJTOe aS-
fif/ra. This latter is plausible ; but,
in so corrupt a passage, nothing can
safely be decided upon.
'AatpaXwe securely, P.V.61.
' Ao-xaXav to feel pain. With dat.
P.V.766.
'Am'oo'ns sandy, muddy, S.31. from
Hmtiq.
"' AaioroQ unwholesome, destructive,
A. 1579.
"Arap but, P.V.341. 1013. P.325.
'Arapfife not causing alarm, P.V.
851.
'AraiipiiiTOQ unmarried, A. 236.
"Ate since, inasmuch as, S.c.T. 127.
' AriKjxapTOQ not to be conjectured,
unexpected, superl. P. 874.
ATIE
"Atlkvoq childless, S.c.T.810.
causing barrenness, E. 755. 782.
'ArlXeia absence of authority, in
efficiency. 6e&v axiXuav k^iaiai Xtraig
eiriKpaiveiv E.341. to render the gods
withoutauihority as respecting prayers
offered to myself. Scholef. rightly
explains Oswv arlXttav kiriKpaiviiv by
6(.ovq areXe'iQ iroieiv.
'AtIXevtos never ending, A. 1426.
'Art vr)c intense, stern, A. 71.
"Arsp without, P.V. 287. 454. S.C.T.
538.665.731.1001. A.1119. C.334. E.
382.520. S. 372.684.894.
'ATEpa/xvog impenetrable, stern,
P.V. 190. from a and reipio.
"ArepBt without, S. 764. 989-
'Aripfititv without an end, E.604.
'ArepTrric not enjoying, vovtrwv ta-
fibg air aariov toi icpdrovg arepTrric
S.668. not enjoying the exercise of its
power, powerlessnot giving enjoy
ment, sad, P.V. 31.
"Art] frenzy, leading men to the
commission of crime, S.c.T.583.669.
992. P. 808. A. 356. 1165. S.830. woe,
mischief, P.V. 888. 1074. 1080. S.C.T.
297. P.645.994. A.352.629.717.747.793.
1256.1504. C.66.270.335. 397.460.590.
813.817.823.962.1072. E. 350. 937. S.
102. 465. (see airarri) arav yapitrag S.
155. 169. the mischief done by (Juno)
the wife (of Jupiter), anje /*'<<> 439.
greater than the loss incurred, ray
p.eXav6vy arav 525. abst. for concr.
the dark ship causing mischief to us.
"Arn personified, the goddess ofwoe,
S.C.T. 937. P. 968. A. 1095. 1203. 1408.
C.377. perhaps also A. 717.
'ATXjjxiXrfroQ unheeded, A. 865. See
under Xafiirrnpovxla.
'Arrjpdc destructive, P.V. 748.ro
^rnpov E.961. woe.
At'iitoq dishonoured, disgraceful,
E. 363. 803. Xti<f ehpava, kC eg 36pv,
arUr ava iroXiv evaejiiov. The sense
of this is very obscure. Butler reads
" a tUt ava woXiv, ov <ri(iui. Deos
enim, ad quos te recepisti, qui in hac
urbe coluntur, nihil revereor." Pos
sibly the vulg. may have nearly the
same meaning, you who here in the
 ATIZ ( 52 ) ATPY

city worship gods not reverenced (by means " avenging." In E.257. dri-
me). The masc.is used again, as Butl. rac, according to Klausen, is not the
observes, in v. 838. On A. 1403. see . nom. case agreeing with fxarpo^ovoQ,
cvirpEireia. but the ace. plural referring to the
'Artuv to dishonour, S.c.T.423. E. Furies, ' lest the matricide should es
513. S.714. cape us (thereby) dishonoured or un
'ArifiaZeiv to slight, dishonour,T?.V. avenged.' This observation is true in
287.785. S.cT. 1009. E. 682.877. S. general, but not always, the termina
162.373.890. tion in rjjc having occasionally a pas
'AriftatTTrip dishonouring, S.c.T. sive force. See Lobeck on Soph. Aj.
619. See aviprfXarns. 241. In the present case, the inflection
'Arista dishonour,^. 373. oi>K ari- rather points to a nominative arirng,
fiiq. atdtv E.763. without any disho not anroe. In the former passage,
nour to you. aTijxiav kaQrjjxaTiav P. the reading arir^ appears equally
833. tattered garments, fvXaaaoi h* good in sense with arlrai.
ari/xlag rtjucte to irifiiov S.679. is cor "ArXag Atlas, P.V. 348. 426.
rupt, as the metre shews. Butler "AtXvtoq that ought not to be dared,
for arifiloLQ conj . arpefidla, h.e. may it A. 396.
preserve its honours in peace. 'Ar/ude breath, E. 133. an odour or
'An/ioTrevOiiQ melancholy at being stench, A. 1284.
dishonoured, E. 760. 787. 'AroXfinroe in A. 365. much dar
"ArlfioQ dishonourable, S.c.T. 571. ing (?) The word occurs in a passage
A. 345. C.437. E.363. S.557.disho probably corrupt, irifavrcu S' iyyo-
noured, A. 400. 1252. C. 439.478. E. vove droXfiiiriav "Apt] wvcovtidv. Pauw
204. 206. 313. 352. 692. 750. 788. 844. S. and Casaubon understand it to mean
609. without punishment, arifia 3' too daring, a being intensive. Blomf.
ovk iirpaZarnv A. 1418. they met the joins aToXfirjTwv" Apn Martem rerum
penalty of their deeds. With gen. nefastarum. Both ways are suffi
ixrifiov iKipopac (piXtov viro S.c.T. 1015. ciently harsh, but nothing better has
without the honour of being buried been proposed.
by their friends. iravTwy artfiov C. "AroXfioe without courage. droX/ioe
293. lutfiaruv artfia C.403. deprived ilf.it $rj<rat e.g. oh roXfiH, P.V. 14. /
of their homes. have not courage to bind, yvvaitctiav
'Artfiovv to dishonour, treat with aroXfiov aljQidv C.621. the cowardly
contempt, S.634. pass. A. 1038. C.627. reign of a woman.
'ArlfiiaQ disgracefully, without ho 'Arptf'Sije the son of Atreus, Aga
nour, S.c.T. 307. 1012. P.V. 195.921. memnon, A. 516. 1344.
C. 94. 428. 'ArpeiSai the sons of Atreus, Aga
'ArifuixriQ a dishonouring or viola memnon and Menelaus, A. 44. etc.
tion, A. 685. C.429. " Arpeo-rog intrepid, with gen. P.Vr
'AnVije dishonoured, neglected, A. 414. drpitrra KapSiq A. 1375.
72.Dor. drirag unpunished, E.247. 'ArpioTWQ intrepidly, S.237.
In the former passage, Wellauer pro 'Arpeve Atreus, A. 1565, etc. C.734.
nounces the vulg. driTQ to be " sine 'ArpiaKTOQ invincible, C.335. "rpi-
sensu," and reads drhai with Rob. di-at et aTrorpia^at dicebatur qui ter
Aid. Turn. Schiitz, comparing E.257. dejecerat adversarium; ideo Tpidfai
6 fiarpocpovog driTaq. Klausen, on the est vincere. Unde drpiaKros ara
same passage, observes that the true iEsch. Ch.336. quae expugnari non
form of this word is &titoq, not dW- potest." Salm. quoted by Blom. Gloss.
ttjq. drlrrie if it existed, he says, A. 165.
would have an active signification, 'ATpvfiwv [y~\ not worn out, with
" not avenging," as riras in C. 65 gen. S.c.T. 857.
 ATPY ( 53 )
"ArpiToe unwearied, unflagging, E.
381.
"ArpiaroQ unwounded, C.525.
'A7Tiicoe Attic, E.651.
Av a particle denoting repetition,
or opposition. again, P.V.67.124.
566.745.880. S.c.T.240. P.431.960. C.
1062.1069. E.245.moreover, S.c.T.
608. C. 625.838. P.1009. S. 136. to
express opposition, on the other hand,
S.C.T. 214. A. 1268. E.914. S.373.
565.to express change, in tfwr,P.V.
823. P.871.904. A. 331. 1253.
Avalvuv to wither, pass, avavdcic
C.258.
Avyr\ a light, A. 9. avyae >/Xiou S.
210. P. 696. the sun-light. Cf. P. 496.
Met. jiiov Svvtoc avyaie A. 1094. the
rays of setting life. See irriiaifioQ.
k\ueiv 7rpoe avyaQ A. 1155. See k\v-
eiv. In A. 245. ropbv yap rj^ct avv-
opOpov avyaig (so Well.), the read
ings differ. Med. and Rob. have
ovvopQov. Guelph. Aid. Turn, avv
6p66v divisim. Vict, ovvapdpov. So
Glasg. Hermann, Schiitz, Blomf.
which they explain " agreeing with."
Wellauer, comparing both these read
ings, proposes avvopBpov, which is in
all probability correct. For avyaie
Med. Farn. Vict, have avraie. So
Stanl. Glasg. sc. vocibus vatum.
Guelph. Aid. Rob. Turn, avrciis. So
Blomf. who refers it to rc'xvai Ka\-
\avroQ. Schiitz conj. aratg. Elms,
airy sc. hka. Hermann, by the slight
change of T into r conj. aiya7e, which
agrees admirably with Wellauer's
conjecture, ovvopdpov, and this is pro
bably the genuine reading, avraie,
as referred by Blomf. to the acts of
Calchas in v. 240. is certainly very
doubtful, after the general observa
tions in 241-244. The meaning is,
the event will come distinct, dawning
with the morning rags, a metaphorical
expression denoting, that like as ob
jects which are obscure in the night
become visible when the day breaks,
so also the future, though now ob
scure, will break upon us when the
time for its development arrives.
AYei
The connexion of the whole passage
from ra h" ivOtv in v. 239. seems to
be this:the Chorus has been de
scribing the course of events to the
time of the sacrifice of Iphigenia :
the actual sacrifice he forbears to
relate, but doubts not that the pro
phecies of Calchas referring to that
event (see 144. seqq.) will come to pass.
Nevertheless, with respect to inquir
ing into the future, since the right
eous providence of God brings, by
experience, to each the knowledge of
his fate, let that suffice :as for lis
tening for it beforehand, since it
must come, away with it ; that would
be as bad as groaning before we feel
pain : for in the course of time it will
be clearly developed, and then it will
be early enough to concern ourselves
with it. With respect to v. 243. see
under rfhvois.
Abiav to speak, or declare, P.V.
950. S.c.T.514. E.358. to command,
S.c.T. 1033. 1034. Mid. v. oti pnrbv
avSdrrdat ra.Se P.V. 768. h'vofepa.v
tiv' if^Kvv Kara $>fiaro avSarat iro-
Xvotovoq <j>art E.358. See a^Xuc.
For the middle voice of this verb, cf.
Soph. Phil. 130.852. Aj. 772. pass. 6p-
yr)v bjio'iog rji k&kiot' aviu>fxivif S.c.T.
660. like in temper to him of whom
the worst things are said (by you).
Avlri a voice, S.455. Dor. abSav C.
816. S.l 11. 122. P. 567.904. ai^ A. 238.
Avtiv to cry, S.c.T. 168.
AvOac'ris [d] haughty, cruel, P.V.
64. avdaSris ippevHv 909.
AvBadia haughtiness, self-compla
cency, P.V. 79. 434. 1014. 1036. 1039.
AiiOaSttTfia an act of haughtiness,
P.V. 966.
AvOivrr)e self-murdering or mur
dering a relative, E. 203. 1554.
AvOrifiepov on the same day, P. 448.
See Schaf. on Greg. Cor. P. 343.
Au0i there, on the spot, contr. for
avrodi, in an extremely corrupt pas
sage, S.808.
Avdte again, A. 331. 555. C.126.756.
E. 727.968. fiaX' avdig yet again, A.
1318. C. 643.863.afterwards, S.c.T.
 AYAH ( 54 )
558. A.305. fitra. r avdie E.475. in
after-time.
AwX/; a court, P.V. 122.
AuX/c Aulis, A. 184.
Av\i>v a strait, P.V.733.
Av^dveiv to increase, P. 742.
Kviuv id. mid. v. odivog ficifav
avfcrai S.330. i.e. &<rrt fitTov thai.
Avovn a withering influence. Dor.
E.319.
"Awtoc never sleeping, or resting,
P.V.32. S.c.T.188.
Avpa a breath, the air, A. 677. P.V.
132. S.850.
AvraSeXipoe of one's own brother,
S.c.T.700. E.89.
Avravixpioe relating to cousins, S.
911.962.
AvrapKne helping itself, C.746.
Aire a particle expressing opposi
tion or repetition, on the other hand,
S.C.T.5.953.P. 179. A.321. 498.539. 544.
995. C.409.(inloc.dub.) E.49. S.469.
again, A.1048. C. 404.974. E.248.
'Avrelv [y] to utter, cry aloud,
S.c.T. 366.621. A.902.1317. C.868.
ai5m 6i,v P. 1015. fiiy avrei C.309.
' Ai/rr) a sound, P. 387. C.557. aro-
Vb)V O.VTO.Q SC. tVZKO. S.C.T. 132.
Avrina immediately A. 1578. C.
1016.
AvTof3ov\oe self-willed S.c.T. 1044.
Avroyivnroe of or in the same fa
mily S. 8. avroyevfj rbv ydjiov is com
monly read here, which Wellauer
properly disapproves because of the
position of the article.
AvToSainTos slain by each other,
S.c.T.717.
AvroSnXoQ self-evident, S.c.T. 830.
AvToSiSaKTog self-taught, A. 964.
AvroOev from thence, S.95.
AvtokXtitos self-invited, E.163.
Avtoktitos made by nature, P.V.
301.
Avroicrovoe self-murdering, or mur
dering each other, S.c.T. 663. 787.
Avtoktovioq killing with his own
hands, A. 1618.
Avtokwttoq made with a hilt, C.
161. " avTOKuna quae non mittuntur,
ut jacula, et sagittaB, quibus nullum
AYTO
est manubrium, sed qua? in pugna
stataria adhibentur, cum ad digladia-
tionem ventum est, enses, etc. quibus
manubrium est." Butler.
Abrofiaprve an eye-witness, A.
962.
Avroirrifiuv concerning, or on ac
count of one's own misfortunes, S.c.T.
900.
Avrmpcfivoe with the very roots,
altogether, E.379.
Avroe, avTt'i himself, herself, as op
posed to something else, either more
or less remotely, e.g. avi'ip,avroe
ri Kal to rrXoiov A. 611. Ovryrole apij-
yotv avroe ivpofinv irovovg P.V. 267.
Cf. P.V. 240. 334. 468. S.c.T. 41.354.
479.632.634.655.795. P.5.255.291. A.
37.460.488.1242.1628. C. 447. 502.837.
(see ayyekoe) 839. E. 544. 549. 611. S.
162. aim) P.778. C.520.524. S.703.
avrov A. 585. avrije S.257. airjJ P.
435. E.61. avrov P.557. C.760. avroi
S.c.T. 716, avr&v C.466. E.663.
Joined with other pronouns to give
them additional force, awroc wpoe
avrov P.V. 764. ?r' avroe avriji P.V.
923. abrr) Kad' avri)v 1015. avroe KaO'
avrov S.C.T.388. C.219. avroi v(b av-
Tu>v S.C.T. 176. P.407. role avroe av
rov Trrifiaai A. 810. avroe tyuiye A. 31.
avroe av E. 190, S.917. C. 111. S.c.T.
236. avrov tKcivov C.206. avrov aov
S.c.T.614. avrij tfioi C. 138. avrov at
P.V.86. avrov fi C. 223.274. avrov
rovSc 891. rovr avro P.V. 828. avroi
ilfiile E.737. avrai v/xae aiirag P.V.
1077. avroiatv ti/juv C.174. S.406. av
rov for avrov fie E.280.to express
exact locality. Nee'Xov Trpoe airjJ
orofiari P.V. 849. at the very mouth
of the Nile. Cf. S.c.T. 510. P.V. 361.
721.723.731.830. In. the oblique
cases, it frequently signifies merely
him, her, it. avrov P.V. 305. 855. P.
753. A. 616. C.793. avrije C.870. abru
P.V.358.916.920. S.C.T. 426. 429. 602*.
651.1028. A.155. E.310. avrov P.V.
360.683.774.911. P.823. A.665.854.
C.568.701. S.304. abrhv P.V.48. P.
149. aiiri) P. 187. avr&v S.C.T.56.180.
avroXe P.V.250.458.485. P.231.234.
 AYTO (55 ) Ad>IE

428.713. C.117. E.741.744. avTOvg Avxhv the neck, C.871. P. 187.

S.C.T.898. avra P.V.439. P. 512. Metaph. a strait, avyivi irovrov P. 72.
With datives, avro'ioi ovppaxp1"1 P.V. the Hellespont.
221. with the allies and all. avraig 'A<j>aipelvto takeaway, E.432. With
piais P.49. roots and all. avrole doubleacc. E.340. With gen. and ace.
iicelvoie avoaioiQ Ko\vKaap\aaiv S.c.T. S.c.T. 759. A. 1558. Mid. v. id. E.314.
533. along with their impious boastings. to be deprived of, passive, with ace.
repeated. E.765.aid' tKaara P.V. of the thing, C.956. S.911. In P.
952. each several particular.6 avrog 420. twe Ke\aivrjs vvktos opfi &<pti-
the same, ravrov S.c.T. 589. P.182. Xtro, the ellipsis seems rightly sup
TavriD A. 313. C. 550. 881. tov avrov plied by Butler sc. fyuae in ttjq o^tiog
S.c.f.620. C.272. P.594. With dat. tu>v 'JLWrivuiv.
C.536. rr\v avrr]v C.252. ravro C.208. 'A(pa\\caOai to leap off, P. 297.
ravrov P.V.847. C.749. E.595. S.324. Atpavtia destruction, ovk tariv
ravra A. 805. ravra for Kara ravra 7raX^e ttXovtov tic cupuveiav A. 374.
P.V. 275. in the same manner. there is no help in wealth to prevent
Avtooovtoq self-impelled, E. 163. destruction. Comp. a<j>avcia rvya-Q
Avtootovoq mourning its own mis Pind. Isthm.iii.49.
fortunes, S.c.T. 900. 'A<j>ayris invisible, S.c.T.842.
Avtotokoq along with its progeny, "AtiavTOQ having disappeared, S.
A. 135. Blomfield needlessly objects 762. A. 610. 679. hidden. a<pavrov
to this meaning, and renders it by epfia A. 979.
at/roc xai 6 tokos. See aiiro^dopoe "Atpap immediately, P. 461.
and avToirptfivoQ. 'A<j>eyyi'ie sightless, obscure. With
Avrov in that place, S.501. P.940. gen. 6Sfia a^tyyi'/e P.V. 115. an un
A.440. E. 234.889. certain odour. See under atywvos.
Avrov himself, avrfje herself, A. 'A^EiSqe not sparing, A. 188.
810.1296.1361.1391. C.219.A. 1270. 'AQeXkveiv to drink up. a<j>t\icvaas
1524. P.V. 1015. C.109. Dor. auras E.175.
S.787. S.c.T.912. avrHv S.c.T. 49. "A^epKTog excluded from, C.440.
See avroQ. "A0tproe intolerable, A. 376. 384.
Avrovpyia the murder of a relative, 550.1074.1582. C.436.462. E.457.
E.322. "A(j>etoq dismissed, abandoned,V .V .
AvrotpovoQ self-murdering, S.c.T. 669.
832. A. 1062. " A(j>8eyKToe speechless, E. 236.
AvroipovtoQ by self-murder, S.C3. "AtpOirog imperishable, C. 1033. E.
Avr6<j>opToe bearing his own bag 694.
gage, C.664. "A<j>0oyyos speechless, P. 202.for
Aiirox^p acting by his own power, bidden to speak, E.426.
S.587. 'A<t>86vr)Tog not envied, A. 913.
Avt6-)(Bovoq with the land and all, "Atj>6ovoQ not exposed to envy, A.
A. 522. 458. abundant, ungrudging, A. 296.
Avriiv to say or think confidently, S.317.
P.V.538.691. A. 492. 1476. P.727. S. 'Acpupow to purify from guilt by
325. tov oviroT av\ovvra E.531. him religious rites. ravr a<pipwfxida E.
who never thought it would be so, E. 429 I have been thus purified.
531. The negative is here joined with 'Aftevai to dismiss, P.V.315.to
av-^tiv in the same way as in the lose,P. 536.to relinquish, S.c.T. 288.
expression oi fn^t sc. so as to throw to emit, E.769. the second aorist
the force of the negative upon the middle of this verb appears to occur in
verb which follows <prjp.l or ax<5 in A. 400. Tsapeari aiya.tr ariftog, aXoiSo-
the sentence. pog, aSiaroe a<[>efiivtov Ifiuv, a passage
 A*IK ( 56 )
which is evidently corrupt. In the
first place, aiyaaa is a word which
does not exist, nor is Hermann's
conjecture <nyae at all certain. Schiitz
conjectures aiy txTtfiog. He then
before aWSopoe inserts aXAa, which
might easily have been omitted, from
its similarity to the following syllable.
For aduTTOQ, which gives no sense,
Hermann conjectures Hirtorog. For
a<pe[iet>(ov Schiitz reads ad>cfivav, and
refers it to Helen, who had left her
husband. Healso alters JBtTvinto lBu>y,
which is hardly necessary, as the in
finitive may be governed by airioroc.
Adopting the former conjectures,
which are certainly very plausible,
we may read (as Scholefield does)
irapEOTi aiy Ati/ioq, a\X' aXoiSopoe |
airi<TTO aipcfxivav i&'civ. he, i. e. Me-
nelaus, stands by in silence, dishon
oured, yet not reproaching, hardly
believing that he sees that she is gone
from him. The lines, according to
Butler's arrangement, are an iambic
trimeter acatalectic, and an iambic
dimeter acatalectic, to which in the
antistrophe correspond to izav $' a<f
'EMaeioe alas avvopjXf.voiQ \ KevBeia
T\rj(riKa.pSto, in the former of which
Butler transposes air' aiag 'EXXdSoe,
in order to make it correspond to
the diiambus of the strophe. Wel-
lauer's objection to the sentence
being referred to Menelaus because
he has not yet been mentioned, would
be of no great weight even if he were
not sufficiently introduced in the epi
thet (piXavopcg preceding.
'AftKveiadai to arrive, A. 425. C.
878. P. 485. Without a preposition,
P. 15. A. 299. 425. 490. In S.20. rlva
\wpav tv<j>pova fi&Wov CKptKolfieda ;
the meaning is, according to Matth.
Gr.Gr.513, what country could we
wish to arrive at ? If this be correct,
the passage is not one of those where
av, as sometimes is the case, is omit
ted. See av.
'AtyiKTwp a suppliant, S.238. the
protector of suppliants, Zevc a<piKTtop
S.l.
A*iiN
"A<pi\oQ hostile, S.c.T.504.with
out friends, C.293.
'AftXwe in an unfriendly manner,
A. 780.
"A^i&e a supplication, S.478.
'Atytardvai to remove, aviaraacv
aypq C.410.a<j>iaraaOai to depart,
stand away, C.56.859.
'A<f>vt6g rich, P. 3.
"Aipofioc without terror, P.V.904.
'A(f)oi(iavTog not cleared or puri
fied, E.228. From fotfiaiveiv. q.a.
(polfiog.
' AtyopfiiKTOQ without sound of the
harp, E. 319.328.
" Aipopog causing s<en7%,E. 754.781.
'AtypaljxovuQ unskilfully, P. 409.
'Afpaofiovwe imprudently, A. 281.
'Atypaa-fitiiv thoughtless, A. 1374.
" A<j>paaros inscrutable, S.89.un
speakable, C. 184. a<j>paicroi Schiitz.
Well, from Med.Guelph. In P. 161.
fxipifiv afpaoroQ is objected to by
Well, because it is described in the
following verses. He, therefore, conj.
/xipifiva tppaKTog. This is being hy
percritical. He might as well have
objected to Virgil's Infandum, regina,
jubes renovare dolorem.
'A<ppoc~iTn[i] Venus, S. 550.650.1025.
Met. grace, elegance, A. 408.
'AtypovTioTOQ unthought of. ovk d-
<j>pdvTi<iToe A. 1350. the subject of much
thought.
'Aippog foam. S.c.T.60. air avQp&i-
7ra>v aippov E. 174. foam from men {de
voured),
"A<j>pu)v silly, E.355.
"'AtpvKTOQ not to be escaped, P.V.
905.1018. S.102. E.746. In S.765. it
is used actively &<j>vktov <$' ovk ir av
iriXoi Kcap i. e. as Schiitz well renders
it, consistere cor prce timore haud po
test quin confestim effugiat. Abresch.
compares Plaut. cor colligatis vasis
expectat meum, ut exulatum a pectore
aufugiat meo.
'AfvXaKTOQ unguarded, A. 328.
"AipvWoe destroying leaves, E.754.
781.
"AtyoivoQ dumb, P. 805. &<j>tova ar)-
jxavovaiv o/xuaaiv pporwv. This is.
 AXAI (57 ) AiiTO

as Siebelis observes, one of those in S.966. P.V. 350. A. 160.613.809. C.

accuracies of expression sometimes 829.
found in iEschylus. He compares 'AxXwe gloom, P. 656. Ivotytpav tiv
ktvitov dtdopKa S.c.T.99. x'f> P9 aj(kvv Kara Suifiaroe avSarai 7roXu-
S.c.T.536. oSfia &<pEyyris P.V.I 15. arovos fans E. 357. mournful fame
'AxaiKog Acheean, A. 178. 182.610. denounces against the house a gloomy
'Abends Acheean, Grecian, S.c.T. darkness. See avdav.
306, etc. "Axppoe not mixing in the dance,
'A^aie the land of Achaia, P. 480. joyless. &xopoc fiodv S. 628. 665. joy
7rpor/3oX^v Ayaxba S.c.T. 28. an as less in the shout of battle.
sailing party of the Achaeans. "A^pg a source of grief, as any
'A^aX.Kvro not made with brass, suffering or crime, A. 1072.1224. 1459.
C.486. 1539.1561. C.410. 413.579. 626. S.c.T.
A^apjc unrequited, fi^apie x"l'c 78.929.958. P.629. S. 13.853.
an unrequited favour, P.V.544. a 'AxjoeIoc useless, P.V. 363.
worthless tribute of respect, A. 1525. 'AypiifiaTOQ destitute of money, P.
C.42. 163. See airo^prifiaroe.
' A^eifiaroQ free from storms, S. 'A-^/tvh'ie incapable of lying, true,
129. S.C.T. 26. C.552. S. 243. 575.
'AxeXwic situated on a river, P. "Aipop'poe returningadverbially,
850. Wellauer appears correctly to again, P.V. 1023.
understand 'AxeXwi'Sec of the cities 'A\pv)(la cowardice, S.c.T. 241. 365.
situated on the river Stryraon. Schiitz "Aypi^pe cowardly, S.c.T.174.
less correctly urbes maritimce. 'A^e- 'AwpovvKTog in the dead of night,
\<fOQ is put in the poets for water C.34.
generally, but only for the water of " AwpoQ unseasonable, P. 488. E.916.
rivers. Hesychius says, 'AxeXwoc "Aiorog beauty, excellence, S. 652.
jra.v i!&i>p. Eustath. ad II. xxi. 194. ur/S' 'AippoSirac; tvvarwp fiporoXotyoc
(q.v.) more accurately 'AxeX>o wav Apne icepactcv auirov, referring to the
wnyutov v?wp. For this use of the charms of virginity. The masculine
word cf. Eurip. Bacch. 519. 625. with form Awroe used by Pindar and, for
Elmsley's note. Androm. 166. Arist. aught we know, by Homer, is the
Lysist.381. See also Virg. Geor. i. 9. older : the neuter cuarov occurs only
poculaque inventis Acheloia miscuit in Apollonius and the later poets.
uvis. Passow from Reg. P. Aid. reads Buttmann (Lexil. in. voc.) in oppo
'Af(e\(oJiSoe, to agree with ireXayovQ,
sition to the common notion, that the
and explains it of the sea formed by original meaning of aioroc is flower,
the mouths of the Strymon, but this or blossom, and thence applied, like
is unnecessary. avOoe, to that which is most beautiful
'A\epovtriog Acherusian, A. 1132. in anything, contends, from an ex
'Ayipiov Acheron, S.c.T. 838. amination of the passages in Homer
'AxeVoc resounding. Dor. for iJxe- where this word occurs (always in
rne P.V.574. the meaning of wool or flax), that the
'Ayyvia penury, destitution, C.299. first signification of &utroe was the
ofifiarbiv iv ayjnviaiQ A. 407. when his light downy locks of the sheep, or
eyes long for some lost object. flax plant, and hence transferred to
"A^deadai to be indignant, P.V. anything singularly delicate or beau
390. tiful. He derives the word from
'AyQtjh&iv vexation, P.V. 26. anfxi to blow, with which he compares
"AyOoq a vexation, or annoyance, the Latin floccus, from flo.
 BA ( 58 ) BAAA

B
Bo for (iaotXtv 0 king! S.869. 76. having traversed the earth. See
878. Passow compares jxa for fiarep under av. With dat. <rii ic vai, vat
and Sii for cH/ia. flaan Ta\a S.841. you shall go away
BaflvX>v Babylon, P. 52. in the ship, flare S6p.if E.986. go
Bayfia a voice, or cry, P.628. home. Here the vulg. is /3d>' ex $6-
BaSt) v walking slowly, S. 864. P. 19. fjiuv, contrary to the sense. Herm.
Ba^eif to speak, or utter, C. 869. corr. flare dofiov, which Schiitz adopts,
S.C.T. 465. P. 585. KaKoiai /3a iroXXa and which must be admitted, unless
TuSewc fliav S.C.T. 553. he assails with dofiij), perhaps, is used adverbially,
many evil words. as o'ikoi, ireSol, rreSij) k.t.X. 8t' tSv ai-
Badog depth, P.V. 1031. Met. an vo[i6potc ve'tKog efla S.C.T. 887. through
abyss of misfortunes, P. 457. 698. which discord came upon them. With
Badpeta a foundation, or origin, S. adverbs, ipvySa flag E.246. having
839. See ayeiog. escaped. ireSo'i flaaai P.V. 272. alight
Badpov a foundation, P. 798. ing on the groundabs. to go away,
BaOvflovXog deep counselling, P. 138. fleflaxev o\ptg A. 413. tic ra\itrra flare
Badv^wvog long-waisted, C. 167. P. S.188. eflav P. 18. Met. fleflaaiP.
151. 963. they are dead.flovg eirt yXwcran
BadvKoXwoe id. S.C.T. 846. peyag fliflnice A. 36. has set its foot
BaOvirXovrog very rich, S.549. upon my tongue. See flovg. to flow,
Badvg deep, S.C.T. 575. deep-, or iropol wavreg ec fiiag bSov flalvovreg
rich-soiled, P.V.655. fladv irriopa C.71. all flowing in one direction.
S.777. a fall from a height deep, BaKrpiog a Bactrian, P. 298.310.
metaph. i.e. cunning, subtle, S.934. 718.
402. Baicrpov a staff of office, C.357.
BaOvxaioQ extremely good, S. 838. A. 195.
Hesych. explains xa~'S by ayadog. BaK^qv to rave, flaicyif irpbg aXicf/v
Butler translates it "pious." See S.c.T. 486. raves with all his might.
ayetog. BaKxeia revelry, rejoicing, C.687.
BaOi)(duH> deep-soiled, fertile, See KaXog.
S.c.T. 288. BAkx/i a Bacchante, E.25.
Batoc little, P. 440. flata y &>g airb BaX/ji' a king, P. 649. a foreign
jroXXhiv P. 982. few out of so large a word, probably connected with the
number. Hebrew m*
Baiveiv to tread, walk, go. With BdXXtiv to fling, or cast, rpig e
ev. ev ttoikiXoic KaXXeat flaiveiv A. paXouffije rrjade poi <ppvKrii>plag A. 33.
898. to walk on coloured tapestry. Cf. having thrown thrice six. Met. from
A. 910. With elg. flaiveiv flapiv elg dice. With prep, and adv. irvpywy
avrlorpotyov S.859. to go on board the tKToQev flaXuv o-<j>e S.c.T.611. enl
vessel. eg fiar)fiPptvr)v fltjvai KeXev- Tpoiag irvpyoig eflaXeg SIktvov A. 38.
Oov P.V. 725. npog. flalve <pvy^ irpbg <</<</ irXevpalg patrxaXiorrjpag fldXe
uXkuv S.812. flee to a rescue. Sid. P.V. 71. iroXeiag U,ia flaXelv E.668.
fleflaicev pifiipa Sia irvXav A. 395. she S.c.T.1005. elg eX6pav flaXy P.V.
has passed the gates. Ik. Ik Idjxwv 388. bring into odium. With prep,
eflt)v C.22. 1 am come from the house, separated by tmesis, to fiev irpb \pn-
eg. With ace. without prep. fleflwr fiariov KTrjoliav OKVog flaXwv A. 981.
av aet (+) r>)j' irXavoo-riflij xf)6va E. sc. irpoflaXwv. Trepl \elpe flaXovoa
 BAAO
1540. SC. irept(iaXov(Ta. iror av a/xft-
OaXr)g Xivg 7ri X"Pa fiaXoi; C.388.
sc. iirij3a\oi stretch his arm over us.
KnXiSag iv XP9 /3Xe7, E.756. sc.
IfifiaXtl, or dart iv xP9 tlyai. Cf.
820. to fiarav airo (ppovriiog ax^og
(iaXeiv A. 160. sc. airojiaXtiv. With
dat. tovq ifiovg Xoyovg Ovfiai fiaXc
P.V.708. bear in mind, irplv x&pav
rflvSe. KivSvvy (iaXiiv S.c.T. 1039.
placed it in jeopardy. So Blomf. in v.
1019. by conj. for nava dvdvvov flaXw
reads xafii kiv$vvu> (laXiu. See ava-
(iaXXciv. pass. fiaXXerai yap ooooig
AwOev Kepavvog A. 456. is hurled
across their eyes. intransitively.
iyu> Si Oepfiovovg rax iv iciiip fiaXH.
A. 1145. sc. i\iavTr\v will hurl myself
on the ground, kot 6<p0aXfiovg j3aXii
C.567. sc. iavTov shall present himself
to my eyes. Cf. the expression flaXX'
rig Kopcucag k.t.X. irora/xoc tig &Xa
flaXXwvll. A. 721, etc. to castdown.
(iaXovaa t oJkov \pij<j>og &pdoTcv fiia
E.721.to strike, fin rig irpoaiaQev
ofifxwrog /3dXoi <j>66vog A. 921. t/3aXX'
'tKaoTov Ovrripotv aw Ofifiarog (iiXet
(piXoiKTij) 231 . (iaXXEi fi iptfivij tpanaSi
ipoiviag Spoaov 1363.
BaXde a threshold, Dor. for (ivXog.
Lex. Rhet. ap. Ruhnken. Praef. ad
Hesych. quoted by Blomf. fiarnp
anfiaivEi oe ical rbv rfjg Ovpag ovSov, ov
Oftnpog jinXov, ol Si rpayiKoi, (ia\6v.
So Hesych. fiaXov, ovSov.
Batg a report, A. 10.464. See
aXtotrifiog. P.V.666. S.954. See afir/-
virog.
Bairreiv to dip, imbrue, C. 1006.
P.V.865.
Bapf3apog barbarian, foreign, P.
415, etc. The Greeks called all na
tions besides themselves (iapfiapoi ;
and this appellation we find put by
them in the mouths of all characters
not Grecian. So a Persian woman is
spoken of as xXvpif Xaxovoa flapfiapov
yaiav opposed to 'EXXdSa. This con
stantly occurs in the Pers. So A. 893.
1021.S.232. S.c.T.445. Compare also
the passages quoted by Stanley, Eur.
Iph. T.1170. Rhes.404. Orest. 1507.
( 59 ) BAPY
Med. 255. In the Hecuba, however, the
Trojans are distinguished from the
barbarians, but this is an exception.
The usage of the word by the Latin
poets is strictly similar, cf. Virg. Ma.
ii. 504. xi.768. Hor.Ep.i.2. Od. v. 9.
quoted by Stanley. Butler observes,
that not only does Plautus, when
translating from the Greek, apply the
epithet barbarian to the Romans, but
even of himself calls his countryman
Nsevius barbarus (Mil.Glor.ii.2.56.),
nothing contemptuous, however, be
ing implied in the expression.
Baptg a ship, P. 545. 1031. S.816.
852.859. properly an Egyptian ship,
from Baris, a city of Egypt.
Bdpog a weight, riicvwv jMpog C.
986. Met. weight of sorrow. aXlrv/ra
fiapn P. 907. the weight of sorrow for
ships and bodies tossed on the sea.
See aXirvTrog.
BapvSiicog deeply avenging, C.924.
Bapvo'drtipa giving severe misfor
tunes, S.c.T.960.
BapvKorog severely enraged, E. 750.
Bapi/finvig id. A. 1461.
Bapvvetv v] to oppress, weigh
down, pass. A. 181. 810.1442.
Bapvwco-fig heavily falling, E.347.
Baplig heavy, chiefly in a meta
phorical sense. Of persons, severe,
cruel, P.V.77. P.507.814. E.681.700.
S. 410. 638. 6 yui) Kvpaag fiapetov tov-
riiiv E.892. he who meets not with se
verity at their hands. Of things,
fiapv afifloaooy P.564. adverbially, in
deep tones, Opp. to 6i,vsevere, griev
ous, heavy to bear, P.V.17. S.c.T.
314.792. P.1001. A. 199. 444. 456. 1645.
iev^b) fiapdaig 1624. SC eiyXaig im
plied in evw. C.36. E. 155. 767. S.
105.337.342. With dat. A. 1602. E.
700. For <j>iXoi<ri (lapv xprjyfia A.
429. Schiitz proposes (3pax>>- So But
ler. Well, however, properly trans
lates the vulg. graviter afjligentes.
On (iapciai naraXXayai S.c.T. 749.
Schiitz observes. "Difficilis interfra-
tres reconcilialio ; vel potius, gravis
et dura inter fratres transactio seu
compositio, qui jam in eo sunt, ut vi
 BAPY ( 60 ) BEAT

et ferro litem transigant." The latter as in the present case the persons re
appears the best meaning, but Butler ferred to in the first clause are those
approves the former. who were gone, in the second, the
Bapvorovuig with deep groanings, Chorus and others who remained
E.761. behind. Pauw rightly refers (iaifci
Bapvfifiog highly honoured, S.24. to 8vfj.6g. So Blomf. The latter, how
BaaiXeia a queen, A. 84, P. 148. ever, is wrong in considering the
BaaiXeiog belonging to a king, vootui words iraoa. yapYKWKe as Paren"
tS fiatriktlu P. 8. the king's return. thetical; the two clauses ndaa yap
(iao-iXtiog orparog 66. the royal army. b>X"C anQ viov o" avtpa fiav^ei an
fiatriXtia iayve 81. fiatnXeiov riapag swer to each other, and the meaning
652. o'iicoig flatriXdoig A. 152. irtXdva is, my foreboding heart is agitated
fiaaiXeia) 96. fieXadpoig iv fiaotXciois within me, on the one hand, because
C. 339. 1061. triifian rw fiaaiXelf C. all the strength of Asia is gone, on
713. fiatriXua irddn 1066. the other, because it yearns for the
BaaiXevg a king, P. 5. 24. 44. 140. youthful hero. The two clauses cor
147.230.625.841.882. A.346.504.507. respond respectively, though in an
757.1469.1495. C.355. S.C.T. 746.802. inverted order, to voarif rw fiaaiXda
S.294. oluivHv (iaariXevc A. 113. the and iroXv^pvcrov arparids in vv. 8.9.
eagle. flaaiXevat vetiv, id. the com Ba<f>ri a stain, as of blood, P. 309.
manders of the ships. the dyeing of clothes, A.934. C.1008.
BaciXiKoe regal, P.V.871. Kpomv fiatyag A. 230. the garments
BaaKtiv to come, P. 653. dyed with saffron. xaXicov /3atj>dg A.
Baard^eiv to support, P.V. 1021. 598. the dyeing of brass, h.e. an im
to grasp or hold, A. 35. kv yvwfxa possibility. See afitavrog.
rolf i/3a<rra<7 P.V. 890. conceived this. BfaXvKTpoTrog ofan abominable sort.
Baravw^og name of a man, P. 943. E.52.
Bavfeiv to bark, as a dog. Metaph. Bifiaiog certain, sure, P.V. 297.454.
to mutter, or bemoan, rade aiyd rig E.482.
fiavet A. 437. to bark ox cry for any Befiaiug securely, soundly, A. 15.
thing, viov 8' dvhpa flavfci P. 13. sc. BijinXog profane, S.504.
dv/xog my heart calls for our youthful BiXefivov a dart, A. 1475.
sovereign. Stanl. aptly compares the Bt'Xoc a dart, A. 357. 496. C. 160.
use of latrare in Latin. Hor. Serm. 182.284.375. P. 261. 981. S.C.T. 256.
ii.2. Latrantem stomachum bene le- a\ilia avTOKwira fiiXn C.160. mean
niet. Lucretius ii. 4. Nonne videtis nil ing a sword. Schiitz proposes to read
aliud sibi Naturam latrare. He is, ('0(/. So the Scholiast explains it.
however, wrong in referring viov o" The correction is needless, such re
avdpa to the whole Persian youth. petitions frequently occurring. Met.
Yet such is the explanation of Schol. Kepavvov fieXos S.C.T. 237. 435.495.
A. and B. So Butler, eov o" avSpa P.V.858. 919. Ifjicpov fiiXci P.V.625.
is a reading mentioned by Schol. A. &w' ofXjxaTOQ (iiXu A. 232. 772. wav
and approved by Pauw. and Valck. TCTofcvTai jjiXog E.646. we have urged
Phoen. 1489. who also proposes to all we have to urge a sting, S.551.
read b>xwK V0V' Tlipoig b" ibv avSpa of a storm. fieXtai a.Xr)g P.V. 371.
fiavfci. Brunck incorrectly supposes BiXrarog best, S.1040. dorwv rd
'Asia understood from 'AaiaToycvrjg fiiXrara h.e. roue ficXrioTOvg E.465.
to be the subject to fiaifei. So BeXrepog better. (HXrtpa irpdrraetv
Schol. A. This could only be right S.c.T.319. to fare better, to fiiXripov
if the subject referred to were virtu KaKov S.1055. the lesser evil.
ally the same in both cases, cf. Pind. BiXriOTog best, vivip to (HXtmttov
Nem.vii. 10. viii.2l . (ed. Diss.) where A. 368. beyond what is best.
 BHAO (61 )
BfjXoe name of a man. S.314.
Bi'a force, violence. (iiav ovtiv
i^owXi^ei S.92. he exerts no force.
See Satfioviog. h'vaQikrj filav .54.
odiosam vim vel abominandum virus,
Wakefield ; who compares Soph. Aj .
1411. in yap Oepfiai avpiyytg avta
tyvouxri fiiXav fiivoQ. Abresch pro
perly observes that it corresponds to
ard^ovaiv aiua SvinpiXig in C. 1054.
evfievti (iia S. 1053. by gentle violence,
(iia S' cnrriiiavTh) crdtvti iraverai S.
571. where the meaning seems to be,
the severity of Juno is stayed by the
agreeable violence of Jupiter. (iia
by force, or compulsion, P. V. 15.74.
357.380. S.C.T.47.513. P.191.757. S.
829.843.921. A. 229. 641. 1011. C.78
(iia in spite of. 'AwoXXwvos (iia S.c.T.
728. (iia 3t'rae S. 424. (iia Kapliag 779.
typivSiv (iia S.c.T. 594. this may either
be taken thus with reference to Ara-
phiaraus, or as meaning by the vio
lence of their spirit, as referring to
a.vb'paoi irpbe (iiav id. irpog (iiav
tivos E.5. in spite of any one. irpos
(iiav P. V. 208.353.594.675. A.850. by
violence. In circumlocution with
proper names. TioXvipovrov (iia S.c.T.
430.551. Polyphonies. TloXvveUovs
(3ia 623. AlyloOov (iia C.880. Ivlimq
(iiav S.C.T. 553. 'Ajxipidpeio (iiav 551.
AaaOevovs (iiav 602.For instances
of this common mode of expression
see Monk's note on Eur. Hipp. 794.
BiafcoOai intrans. to use violence,
to struggle, P. V. 1012. to drive vio
lently onward, A. 1480.With ace.
ayiXaiTTa Trpoiriirrra (iia6fievoi A. 768.
to do violence to, to force.With
doubl. ace. avdu> 7roXiv <rt fifj [itae-
adai raSe S.c.T. 1033. not to act con
trary to the city in this.
Bt'cuoe violent, P.V.739. S. 793.811.
(ilaia S.801. adverbially, by violence.
irpoe to fiiaiov id. A. 130.
Biafuc with, or by violence C.542.
fiatfiovwv Si 7rov ^aptc, (iiaiioc atXfia
aefivov fipivav A. 175. sitting with
violence on their awful seat, i.e. using
forcible means to teach mortals wis
dom.
BAAIJ
Biao-Oai to urge on, A. 375.
BifiXog a book, S.925.
BifipiioKtiv to eat, perf. pass, (ie.-
(ipwulvas A. 1068.
Bj'oc life, tov fxanpov (iiov P.V. 535.
our length of life, wvev/ia (iiov P. 499.
the breath of life, (iiov cWrde A. 1094.
the close of life. ap-)(aic (iiov C.77.
the control of my life, apyvpotrripij
(iiov C.996. a robber's life, avapicrov
(iiov E.500. a life without control.
vaXivrv-^ei rpifiq. (iiov A. 452. a re
verse of life. daXXovanQ (iiov P. 608.
See daXXetv. apKiiru) (Hoq A. 1287.
let my life suffice, h.e. I have lived
enough. iaKpvwv (iiov E.915. a life of
tears. Cf. S.c.T.681. P.456. A.461.
751.833.903.1116.1335.1429. C.602. E.
884.974. S. 915.991.
Btorn id. P. 839.
Biorog id. (iiorov iKOtaaoiaro P. 353.
escape with their lives, aoivrj (iiorov
C. 1013. CLvlpOTVj(tiQ (ilOTOVS E.913.
(iiorov Evaiu>va P. 697. iv (iiorov wpo-
nXeioig A. 702. in the first acts of
life. TrXrjyai (iiorov E.893. the afflic
tions of life, b jxaaaiov (iiorog P. 694.
a longer span of life.
BXajin injury, harm, P.V. 765. A.
534. E. 849.898. (iXdfiag i\<a A. 863. /
suffer harm. (iXdjiag Xajielv C.491.
E. 766. to receive harm. (iXa/inv t&-
vai S.c.T. 183. to do mischief. (iXd-
(irtg arep S.372. without harm. Biica
re ical fiXafia rovSt /j.T)TpoKr6vov E.
469. the cause and crime of the ma
tricide.Abstr.for concrete. SicvXXav
vavrlXav (iXdfinv A. 1207. the pest of
sailors. airXdy-^vav (iXajiag viwv E.
821. exciting young hearts to mischief.
Sikt)v 7r' aXXo irpayua dnyavci (iXd-
(ii}Q fio~ipa A. 1517. for some other
purpose of mischief.
BXdirreiv to injure, annoy, P.V.
196. cf.765. 6 (iXdnruv C.325. the
criminal. In E.631. oiai fir) fiXa^r)
deoe, (i^-axpy refers to to ipvog under
stood, to them in the case of whom
God does not destroy it. With gen.
(iXafiivra XoioQiwv Spofiiov A. 119.
hindered from these last races. See
under Xdyivog and cf. Odyss. a. 195.
 BAAS ( 62 )
0U0 vv tov yt Otol (iXairrovai kiXev-
Oov, which Blomfield supposes JEs-
chylus to have imitated. [ZXairTOfievav
XpovKrOcltrav k-Kol\iTUi C.951. proba
bly in the sense of impeded, delayed,
in a very corrupt passage, upon which
see under yjiovi^uv.
BXatrravtiv to spring up, S.c.T.
576. A. 734.
BXamiiv to bring forth, C.582.
BXaornfxa an offspring, S.c.T.
515.
BXacrrnfwg bloom, or growth, S.c.T.
12.
BXa^ij. See fiXrix^h
BXcuplippuiv demented, S.c.T. 707.
BXtnttv to see, P.V.445. (j>ao
fiXeiretv P. 291. A. 1630. E.716. to be
alive. voaTLfiov fiXewa) <paos P. 255. /
see the day of my return. fiXiirsiv
without (j>aog, in the same sense, A.
663. Met. irpCJpa fiXiirovo biov S.
697.With cle P. 788. looking at.
0d/W (3Xiiro>v S.c.T. 480. looking ter
rible. From (5Xiire.iv in its meaning of
living is deduced its signification in
C.831. 7rSc tout aXndfj kcu fiXiirovTa
So^atT<o ; how can I think these things
true and real ?
BXtyapov an eye-lid, S.c.T. 3. A.
15.
BXrjxv a cry. Dor. fiXaxai S.c.T.
330.
BXotrvpog terrible, E. 161.
BXoavpo<j>pii>v ferocious in purpose.
(iXocrvpotypova \XiSq. S.813. See x^'"
Say.
Boafia a cry, A. 894.
Boq.v to cry, resound, P.V.429.
S.c.T. 64.312.363.374. 450. P. 597.952.
A. 1077. C.396. P. 916. 997. 1005. S.853.
ivBev ira<ra fioq. yQwv S.578. with
whose fame the whole earth resounds.
Bori a shout, or cry, a sound, S.c.T.
84.251.376. P.272. 394, 899. A.312.1114.
C.493.872. E.375. S.809. t,vv fiorj
S.c.T. 469. with a cry. fioip 6 Xev-
KaairiQ opvwai Xao'c 88. id. In the
sense of war, fighting, as used by
Homer, jioav evSnfiov S.566. tov
ay(opov fioav"Apt) S.628. aid, rescue,
aoro'ioi Kripvaauv $oi\v A. 1322. to call
BOYK
the citizens to the rescue, d fipa.lv-
vouv fiorj S. 711.
BondeXv to come to the rescue, S.
608.
BorjXarnQ driving oxen, S.303.
BorJTiQ resounding. Dor. fioanv P.
567.
Bokotoq Bceotian, P. 474. 792.
BoXfirj name of a lake, P. 486.
BoXj; a fling, or cast, nepavviove
fioXag S.c.T.412. thunder-bolts. a
putting on, an application. fioXalc
vypuxrauiv (TKoyyog &Xe<re ypa<pr)v A.
1303. by its application. See under
oiroyyoQ.
BdXoc a draught offishes, P. 416.
Bopafood, P.V. 584. P. 482, A.
1579. C.523. etc. KpeHv o'nceiag fiopas
A. 1193. food of their own flesh.
Bopfiopog mud, E.664.
BdppEoc northern. fiopptaiQ xuXaic
S.c.T. 509. one of the gates of Thebes.
Boo-Ketv to feed. pass. S.c.T.226.
C.26.mid. to feed upon. /Wkojuevoi
Xaylvav yivvav A. 118.
Botricri food, E. 256.
BoaKrjixa that which nourishes, or
fosters, ftoaicnfia Trr)fj.ovrj S.615. an
animal, or creature, avaifiarov /3d-
aKtffia E.292.
Boo-rropog the Bosporus, P.V. 735.
P. 709.732.
BooTpvxps a curl, C. 165. 176. 228,
etc.Met. a curl of fire, P.V. 1046.
Borfip a herdsman, E. 187. S.348.
In S.c.T. 24. oltovuiv fiorrip does not
refer to the feeding of birds for the
purpose of augury, but simply means
" one whose office it is to watch the
signs of birds as a shepherd watches
his flock."
Botov any kind of cattle, an ani-
mal, A. 1142, 1389. C.742. E.428.430.
867. S. 563. 673.
BovQopoQ getting cows with young,
S.297.
BovBvtoq sacrificing oxen, S.687.
C.259.
BovKEpajc horned like an ox, P.V.
590.
BovkoXeIv lit. to feed oxen. Thence,
to cherish, to soothe, to beguile.
 BOYK ( 63 )
LjiovKoXovfitv (ppovrlmv viov iradoQ A.
655. in mid. v. to endeavour to miti
gate, to decline, or shrink from, rai
fir) vpoKafivE rovie fiovKoXov/Aevos ird-
vov E.78.
BovkoXos a herdsman, S.552.
BovXapxpe a chief counsellor, S. 11.
948.
BovXeadai to wish, P.V.869.931.
P.211.
BovXevetv to advise, P.V.204. E.
667. S.c.T.182.230. to plot, con
trive, take counsel.P. V. 1032. A.
1196. 1332. 1597. 1610. 1617. P. 744.
fiovXeveoOai mid. v. id. A. 820. C. 707.
S.c.T.205. perf. pass. S. 994. P.V.
1000.fut. mid. in pass, sense \\irj<poQ
(iovXevtrerai S.c.T. 180. a vote will be
passed. See under aytiv.
BovXtvfxa a counsel, or design, P.V.
170.622.764.1057. S.C.T. 576. P. 168.
520. A. 1320. E. 563.687.
BovXtvriov we must deliberate, A.
821.
BovXevrr)piov a council, E. 540. 654.
674.
BovXivrriptos advising, rami' 'AS-
paortf twvc'e fZovXtvrripios S.c.T. 557.
advising Adrastus to these evils.
BovXevroe designed. alo^p&Q /3ou-
Xevroiai C.487. basely contrived.
BovXf) counsel, decision, P.V. 219.
551. S.C.T.824. A.1331. C.98. E.590.
abstract for concrete, (3ovXr)v Ka-
rappi\pue A. 858. should overturn the
council. Heath, however, translates
this, " should risk some daring mea
sure," which is, perhaps, more agree
able to the spirit of the author.
BovXiog requiring prudence, C.661.
Bovvig hilly, S. 110.121.
Bovv'trtg id. S.151. But here (Sov-
>-ic is corrected for the metre by
Pauw, Heath, Schiitz, etc.
Bovq an ox.(3ovg eirl yXtotran
ixiyae fitfinice A. 36. a proverb ori
ginally used of those who being bribed
by money, hold their peace : thence
employed respecting any who from
some strong reason keep silence
the antient money was stamped with
the figure of an ox, hence the origin
BPOT
of the phrase; others derive it from
the strength of the ox trampling a
snake underfoot; so Stanley. a cow,
P.603. A. 1096. 1271. especially as re
ferring to Io, as S. 17.44.161.272.295.
299.302.309.564.
Bovotcloiq an ox stall, P.V. 656.
Bovrne a herdsman, P.V. 568.
BovtyovoQ slaying oxen. Ooivaie (3ov-
fovoig P.V.329. feasts where oxen
are slain.
Bov)(IXoq foddering oxen, S.585.
Bpafirig a chief, or leader, P. 294.
A. 222. prop, the arbiter of a contest.
Bpahvveiv [u] to be slow, S.711.
X*ipa v (ipaSvyerat S.c.T. 605. his
hand is not slow.
Bpaxlwv [i] the arm, S.728.
Bpaxys short, brief, S.271. P.V.
503.941. P. 699.
Bpijjie.iv to roar, or murmur, S.c.T.
84.360. A. 1001. E.934. P.V. 422. mid.
v. id. S.c.T.332.
BpeVae the image of a god or god
dess, E. 80.233.387. 417.424.978. (ipt-
Tti E.248. fipirea S.458. /3pt'nj P. 795.
S.c.T.92.167 194. jSptrtW S.C.T.94.
S.424.
Bpifos a young child, A. 1067.
Bplfav to sleep, or doze, A. 266. C.
884. Met. to sleep, h.e. lose its effect,
E. 270.
BplOav to weigh down, P. 338. pass.
to be weighed down, loaded, S.c.T.
138. the transitive sense is ratherrare.
cf. Pind. Nem. viii. 17. ocrircp xai Kiv-
vpav t/5pt<T TrXovrip.
Bpidvs heavy, severe, A. 193.
Bp6/xioe a name of Bacchus, E.24.
Bpofioc a noise, S.c.T. 195.458.
Bpovri) thunder,F.V. 925.1019. 1047.
1064.1085. S.34.
Bpovrnfia id. P.V. 995.
Bporeioe human, of men, P.V. 11 6.
767. A. 1162. 1300. E. 244. 390. 538. 869.
S.97.
Bportoe id. E. 164.
BporoKTOvtiv to slay mortals, E.
399.
BporoXoiyoQ destroying mortals, S.
651.
BporoQ a mortal, a man, a woman,
 BPOT ( 64 )
as opposed to a god, e.g. n>) ica! Xci-
yoc tiq Xrjva fit)(6vvai pporw S.291.
So E. 449.970. and passim, as a man
generally, e. g. ovrt <pwvriv ovre tov
fiop<j)v fipoT&v o\pa P.V.21. ttoXXo.
fipor&v SiafitifiofiEva <f>vXa S.538. So
passim.as a man individually, r)
woXic fiporos 0' oftolwc it av aipoi
DUav ; E.498. Sometimes a dead
man. ipovov fipoTwv P. 412. yiovtra
raoZe \ipvi^aq fiporoig C.127. where
Herm. wishes to read (j>0iroie.
BporoaicoTroQ watching mortals, E.
476.
Bporoarvyiie hostile to mortals,
P.V. 801.
BpoTo<p06po<; destroying mortals, S.
201. E.756.
Bpoxoe a halter, S.769. C.550.
Bpvafctv to bear oneself insolently,
S.880.
Bpveiv to flourish, germinate,
abound, to. Sexpovi^ovra (ipvtt C.
62. spring up after long delay. With
dat. ayaOditrt (ipvoig S.944. wafXfiaf(if
dpaoti fipvwv A. 162.It seems to be
joined with a genitive in C.67. where
the construction apparently is ara
Cia<ptptt tov diTiov ((Sort) fipveiv rrav-
apKerac voaov. So that he incurs
Ta.yyap.ov a net, A. 352.
Taia Earth, personified. Tata ttoX-
Xwv ovoftartov uopibr) fila P.V.210. iai
Fdia fiaia C.43. tt)v Trpwro/xavrtv
Taiav E.2. the earth, P.V. 570.
S.C.T. 286.803. 920. P.219. 379.491.610.
619.893. C. 125. 482. E. 867. 885. 912. S.
265. 1009.some particular country.
'EXXaSa yaiav P.183. Greece. May-
vnTudjv yaiav 484. Magnesia, yal'
'Aaiag 541. 'Airiae yaiac A. 248.
Peloponnesus. See 'Awia. "Apyove
yaiav S. 15. Argolis. warpis yaTa
S.c.T. 567. one's country, lariovxpv
yaiav P. 503. the land of our homes.
eg rrivSc ya'iav E. 11 . avriiropov ya'iav
S. 540. the opposite side of the chan
nel.
TAME
everlasting misfortune. Well, com
pares j3pvu)v Scupvns Soph.CEd.C. 16.
BpvxioQ noisy with waves. aXfxnv
(Spi>Xiov P. 389. jSpwX'" VX" P-V.1084.
the roaring of the sea.
BpixrijjLOQ to be eaten, P.V.477. See
ib&pfiOKOV.
Bpwrt'ip eating, consuming, E.770.
See al^fty.
BvfiXiva opn the name of certain
mountains, P.V. 813.
BvfiXog the papyrus, S.742.
BvBog depththe depth of the sea,
P.V. 430. iq fivObv fxoXuv S.403. tov
Ik fivQov Kkioorijpa ou>ovteq Xivov C.
500. h.e. tov Iv fivdtficX. X. oi>0VTEG
K fovdoV.
BvaoivoQ of fine flax, S.c.T. 1030.
P. 123.
Bvar<r6<j)pu)v deeply thinking, C.641-
Bwfioe an altar, S.c.T. 15. P. 199.
797. A. 91. 203.224.374.513. 1008.1250.
1271. C. 104.259. 291. E.295.511.625.
S. 187.367. 477. (see aXXoe) 489.496.
641.732. tori Se kcik irroXifiov Ttip-
ofiivoig flwpoQ "Apjjc tyvyam S.78.
This is unintelligible. 'Apjjs Marg.
Aid. Turn. h.e. propugnaculum noxce.
'Apnfvyaai. Heath. Schiitz omits
"Apnc.
TaiaoypQ girding the earth, an
epithet of Neptune. HooufGiv yaia-
oxog S.c.T. 293. ruling the earth,
ep. of Jupiter, S.796.
Taiog beneath the earth, tov yaiov
Zfjva S.147. Pluto. on the Zad(opp.
to on sea). 6Se fiapKTie vaioQ yaiog
He who pursued us in ship, is already
on the land.
TaXa milk (of the cow), P. 603. (of
a woman), C. 526. 539. 885.
TaXijvn a calm, A. 720.
TafifipOQ a connexion by marriage,
A.691.
Tafiiiv to marry, yafiel yafiov
P.V. 766. 911. With ace. of person,
tt&q av yafiwv amvaav Hlkovtoq irapa
ayvog ykvoi- civ, S.224. How could a
 TAME ( 65 )
person marrying a woman against her
own consent, and against that of her
father, avoid impiety 1
Ta/xeTn a wife. kovvH ctrav yafic-
rag S. 156. 170. the mischief done by
thy spouse, "noxam ab uxore tuo me-
tuendam." Heath. " Juno nuptiarum
prases infaustis Danaidas vexat." J.
Miiller.
Faperng a husband, P.V.899.
TapfiXevpa a marriage, C.615.
Tafir]\ioe nuptial, in honour of
marriage. Koirag yafinXtov S.786.
the marriage bed. \odg yapnXiovg C.
480. marriage libations. yaprfXiov re-
Xovg 799. the rite of marriage.
Fafiopog an inhabitant, a land
holder, S.608.
rdjuoe marriage, e. g. yttpov rv\tiv
fieyiorov P.V.557. 651.741.861.895.903.
949. S.C.T.762. A.725.1127. E.707.
S. 76. 99. 327. 389. 780. 788. 1013. 1036.
yafiei ydpov P.V.766. (see yape'iv)
911. crvyyevrj ydpov P.V.857. a
marriage with relatives. AlyvirToyevij
ydpov S. 1039. marriage with the sons
of jEgyptus. <j>vi;dvopa ydpov S.9.
a marriage with an odious man. yd-
fiov Svcrdvopa S. 1049. id. evvalajv
ydfiwv S.327. the marriage bed.
rap<j>nXri the jaw, P.V.355.
rap-^/utw^ having crooked talons,
P.V.486.
Favdeig (?) lit. bright, thence glad,
joyful. Ire fiav derrvdvaKrag fidxapag
Qeovg yavaevreg S.997. approach the
gods with gladness. Stanley less cor
rectly makes it transitive, celebrantes.
The form yavaivai from yavav is
certainly very doubtful; we should
at least expect ydvnpt, as in viicnpi
from vtKi'uo, opnpi from opdw, etc.
It may be better to consider it as an
adjective yavdeic, though this form
with the short a is likewise sus
picious.
Tavav lit. to shine, hence to be
glad, or exult. This verb is restored
by Hermann in A. 1365. xa^P0V(Tav
ovcev iiatrov T] Aioc v6r<f> yavij. erwo-
pnrog ndXvKog iv Xo\evfia<Ti. The
vulg. reading here is yav, el oiropri-
TAP
rog KaXvKog ev Xoyevfiacn, h.e. as ex
plained by Pauw, " cum satio infolliculi
est puerperiis, h. e. cum semen in eo
est, ut primum emittat germen," or
more correctly by Heath, " orKopnrbg
ipsa sata deSignat, et subauditur ver-
bum tort. Verte cum calyces sata
parturiunt." Thus the vulg. is not
wholly "sine sensu," as Well, ob
serves, though it must be confessed
that the collocation of the words is
very awkward. Butl. conjectured yav
ebcriropVTOV. Pors. f; Diooldrtp ydvei,
which must be allowed to be a very
elegant emendation, even although
" verbum finitum desideratur," as
Wellauer objects. The reader will
choose between this and Hermann's
correction recorded above.
rdvog anything bright, cheering, or
refreshing, often applied to clear li
quids, P.475.607. Xatyvpa ap-^aiov
ydvog A.565. so called, says Schiitz,
either because these spoils contained
many antient pieces, or, by prolepsis,
because they would be in distant ages
a glory to the temples. See apxaiog.
On A. 1365. see yavav.
TdvvaBai to rejoice, E.927.
Tdirorog drunk up by the ground,
yaworovg Tipdg P. 613. libations, yd-
irorov xvaiv C.95. id. yanrrrovg \oa.Q
162. id.
Tap for, generally placed second
in the sentence, e.g. tyu> yap ovk el
$v(rrv)(iZ k.t.X. P.V.345.sometimes
third, e.g. 6 Xti>(j>ricrwv yap ov irerpvKe
nu>. P.V.27. very rarely fourth, e. g.
to pr) <j>povovv yap k.t.X. C.742. So
E.764. C.632. It is used chiefly to
assign the reason for the statement
conveyed in the preceding sentence,
e.g. P.V. 85. xpevStovvptog ere Salpoveg
npoptjdia | KaXovtriV avrov yap ere Set
irpofinQeuig. It is sometimes placed pa
renthetically in the sentence of which
it assigns the reason, e.g. A. 1039.
eytb 2', eiroiKTelpti) yap, ov dvfiuxro^iai,
C. 73-75. ifxol I', avdyKav yap &fi<piir-
toXiv deot | irpoeri]veyKav . Ik yap
o'ikwv | waTpywv BovXiov ecrayov al-
aav, liKaia Kal [irl StVata k.t.X. 105.
 TAP (66 )
XtE,w, KcXtvtig yap, tov ik <j>pevog
Xoyov E.221. tyw 8', ayti yap aifia
ur)Tptpov, StKae jxirupi rovit <j>iora
KOKKvvtiytTis- Thus more obscurely
in A. 774. av St poi Tore pkvov yap a
kwiKevcrio, KapT airopovaiog jjjirOa ye-
ypaufiivog.and in C.685. koX vvv
'OptarrjQ, ijv yap tvfiovXiog t-)(oivey-
ypd<pu. It is also sometimes put twice
in two succeeding clauses, so that the
latter yap assigns the reason of the
statement in which the former yap
is placed. So P.V.333. iraVrwe yap
ou 7TiVeic viV ov yap tvir&rjQ. So in
P.V. 182. 184. 294. 296. S.c.T.318.320.
P. 164.165.656.657.880.890. A.518.520.
806.808.973.975. C. 73. 74. 497.498.742.
744.983.984. S. 694. 695. It is also
repeated in a somewhat different man
ner in A. 545.546.736.739. S. 480. 481.
Wellauer is wrong in saying that
each yap is in these places referred
to the same sentence. In A. 735. cV^a
o" aXku>i> povoifipuv tiul. to hvatrefiks
yap tpyov fiira /jkv irXeiova tiktu,
o(f>Tipa fi1 EiicoVa yivva. otKUV yap
tbOvSiicwv KaXX(ira( worfiog ctti, the
second yap is referred to the sentence
containing the first yap, the meaning
being, "one impiety begets another; /
say impiety, for righteous houses are
ever favoured in their offspring." yap
is here used where Sk would rather
have been expected. See Hermann's
explanation of this passage quoted
under M. I conceive the same to be
the construction of the passage in S.
479. fir)$' airoppi<j)Oij Xdyoe kpov' nar
apxVS yap <pi\airiOQ Xeuig. kui yap
Td-% av tiq oiktoq EiaiSiiv ra'St, vfipiv
litv k^dnptiev apotvoQ aroXov, vplv o"
av tit) hijpoQ thficyeorcpoe' rote ijotjo-
aiv yap ttclq tiq tvvoiag <j>i'pn, by
which I understand the king as tel
ling them not to divulge this as his
advice, for that the people were fond
of anything by which they could call
authority in question, whereas, if they
were left to their own (uncontrolled)
feelings, they might possibly be in
duced to regard them with kindness,
In A. 544. ra o aire yipou Ka\ irpo-
TAP
aijv, nXkov trrvyog' evvat yap 7i<rav
dniiov irpoc. rtlytnv' t ovpavov yap
Kaird yrjg Xeiuwfiai Spoaoi KaTtipk-
Ka^ov k.t.X. the first yap refers to
the former clause in v. 544. and shews
why they were on the land at all ;
the second explains the second clause,
xXiov trrvyog. We had also other
annoyances by land, since we were
encamped close under the walls of the
enemy, and more odious too, for, etc.
Instead of the second yap, when two
sentences occur, of which the latter
explains the former, 2e is often used
(see Hermann's note on ce in the
sense of yap quoted under oe). iroX-
Xovq oZvpfiovQ Ka\ yoovc avo)(j>eXeTg
<pdky^n' A(oc yap ZvairapalrnTOi <ppk-
ves' ajrae oe rpa-^yQ, ootiq av viov
Kparij P.V. 33, etc. It is often also
usedellipticallyin replies where some
thing is implied, e.g. P.V. o-a^wc p
tc oIkov <roe Xoyoc ote'XXei iraXiv.
Prometheus replies, pi) yap at Opfjvoc
ovpog clg Zyflpav fiaXn. (True) for I
fear lest your grief for me should
bring you into odium. So 985. ical
fii\v rrvy ovtt<i> truxppoviiv kirloraoai,
the reply is, ok yap irpo<rijiioW ovk
av ovff v-Ktipirnv. Thus frequently ;
in all which cases the ellipsis may
readily be supplied. It is thus used
in questions referring to what has
preceded, e.g. in A.895. kyw a 'tdpi\pa,
vvv ct yripdvai OeXw, Orestes replies,
TrarpOKTOVOvaa yap vvoiKr)oei kfioi ;
(to what purpose is that?) for will
you, etc. But in A. 1078. lib rdXaiva.
rade yap rtXtic, k.t.X. the yap ex
plains the TaXaiva preceding. So
with the interrogative jj prefixed, as
P.V. 759. ?i yap wot korlv kKireoiiv
apxijc Ala ; referring to 758. Cf. 747.
referring to 746; 976. where ^i Kapk
yap is referred to Kal ok c" kv tovtois
Xiyto in 975. In A. 1339. ?j yap refers
not to what has immediately preceded,
but to the general expression of won
der by the Chorus that they do not
investigate the real state of the case.
Thus oh yap P.V. 989. But in P. 784.
ov yap refers to niog clnag, which is
 TAP ( 67 )
here expressed. JToti ydp E.405. itwq
ydp E.577. So ri ydp P.V.517. Truig
yap tiqTTiffiovfiv apKvorarov <j>pa-
\eiev k.t.X. " for how else, i.e. than
by saying such things as were fitted
for the occasion, and concealing (rd-
vavrta) my real purpose, could, etc."
Upon E.622. irSc ydp to (pevyetv
rovS vwepSiKe'ig opa, Butler properly
observes, " aliquid obscuritatis, h.l.
attulit particula yap quae hie, ut saepe,
ad suppressam sententiam refertur.
Subintelligendum est, dSu-ctc "A?ro\-
Xov, vel tale aliquid." The ellipsis
is less distinctly marked though
equally implied in the interrogative
form irorepa yap P.235. A. 616. in
ttwc yap A. 620. rl yap A. 203. E.202.
648. Cf. Herm. on Viger.493. " In
omni interrogatione locus est parti-
cuIbb yap, quia intelligitur semper
nescio, vel die mihi, vel simile quid.
Unde et Latini quisnam vel nam quce,
et germani benn dicunt." ttHq yap
oi; C. 743. in parenthesis. For how
can it be otherwise ? ri yap ; is used
elliptically in the end of sentences
for A yap dXXo ; is it not so ? thus A.
1110. ouScV tror' ei fifi i,vvdavovfiivr)v,
ri yap; 1212. Kal t&vS' 0/ioiov e"i ti
/xr) TreiOio' tI yap; C.877. ob\ & S'
apijai SiawtTrpay^iev^' ti yap; the
construction i3 different where rl yap
begins the sentence. See above, yap
is sometimes so used preceded by
dXXa that the force of yap depends
on some succeeding proposition to
which aXXa refers, Thus in Herod.
ix.27. aXX' ov yap ev rjj rotjiSe radios
e'iveta oraoiafaiv irpeiret, aprtoi elfiev
rrtidtotiai hfiiv, & AaKeSatfiovioi, where
the dXXa refers to the clause aprtoi
dfiev k.t.X. and the parenthetical
yap has the force of ewei. Sometimes
AXXa yap are thus placed without the
intervention of another word, so that
yap cannot in construction be con
sidered as parenthetical. Eur.Phcsn.
1318. dXXd yap Kpeovra Xevaoti) rovhe
Scvpo trvvve<l>ij 7rpoe 26/xouc arti\ovra
Travcru) roi>c wapeor&Tag yoovc. Where
dXXa refers in sense to navou k. t. X.
IE
and yap to Xevaato. See Elmsley's
note on Heracl.481. Sometimes the
proposition to which dXXd, strictly
speaking, refers, is omitted ; thus P. V.
943. dXX' eiaopw yap rovde rdv Aioq
rpo-^iv. sub. dXXd eav \pr) ravra'
tloopG) yap k.t.X. So in C.360. dXXd
(SnrXrJQ yap TtjcrSe fiapdyvrjt Soinros
iKveirai. sub. aXXa raura ri \pl) Xe-
yetv; E.764. dXX' Ik Awe yap Xa/nrpa
liaprvpia7caprjv. sub. dXX' ovk arifiiav
'twere. With ei expressinga wish, and
referring to what proceeds, ei yap
v-k 'IXia KaTj)vapi<rdrie iroXi<x<""""0,/
av elxee rd(j>ov C.341. where ydp
carries on the sense from Electra's
former speech, ei yap fi biro yrjv
fIKE- vvv U k.t.X. where ydp refers
to 140. seqq. and the apodosis is
omitted. Elliptically ei yap rvypiev
tSv (bpovovai irpdc 6euiv S.C. 1.532.
when the reference is to d /xj) Kpaivoi.
" Do not say so altogether ; for if
they themselves should but experience
these things, they would surely perish,
etc." eWe ydp S.c.T.548. e'ide ydp
deol TOvtrS1 oXeoaiev ev y, where ydp
refers to the expressions just used
and justifies them. For I would that
(so does their impiety deserve it) the
gods might utterly destroy them, cf.
S.847.Preceded by rat, expressing
axiadditional argument, confirmation,
or wish, P.V.439. S.c.T.1061. P.330.
S. 481. 847.909.
TaoTrip the belly, A. 707.
Te a restrictive particle, used chiefly
to limit the force of a proposition to
a certain part of it, upon which a
peculiar emphasis is thus placed in
contradistinction to the rest, e. g. a>e
ovTririfiriTris ye t5>v epyiov fiapvg P.V.
77. since the censor at least (whatever
you may be) is severe, eon ydp rrXov-
to y djiejx^liQ P. 164. we have abun
dant wealth indeed, but, etc. KaKoe ye
fxdvriQ av yvol-q rdU C.766. none but
a bad prophet, etc. tt\v irplv ye ^pelav
tvvoaade P.V.702. your former (opp.
to the present) suit, etc. ^aicpriV ye
ueVTOi pfjmv 6b arepyei noXtg S.270.
long speeches, KXdhoi ye Kelvrai
 FE (68 ) TE

S.237. the branches are there at any aye ! and that too as this maw's an
rate, vvv ye C.130. now indeed, hfya tagonist, arr/g ye uel'Cw S.439. and
ye Aide P.V. 162. save only Jupiter. those too greater than the loss (the
To define a statement more accu vv.439. 440. should probably be trans
rately, MeveXewv Be wevdofiai, el vo- posed. See ydfiog). elwelv ye fievroi
(JTifiog ye Kal aeawofievog iraXiv rfi,ei Bel a OTrtog KareKraveg E.561. rairep
A. 604. / inquire about Menelaus, iradofiev a\ea. npog ye rwv reKOfievuv
that is to say, whether he will come. C.413. and that too at a parent's
tov efiSofiov\e(i> olag y aparai Kal hand, rifiag ye fiev Br) rag Ifidg irei-
Karev-^erai Tii)(ag. So also according aei raya E.397. you shall hear our
to one reading in P.V. 950. ovarivag office also, sc. as well as our origin,
KOfiwelg yafiovg, trpog (Av y eKeivog etc. In assenting to questions, de
eKTriwret Kparovg. Here irpog iSv r fining the ground of the assent by
is commonly read. To qualify as introducing a special proof, e.g. rov-
sertions already made, shewing that r&v ap' 6 Xevg eariv aadevearepog;
a statement is to be taken with some ovkovv av aKipvyoi ye rr)v ireTrpiafievwv
limitation, e.g. ov jxr)v arifiol y Ik P.V.515.6. yes, at least he could not
Oeiov Tedvr),ofiev A. 1252. Be that as escape destiny. Kal vvv (fXoyunrov irvp
it may, we shall at least not die dis e\ov(r' e<j>rifiepoi ; &(f ov ye iroXXag
honoured, etc. ov fir)v aKofiiraaroQ y eKfjtadf)(TOVTat rtyvag P.V. 253. 4. yes,
e<pio-Tarai iriXatg S.c.T.520. ov fiyv and from it also they will, etc. Cf.
rt iroivdie y tyofirjv TOicuol fie Kari- P.V.748. 770. 776.933. A. 527. S.292.
a\aveiaBai P.V. 268. awopag ye fir)v 308.In giving a qualified assent, or
Ik rtjoBe tyvaerai dpaavg rd^otai KXeivog suggesting an objection to something
P.V. 873. h. e. so much at least we already stated or asked, e. g. ovkovv
will say, etc. eirel ye fievroi XevKo- tovto yivwoKeig, on opyfjg voaovong
irwXog i/fiepa waaav KaTea\e yaiav elalv larpol Xoyoi; 'Ectv rig ev Kaipai
P. 378. opposed to v.376. When ov "ye fiaXQdaarf Keap P.V. 279. Cf.984.
fir)v precedes ye it is always separated yes, provided any one seasonably, etc.
from it by the intervention of some Cf. <br)fir) ye fievroi Brjfiodpovg fieya
other word or words.In affirma trdevei to which Clyt. again objects 6
tions or commands, introducing some B' atydovriTog y ovk ewl^nXog ireXei
thing which gives additional force A. 912.913. rolg B' oXfiioig ye Kal to
to the previous statement, and to viKaadai irpeirei 915. Cf. 1227. Kal firjv
which attention is thereby particularly 6<f>elXwv y av rlvoifi avrf \dpiv
drawn. In this case, it is generally P.V. 937. aXX' y Site)} ye trvfifid-^wv
joined with kcu or mi fif)v, separated, virepararel S.338. yet still, etc. rpa-
as in the preceding instance, by some )(yg ye fievroi Srjfxog eK<j>vy&>v KaKa.
other word, e.g. r) fiijv KeXevtru), k&- S.c.T. 1035. (iapvg ye fjtevroi Zrfvog
7ridb)v^(i> ye irpoQ P.V. 73. / mil kealov kotoq S.342. Cf. 727. 1042. Tpe-
order, and, what is more, I will also, (j>ei $ y avSpog fj.6)(dog iffxivag 'iota
etc. bpG>, Kal irapaiveoai ye aoi deXki C.908. 6 $' vorarog ye tov 'xpovov
to. XScrra 307. kcu adevog y eKoXovadn irpetrfieveTai A . 1273. viktjv ye fievroi
P. 992. kcu fir)v Trapiiv ye kov Xoyovg KaiKaKifv Tifii}. deog; S.c.T. 698. where
aXXaiv kXvwv (ppatrai/j.' av P. 258. 954. the objection more properly assumes
Cf. S.C.T.227. A. 1161. C.203. Kal the interrogative form, iravpol ye
$v7tw)(ovvt(i>v y evfiapf/g airaXXayf) TToXXiov P. 784. no, only a few out of
S.334. Kal wpdg ye rovroigevyov ret many. With negative, ov (sc. t)reTlfi-
icpeiaaii) S.c.T.247. Kal Trpoatii y ifiol nrai) irplv ye ^ojpav rr)vSe Kivc~vvtp
938. Kal oevpo y ael rr)v tv^v ov fiaXe'iv S.c.T. 1039. With more dis
fie/Mpofiai.Without Kal or Kal \ii\v. tant reference, arop atpolpvvr) y
Bopog ye rye?' avrnperag S.C.T.98I. aaOevt'i ao^lafian P.V. 1013. but (be

^\
 IT. ( 69 )
all this as it may) you surely, etc.
50, in the same speaker, elBov kot
i/fir) <&ivib>Q yeypafifiivag ZeXirvov <pe-
povocLQ' tmrepol ye fiijv ISelv avrai E.
51 . these however are without wings.
With participles, assigning a special
reason for something file arvfi<j>opd
Idnvet, arifxlav ye irailoQ afi<f>l <ri>fia-
tos etrdnfj-arwv icXvovaav P. 833. name
ly, because I hear of, etc. ell&s y
eZ A. 908. since I know well what I
am about. &XX' ev ye irpaZag fijfr
eniievxOije k.t.X. C.1040. but since
you have fared well, etc. (here the
vulg. is eZre Trpa^ae- evye rrpaijae
Glasg. ev y eirpa^ag Tyrwhitt.) ttuiq
I' ov; oefiovaai y &idv t iir afyuiv
E.413. (this verse is corrupt. See
tTraSioe.) So with a finite verb. 61'
avre y oZv viroltKoe OiXei yeviadai
E.248.In exclamations, or strong
asseverations, confining the emphasis
to some particular word, e.g. ij fial-
verai ye A. 1034. surely she is nothing
less than mad, cf. 1086. ixyav KaX&c
xXvovad ye S. 699. obeying it only too
well, ayav y aXwdb/xavTiv eptle 1214.
only too true a prophetess, irnfiovrjg
I' iiXic y virdpxei A. 1641. there is
surely enough of woe. dXXa fifjv ev-
vovq ye TT)t>c" eKvpwoag <pdrtv P.222.
with good intent at least, fiapeld y
Ale av/jifopd 1001. indeed it is a sad
event, ftaid y aig airb mXXuv 982.
(pev Tayeid y'T/XOe -)(pr)<Tfiwv 7rpaic725.
<> irdvra y ear eicelva Itaireirpayfiiva
254. iroXXov ye Kai tov iravrbg eXXeiiru)
P.V. 963. fivpaivd y, e'ir exilv
'i(j>v C.988. koi woXXayfl ye Svawd-
Xaiora izpayfiara S.462. jiapta ov y
elirae 337. KaXwc y av iifj.1v ZvfKpepoi
ravra S.734. It has sometimes an
ironical force. iroXXai y d/xeivuiv tovq
TeXag <f>pevovv e<f>ve rj oavrov P.V.
335. aiirog Kad' avrov y apa firr)(av6p-
pa<f>io C.219. but here the readings
differ. Salvin. proposes rapa. So
Elmsl. irpo ye OTevafats P.V. 698.
With conditional particles, describ
ing the condition more strictly, elirep
y air eydpov Kparbg Jjv TeTfiniiivoq C.
196. Cf. S.339. witha word intervening,
TEAA
raf toiq eiio'tg ap , enrep ev ye toXoi
o-oTc C.221. Cf.492. A. 1222. With
pronouns, to give emphasis or ex
press opposition.With lyii P.V.
322.1055. A. 861.1313. S.C.T. 1017.
Probably also 263. ov P.V. 984. ovroe
P.V. 1067. P. 724. A. 359. ole P. 256.
P.V.60.906. E.850. In C.4. rale ye
the reading of Arist.Cod.Rav. rale
is perhaps correct, fyitle A. 647. 1186.
vfxe'ts P.V. 1060. rotoole P. 321. with
aXXog. ovk aXXo y ovliv P.V. 258.
Cf. S.c.T. 834. P. 205. In limiting
requests, commands, or entreaties.
firi /lot iroXiv yetfc0ayuW<njr S.c.T.
71. firiTria ye P.V. 635. tcparoQ fiev-
toi Trapeq y eicwv ifioi A.917. Soq
Si y eviioptyov icparos C.483. In C.
957. dva ye fidv lotioi. avaye is pro
bably the correct reading. In A. 331 .
ovk av y eXovreQ aZdte av Odvotev av,
ye appears to have but little meaning.
Dindorf Prsef. ad Poet. Seen. Graec.
quotes this as one of the passages
where the copyists have inserted this
" particulam iratupapixaKov," from
being ignorant that av is either long
or short. On this point see his re
marks here, and in his preface to
Soph.p.lvi. See him also on Arist.
Vesp. v.228. Sometimes it answers
to le in a following clause, vauiv ye
rayoiarparuQ S' 6 Xonroe P. 472. Cf.
S.64.206. S.c.T. 1054.
Ttyiove'iv to declare, speak dis
tinctly, P.V. 521. 660. 789. 822. 992.
Imper. yiyuve from perf. mid. yeywva
P.V. 192. 786.
reyavioiceiv a lengthened form of
the prec. P.V. 600.
Feyuvoe clearly sounding, S.c.T.
425.
Teirove'iv to be near, S.761. P. 303.
Telriav neighbouring P.67. S.c.T.
468. With gen. ytiroveg KapSiae fii-
pifivai S.c.T. 270. cares sitting close
to the heart. With dat. S.c.T. 484.
voaog yeirwv epelSei A. 976. presses
close.
FeXifv to laugh. yeXip en dvlpi
Qtpjx^ E.530. laughs him to scorn.
TeXaofia laughter, P.V. 90.
 TEAii ( 70 )
YiXue laughter, C. 441. 727.
Yifteiv to be filled. With gen. rye
aXnBeiae yifitav A. 599. replete with
truth. irnfiovae yip.u>v 984. fraught
with woe. With dat. S.654. according
to some, but see yepapog.
Ttplfav to fill, A. 431.
TifxoQ a dish, a mess, A. 1194.
Yeved family, race, P.876. S.c.T.
1061. A. 1553. origin. xpvaoyovov ye-
vfdc ^><5e P. 80. some of the golden
shower.
YeviOXwe natal, giving birth, E.
283. in honour of birth. yeviOXwv
Zoaiv E.7. a birth-gift. proceeding
from a parent. yeveOXlove apde C.
899. a parent's curses. presiding
over a family. Otovg yevtOXiove KaXci
S.c.T. 621.
YivtdXov origin, descent, S.287.
offspring, A. 758.889. C.256.
Ytveide a beard, P. 308.
Yivtwv the chin, P. 1013. S.c.T.
648.
Yevirne presiding over a family, E.
73.
Yivva a race, P. 896. A. 1456. ob-
pavlav yivvav P.V. 164. the celestial
race, irifiirTti yivva 855. the fifth
generation. descent. rpiroQ yivvav
P.V. 776. third in descent, etc. P.V.
894. at^eripq: e'tKora yivva A. 738. re
sembling their original. progeny,
S.C.T. 730. C.245. P. 908. Xaylvav
yivvav A. 11 8. the hare hind, put
periphrastically for one of the hare
kind, h.e. a hare. See under Xdyivoe,
and cf. afiirepov yivog P. 142.
Yevva'ioe generous, noble, A. 600.
1278. E.595.
TevvalwQ generously, honourably,
A. 1171.
Yivvav to bring forth, S. 47.
Yivvrj/xa the act ofgeneration, P.V.
852.
Yevvi'iroip a parent, S. 203.
Yevos kindred, relationship. x^P'S
re yivove P.V. 290. besides being re
lated, lyyvrara yivove S.383. nearest
in kin. i\0pii>v bp,aip.b>v kuX fiiaivov-
tuiv yivoe S.222. violating the rights
of kindred, kv yivti of kin. itpoorpo-
TEPA
iraiwv iv yivti vEirTU)K6ru>v C.285. of
our own family, yivoe ayue'rtpovP.142.
one of our race. See Trarptovvfiiog.
origin, descent, yivog fiiv olla E.
396. Xi^ag %i)pav Kai yivoc 414. yivoQ
robfibv >g i\i 432. yivoe for Kara
yivog by descent. 'Apyiiai yivoe
i^tv\6fic<rda SC clvai S.271. Cf.275.
269.318. 2t' de rot yivoe ev^ofiid'
tlvai rd<rS' and yae ivoikoi 531. yivoe
Avpvaiog P. 316. offspring. Oillirov
yivoe S.C.T. 789. Alyvirrov yivoe S.
330.722. a race orfamily, S.c.T.127.
795.815.934.969. P.181. A. 664.773.
1088.1547.1579. C.1011. S.16.146.198.
492.528.579.583.588.626.797. P. V.232.
560.671. to <pu)Tu>v yivoe 549. the
race of mortals, flporwv yivoe C.627.
fiaoiXiKov yivoe P.V. 871. a line of
kings. Satfiovuiv yivoe S.c.T.218.
yvvaiK&v yivoe 238. 2?rapr(5v yivove
456. the Thebans. Olliirov yivoe 636.
783. 1048. Aatov yivoe 673. jiapfidpuv
yivti P. 426. IltptriKa yivti 508. yivog
to Yltpoav 974. to TlXuadivovg yivoe
A. 1584. ovStvl oirapTtov yivci E.388.
no race of created beings, yivoe TIe-
XaayGiv S.250. HafHpvXwv yivn 547.
yivoe AlyvTTTiov 797.a certain class
or quality of persons. dvSpuv ,vv
QeoTtTvorij) yivti S.c.T. 686. fjrte aia
tovt iireb-)(ETat yivoe Tpitpova dvartt
fit) /xtTaarivtiv irovwv E.58. to twv
SiKaiotv tovt dnivOriTov yivoe E.
872.
Yivve a jaw, S.c.T. 115.
Ytpaiog aged, S.475. P. 152.257.
668.690.818. comp. ytpairipa E.810.
antient. Ti.pidp.ov iroXie ytpaid A.
693.
Yepapoe venerable, as from age, etc.
ytpapoie iirixaprov A. 704. a favorite
with the aged. In S.653. yepapo'io-i
yefiovTwv QvpiXai the meaning, as
explainedby Pauw, is " senibus vene-
randis, in quorum gratiam copia ista
suppeteret, ut digne sacra facerent,"
yefiovTwv will then be taken abso
lutely, " let them befitted with gifts."
Abresch quotes some instances of
verbs of fulness with a dative, and thus
Schiitz translates, ministeriis fre
 TEPA ( 71 )
quentibus ajfluant. The other expla
nation, however, appears the best."
and for the aged priests, let the altars,
etc.
Tepag a prerogative, privilege, or
honour, P.V.38. A.891. C.255. E.200.
372. S.964. plur. yipa P.V.82. 107.229.
437.
Ttpatfipoveiv to think as an old man,
S. 356.
Tiptov aged, S.c.T.604. P.718. A.
1602. S. 174.756.839. pi. P.574.A.319.
570. 1642.Met. applied to inanimate
things, as yiptav \6yog A. 730. an an-
tient story, yepwv <j>6vog C.794. an
antient murder.
TtveoOat to taste, A. 1195.
Tt<j>vpa a bridge, P. 722.
T^ Earth, personified, S.c.T.69. P.
621 . 632. S. 301 . 867. 869. 876. 878. the
earth, P.V.90.415. pvxog yap 431.
the subterranean recess (e.g. /xv^og
xQovioq, see Herm. App. Vig.lll.)
560. oirn yve 564.669.685. (see rrpo)
926. S.C.T. 16. 343.930.999. P. 216. tVtp-
6e yijg 225. below the earth, 218.526.
586. 616.825. A.546. 873.990. 1519. avto-
dev yijg 1561. above the earth, roue
yiig vtpBev C. 39. 123. 146.276. Kara
yijg 371. E.961. below ground, C.468.
578. E. 159. wo yav 167.324. P.V.
152. Kara yav 352.802.833. under
ground, yijg vrrai 395.989. opposed
to the sea, S.747. 814.855. P.V.90.
denoting some particular countiy, e.g.
yrjv re Kal KaBfiov woXiv S.c.T.74.
the Theban land, Cf. S.c.T.549.610.
rriXovpdv yfjy P.V. 809. a distant land,
narpyag yve S.C.T.622. P. 896. A.
526. E.725. one's country. o-nXnpas
yijg P. 311. a rugged land, j yr) P.
778. sc. 'EXXr)vu>v Greece, ya 896.
Persia, rijg &Xov<rr]g yijg A. 330. the
captured land. StarrovTiov yag C.347.
a foreign land, avrov re Kal yrjv E.
280. Argos. yrjv rjv 'A)(a.ia>v a/cropeg
'Iveipav kfioi 376. Attica, Cf. C.992.
<3v iroXig, iSv yrj S.23. Cf. E.948. Ik
yijg r'lXaotv 305. Argos, Cf. 560.648.
659.672.685.757.KoX\fiog y&e P.V.
413. Colchis. 'laoVwc yrjv P. 174. the
land of the Ionians. yijg 'Aoiac'og 245.
nrN
Asia, yag 'AaiSog 262. yijg 'Ay^aiSog
480. Achaia. yav 'Aaiav P. 594. yrjv
'EXXatJa 795. Greece, yrj WXaraiiov
803. Platcea. 'IXidtSoe yijg A. 441.
Troy. 'Aepiag yag S.71. Egypt.
rav aav yav S.C.T. 101. yae raaSe
S.C.T.48.151. Cf. P. 664. 857. A.531.
605. 1255. 1393. 1565. C. 123. 533. 1038.
E. 751.767.814. S. 181. 248. 312. 532.
604.930.
Friyevrig earth-born, a son of the
soil, S.247. P.V.351. 567.680.
FrjOeiv to rejoice. Dor. yadovat]
<j>pcvi C. 761.
rfjdev from the earth, S.C.T. 229.
E.864.
Tnpavai to grow old. vvv h~t yi;-
pavai OeXio C.895. 1 wish to be allowed
to grow old.
Tripawg aged, S.601. P. 840.
FripaXiog aged, P. 167.
Fnpqv to preserve to old age. ovh'
iynpaaav rpoiprj S.871.
Frjpag old age, decay, A. 1604. Met.
ovk 'iari yfjpag tovSc tov fiiaafiarog
S.c.T. 664. this pollution will never
pass away.
rnpaiTKeiv to come to old age. yij-
paoKtov -xpovog E.276. P.V. 983. time
as it goes on.
TnpveoQai to speak, P.V. 78. S.455.
Tnpvirv prop, name, A. 844.
rv'yae a giant, S.c.T. 406. earth-
born, A. 677.
TiyveoOat to be born, to be gotten
or produced, P.694. E. 207.631. C.202.
yiyvofiivaiai Xa^r) rah" l<f afiiv e-
Kpavdr) E.329. to us at our birth, tridev
e ai/xarog yeyovaftEv S.c.T. 129. k&-
kwv c" tKart Kayivovro E.71. Met.
iuig yivoiro firjrpog tv<f>p6vrig irapa A.
256.to come to pass, to take place,
yvwfirtg awovorig Trfj/xa ylverai fliya
E.720. Cf.353.444. S.914. S.C.T.141.
8 p.rj yivoiro 5. which Heaven forbid,
ovriog yivoiro 508. may it be so, Cf.
C.545. P.430. A. 20. iirel yivoir av
fiXvaig 243. since it must come, yivoiro
/xoXovrog ev(j>iXij x*Pa avaicrog o'Lkwv
rrjSe fiaaraaai xEPl A. 34. may it be
my lot, etc. Cf. C. 380. ytVotro 2' >g
Ctpwra 660. Cf. C.771. aXXh fir)
 riNii ( 72 )
yivoiro irioe 1122. ei poxQiov yevoiro
riovF aXig y 1644. mora yivoiro X*Pa
C.391. Cf. C.100.203. E.274. S.449.
773.1033. A. 884. yeviaQo) S.922. let
it be done, yivoir av atta S.440.
others might be gotten.to become, to
turn out, to be. obh" eXuoTroia yiverai
to. oti/xara S.C.T.780. ob otyayia yi
verai icaXa 361. kwq aoi tvfifxaxoe
yevhaerai 568. Cf. P.V.319. S.C.T.421.
A. 609. E.131. S.471.774. yevr\oo\iai
P.V. 1005. E.66. S.C.T.1036. kyevopvv
P.847. S.c.T.761. yevov S.C.T.121.
131. A.99. C.2.19.244. S. 413.530. yi-
vetrde S.c.T.76. P. 167. C.84. yevoi-
fj.nvS.361.T60. yeVoioC.697. yivoiro
S.c.T.9.384.387.502. P.208.230. A.
338.1172.1489. C.829. E.288.522.554.
640. S. 225. 442. 752. yivwfiai A. 205.
S.330. yivn S.C.T.659. E.74. S.198.
yivryrai P. 738. A. 1632. P.V.463. ye-
vitrdai P.V.484. S.c.T.623. P. 214. A.
217.1503. C. 139.691. E. 256. 762. S.
289.iraiai Zk fiaXXov yeyivnrat C.
373. it has fallen more severely on the
children (sc. Orestes and Electra)
than on myself. So Schiitz. The
Schol. whom Heath follows, impro
perly refers it to Agamemnon, 'ivdov
yevov C.231. compose yourself, Cf.
Ter. And. ii. 4. Proin tu fac apud
te ut sies. vv Sk yevov, h.e. uyye-
vov 453. assist me. ri yiviafiai S.c.T.
279. what is to become of me ? ri
pi$,ia; yevwfiai; sc. rl yiviofiai E. 757.
784. ovif iyt>> rig av yevoifiav P.V.
907. / know not what would become
of me.
VtvixTKetv to know, P.V. 104. 309.
377. perf. tyvuica I know P.V. 51. fut.
yvwan A. 781. 1399. 1602. yvixr-g ra\a
A. 1633. you shall soon know the
consequences, 2 aor. eyvwv A. 1077.
imp. yviiBi S.421. yvuxrerai S. 55. to
form an opinion, icaicos ye /xdvrig av
yvoln raSe C.766. to resolve, decide,
yviodi riva ire/XTreiv fioKcHg S.c.T. 632.
634. yvwdi vavKknpe~iv woXiv 634.to
condemn, i.q. KarayivwaicEiv. pass, ov-
nva SnfirjXairlav yvb)a6elaai S.7. not
condemned to a public expulsion.
TXvKvg sweet, agreeable, P.V. 632.
tohs
700. On the latter passage see
TXwffo-a the tongue, P.V. 78.319.
329.886.891. S.c.T.241.421.538. P.398.
583. A. 36. (see povs) 023.671.1000.
1201.1372. 1612. 1647. C.307.557.574. E.
794.846.928.943. S.441. 927.972. Sitae
ovk airb yXwaang teXvovreg A. 787.
hearing the cause not from the mere
sound of words, i.e. deciding accord
ing to the truth. yXwatrne X"f"v ^-
264. for talking's sake.
Tvadogthe jaw. Met. P.V.64.368.
C. 278. 322. tzovtov ^aXfivlnaia yva-
Ooq P.V. 729. a gorge of the sea.
Blomf. compares Virg. G. iv. 467.
Tcenarias etiam fauces, alta ostia
Ditis.
Tvafiirreiv to bend, P.V. 997.
Tvdirreiv to tear piecemeal, P. 568.
Tva(/>eve a fuller, C.749.
Fviofia an opinion, A. 1325.
Tvi)fir) an opinion, A. 1321. arofia-
rog yv&finv 1454. the opinion ex
pressed. mo(j>povog yvtofiyg afxapretv
1649. yviijing airoa^aXelai P. 384. de
ceived in their opinion, irapa yvrnfinv
A. 905. 906. S.449. contrary to my opi
nion, diro yvu>fing E.644. from their
real judgment. intelligence, mind,
P.V. 287. 454. 890. E.720.will, pur
pose, P.V.525.542.1005.design, P.V.
869. P. 7 10.
Tviifxiav a judge, A. 1101.
Tv<i>pleiv to make known, P.V. 485.
TvttxTToe known, acquainted, C.691.
Toaadai to lament, P. 1029. pass.
yoarai Kardirrvarov C.623.
Yoelvog mournful, S.191. adverbi
ally yoelva mournfully, P. 1013. 1020.
yoelva V avdtfilfanat S.69. is ex
plained by the Schol. to tG>v you>v
avdog aTroSptVojuat / indulge in grief,
avde/xl^oixai may, however, perhaps
better be referred to izapeidv, and
yottW be understood adverbially
mourning, yoehvog &v P. 996.
Yoepog melancholy, A. 1149.
Torig (?) yorirwv vofiov C. 809.
Blomf. alters this to yonrwv as from
yonriig (?) from yodia, h.e. a song of
mourners, yoririov from yot/g a juggler,
 roaio ( 73 )
is, according to him, unsuited to the
sense of the passage. That yofc may
mean the same, sc. a mourner, appears
doubtful. The whole passage ical
tote Sr) wXovrov Su)jxa.Tii)v Xvrr)piov
drjXvv ovpioararav 6/iov KpEKrov yor/-
Tii>v vofiov p.ttir\ao\itv iroXet, is so ob
scure and probably corrupt, that it is
difficult to decide anything upon it.
By 7r\ouroi' SiO)j.aT0)v Xvrnptov, Ab-
resch understands the riches of the
house, which now would be freely
dispersed for the good of the people ;
Heath more correctly, divitias cedium
in expiationem, sc. that by liberality
they might in some measure atone
for their crime. These explanations,
however, are nugatory, from the ob
vious corruption of the words. Blomf.
conj. koX tot fjSri ttoXvv. From the
expression Xvrqpiov we may possibly
infer that yor/rmv rouov a song of
enchanters is correct. And then (sc.
when Mercury shall lend his aid) we
will utter for the sake of the city a
female strain of enchantment, auspi
ciously performed to the sound of
timbrels, to release the house (from
the curse). If irXovrov be correct
(which, or some other substantive,
seems to be required by bfiov follow
ing), the meaning will be, that both
by liberality with their wealth (either
offered in sacrifice or given in largess)
and also by songs of enchantment,
they would seek to remedy the evil.
Topog a, cargo, cirtjf yt jiu'Cb) ical
fiiy ip.irXfiaag yofxov S.439. This is
unintelligible. Butler, conj. ical fiey
IfnrXijaai yop.ov sc. <3ote. This affords
a good meaning: ^ti'fw refers to &XXa,
sc. other possessions, even larger than
the loss, so as fully to make up the
cargo. The construction would be
rather better if the verses 439. 440.
were transposed.
Tofufioc'eTOQfastened with na7s,S.826.
Tofxfyog a nail, S.923. S.c.T.524.
Topipovv to fasten with nails, S.435.
Tovfi a generation, P.V.776. P. 804.
a family, a race, yovr) apa'tog A.
1546. a succession of curses.
tpa*
Toviag blowing from a family.
Met. xeifibv yoviag C.1063. a storm
ox family commotion. On the names
of winds ending in lag and formed
from substantives, see Bl. Gloss, in
loc. Schneid. in Lex. less correctly
understands yoviag as the gen. of
yoviog sub. avpag.
Tovog progeny S.308. C.251.pro
creation, tov etcTiacv yovio S. 163.
apaevog yovov C.495. the descendant
of the male branch. Seeapanv. yovog
irXovroyQwv E.906. a rich produce
of the soil, but this is doubtful, from
something being lost in the MSS.
Tow the knee. Kap.Ttrtiv yovv to
rest oneself, P.V.32.396. iwl yovv k-
icXirai P.894. is humbled, throwndown.
So. A. 64. yovarog Kovlaiotv epctSofii-
vov said of a vanquished combatant.
rdoe a mourning cry, S.c.T.639.
836.899.947.950. P. 537. 573. 683. 691.
910.1007.1032. A. 57. 1049. 1420. C. 318.
327.442. S.109. P.V.33.
Fopyetog belonging to the Gorgons,
Topytloiai rviroig E. 49. the figures of
the Gorgons.
Topyuvuog id. P.V.795.
Fopyoveg the Gorgons, P.V.801.
C.1044. E.48.
Topyog terrible, S.c.T.519.
Topy&irig name of a lake in the
Isthmus of Corinth, A. 293.
Vopywirog looking terribly, P.V. 356.
Tovv at any rate, at least, A. 421.
1399. S.19.
Tpa'ta aged, E.69. 145. old, dried,
A. 286.
Tpapua a letter, S.c.T.416.628.642.
ypafifiariov avvQi.af.ig P.V.548. com
binations of letters, ypap/xaTUiv evavX-
Xafidlg S.C.T.450. id.
Tpavg an old woman, E. 38.
Tpatyuv to write.mid. v. Met. to
write upon the mind, iv fptalv ypa-
fov C.443. S.969. pass. S. 690.969.
to describe, pourtray. KapT airofiavawg
tfada ytypafifiivog A. 775. painted
in unseemly colours, yeypafifiivag
Seiirvov <j>epovaag E.50. painted as
carrying off the feast.
Tpaipf) a picture, irpiwovaa u>g iv
 tpy* ( 74 ) AAIA

ypacpdig A. 233. looking as if in a pic iroig S.279. in forms such as women

ture, 1302. See airoyyog. In C.230. wear, yvvaiicdag TrvXag C.865. the
tig M Orjpibiv ypa<f>riv, Pauw and gates leading to the women's apart
Schiitz correct iv li, which Butler ments, yvvaiicdoim ii>jxaac C.36.
approves, sc. et quce in Mis est, fera- TvvatKofiovXog counselling as a
rum pioturam. Blomf. and Wellauer woman, C.617.
explain dg as referring to lc~ov or TvvaiKoiclipvKTOQ published by a
(IXeipov look upon it. This is very woman, A. 474.
harsh. May tic probably have the TwaiKSfii/xog imitating a woman,
same sense as iv, ypa<pttv dg n being P.V. 1007.
equally good with ypa<j>eiv iv nvi ? TwaiKOTrXnOt'ig composed of women,
The words will then be equivalent to P. 122.
Onpla daytypafifiiva. TvvaiKOTroivoQ avenging a woman,
Tpv\p a gryphon, a fabulous bird, A. 218.
P.V.806. Twr) a woman, as opposed to a
Tva afield, P.V.369.710. Elmsley man or otherwise, e.g. avrjp yvvr\ re
on Bacch.13. Heracl.839. contends S.c.T. 179. fiiXu yap avdpt, /u)) yvvfi
that the masc. form yvng is prefer fiovXeveTU), T&foOev 182, etc. X6\og
able in the Attic writers. waiZtov, yvvaiKwv E.981. ovtoi yv-
TiaXova low ground, a plain, S.545. va'tKag aXXa Topyovag Xiyu> E.48. rav
Fvwfiapr'ie oppressing the limbs, A. fif.v /3oo, rav 2' av yvvaiKog S.565.
63. a woman, generally, e.g. S.c.T.627.
Tvlov a limb, P. 877. fieXayx^oig 1029. and passim.as a contemptuous
yvioioi Xcvkwv Ik irtirXiOfiaTtav IStiv epithet. aU' i? yvvaiKu>v ig iroXiv
S.701. with dark limbs appearing to SoKtlg fioXeiv S.891. added to the
view from under white garments. offices of females. B/xidal yvvaiiceg
FvioirtSn a getter, P.V. 168. C. 82. 1044. handmaidens. nXetrtpopog
Tv/iva^ctv to harass, P.V. 588. A. yvvn Towapypg C.653. Here Schiitz,
526. pass. P.V. 594. from the addition of rig, understands
TvfivSe naked, S.c.T.414. Met. des it to mean a housekeeper. This
titute, yvfivog iifii TrpoTcofiw&v P. 993. Butler rightly refutes, observing that
Tvfxvovv to lay bare, to draw forth the construction is i^eXOiro) rtg, ti<o-
(as a sword or spear), S.c.T. 606. See fxaroiv reXecrfopog yvvn, paaiXeia
apira^ctv. yvvai P. 615. O queen. In S.c.T.207.
Tvvaiicciog female, belonging to KEidap-^ia yap itrri rife dnrpa^iag fxr\-
women, rif yvvauctltp yivti S.c.T. 170. rnp, yivrj, (TWTijpog, yvvn if correct
the female sex. ywaiKtiu) vo/xa> A. must be taken with Brunck, as instead
580. after the manner of women, yv- of the voc. yvvai. Blomf. corr. yv
vaiKeiav aijQiav C.621. a woman's vai.a wife, A. 16.251.558.592.1481.
rule. yvvaiKiitov otoXwv E.818. pro C.88. E.202. P. 152. 396. 690.
cessions of women, iv yvvatKtioig rv- r.vwiag inhabited by vultures, S.774.

Aa. O earth, P.V. 567. A. 1042. 1046.
E. 805. 836. It is a Doric form of yij
upon which the Etymologicon quoted
by Stanley observes, ol Aiapielg rf/v
yijv Sav Xiyovai, Kal Alav,iiQ ical rbv
yv6(j>ov, Zv6<j>ov 0tC ha ovv, <j>tv yij.
The form occurs in Aristoph. Lys . 198.
AaSaxng proper name of a man, P.
296.
Aaijvai to understand, fpovrtaiv
Sadg C.595. iSdn XayoSairag irofi-
irovg t apxag A. 122. he understood
the import of.
AaiSaXog curiously wrought, E.605.
 AAIE ( 75 )
Aoieic to kindle, A. 482. C.850.
to feed, E.295.
Aaf^civ to cleave, ica.pa.va. lai^ag
C.390.to kill, A. 201.to lay waste,
destroy, S.664.
Aa'iKTi'ip piercing, S.c.T.899.
Aaiicriop piercing, excruciating, S.
779.
Aaifiovav to lie under an evil in
fluence, to rave, C.559. S.c.T.992.
Aaifioviog sent from God, S.c.T.
873. P. 573. Biav 2' ovtiv ki,OTr\i^u
ray airoivov laifioviwv S.93. This
passage is corrupt, the verse in the
antistrophe IvtrirapajiovKoiai typtaiv
requiring the penult, of airoivov to
be short. Hence the reading and
explanation of Heath, Schiitz, and
Pearson are nugatory. Pauw conj.
raj' aitovov, but gives an absurd ex
planation. Wellauer proposes an easy
emendation, nav arrovov laijioviuv ;
the sense will then be, yet he exerts
no violence: every act of divine power
or persons being done without labour.
a divinity, male or female, opposed
to a mortal. i\8civ riv avrolg laifiov
t) fiporiov Tiva C. 117. 7rd>Te ol Kara
irroXiv laifioveg TCKal fiporoi E.970.
a god or goddess generally, E. 530. w
XpwoiriiknZ SaXfiov S.c.T. 102. Mars,
rov )(0oviov lai/j.ovog S.c.T. 505. Ty-
phon. in plur. P.V. 85. 199.229.492.
663.921. S.C.T. 77. 92. 157. 193.218. 497.
P.710. 797. 966. A. 175.621. C. 212. 430.
E.23. 101.292.769.881.889.908. S. 79.
214.477.674.870.900. airorpmoioi hii-
fioai P. 199. see airorpoirog. roue yijg
tvipBe Zaifiovag C.123. the gods below,
ypaiag Sai/iovag E. 145. the Furies.
waXaiag Saifiovag 697. id. ro\tov\oi
laifiovig S.c.T.805. the tutelar gods
of the city, lalfioveg avriiXwi A. 505.
the gods placed before the doors of
houses. in sing, a ruling genius,
fortune, either good or bad ; a good
deity, orav 6 lalfiiav tvporj P. 593. Cf.
594. a bad deity, presiding over a
race, family, etc. S.cT.687.794.939.
P. 337. 346. 464, 507. 711. 831. 875.885.
904. A. 746. 1148,1447. 1456. 1461. 1550.
fortune, P. 154. 811. A. 1652. 1648.
AAI2
C.506. a deified person, rov Sai-
fiova Aaptiov P. 612. Cf.633.
Aae'oe I. hostile, ^.wretched. Herm.
on Soph. Aj. 771. observes, that laiog
in the sense of wretched has the Doric
form even in iambics, but that where
it denotes an enemy, the common
form Irfiog is employed. In lyric
passages, he remarks that the Doric
form is used for both meanings. This
observation appears not quite correct.
laiog occurs in the sense of enemy
in iambics in S.c.T.260. Xdfvpa lau>v,
which is the reading of all MSS. and
Edd. Here Blomf. against all these
reads Brjiov. On the other hand, in
C.619. Stjoto-tv occurs in a chorus,
where the MSS. and Edd. all have
Inioig, with rj. Here Herm. and
Schiitz read Zyoioi. In P.V. 352.
either sense may be given to the
word. It seems then that nothing
can be with certainty decided with
respect to the usage of the two words.
From Irjiog an enemy, we have the
verb dti'iou), and the adjectives &lr]og
Soph. (Ed. C. 1533. and IndXatrog.
Again, from Zdiog wretched, comes
hii6(j>pwv S.c.T. 901. Adiog in the
sense of hostile, occurs in P.V. 421.
S.C.T. 112. 132.204. P. 252. C.423. E.
154. S. 1050. in the sense of wretched,
in P. 274. 278. 947. All these are lyric
passages. Once (see above) laiuiv
the enemy, in iambics S.c.T.260. but
in A. 545. Srjioiv. See Lobeck on
Soph. Ajax. 784.
Aaicxjipiav exciting mournful feel
ings, S.c.T.901. from laiog (q. v.)
wretched. The vulg. here is Bafypwv,
which the metre, as well as the sense,
shews to be wrong; lafypwv means
either warlike, or prudent (see Buttm.
Lexil.), neither of which are applicable
here.
Aalga feast, A.712. 1215. 1575. <5a-
reg C.476.
Aac fight, iv la-ili S.c.T. 908.
Here the abbreviated form iv lot is
read by Med. Regg. H. L. and
adopted by Schiitz, Schwenk, Blom-
field and Lachmann.
 AAIT ( 76 )
AairaXevg 0. guest, P. V. 1026.
AaKvaeodai to bite.Mid. to bite
oneself, to gnash the teeth in pain, P.
563.
Acucyciy to bite, P. V. 1011. C.989.
to wound or hurt, S.c.T.381. SiSny-
iiiy<l> chafed or irritated (as a wound),
C.830. but the reading is uncertain.
Wellauer proposes ZoLuf for fovy, it
not being the <$>6voq but Zolioq which
was IXxaivwy and SeSny/xivoe. He
also rightly observes, that it would
hardly be consistent in ^Egisthus to
make allusion to the former murder.
He is wrong, however, in supposing
that the dative tjnUy cannot mean
accedens ad cosdem, cf. S.c.T.419,
etc. Schiitz considers h tnyiii >(,> to
have an active signification, which is
very improbable.
Aaicog a beast or monster, S.cT.
540. A. 1205. C.523. P.V.584. 'Ap-
ytiov Sarae A. 798. the Grecian horse.
Adupv a tear, S.c.T.50. P.V.641.
A. 197. C. 150. Sdxpva S.C.T.946. <5a-
icpvioy P. V. 146. S.573. E.914. Sdicpv(Ti
P. 531. A. 1529.
Aaxpvttv [0] to weep, A. 70. C.79.
With ace. to weep for, A. 1468. mid.
v. S.c.T.796. The penult, of this
verb is long. See Pors. on Med. 1218.
who considers C.79. corrupt. This
verse, however, ought not to be written
as an iambic trimeter, but as a doch-
miac, sc. arvyog Kparovan \ SaKpvto
2' vtf tlfidrwy fiaraioig. So Blomf.
Adxpiiia a tear, P. 131.
Aaicpvoyovoc exciting tears, S. 665.
Adicpvov a tear, A. 261, etc.
AaKpvowerije causing tears to drop,
S.105.
AatcpvaiaraKTOQ dropping tears,
P.V.398.
AaicpvTOQ mourned with tears, C.
235.
AaKpvyieiv, to shed tears, S.c.T.
902.
Aa.KTv\6l(tKTOQ pointed out by the
finger, conspicuous, A. 1306.
AaXde a torch, C.600.
Aafideiy to subdue, C.321. oirot
ov ciayua'ftrai i.e. $afidcrat S.861. it
AA*0
does not fail to subdue, pass. P.271.
S.C.T. 320. 747.
AdfiaXie a heifer, S.346.
Adfiap a wife, P.V.559.837.
Ad/xios. See Srifiiog.
Adpvao-Oai to subdue, mid. v. P.V.
164.pass. S.882. aor. 1. pass. Siin-
divTEQ P.872. aor. 2. Saptlt A. 1426.
1474.1500. P.V. 424.604.863. C.362.
irXtjyttg Otov fidariyi TayKoivtf 'Safin
S.c.T. 590. for Ih'dfir) by elision.
Aavaoi the Greeks, as descendants
of Danaus, A. 66. 145.
Aavao'e a proper name, S. 11. 316.
947.957.
AdirtSov a plain, C.787. P.V.831.
Adirreiv to devour or consume, Met.
P.V. 368. pass. 435.901. to tear,
SdvTw irapttdv S.67.
Aapeioyevris born of Darius, P. 6.
141.
Aapiios proper name, P. 152, etc.
In P. 643. the oldest editions have the
form Aapeidv, which Brunck and
Porson alter into Aaptiov. Brunck
rightly doubts the form Aapeidy.
What Aapeidy can be is difficult to
say. In P. 653. likewise, we have
/3ct<Tk" wdrep aKaice Aapeidy, oil where
Pauw reads Aaptt ay, ol, i.e. avd-
ftaau. Schiitz in ed. 1. Aapit dvu,
Darie redi, but in his second ed. fol
lows Porson, who retains the vulgate.
Aapojjioe long lived, S.c.T. 506.
AapoQ long. Sapov -)(p6vov S. 511.
lapov adv. long, P.V. 651. 942. See
'Addva.
AdaKiog very shady, P.308.ob
scure, S. 87.
Aacrfio<j>opeiy to pay tribute, P. 578.
Aardfias proper name, P. 921.
Aarrjpwg dividing, irarpywy x/"!"
pdriav larrtpioi S.c.T.693. pretending
a division of their father s property .
AaTTjrfiQ a divider. Dor. Sarnrdg
S.c.T. 926.
AavXuvc of Daulis, C.663.
AavXog shaggy, bushy. Met. dark,
obscure, S.87.
AatyvoQopoc bearing laurel, S.687.
AaipoivoQ bloody, bloodthirsty, P.V.
1024. C.599.
 AE (77 )
Ae a conjunction, generally placed
second in a sentence, e.g. <j>iXavdpu>-
irov Si iravtoQai rpo7rovP.V.ll. some
times third, e.g. rf)v Ktirpwp.ivnv Si
%pr) alaav <j>iptiv >g pyora P.V. 103.
more rarely fourth, e.g. iy ra izpo-
Ovfitiadai Si Kai roXfiav Tiva bpag
ivovaav fafiiav; P.V. 381. It signi
fies: 1. (as opposed to piv preceding)
but, e.g. aXytivo uiv fxoi Kai Xiyeiv
iarlv rait, aXyog Si oiyav P.V. 197.
these things are, indeed, painful to
speak of, but it is painful also to
keep silence. 2. Without piv, but,
nevertheless, to express something
opposed to what has preceded, e.g.
<Tvp<pnp', avnKovaTtiv St tSiv irarpbg
Xoyiov oiov re izHg ; P.V. 40. I assent :
nevertheless, how is it possible to dis
obey the commands of Jupiter ? 3. To
carry on the subj ect, equivalent almost
to teal and, e.g. <ic av SiSa\0ij rijv
Awe rvpavviSa aripytiv, (ptXavdpwirov
Si wavtodai rp&irov P.V. 11. that he
may be taught to acquiesce in the
sovereignty of Jupiter, and to cease
from his good will to men. 4. With
a negative in the clause preceding,
it has the force of aXka, but, on the
contrary, e.g. oil Kar ta\vv ovM irpog
to Kaprtpov, SoXtp Si P.V. 211. not by
strength nor by violence, but by cun
ning, fit) ti )(XiSrj SoKtirt \ir\r avOaSitp
triyav pt, avvvo'iq Si SaiTTopat Ktap
434. think not it is from pride that I
am silent; on the contrary, my heart
is rent with care, etc. 5. In interro
gations it is used, 1. to express tran
sition, e. g. irolov )(p6vov St Kai vrtwdp-
Onrai 7ro\(c; A. 269. But how long
since has the city been laid waste ?
2. In the first part of an interro
gation, referring to something pre
ceding, e.g. kKveiq <j>diypa rag (iov-
Ktpui 7rap0tvov ; 7r<5c 3' ov kXvw rrjg ol-
BTpoStvriTOv Kopng; P.V.590. Do you
hear the voice of the virgin ? Why,
how can I help hearing her ? In P.
326. (which Hermann explains thus,
though It is preceded by ardp, and
thus made unnecessary) woaov n the
reading of Turn, is adopted by Glasg.
AE
ed. Blomf. etc. In this construction
its usage is very similar to that of
yap, q. v. This usage of St obtains
also, 6. without interrogation, to as
sign a reason, e. g. tTravaSlirXat Kai
aa<pS)Q tKfiavdavt, axoXfj St wXtiwy 7)
OiXw irdptorl poi P.V. 820. Repeat
the question, etc. for / have more
leisure than I wish. Thus P.V. 824.
953. S.c.T.76.231. P. 139. 692. etc.
Upon this meaning of Si, Hermann
on Viger p. 675. has this observation,
" Proprie non magis Si pro yap, quam
apud Latinos autem pro enim dicitur ;
sed ubi quid in reddenda ratione sic
affertur, ut id partem aliquam rei, de
qua servus est, constituat, plane ut in
quavis narratione, ubi novum praece-
dentibus praedicatum accedit, Si et
autem locum habent, quippe ob id
ipsum, quod novum quid accedit,
oppositionem quandam fieri indican-
tes. Horn. U.. 416. de arbore fulmine
icta, roe S' ovirtp t\ti Opdaog, og Ktv
"iSnrai, iyyvg iuiV ^aXtirog Si Awg
piyaXoio Ktpavvog: timet, qui prope
videt fulmen immitti: grave autem
fulmen Jovis est." The remarks of
the same critic upon the contrary
use of yap where Si might be ex-
peeted, are also well worth quoting.
" Observa, non raro yap dici, ubi Si
expectasses. Cujusmodi loci ssepe
fraudem fecerunt criticis, ut ad
emendationemconfugerent: v. c. apud
iEsch. A. 767. (739. ed. Well.) to yap
Svootfiig ipyov /lira piv wXtlova
TiKTtt, otytripo} S' tiKora yivvq.. o1ku>v
yap tvdvSiKtav KaXXtTratg irorpog altl.
Hie pro secundo yap fuerunt qui,
quod prorsus alienum est, praesertim
in tragico, S' op' scriberent. Recte
vero poeta yap posuit, etsi poterat
Si; sed alia, prouti baa aut altera
particula utare, conformatio senten
tial est. Si Si, opposita duo simpliciter
commemorantur: ex impiis faclis
mala, ex justitid autem felicitas nas-
citur. Sin yap, prior sententia pri-
maria est, altera autem quasi obiter,
ut quae per se vera sit, prioris con-
firmandae caussa adjicitur: ex, impiis
 AE
factis mala nascuntur: nam justitia
semper bonus fructus habet. Et sic
ubique, ubi yap pro 2t positum videri
potest. 7. In answering, or remark
ing on something preceding, e.g.
yevoiro 2' ovtimiq C.545. well, may it
be thus. So E.217.975. S.219. For
the use of le in replies with an ad
versative sense, see Erfurdt on Soph.
(Ed. Tyr.380. 3. To express mere op
position, e.g. rj Kravoiiaa, epf) ie /*>;-
rnp. C.188. she who slew him, and who
is my mother. Cf. C.828. 9. Where
the same word is repeated, to give
force to the expression, e.g. leiva
Xe^ai, Beiva 2' 6<p8aXp.ois SpaKelv E.
34. wapoi-^erat ttovoq, Trapoi\eTai Se
k.t.X. A. In this case fiev very com
monly precedes M. e.g. fiapela fiev
icrjp to pi) irideaOat, fiaptia. 2' ei tekvov
lotto A. 200. 10. Preceded by koA
with some other word intervening,
e.g. P.V. 975. (cat at 2' iv tovtoiq
Xey<o and I reckon you also among
these. So P. 149. 538. 765. C. 866. E.
65.384. S.791. Porson on Orest.614.
denies that these particles are ever
used by the tragic writers in this
collocation, but this remark has been
justly refuted by Schafer Ad Long.
p.350. Herm. on Vig.677. 11. It is
sometimes used in the apodosis of a
sentence, especially (as Herm. ob
serves) when the former member is
rather long, to distinguish it more
clearly from the protasis. Thus in
P. 405-407. the protasis is we 2f
irapijv, and the apodosis is avroi Se
Kaiovro k.t.X. when the mass of ships
became crowded together, and they
had no means of aiding each other,
then they were struck, etc. Butler
not remarking this conj. avroi 0\
which Blomf. follows. Thus, in the
apodosis after ei. A. 1031. ei 2' avv>i-
fiti>v ovtra pr) Be%ei Xoyov, av 2' avrl
(jxovfie <f>pae Kapfidvy xeP>- tf through
ignorance you do not understand me,
do you then make a sign with your
hand. So in E.845. ei pev ayvov
sari aoi ireidovs triflas, yXwaane epfjg
pttXiypa Kal deXicriipiov, <n) 2' oZv
( 78 ) AEIA
pivoiQ av ei St ft>) QlXeiQ fiiveiv k.t.X.
where the letter St answers to piv,
the former 2t being in the apodosis
of the first clause. There is a curi
ous instance of 2c inserted after evre
in a long sentence (cf. Herm. Vig.
676.) in S.c.T.727. 'An-oXXwyoe evre
Aaioe fiia, rpic ei7rovTOC ev peaop(pu-
Xoiq HvOikoIc -)(pn(!Tr)pioiQ, dvijOKovra
ytvvag arep aui^eiv ttoXiv, KparnOtiQ
2' Ik (f/iXtov a/3ou\i'eue eyeiva.ro pev
jiojiDi' avriji, where Well, wrongly
places a full stop after woXiv. The
whole sentence is in apposition with
irapatfiaaiav ukvttoivov in v. 725. In
C.615. anaipioQ 2e, many conjectures
have been proposed, all of them very
unsatisfactory. Wellauer conceives
that le is used in the apodosis after
tirei, and that hvatyiXtQ yaprjXevpa
and the other accusatives are go
verned by Ww, to be understood from
v.620. where it is repeated. The
sense would then be, " Since I have
mentioned atrocious crimes, I then
celebrate, though unseasonably, a
hateful marriage," etc. See rieiv.
Thus after a parenthesis, when the
sense has been interrupted, 2t is
introduced, A. 12-16. evr av vvkti-
irXayKTOv evh'pocov r t'xw evt/Vv ovei-
poie ovk ETnoKowovpevnV (tpofioc yap
virvio) orav 2' aeiSeiv rj ptvipiadai
IokS) k.t.X. whenever I occupy my
couch unvisited by dreams (for, etc.)
whenever, I say, / think to prevent
sleep by song, etc. So in C.687. Kai
vvv 'Qpitrrns, (Jiv yap irdSa) vvv 2'
fjirep k.t.X. Compare Soph. El. 776.
where 2t is similarly used after a
long parenthesis. It is also used in
addressing, w \lepcrityaooa, Zoq fie y
tvfAop<pov Kparoe C.483. Upon this
construction see Porson on Eur.
Orest.614.
Ae'iypa an apparition, a spectre,
A. 950. Here Cas. and Stanl. read
Selpa, which has been unnecessarily
adopted by Schiitz and Blomf.
AelSeiv to fear, efieiaa S.c.T.185.
SeSoiKa 231.746. A.1515. E.368. P.
737. 2'2ia P.V. 183.904. Seiaas A. 907.
 AEIK ( 79 )
Idaaaa S.c.T.172. E.88. itltravnc
S.737. SeJWlc E.669.
AtiKvvvai to shew, display, point
out. Zd,u> E.632. iBeifa P. V. 456. 480.
c~e~ov 610.626. Edfare S.c.T.159. C.
978. g4$aiP.V.170.916 ra ttIot iSci-
Zarnv A.637. gave pledges, irfyuar'
idd^ar Ik <j>vydg S.c.T. 964. caused.
This, as the Schol. observes, refers
only to Polynices, although the plural
is used, orofidruiv Sd^o/xcv loyyv C.
710. exert it.
AdXcuog wretched, P. 317. P.V.581.
pitiful, C.510.
Atifia terror, P.V.581. S.509.561.
719, etc. a thing causing terror, P.V.
694. P. 206. C.517. Mfia ttoXituv
S.c.T. 1053. fear of the citizens. Set-
fxarwy &xit by periphrasis. C.579.
odious terrors.
Acipaiveiv to fear, P.V. 41. S.70.
P. 592. Here nc is understood from
jSporoic. to terrify, E. 494. The con
struction of this latter passage is, as
Miiller observes, toff oirov to deivoy
cv (naOfi/ievov) <cal tpptvUv kirioKoirov
KaSiijitvov Ztifxavei, i.e. there are
cases in which the terrible, sitting in
the right place and controlling the
soul, will put it in fear.
AtifiaToaTayfc dropping with ter
ror (formed by the analogy of aifia-
TooraytiQ, etc.), C.829. Here Stanley
and Abresch. read aifiaTooraytg un
necessarily.
AeifiarovoOai to be frightened, Sei-
[tarovfievot \6yot C. 832. timid words.
Atlv to want, tov iravTog Su> P.V.
1008.impers. Se7, there is need of.
With gen. of thing, C.866. E. 94. 793.
S. 412. followed by infin. P. V.872. 877.
S.402.With ace. of pers. and gen.
of thing. avTOv yap be iti irpofirfBiuig
P.V. 86.With dat. of person and
gen. of thing, orb) Set dxio/iacwr irai-
wvlwv A. 822. del it is necessary, it
behoves, ri ravra ircvOeiv Set; A. 553.
584. C. 541. 575.604.657. 661. E.254.
561.790. S.385.445. P.V.9. ^(<T0ai
m. v. to have need of. kppLnviwg ioike
h'nrdai A. 1033. E.696. S.353. to de
sire, diofiai avrla <pacrdai P. 686. So
AEPK
Pauw, and recent, for vulg. Sdoficu.
c lupin Dind.
Aeiy to bind, E.611. P.V. 15.
Aeivog terrible, formidable, P. 27.
241.568. S.C.T.408.578. A. 1188. C.247.
579. E. 34. 100. 124. 224. august, dread,
P.58. urgent, strong (as a motive),
P.V. 39. S.1022. E.827. skilled, P.
40. With infin. Seivog tvpdv a/XT/-
yavtov iropovg P.V.59. to Setv6v C.
625. E.668. that which is terrible, to
itivov E. 492. terror. See Zeifialveiv.
Adirvov a supper, a meal, P. 367.
A. 126. 1583. E. 51. 108. S.782.
Aenri'ivcopfearing a husband, A. 148.
Aixa ten, P.V.776. P.331.421. A.
1587.
Aeicag the number of ten, P. 322.
AinaTog tenth, A. 40. 490.
Atxrwp one who undertakes, E. 195.
AcXroypaipog describing as on a
tablet, mindful, E.265.
AeXroi tablets, P.V. 791.
AtXrovodai to engrave (as on tab
lets). Met. S.176.
Ae\<j>6e a proper name, E. 16.
Acfiae the body, P.V. 146. 363. 1020.
1053. S.C.T. 504. 524. P.205.448. A.
1118. C.288. S.297. periphr. firi-
rpuiov Sifiac E. 84. a mother.
AefxvioTTipris keeping the bed, caus
ing to keep the bed, A. 53. 1424.
AevBpoirfifiuiv injuring trees, E.898.
Aei6g right, to Se^iov pacP.391.
the right wing, Sfijiae %ePC -A-. 1378.
the right hand.lucky, auspicious,
P.V. 487. A. 143.
Ai^iovaOai to salute with the right
hand. With dat. A. 826.
AfHiwri'/jori.q. Se^wg right-handed.
vtp<rt ct.'iihiyvfjoig S.602. right hands.
Aiogfear, P. 689.
Aipyfia a look, P. 82.
Ae'pj; the neck or throat, A. 320.
849.1238. C.562.
AipKzaQai to see or behold, P.V.
54.304.538.845. iUpx&m P-V.546.
c~tpx9tlTE 93. 140. ZpaKt'iv A. 588. E.
34, lilopKEV P. 968. SdopKwc P.V.
682. A. 1152. S. 404. "Aprjy StSopKoruy
S.c.T. 53. looking like Mars, h. e.
fierce. Opp. to aXaog E.312. Cf.366.
 AESM ( 80) A EXE

ktvttov SidopKa S.c.T.99. I perceive Blomf. rightly observes, is Aiairora,

a noise. <pavndt, Snug KXvng a\v Seenrorov.
Aeo/jiiog having power to bind, E. The former referring, of course, to
297.319. vfivog Zeatitog " carmen liga- Darius, the latter to Xerxes. Wel-
torium est, ex genere incantationum lauer wrongly compares it with 5>
quoFuriaeOrestem, se quasi constric- Kioto. KtarStv v. 667. In plural, sig
turas et in potestatem suatn redac- nifying only one person, A. 32. C. 52.
turas esse, minitantur." Schiitz. 80.
Stanley quotes a passage from Syne- AeCpo hither, P.V.827. P.521. A.
sius, eyta ye toi Kai eirtaSag olSa Kat 273.1631.1652. C. 136. 177.665. E.460.
KaTaSear/xove teat epwriKag Karavayicag 735.993. S.946. Sevpo eZoKeXXerai S.
atg ovk eludg avTiayetv ovde irpoc 433. what it comes to is this. Sevp'
Ppay(y nje ra\ara'. fxoiTTivaai i. e. Sevp' eXBovra iiroirTtv-
Aeapog a chain, P.V.6.113.141. crat C.576.devp' ael E. 566. ever up
154.176.507.772.1008. C.975, etc. im to this time. Upon this phrase, Por
prisonment P.V.97. A.1604. pi. df.tr- son, on Orest. 1679, observes, " Haec
fiovg P.V.523. g(T/iaP.V.52.511.993. vox fevpo, qua? plerumque locum,
This is one of those nouns which, significat, hie de tempore ponitur.
being masculine or feminine in the Mixta quidammodo notione sumitur,
singular, allow the plural to be neuter. in Heracl. 850. rairo tovZ' fftn kXvwv
Porson on Med. 494. cites as instances Aiyotfj.' av aXXov, c~tvpo 8' avrbg elcrt-
of this, dtypog, Btypa, kvkXoq, kvkXo, diiv." He then cites many instances
KeXevOog, KiXevOa, Secfiog, (leaflet, &t- of the same construction, q.v. xoT
rog, aira, in addition to which Bl. Sjy /xe Sevpo rjyayeg; A. 1109. what is
Gl. P.V.6. cites TpaxrjXoc, cper/iog, this place whither you have brought
raprapog, pvwog, fivpog, itoxXog, Trvpat me? irpdg SwLta Sevp' aaro'tai Knpva-
or izvpa. So Mceris, p. 127. Atouta, aetv fioijv A. 1322. to desire the citi
ovdertph)Q, 'AmK&g. Sec/fioi, apoevtKwg, zens to come hither to the house to the
EAAijvi/cwe. rescue.
Atcfiwfia a chain work, P. 731. Aevrepog second, C.8.203. E.3.
Attrfiurng chained, P.V. 118. rnpvi>y 6 Bevrepog A. 844. a second
Aeairo^ttv to he master, P.V. 209. Geryon. Sevrepav leevXnyiiivog sc.
With gen. Zecnrooetv Zr/vog P.V. 932. TrXqyriv A. 1318. Divripotg httoyfiatrt
to have a clear conception of, A. 529. E. 134. by a second pursuit, to Szvte-
to he owner of, C. 186. pov A. 1052. a second time, Zevrepov
Aeerirotva a mistress or lady, P. 345. adv. in the second or next place, P.
C.530. 215.392. C.1066.
Atanoatog of or like a master, S. Ai^crdai to receive or accept,
825. S.c.T.683. A.503.C.292. &'frrettP.V.
Aeoiroowog belonging to a master, 862. E.876. lUb> A. 1519. USeyfiat E.
C.930. 854. SitieiCTai C.333. Sexolfinv E.219.
AeairoTeiv to rule as a master, pass. UtatTO C.559. E.407. S.27. Sf'xo"
BeoiroTeiadat to be tyrannized over, E. 227.853. cfeSoo-Ow S.216. Mt,a<r6e
C.101. to Sco-rroTOv/xcvov and j3iorog A.507. Sefaodat A. 587. Sedeyfiivn
(JtonorovLitvoQ E. 501. 666. the condi E.602. C.739. to admit. avrXoy ttli-
tion of one under despotic authority. aro, see avrXog S.c.T.778. to under
Aeo-irorng a lord or master, P. 165, stand, ei fir) Se\et Xoyov A. 1030. De-
etc. voc. liairora P. 1006, etc. Zeairo- XOLtEvotg Xeyetg Oaveiy ere A. 1638.
rrig ixavrevitaTwv S.C.T.26. skilled in we are glad to hear you speak of
divinations. In P. 665. oirtog Kenya your death. SpKov Sexetrdat E.407.
tc KXvng via r &xi> Seavora, Searo- to receive an oath on the part of
tov, QavnOi, the construction, as the accuser that- oneself is guilty,
 AH ( 81 )
opposed to opicov Sovvat. Butler's note
on this passage is worth quoting : "Hie
et in seqq. multa sunt ex re forensi
petita. SpKov StSovai non ad Miner-
vam spectat, quae jusjurandum in
quod juret Orestes, concipiat, ut nos
Anglice dicimus, to give him the oath,
to administer the oath to him, quod
est apud Graecos l,apj(eiv opicov, sed
ad Orestem, qui jurejurando suo se
purgat, et sie offert jusjurandum
innocentiae suae accusatoribus, et con
tra ab illis jusjurandum reatus, ut ita
dicam, accipit. Quod hie Si^aoOat
opicov, id alibi Xaft&v opicov. 'Opicov
StSovai est igitur ejus qui jurat, non
ejus qui jusjurandum imponit. Eur.
Supp. v. 1231. opicia SmpEv rjio" avSpl
ttoXei r'. Chorus scilicet promittunt
seque et Adrastum juraturos ut nun-
quam bellum inferant Atheniensibus.
Theseus autem opicov Xafi/javEt. Cf.
v. 1186. aXX' avri t&v au>v ica\ ttoXeuiq
fioyOrifia.TiM)v Xlpwrov Xa.fi' opicov' tovSe
o" opvvvai y^pewv "Adpaorov ovtoq kv-
pioc, TvpavvoQ &v, iraanQ virip yrjs
AavatSwv bpKiofxorii. Hie patet tov
Sovra opicov Adrastum esse, t6v Xa-
(iovTa vel Be^afievov, Thesea. Sic
Iph. Taur. v. 735. opicov Sotio fioi
t&oSe xopQpEvoEiv ypa<j>ae- Hie
opicov SiSutatv is qui jurat, Orestes,
non quae jusjurandum exigit, Iphige-
nia."
A/; a conjunction, often bearing
much the same signification with ijSr).
Denoting present time, e.g. ircpalverai
St) kov pary. Tovpyov toSe P.V. 57. is
already being done, ivraiida St) 850.
St) vvv S.c.T.637. With past tenses,
e.g. fta\rjQ yap Sr) KCKvpwrai teXos C.
861. hinrai waXai Sr) Kai fitfiovXtvTai
to.Se P.V. 1000. joined with vvv and
tote, vvv Sr) A.536. TOTE Sr) S.566.
Sr) t6te S.C.T.196. eote Si) P.V. 455.
659. until at last. With future tenses,
e.g. tovto Sr) oa<j>r)vi5> P.V. 227. Eg
to Xoiirov e'L ti Si) Xioov tteXoi P. 578.
tote Sr) C.806. With this is connected
its use with the imperative in exhort
ations, for, as Zeunius on Vig.viii.
5. xv. (qu. v.) observes, " qui hor-
AH
fatur, is suadet, ne quid differatur,"
e.g. eTo. Sr) (jiiXoi Xo^Trat A. 1634.
1636. fiye Sr) A. 767. ukove Sr) P.V.633.
trpb Se Sr)xOpwv, w ZtO, die C.779.
Also in asking questions, e.g. irot
Sr) irartTc; C.721. So tL Stf, P.V. 11 8,
etc. 7r<3c Sr) ; A. 529, etc. irovSr) ; C. 887.
itote Si); C.709. Rat Si) is used as
equivalent to tjSr),ical St) tpiXov r
ektclv ayvoias viro S.494. ere now
many a one has killed, etc. or to ex
press that something is already done,
which is required to be done, e.g.
t&Se <j>pa<rat Siicaia Aw6ev Kparn B. Kai
Sr) Trtypaofiai S. 432. consider, etc. B.
Well, I have considered already. So
P.V.54.75. S.c.T.455. S.502.to ex
press a supposition of the speaker,
Kai St) SiSEyixaC tiq Se fioi Tipr) pivEi
E.854. well, suppose I have received
it ? what honour, etc ? Kai Sr) dvput-
pwv ovtiq av <j>atSp<f (ftpEvl Si^airo C.
558. suppose none of the doorkeepers
should admit me. It is also an illative
particle, signifying, therefore, then,
e. g. toiowSe Si) <T 7.evq E7r airiapaaiv
alicl(trai P.V.255. So P.V.216.298.
P. 224.482. it is in this case often
preceded by piv, e.g. roiavra pkv Sr)
TavTa P.V.498. P. 196. 374. 404. by yi
fiiv, e.g. lyu) yt pkv Sr) rr)vSE triavSt
xOova S.c.T.569. A. 647. As an
affirmative particle, indeed, in truth.
XEiroiOa S>) S.c.T.503. e.g. a"i, a'i, ica-
kwv Sf) Trf'Xayof tppurytv piya P. 425.
lit Sr) icar &otv P. 1027. S. 320, etc.
It is thus joined to adjectives, etc. to
increase their force, e.g. SvawoXEpov
Sr) yivoQ to HtpiraJv P. 974. iroXXa Si)
E. 139, etc. Kaiciov v-tyiora Si) kXvw to.Se
P.323. fiovov Sr) P.V.423. act Sr) P.V.
42. oi St) irov P.V. 1066. assuredly not.
i)Si)C.131.ofa surety. Cf. S. 270. A .
1186. It is also joined to the relative, to
express something certain and readily
to be admitted, e.g. Sdev Sr) yivoQ
rifiETEpov S.15. whence, as is well
known, is our descent. Sai/iovEQ, oi
Sf) KaSfiov wvpyovQ rovaSEpvEtjdE S.cT.
805, etc.Used ironically, *.-ai Sokeite
<S>) vaiEiv atTEvdr) irlpyapa P.V. 957.
and ye think, forsooth, etc. So A.
m
 AHAA ( 82 )
1616. >s Si) oil fioiTvpavvoc 'Apydiav
t<r?j as though, forsooth, etc.
ArjdXuros taken by the enemy,
S.c.T. 73.
Arjy/xa a bite, A. 765. 1136.
AfjOevforsooth, P.V.202.989. This
particle is used ironically when some
thing is spoken of as being the pre
tended, not the real object, or
thought, of any one. Blomf. compares
Thucyd. 1.127. 3.110.
Arjios an enemy, A. 545. C.619. lir'
avdpl Srftoimv iwiKorio oifiag. Wel-
lauer explains, " one odious to his ene
mies on account of his dignity." The
passage is probably corrupt. See
$aio.
Af/Xtoe Delian, E.9.
ArjXoiiv to narrate, make clear, C.
834. P. 511.
Anpnyopog haranguing the people,
spoken in public, S.618.
AnjxrjXaaia public expulsion, S.6.
Here Tyrrwh. conj. InujjXaalav to
avoid the elision of i in ovrtv. So
Lobeck on Soph. Aj . 802. (qu. v.) vulg.
Zrip-nXaaia. See ytviiaKU).
An/Ai'iXaTOs publicly expelled. (j>vyf)
SrjfiriXaTog S.609. exile inflicted by
the people.
AnfitoTrXnOtiQ filled with the public
wealth. Krrivr) to. ZnuioTrXnOf} posses
sions composing the public wealth,
A. 128.
Arifiwg public. Upiov ^fiiujv S. 168.
cutfiara ra o/juta S. 935. fluifiolg rolg
Snfiioie E.625. rifiav Sapidr 808.839.
eXicos to c~)][iiov A. 626. opposed to
cjfuav, as the public part of the evil.
(ppcvog Safiiac C.55. the public mind.
fiatrrlicTwp Bd/xtoc E. 156. the public
scourger or executioner. to fo'/fiiov
S. 365. 680. the commonwealth or go
vernment.
Anfiodpovg attended with popular
clamours. SijfioOpovg avapy^la A. 857.
filfirj SrifioOpovc A.912. popular re
port. SrifiuOpovc apdg A. 1383. 1387.
public curses.
Anfiotcpavrog made or confirmed by
the people, A. 445. SripoKpavrov h"
dpac rivit XP' A.445, it performs
AHTA
the office of (h.e. is like to) a curse
made by the people.
AjtytoTrpaKroc id. S.920.
Aiip.oppifi)Q hurled by the people.
Srmopptij>e1s apds A. 1699.
Aijfioe the people, S.c.T. 997. 1035.
P.718. S. 483.596.619. &vcv irifiov S.
393. without consent of the people.
h~t]p:ov Kparovaa %dp S.599. the po
pular majority, (see \Elp). Xtwarijpa
ci'ijjuv fiopov S.c.T. 181. a death by
stoning inflicted by the people.
Atjv long, rot 2' dvd yav 'Atrlav
ifiv ovk in Tlipaovofiovvrai P. 576.
are not much longer to live under the
laws of the Persians, cf. Horn. II. A.
416. i-Kti. vv roi aHaa uivvvdd irep ovri
fidXa %i)v.
Anvaiog antient, P.V.996.914.
AntyOifios torturing the heart, A.
723. Upon similar expressions to
this see Burm. Prop. iii. vi. 27. who
quotes P. 157. Kal /xt Kapiiav ap.vaaei
tppovTis-
Arprodev surely, unquestionably, a
particle used like Srinov to strengthen
an asseveration, C.623.
AifKort A. 563. at length.
Aijptc contention or strife, S.407.
vIkiiv Sfipiog A. 916. a victory in a
dispute.
Arjra truly, indeed, a particle used
1. To strengthen an asseveration,
command, wish, etc. e.g. oh c~ryra
P.V.347.772. no indeed. So S.c.T.
795.P.949.C.1017. With imperative,
[xri Srjra P. V. 1077. With opt. ex
pressing a wish, "iZoito Ifjr avarov
<pvydv 'iKtaia QifiiQ S.354. i? Brjra
S.c.T.652. most surely. With rela
tive, oi c~fjT &Xovto S.c.T.lll. %v
StJT tvEifiav E.377. lib Sijra alas!
alas! P. 1028. 2. To strengthen an
interrogation, as rl irjra fj.iXXus ;
P.V.630 why, pray, do you delay ?
Cf.749. A. 1237. 1259. S.298. iro'i Sfjra;
C.1071. Korepa tfjra; S.c.T.91. irov
Srjra; C . 903. tt&q Irjra ; A. 608. 1184.
Kal irpos rl Srjra rvy)(dv<i> narevyfid-
T(i>v, C.216.Where the same word
is repeated, e.g. St' tvwvifxwv tctv/x-
fitroi. TCTV/xfiivoi Sfira S.C.T. 871.
 AIA ( 83 ) AiAr

yes, struck indeed! Cf. S.c.T.860. noting the cause to which a thing is
916.967. S.207.213. owing, Sia rijv Xiav ^tXonjra flporiov
Aia with genitive, denoting motion P.V.123. St ipiv aiiiaroEoaav A. 682.
across or through, aret^ei 'lovXog Sia Si atfiara C.64. Si' opyav E.936. Si
irapr)iSo>v S.c.T.516. the down is grow atiov yafiov S.99. to obtain my al
ing over his cheeks. (5fia.Ktv pl/t^a liance. Sia 'laoviov \Epaq P. 555.
Sia irvXav A. 395. she has gone through through the prowess of the Ionians.
the gates, Cf. S.c.T. 545. 870. A.412. separated by tmesis from its verb.
C.54.444. E.75. S. 251.490.542.546. Sia %Epl vote \ajti/ KTrjixara S.cT.
1006.in, implying the idea of pas 771. So, perhaps, in P. 532. Sia fiv-
sing through, fladeiav aXoxa Sia fpe- SoXeoiq Saicpvoi koXttovc riyyovcri,
voe Ka.pirovfj.Evos S.c.T.575. <p\eyei but here Glasg. Blomf. join SiaftvSa-
Xa/nras Slit \epdv 4 1 5. cf. 495. irorEpa Xeoiq.Siai poetically for Sia. Sial
to,ovXkoq alyQir) Sia x^pog y avroie yvvaiKog A. 436. Siai AtO A. 1464.
xpiwEi; P. 235. tKtTrjplag E\ov(rai Slit Siai fiiov C.602. Siai AUac 632. With
Xcpi>>v S. 190.denoting interval oj anastr. tcaK&v Siai A. 1104. yvvaiKoe
space. fitTa,v aXxu Si oXiyov te'ivei Siai A. 1428. AlytaBov Siai C.C45.
irvpyoQ iv t'vpei S.c.T.744. leaving See above.
only a narrow separation.interval Aiafioav to exclaim, shriek out.
of time. Sia fiaicpov xpovov P. 727. at conj iravrciXav' a%r) Siajioaaio P.
a long distance of time.duration of 630.
time. Si aidvoQ P.969. C.26. E.533. AiayEiv to pass through. (Hotov
throughout life, for ever, Si oIUvoq SirjyayEC P.697. to conduct. iroXiv 6p-
fiatcpov S.577. rbv Si alwvoc xpbvov doSinatov TrpE'^ETE Stdyovres E.949.
A. 540. the whole time of life.de ye will gain distinction by conducting
noting the instrumental cause. Sia the state on right principles of jus
Oeuiv S.c.T.215. by the blessing of the tice. Abresch compares the constr.
gods. Si iSv (sc. KTEavwv) alvofiopoiQ, irpEtpETE SiayovTEs with ayyiXXuiv
Si wv ve'ikoq tfia S.c.T. 886. Si as roi, KpvKEi A. 34. and trpEnova e-j/ovteq
yivoQ Ev-xpfiEQ' tlvat yaq airb tUgSe S. 1195. In P. 663. ri rdSe, Svvara, Sv
531. (With anastrophe, (jtpvKruipiov Sia vara, irEpi rq aq SlSvixa SiayoiEv
KEiadt'iaa A. 576.)denoting theman- a/xapTia iraoq yq aq; the reading is
ner of an action. Sia SUas 7rav ettos corrupt, and various conjectures have
iXaicov C.776. with justice. Sia teXovq been proposed. Turn, whom Pauw,
P.V.273. E.64, completely, from be Heath, Brunck, and others follow,
ginning to end. Sia iravroc id.P.V.283. reads SidvoiEv. Blomfield proposes
C.849. (prob. 1014.) E.932. with IpxE- St avoiav, but alters the whole pas
trOai K.r.X. St' a7r)0ta Ep%E(rdai to sage. If we adopt this very easy
engage in hostility, rbv tzaai OeoIs Si emendation (SC avoiav) and suppose
(fKEy%Eiaq IXOovra P.V. 121. Sia [ia- Svvara to be equivalent to Svvdara,
Xns rfcut teXovc S.470. engage in the the passage may, perhaps, be ex
issue of battle.With accusative, de plained thus: " What, O prince, is
noting through, or across, orparoc this double penally for error arising
irEpq. KpvcrTaXXoirrjya Sia iropov P. 493. from folly, concerning (or affecting)
Cf. S.c.T. 475.838. C. 1014. S. 14. 848. thy land, even the whole of thy
in, implying the idea of passing land?" ajxapnov (cf. A. 523.) is the
through. Cf. above, oIktoq ovtiq tfv penalty of error. The error lay in
Sia aroixa S.c.T. 51. there was no ex Xerxes' undertaking the expedition
pression of sorrow in their mouths. Si avoiav cf.736. ttwc TaS' ov voaoQ
XiyEi tovt Eiroc Sia arvfia 561. In typtvdv eT%e iralS' kfiov; the double
S.c.T. 188. Sia <Trojia has been altered penalty was the destruction both of
by Schiitz into Siaarofiia, q.v. de the fleet and army, cf. 714. vavriKoe
 AiAr ( 84 )
tnparus Kaxwdtle Tre^ov &Xtae arparov.
Only one of these calamities, viz. that
of the ships, is alluded to in the pas
sage, because, as Pauw observes, the
spirit of Darius presents itself, and
prevents any more being said.
Aiayivbxriceiv to decide. Siayvtivat
SIkt/v E. 679.
AtuJWoefastened through. SiaSeroi
yevviiiv xakivol S.c.T. 115.
Ani('(ix'( a succession, A. 304.
AiaSdxoc succeeding to. With gen.
P.V.462. 1029.
Aiadpopi] a hurrying through, a
ravaging, S.c.T. 333.
Aiadpopog running about, hurried.
BiaSpopovg fvyae S.c.T. 173.
Aiadpvirreo-dai to become luxurious
or spoilt. TrXovrip diadpinrropevuiv
P.V.893.
Aiai i. q. Aid q. v.
Aiaiveiv to moisten sc. with tears.
It is used rather curiously in P. 995.
h~iaive Siaive irijfia h.e. weep for the
misfortune. In this passage some
defend the anapaest in the second
place, as in a lyrical passage, others
suppose a synizesis of tat. Dindorf
thinks the e of the former word may
have been dropped by apocope (Prsef.
ad Poet. Sc.Gr. p. vi). The former
opinion is the more probable, cf.Soph.
Aj.692. i\v<7 yap alvbv a\og air'
ofiparbiv" Apns. where Herm. rejects
yap. See under eirtj3odv.Mid. v.
ZtalveaQat P. 254. 996. to weep, dtaivov
once 1021.
Aicufre a proper name, P. 958.
Atatpeiv to decide, with ace. Stat-
petv SiKcte E.450. Staipciv rovro Trpdy-
fia E.466. with Trcpi, to decide con
cerning. Statpetv rovSe irpayparoe
ire.pt E.600.
Aialpetrtt; a decision, ev Ztatpeaet
E.719 in the decision.
Ata'iaaetv to penetrate, o^w avrptov
SiriUv fxvxov P.V. 133.
Atatra a mode of life, P.V. 488.
AtaKXnpovv to assign respectively
by lot, S.956.
AtaKraiztrOat to be torn piecemeal,
AIAM
to be worried, pass. P.V. 94. 539. to
shiver, A. 65. " xvaietv est vellicare,
ut fullones pannum, ab antiqua forma
Kvata, Kvfipi, unde Kvndu, Kvdirru), et
similia." Bl. Gl. in P.V. 94.
AtctKovog a servant or messenger,
P.V. 944.
Ataicpiveo-dai to separate after a
contest, S.c.T. 866. Stanley, Hermann,
and Butler, however, reject these two
verses, which are, as Bl. observes,
evidently derived from the Schol.
2i/XXa)0e. }) dtaXXayr) vp&v ovk tiri
<j>tXia yiyovev, aXX' eir' avaiploet rov
(Ttfinpov.
AtaXayy(6.veiv to divide by lot,
S.c.T. 798. separated by tmesis, 771.
AtaXyi/e piercing with grief, C.66.
AiaXXaicrijp a reconciler, S.c.T.
891.
AaXXd<r<7v to reconcile, S.c.T.
864.
Atap.aQvve.iv [w] to level with the
ground, A. 798.
Aiap.il/3eiv to pass over, to traverse.
Siape7\pat Ztopdrtav orvyepav bhov
S.c.T.316. to set out upon a hateful
journey from their homes. Mid. v. id.
iroXXd fiporHv Stapetjiopeva <j>vka S.
538. In P.V.285. ?jfKfai SoXtxVS rippa
xeXevdov (utpeixl/iipevor irpbg ae, Wpo-
pndev, the Stapetxpapevos is not to be
joined with rippa, as Schutz trans
lates it, but with KeXevBov understood
from KeXtvOov. See Wunderl. Obss.
Critt. p. 185.
Aiapirai, right through, with gen.
P.V. 65. S. 543.923.
Atapirepis adv. right through. Stap-
nepzQ ovq "iKero C.374. passed right
through my ear. From Stavaireipu).
AtapvdoXoyeiv to give utterance in
speech to a thing, P.V. 891.
Atap<j>iStog different, P.V. 554. He-
sych. explains it, aXXolov, Stairavrvc
Kt\b>piapevoV ap<fti yap ^toptQ. See
Buttmann's Lexil. in aptfls- Stapfl-
Stov in this passage refers to r6h'
eKeivo ff, in v. 555. the altered strain
approached me, this and that (being
different) which, etc. Schol. A. rare
 AIAN ( 85 )
yap yafiovvri aoi tov bfiivaiov j}2o-
fiev, vvv h~k Sv(TTv\ovyTi <roi Bprjyov.
Aiavoia mind, feeling, A. 771. E.
940. S.101. S.c.T.813. tin b" ayad&v
ayadr) Sidvota E.967. may they pre
serve a grateful sense of benefits re
ceived.
Aiavraioe piercing right through.
%i<pOQ Ziavraiav ovrq. SC. izXriyijv C.
631. Cf. S.c.T. 876. inflicts a piercing
wound. Stavrath) fitXti C. 182. Siay-
raia Moipa E.320. all-pervading,
efficacious.
AicnraXXeiv to assign by casting
of lots, ^doya vahiv SiavrnXar S.C.T.
713. having assigned them by lot land
to occupy.
Aicnrepipy to cross over, ov roivvv
olada dunrepuiy. S.C.T. 978. Schiitz
refers SiairtpHv to the expedition
of Polynices, cf. v. 908. olada refers
to the preceding line. Thou, 0
Polynices, understandest it by com
ing hither, sc. how powerful the Fury
is. Pauw, with the Schol. refers it
to death. Biafiae <>ia rije jxoipag, tra-
jiciens Acheronta. Blomf. prefers
this.
AicnrEvdeaOat to ascertain, A. 781.
AicnrXods sailing hither and thither.
BiairXooy KaOiaraaav yavrtKov Xti)y
P. 374. kept them constantly engaged
in sailing about. BtcnrXoog is here em
ployed as an adjective.
Aiairovtiodai to be administered,
A. 19.
AiaitovTtoe across the sea, C.347.
AiairopOeiv to destroy, P. 700.
AiairpaaoEiv to act or execute. Trepl
avdpwTrwv Ziairpaaaovm E.913. tv
ipyotc Staw7rpayixeyoic C. 728. to
destroy or kill, C. 867. P. 254.509. C.
1002.
AiairptTrtiv to be conspicuous, P.968.
AiapKeiv to last through, have per
manent effect, S.c.T. 824.
AtappaUiy to destroy utterly, P.V.
236.
Aiappo8t7v to excite by clamour,
SieppoOrjaaT ixi^v\ov tcaicnv S.C.T. 174.
with dat.
AIAY
Aiafipvlriv so as to flow away, ob
SiappvSav C. 65. so that it cannot flow
away.
Atapraficly (apra/xos) to make by
tearing piecemeal, P.V. 1025.
Aiao-iraparreiv to tear in sunder,
P. 191.
Aiaorotxifcirdaito arrangeor order,
P.V. 230.
Aiaarojxiov the bit of a bridle,
S.c.T. 189. This is Schiitz's reading
of the passage. The vulg. is dm oro-
fia, which is inadmissible on account
of the metre. See Dind. Ann. in
loc.
AiaarpiipEiv to alter or pervert, S.
994.
AiatTTpofos distorted, changed, P.V.
676.
Aiareyyeiv to moisten, P. 532. dis
joined by tmesis. Porson, on account
of the distance between the preposi
tion and verb, reads SmfivSaXeoig,
which Blomf. approves.
Aiaripyeiv to cut through, to tra
verse, S.540. "
Aiarifiav to honour, S.C.T. 1038.
In this passage, Wellauer's explana
tion seems to be the true one. He
considers ov StarerlfiriTai as equiva
lent to jiTETtfinrai. Antigone then
will reply to the question av ripri-
o-eig Ta(j>^>; will you honour him by
sepulture ? Why not ? has he ever yet
been not-honoured (i.e. dishonoured)
by the gods ? to which the herald
replies, ov, i. e. ovk j/TETifinrai irpiv
ye k.t.X. Forthis use of the negative
cf. S.861. Dind. considers the verse
corrupt.
Atarofiri a cutting asunder, slay
ing, S.c.T.917.
Aiaropoe penetrating, piercing,P.V.
76.181. Met. E.536.
AiavXoe a double race, i.e. where
they ran to a certain point and then
back to the starting point, A. 335.
used by Metaph. of the expedition to
Troy, where it was necessary, not
only to reach Troy, but also to return
home in safety.
 A I A* ( 86 )
AiaQtpeiv to tear m sunder, C.66.
AiaipOn'jxit' to destroy A. 696. 1239.
pass. P. 102.to weaken or alter,
yvi>jxnv f.ii] StcupOepovvr t/ie A. 906.
AuupOopu destruction, distortion,
P.V.646.
AiSacKaXoc a teacher, P.V.391.
E.269. With gen. of thing taught
and dat. of pers. as 23a<rKa\oc ri^vne
flpoTole P.V.I 10. a teacher of arts to
mortals, so S.c.T.555. Hpayfiarog
StSaaKaKoc E.554. the setter forth of
the case, ifioiyc xpitfxevoQ SiSatrKaXtj),
P. V.322. if you take my opinion, ovh"
ifiov SiBa<TKa\ov xpijfaie, 374. you do
not need me to instruct you.
AiSaoKiiv to instruct, inform, P.V.
196.382. C. 116. E.409. S.514. With
doubl. ace. E.571. riva Katpov fit Sl-
SaffKac; S. 1046. to what moderation
do you advise me? In A. 1605. fittr/ios
Be Kal to yrjpac at re vii<m$es Ivai
SiEaoKtiv tt,o\ij>Ta.Tai (ppevtiv larpo-
fiavreis, the order is 6 Be Sevfios at
te vrioTi&EE Bvai $. (ppev. larp. (rial)
BiBaoKEiv Kal to yijpae h.e. can teach
even old age. pass. v. to be taught, Bi-
BaOKeaQai (Sapv rtji T-nXiKOVTW A. 1602.
P.399. E. 266. S.286. P.V. 10. to. Xoma
B' a.0\o>v aov BiSa\0tiTU> irapa P.V.
637. let her be informed of the rest of
her sufferings. In A . 529. irus Sij Bi-
dajd&eic rovBe Btaizoaia \6yov; the
note of interrogation is better placed
after ttSiq By; Mid. v. to learn, ravra
to~iq Katcols bfiiXiHy avBpaoiv BiBaOKE-
rai Beptnt P. 739.
AiBovai to give. BlBtofii P.V. 782.
BcBtoai E.7. BtBoT. (fromSiSdw) S.988.
imp. BtBov P.V.781. S.c.T.124. Be-
Bioku P.V. 444. eBwkc P.447. E.812.
iloaav A. 1308. Boq P.V. 584. 824. C.
473.483.774. B6te E.918. BiBouv S.
684. Solve S.c.T.242. Bolt) C.876. Sour
S.c.T.404. Buxteiv P.V.339. Bovvai E.
407. BiBovree'P.Wl. SiBovrwv 286. Bovg
P.V.828. Soiree S. 74. pass. BeBotui S.
1024. BoQivra E.371. With infinitive,
to grant, as Bog aux^povearipav iro\v
lxr)TpoQ yeviadai C. 138. grant that I
may become. So S.74. S.c.T.400. A.
AIIE
1308. E. 31. C. 18. 796. This is some
times omitted, thus AioOev rrjBe te-
\evto.v C.305. sc. Bote. BUat Bovvat
to give satisfaction or redress. BiKag
iiTip Trr)fidr<i)t> BiBolev S.684. Slicnv
Bovvai S.714. to suffer punishment,
a/iaprlas P.V. 9. to pay the penalty
of a crime. So airoiva Biitruv ttjoBe
fii.>i>inr \apiv A. 1655. opKov Bovvai
E.407. to offer to take an oath. See
Butler's note on this passage quoted
under Bi^eaBai. ^"XP BiBovteg iiBovi)v
P. 827. gratifying the desires.
AiBv/xdvwp [d] concerning two men,
S.c.T.831.
AtBvpoc double P. 990. C. 781. On
P. 668. see Biayeiv.
AiEKiTEpav to cross from one place
to another, P. 477.
Aiiireiv to administer, conduct, P.
106. E.892.
Aiepog moist, to Biepov E. 253. blood.
Hence Homer calls a living being,
Biepos jSporoc Od. Z.201.
Aiip^Eadai to go through or relate,
P.V.876.
Aleodai to pursue, ftEra. fiE Bw/xevoi
S.799. iirl tov Btofievat E.337. pursu
ing after. To administer or execute.
ariiraBiofiEvai \a\n E.363. Also to
fear. Thus in P. 686. Dindorf reads
Blo/xai h.e. vereor. This certainly
suits the sense of the passage far
better than Beofiai, unless, which is
very uncertain, the latter word occurs
in the same sense. Dind. refers to
Buttm. Gramm. vol.2, p.147. ed. sec.
Alfacrdai to seekor endeavour, with
inf. S.801.
AiijKEiv to go through A. 463. S.c.T.
288. For iirjKE in P.497. see Biievat.
AirjvEKiuc continuously, through the
whole extent, A. 3 10.
AlOnKTOt two-edged, P.V. 865.
Aidpovog having two thrones, an
epithet applied to two equal kings.
BtOpovov Kal c~i<TK>]-KTpov Tifxijs, in ap
position to 'ArpeiBwv A. 44. so Bidpo-
vov Kparog 109.
Aiievai to send through, cause to
penetrate. i)\lov KOKkog jitarov ttooov
 AIKA ( 87 )
dtiJKt P. 497. sc. avyag, understood
from avyaig preceding. The Schol.
rightly explains it SteXOelv iirolnae,
caused them to penetrate.
Aacafaiv to judge of, decide upon,
E.449. S. 227. 912. to adjudge, give
sentence. o~tKaeig tyvyrjv c/xoi A. 1386.
you sentence me to banishment, tovq
SiKaZovTag E.571. the judges.
AUaiog just, righteous, S.c.T. 580.
587.592.608. A. 1586. C. 76. 660. E.410.
521 .645. 872. S. 159. 432. ttooVw liKaltav
E.392. sc. kari, it is far from being
just. JiroW <J|/ eirpa^afiriv noXtv
A. 786. the just punishment which I
exacted of the city . to Slicaiov right,
justice, trap' kavru to Sinaiov t")(tav
Zcvg P.V.187. S.C.T. 1065. S. 73. 401.
C.306. 7-0 fikv Slxaiov tovB', oaov aBi-
vei, fxaOcivirupaiaicio E.589. h.e. as
Butler translates it, vos igitur hortor,
ut hoc jus quantum valeat discatis, ut
consideretis quam justum sit quicquid
Oresti suasero, qui nihil dixerim nisi
quod ab ipso fere profectum fuerit.
to. dUaia S.c.T. 1063. principles of
justice. Sticatov iori it is just, k&t
aXXa iroW lirttKaoai c~lKawy r)v S.
241. iori is sometimes omitted, as
&aivzp SiKaiov irpog (ptXovg o"iyciv bto-
fia P.V.614.Blicaiog clvai to be right,
fitting. KOtrpog oiire irpog BtSiv ayaX-
para <ptpuv Blicaiog E.55. one not
right to bring, i.e. which it would not
be right to bring, etc.
Awaiovv to try or prove. h~iKaih>-
Beig A. 382. when brought to the proof.
AiKalhx; justly, properly, S.c.T.
400. A. 366. 782, etc. Sixalwg tx"" E.
149. to be right. kXvciv diicalwg 408.
to have a character for justice.
AiKaarhg a judge, A. 1395. E.654.
978. With gen. Sucaarag rwvSe E.
81. judges of these things. <j>6vo>v di-
Kaarag E.461. In C. 118. $iKa<TTr)g a
judge, is opposed to dixntpopog an
avenger.
AtKeiv (aor.2.) to cast away, C.97.
A/kjj the goddess Justice, e.g. A/o;
c" ap' tlvai (pneri S.c.T. 628. AUag
fiuipov A. 373. E.511. tt)v riXuov Ttjg
AIKH
eprjg xaih'dg Aticnv 1407. justice, the
avenger of my child, cf. A. 241. 749.
885. 1517.1589.1593. C. 142. 146.242.309.
454. 490.636. 937. E. 487.491.534.755.
782. S. 390. 690.
Alien justice, e. g. SiKnv irapafiavTEg
A. 763. transgressing justice, cf. A.
1654, etc. ayev c~iicag A. 451, etc. un
justly. Trepa Sj'icije P.V.30. beyond
what is just. SUug irXiov E. 157. (liq.
diicag S.425. in spite ofjustice. Slung
&Ttp S.894. unjustly. Sia Shag C.632.
776. with justice, avv StKn S.c.T. 426.
E. 580. justly, iv Slxn A.'l598. id. cY-
Kav airatTw C.392. 1 demand justice,
rij Sinn tppovpovpevt) E.209. guarded
religiously. Ttjg lltng iird^ta E.262. a
punishment consonant with justice.
Upon the passage S.c.T. 566. pr/Tpog
tc Trnyrjv rig Kwraa^iau SIkt\\ much
has been written. In the first place,
the alteration of re into Si, which
Brunck, Porson, Schutz, and Blom-
field adopt, appears absolutely neces
sary, there being no connection (as
Wellauer supposes) between firjrpog
re k.t.X. and Trarpig re K.r. X. in the
next line, but an opposition of finrpog
Se to the four preceding lines, pnrpbg
irnyri may be explained to mean either
n-nyilaifiarog thefountain ofa mother's
blood, or Trnyrj Saicpiwv the source of
a mother's tears. If the former be
preferred, the sense will be, What
justice (of cause) shall quench the
fountain of a mother's blood, i.e. pre
vent its rising in vengeance against
you? not as Butler explains it, What
justice is it which would take the life
of a mother? for thus the force of
the sentence is lost, which is to shew
the consequences of such an act, cf.
v.568. w&g ool tvpfiayog ycvriaerai ;
If the latter sense of prjTpog irnyr) be
adopted, it will mean, What justice
of cause will quench the fountain of
a mother's tears ? i.e. How should a
mother rejoice at evil done her,
although justly? or, as Butler well
translates it, An credis patriam tuam
bello quamvis jure sibi illato Icetatu
 AIKH ( 88 )
ram? The meaning of the whole
passage is, " As the murder of a
mother (or the causing her grief)
though justly, can never do good to
the author of it, so you must not
expect the aid of your country if you
invade her thus." /tijriyp is not put
for one's country, as Wellauer says,
but compared to irarptc in the next
verse. It cannot be denied, how
ever, that both the above explanations
of fxriTpoe Trnyrjv are harsh. Schiitz's
emendation is extremely elegant and
probable: finrpoQ b~k vnyii rig Kcvraa-
fieau c~tKnv; matris vero ccesce vin-
dictam num fans aliquis extinguet ?
Shall any fountain quench the aveng
ing justice of a murdered mother?
Wellauer denies that finrpbc BUn
could be used thus. It is, however,
so used in A. 1407. fia ri)v riXewv
rijg /iije 7rcu2o Sinnv, referring to
the murder of Iphigenia.In S. 1057.
teal (SiVa StKae iiriodai Heath reads
kcu hUa, and translates, et ut id quod
justum est justa etiam sequi possint,
effectum est. (wapa for Trapccrri), etc.
If tiara, not SUg. be read, the meaning
must be rat StKa (tort) dtKac k.t.X.
and wapa must be joined with deov,
it is right that justice should attend
us by deliverance from God agreeably
to our prayers. a cause or suit, as
SiKnc ytviadm Ttjcrh' cVqKooc fievw E.
702. <p6vov Shag E.450. an indictment
for murder, aifxarog &'k>)vE.652.772.
6<fktiv BUrjv A. 520. to lose a cause.
Kpivi.iv BUnv E.446. to decide a cause,
eltrayeiv lUnv E.552. to bring it into
court, Kvpaiaai Blicnv 609. to settle a
cause, 551. ottu>q &v ev KarayvuHrdij
StKri 543. that it may be rightly decided.
Siayvwvai SUnv 679. to decide a cause,
fit/ rv)(ov<Ta rije hiKvc 689. having lost
it. riXog Si'kijc E.234. the issue of a
cause, ou^ ")(pvoa rrjg BiKng rtXog E.
699. losing the issue of the cause. Ik-
7r(j>tvyev aifiarog iUnv E.722. been
acquitted on a charge of murder.
Kpaiveiv SiKag C. 455. to decide a suit.
St'/cac kXvuv A. 787. to hear a cause.
dims iiroKTev(Ti E.215. preside over
AIKH
the trial. kukiI SiKaiei T&fiirXaKrifiad',
a>C Xoyog, Zevg aXXog iv Kafiovtriv
vararag Sitae S.228. where ixjrarae
ScKac is put in apposition to Sttcafat
rafnrXaKtifxaTa, decides upon offences
with a final decision. So E.221.
Sims fucTctfii tovSc <pwra I will sue
this man in judgment. fiaprvg iv ilxn
C.981. a witness at a trial. hiKag
iovvai S.684. to submit to judicial
arbitration. lcr6\pn<j>og iiKn E.762. a
decision where the votes are equal.
a judicial sentence, a punishment.
TOvSiKnv 7ra<rx'G raSe ; P.V.617.a^e
punishment ofwhatdo you sufferthus?
t)(i 2/rifv C.984. he is punished.
tfxoXc Slica C. 923. Kapaviirrrjpeg 6<j>QaX-
fiiopv)(oi Blicai E.178. the punishment
of beheading and cutting out the eyes.
Sovvat SiKnv S.714. to suffer punish
ment, afiapriac fiovvai SiKnv P.V.9.
to be punished for sin. Of E.468.
vvv KOTaoTpotyai viuiv Otajiiiav ei Kpa-
riiaei Sina tc kcu fiXa/ia tovSe finrpoK-
tovov, two meanings may be as
signed : either, Now are there violent
overthrowings or revolutions of new
laws (i.e. as Butler says, quibus ori-
ginem dant novce leges, better perhaps,
overthrowings of the old and intro
ductions of nevj, cf. fitQapjioirai. rpo-
novg viovg P.V.309.) if the cause and
guilt (i.e. the unrighteous cause) of
this matricide shall prevail; or, se
condly (as proposed by Stanley in his
MS. emend, of his version), Now is
the overthrowing of new laws (i.e. of
those of Apollo and Minerva, younger
gods) if the accusation and punish
ment of this matricide shall take effect.
This is very well in itself, but as
Butler observes, does not agree so
well with what follows. irpotT^aroi
Si/cat C.793. fresh punishment. In
C.59. poirii kwiaKOTrtl Sikuv, Turn,
reads BiKag, which recent edd. follow,
making it, with the Schol., the geni
tive after powfj. This seems almost
necessary to qualify poirn. Wellauer,
however, is of opinion that lUav, or
even S/nrac is the accusative after
tTri(TKmrcl, comparing E.219. SUag Si
 AIKH ( 89 )
IlaWaQ t)pB' t7roirTv(Tet Qea(seepoirr)
and lirKTwirclv).$Ikt) iari, the same
as Biicaiov Itrri, as 2/eij yap iari <p6>T0
ap^rjyov tiiiv yvvaTiKa A. 250. it is
just, etc. earl is omitted, S.c.T.848.
A. 785. XtyEtv v7rov Uktj E.267. to
speak where it is right to do so. SUnv
in the ace. is also used in the sense
of like, after the fashion of, as Siicnv
<rt\y)vri 477. Cf. S.C.T.85. A. 3. 224.
288.706. 893. 953. 1020. 1064. 1152. 1 154.
1202.1271.1419.1451. C. 193. 200.440.
522.1044. E. 26. 111.151.871. S.403,
etc. On this Blomf. observes, " Forte
primaria vocis Sinn significatio erat
imago, similitudo. Unde ZiKrjXov ima
go."
AtKri<popoe an avenger, A. 511. 1559.
C.118. opposed to cu-ao-nje a legal
judge.
Aiktvov a net, C. 499.993.Met.
SIktvov Atvc P.V. 1080. a net of woe.
rtrptDrat Sacriiov ir\i>o Xtyeiv A. 842.
he has received more wounds, so to
speak, than there are holes in a net.
AlXoyxpc armed with two spears,
Met. two-fold. $i\oyxoQ o-tv A. 629.
This refers to the two-fold calamity,
viz. public and private, in apposition
to the whole sentence.
Al/xoipos shared by two, two-fold,
hlfioipa Trudy S.C.T. 832. to Zlpoipov
alvS> S.105G. I prefer what is partly
good and partly bad (sc. exile) to
that which is wholly bad (sc. to marry
my cousin).
Aiveiv to wheel about, S.c.T.444.
to brandish, 472.
AtVij a whirlpool. Met. E.529.
avayKrjQ fiivat P. V. 1054. Sivaig kv-
KXovpevov Ktap A. 969. whirled round
in violent commotion.
Atoyevrie born of Jove S.c.T. 120.
283.510. S.625.
Ai'ocoe a path or orbit, P.V. 1052.
AwOev from Jupiter, derived from
Jupiter, P.V.1091. S.c.T.146. A.457.
S.432. TtfiiJQ Awdtv A. 43. an office
held from Jupiter. AioQtv rijSe re-
Xevrav C.304. sc. bore, grant that by
the will of Jupiter these things may
end thus.
AiriA
Aioi\ytlv to pass through, E.305.
AwXXivai to destroy. Mid. v. to
perish. SiwXSpeada S.885. SiitXXvro
P. 475. (WXwXt 582.
Aloiroe a ruler or inspector, P. 45.
comp. Horn. B. 207. we oyc Koipaviwv
dUwe (TrparSf.
Aiopifav to assign separately, P.V.
433. to define or explain, 487. *"*
AiopvvvOai to rush through, S.547.
Atoe belonging to Jupiter. fiovXtvpa
ro A'iov P.V. 622. to Alov iififui 657.
ippeva Aiav S. 1043. the mind of Ju
piter, orti/itt to Alov P.V. 1035. Alov
Tropriv S. 41 . 309. Epaphus born ofJu
piter. So epfia Alov S.575.divine.
Sioc aldi'ip P.V. 88. Slav yQ6va S. 4.
clov ukowov S.636. In P.203. for tV
aiav Slav 'EXXacia ^upav, Blomf.
from Lamb. (cai'av)reads Zq.av. Well,
approves this, observing that it is
scarcely consistent in a chorus of
Persians to call Greece aiav Slav. A
may, as he remarks, easily have been
omitted after a preceding A. blov
wapfloTov aXcroe S.553. h.e. JEgypt.
file TltXavyiov S.945. most illustrious
of the Pelasgi. Upon this word the
Etym. M. quoted by Bl. Gl. P.V. 88.
remarks, winrtp into tov Xioq Xtioe,
ovtw Kal utto rfiQ Aoe yeviKrjs ACiog,
tcai Kpa.au t&v hvo il rig tv, A'lOg.
AwaSorog givenfrom Jupiter S.c.T.
929. E.596. In A. 1364, Pors. whom
Blomf. follows, reads Aioo-Sdrw yavei,
where Atoe vorif is usually read. See
yavog.
Aiwaig having two sons, S.314.
proceeding from two children. StVate
Opijvog C.332.
AjVXai; a double surface. In P. 269.
TrXayKTole tv cWXaKfo'O't, the meaning
is obscure. Some, as Schutz, explain
it of the planks of the ships, upon
which the bodies were floating. Butler,
however, properly remarks, that it is
not dead bodies, but living men who
would thus cling to the planks.
Moreover, the exclamation of the
Chorus answers to what is stated
by the messenger, vv. 264-5. TtXifdovai
viKpwv 'ZaXufiivoc aKTai nag Tt
N
 AII1A ( 90 ) AISS

Trp6<T\iopoQ rowog, where there is no AurXovg double. StirXovy /liarr/iit

mention ofplanks : to which the Cho S.614.oiK!7<ris(WX?j S.987. S.C.T.625.
rus replies, Xiyeig k. t. X. Blom- 956. P. 161.706. A. 316. C. 919.926.
field, following the remark of Schol. two. c~tirXag oZoig P.V.952. BnrXoitnv
1 . 7r\ayKToTe i>g a v iiiroi rig iiavXoig' /i/3puoieE.905. dnrXai /lipifivaiS.c.T.
ra yap Kvfiara iy^tirai. Ka\ virovoarti, 831. BurXag xupwvatyag C.750. SiirXa
interprets both words of the ebbing iriaav Wpiafxicai Oa/idpria A. 523. the
and flowing surface of the sea. The penalty for crime which the Priamidee
observation of Schol. 2. however, have paid, is double.SnrXrf fiaariyi
guides us to a better meaning, sc. A. 628. this is probably to be inter
SurXaKCOVt. AitrXalg aKralg^aXafxivog preted of fire and sword, the two
Kal rrjg yrjg. Taking it in this sense, weapons which war usually wields
it answers precisely to the statement for destruction. Blomf. understands
of the messenger quoted above: by it to mean merely " vehemente fla-
yrjg is understood the adjacent con gello," i.e. having two thongs, and
tinent. So Heath explains oWXd- compares C.373. Soph. Aj. 244. %b>pag
icecrai, only that he understands the rr)v ZnrXijv TvpavviSa C.967. the two
two shores to be those of Attica and princes of the country. The force
Argolis. The difficulty now lies in of cWXije in C.373. is explained by
the word 7rXa.yKrote as applied to Schiitz, " Alteram flagellum est co-
shores. Heath understands it to mean gitatio eum qui propulsare haec mala
quassatus, verberatus, and quotes posset (Agamemnonem) jam terra
from Hesych. TrXayxdivreg. TrXrjyiy- conditum esse: alteram vero hsec,
teq. Butler also understands it to eoram qui nunc imperant, Clytaem-
mean the same as the compound nestras et iEgisthi, manus haud puras
aXt7rXayKroe in Soph. Aj.596. which esse ab abominandis hisce facinori-
he explains mari allisa, mari circum- bus e quibus ortae sint hae calamita-
flua. Here, however, Hermann has tes."
adopted the reading aXLifXatcrog. It Aiirovg two-footed, S.872. A. 1231.
seems very doubtful whether &XI- AtpKaloe of Dirce, S.c.T.289.
irXayicroQ, and much more irXayKrog, AlpKn Dirce, name of a fountain,
can mean this. It may be better to S.c.T.255.
understand irXayKrolg in its simple Aippvfiog having two poles, i. e.
sense, and refer it to the restless drawn by four horses, P. 47. from
aspect of the two shores, as they are pv/iog the pole of a chariot, derived
agitated by the ebb and flow, (see Oa- from piu> to draw. Hesych. explains
XaaaovXnKTOQ and nXayKrog). Dind. pvflOC TOV &p/laTOQ TO llCTtTaftEVOV
conceiving that ZlirXaKig will not bear vXov irapa ro'ig tinrotg iwg tov vyov
either of the meanings above assigned fxioov airo tov &Ji,ovog.
to it, observes, " HirXaKtg dicuntur Alg twice, P. 169, etc. ckotov Ng P.
(sc. trabes) quatenus ex duobus lignis 335. two hundred.
sunt compactse." MoKniTTpog having two sceptres, A.
AnrXoifciv to double, A. 810. This 43. ep. of two sovereigns. See li-
verb is a trisyllable in the Attic dpovog.
writers. Cf. Pierson's note on Moeris Atrrrroi two. dual, lurai) S.C.T.798.
s. v. o'iotoq, EiavXXafiwg. 'AttikSiq. pi. lioaovg P.V.959. C.854. diffe
Pierson compares olg, <f>0o1g, icara- rent. Xijfiaai liaaovg A. 121. Here
irpoii,iTai, %nrXo~ila, TLv0o~i$a (Soph. Lobeck on Aj.151. conj. Xr'ipatri ttc-
Trach. 74.) StwXolSiov and rifiio'nrXoi- OTovg, doubting whether tiuraog is used
cW, voltiwv, fiollwv, irpoxpiSiov, pol- in the sense of different. So Dind.
liov, ypathov, olfrpog, olCvg. Cf. also It is evident, however, that the words
Pors. Eur. Med. 634. ?uu and Xtifiaoi iiooovg are intended
 Airr ( 91 )
to stand in apposition to each other,
denoting that they were two, not only
numerically, but two also in temper,
etc. So Blomf. Well.
Aivypog wet through. Met. Ki/Bea
Sivypa irnfiartov S.c.T. 972. steeped
as it v>ere in calamities.
At<j>pT)\aTri a charioteer, E. 151.
Al<j>pog a chariot, P. 190.
Ai<ppovTig divided inopinion,C.\9i.
Aiipviog double, two. Supviowi Tav-
raXiSatg A. 1447. the two descendants
of Tantalus.
Ai'xa separately, A. 315. Zl^aiaTt
it is different, ooov to t apx^iv koX
to SovXeveip Si\a P.V.927. how much
they differ. Cf. A. 1342. apart from.
(SiXa aXXwv A. 735. except, tiiya ye
Aiog P.V.162. beside, tuiv XtXeyjxevwv
3('Xa C.767. without. irvpoQ li\a
S.C.T.25. apo-EVOQ St'xa A. 835.
Atx^f at two points. Svytj avrlTropov
yaiav Spinet S.539. Here Schlitz in
terprets Stxfi of the Thracian and
Cimmerian Bosphorus, both of which
he supposes Io to have crossed.
Ai^dOev from two parts, in two
ways, iroifiavopwv tXavvei dt^odev P.
76. by land and by sea.
At\opp6irtog in a doubtful manner,
ov di\opp6irwe withoutdoubt, certainly,
S. 600. 960. A. 789. 1245. /*)) StxPp6-
irtog A. 340.
Aixo<rrareiv to stand apart, be
separate A. 314.With gen. E.364.
Af)(6(j>ph)v discordant, hostile, S.c.T.
881.
Ai^ws in two ways, C.902.
At\pav to be thirsty, bSoiiroptf Si-
ipiZvTi A. 875. Elmsley reads Snj^ij Tie
from Siij/av in C.745. for f; Xipog, v
Stipr) tic, v Xi\povpla t'xt> alleging that
Siipn for &'v//a is not more Greek than
yXixran for yXaxraa. Dindorf, how
ever (Prsef. ad Poet. Seen. Graec. p.
xxvi.), quotes similar forms, as irpv/x-
vn, t6\jj.t), although he agrees with
Buttmann in rejecting Siipn. Wellauer
retains S(\pn on account of the harsh
ellipsis which Elmsley's correction
requires. Blomf. follows Elmsley.
Buttm. conj. r} d(\fS e'i rig.
ANO*
Ai\pn thirst, (?) C.745. an unusual
form for $l\pa. See Stipav.
Al\piog thirsty, A. 481. C.183.
Al\pog thirst. St'i//et irovovvreg P.
476. Slif/u rt Xifiyre P. 483. In both
these passages, Blomf. has Si\pn, which
he considers as earlier Attic.
Atwyfia a pursuit, E. 134.
Aitoyjxog id. S.1031. In S.139.
iravTi Si adivovai, Siutynolai ft atr<f>a-
Xiag aSfit'irac aSfjrira pvoiog yevtfrOia,
the former part of the passage, at
least, is corrupt, as is seen both by
the sense and metre. Several unsa
tisfactory conjectures have been pro
posed. The latter part appears to
mean, may she, a virgin goddess, be
a protectress to me a virgin. See
under aSfirlg and atrfaXiag.
Aiu>Kctv to urge on. &pfia Si&Kiay
P. 84. OtioKwv wofiwlfiovg y^yoag iroSaiv
S.c.T. 353. BiwKova IjXOov arpvrov
TroSa E.381. absolutely, to hurry on.
iirl ttoXiv hi)Kb)v S.C.T. 89.to pur
sue, A. 383. luoKti iraig opviv E.126.
217.242. pass. C.287. to prosecute or
avenge (perhaps ZtuKtw ipiv aifia-
rrjpav C.467- anonym, conj. for vulg.
ai&v ivatpelv.) b cimkmv E.553. the
prosecutor.
Afiu>fi a maidservant, A. 882. C.82.
1044.
Afitoig id. C.708. S. 330.955. S.c.T.
345.
Avoipepog gloomy, P. 528. E.357.
where see avEdv and a^Xvg. ical viv
iXevOeplmg Xa/Airpibg t iSciv <piXlotg
Ofifuurt Svo<j>epag KaXinrpag C.798.
Here by Svotpepag KaXvirrpag But
ler understands the interior of the
palace where the treasures were
kept, and where jEgisthus and Cly-
taemnestra might fly for concealment.
So Heath. Schiitz explains it of the
house of Agamemnon overclouded
with woe, comparing v. 50. avtiXioi
jipoToarvytlg Sv6<j>oi KaXxnrTOvm B6-
povg, Stairorwv dav&rouri. The former
meaning assigned to Svotptpag kclXvtt-
rpag is certainly very harsh ; and
Schiitz's appears better suited to the
sense of the passage. It may be
 ANO* ( 92 )
better, however, by a slight alteration,
to read Svofapag KaXiirrpag in the
genitive. Herm. conj. Ik Svo<f>tpae
KaXv-irrpag. This Blomf. adopts. Xap-
irpds and h~vo<ptpag will then be op
posed ; and the prayer will be, that
the house being rescued from oppres
sion, may look brightly with friendly
eyes upon him (sc. Orestes) from the
dark veil which now overshadows it.
Other meanings have been suggested,
but none appear very satisfactory.
Dind. suspects an interpolation in
v. 797.
AvcKpog gloom, C.51.
Aoictiv to think, to be of opinion.
abs. to ri yap /xe, Soku>, ,vyytvkg
ovruig laavayKa^ti P.V.289. methinks.
With infin. referring to the same per
son, i>g iyii 'Sokovv bpav P. 184. Cf.
P.V.957. P.468. A. 411. (see tvrc) C.
227.520. S.821.referring to a diffe
rent subject. 'HXt'icrpav <Wi3 orei-^eiv
C. 16. P.V.434.743. S.C.T.597. A. 577.
to think or propose to do anything,
riva Trip.TTt.lv ZoK&g S.c.T.632. whom
do you propose to send? orav aeic'etv
Jj [iivvptaOat doKoi A. 16. when I have
a mind to sing. Ittei SoKtlg raS' ipSeiv
Kal Xtyeiv A. 1633. since you choose to
act and speak thus. to seem, opposed
to tivai, to be. ov yap BokeTv apiorog
aXX' eWi Oe'Xei S.c.T.574. With eI-
vat,to ZokCiv elvai wporwvTcg A.762.
preferring the semblance of being, un
less TTpoTtovreg can govern tivai, as
equivalent to Jj to tivai, which Herm.
denies. See >g.to seem, h.e. to be
matter of opinion. ug ipol SoKti S.c.T.
351. as it seems to me. ri ool ZoKti;
C.988. tpoi SoKtlv P. 242. in my opi
nion. See Matth.Gr.Gr.545.With
infin. to seem, to appear, p\i\ trot So-
Kovptv TySe Xti<j>6ijvai payr) P. 336. do
we seem to have been inferior? Cf.
P.V.314.385. 386.737. 961. P.177. A.
404.771.814.910.1186.1211.1319.1575.
C.261.860. S. 320.412. elliptically, ri
b" av SoKti aoi Upiapog, el raS' i'lvvirtv;
A. 909. sc. iroirjoat. el SiKaiwg t'vrt
p>) Ttj at) ipptvi c~OKt7 too" atpa E. 583.
sc. t\ttv. boKti it seems good, it is
AOMO
decreed, orav Ktivtp loKrj P.V.258.
when it is his pleasure. $6ii St tt&q ;
P.V.259. Ei coKt't o-ot ravra A. 918.
if such be your pleasure, ifxol 2' oaov
ra^icrra y iuirtaiiv hoKti 1323. my
opinion is, to rush in, etc. roiavr
e'2oe ripSt Kabpttwv riXti S.C.T. 1016.
such is the decree. Cf.999.1011. S.
600. SoKovvra Kal So^avra S.C.T.996.
the decree passed and now existing.
So with reference to this,p) doKvaaria
rivl 1027. prfii TJj) S6n irdXtv 1031.
let no one decree the contrary.perf.
MoS<7av orvytpav cnroipaiverrOai StSo-
kvke E.299. pass. di]fiov ZiSoKrat irav-
teXt) \pn<j>io-para S. 596. have been
passed.
AoKipog illustrious, notable. With
inf. SoKipog tipytiv P. 86. illustrious
enough to keep off.
Aorfpwg vigorously, heartily, P. 539.
Blomf. compares SoKipov vpvov Pind.
Nem.lll.il.
AoXidfinrtg crafty in counsel, S.
731.
AoXiog crafty, cunning, P.V.569.
A. 158. C.715 effected by craft, A.
1474. 1504.
AoXw<ppu>v crafty minded, C.935.
AoXi^os long, P.V.281.
AoXofir]Ti craftily counselled, P. 93 .
AoXoc craft, P. 353. C. 218. pi. S6-
Xoi E.809. ovv SoXj) by craft, P. 761.
coXa id. S.C.T.38. P.V.213. C.549.
h~6Xoi C.875. SoXoe oi^Etc fiij 'k
(pptvog opOoig pt Xiyalvuv S.C.T.854.
there is no deception as to my com
plaint being real, ov hoXov (pipti A.
860. involves no deceit.
AoXovv to use craft, A. 1619. pi)
SoXwaavrog 6tov A. 264. if God has
not deceived us.
AoXo<j>6vog craftily killing, A. 1100.
an epithet of the vessel in which
Agamemnon was slain.
AoXtofia a crafty act, C.998.
Adfiog a house orfamily, e.g. S.c.T.
486. and passim. So/xoi pi. id. A. 1282.
and passim. Xivoppa<j>})g h~6pog S. 128.
a ship, pare lofia (?) E.986. See
ftaivtiv. With periphr. Up ig lofitov
fieXadpa A. 932. hofxoiai Kal oiop-ani
 AOMO ( 93 )
lrarXayfizvovg S.c.T.877. smitten in
their households and families. Sopoig
for tv Sofioig in the house, at home,
P.233. A. 836.839. C.858.872. of the
temples of the gods, etc. A. 565. ( Here
Valck. on Eur. Phcen.88. conj. Ottiv
for dto'is in the preceding line, to
avoid what is called the Schema Co-
lophonium. Blomf. seems to take
this view of deoig, referring in its de
fence to Brunck on Ant. 862. Aopoig
however is not constructed with
deo'ts, but is put, as Well, observes,
for iv So/ioig. Peile quotes A. 27.
S.c.T.260. as instances of similar con
struction. Cf. also C. 703.) S.c.T.260.
E. 60. 176. 196. 198. 546. 639. Sopoig
'Jipe^Oiuic 817. injiMi' twv Ao,iov
E.35. lofiog Aitcag 491.
Aoftoo-^aXi/c overthrowing a house,
A. 1515.
Aovai, a reed or pipe P.V.574.
Ada opinion, A. 266. C.672. fancy,
dveipotpavroi Sdijai A. 410. Here Herm.
restores the form S6ko.i (So/cat Dind.
from Arcad. p. 106.21.) as better
suited to the metre. C.1049. ovk
e'kti ?oai tZv^e KVfJ.a.Twv 1047. these
sufferings are no fancies. resolution.
i^ux^fC tbrXflfiovi Sofa P. 28. So^a is
thus put for valour in Pind. Pyth. i.
92. oirtOo/jiflpoTOv av\nfia So^ag. So
Evlotya Nem. 1 1 1 . 40.
AoaEiv to fancy, to think, with
inf. A. 659. with part. So^aaei rig
aKOvtov otra S.98. he will fancy he
hears. With ace. ir<5c ravr aXnBij
icai fiXiTrovra So^aao) C. 831. Evtyp.-
ftoXov oa<rat C. 168. easy matter for
conjecture.
AopiyafijipoQ causing war by her
marriage, A. 672.
AopiKavrjg killing by the spear, S.
965.
Aopmr/ijjc slain by the spear, C.360.
AopUpavos armed with a pointed
head, P. 144. This is the older read
ing. More recent edd. have Sopv-
upavov.
Aopipapyog raging with the spear,
S.c.T.668.
Avpiirovof; oppressed by war, S.c.T.
AOPY
153. iopiirova Kaica S.c.T.610. the evils
of such oppression.
Aopir/inTog slain by the spear, C.
343.
Aopv a spear, irarayog oh% kvog
Sopog S.c.T.99.329.381. 483.942.1007.
P. 296.312.715. A.111.1120. E.736.
748. dopog aypav S.c.T. 304. the spoil
of the spear. vvavXia Sopog S.c.T.
821. a combat. Sopog avrnpirag S.c.T.
981. one opposing with the spear, fiayri
lopog A.427. XeKetpfiivov Sop6g A. 503.
spared by the spear. iroXipiov Zopv
S.c.T.198. 398. the spearsof the enemy,
lopbg viKntyopov E.747. victorious with
the spear. $op\ aXovaa S.c.T. 567.
a ship, ki kg Sopv S.832. KparovvTiav
riiv iirl Z,vyij> Bopog A. 1601. (see i>-
yov) ett' uXXnv clWoc "iQvvev Sopv P.
403. In S. 128. Xivoppa(j>rjg re Sopog
aXa ariytav Sopog aytlfiarov jx etteli-
7i-, the comma (according to Stanl.
Pauw, and Butler,) is to be placed
after Sopog, h. e. aXa ariyutv Sopog,
keeping the sea out of the ship. Schiitz
joins Sopog with aytlparov, and ex
plains it, belli tempestatem quae nobis
imminet ab JEgypti filiis haud exper-
tam. This is much to be preferred.
In S.985, iroXvg Se ttovtoq ovv ekXv-
pwdri lopi, which is not intelligible,
Heath suggests ovvck ypodn, and with
xovog supplies another verb. Let us
not endure those things, to avoid which
much labour (was endured) and much
sea traversed by us. So Dind. Cf.
Virg. jEn. ii.780. iii.495.yo/x^ocifYp
Sopi, in a corrupt passage S. 826. This
is by Abresch explained of the ship,
quce tota clavis firmissime compacta.
Heath more correctly observes, "yo/n-
(poh'tTov Sopv, idem valet ac apud
HomerIl.A.245.246. o-Ktjirrpov ijXouri
Ktirapfxivov." So Schiitz, who re
marks, " agitur de violentia, qua
Danai'des in navem coacturus sit
Praeco, agendo, trahendo, trudendo,
lancece ictibus vulnerando." Herm.
conj. yop<j>oSETh> St SopEt SiwXov. So
Dind. on the form Sdptt used by the
tragics, see Herm. on Soph. Aj.v.
1035. CEd. Col. 626. 1316. 1388. and on
 AOPY ( 94 )
Aj.ed. Erfurdt. p. 628. See also under
aifiwv.
AopvEevog a friend in war, one
sworn to aid and protect another, A.
854. C.555. pertaining to such an
one. Sofiovc copv&vovQ C. 1001.
Aopuiray//c compacted with timbers,
S.724.
AopviraXroQ brandishing the spear.
XePS *K SopvTraXrov A. 116, on the
right hand, the spear being brandished
with that hand.
AopvtrdtvijQ mighty with the spear.
Sopvtrdtvf)s avrip C. 157. a prosopopeia
for iron.
Aopvaoog or Aopvaaoog brandishing
the spear, S. 179. 963.aayaig h*opv-
trooie S.c.T.118. military. Blomfield
on S.c.T. 1 18. contends that this word
is always written with aa, and, there
fore, reads in this passage lopvaadlg,
but Well, rightly observes, that the
poets were at liberty to use the
shorter form, as in Qeoctvtoq for 6t6o-
(TVTOQ.
AopvrivaKrog shaken with spears,
S.c.T.140.
AopvfopoQ spear-bearing, C.758.
Aoaigagift. yac Soaig S.c.T. 343.
the produce of the earth. c~6o-ig Ik
Awg A. 986. bounty from Jupiter.
In a bad sense, i6aiv /.(, r ko.k>v iv i,vvTvxpvTb>v Oeolg. SeeDindorf,
kclkoiq P. 998. See tcaKog.avv dciov
ioaei C.771. by the blessing of the
gods. yviOXiog loaig E.7. a birth-day
gift. Saifi6vti)v Zooiv E.908. the bounty
of the gods. In C. 93. avriSovvai ro'iai
irifiirovaiv raSe | aritpn, Socriv re rtiv
KaK&v 7ra/a',Herm.(Obss. Critt.p.
62.) conj. lotriv ye, to avoid what he
considers the awkward position of
re. Well, however, rightly observes,
that avrilovvai is put absolutely,
h. e. without an object, and is to be
repeated with Zoaiv sc. to make a re
compense to those who send these
crowns, and such a recompense, etc.
Aon'/p a giver, irvpbg (iporolg Sorfjpa
P. 615. the giver offire to mortals.
AovXeta slavery, S.c.T. 235. A. 350.
AovXewg enslaved, S.c.T. 305.
slavish, S.c.T. 453. 775.
APAM
AovXevetv to be a slave, P.V.929.
With dat. ZtvyXaiat ZovXevovra P.V.
461. obedient to the yoke.
AovXn a female slave, A. 1299.
AovXiog servile, slavish ; vybv
lovXiov S.C.T.75. A.927.1199. P.50.
anevtrai rt tS>v SovXwg <pepti <j>pi)v
S.594. HereStanl./3oirXtoc,so Heath,
Schiitz, Dind. Wellauer, however,
observes, that SoiXiog <ppriv seems to
refer to mortals, who implore as vas
sals the aid of their sovereign Jupiter.
SovXiq. Trip iv <j>pcvi A. 1054. in the
mind of a slave. SovXiov iaayov alaav
i.e. ayov is c\>vXtov alaav C.75.
AovXog a slave, A. 1008. 1016. P.
238.731.
AovXoavvr) slavery, S.c.T. 107.
AovXovv to enslave, S.c.T. 236.
AovXtMppwv servile-minded, S.731.
Aovirog a noise, C.370.
AovpiKXvros celebrated in war, P.
85.
AovpiTrXrinros stricken by the spear,
Xa<j>vpa BovpiirXriKTa S.C.T.260. spoils
gotten in the brunt of war. Porson on
Hec. 482. proposes c~ovpiXr)<pd', which
Schiitz and Blomf. have adopted.
Dind. conj. SovpiirnxO't and also con
siders that a serious interpolation
has crept into the whole passage,
annot. in loc.
Aoyji-oXtxpog wearing a sloping
crest, S.c.T. 109.
Apa.Ka.wa a she-dragon, E. 124.
ApaKovQojxiXoQ crowded with dra
gons, S.263.
ApaKovTOfxaXXog having snakes in
stead of hair, P.V. 801.
ApaKiav a dragon, a serpent, P. 82.
S.C.T. 273. 363.485. C.520. 1043. 1046.
S.506.
Apafia an act. tStu^erai to Spafia
roii TraQovg irXeov A. 515. boasts that
the achievement overbalances the suf
fering.
Apa/irjfia a running, a hasty gait,
P. 243. For the account of the swift
ness of Persian messengers, cf. Herod.
viii.98. and see iEsch. Ag.273. On
the two forms Spofxrifia and ipafinfia,
 APAN ( 95 )
see Lobeck on Phryn. p.618. who
decides against Blomf. that either
form is correct.
Apdv to do or act, abs. Kanavtvg
airtiXei Spdv TrapttrKevaajXtvoe S.c.T.
.422. tov Sp&vTOQ kori Kat to (iovXivaai
iripi A. 1332. I?rt^() Spdv KaTwpOuxrai
<j>pevl C.505. Cf. P.V.941. C.1005.
E.501. S.375.500. Spaaavn iradtlv C.
311. sc. iari the criminal must suffer.
Wunderlich Obss. Critt.p.83. observes
that, placed thus absolutely, it is pe
culiarly applied to the commission of
crime.With ace. h~pav tclvt avaynn
P.V.72. Cf.663.746. S.c.T. 1049. A.
1029. 1326. 1618. 1639. C. 546. 869. 886.
E. 128. 156.693. 766. With ace. of the
person, dparta iroXie (Sparo) Tt tt6-
Xie, Elms, on Med. 1224. 2para> re
Cant. Brunck. rell. see Well. not. in
loc). Kat ju) Sparta rove nXaiovrae
YloXvvdKnv S.c.T. 1058. let the city
do aught to them, or not. rrjv vo-
XvkXuvttjv Itptyevuav civa^ta fipa-
<rae A. 1508. having used her unwor
thily, (see 'Itptytvita) KaK&Q Spay to
inflict injury, P. 799. ev Spav to confer
benefits, E.830.
Apatrtfiog that which is to be done,
avijp aKOfnroc, \t~tp $' bpif to hpdotjxov
S.cT. 536. his hand perceives what
is to be done. Stanl. compares Soph.
Phil.95. yXGiooay fikv apyov, X'Pa &
ti\ov ipydrtv.
ApaofxoQ a flight, P. 352.362.
ApaarrjpioQ effectual, active, S.c.T.
1032.
Apeiretv to gather.Met. mid. v.
Iptyaodai to shed (as blood), S.c.T.
700.
Api/iiis bitter, severe, A. 1483. C.386.
Apo/rijatoA,A.1521.C993.E.603.
Apofjoe a running, a race, or course,
S.305.pl. P.V.840. A. 119. ew Spofiov
tyipofiai P.V.885. ek Ipdfiov A. 1218.
i nojutti e^wTepo) C. 1018. wditrOat h"
ovSkv tar tii> Spdfiov C.507. it is not
out of the right course, is not improper.
Spofiy swiftly, P. 203. Spofioiai id. S.
799. tovq VTrtpjxr]KEiQ Zpofiovg yv/Mvafe-
rai P.V. 593. she is harassed in these
long courses, Iv Zpofiy (tSpo/xy, om.
AYO
iv, Heath. Musgr.) npotTTtOeig nirpov
C.785. putting an end to his course.
Apotrog dew, A. 1363, etc. irovria
Spotrog E.864. the water of the sea.
Ipoaoi A. 139. theyoung of an animal,
cf. Horn. Od. I. 222. xwp<c p*v "Y"*"
yovot, %<^ptg 8i fiiraaaat, Xtoplg 2'
avff tptrai. Etym. AltrvyXog iv 'Aya-
IXEjXVOVl TOVQ aKVjXVOVQ TbIV XcoVTldV
SpdtTOVS Kf/cXjJKf.
Apuc an oak. at Trpoanyopoi Spits
P.V. 834.
Avn calamity, distress, P.971.1004.
P.V. 179.511.523.748. S.C.T.210. A.
1122. C.437. E.532. vi/tTTtSeg Siat A.
1605. the pangs of hunger, finrpotpovovg
Suae E.258. punishment for a mother's
murder.
Ai/iog miserable, S-809.
Avva/xig power, influence. Sivafitv
ttXovtov A.754. t&v av Svvafitg iiyeia-
Oat 6eXrj P. 170. in whatsoever my
ability may enable me.
AiivaaOat to be able, P.V. 326. 916.
illvvrjQr)v 206. to have influence, E.
910. S.1017.
Avvatrrrie a prince, A.6. Metapho
rically applied to the larger heavenly
bodies. See avroXfj.
Awvdrjjc a prince, P. 661. voc. Sv-
vara O prince. Said to be the same
as Swaarng. See Siayetv.
Avvarog possible, A. 97.
Axivctv aor.2. Su^ai to set, to sink,
Svvovrog fiXiov S.252.as a ship, ovk
Uv Sofxoc A.983. Met. of the end of
life, fiiov Ivvrog 1094. to put on.
avayicag iSv Xiwadvov A. 211. Met.
he put on the collar of necessity.
At/o two, P. 177. A. 121. C.205.
S.cT. 460. BvoXv S.cT. 938. It is
used with dual and plural nouns, as
Svo'tv tTTpariVfiaroiv P. 706. C. 302.932.
1043. E.406.P.V. 780. S.c.T. 904. yvto-
/xwv Svdlv P.V. 869. Svoiv fitatrfiartov
E. 570. In the former passage some
MSS. have yvitfiatv, and in the lat
ter Elmsley recommends fitatrfiarotv,
alleging that Ivolv is never joined
by the Attics with the plural substan
tive. Eur. Med. 798. This is also the
opinion of Buttmann. See Gr. Gr.
 AYPE ( 96 ) AY29

vol. i. p. 282. Well, retains the Schiitz. Blomf. Lachm. This, how
plural. In P.V.780. Blomfield and ever, violates the metre, if Wellauer
Schiitz adopt dvilv as the more be right in supposing that the epode
Attic reading. Svolv is, however, as is divided into pairs of verses, each
Well, observes, the reading of the verse resembling the one following it.
majority of the MSS. in this and in AvafiavKTog mournfully uttered, P.
most other places. iv Svoiy ^Evicrn- 566.
piav sc. yaiv P. 722. which is also a AvcrfiovXta evil counsel, A. 1591.
marginal reading in Ask. for iv. S.c.T.784.
Avpeirdat to bemoan, P.V.271. P. Avalaifiuiv unhappy, P. 915. S.c.T.
574. the same as oSvpofiat Blomf. 809.909. P.V. 604. in A. 329. >g Zva-
(P.V. 191.) compares xiXXu and okeX- fiaifiovES a(pii\ai:Tov Evii]aovai waaav
X(J, fiopyvvfii and opopyvvpi, orotic evtppuvrjv. Stanley reads, tbg h" ev-
and dfrradUg. SaipovEg. So Pauw and Butler ap
AvaayKvpiarog irrecoverable, E. prove. Schiitz explains the vulg.
252. like poor persons, i.e. persons who
AvaayKpvroQ difficult to decide upon, have nothing to guard. This is very
S.119. harsh. Abresch explains &g by <5ote,
Avaayvog impure, S.732. and translates, "so that, poor wretches,
Avaade\(j>oc unhappy in one's bro (as referring to miseries before in
thers, S.c.T. 852. curred) they will sleep the whole
Avaaidvj'ig calamitous, P. 273. night without the fatigue of keeping
Auo-aXyjje woeful, A. 1137. guard as before. This seems nearly
AvaaXiorog difficult to be seized, correct. It would be better, however,
P.V. 166. to understand >g in which manner,
Avaaviop [d] connected with evil sc. irdywj' Zpoatov r avaXKayivTee.
men. yapov Svaavopa S. 1050. a mar Herm. conj. St Balpoveg. So Dind.
riage with a detested man. Avac'aKpvTog to be miserably mourn
AvoapeaTog difficult to appease, E. ed, A. 430.
888. Avoh'apap unhappily married. A.
AvaapKTog difficult to be governed, 1292.
C.1020. Avotc'poQ sitting for destruction, an
AvaavXia badness of lodging, A. evil visitant. A. 726. ,
541. AvtTEickvTtoQ inextricably, P.V. 60.
Avaayfit grievous, E.140. Here AixreXirig without hope, C.407.
the vulg. has hvaa^OEg, contrary to AvatvvriTtop a bad bedfellow. $pa-
the metre. Hermann strikes out <J Kovrag \eyitov ovaevvfiropag S.c.T.275.
before irowoi, but Glasg.2. adopts dangerous occupants of its nest. Here
Suo-axe'e. the reading of Rob. So Reg. G. has Svaevv&reipa. Vienn. A.
Well. Bothe. B.C.D. many other MSS. and Aid.
Avafiarog sorrowfully trodden, P. Rob. Turn. SvoEvvrireipa. So Glasg.
1026.1030. Pauw rightly explains Sva-evvijTopag Med. Vict. Schol. A.
this, " Terra Persica c'vajiaTog nunc Hence Blomf. e'vaevvaropag. This
est mihi, eamque tristis nunc calco seems necessary, not only to the
pede tristi." So Schol. ov-% tog tricXn- sense, but to the metre ; it requires,
pav teal SvaKoXov eh epflaaiv, dW however, the change of Spatcovrag for
<le iirl rcuy rai fivtmr)(ia (iaivopEvvv Spanovra S' in v. 273.
rjJ Sipln. Brunck, comparing the Avaevperog difficult to discover,
various reading, Bixr/iaKTog in Regg. P.V. 81 8.
A. H. and IvaflaiKrog Reg. B. in v. AvaijXiog sunless, E.374.
1030. with the Gloss. ^vadpiivnrog in AvaOiarog horrible to be looked on,
the same,conj. h'vafidvrrog. So Glasg. S.c.T. 963. P.V. 69. 693.
 AYSO
AvoBiog impious, A. 1 572. C . 45. 1 89.
518. S.417.
AvrrQpoog mournfully sounding, P.
628.904. 1032.
Avaidrog incurable, A. 1074.
Aitng the setting of a star, dfufi
nXtiaZiav Zvaiv A. 800. h. e. about the
beginning of November. See Stan
ley's note on P.V.456.
AiiaicairvoQ sullied with smoke, A,
750.
AvaKarairavcrrog not to be stayed,
C.463.
Av(rKe\ab\) mournfully sounding,
S.c.T.849.
Av(TKnXog(icrjXii0) incurable, E.789.
AvtricXeris disgraceful, P.V. 241.
P. 436.
AvaKoiTOQ hard to interpret, P.V.
484. A. 954. difficult to discern.
ZvoKplrovg (Sva-eiQ P.V.456. On this
passage Herm. (Obss. Critt. p. 18.)
observes that the epithet Ivatcp'iTovg
is no more applicable to hvoeig than
to avroXag. He therefore adopts a
reading found in Stob. eel. 1. 2. rag
re IvOKplrovQ bZovg. Wellauer justly
disapproves this correction.
AvaKplrwe unintelligibly, P.V. 665.
AvoKvfiavTOQ caused by violent
waves, A. 639.
Av(t\ektoq unpleasant to be spoken.
ZvokiKTo. <j>[\oto-i P. 688. things hard
for friends to speak.
Ava-Xofog difficult to bear, P.V.
933. From X6<pog, the neck.
Av<t\vtoq difficult to be loosened,
P.V. 192.
AvafiaQciv to be unable to recog
nize, C.223.
AvafxaOrtg hard to understand, A.
1228.
Ava/u'tTwp (Dor.) pertaining to an
evil mother. Svafiaropog kotov S.65.
the wrath of an evil mother.
Avapaxog difficult to conquer, P.V.
923.difficult, A. 1542.
Avafievtfg hostile, S.264.an ene
my, S.c.T.348. Ivafitvtig S.c.T.216.
the enemy. With flat, ihvdg alt\<j>ov
T<j> irarovvTi Svofievtlg A. 1166.
AvtTfiti setting. Sva/ial 'HXiov <pdt-
( 97 ) AYSn
vaafiartov, i.e. 'HXt'ov <j>divovrog P.
228. (cf. Herm. App. Vig.lll.). the
sunset. Here Pauw, whom Blomf.
and Dind. follow, reads (jtdivdcrpaai,
from a remark by Eustathius that
iEschylus called i/Xlov Suaig by the
name ^Qivdafiara. Well, however,
observes rightly, that this is equally
true if the vulg. be retained, and for
such circumlocutions refers to Er-
furdt on Soph. Ant.420. See Pors.
Hec.302.
Averfirixavtiv to have no means, to
be unable, with inf. A. 1333.
Avo-fiopog wretched, S.c.T. 819.
Avcroe'o,7ral-7ra\og(jraiTra\os,rugged)
throwing difficulties in the way, E.
365.
Avaoifaiv (o'i<o, o'l) to cry with
fear at any thing, to dread, ovroi S-
aoi^bs, dd/xvov u>g opvig, (jwfia A. 1289.
Avaoifxog leading by an unlucky
way, C.933.
Avoourrog hard to be borne, P.V.
693. C.734. SitroHTTa TroXlrcug trddov
E.784. I have suffered such treatment
as the citizens shall find redound to
their discomfort.
AvaSfilXog of evil presence, or com
pany, a bad visitor, A. 726.
Avadfifiarog blind, E.366.
Avaopfiog affording a bad anchor
age, P. 440. ep. of the island of Psyt-
taleia. Stanl. compares Virg. JEu.
xi.23.detaining unpleasantly inhar-
bour, A. 186.
Avaopvig unlucky, S.e.T.820.
AvairdXaiorogdifficulttobe wrestled
with, invincible, S.463. C.681.
AvtnrdXaiiog difficult to manage,
irresistible, E. 840.
AvmraXdfiutc without help, in a
desperate situation, S.847.
Avtrn-aXi'ig hard to struggle with,
E.529.
AvawapdflovXog obstinate, incapa
ble of being advised, S. 100.
AvanapdQeXKTog hard to be soothed
or entreated. fievEt rot Ztjvog iktuiov
Korog Sv(rirapa6iXic70tg irc&oVTog o'ik-
roig S.381. So Pors. The wrath of
Jupiter Jcraioc awaits those who are
o
 AYSn ( 98 )
hard to be prevailed upon by the
complaints of a sufferer.
AvcmapaiTnTog hard to be prevailed
upon, inexorable, P.V.34.
Avtnraphyopot hard to be appeased,
E.362.
Avirire/xwros hard to be dismissed,
A. 1163.
Avinrerwe with difficulty, P.V. 754.
Avairrifiarog Corr. hiairiifiavroQ
causing grievous calamity, E.459. In
this passage, as it stands in the vulg.
roiavra fiev rdF etrriv a/juporepa fie-
veiv, irepireiv Se Svuwrifiar afin\dvbtQ
e/ioi, the word 2v<r7n;^ara is evidently
corrupt. Bentl. corrects SvairfifjiatTa.
The meaning of the passage is doubt
ful, and has given rise to many con
jectures, irifnrtiv is generally referred
to the dismissing of the Furies by
Minerva. Butl. however, joins it
with Svairrifiavra, which he under
stands of the evils to be expected
from the vengeance of the Furies.
Herm. reads roiavra \xiv rdS' eariv
afupdrtpa, jieveiv \ TrijXTreiv re, cvtrirri-
fxavr ajXTj^dvive tfioi, i.e. such is the
state of this case; either alternative,
for them to remain, or for me to
dismiss them (is) so fraught with
peril that I am unable to act. Well,
objects to this, that fieveiv and ire/j-
irefvare said of different persons; and
(which is a better objection) that
it refers only to the Furies, whereas
this being the summing up of the
deliberation, both parties ought to be
mentioned. He proposes a/upi) (corr.
&fi<j>u>) fiev [/.tvetv, but his explana
tion is forced. Butl. proposes roi
avra p.ev rdS' iarlv' a/xiporepa, fie-
veiv | Trefiireiv re Svcrnri/xavr, djirf-
Xavwe ?xt> ' e- either alternative,
for the Furies to remain, or for them
to produce grievous mischief (sc. by
not being allowed to stay) is fraught
with difficulty. Schiitz appears to
come nearest to the truth ; he re
tains 8e, and reads roiavra p.ev rdS'
etrnV ap.<j>6repa pivtiv, irifnreiv Se
$v<mr)fiavr ajirrxavias ifiol, which he
translates, " utramque partem (Fu-
AYSn
rias et Orestes) manere, utramque
autem dimittere sine offensione hand
licet." This translation of the last
verse, however, is incorrect. He is
right in referring ajx^orepa to both
parties, and making the opposition to
be between dfi^orepa fieveiv and irefi-
weiv M, but not so, in also explaining
irifnreiv of both. The general mean
ing of the passage appears to be, for
both to remain at once is impossible,
yet to dismiss one is fraught with
difficulty. The second clause irefiireiv
he Zvoicnfiavra, refers only to the Fu
ries, of whom in v. 454. he says, avrai
<f e\ovai fio'ipav ovk evirefnreXov. The
danger of dismissing Orestes is im
plied (for an instance of the omission
of one of two things referred to see
under Siayeiv P. 661. and Pauw's
note). Following, therefore, Schutz's
reading, but placing the comma after
tvairr}fiavra, we may refer dfiti^avtog
ifiol (sc. t'^Ei or eari) to both clauses,
and translate, such, indeed, is the
case : for both parties to remain (is
not in my power to effect), yet to
dismiss those who may cause such
grievous woe (cf.v.45o-7.) is also im
possible for me. There is no occasion
with Well, to change thefneuter a/x-
<porepa into ajupto (see Blomf. Gl.
Pers.l.). If any emendation were to
be admitted, we should prefer Butler's
afiTixavwg e\ei, but even this is not
necessary. Perhaps it may be not
amiss to subjoin a translation of the
passage from v. 448. to shew the con
nexion of the whole. Minerva is
expressing the difficulty of deciding
whose side to take, a difficulty aris
ing from the fact that Orestes, al
though a murderer, yet could not at
once be dealt with as such, being now
purified; whereas, on the other hand,
if he were not so dealt with, the most
grievous results might be expected
from the wrath of the Furies. She
cannot, however, refrain, notwith
standing the admitted difficulty of
deciding, from expressing a feeling
in favour of Orestes ; and this she
 AYSn ( 99 ) AY2<&

does when she has only stated one Avoirpayelv to be unhappy, to fare
part of the difficulty, sc. that con ill, A. 764.
cerning himself. The verse Sptos o" Avorrpatya unhappiness, evil estate,
apoptpovovra a aipovpai iroXet, would, P.V. 968. E.739.
as Well, observes, naturally come Avoaejieia impiety, irpbg Svtraefiei-
after v. 457. where both parts of the as l\v kpjo\ toS iv <ppe.alC.SQ3. 1 re
difficulty have been stated, but if we garded it as an act of impiety.
bear in mind that the opug here refers Avotrefie'iv to be impious, E.870.
not only to verses 451,452. but to the Av<Tin(3riQ impious, A. 212. 736.
whole difficulty (v.448.) felt by Miner comp. S.c.T.580.
va, notwithstanding which she ex Avaaefila impiety, E.506.
presses this partiality for Orestes, we AvtrriKpapTot; difficult to compre
shall not have occasion to alter its hend, P.V. 495.
position. The whole passage may be AvtrrepwifQ unpleasant, C.275.
thus rendered: for a mortal to decide Avarnvog unhappy, P.282.455. 873.
upon this matter, would be impossible; S.c.T.1023. P.V. 659. A. 638. Swotij-
even for myself it is hardly right to vov Oipog A. 1640. a miserable harvest.
determine hastily in so difficult a AvarXnTOQ hard to beborne, A.1552.
case of homicide, especially as you, Avotovog mournful, pitiable, S.cT.
though you have . committed murder, 971.988. C. 462.
are nevertheless come here as a puri Avarv^elv to be unhappy, P.V. 345.
fied suppliant (yet notwithstanding 506. tTrtu^ojuaiToXtri Se Svarv^eiv
this difficulty I prefer you, since you S.c.T.464. Cv<mr)(OvvTtov S.334.
are without offence towards the state, AvoTvyfiQ unhappy, E. 759.786.
h. e. have no tendency to do it iroXXa i)viTTv\f) re irpatrtrei S.c.T.321.
mischief) ; but on the other hand, fares wretchedly in many ways, ro h~v-
these are of a sort which it is not <rrv\es C.900. misery, ei St <jv<rrvy(ij
easy to dismiss, and if they do not sc. earl ra irpaypara A. 1301. Here
obtain a successful issue, the venom of Blomf. reads Svorvxpl. Pors. ed. 2.
their spirits falling on the ground SvtTTv^ei. Abresch thinks that ei
(will prove) in after time a severe ca Sv<ttv)(tj or ei Svtrrv)(fj are equally
lamity to the country. Such, indeed, good, but ti with the subj. is at least
is the case : for both parties to remain doubtful.
is impossible, yet I cannot well dismiss Avrrrvxwe unhappily, A. 1645.
those who may be causes of such dire Avtrtyaros of evil sound, A. 1123.
woe : since, however, it has come, etc. Avaipnpt'iv to utter ill-omened
AvairXavos wretchedly wandering, sounds, A. 1048.
P.V.611. SvtnrXavot aXarelat P.V. AvaiptXhc odious, A. 1205. 1625. C.
902. wretched wanderings. 615. 1054. E 54. oW0i\tc Oeo'ie C.
AvtnroXepriToe difficult to conquer, 628. an act odious to the gods.
S.637. Avtr<j>opelv to be impatient S.508.
AvtnroXepog unhappy in war, P. 974. With eiri, eTraXyei Zvcnfnp&v S.c.T.762.
AvtnrovnroQ attended with pain, Ava<j>opo intolerable, A. 833. E. 350.
severe. Svairovrire Sauiov P. 507. The S.8I4. Comp. S.c.T.639. vfipiv ${/-
word occurs (Ed. Col. 1610. Blomf. tjtyopov S. 798. intolerable in insolence.
needlessly suspects that the true read Avtr<pp6v<i>Q unadvisedly, P. 544.
ing- here is SvtriraXaHTTe. Avir<ppbiv mournful, vexatious, A.
AvairorpOQ unhappy, S.302. P.V. 808. evil-disposed, hostile, A. 594.
119.198. S.c.T.795. causing unhap- S.506. yapov SvotypovoQ S.389. an
piness, S.c.T.801. odious marriage. rash, thoughtless,
Avairorpioq unhappily, P. 264. S.c.T.836. iroOev to Svatppov tovt
AvtnroTog affording a horrid drink, ewijv trrvyoQ oTparip; A. 533. Here
E.256. arparoQ certainly cannot signify the
f
 AY2* ( 100)
aged citizens left at home, or as Well,
(whom Scholef. follows) says, po-
pulus, as opposed to the army come
from abroad: arparbg is used for the
army in vv.524 and 530, and must
surely mean likewise in this passage
the army returned from Troy. The
Chorus had been expressing its grief
at the absence of the army, which
grief arose from a feeling as well of
their danger abroad as of the evil
produced thereby at home ; and hence
they regarded the expedition with
feelings of disgust. The Chorus
having then strongly expressed their
mournful anxiety for its return, the
Herald imagines that there is some
reason for this, and asks, " Whence
did this gloomy feeling of dislike
attach to the army?" The aversion
here expressed was felt towards the
army, not as men, but as the abettors
of a cause which had produced, and
was likely to produce, such mischief.
This explanation is suggested by
Klausen, and (although the expres
sion 7rijv crrpaTy is not without awk
wardness) is much better than that
of Blomf. who, placing the comma
after iTtjv, translates, Unde tibi hcec
animi solicitudo quam aversatur exer-
cilus 1 Emper. in Zimmerm. Diar.
A. 1835. p. 627, quoted by Dindorf,
has an observation worthy of atten
tion : " Scribendum fpev&v. quae vox
quum omissa esset, e priore exercitus
mentione param caute o-rpary sup-
plevit librarius." Ta fih yap Ik yrjs
^v<T(j>p6vti>v fj.Ei\tyjj,aTat fiporo'tQ Trttpav-
(tko>v tliri rag St vtfv voaovq, k.t.X.
C.276. Of this obscure passage several
meanings have been proposed. Lobeck
on Soph. Aj.v. 757. conj. fjnvifiara for
petXiyfjara, which he considers unin
telligible. This Butl. (ap. Peile in
loc.) disapproves, and agrees with
Blomf. in translating lva<f>povu>v fiti-
Xtyfiara calamitates, quibus inimici
gaudere possint. To this interpre
tation Klausen (qu. v.) justly objects,
but himself proposes a worse. Schiitz
and Well, explain Ivaibpovwv fJiiXly-
AOMA
fiara pcenas ad plaeanda Erinnyum
numina irata propter intermissam
occisi Agamemnonis ultionem, and by
ra fjiv Ik yije understand terra ste-
rilitatem. It seems, however, very
harsh to refer Ivtrfpovtav thus put
generally, to the Furies in particular.
Scholefield's explanation seems upon
the whole the best, viz. " quce enim e
terra oriunda hominibus morbos levant
malignos (nam morbos e sequente
vouove intelligitur"this is not ne
cessary, lva<^p6vti)v is merely a general
expression, though undoubtedly it
may here refer especially to diseases)
" hcec nobis contra denunciavit morbos
fore, h.e. creatura esse : nempe liche-
nas," etc. In this case it is better to
read rairSe, with Turn. Vict. Glasg.
or Se maybe emphatic in the apodosis.
For the change to the feminine in
rdaSc from the neuter /jttXiyfiara as
referring to the noun vooovq following
cf. P.V.755.
Avtr)(elfjepoc wintry, tempestuous,
severe, P. V. 15.748. Metaph. Svtr^ei-
fiipovg &ra C.269.
Avtrxcpne disagreeable, disgusting.
S. 563. P.V. 804.
Avaytfjog cold, chilly, severe, hv-
a\ifiot KiXtvdot P. 559. Bvtrxtfjov 7rXnfi-
fjvpiSos C. 184. SpaKOvra Svc^t/jov
S.c.T.485.Cf. Virgil. Ecl.iii.93. Fri-
gidus, 0 pueri,fugitehinc,latetanguis
inherba. B1.G1. P.573. says, "avete-
re radice %ioe frigus, unde -^IfitrXov.
Receutiores scribebant -^cifja." See
Elmsley's note on Bacch.15. where
he discards the form Svirxtifjog as
well as fjcXdyxttfJoc; from the Attic
writers. See also Blom. on P.573.
(ed. BL).
Auiwvn Dodona, P.V.661.832.
Awfja a house, a family. ?w/<
Kotrfirjaet irarpoQ S.c.T.461 . So passim.
hwixara id. irwc xorpj!a fi&fjara Xtirtiv
tVXjjre; S. 322. and passim.a tem
ple, E. 170. 734. S.288. Swfiam for iv
ewfiaon C.703.
A<i)fjaTtrtq domestic. hb>iiarirtv
torlav A.942.
Awfjarovy to build a house. htSto
 AilPE ( 101 )
fiarutfiai S.936. / have had houses
built for me,
iwpfd a gift, a boon, P.V.338.619.
AiiiptiaOai to give, fiiy' ixpiXnfia
tout iciapiiato jipOTo'ig P.V. 251. to
present with. Zvo'iv \oyo~iv at daripy
duipi'itrofiai 780.
E
"E an exclamation of surprise or
sorrow, 8.134.143. P. V. 580. 601. 605.
744. S.cT. 135. 139. 142.309.321. P.
938. A. 1085. C. 778. 856.
"Ed id. P.V.298. repeated, P.V. 114
565.690. C.857.
'Eav if, with conj. P.V. 326. 379.
S.C.T.224. A. 1398. 1652. S.607. iav
pr\ P.V. 1016. unless, iav irsp P.521.
if so be that.
'Eav to let alone, P.V.332. to allow,
with inf. 384. ovk iav to forbid, pre
vent, S.c.T.360.538.
'Eavrov of himself.Trap' kavrip
P.V. 186. in his own hands, tov aptf
iavrijc ad\ov 704. her own suffering.
Kifctvaat Kaff iavrov 892. to marry in
one's own rank.
'E/SSojuayt'rac Dor. a seventh lead
er, S.cT. 782.
"EfiSopoG seventh, S.c.T.264.613.
696.782. P. 764. irvkaiq l/3<So/*aiC
S.cT. 118. the seventh gate, not the
seven gates, as some translate it, and
as Thom. Mag. asserts. On this
passage Valck. observes, " septem
duces non stabant ad septem por-
tas, sed adstabant portarum sepiimce,
forsan in vicino Jovi9 Altissimi tem-
plo, nXriptp XayovTcc, sortiti quam
quisque de septem portis sibi haberet
tuendam. Nondum ad suam quem-
que stationem missos liquet ex v. 290
(264)."
"Eyyaiog born in the land, P. 886.
in the country, tl Kvpei tis olwvowoXiav
iyyawg S.57.
'Eyyevr\Q indigenous, attached to a
family or race, C.459. S.326. Qiovg
tovq iyytvtig S.C.T.564.
"Eyyovoe a descendant, A. 364.
Em
A(l|ii|/m a gift, a boon, P.V.515.
A. 929. E.380. P.V.629.
Awpicoc Dorian, Grecian, opp. to
TltpaiKolc P.V.179.
Awpi'c id . Ati>ptSog\6y)(r)s vtto P. 803.
Atipova gift, S.c.T.607. A.91.902.
C. 175. 512.609.
'Eyypa<ptiv to inscribe, mid. v. P.V.
791. pass. S.924. On C. 688. see
under iraXoc.
'Eyyu/ a surety. iyyvnv dr/an E.
858. give a surety.
'EyyiOev near. With gen. S.cT.
958. C.839.
'Eyyh near, S.C.T.59. E.65. With
gen. P.672. iyyvrara yivovQ, S.383.
very near of kin.
'Eydpuv to raise up, arouse, A.
290. E.135. iypnyopevai to be wake
ful. iyprjyopoQ <j)povpr)fia E.676. a
watchful guard, iypnyopog to irijfia
yevoir &v A. 337. the calamity would
not sleep or cease. See avafinXaKnTOQ.
'EyKarao-KriTTTeiv to hurl down upon.
P. 506.
'EyKaTiK\i)TTTeiv to laugh at E. 113.
From tX\w.
'EyKcXiiciv to order, P.V. 72.
'EyKovtiv to hasten, P.V. 964.
'Eynorziv to be angry at, C.41.
"EyKoros angry, C. 387. 911. 1050.
'EyKparris powerful, P.V. 55.
'EyxciplBioe held in the hand, S.
21.
'Ey)(\ieiv to insult, S. 892.
"Eyxps a spear, P.236.
'EyxpifiWTcoQai to approach, S.
771.
'Ey^iipioe living in the country,
native, S. 277. 487.512. 595. 897.pre
siding over it as a tutelar god. Getiv
iyXiopliov S.C.T. 14. A. 784. 1629. S.
477.515.686. ndpra $' ior iy^wpiog
S.cT.395. he is indeed a native.
'Eyi> I, P.V. 14. and passim, ipov
167. pass, /.tou 134. pass, ipol 96. pass.
/xoi 16. pass, ifxi 141. pass, fxi 92 pass.
v$v C. 232.277. rifie~i S.C.T. 1060, etc.
 EAAN ( 102 )
rifiuiv 685, etc. fifiiv P.V. 193,etc. apiv
Dor. E.329. &fifu S.c.T.141. fipag
P.V. 196, etc. iyoiyt, ipotyt P.V. 322.
A. 861. iptyt P.V. 1055. S.c.T.569.
A.31. E.683.
'EcWoc edible, for eating, A. 1381.
"ESvov a marriage present, P.V.
938.
"ESoe a seat or place. tiTTairvXov
tlog S.c.T. 149. Thebes. aKpoirroXiv
ripioviBog S.c.T. 223. a shrine. Qtiov
toij P. 396. Iu periphrases, Ttcapov
iSog P. 862. Icarus. 'Aaiag iSog P.V.
410. Asia.
"ESpaaseat, P.V. 201. P. 458. E.41.
plur. P.V.389. A. 117. of the shrines
or temples of the gods, A. 582. E.ll.
772.817.852. S.341.408.418.489.496. a
place ofsettlement. 'Afia6vti>v tSpav
E.655. In P.V.201. the form tSpng
is preferred by some editors from
MSS. to the vulg. iSpag.
"ESpavov id. S. 96.832. P. 4.
'E< oi\wy id. niaXiKiore.iioXiuii' S.c.T.
437. vv/KpiK&v kSuiXiwv C.69.
"Eta8ai to occupy a seat, E.3.
"EOtipa hair, P. 1019. C.173.
'EQiXeiv to be content or willing,
P.V. 177. 1069. A. 1550. to wish, P.
765. C.690.
"Edvog a nation, P. 43.56. a com
pany of persons. E.344.
"E6og a habit, A. 710.
Et if, a conditional particle, joined
in the protasis of sentences with the
tenses of the indicative, optative, and,
very rarely, the subjunctive of verbs.
I. With the indicative present, fol
lowed by the same in the apodosis.
w<T t%ti Xoyog yvvaiKog, ting d$ic>7
paBtiv A. 1646. Cf. C.661. E.210.
(with the verb omitted in the apodosis,
P.786. A. 1212. E. 488.)by indie, fut.
ti KvpCi rig irtXagSo^aatt S.57. Cf.
P.V.343. by the aorist, A. 1301.
by the imperative, ti S' i^ttg tlirtiv S
ti Xotnov iroviitv, ar)patvt P.V.686.
Cf. P.V.821. S.361. E.31.by opt.
XiyoiT av, tin Sti C.657. Cf. A. 329.
C.201. E.845. S.382.by fut. infin.
S.c.T. 500. with the verb of the
pres. ind. omitted, el pnniv, fpaaov
EI
P.V. 767. SC. itnl cf. P.V.818.980.
(The passage et 2' tvTv^r), ri xa^9
ftaviSv; P.V. 1059. is corrupt) A. 1281.
ti St Sv<TTV)(tj A. 1301 (sc. tori TO.
irpa.yp.aTa, see Svarv)(t]g), S.938.
II. With the future indie, followed
by the same in the apodosis, ti at
fiapiptt \f/rj<pog, &XX' iptig Ta.\a E. 567.
Cf. S.879. A.1311. S.c.T.180.by
present, olSev &g a<pt \pi) TtXevrrjo-ai
fiaxy, ti KapKtig tarai 6to-<f>aToto-i Ao-
tyov S.c.T. 600. by aorist. S.467. by opt.
inconstr. obliq. P.349. byimperat.
d\\' tin Spaotig T&vSt pi) ay(oXr)v
ridet A. 1029. by optat. with &v.
ti <33t Tpa^tlg Kal rtdnyptvovg Xoyovc
pl\j/tig, rd\ av oov kXvoi Ztvg P.V.
311. III. With perf. indie, followed
by pres. ind. tipopov tov avrijg ol-
o-Oa7twc Tran'ig ; A. 1269. by opt.
with av, ti n Kaxwv aicog olSt nXiov,
povog av dvnrwv iripag tiiroi P.623.
by imperat. ti itclvt t'ipnicag, Tjptv
al \apiv dog P.V. 823. elliptically, ti
irov iraXat (SiSf)(0t) ipaiSpolai TOioie"
oppaai Si^atrOt (latriXia A. 506. with
2. aor. a\\' tin (pXavpov tUtg P. 213.
IV. With the imperfect indicative,
followed by the imperf. ind. with av
in the apodosis, stating a possibility
which was not realised, ti S1 i) Atoe
Trcue irapdevog Aiicr) irapijv,Tarf av
Tab" ijv S.c.T.644. Cf. A.843.996.
1368. elliptically, Ainrtp ti iraptoraTtig
A. 1174. sc. Hantp av iXtytg.by the
aorist with av in apod, ti To^ortv^tig
fat, Kapr av rJKacra S.285.by perf.
rpavpanav ti rocruv irvy\avtv,rt-
rpwrai Siktvov irXta) Xiytiv A. 840.
V. With the aorist indie, followed
by imperf. with &v, ti vtt' 'IXip icarn-
vaplodng, ttoXv^iixttov av tl^tg raipov
C.341. elliptically, H V av SoKti aot
Uplapog, ti raS' rjvv(rtv; A. 909. sc.
iroifjcrai. with apod, omitted, ti yap
p' iiro yr)v i\Ktv,vvv Si k.t.X. P.V.
152. VI. With optative, followed
by the same with av in the apodosis,
ting (j>opt)Tog ovk av, ti Trpaatroig KaX&g
P.V.981. Cf. S.c.T.4. 385.532. P.421
776. (cf. W. 774-5.) A. 336. 1019. 1367.
1644. C. 103 .E.398. S. 735.903.with
 EI ( 103 )
pres. el TTavra. 2* t&e irpaaaoifi av, ev-
0apar)c iyii A.904. sc. elfii. See av Cf.
A. 1012. ofiuie &fieii>ov, el fipafivvoiev
(ioy, dXk.f Xadiadai rijafie firjfiafiCie
KOTt S.711. C.580.by imperf. tie el
fiopov <pevoiad' "EXXnvee rnxov, iraai
arepeaOai Kparoe jjv trpoKeifievov 361.
Cf. P.V. 476.With the apodosis
omitted, fio-)(6ovQ yap el Xeyoifii mi
cWavXtaCA.541.Cf.549. VII. With
subj. fiyfi' el arparevfia irXelov n to
MnfiiKOV P. 777. el wpofiH o(f eicutv E.
225. el KpavQrj Trpayfia reXeiov S.86.
el ttov ti fir) roiov ru^jj 395. In all
these places the MSS. and Edd. have
el. In the first passage Brunck,
Glasg. Schiitz, Blomf. read fiv. So
in E.225. Tjv for el is read by Glasg.
Schiitz, Herm. in conformity with
Dawes' canon that el cannot be con
structed with the subj. Dawes, ac
cordingly, in P. 777. reads fir)fi' el
e'in for fn)fi'ij to. This canon is
called in question by Herm. Obss.
Critt.P.77. and also on Soph. Aj. v.
491. where he reads el OavriQ. Com
pare also his note on Gid. T. 199.
where he disapproves Elmsley's con
jecture tjvaiprj as being better suited
to prose style, and observes, that
Elmsley himself appears to retract it
on Baccli.-203.858. See him also on
Ant. 706. On Viger, however, p. 663.
he expresses a different opinion, dis
carding the use of el with the subj.
from the Attic writers, but retaining
it in G2d. T. 199. as a lyrical passage.
It would appear on the whole that el
was, though sparingly, joined with
the subj. in Attic Greek, although
the uncertainty of the readings ren
ders it difficult to form a decided
opinion. See, besides the authorities
already quoted, Wunderlich Obss.
Critt. p. 196. Matth. Gr.G. 525.7.6.
Bernhardy Synt. p.cxi.8. el is also
used in the sense of Lireifir), since.
aXX' t fioicel aoi ravff, viral tiq apfiv-
Xae Xvoi A. 918. oh yap av irate Te
kIiti rovfi' avovarepog, el wpoafioKipg
k.t.X. P.V.990. For ml el although.
eyH) yap ovk, el Sv<rrv\Si, TOvfi' elvem
EI
diXoifi &v k.t.X. P.V. 345. i irpoarraia
fit) Tirxpi mm A.338.in wishing,
alrovfieva fioi koikjwv el fioins reXos
S.c.T.242. Cf. Virg. JEn. vi.187.to
denote future time. tie, el fieXaivne
WKToe t^erai Krefag, "EXXnvec ov fie-
vo'iev P. 349. when night should come.
C.564.Cf.sinVirg..aJn. v.54. Si nona
diem mortalihus almum Aurora extu-
lerit, etc.in indirect interrogation,
whether. Spa vvv, e"i aoi raSr' aptoya
(palverai P.V.999. Cf. S.c.T.642. A.
464.604. E. 137. 558. 580. veptyofiov
fi ?X' Tapfiog errfrvfuoe, KoXvfipofiov
<pvyag otpeXog el tl fioi S.718. / am _
alarmed as to whether, etc. if per
chance, in case, tto'l tpvyuifiev 'Airiag
)(0ov6g, KeXaivov ft rt kevOoc fori irov;
S.759. yoefiva avdefil^ofiai rair&
<j>vyast rig earl Knfiefiiiv.ellipti-
cally, in interrogation, dXX' ft fipa-
kovto)v fivaippovwv eydioaiv; S.506. sc.
eKfiwaere; but what if? etc. Here
Stanley unnecessarily reads 'AXX' r);
for e'lre, preceding tr : whether, or.
el t,vv Xo\iraiQ e"ne ml fiovoaTifit)
C.757. Cf. E.446.582. trt i.q.
ootiq whosoever. 6\f/ei tie keItiq aXXov
rjXiTfv (Spor&v E.259. ml el, or Kel
although, Kel arofiapyos ear ayav
S.c.T.429. Cf. C.296. followed by
OfXuiQ. Kel areveiQ micolc ofiwQ P.287.
C.113.With neg. ei pi) if not, un
less. fiifiaov r)fia el Tt fir) fiXairrn
Xdyu P.V.196. Cf.670.765. A. 338.990.
1030*. 1058. 1110. 1212. 1281. C. 180.271.
E.445.847. P. 154. S.994. S.C.T.98.
178. S. 242.395. 456. 467.870.902. P.
776. With past time, k&t aXXa
jrdXX' eireimotn filmiov r)v, el fir) ira-
povTi <pdoyyo r)v 6 anfiavGtv S.242.
tic ovt avaoraTfjpa Kafifielae %Qov6c,
el fir) BeG>v tiq efiirofitov earn fiopt
S.c.T.1007. On the omission of av
in the former clause, see Wunderlich
Obss. Critt. pp. 173.174.ei he fir),
hypothetically negativing a previous
statement, ei M fir) (sc. ovtwq tarai)
Trap' evSelirvoit tan arifxoQ C.477. 0/;-
Xeia yap <ppr)v, el fie fir), rd^' EiffErai
303. t fie fir) Zijjva tUv KEKfinKUTiov
t&fieaOa S. 145.el with the opt. oc-
 EIA ( 104 ) EIAft

curs in A. 857. as answering to a noun olla rep\piv dvl' eiri\poyov Qartv A.597.
in the preceding sentence, apiplXeicra with ojttoc. o!>k oil' owiag vfiiv airioTij-
jry/iara Tcp<xptov>v, rov 0' v-k 'IXip aal fie -^pt) P.V. 643. mi), ov yap oil'
aidev Kivlvvov, t"i re Irj/ioOpovg avap- Sirn TiKti C.1017. dig. oilev, &q otye-
v/o fiovXrfv Karappl\peiev. There is Xpr) reXevrrjtrai fia^n S.c.T.599. og.
a somewhat similar construction in ovg ukv yap rig tirefi\f/ev, olle A. 423.
Thucyd.iii.c. 1. eT^e fiev Ivo rovg 7te- oorig. ovk olla (iovXrjg rjarivog rv\uiv
pifloXovg, irpog re HXaratibv, Kal tone Xeyta A. 1331. odtv. ovk ollev oBev
t^wdev an-' 'Adnv&v eirioi. TrKriyal (iwrov E.892. olog. ovk ollev
Ela up. ela lij A. 1634. 1636. up lla yXiiaaa Xifacra reverai A.
now! 1201. el. el I' irnrvfitiig, rig olle A. 465.
Etleiv (inus. in pres.) to see. The i) t). elld/iev, ij viK&fiev, n viKoifieda
present occurs only in the pass, in C.876. on oil' on rpa^ygZeve P.V.
the sense of to resemble. ellofieyav 186.328. with on omitted, ev yap'iore,
TOKtvai A. 748. like its parents. The iralg e/ibgdavfiaorog av yevoir avyp
other forms in use are 2 aor, act. P. 207. with Stare, ovk ollev ovlelg,
ellov P.212, etc. imperat. lie S.345, (Sot' awayyeWeiv rop&g A.618. with
etc. opt. "iloi/ii S.834, etc. "tluiat S. out Siare. oloBa arifirjvai ropSig P. 471.
478. tin C.978. ling in the sense of with inf. ev rol' 'iaOt, firfieirui fieoovv
ireptilng to suffer, allow, S.418. lle~iv kok6v P.472. Cf.423.329.With ace.
P.411, etc. This is frequently added of participles referringto anothersub-
as an expletive to verbs, adjectives, ject, ladi avlpbg iplXov ttGiXdv eliviv
adverbs, etc. irpiirovoi lle'iv S.701. Zvyevra C.782. Cf. 1653. C.232. E.213.
ev<f>eyyng lle'iv P. 379. avlpa revyin- A. 406. With nom. referring to the
orrjv lletv S.c.T.626. firl lif^oppcmiog same subject, laBi fioi liiaiov &woiva
lliiv A. 340. Cf. P.77. 206.390. P.V. A. 1655. Cf. S.c.T.978. P.V.826. A.
238. C. 142. 174. lli>v P.V.352. Mid. G66. 1275. Upon the form yerav for
v. Au. 2. ellopnv P. 175. imper. llov tjleiaav Pierson quotes some excellent
C.245. lleaQto S.97. Iloiro S.207, etc. remarks of the Etymologicon, where
ili>pe6a E.137. lleaOai S.C.T.403. it is observed that from ijletv, ijleig,
Hob adverbially, llov, llov A. 1095. nlei comes the dual tjleirov, rjleirvv,
The defective tenses of this verb are which by syncope of the diphthong ei
supplied from opaio and tnrrofiai. and change of I into a became r\orov.
E'tlevai to know. The following The plural is ytr/iev for rjleifiev, r\are
forms occur, fut. mid. eladfieada A. for ijleire, and -qaav for tjleiaav.
475. p. m. olla. 1 know, e. g. P.V. This last is restored by him in P.V.
640, etc. olada C.515, etc. oISeP.623, 449. ovre ir\ivdv<j>eXg 16/iovg irpoaelXovg
etc. plur. r\aav P.V.449. (restored by go-ay. Likewise in A. 1070. KXeog o-ov
Pierson on Moeris for laav. See be fiavriKov Keizvapivoi l\[iev, Pors. and
low) imp. "wdi P. 423, etc. Xotu C. Blomf. read gafiev, which, however,
594. We P. 207. opt. dldnv S.286. is,asWellauer observes, unnecessary.
subj. ellrjg C.433. dlq P.V.826. d- JLllog appearance, S.c.T.489.
liifiev C'.877. inf. dfcvai A. 1164. JL'ilwXov a form. e'ilwXov ' Apyov
1342.1344. C.679. part. ellu>g S.c.T. P.V. 567. an image, ellioXov o-Kiag A.
68. etc. Eicon P.V. 1042. ellora S. 723. 813. an image, a shadow of a shade,
ellvlai P.V. 1078. dlorae A. 1375. el- i.e. a thing utterly unsubstantial. Cf.
Ivlaiai P.V.439. fut. mid. A.475. in ellwX' rj Kov<pr)v okivlv Soph. Aj. 126.
passive sense, el li fir/, ra\ e'itrerat veKpbvT) Kanvov OKiav Phil. 934. oKiag
C.303. it will soon be known. (See un ovap avQpairog Pind. Pyth.iii. 95. In
der liyctv.) It is used absolutely, e.g. this passage the old punctuation was
ohletg, o-d(j)' otla, fir) fiarnv <f>\v<rai elliog Xiyoifi &v. ev yap i^ewlorafiai,
QiXwv P.V. 502. with accus. e.g. ovk ofiiXiag Karowrpov, e'iliaXov aKiag
 EIEN ( 105 )
SoKOvvrae tlvai Kapra irptvfitvtig if.ioi,
where Xiyot/x' av is referred to what
precedes, expertus loqui possum : 6fii-
Xiag KaroiTTpov and tib'toXov OKiag
being considered as epithets of the
persons referred to in the next line.
In this case the former epithet must
mean, as Blomf. expresses it, imaginem
et speciemfamiliaritatis. Xiyotfi av is,
however, much more properly re
ferred to what follows, cf. A. 720. 870.
S.c.T.357. etc. It is better to make
t v yap i^tiriarafxai bfitXiag KaroiTTpov
a parenthesis, and connect Xiyotfi
av with t'iBwXov okiolq k.t.X.
can assert from experience (for well
am I acquainted with the mirror of
familiarity, i.e. as Casaubon expresses
it, scio uti consueludine ceu speculo ad
explorandos animos hominum) that
they who seem so friendly to me are
but the shadow of a shade, i.e. wholly
insincere. This is by far the best
explanation : KaroTrrpov is not an
image, as Blomf. translates it, but
the mirror in which the image is
viewed.
EIev well, come, be it so, C. 546.708.
E.235.
E'iOe would that.' with indie, of
past time, tiff ifi dar'ijw A. 1519.
t'id' tl%t <f>a>vr)v tvtppova C.193. with
o<ptXt. tiff 6<ptXtv, Ztv, tca/xtdava-
rov Kara uolpa KaXv\pai P. 879.with
opt. of future time. tiOt Otol rovao"
oXtaaitv iv yq. S.C.T.548.
Eiirafto' to compare or liken to.
with dat. C.624. E.49. to conjecture.
S.c.T.338. to discern by conjecture.
ovk t^oifi av tiKaaai raSe C.511.
' Afia'Covag Kapr' av t/Kacra v/xag S.
285. / should have guessed that ye
were Amazons.
E'irao-yna an image, S.c.T.505.
E"iKttv to yield, S.199. with dat.
P.V. 320. A. 1041.
ElKij at random, heedlessly, P.V.
448.887.
Ei/sroe (part. neut. of loitctvai.) fit
ting, likely, meet. eJmSc sc. tori, it is
meet, rbv TtKovra t'tKog tlStvai C.679.
A. 561.572. E.185. it is likely. tUog It
EINA
irpattiv AvSpag <3' avTiaraTag S.C.T.
499.
JLikotioq meetly, fittingly, S.398.
with dat. airovtrla tiKoruis i/xij A. 889.
as befits my long absence.
EJ/,<iv an image, tiKio ace. (as from
a nomin. inus. t'iKb>) S.c.T.541.
JL'iXlaativ to roll or wheel, P.V.
1086. 1094. Mid. v. to roll (intran
sitively), P.V. 138.
El^ja a garment, A. 1356. Saicpvw 2'
v<f tifiaruv C.79. muffled up in my
robes. a coverlet or carpet. A. 895.
934.937.
I TLlv for iv qu. v. S.850.
Elcat to be. as the logical copula.
tifii P.V. 14, etc. J P.V. 698, etc. tori
P.V.50,etC iarov C.205. itrpiv S.C.T.
498, etc. tart E.386, etc. dot P.V. 378,
etc. r/trda A. 1184. C. 241.355. r)V P.V.
756, etc. i<TKt loniceP.648. l\rt A. 528,
etc. riaav P.V. 677, etc. tVp S.c.T.68,
etc. iarat P.V.189, etc. <7<TratP.120.
(see below) 'iadt C.145, etc. 'itmo E.
519,etc. InA.368. tarinS' avrifiavrov,
k.t.X. Blomf. objects to Butler's trans
lation, sit mihi vero quod tutum sit, etc.
because in that case, he says, a tragic
writer would have said not tVrw, but
tin or ytvoiro. He also observes,
that the construction would then re
quire to airfifiavTov. That the former
objection is not valid, may be seen
by comparing S.650.669. (ed. Well.)
quoted by Butl. ap. Peile. With re
spect to the latter, Peile is correct
in remarking that airri/xavrov is the
predicate and not the subject, the real
nominative being a mans condition, or
some such expression, suggested by to
/HXtkttov. tart S.C.T. 163. etc. ti-qv
S.c.T. 170, etc. eir) P.V.981. tin
S.C T.652, etc. thv S.182. (5 P.678,
etc. j; P. 777, etc. tlvai P.V.217, etc.
iatadai P.V.837.<5vP.V.62,etc. ovau
S.c.T.183, etc. ovti P.V.308. ovra
P.V. 985, etc. ovTte A.63G. ovrac P.V.
441, etc. bvra n.p. S.54, etc. With
genitive, denoting office or duty. &v-
Spiiv rah" tori S.C.T. 212. ovroi yvvai-
Koe itrnv [fxtiptiv pa-)(T)<; A.914. rov
SpUvToe ion Kal to fjovXtvaai trip*.
P
 EINA ( 106 )
1332. ovk hv 'Apyilwv r6o" (in 1650.
denoting origin, to be born of. S>v
tXtvdipov irarpoQ C.902. yivoq to Si)
Zr/vdc ianv aXnOtit S.580.denoting
property, to belong to. Tpoiav 'A\ai&y
ovaav A. 260. Kapra c" clfii tov irarpoQ
E.708. I am quite on the side of the
father.With the dative, signifying
to have, equivalent to i\eiv with the
nom. apyvpov irnyh tiq avTolg tori
P. 234. they have a well-spring of
money. Cf. P.V.297.734. S.c.T.208.
600. P. 168. A. 1177. C.92.1049. S.371.
490.507.929. Containing the predi
cate, denoting to be, to exist, ioriv
BaXaaaa A. 932. there is a sea. tariv
voKie Kavwfios P.V.848. there is a
city Canopus. Cf. P.V. 477.762. 771.
S.c.T. 199. 535.660. 664.931. S. 204.617.
710.759.935.952. P. 164.441.439.483.
721.789.802. A. 67. 164.264. 371. 940.
1081.1272.1279. C. 50 1.507. 864. 872.
E. 581.615.618.706-653. In A. 705. for
the corrupt ia%, Casaub. conj. toKt
(cf.P.66l.) which Blomf. and Well,
adopt. Dind. conj. ijor'. iforiv with
infin. it is lawful, or it is possible.
ovk tori it is not lawful, or possible.
(jiOoyyae aKovciv iari. A. 316. Cf. P.V.
759.1057. TtoXvnXavnTa r\v \o~iiv
opiyiiara C.419. rote toiovtoiq ovti
KpaTTJpog f dfmk; Hvai inraa-^iiv C.290.
ovk tori Xadclv ofifiara (J>u>t6q A. 770.
Cf. P. 100. In P. 41 1 . OaXaaaa c" ofcic
It rivlltivthe construction is different;
the meaning being either, as Pauw
explains it, mare non amplius erat
mare facie et vultu: maris fades in-
terierat, or else as Heath renders it,
mare non amplius existebat, quod ad
visum attinet. The former is better,
the allusion seeming to be to the
wrecks and bodies covering the whole
surface of the sea and destroying its
natural appearance. joined in peri
phrasis with the present participle
eoriirapov P.V. 785. r\v irpoKtipevov
P. 363. ioTiv cinrviwv A.657. (fitvyuv
loriv C. 134. tor avayicaiws typv
237. aiSoiievoc Tie tcrna E.519. with
the perf. part. r\v TtQvnKWQ A. 843.
itnai BeSopKuc A. 1152. tortSiairt-
EINA
Tipayfiiva P.254. jjv TtrayfiivoQ 373.
iotiv Qtipyaoiiivov 745. -ntrda ye-
ypaiiiiivoQ A.775. iari KCKrrjtieyr)
1020. nfitv iriirvaiiivoi 1069. r)V
TtTfir)fiivoQC\96. Iorivrrpoffrtray-
fiivov E.199. etrriv io^payiojxivoe E.
792. torlv }ii/if ru S.485. ioriv iyyi-
ypaiiiiiva 924. with part. aor. ynpv-
Oela ion S.455. with part, and arti
cle, tiq oiv b Xvouv a ioriv; P.V. 773.
avroc nv 6 itapTvp&v E.785. rig r\v
6 Ot'X^ac; S.566.with relative pro
noun, oiik ioriv ootiq C.170. no one.
ovk ioriv ot<i> P.V.291. to no one. Cf.
991. ovk iod' ottioc A. 606. by no means.
In P. 120. for iooerai, which is the
vulg. reading, Blomf. in order to
avoid the poetical form iooerai adopts
Burney's conjecture qotrai. So Dind.
In a lyrical passage, however, like the"
present, this objection seems to be
of no force, as similar licences are
continually occurring. Blomfield
places a stop after noXiaiia, and re
fers qonrai to the words which fol
low. Wellauer joins iiri TrvOnrai 117.
and wiotj 123. in construction, taking
Kai to Kiootvov iroXioiiaairbuiv as a
parenthesis, whereof the latter clause
is in the nominative absolute. This
does not appear to be necessary, as
fit) may in this sense be joined with
the future indicative, no less than
with the subjunctive (see Matth.Gr.
Gr. 519. 7), nor is the transition from
the subj. to the fut. ind. unprece
dented, e.g. Arist. Eccl.495. fit) Kal
rig //*0- oi//trai xfipjZv "loiae KaTtiirn.
KivavSpov &OTV is not the nominative
in apposition to ?rdXic, but the accu
sative after irbOnrai, noXis referring,
as Abresch remarks, to the country
generally. The whole sentence from
v.114. may be thus translated:
For this is my gloomy bosom torn with
alarm (alas !) on account of this
Persian host, lest the country should
learn that the great city of Susa is
bereaved of its heroes, and the Cis-
sian town should cry responsive to
the intelligence, (alas ! the female
multitude crying, alas .') and a
 EINE ( 107 ) EIS

rending should be made on their linen words of a like force to heighten

vestments. the meaning, e.g. e\g avr)p 7t\ei-
EiWica (poet, for eVek-ci) on ac otov ttovov e^Bpolg irapaa^wv P.
count of. iravrbg elveica S. 185. rove" 319. having given them by Jar more
e'iveKa P.V.345. trouble than any one else. Matth.
H'nreiv to say, speak, or tell. aor. Gr. Gr. 461. compares the Latin
I. elirag P.V.775. P. 784. A. 889. S. phrase unus omnium maxime. Lo
337.499. S.c.T.788. aor. 2. elirov C. beck on Soph. Aj.1343. comp. Virg.
677. E. 586. 608. S.393. eItte A. 124. iEn.ii.246. Cadit et Rhipeus jus-
198.376.601. C. 277.655. 666. imper-. tissimus unus qui fuit in Teucrti.
dire P.V. 345.595. P. 470. 685. A. 120. He also refers to Valck. on Herod,
133.154.603.905. C.671.905. E.557. vi. c.127. Bentl. on Hor. A.P.32.
opt. e'iiroig C. 834. 994. e'iiroi S.c.T. (qu.v.) So in S.c.T. 6. 'EreoicXeriQ
896. P. 624. conj. eWto A. 1470. 1496. av elg noXvg Kara ittoXiv vpvotro A.
C. 86. 1070. eiirne E.842. enrj/S.305. 1431. 'E\eV?7 pia rag noXXac rat
eiirnre P.V. 1075. inf. e'me'iv P.V. 686. iravu iroXXitg ipvyhg oXeoaaa Cf.v.
878. S.C.T.905. P. 700. A.358. 1295. 1444. o&x fig many, warayog ov\ evbg
1346. C.568. E.414.516. S.973. part. lopog S.c.T.99. on this phrase see
eliriov A.658. S.897.899. elwovTog C. Blomf. Gloss, in loc. Schaf. ad
412. eiirovaa C. 845. with part. redve&r Greg. p. 55. TToXKo'i elg ev avpiriTvov-
'Opt'orijv eliri C.671. say that Orestes criv ifiepoi C.297. coincide, el, evbg
is dead, wg e'nrelv eirog P. 700. to be podov P. 749. with one impulse.
brief, ravrnv Toiavrrjv elirov E.608. Elg=eg (See Dind. on Arist.
as such I have described her. to bid. Ach. 242.) into, to. With verbs sig
rplg elwovrog o&>eiv tvoXiv S.c.T. nifying or implying motion towards
728. Cf. S.499.tocall. trtori'ipyii popov any thing, place, or person, e.g. rrjv
e'Uu>; C.1070. Cf. 412. 494.epo'ig pev aiSripofii'iropa IXOeiv eg aiav P.V.
eiirag dwpaaiv faog peya P. 292. 302. Cf. P.V.I. 2. 150.387.495.649. 661.
what you have said is a great joy to 692. 724. 815. 847. 967. 1023.1030. 1052.
my house. 1076. S.C.T. 30. 190. 222.424. 842.980.
Eiirep if, provided that, seeing P-2. 66.99.179.218.226.371. 386.477.
that, with pres. ind. S.c.T. 665. P. 484. 522. 622. 776. 619. 1025. A. 389. 424.
789. A. 1020. C. 221. 645. 492. with im- 719.825.885.931.940.1249. Cf. 1548. C.
perf. C. 196. S.339. with perf. or aor. 3.213.452.665.669.701.900.901.925. E-
P.V.610. A.29.908. C.515. E.417. 11.56.342.437.813. S. 326. 403. 533. 747.
with fut. A. 1222. with opt. S.919. 832.859.879.891. with wirve'iv. eg vb-
E'ipyetv to exclude, keep off, S.c.T. aov tteowv P.V. 471. 476. "Keaeiv eg to
1000. P. 89. with gen. to ward off pi) reheotyopov A. 972. to come to
from, S.c.T.485. A.1306. S.37. with nought, kg (pOopov -Keabvra A. 1240.
dat. in the same sense, sip-yety reKovan gone to destruction, rapaypbg eg <j>pe-
firjrpl noXeptov Sopv S.c.T. 398. pass. vag irirvel C. 1052. eg yav Trpoirir-
e'ipyeadai, to be kept from, C. 907. vovvreg P. 580. bowing to the ground.
with inTo S 61 . On the accentuation iroXXol Etc ev ovp-Kirvovaiv 'ipepoi C.
of this word, and the difference be 297. coincide, with Kade^effdai. eg
tween elpyeiv and elpyeiv, see Lobeck dpovov Kadtero P.V. 228. sat upon
Soph. Aj. v.753. the throne, eig dpovovg ica6iavii> E.
Eiprjvjj peace, P. 755. 29.with peireiv. to pr/rpbg eg <re poi
Elg one. e'lQ airavrag avff evbg to$' pewet arepyndpov C.238. inclines to
epyov fiv S.C.T.1041. Cf. S.c.T.525. wards. KO.K&V penovoav eg to. paa-
P. 247. 305. 423. 749. 937. S.920. A. 491. aova P.432. with x"''- ^poKov (IcKpag
626. C. 514. 297.546. E. 659. 941. It eg iridov -^eovaa A. 230. letting them
is used also with superlatives and fall upon the ground, arayovag \w
 EIS
fievas is wiftov C. 395.with rdaaeiv.
els iirraTet-^clt eo2ou Tau> S.c.T.
266. / will station them at the seven
gates. with riOeaOui. is alfiarnpov
rtvxog \f/ri(j>ovc eOevro A. 789.with
<TKr}irTtiv . 'ArpetZHv is roSe tTKjf7rTei
areyos A . 301 . hence it iralS' ifibv Ztuc
7r'<7.-!)^/>'7-eXi>r>)>'0<T^d7-wvP.725.
with ifiwXeiceiv. els airepavrov Ziktvov
arris ifiwXexO'madc P.V. 1080. with
oiyav, ovk is (pdopov aiywa ava-
<txv"z<- rdde ; S.c.T. 208. (see under
aiyav and tpOopos.) is vvkt' awoaTei-
Xpvros rjXiov S. 750. when the sun
draws near to its setting, Cf. the ex
pression tf/xos c" r/eXios fiereviaaeTO
fiovXvTovBe Od. ix.58. is %e~ipas iXOelv
nvi to engage in combat with any
one. S.c.T.662. <e apdfibv ijneiv nvi
to be reconciled. P. V. 191. tckvoiv els
ipyov tfXderov A. 1180. begat children.
ravpoaipayovvTes is fieXavSerov ad-
kos S.c.T.43. h.e. letting the blood
of the victim fall into the hollow of
the shield, fivnfiela avr&v rots re-
Kovaiv els hofiovQecrretyov id. 49. they
placed them (to be sent) to their
homes.against, rpexpov els iyflpovs
fttXos S.c.T. 237. Idirrwv utjKiT els
rj/xas fieXn A. 496. /u/o" els 'EXevnv
kotov iKTpexpns. Cf. P.V. 947. 1088.
S.c.T. 1041. 1443.before, inpresence
of. is hfias ipio /xvdov P. 157.with
verbs of seeing, is to. vvv weirpay-
fiiva (3Xe\pavra P. 787. looking upon
them. Ice(t6w o" is vflpiv (iporeiov S.
97. But on C.230. which Well, re
fers to this head, see ypa<pi). Hence
in respect of, denoting respect had
to a certain thing, is ra wdvra /3iaios
in all respects violent. P.V. 738. Cf.
to irdv fideXvKTpoirot E.52. Cf.
also A.G68. E. 192.510. irpuiros els
ev^ivyjav P. 318. ra S' is to aov <ppo-
vnfia /xefivnfiai kXvwv A. 804. koi-
vov in common, vfiiv TtjM t is koivov
0pa<ro P.V. 846. E.33'6.eg to ire-
Kpbifiivov A. 68. according to destiny,
is rbiravfor ever, continually. C.673.
927. E. 83.281. 879.851. 996. Denot
ing limit of time, or space, or num
ber, is TpiaxdSas Sera veiov P. 331.
( 108 ) EI20
as many as thirty times ten ships, ov
fiaX' is fxaupdv S.903. at no distant
time, is roS'^fiap S.c.T. 21. up to this
day. aluiva is Tplrovl26. fioipoicpav
tov is I'lfiup C.603. tov iroXiiv
Xpbvov A. 607. for length of time, els
uiravra \povov E. 462. els iwavra
xXetem'ipr) \povov E.733. els tov al-
avij %povov 542. els to irav ypovov
640. for ever, els to Xoiirov P. 578.
E.en. for thefuture.tls" AlovYN.
236. elliptically, for eic "ASov $6-
flOV.
Elodyeiviodyeiv to bring into.
fovXiov iaayov alaav C.75. h.e. ayov
is BovXiov alaav. As instances of a
similar construction Dind. compares
Eur. Hel. 1566. Ion.1434. Here. fur.
850. to bring a cause into court.
eladyiD Se rrjv Siicnv E.552. Cf.550.
Elo-aeizziaaiel for ever. P.V. 734.
E.800. On the penult, quantity, see
alev.
Elaafieijieiv to enter by passing
across a place, elaapelipai S.c.T. 540.
EloavayKaeiv zz ioa.vayKa.fciv to
compell. P.V.290.
Et(ra7ra once for all. P.V. 752.
TLlojiaiveivio-fialveiv to enter, to
rush in. iafiejinKe S.466.
KiafldXXitv to cast into. P.V. 1077.
Elaic'e'ivio-tde'iv to behold, aor.2.
P.V. 184.244. P.196. A.874. S.423.
elmh'uv P. V.802. S. 481. elaiSovaa P.V.
244. elertBovtrn 146. itrtSoyra P. 878.
aor. 2. Mid. elmlonnv P.V. 425. imp.
io-ideade 140.
TLloep-)(eadaiioep')(eodai to enter.
finiceT iaeXdns rdSe A. 1807. to assail,
attack. &s fie iroXX' iaepyerai. nana
ct\y) P. 83 1 .to enter the mind. elaeX-
Oero) <T fir)iroT )Syevriao/xat P.V.
1004.
TLloriKeivioriKeiv to come in. of
the wind, irveuv iorfeeiv A. 1154.
TLladpa>(TKeiv~icrdpoi>cricEtv to leap
into, to invade, aor. 2. iadopelv S.c.T.
436.
E(<riKVt<rflai to penetrate. S.551.
ElaKOfiifciV^-iaKOfiLfciv to conduct
within. A. 925.
TSiaoZoc an entrance. E.30.
 EISO
~E,laoi\vE~iv to enter, ilaoi\vvaai
P.V. 122. Ion. for uaoi\vov<si which
Blomf. adopts in preference. Dind.
however rightly observes that the
word being Homeric, ./Eschylus seems
to have retained likewise the Ho
meric form.
Eiaroiriv afterwards, tiaoiziv ygovov
S.612. in after time.
%loopav=.iaopav to behold. P. 203.
P.V.246.568.901.943.1095. A.811. S.
563. On P. 111. iaopav ttovtiov aX-
o-oe, Blomf. rightly observes that
iaopav has the sense of bearing, or
enduring, and compares Hor. Od. i.
3. Qui vidit mare turgidum, and
Eur. Med. 266. raid/ S' te aXKrjv rat
aih'npov Eiaopav.
TL'itT(i>~e.(rw within, (qu. v.) ti.au> ko-
fxii^ov A.1005. gowithin. AtrioTiiipipovTi
/j.fj.\peTat S.c.T. 542. with gen. fxivetv
Aau> dofiwy S.C.T.214. In C.1055.
eiaw Kadap/xoe. Aoi'ou St irpoirOiyiiJv
kXtvdtpov ae tSivSe TrwfiaTwv xrltrti,
if this reading be correct, we must
with Klausen understand it to mean,
" in aedibus paternis lustrari poteris.
Aofyov statua Apollinis posita in aedi-
bus Atridarum." But Schiitz's sug
gestion elo-lv KdOapfioi appears very
probable. Elms.conj.torcu KaOappog.
Elra then, after all. P.V. 779.
E'ire whether, repeated e'iteArt
whetheror. A. 252. C. 839. E.282.
z'ir ovv Art A. 477. e'Lt ovvAt
ovv C.672. At ovvAre Kai A. 817.
Alt'e'ite Kai S. 183. with Are omitted
in the former clause, av <!' alvEiv e'ite
ps ^piyetv OtXeic, opoiov A. 1376. ixii-
patva y Air 'iyj.hv i<j>v C.988. with A
in the former clause instead of e'ite
C.757. E.446.982. In C.417. Dind.
rightly adopts from Herm. tv re.
'Eicfrom. With verbs denoting or
implying motion or removal from
any place or thing, e.g. ek ttvXwv
)(u>pi]o-ETai S.c.T.458. he will retire
from the gates, il, dfipariov ^arpairrE
yopytoirov aiXac P.V. 356. flashed
from his eyes. Kopi^ov t ofifiariov S.
487. depart out of my sight, ek decr/xiuv
XvdivTa P.V. 507. loosened from his
( 109 ) EK
bands. Xafiovtra Kotrpov ek iopiov P.
835. fetching it from the house. ek
Spopov ircaiiv A. 1118. turning out of
my course. Cf. P.V. 175. 572. 670. 874.
911.958.1048.1062. S.C.T.40. 441.846.
924. P.56.297. 305. 347.516.600. 634.
846. 924. A. 9. 307. 428. 546. 610.612.
675. 1284. 1393. 1553. 1568. 1608. C.22.
74. 133. 480.528. 663. 1054. E. 35.54. 1 12.
142.201.399.421.568.749.776. S.195.
305. 418. 438. 644. it is sometimes
strictly joined in construction with a
substantive, e.g. 12; aprrxavtov iropovc
P.V. 59. ways of escaping from diffi
culties. araXayfio'iQ Ittviklov Ik kvev-
povwv S.c.T. 61. droppings from the
horses lungs, ek \tpStv'TrETpoiai P. 651.
stones hurled from the hands. Ik
ttoXeioq <f>vyriv A. 1386. banishment
from the city. Cf. Ik psXiwv wlXavov
E.255. clotted gore from the human
body. vpvos e 'Epivvvwv E.318.327.
a lay of the Furies. TEKpnpioiaiv H,
olpiayparoiv A. 1339. proof derived
from the cries, ek tplXuiv aflovXiaig
S.c.T. 732. evil counsels from his
friends, to piXXov ek 8e&v P. 365. the
purpose of the gods.with verbs
of hanging, ek twvS' otzioq Tartar
cnray^aaOai 8eS>v S.460. from, de
noting the cause, reason, origin, or
author of any thing, e.g. oeOev 12;
atparoe yEyovaptv S.c.T. 128. of thy
blood are we sprung. riv\ tiov 14 ov-
pavov P.V. 899. of the heavenly in
habitants. 'Kaaat TE-^yai fipoTolaiv Ik
npoprjdEwg P.V. 504. derived from
Prometheus. 12; alviypariav kirapyi-
fxoiai A. 1083. obscured by riddles.
ZvviJKa TovwoQ t alviyfxa.Tit)V C.874.
/ understand it by riddles, ek KpiOwv
fxiOv S.931. wine made from barley.
KparoQ ek yvj'aiic&j' A. 1449. exercised
by women. e ovEiparutv koX vvkti-
nXayKTtov SeipaToiv KEixaXpivn C.516.
frightened by dreams. e apavpag
kXtjIovoq XiyEi 840. speaks from ob
scure report, aaavros ek parpoQ tart
Ovpog C.416. implacabilis est ira
nostra ex matris injuria et crimine
concepta. So Schiitz. It may be
questioned, however, whether the
 EK ( no >
words ek /uarpoc will naturally bear
this sense. Butl. (ap. Peile) trans
lates, animus enim noster, lupi crude-
lis instar, a matre nulla modo placari
(jueat. In this way, however, the ad
dition ek fiarpdc becomes weak and
hardly necessary. Scholefield's at
tempt to join ek /xarpdg Bvfioc, h.e.
matris animus, will certainly not stand,
although it is so rendered by Stanley :
nor is Blomfield's translation, ex eo
tempore quo nalus est, at all more
successful. The Schol. refers Ovfios
to Agamemnon, but this seems op
posed by the expression rradoficv in
v.413. which refers it rather to
Orestes. We are inclined to sug
gest, " 'tis of no use to soothe me, for
like a ferocious wolf, (inheriting the
fury of its race,) / derive from my
mother an implacable spirit," h.e. as
she has shewn herself ruthless in
the murder of Agamemnon, so shall
I, her son, display an equally unre
lenting spirit in the destruction of
herself, e ov tikviov ijvtyK iiirb
Qinvnv fiapoe C.986. by whom she
had children. KXavd/xHv rwv H, o'Ikwv
A. 1532. lamentations made by the
house. l^iXevdipov Stpns airotfiw^ovtrt
A. 319. utter lamentations out of a
free throat. Cf. P. V. 761. 873. S.c.T.
23.514.576.880.964. A. 532. 733. 986.
1506. C.1000. S. 17. 44. 154. 168. 584.
889. E.507.764.864.894.944. P.693. ek
T&vlt from these things, from this
cause. S.c.T.338. A. 851.1196. 1382.
1585. C.1052. E.520. ek tivoq Xoyov
C. 508. from what reason ? ek Se rov E.
754.781. from this reason. Ik keXev-
afiaroQ P. 389. at the word of com
mand, trifiet rot Zevc roS' ek vojxiov
olfiag E. 92. according to his laws,
h.e. his own laws and principles. Or
rdo" Ik v6/xiav atfiag may be joined in
construction with the same meaning.
" Scribendum lKv6fiu>s (h. e. exceed
ingly) cum Hermanno, et aiftag in-
telligendum de munere Mercurii."
Dind. Hence with verbs of receiving
and hearing. S.c.T.682. P. 743. A. 275.
339. E.829. S.G74.926. Hence also it
KK
often denotes the person by whom a
thing is done, with verbs of a passive
or transitive signification. Cf. teO-
vaotv Ik \ipS>v avroKTOViav S.c.T.787.
they are slain by. Cf. A. 1252. it,
Iftuu uxjtiXnfitvog P.V.221. ek Biov
irpotreOpitfiOr] A. 7 17. rerayfiiva fioipa
ck dtwv 997. I'lfiM/iiWiii fipKoc Ik Oe&v
1257. Safietg Ik \eipoc 1475.1501. ek
dtdv SoOivra E.370. ek irdXews ke-
Kpavrai S.920. Hence too it denotes
the means or instrument with which
a thing is done. ek t&v oe tovSe ypn-
fiaruiy irtipuaofuu ap\Eiv ttoXituv A.
1C22. by this man's wealth, tppEviioia
ovk it ii, aivtyfiaruiv 1196. by means
of riddles. Hence also such expres
sions as Ik ippcvos S.c.T. 855.902.
from the soul. Cf. Ik Ovpou A. 48.
afiavpae Ik tfiptvoe A. 532. Cf. C.155.
(ppivde ek <j>i\ias P. 470. 1496. rov ek
typtvoQ Xoyov C. 105. the real senti
ments of your mind.partitively, to
denote some out of a number, it,
ovtiparuv a ^pi) vitap yevioDai P.V.
483. which among dreams. Denot
ing a transition, after. Ik ^aX^ae
(Suae S.c.T.210. after calamity, ck
Ovo-i&v A. 101. after sacrifices. Cf.
ik TTPCvfiaroe S. 457. 171. Ik ^m^VC
VOVOQ A. 321. EK TTToXilXOV TEipOflEVOig
S. 77. Xevkov iifxap vvktoq ek ficXay^i-
fiov P. 293. KaXXiorov f)fiap e'uriSelv
e'k x7""" A. 874. it, ovre P. 748. E.
25. from the time when, ek Tuivde C.
336. tKToxiTiav P. 774. after this, ekSe
rrje E.2. and after her. ^tip' ek xe'P"e
A. 1081. one hand after another. (See
XP-) So, perhaps, in E 168. See
ekeji'oc. Denoting a condition, state,
or circumstance. it, vttvov C.33. in
sleep, it, ovctpaTwv E.150. in my
dreams, ek t&vo'e S 454. under these
circumstances. Ik OaXaaans P. 77. by
sea. it, ivbg poOov P. 454. with one
impulse. Ik fiiag oSov C.70. in one
direction, \ep6s Ik SopywaXrov A. 1 16.
on the right hand. Ik twv 6/iotW A.
1397. on equal terms. But it, aiXirriav
Ka.Trpojxndr)Tb>v S.352. from unlooked-
for circumstances. Ou the difference
between the use of the singular and
 EKA0 ( 111 )
plural in such expressions in the
more antient writers, see Lobeck
on Soph. Aj. v. 716. L^'io-ov equally.
t'S apyfiQ E. 274. 533. from the be
ginning.It occurs rather curiously
in S.701. TpinovaifjLeXay^l/jioie yvi-
oiai \evkG>v ik weirXitifjiaTiDv tSe.1v h. e.
tfi eg are conspicuous for their
swarthy limbs appearing to the view
from under their white vestments. On
the construction tov ce fivdov kXwotjj-
pa oi)oVTtQ \lvov C.500. see flvdog.
"EicaOev from afar. S.416.
'E/tde afar, A 283. 1075. 1G34. On
C.465. see under eKaorog.
"Eraoroe each. P.V.489.8C5. S.c.T.
13.56.358. P.373. A. 231. 324. 420. 424.
847. E.262. S.956. in apposition with
a plural substantive, Tleptridec anpo-
trtvOeig tKatrraXcinerai fiovol^vi, P.
132. traorct S.910. every particular,
aid' cKatrraP. V.952. each several par
ticular.
'Etcarn Hecate, a name of Diana.
"Apre/iiv 'Eicarav S.661.
"Ekuti on account of. trari KXnc'ovtov
A.848. on account of rumours. keSvUv
tKari KpayfiaTiov C.690. ToXping exari
C.990. tKan c'aifiovojv C. 212. 430. by
the will of the gods. TlaXKaSoe rat
Aotyov cicari E. 729. kcucuiv cuart nayi-
vovto E.91. for purposes of evil. 7rXij-
Oovg eKari P. 329. in respect of num
bers. On the Doric a, see under
'AOava.
' ExaroyKapavoQ. See below.
'Ekotov a hundred, kxarov cu'e P.
335. two hundred.
'EKarovTaKapnvog hundred-headed,
P. V. 353. Pauw, to avoid the ana
paest conj . EKaToyKapnvov. So Glasg.
Schiitz. tKaroytcapavoj'jBlomf. which
he considers more Attic. So Dind.
who compares the forms Kapavov-
adcu and Kapavierrrip in the tragic
writers.
'E(C/3afeiv to tell, to bid. fut. to
yalpuv ic(3a.!;ti A. 484. he will bid us
to rejoice.
'Exfiaivtiv to descend, A. 880.
'EicpaXXuv to cast out, S.c.T. 670.
With gen. P.V.201. S.c.T.451. A.
EKEI
1546. E.712. WithtcP.V.912. Met.
to utter, A. 1645. C.46. So E.794.
yXwaanc fiaraiag fiij'KfiaXrjeinl -xjBova
Kapirov.
"EK^aaiQ a disembarkation, iKfiaoig
orparov S.752.
'EKJ3arava Ecbatana, P. 16. 526.
Blomf. prefers the reading of Brunck,
'Ayfiaravuv, as being the older form
of the name, although this is contrary
the authority of MSS. So Dind.
'EnfioXt) a casting out. irpoirpvfiya
tufloXav <pipti S.c.T. 751. is cast out at
the stern.exile, expulsion. S.416.
the casting out of votes from the urn,
E.718.
'Ek/Bpovrdv to strike with lightning.
e&fipovTj'idr) aQivoQ P.V.362.
"Exyovov (neut. of seq.) an off
spring. TjjOuoe tVyova P.V. 137. chil
dren of Tethys.
"Etcyovog id. P.V.774.
'ExSextadai to receivefrom another,
A. 275. With dat. 'Opiornv i&h'e-
Ko-fxnv varpi C. 751 . I received Orestes
at the hands of his father. On this
(called the Schema Sicelicum) see
Porson and Schafer on Eurip. Hec.
539. Matth.Gr.Gr.394.3. Compare
also Bernhardy, Synt. Gr. 111.9.
'EicdiSao-iCEiv to teach, P.V.700.983.
'Ek.'&Sdi'cu to deliver up. iKZixrofitv
S.505. IkS^s 336. iK^ovvat 921. IkSov-
rte 409.
"EkSikoc unjust, P. V. 1095. E.465.
'EcStkrwc unjustly, P.V.978. In
S.c.T. 589. IvhiKuis is the vulg. which
Pors. alters from MSS. to ticSiicwc.
Blomf. conj. Ik Aiicne. See IvStKwc;.
'EkSo-xti a succession, A. 290.
'ExSpaKovrovcrOai to be changed into
a dragon. iKSpaKovrudeis C.542.
'E.-2uv to strip. With double ace.
ixdiwy ifxi xpnornpiav itrOiJTa. A. 1242.
stripping me of my oracular vestment.
'Ekc~i there, P.311. C.350.703. E.
81. Referring to the shades below,
C.354. S.227.
'EKeWev thence. raKEidev S.c.T. 40.
the news from thence.
'Eki'&i thither, ticeidi nJjXOov ; S.c.T.
What ! did they come to that ?
 EKEI ( US )
'EictTyoG he, it, etc. referring to some
person, etc. already spoken of, P.V.
950. S.C.T.533.C45. P.752.815. A. 594.
C. 17G. 206. 565. 731. E. 216. 574. eke'ivoi
they, etc. S.c.T. 533. P.V. 77 . A. 657.659.
the former, opposed to something
more lately stated, tovt &vt ekeiviov
Tovirog alpovfiai oeQev S.c.T. 246. tov-
twv aiBplg elfu EkEtva h" iyvtov A.
1077. ravT ekeividv fiaXXov oiKTEipu)
ttoXv 1303. See under oiKretpety and
<nroyyog. With the force of eke7.
iravT tKtiva P. 387. all those parts,
iravra y eot' tKeiva ZiaTTEirpayfiiva
254. every thing there is ruined. In
E. 168. nOTirpoiraiog 2' <dv ETEpov iv
Kapq. fiiaarop' ekeivov iratTerat, the
word ekeivov violates the metre.
" Scribendum ek keivov, post illud
quod ante passus est. lta Soph.
Phil.685. Eviaifiiav avvtrei nal piyaQ
ek Ktivtov, ubi Aldus simili menda
ekeivwv." Bothe. Nothing more sa
tisfactory than this conjecture has
been suggested. It may, however,
be better to join ETEpov with ek keivov,
referring the latter to Apollo, or the
opposition will fail. Upon his head
he will have an avenging fiend of a
different sort, instead of him who now
protects him. Cf. rvtyXbv ek $E$opKo-
roe (Ed. Tyr.455. By ETEpov is
meant not another fiend, but a fiend
other than his present protector.
'Ek-e7<te thither, P. 703.
'Eke7v to boil up, break out. liJE-
eo-ev 'OiSittov KarEvy/xara S.C.T.
691.
'EKnfioXog far-darling, P.V. 713.
E.598.
"EktjXoq quiet, S.c.T. 220.
'TZKdafivlfciv to tear up by the
roots, S.c.T. 220.
'E/c0otva<r6cu to feast upon, P.V.
1027.
'EieOpwrrKEiv to spring from, with
gen. P. 449.
"EKdifioQ passionate, eager, P. 364.
Compare the expression ek Ovfiov A.
48.
'EKtcaOaipEiv to purify, to clear
from, with gen. S.261.
EKMA
'E(cica\Eo-9ai to callforth or elicit,
Met. A. 261.
'FA-ra\u7rrEU' to disclose, P.V. 193.
'EKKapiri^EaOai to reap as fruits,
S.c.T. 583.
'Ekkevovv to empty or lay waste,
P.747. pass. S.c.T.312. P. 541.
"ExKtipalvtiv to destroy. l^EKripavav
E.124.
'EkkXewteiv to remove by stealth,
A.648. E.148.
"EKKpiroc chosen out, select, P.331.
789. with gen.EKKpirovg 7t6\e<U S.c.T.
57.
"EKKpovcrroc raised by the hammer,
embossed, S.c.T. 524.
'EkkvXieiv to roll out of. Met. to
extricate, oria Tpoiry Ttjtrc" ekkvXi-
oftr\ar\ TE\ynQ P.V. 87. See te-^vi).
'EKXafiTTEtv toflashforth, P.V. 1085.
'EKXana^Eiv to overthrow, to eject,
with gen. S.c.T.438.
'EkXeitteiv to leave, with ace. A.
1159. C.536. to leave out, P.V.829.
P.505. to cease, E.127. Mid. v. id.
OVElloQ EV <f>6lTOl<TlV OVK EKXElTTETai E.
97. does not pass away. In S.c.T.
200. P. 126. this verb is also used in
transitively in the sense of to depart,
to go away. On the former passage
Wunderl. Obss. Critt. p. 161. ob
serves, " ekXeittelv absolute pro exce-
dere dicitur P. 125. Hinc factum est
ut ekXeitteiv pro evanescere positum
sit apud Soph. El. 1149. vvv <S' ekXe-
Xoitte ravr ev jjf/iEpp fiig. davovra aw
aoi. (Cf.v. 19. piXaiva r airrpuv ek-
XeXolttev Evcj>p6vr].) Locum igitur
Sept. 200. ita reddo : Atqui vero deos
urbem captam incolentes excedere fe-
runt." See further on this passage
under 6, ;, to.
'EkXvciv to release, P.V. 783. With
gen. P.V. 326.339.in mid. t6v ovk
ekXvo-etcii E. 166. Cf. Horn. Od. 10.
286- This also occurs as a various
reading in P.V. 235. where the vulg.
is E^Epvacifirfv.
"EkXvo-lq a release. With gen. P.V.
262.
'EKfiavQavEiv to learn, P.V. 819.
EKfia6ri<T0VTai P.V. 254. EKfiaOrjg 708.
 EK.MA ( H3)
eKfiade'iv 778. P. 220. eKfiadovira P.V.
878.
'Eicfiaprvptiv to bear witness to a
fact. kicpiapTvprjoov to jj.' elSevai A.
1169. bear witness that I know.
"Praestat tov/j.'." Dind. e^efxaprvpei
$6vov E. 439. bore witness to the mur
der.
'EKfiaareveiv to trace out, E.238.
"&K(ur)(Qiiv to undergo labour, ft
tKfitfioxOnicc P.V. 827. what suffer
ings she has undergone.
'Ekvojjmq unlawfully, unjustly, A.
1452.
'EK-xayXe'io-Bai to regard with ex
ceeding desire, ovvoift 'Opiornv iroX-
Xa a eKTrayXovfxevnv C.215.
"Eic7rayXo, monstrous, horrible, C.
541. A. 836.
'EiaraTioQ swerving from its path,
irregular, uncontrolled, rpoirov alyv-
TTiiav otr eKvariotg &Xyeai iraiSwv
viraroi Xe^e'wj' orpotyohivovvrai A. 49.
Here etntarioig uXyeai iraiZiav is
usually supposed to be put by a sort
of hypallage for h~iraTi<ov,h.e. "grief
for their lost young." So the Schol.
Siov Be ilirelv linrartuv xaic'wv, ek-
TtariovQ Elite, irpbg to aXyeai. It
seems better to refer it to aXyeai.
Klausen remarks, " eKirartov quod
sese continere nequit in itinere suo,
quod hue illuc vagatur, itaque quic-
quid immodicum est et certis rationis
finibus destitutum. Quod hoc loco
optime sese habet. Ingens dolor vul-
turios hue illuc rapit, ut hue illuc
supra nidum circumvolitent."
'EKirtfiireiv to send forth. With
gen. A. 272. to cast out,C.96.
'EicTepafia a coming forth from.
TpiTOV roB' eKwtpafia Bwfiarwv KaXti
C.644. This third time I call upon
some one to come forth from the house.
Schol. EKirepaaai riva KaXS.
'Etcirepav to pass through or tra
verse, P.V. 715. 733. E. 231.
'E/cirepBeiv to overthrow, P.V. 357.
S.c.T.409.449.
'EKirevOecrOat to inquire, P. 91 6.
This verse is assigned by Blomf. and
some others to Xerxes. This makes
EKIIN
the sense easy, but is rendered
doubtful by the arrangement seem
ing to require the first verse in the
strophe as well as 928. in the anti-
strophe to be given to the Chorus. So
Lachm. and Hermann, the latter of
whom suggests that eWeuSou is here
used in a passive sense, " interro-
gare, sine omnia ex te queeri." This
is approved by Well, and Dind. but
justly (as it seems) condemned by
Blomf. We are inclined to suppose it
an apostrophe of the Chorus to itself,
urging itself to learn at once the ex
tent of its loss. Such apostrophes are
not uncommon in such cases. See
for instance Pind. Isth. iv.24. ed.
Dissen.
'Eiari]oiffia a leap, vipog Kpeltraov
eKTrrtSiifjiaroe A. 1349. a height too
great to leap over.
'EKTrtSve<rOai to bubble forth, P. 801.
See KpniriQ.
'EkttIveiv [i] to drink up, A. 1371.
pass. exwoOivra C.64.
'EKiriTrreiv to fall from, to be cast
out. With gen. P.V. 758. 759. 950.
With ex, 959.
'EK-rriTvelv id. P.V. 914.
'EkttX{)8eiv to narrate fully. kcikG>v
irXtjdog ovk av tKTrXr]aaip.i aoi P. 422.
Cf. Porson's note on the word eV-
irXnpwv in Eur. Orest. 54. " Dicitur
quis id spatium explere, cujus varias
partes oberrat. Tibullus i. 4.69. Et
tercentenas erroribus expleat urbes."
"Eic7rXij^tc alarm. kclkSiv eWXj/Jjis
P. 598. alarm caused by misfortunes.
'EicTrXyiraeiv to strike out, to remove
by violence, ek B' t-irXri^e fiov rav de-
fxepSiwiv alBu> P.V. 134. og avrov ee-
7t\jj2;e t&v v^/nyopiav KOfiiraafiaruv
360. pass. iKirXyooeodai to be violently
affected. \aP9 /**)' wXayrjg tpplvag C.
231. eKimrXnyfiivn KaKoig P. 281.
"EicirXovg a sailing out. tKirXovv
ovBafiij Kadioraro P.377. did not at
tempt any where to sail out.the
outlet of a strait or harbour. exirXovg
tyvXaooeiv P. 359.
"EkttXvtoc washed away. E.271.
'Enrveiy to breathe out. EKirveiay
 EKITO ( H4 )
(fikuya P.359. imcvlwv (iiov A. 1471.
1498. expiring.
"Emroiiiv out of the way, at a dis
tance. UTadidfier iKiroiwv C 20. iWo-
iiiiv tv Kiifina 082. placed out of
harm's way. cravrvv imroSiiv iyuv
P.V.344. cKiroiiiv aytBiiv S.c.T.411.
turn him aside, ravrinv ptv ovno
tppovrld ilaroSwv Xiyoi sc. clrut E 431.
/ bid it begone.
"Ejcirovtiv to effect, bring about. S.
362.
'EKwpcHTaziv to accomplish. P. 709.
A.5G8. S.467. intransitively, to ac
complish a purpose. e^ewpa^cv ovo"
airiint trarpoOtv chieraia (pane S.c.T.
822. ijpevov aval (ppovrjpa. ttwq airrodtv
eEcTrpa&v tp-n-ac S.95. to bring to
an end, to finish, h.e. to destroy. 6
fiavriQ pavriv iKirpa^ag tp A. 1248.
h. e. having finished me as a prophe
tess, or, as Peile properly translates
it, " having made an end of me in my
prophetic office : having unmede me,
as before he made me, a prophetess."
On this sense of iKTrpao-otiv see Eur.
Hec.515. Soph. (Ed. C.1655. (ed.
Herm ) quoted by Butl. ap. Peile in
loc.
'EKirpeirris distinguished, cvyireiav
iKirpEirCiQ P. 434. distinguished in
birth, superl. fieyiOti EKTrpeirearara
P. 180. Here Blomf. on the autho
rity of Aid. Turn. Barocc. and others,
has restored tvirpETrcorara, which he
needlessly wishes also to restore in
Eur. Ale. 333. Valck. on Eur. Phcen.
171. (where Porson read iWptn-ijc)
quotes the vulg. reading in this pas
sage of iEschylus, referring also to
Eur. Troad.987. Horn. II. B.483.
'Ei-pijyi'vo-Oaj to burst forth, fut.
iKpayiiaovTai P. V. 367.
'Eiv-pnrrtiv to cast forth, to alter.
P.V.934.
'JuKpveardai to deliver, i^epvo-aanv
(iporovQ P.V.235. See ekXvuv.
'Eictrw^fiTOat to preserve oneself by
flight, orttv vijeov iKatofoiaTO P. 443.
escape to the island. (5wtov iKowooiaTO
id. 352. preserve their lives.
'TLkteIvuv to stretch out. C.977.
EKTH
prov. irpos Ktvrpa kUXov tKrevelg P.V.
323. kick against the pricks. Met. to
deliver a speech. A. 803. 890. 1202. E.
192.677.
'EktiXuv to accomplish, pass. Iktc-
Xv'ito P. 224
"EicrtXrwrav to fulfil, to accomplish,
eta pakpov yjporov raS nv^ovv etcre-
Xevrijaai Ofouj P. 727. paicpov fiijicoc
cKTtXivTiicrac; ypovov P.V.1022. intran
sitively, to come to an end. 6Vwc ravra
iKTiKivriiau KaXwe S.406.
'Em-eXijc accomplished. P. 21 4. in
full power. Kvpwe dpi Qpot'iv SStov
Kparoe a'iaiov avlpwv tKriXiiav A.
105. Here Casaub. conj. IvrtXitov.
So Voss. Stanl. Pears. Heath. Schiitz.
Butl. Blomf. Butler, however, sub
sequently changed his opinion in
favour of the MSS. reading ckteXcW
(See his note ap. Peile in loc). Blomf.
gives to vrt\))c the sense " qui ma-
gistrdtum gerit," quoting Timaeus and
Suidas. This, however (as Klausen
observes), is not the sense of the
word in the Tragic poets, but adultus,
integer. Cf. Soph. Trach. 757. (ed.
Herm.) Choeph.248. He himself
reads Ik rtXtW divisim, which he
strangely refers to the gods, observ
ing, " riXw saepissime de diis, qui
rerum humanarum quasi magistratum
gerunt." This, however, is most
improbable, the passages quoted by
him in support of it being wholly
irrelevant. There does not seem
much difficulty in rendering the
words, men having full power, or
authority, h.e. the leaders of the
expedition. It may be suggested,
however, as better to consider ikte-
Xtbiv as referring more generally to
those in the full vigour of life, i.e.
those belonging to the army ; as op
posed to the men of the Chorus who
were left behind, arirai papal TraXaep
v.72.
'Ektsvyis violent, headstrong, S.
961.
~Exr(jKtadai to melt away, Met.
to pass from the mind, rob" ifipivoi
Kal fj.))TroT tKraKtln P.V. 533.
 EK.TI ( H5 )
'EktIvuv to pay for. " Apyti kxrlvuv
KuXctQ rpo(j>ue S.c.T. 530. to pay the
penalty of crime, \epoe irarptoaQ Ik-
rivovra pnyavac A. 1564. atoning for
the crimes committed by his father.
abs. Ikt'ivu c" o kclIviov A. 1543. pivti
Apei 'ktiviiv bpolav Otfxiv. S. 430.
See difxie.
"EktoOiv without. With gen. irvp-
ytov IktoQev flaXwv S.c.T. 611. \ifx-
yag tKToOev P. 852. See Xl/xyn. ovS'
air dXXuv iKTodiv, a\X' air' avrwy C.
406. See 'ippoTOC-
'EktoXvttlvuv lit. to unwind a ball
of cotton. Met. to expedite or per-
Jorm any intricate business. ovSev
tcaipwv kicToXvwtvijiiv A. 1003.
'Ektoq without, away from. ektoq
oZaa.yaXpa.Twy S.c.T. 247. ektoq al-
riae P.V.330. C.1027. without blame.
'E/crptVtte to turn off, e.g. from
one person etc. to another, ioplirova
icuk' iKTpiirovTtQ ya.Q irpoQ kiripoXovQ
S.c.T. 610. fiij& tie EXtynv kotov ck-
Tpi\pt]g A. 1443.
'Em-pfyeiv to bring up, C. 739.
'Eicrpoirri a means of averting, P. V.
915.
'ExTvipXovy to blind. Met. to ex
tinguish. kKTV<f>X(l>0vTEQ XapiTTTJptQ C.
529.
'EK<j>avric conspicuous, clear, E.
235. tKfavelc IStiv P.390. conspi
cuous to behold.
'Eictparwc with a clear voice, dis
tinctly, signally, A. 689. The word
is an aiza\ Xeyoutvov and is of some
what doubtful meaning. Well, trans
lates it clara voce. So Passow ;
the word being clearly derived from
iKtynpi, the n.iddle form of which
lK<l>a<rdat occurs in Odyss. N.308.
in the sense of to utter or speak.
Blomf. translates modo ineffabili, and
observes, " idem significare videtur
quod u^uraie." It seems, however,
hardly probable that eicQaroe and
ii(ji(iTog or ov <j>utoq should mean the
same. Klausen translates nimium.
The Scholiasts are silent on the
point. It may bo better, at any
rate, to join a^urut; in construc
EKftN
tion with irpa.aoopf.va h.e. avenging
in a marked or signal manner. It
must be allowed, however, that the
collocation is thus somewhat awk
ward, although the signification thus
assigned to UQcitwq is certainly the
true one. This renders Schiitz's
conjecture tIovtoq not improbable,
with which EK<j>aT(OQ may most con
veniently be joined in the sense of
signally punishing. So Blomf. Dind.
'EK(pEvyitv to escape, aor. 2. P.V.
516. S.C.T.701. A. 876. S. 135.144.
intrans. iJKOvirty kKipvyoyrcg P. 502.
rvrda kKipvytiv P. 556. had a narrow
escape, perf. ttcirefevytv alparoQ $i-
Knv E. 722. has been acquitted on a
charge of murder.
'EKcliOivtodai to perish, perf. pass.
l&(f>dtprai P.665.891.
'En<poflt~ti> to affritjht, P. 598.
'EK<j>opa the act of burying. EK<po-
pac (jiiXtov vico S.c.T. 1015. the being
buried by his friends. 2cuie kv ek-
tyopa'ie C.424. with a cruel burial.
"EictyopoQ carrying away, removing.
With gen. tCov BvaarEpovvrtiiv 5' ek</>o-
pwripa weXoiq E.870. h.e: as Schiitz
rightly translates it, " Impii vero si
qui fuerint, quo minus exstirpes nihil
impedio."
'Eufpafaiv to declare, P.V. 952.
'EK<pvyyaviv to escape, P.V. 523.
'Etctyvoav to vent, disgorge, P.V.
722.
'E/c<^u<riav to vomit forth, A. 1362.
'Ek-xjuv to pour out, C.95. aor. 1.
lK\iae iriSij) E. 623. pouring out upon
the ground. EK^kaQ rahrf kvtei A.
313. pouring out into the same vessel.
Met. to pour forth, h.e. to utter,
irpotyddaaaa Kaplia yXwaaav av rac'
(i,i\ei A. 1000. to scatter, ruin, de
stroy. bXfiov kir)(in piyav P. 812.
'Eicaij' willing, voluntarily, KpdroQ
nupec y ikuiv kfxol A. 917. yield the
victory to me with a good grace. Cf.
A. 38. 927. 1596. E.225. S.918. re
peated, iku>v Ikuiv (J/japroe P.V. 266.
with reference to two parties, ixorff
ekovti Zni'i (Tvpirap-urraTiivP.V.i\H.
ob-% iKwf unwilling, A. 815. P.V. 850.
 EAAI ( 116 )
'EKala the olive, P. 609. A. 480.
E.43.
'EXatdfvrog planted with olive
trees, P. 858.
"EXavSpoc destroyer of men, A.
074. with reference to the name of
Helen. See Elmsley's note on Eur.
Bacch.508. Also especially Valck.
on Phoen. v. 639.
'EXatrtrwv less, ovk tXaoaoya ira-
a-j^ovai P. 799. ifiol iXaaaov Zijvos v
juij&v /je'Xej P.V.940.
'EXarrip a driver, "iirriav IXarrip
P. 32.
'EXarriptov. See seqq.
'EXarSiptog driving away. Srav
a<p' kariag /ivcoq izav iXao~n KaOap-
fiolg &irav kXarrtptov. This is the
vulg. in C.962, and is retained by
Blomf. and Klausen, the latter of
whom explains it thus: " Quando
omne remedium lustratione a foco eje-
cerit omne piaculum. Fatetur mul-
tis piaculis inde a facinore Atrei con
tracts contaminatas esse aedes, sunt
vero multa lustrationum remedia,
quibus usuri sunt aedium domini.
Bene igitur memoratis piaculis (irav
jivoog) opponitur &irav kXarr\piov."
iXari'ipiov is explained by the Schol.
and Hesych. as being to KaQapriKov
(papftaKuv. If this be its meaning
here, the sense accordingly will be,
" When (the application of) every
sort of remedy shall have removed
by its purifying influence every stain
of guilt from the house." But the
reading of Schlitz (partly anticipated
by Stanl. and adopted by Herm. and
Well.) certainly has much to recom
mend it, viz. KaOapfidts arav kXarn-
ploiQ h.e. " by purifications driving
away guilt."
'EXavveiv to drive (as a flock) kiri
Tratrav -)(66va iroifiavopiov Bsiov kXaii-
vei P. 76.to drive violently, rib" ovk
iictivt)v u>oav fiXavveg <f>vyi} ; E.S74.
fut. l\G>oi yap at Kal Si' rfirtipov
[taKpag E.75. pass. P.V.685. C.1058.
to expel, tovq jxnrpaXoiag e/c So/xiap
kXavvofxtv E.201. Cf. id. 399. S.305.
to bring upon. 'IXiif Ktjdog opOai-
EAEN
vvfiov riXtaetypwv [irjvig fjXaae A.
685.to remove (as guilt). Srav of'
toricLQ irav fivtrog e\a<rij C.961. (See
prec.) pass. >)\adr) E.273. to harass,
to ravage, or subdue. 'Iwvtar rt ird-
aav fiXaatv /3i'a P. 757. to build (as a
wall), at Kara yipaov kXnXapivai iripi
irvpyov P. 852. h.e. ale iripi irvpyog
iXiiXarai.
'EXcHppog light.V.V. 125.279. kXa-
<ppov (sc. eon) it is easy. P.V.263.
'EXE'yx"*' to examine, put to the
proof, A. 1324. C.838. pass. S.971.
to blame, or accuse, C.906.
'EXeSefivag a corrupt word occur
ring in S.c.T.83. Passow in his
Lexicon explains it, 6 kXavvuv Ik
tGiv lefiviuv h.e. "forcing men to
leave their beds." The composition
of the word, however, appears to re
fute this. An elegant emendation' is
proposed by Hermann, kXiSe/jiag h.e.
IXioy to Si/iag " destroying the body,
murderous." Hermann arranges the
passage thus : kXih'eftag jioa 7te'cV
oirXoKTvirog oral yjpijXirTiTai, irOTCLTai
/3pt/xi b". This Well, adopts, only
retaining ircStoirXdicruTroc as a single
word. Dind. (qu. v.) suggests a
conjecture far different, sc. iXe (vel.
eiXe) 2' kfiag (pplvag Stog' ottXoiv
KTViroQ irortXpt'^7rrrat, | Sea irlSoy
(ioa Trorarai, (ipifiei h". coll. P.V.181.
'EXeuvog pitiable, P.V.246. Here
Schiitz and Blomf. have adopted
IXeivog at the suggestion of Porson,
praef. ad Hec. p. viii. qu. v. So Dind.
All the MSS. however have IXeavog.
'E\io/3ar7je living in a marsh, P.
39.
"EXeioc marshy, P. 486.
'EXeXeXeXeu an exclamation P.V.
879. Suidas, eXeXev. kirbpdeyfia vo-
Xe/xiKov to eXeXeu. Kal yap ol vpo-
<ri6vTtg Etc TtoXtfiov to eXeXev k(f>b)V0VV
fXETa. tivoq ifip.iXovQ Kivifattoc. Blomf.
observes that it is from this that the
Bacchee are called Eleleides. Cf.
Ovid Herod, iv.47.
'EXe'coc destroyer of ships, A. 674.
Here Blomf. reads eXeVovc, which
Dind. approves. But Lobeck Pa
 EAEN ( 117 ) EAni

ralip. p. 228. defends the form eXtVae, 'EXkottoi6q inflicting wounds, S.C.T.
as from the Doric vdg, or else con 380.
tracted from IXevaoc, comparing 'Ap- "EXkoc a sore, a wound. Met. A.
\eXag, ^rparoXag, 'AynalXag. See 626. See titi/uoc
eXavdpos. 'EXX<ic Greece,' S.c.T.72. P. 50.
'EXivn Helen, A. 673.774. 1430.1443. 230.744.782.810. A. 564. S.234. As
'EXtVroXie destroyer of cities, A. an adjective, Grecian, A. 109. 'EXXae
674. See iXavSpos. XOuv S.240. 'EXXada alay P. 2. A.
'EXtvOepia liberty. L-k iXevOepiy. 417. 'EXXa&i yaiav P. 182. 'EXXaSa
C.850. in honour of liberty. xfopav 263. yfjv 'EXXd2a 795. Greece.
'EXevdtpihig with liberty, C.797. 'EXXeineiv to be deficient in.With
'EXevdepoe free, enjoying liberty, gen. irpoBvp.laQ ovSev iXXtiVtte P.V.
S.c.T.74. A.319. C. 101.902. S.218. 341. IXXdirovT 'in rjfinQ aK/xalag S.c.T.
604. uncontrolled, unrestrained, P.V. 10. not yet arrived at. iroXXov kcutov
50. P. 685. delivered (from an enemy iravroc eXXil7ru> P.V. 963. J am far
or avenger), E.324.with gen. IXtv- from, yea, wholly free from any such
Otpov <re T&ySe irn^iaTiav KritrwC. 1056. feeling.With infin. rl iXXdiru /</;
roiyap ay ficv fj/e> ^ 2" iXcvdlpa (povov Trapairaltiv ; id. 1058. wherein does
E.573. h.e. as Wakefield explains it, he come short of madness ?
" at tu quidem vivis, ilia vera a ccede "EXXij Helle. nropBubv ' Adafiavri-
libera est, i.e. morte sua c;cdem ex- Soe "EXXjjc P. 70. "EXXjjc iropdfioy
piavit." 708.785. "EXXae Kopov 854. the Hel
'EXtvOepoarofitiv to use free lan lespont.
guage, P.V. 180. "EXXnv a Greek, avrjp "EXXnv P.
'EXevOepocrrofioc using free lan 347.354. "EXXnvee the Greeks, P. 343.
guage, S.926. 350.361.385. 'EXXijjw 376.380.394.
'EXevOtpovv to set free, P.395. C. 444.776.868. E. 31. 726. 880. S.217.
1042. S.411. pass. E. 167. with gen. "EXXnertV. 330. 447. S. 892. As an ad
to Oavtiv tXcvOepovTat (piXataicriiii' jective, "EXXnva <j>dnv A. 1227. the
KdKiov S.783. Greek language. Elmsley in Quar
'EXlySnv rolling (of the eyes), terly Review, xiv. p. 463. asserts that
P.V.884. "EXXj/y is never used with nouns of
'EXtvyitiv to loiter or delay, P.V. the feminine gender. That this is
53. find' iXivvvaaijxi deovg oaiaig 8v- incorrect is sufficiently shewn by
aiatg TTOTiviaaofxiva P.V. 527. may 1 Well, who quotes "EXXnvoc Ik yijij
never cease to approach. Well, in Eur. Iph. T.341. irarp/Soc "EXXvvos
accordance with MSS. and Edd. re 495. (rroXrjv "EXXjjca Hec. 131. So
tains the double v in this word. koXiv "EXXnva Iph. A. 65. quoted by
Brunck first changed it to the single Bothe. Well, however, inaccurately
v, which Blomf. approves as more quotes Xen. Cyneg. ii. 4. as is shewn
ancient. On this point see Blomf. by Butl. ap. Peile in loc.
Gloss. P.V. 53. Schaf. on Greg, de 'EXXnviKos Grecian, S.c.T. 251. P.
Dial. p. 502. 401.409.
"EXt anything rolled or twisted. 'EXXjjWc Grecian, fern. vtSiv 'EX-
e.g. a wreath offlame, P.V. 1085. Xnvidwv P. 326.
'EXlrpcrxpe that within which the 'EXXrio-KovTOQ the Hellespont, P.
wheel revolves, ovpiyycs IXirpo^ot 731.
S.c.T.187. 'EXirifaiv to expect or anticipate,
'EXKaiveiv to be sore, to be un either in the way of hope or fear.
healed, C.830. See under SaK- ovk &TI/X0V Xtt(<i) fiopov S.c.T. 571.
vtiv. ovttot iXirioavTes A. 1014. contrary
"EXkuv to drag, S.883. to their expectations, ukoq ropaiov
 EAUI ( H8 )
iXiriaaoa irnpaTtov C.632. hoping it
might prove a remedy. With infin.
ti'iiKor iXiritraai rt'iyo' efciv X"PIV A.
1U28. P. 732. to think or consider.
,vvii tXn-i'i'u Xiytiv S.c.T.76. tne-
t/iinks what I say is matter of common
interest, nibs iXiriao) aariav tiv ixXXov
Ttjt;Ce Sicrir6tiv ^><S/3ijc ! C. 185. hoiv
can I suppose ? iSSe yap Kparti
yvvaitcbc; avZpofiovXov iXiriov Kiap
A. 10. for thus the fierce spirit of
my mistress, incited by hope, com
mands. Here another reading is
Kpareiv iXwii^w, h.e. (as Schiitz trans
lates) sic enim spero fore, ut mulieris
viriliter ferocientem animum vincam.
This, however, is not so well sup
ported by authorities (though adopted
by Glasg.) nor does it suit with the
sense of the passage.
'EXs-i'c expectation, either good or
bad. With infin. IXirie rig avrov
irpoc SofJovg rj^eiv 7raXtv A. 665. there
is some hope that he will come back.
Cf. S.c.T.349. ov poi<po(iov piXaOpov
tXiric kpnartiv A. 1 109. Ifear not that
I may tread the courts of terror.
Hope or expectation, P V.259. C.192.
A. 966. p,il(,ov eXiriSoc A. 257. greater
than I hoped for. irap' iXirii'u A. 873.
unexpectedly, air ipag iXiricog 971.
differently from my expectation, plur.
P.V.250.536. P.700. A. 494.1653. S.90.
ivayyiXoiaiv tXirioiv A. 253. expecta
tions excited by favourable tidings.
Hope, personified, rw $' ivavriif kvtu
'EX71-1C irpvtrijei xtlP * T^->Jpo*7^'$>
A. 791. Cf. A. 102.referring to a
person ; a hope or stay. 'OptVri/c IXirie
6ix*rai copwv C.765. Cf. C. 234. 688.
"EXwp a prey. plur. tXwpa S.781.
'Epavrov of myself. ipavrije P. 158.
A.833.1237. ipavrov P.V.436. Ipav-
Tt\v id. 750.
'Epfiaiveiv to walk upon,lp.(5ait>ovff
aXovpyiai A.920. See aXovpytQ. Met.
to insult, trample upon, aor.2. wj
upoippoviiiQ fiaipwv tvefin Tlcpauiv ytveij
P. 875. iQ tovo' ivifirjQ %vv aXridtiq.
Xpnapoy A. 1548.^o have truly uttered
this oracular saying. Here the vulg.
is ivifin, (ivijirfe Cant.) which is
EMMO
unintelligible, unless with Casaub.
we read ^pjja^toc-
'EpfiaXKuv to cast into, aor.2.
Xipvq ipftaXi tuv piXavo^vy arav S.
524. to inflict upon, rolcri i,u>irupyii)i>
ptipunXov arav ipjiaXovris S.C.T. 298.
to introduce, perf. arpa.Ti.vp iiran-
tov tfi(5tfiXi]KOTa S.c.T. 5G5. Cf. 1010.
"E'pfiacris that on which, or in which
we tread, sc. a shoe. apfivXaQ, irpo-
<$ov\ov ipfiaaiv iroSog A. 91 9. where
these words are merely an apposition
to apflvXae. " shoes performing a ser
vile office for my foot to tread in."
'Epj3ariveiv to frequent, to walk
upon. With ace. f)v o <piX6\opos Ilav
IpfyarexiEt P. 441. This verb is like
wise constructed with a gen. Cf. Soph.
CEd. T.818. So ipfiahtiy, from
which it is derived, (Ed. Col. 401.
Ed. Herm. Arnald observes of this
word, " Speciatim dicitur de Diis,
qui locum aliquem vel templum in-
habitare cieduntur," coll. Soph. CEd.
Col.085. Eur. Rhes.225.
'EpfloXt) an attack, and especially
an attack made by a ship with its
beak. P. 27 1.328. 401. 554. In P.407.
aiiTol 3' v<j> avTibv tpfioXdtt; jXm>-
arvpois iraiovro, Blomf. adopts ipjio-
Xoiq unnecessarily. Well, rightly
observes, " Recte explicavit Scho-
liastes rcuc o~vyKpovot<n kox irpoa-
apaZiai, ad quos poetice adjectivum
XaXKooropoig translatum est."
'EpfiptOt'is heavy, grievous, P. 679.
'Epjjptpaadai to chafe or fret, to
champ the bit. S.c.T. 443.
"Epfipvov the foetus or young of an
animal, E-905.
'Eptiv to vomit, E.175. fut. mid.
lp.ovp.at. ipij tov I6v 700. inrb a(payrje
Ifxun' A. 1581. h.e. inrepuiv, by tmesis.
'Eppaviis mad, frantic, P.V.678.
E.822.
'Epptvtiv to abide with, aXXa poi
too' Ippivoi P.V.533.to abide by,
dp/cog eppivct irtcrru>paoi E.971.
EpporoQ applied as lint to a
wound,from poToglint. C.464. " porog
formatur a p6u> infercio, undo aporog,
inexplebilis." Blomf. Gloss. From
 KMMO ( 119 )
this meaning of " lint adhering to a
wound," Blomf. and others, following
the vulgar punctuation, join ififiorov
with a\yoe, and translate " cedibus in-
hcerens ad similitudinem lintei ulceri
infricti." Heath. It would seem,
however, to be a strange accumula
tion of metaphors, to apply 'ififiorov
thus to BvaKarairavtrrov aXyor. h.e.
" a running sore." Aurat. Jacob.
Pauw. read ififiovov, which Butler
approves. It is better, however, to
refer 'ififiorov to the following words ;
but here again interpretations differ.
The vulg. is r&vV iKag, 6vS' ait u\\u>v
iKTodtv, aW aw' avrwvatHv avaipCiv.
atfiarnpav dctov Kara yac So vfivog.
To explain this, it is supposed by
some (as Well. Scholef.) that the
negative is to be understood before
rwvS' tKctc, and conceiving the word
'ififiorov to be used for any remedy,
they translate the former part of the
sentence, " JEdibus remedium est,
non procul ab Ins, neque ab aliis ex-
trinsecus petendum, sed ab ipsis
proficiscens," etc. (For an instance
of this repetition of the negative,
see A. 518. etc.) These likewise
adopt an elegant anonymous con
jecture, BuoKEiv tpiv aifiarripav for
a\S>v avaipeiv. alfiarnpav, and place
the stop after alfiarnpav. Others
carry on the sense to v/ivos, in which
latter case QiHv rav Kara yag must
be read, according to Hermann's
emendation. So Blomf. who, re
taining attZv avaipeiv, corrects obb*
trae for riove" exag, and vw' iiWwv,
a<t> avruiv for the vulg. air aXKwv,
aw avrwv, observing, that the
construction is avrovg vif lavruiv
aitiv avaipilv, for vif ak\i]Kiv.
If the vulg. be retained, we might
translate (adopting Wellauer's ex
planation of rwvh' trac), " Alas!
never ceasing sore, cleaving to the
house ! To destroy life, not apart
from the instrumentality of these (its
members), nor by strangers from
without, but by their own hands, this
is the song of (h.e. a subject fit to be
EM02
sung by) the sanguinary deities be
neath the earth." There appear, how
ever, to be strong objections to this,
as well on account of the harshness
and obscurity of the expressions, as
of the metre in v. 4G7. The reading
mentioned above, as adopted by Well,
and Scholef., seems highly plausible,
Sio)kciv ipiv alfiarnpav, " ut sc. per-
sequantur sanguinolentam rixam."
This seems confirmed by a Scholium,
f)v iipiue wpog rov waripa, and by the
reading of Rob. alfiarnpav. But
with respect to the word 'ififiorov,
Peile appears right in saying, that it
requires some substantive to sustain
its meaning of a remedyat least in
the language of ./Eschylus (SeetXa-
rijpiov, C.9G2 ) and that it could
no more be used by itself than ro/iawv,
ftpt'otrifiov, xpirrrov, wiarov, and other
similar medical terms, with which
rikroe, <papfiaicov, or some such word
must be combined. We shall pro
bably be right in adopting with
Dind. for ttcag, the reading of Med.
&Kot, and joining this in construc
tion with ififiorov. Adopting this
emendation, we may consider Bw-
fiaoiv and oic" air' iiXXuiv to be
placed in opposition, thus in the
house exists a healing remedy for
these woesin the house, and nut
(proceeding) from others without,
but from themselves (sc. the members
of that house), namely, that they
should avenge this bloody quarrel (sc.
of Clytsemnestra against Agamem
non). To the gods below this prayer
is chanted.
'Efioe mine, preceding a substan
tive without article, e.g. ifia'ig (iov-
\a~ig P.V.219. Cf. P. V. 144. 181.525.
595. 775. S.C.T. 201 . 249. 436. 464.P. 156.
193.229.292. 703. 768. 770. 877. 1003. A.
849. 852.970. 1236. 1280. 1377. 1494. 1506.
C. 123. 188.735.811. E.91.437.677. S.
314.907.963.993. Following the sub
stantive without an article, e'.g. w6-
vwv ifiHv P.V.I 18. Cf. P.V.298.303.
692.095.828.1011.1093. P. 148.173. 185.
207.223.314.465.468.510.607. 725.730.
 K.MOS ( 120 )
737. A. 14. 888. 889. 1051. 1056. 1199.
(where liinrorn e';im is in apposition
to rj> pokovTi) 1406.1410. C.548. E.
541.548.572.846.922. S.361.427.449.
811.986. 1058.In the predicate, kfibv
ZoKr\ae.i r&farXaaifi elvai toSc P.V.
386. ab)(iie clvai toBe rovpyov kfiov
A. 1476. kfxbv to&' Ipyov E.704.
fiaarov kfibv Qpinrripiov C.538. the
breast which suckled me. In P.
836. vnavTia'Ctiv iraiS' kfiip irtipaao-
fxai the reading is doubtful, owing
to the elision of t in the dative sin
gular Traill. Porson on Eur. Orest.
584.1427. seems not altogether to deny
this licence to the Tragic writers.
See also Prasf. ad. Hec. p. 24. This
is, however, done by Elmsley on
Heracl. 693. Lobeck on Aj.801. the
latter of whom reads Trail' kp.6v, shew
ing by examples that viravTiafctv and
similar words are sometimes con
structed with the ace. Cf. Herod.
iv.121. Dind. defends the elision of
the iota, referring to his note on
Soph.CEd. Col. 1435. qu. v. So Blomf.
<j>l\oi yap tlaly ovk kpo'iQ irpo-
atKTopte E. 118. I conceive Miiller's
explanation of this passage to be
correct. "As Trpoarpoiraioq denotes
both him who TrpoorpkircTai and him
to whom a person TcpoorpETTETai, so
the words formed from Iku> have
the same twofold signification. Not
only the suppliants are iKtrai, licToptQ,
a<t>iKTopt, but Jupiter also is Itcroip,
or iKrfip, aQlicriop. .flisch. Suppl. i.
474. Hence I explain Eum. 118. my
enemies have found irpooiicTopaQ i.e.
gods who protect them as KpoalKro-
pae" Dissert, on Eum. p. 159. note.
ifxaTiai \j.ra~iQ E. 34 1 . prayers offered
to me. See ariXtia. Scholef. rightly
understands this to mean preces mihi
oblatas.With the article preceding
the substantive, e.g. rrjv k/ir)i/ avda-
liav P.V.79. Cf.618.625.682.707.754.
844.968.974.1016. P. 690.769.977. A.
500.586.947.1108.1297.1321.1407.1422.
C. 88. 204.208. 221. (sub. Karate from v.
220.) 479.738.979. (sc. Trarrjp from v.
978.) E. 114.683. 724.738. 824. 899. S.
RMno
176.371.884. woXXa tUv kfiwv e\tltare
E. 106. much of my substance, rrjv
kfir)v alia fxtOeiQ P. 685. your dread
of me. Cf. P.V. 388.With the article
following the substantive, e.g. irap-
Otvuivac tovq k/xovg P. V. 649. Cf.P.V.
866.1054. S.c.T. 178.1020. P. 670. 738.
A. 1239. 1298. 1566. C. 14. 17. 220.226.
980. E. 218. 397. 424. 434. 465. 576. 683.
820.926.979. dpijvoQ ov/xos P.V.388.
lamentation for me. Opijvov ifxov rbv
avrije A. 1296. a lamentation over my
self. " e/xdv rbv avrije idem valet ac
rov ifiov avTijs." Blomf.
E/j7rcuoc striking upon, oppressive,
grievous. A. 180. The word is de
rived from iv and iraiia. Hesychius
explains it by tWo-m/roe.
TLjxiraXiv contrary. rovfiTraXiv P.V.
202. A. 1398. the contrary, pi. r&fi-
TraXtv P.219.
"Efiirac wholly, altogether (derived
from kv itaaC) fiiyag yap Ejjmae Trap
Aide dpovoiq Xiyn E.220.neverthe
less, at any rate. P'.V.48.187.C.348.S.95.
'E/u7rar7v to tread, walk upon. A.
1409.
EjurrtSoc, enduring, lasting. A. 547.
'E/wrt'Swc continually, for ever. A.
828.949. E.321.
"TZ/nrEipoe experienced, a var. lect.
in P. 590. See "KfiTropog.
'JL/MiriirXavai to complete, make up.
aor. 1. xal fiiy kjiirXifaaQ (P) yo/xoy
439. See ydfioQ.
'E/t7rt7rriv to rush into. aor. 2. kfi-
irtativ A. 1323. to enter the mind, iptoe
jxr) tiq irportpov kfi7riTrrn arparif A. 332.
Dind. prefers kfnriTrTot.
'EfMriTveiv to fall upon, to assault,
A. 1148. 1447. kfnriTvG) i,vv XaKili Xi-
voutl S. 1 13. 124. fasten upon and tear.
See Xarfe-
'Efi.7r\iKeiv to interweave, to en
tangle, pass, tie airipavrov Hktvov
t/rAx0>j<o-0f P.V. 1081. Met. ovk
kfiTrXtKk/v aiviyfiara 613. not speaking
in riddles.
"fLpirvziv to breathe,'oT live. A. 657.
'Efnroh'lfeiv to fetter, to perplex,
pass. kfi7TETroSi<Tp.kvov P.V. 549.
TL/nroluv in the way. ejxttoIwv iqrti
 em no ( 121 )
S.c.T.1007. had opposed, ovltv kfi-
iroluiv In P.V.13. there is no further
obstacle.
'EpiroXdv to purchase, or buy.
Hence, to acquire, to. irXiierra jj/x-
iroknKora E.601. having acquired
many honours. See the whole pas
sage further explained under apeivuv.
"Epnopog a traveller or voyager,
C.650. In P. 590. uniii' oariQ ip-
wopog Kvpel, Porson and others, as
Well. Blomf. adopt the MSS. read
ing IpntipoQ, which certainly is highly
plausible, but is by no means abso
lutely necessary. Butler observes,
" ipiropoe tuetur Sieb. p. 72. partira
Scholiast, partim H. Stephani auc-
toritate. (Stephens' words are ' Alii
ipireipog, qua? lectio mihi prima fronte
placere ccepit : sed sensum diligentius
perpendens animadverti illud ipnopoe
habere in recessu aliquid et Iptpari-
K&Tipov et iroinTtKitTcpov quam lp-
irtipoQ.') Atque, ut verum fatear,
multam vim habent quae notavit H.
Steph. pra?9ertim si adjungas meta-
phoras in kXvSwv, ebpoij, et ovpitiv,
ut ipiropoQ h.l. vectorem significet,
q.d. ut nos Anglice, whoever has
steered his course through the ocean
of calamity ; sic Euripides Latine
loquens apud Cicer. Tusc. iii.28. nee
tarn eerumnoso navigavissem salo."
'Epirpiirtiv to glitter, or shine in.
kpirpiirovTag alOipi A. 6.to be illus
trious among C.351.
'EpwpETrrie conspicuous, marked by.
IrjXipoiaiv ipirpeKri S. 107.
'Ep<j>avns clear, perspicuous, P.
510. C.656. E.398. comp. C.805.
'E^(j>aviug clearly, manifestly,
S.C.T.228. A. 612. E.214.
'Eptyepr/g like, resembling. C.204.
E.390. comp. paXXov kp:<pcpktrrepai
S.276.
"EpQpwv sound in mind, sensible,
P.V. 850. C.1022. In C.193. Dind.
with Aurat. reads Iptypov . See eiI-
<f>pa)v.
'EptyvXiog domestic, civil. "Apt) kp-
fvXtov E.823.
'Ev in, a preposition denoting the
F.N
place in or on which anything is or
exists, or in or on which it is done,
i. q. Kopv<pa~iQ kv &icpaig ijpevog P.V.
366. Cf. P.V.142.250. 396.454.621. 805.
S.C.T.2. 25. 145. 195. 231. 358. 371 . 433.
455.504.521.549.728.781.937.1000. P.
161.189.269.405.474.596.597.608.722.
(but see fcvKrt'iptog.) 762.780. A. 24.
117.184.312.325.492.551.582.592.651.
703.749.819.863.897.910.938. 945. 1054.
1073. 1162. 1197. 1286. 1365. 1370. 1439.
1471. 1497. 1562. 1588. 1593. C. 90. 99.
143.159.226.246.339.344.443.522.530.
565. 572. 648. 651 . 687 . 698. 734. 744. 794.
881.999. E. 47. 186.395.624.635.660.
673.693.724.737.751.778.792.633. S.31.
49. 230. 289. 346. 408. 476. 814. 925. kv
Kaptf E. 168. see Kapa. elliptically kv
"ASov SC.Sopoig A. 1509. S. 225.411.
kv yaiq. {uii <povopvT<j> pkpiKrat S.c.T.
920. is mingled in the dust. Cf.
Horn II. y. 55.Denoting the state,
condition, or circumstances, in which
anything is, or is done, as kv virvw
A. 172. in sleep, kv pa\atc S.c.T.
147. in fight, kv SaiSt S c.T.908. kv
rafrj 800. kv ypcupciig 233. kv pa\n
Sopog 427. kv <j>ova7g 488. kv ayicv-
pov%laig S.747. kv okotui S.82. Cf.
S c.T. 4. 88. 169. 209. 581. 647. 648. 649.
777.919. A. 407. 743.865. 903. 1049. 1210.
1594. C. 160. 524. 936. E. 266. 268. 496.
529.719.827.950. S. 165.197. P. 826.
837.With verbs signifying, or im
plying, motion, kv TctirXotg irtVj/ Xaicig
P. 123. vavg kv vrfi xa.XKnprj otoXov
'Liraiotv 400. Trirvti kv kvvipi^ rei^ei
A. 1099. kv irklf fiaXH 1145, kv Sw-
paaiv irirvwv C.36. Ifai kv Opovoig
E. 18. kv X&py flaXii 756.783. kv ro-
KOiai rolg kpoltri prl fiaXng 820. kv
yvvaiKtloiQ rviroig trinXnKTai S.279.
l^vykvT kv Appari C.784. ttvl;a
kv Zvyoioi P.V. 460. kvi^ev^ag kv
irnnovaiai 580. See P. 722. fipoypv
TV)(civ kv aapyavaig S. 769. to fall into
the meshes of a net.Ovrirovg kv o'Ik-
rj> irpodipevog P.V. 239. regarding
mortals with pity, kv Spopa Kpoari-
Qdg filrpov C.785. putting a stop to
the race. Here Heath and Mus-
grave omit kv, which certainly is
R
 EN ( 122 )
awkwardly constructed with irpoori-
Qtig. It is better, if iv be retained,
to take iv Sp6ft<j> separately, h.e. iv
qwfiM ovra, placing a comma after
(finyiw. with or by, denoting the
manner in which, or the instrument
by which a thing is done, yag Zooig
ovriSavolg iv podioig tpopclrai S.c.T.
344. ralai iv orlypig rpurl P. 358.
oi/S' in yXuiooa iv <pvXaKa~tg id. 584. is
no longer kept under control, aporoig
depl^ovra fipoTOvg iv aXXoig S. 629.
Ov/xov aXSaivovoav iv eixppoovvatg
P.V.537. iwcv^ovfirjh' iv fiaraioig
K&yploig noKpi/yfiatn S.C.T. 262. iv
rtfirj oifiuv P. 162. to regard with
honour, iv ivolv oiixi>yfiaai [ieOtjucv
avrov kHXo A. 1357. Satatg iv iK<f>o-
palgOaxpai C.424. ol/xoi /xaX' avdig
iv rplroiQ irpoo<pdiyfiaoi C.863. iv
rpo7ral<f )(povl<f /itraMaicroc S.c.T.
688. SaifiovuivTce iv #7-9 id. 992. oloioiv
iv ^tifxSxri arpojiovfitda C.206. iv
KiirXoig Xafiovoa A. 1097. enveloping
in a robe. Xrftydiboiv iv ravry fipoxyi
C.550. o^Qiaaai iv iziiaig P.V.6. iv
yvioirih'aig alm^Ofiivov id. 168. ^a\t-
voigiv irtrplvoioi \eifia^6fivovid,561 .
iv aripfiovi irf.irioa.oa. iriirXa E.664.
iv KaXvjXfiaoiv (tOijpeuOi/c) C.487. iv
irovoig Safxcvra P.V.422. subdued by
sufferings, iv Kvfiotg xpivtl S.c.T. 396.
decide by the dice, iv jxiq. irXnyy P.
247. by a single blow, iv \j/r)<pa> Xiyeiv
A. 556. to calculate, to velnog ovk iv
apyvpov Xafirj iXvoe S.913. by re
ceiving money.Denoting that with
which anything is invested or arrayed.
jipifuov iv al\p.aig P.V.422. with
lances. Cf. iv a/xirvKriipoiv i/xj3pifib>-
uevag S.c.T. 443. iv rolode Koofioig
KarayeXuifiivriv A. 1244. Denoting
time, iv vvktI A. 639. wkti iv ravrn
P. 487. iv ev<j>p6vn A. 508. iv fipipa.
E. 105. xpovtp Kvpitp t iv >))Jtpa S.713.
h.e. iv Kvpiip xpo^y Kvpl<f T' *v ^If-
iv voripaioiv ijfiipaig A. 1651. iv fxe-
OTififipia. S.727. Here the constr.
seems to be cv Karcp^pivrifiivovg /5pa-
\lova OdXiru iv fieorjfjifipla. iv \UfiS>vi
A. 943. iv 0aiC.6O. in the daylight.
iv fierai^filif okotov id. 61 . in the twi
F.N
light, iv k-iupoi P. V. 379. at a proper
season, iv irportXeloig (fiaxng) A. 65.
in the beginning, iv (1i6tov irporeXcloig
id. 702. id. ivxpovy E.954. S. 131.916.
at length, id. A.831.1544. C.1036. E.
475. in lapse of time. iviroXXiji xpovy A.
537. in a long course of time. iv /</'/ t
Xpovy id. 596. id.Amongst, e.g. Kal
oi S' iv tovtoiq Xiyto P.V. 440. 975. Cf.
P.V.200.310. S.C.T.666. P.435. A.
453.730. C.58. E.96. 224.389.691. 824.
875.942. S. 228. 474.689. between (of
two persons), rovrot oraoiv rtv^eiv
iv aXXyXnoi P. 185. iv yaXaKTi C.
526. amongst the milk.Denoting the
thing in which anything is contained,
or done, or takes place, iv tQ irpodv-
fieioBai riva opyg ivouoav r)fiiav ;
P.V.381. elvai firjh'iirbi V irpooipioig
P.V. 743. form scarce a beginning.
iilfir; iv Xe\0eXotv C.654. delicacy
in expressions, firjrpog rr)g ifirjg iv
atfiari E.576. in the blood of (h.e.
by blood connected with) my mother,
wavra ret icic'v' iv vfftv tori fioi jSou-
Xeufiara P. 168. all my sage counsels
are dependent upon you. irpa^ag iv
001 iravTayfi E. 447. according to your
will, or pleasure, iv dyytXw Kpyirrbg
opdovrai Xoyog C.762. in the mouth
of a messenger, iv deSiv Kpioet A.
1262. in the judgment of the gods, iv
diV/C.981. on the trial. ivKaph~ia.ipr}-
<pov tyipovrtg E. 649. with your heart,
h.e. sincerely, iv t rpiru Xkyti E.
4. in the third lot. iv rjiSf irpayfiari
(jmvelv ira-)(6r)v E.268. in this matter,
poq. ypafifiarutv iv ovXXaflalg S.C.T.
450. he speaks in written characters.
ivfipa\c7X6yu>P. 699. aXXavrtv'ivXo-
yotg <rruyj'C.604. Cf.E.21.7ru0o|uat
tvXoyuC. 668.tvi/iaE.20.VXtra7c
S.267.Denoting a reference to a
certain object, with verbs expressing
anger, contempt, etc. oXidpiov irvi-
ovo iv iy%po~ig kotov C.940. breathing
anger at her enemies, wag iv ficroU-o)
yXuooav cvtvkov <j>ipei S.972. every
one is ready to loose his tongue at a
stranger, iv icaicoloi rolg ip.o7g ycXdv
OiXeig C.220. to laugh at my misfor
tunes, iv to'iol oolg itovoioi j(Xlovaiv
 ENAf ( 123 )
fxiya 135. they exult at your distresses.
With certain substantives, expres
sing the mode of a thing, kv rv\q.
A. 671. successfully, kv ra^ei quickly.
A. 1213. 1423. P.V.749. kv Siicy A.
1548. justly, kv a'icra S. 540. according
to fate, kv fikpet A.323.1165. E. 189.
414.556. in turn, kv fiaKei S.55. at
length, ivrpoiroig A. 892. E.419. after
the manner.with gen. irvpyog kv
evpci S.c.T.745. a tower in breadth,
h.e. the breadth of a tower.
'Evayf/g included under a curse ;
from kv and ayog. The sense of this
word in S.116. is exceedingly doubt
ful, and the passage is corrupt. The
Scholiast's explanation of kvayta by
kvaylafiara is hardly satisfactory, and
reXca, if genuine, would seem to be a
substantive, from rkXog, not an adjec
tive from riXsiog. Schol . comp. Soph .
CEd. T.656. where the Scholiast ex
plains kvayri by Kadapov, but neither
does kvayijg bear that meaning, nor
is such consistent with the sense of
the passage : see Hermann's note.
Hesychius more correctly explains
the word by fivaapog, atcadaprog, iro-
vnpog, pvirapog, but these are second
ary meanings. It seems to imply
anything to which a curse attaches :
and hence it may be applied equally
to an individual, who by his guilt has
fallen under sentence of divine dis
pleasure, or to a religious duty, the
neglect of which must involve us
therein. Hence if the reading be cor
rect we may translate kvayea reXca
rites of solemn obligation, h.e. which
we are bound under a curse to pay.
The whole passage is corrupt. The
Scholiast's explanation is, oirov Odva-
rog aTrfj, kicei tSiv avdpunrojv cvirpay-
ovvTutv rifiai rolg deotg kirirpiyovoi.
This appears substantially correct,
but he wrongly conceives kiriSpojxSja
to be a verb ; whereas no such exists.
Perhaps it may be best, with Dind.
to adopt Hermann's conj. kwiSpo/j.'
oiroOi. This agrees with the Scho
liast's explanation, kizLTpk-^ovai, and
may be renderedand to the gods
EN AA
rites of solemn obligation are duly
paid, ifmatters turn out prosperously,
and death does not come.
'Evaipe.iv to kill, pass. S.c.T.793.
'Evaiai/xog suited to one's lot,
seemly, befitting, A. 751.
'Evaiaifjuog befittingly, A. 890.
'EvaXiog maritime, P. 445.
'EvaXXtadai to leap upon, to tram
ple, P. 508. Here the vulg. is evr/Xov,
for which Wellauer, from Hermann's
suggestion on CEd. T. 1311. reads
kvriXXov from MSS. So Dind. kvijXui
Blomf. The imperfect appears to suit
the sense better than the aorist.
'Evavrlog opposite, A. 790. con
trary, opposed, A. 1388. 1612. ravav-
ria A. 1346. the contrary, ol kvav-
tioi the enemy, or adversaries, S.c.T.
357. C.140. E.746.
'EvavriovaOai to oppose, to refuse,
P.V.788.
"Evavriiog in an opposite manner,
E.612.
'Evapyijg clear, evident, P.V.666.
P. 175.
'Evapywgmanifestly, openly, S.c.T.
126.
'Evapifav to kill, A. 1628.
"EvScus accompanied with torches,
tnrovdal <5' kg to irav ivSaiScg (kvSq.fieg
Herm.) oIkwv E.996. Schol. jxtra
Xafj.ira.Suv, h.e. as Schutz translates
it, pollicemur vero fano vestro nun-
quam defuturas esse libationes noctu
facibus collucentibus oblatas.
'EvS&Kveiv to bite. The word ap
pears in a corrupt passage S.874.
'k\tc'va 2' dg fXE tL 7tot kvZaKovaa.
in which both sense and metre are
violated. Something probably is lost.
'EvdaKpveiv [0] to weep, A. 527.
'EvSarEiadai to divide. Hence, to
deliver in parts or to pronounce dis
tinctly, S.c.T.560. From its meaning
to divide, grammarians have also
explained it in the sense to abuse,
pull to pieces. So Herm. after Schutz,
explains the passage to mean " Am-
phiaraum tandem dupliciter ei (Poly-
nici) nomen exprobrasse, qui scilicet
non lites modo, sed multas et magnas
 ENAE ( 124 )
lites concitavisset." See, however,
another explanation under i^virTid-
uv, and cf. Blomf. Gl. in loc. Elmsl.
GSd. T. 196. where it merely means
to commemorate. See Herm. not.
'Ei-Stiicvvvai to display, P.P.404.
"EvSrifiog in the city, at home, C.
563. domestic, civil, floav ivlriftov S.
666.
EvZikoq just. yooQ ivZiKOQ C.327.
iyStKoie 6yeiSe(ri E.130. observing jus
tice, honourable. E. 669. 772.924. exe
cuting justice, avenging, irikoir av
evStKoiyafiotgS.16. ofifiamv ivStKOtg
id. 794. evBocov aijiaQ id. 757. revered
defender of my cause (or, object ofmy
righteous veneration), truthful, n-poe
IvlUoiQ fpetri A. 968. compar. rfc
fi&Wov ivZiKwrtpoQ S.o.T.655. a more
proper person. evdiKwrtpoie kit* tpyoiq
S. 584. on account of deeds more suited
to my present purpose, h.e. of asking
assistance from you as the author of
my race.
'EvUkuq justly, P.V.63. C.455.
799.982. E.212.670. really, truly. 6p-
' Owq evc'Ikmc t inuvvfiov S.c.T. 387. rl
Twvh' oiiK evSiicwc aydpui; C.629. In
S.c.T. 589. the vulg. hSUhis is altered
by Glasg. Well, and some others into
{kSikwg, on the authority of several
MSS. As regards the sense, there
does not appear to be any absolute ne
cessity for this alteration. The word
(i-a'twr does not mean justly as re
spects the abstract fact of punishing
the innocent with the guilty, to which,
of course, it would be inapplicable, but
justly as respects the moral necessity
by which an innocent man, placing
himself in the company of evil men
becomes thereby by natural conse
quence, and therefore in this sense
justly, a partaker in their punishment.
"EyBoOtv within, sc. in the city,
S.cT. 176. in the house, C.822.
with gen. fieXtiov ivSoQev P. 953.
"EvSov id.with gen. C.100. at
home, within the house, S.c.T. 183.
P.742. C.643. Met.ivlov ycvov C.
231. compose yourself. See ylyvoftai.
"Evdpotrog dewy, A. 12.
EN6E
'EvSwaorEvEtvtobe a prince among,
P. 677. See Blomf. Gloss, in loc.
'EyfivToe put on, assumed as an or
nament, E.982. Cf. Herm. Diss. l. de
choro Euinen. p.xii. who quotes Eur.
Iph. Aul. l079.Troad. 259. Soph.Trach.
671. where the word is similarly ap
plied. Butler observes on this pas
sage, " Quippe in summa ltitia et
festo die." Cf.A.884.
'EvifeoBai to sit in. With ace. P.
137.
'Evtivai to be in, to exist in. eveoti
P.V.224. S.730. kvovoav P.V.382.
ivi for eveoti P.V.294. A. 78. tovto
y ovk Ivi araaiq P. 724. no doubt can
exist as touching this.
"EvEKafor the sake of. with gen.
A. 774. See ttvuea.
"EvEpdE below.with gen. P.V.498.
P.225. C.123. E.264. tovq EVEpdE
T&irove id. 977. the lower regions.
from below, P. 622. with gen. P. 218.
"EvEpoi the dead, those below, P.V.
572. P. 621.
'Eviprepoi be subjected to, C.284.
'Evt'xto-Oai to be implicated in. fut.
mid. in pass, sense, S. 160.
'Evfavyvvvai to hamper or bind.
raioZ' EVE%Ev!;ac kv irnfiovaioi P.V.
579.
"Evda there, S.33. where, P.V.722.
725.813. P. 482.791. A. 1352. C.316.
with omission of lort, P.V. 811.
E.22.
'Ev6o.Se here, A. 851. E.242. Sai-
/xot'ae rove evOo.Ie S.870. the gods of
this country. Cf. id. 901 .in this case,
herein, kot aiepag kvdaZ' &s iropBov-
/xEda C. 680. Here, however, kvdaF
appears to be a conjectural emenda
tion for the corrupt MS. reading kv
ira.tr we. This correction, which
was first suspected not to be genuine
by Wellauer is altered by Klausen
into Efiirav we, which is not satisfac
tory.
"EvOev thence, E.381. ra evOev A.
239. what happened next. whence,
from which, P.V. 367. S. 535. 836.
Apti tvOey Ear EiriivvfiOQ irirpa E.
659. from whom it takes its name.
 EN0E ( 125)
tvdev iraoa /3oy \6wv S.578. with
whose fame all the earth is filled.
'EvOivSe from this place, P.V.709.
"Eydeoc inspired by God. evdeoe 2'
"Apu S.c.T.479. inspired with martial
fury, rexyng evdeov E.17. endued
with the prophetic art. ri^vaiaiv
ivOtoig A. 1182. the art of divina
tion.
"EvOnpoe rough, shaggy, A. 548.
'Eydvfieltrdat to consider atten
tively, E.213. This verse and the
following are properly thus translated
by Wakefield, " Hcec enim (quae ad
Orestem scil. spectant) animo alacri
video te peragere, ilia vero (quae sunt
utique Clytaemnestrae) manifesto re-
missius administrantem."
'Evi for ivcari. See kv&vai.
'Evitrrtiv to chide, A. 576.
'Evtairttv to tell, tvurire is read by
Kob. Vict. Glasg. Schiitz, for tv dire,
(so Turn.) in S.598.
'Evviiretv to say, speak, A. 239.
397. C.543.561. S.201. irewXayfiivove
ivvenb) S.c.T.878. I speak of them as
stricken.
'Evvotiv to understand, A. 1058.
"EwofioQ an inhabitant, S.560.
"EvvopoQ lawful, according to law,
C.476. S.379.observing the laws,
S 399.
"Evvovg endued with sense, P.V.
441.
"Eyvv\oe nocturnal, P.V. 648.
'Evoiwe occurring on the way, P.V.
485. See avfifioXog.
'EvoIkioq domestic. kvoiKiov opviOoe
E.828. the cock.
"Evoikoc an inhabitant, S.606. P.V.
413. yac awo rdah' ivousoi S.532.
native residents of this country, h.e.
as Well, explains it, Gloriamur hujus
terree incolce esse (erant enim turn
in ea) qui originem etiam ex ea duxe-
runt. Schiitz. conj. ixiroiKoi, which
Butl. approves.
'Evravda here, P.V. 82. 641.850. thi
ther, P. 442. kvravda tovS' afpiKOfinv
kcucov C.878. to this point in this mis
fortune.thereupon, P.V. 204.
'EvrtXris full grown, powerful, ovk
ESAT
vrt\i)c irpotriptpeiv C.248. not strong
enough to carry. See eicrtXrie.
'EvTE/iveiv to cut medicinal herbs,
ivrifivtov &koq A. 17. preparing a
remedy. See Blomf. Gloss, in loc.
and Salm. Exerc. Plin. p. 96. D.
"Evrepa the bowels. A.1194.
'EvrevOev from that place, next. P.
480. P.V. 838. rov kvrevdtv Xaxovra
S.c.T.439. the next who drew the lot.
TavTcvOtv E.60. what follows next.
"Evrn harness, chariot-furniture,
evrn ll^pov, P. 190. conj. by Stanl.
for the vulg. tv rrj Itypov.
'EvriOkvat to put into, to infuse, as
into a potion, A. 1234. Here, if kv-
Oriaa be read according to the vulg.
it is almost necessary to read Kairtv-
\erai in the next verse, to avoid the
asyndeton which would otherwise
occur. (See kotos.) to inflict, A.384.
'EvroXi; a command, P.V. 12.
'Evtoq within, S.c.T 952. With
gen. A. 77. 1018. C.727. E.577.
"Ewdpoe filled with water, A. 1098.
'Evvirviov a dream, P. 222.516.
'Evvttvioq occurring in sleep, S.c.T.
692.
'Ewi, [w] Bellona, S.c.T. 45.
'Evinuov pi. kvlairia, an aspect, or
countenance S.138. in loc. dub.
"E$ six S.c.T.264.780. rp<e t$ A.33.
thrice six, the highest cast of the
dice.
'El; see Ik.
'EZayifaiv to devote, to consecrate.
iroWoue 7ro\X<3>' k^ayiadivrag So/xuv
A. 627. many, out of many families,
doomed to destruction. So Pauw and
Butler, " consecratus, morti scilicet,
ut piacularis victima." The expla
nation of the Scholiast, ktopto-tiivrag
h.e. expelled as an unclean thing,
(yet so Passow explains the word in
his Lexicon) appears to be incorrect.
Neither is it equivalent to " Ik lofiiav
ayiardivrae i.e. combuslos, vel ad pa-
rentalia elatos," as Blomf. supposes.
The primary meaning of kyi^tiv
seems so have been to devote or con
secrate, from ayoe a sacred obligation
(on the variation in the breathing,
 ESAI
see Elmsl.CEd.T.402.); hence (3ov-
OvToy tortav ayio>v CEd. C. 1495. Cf.
the use of ayvlfaiv Eur.Alc.75. ra-
QayvlZtiv Orest.40. Such likewise
is the force of iayl(ew, the Ik here
being merely intensive, and not re
ferring to Sofiwy. Thus Hesych. t<x-
yiv-a -('n'ni ra Itpii Kill iii/tioatwfitva.
Hence the word came to bear the
double meaning of consecrated, h.e.
holy or sacred (Cf. CEd. C. 1526. & V
IZayima finct Ktvtirai \6y^>), and
accursed, h.e. unholy, impure, whence
Hesych. also has iijdyioroc. axadap-
toq, iropvoQ. Suid. tay7Toe. axaOap-
toq r\ novnpoQ. See under kvaytiQ.
'Eai<rioc excessive, beyond ordi
nary measure, cut B' avciKTiov ttrri
Bcifi 'd\aiawv S.509. the meaning of
this is rather obscure. The chorus,
in v. 506, states its alarm at its pur
suers in exceedingly strong language,
upon which the king reproving them
in v. 507. they apologize in the words
v.508. Tothis the kingreplies, "Nay,
but towards sovereigns there is ever
felt exceeding dread," h.e. if I, as
king, only call them TrripiaT&v, you
ought not, out of respect to me, to
use stronger expressions than myself.
In reply to this, the chorus, in v. 510.
bids him encourage them not in words
only, but in deeds also, Kcil Xeywv
xal Kpaaauv. Schiitz has correctly
explained the passage.
'E^diarovv to destroy utterly. P.V.
672.
'Efaipelv to rescue, take away S.
902. find' tiyikova <Je KapSiav aXtK-
Toptov E.823. Here the sense is,
nor, as if you had extracted the
heart of a cock (and put it into
my citizens), establish among them,
etc.
'E^alperoe select, exquisite, A. 928.
E.380.
'E^aireiv mid. v. to rescue from
danger by prayers, A. 648. Here
Herm.ap. Lobeck. Phryn. p.718. reads
fl ^npriaaro.
'E^aiipvne suddenly, P.V. 1080.
'E^aKoveiv to hear, E.375.
( 126 ) ESEI
'EliaXetytiv to obliterate, C.496.
pass. t,q\utfi0r\vai S.c.T. 15.
"EiaXvaKtiv to escape, E.lll.
'Efafiav to reap, Met. P.708. A.
1640.
'E^apapravetv to err, P.V. 1041.
i^afiaprovr els Otove P.V. 947. having
sinned against the gods.
'Ea.fipp6<rai, a corrupt word in E.
885. for which the simplest emenda
tion appears to be Pauw's, sc. e^afifipv-
aai, from i^avajipvia, taken actively,
" to cause to spring out." Al. ki,afi-
fiXiomn, ilaf.i<jwa<u. Scholef. eafi-
fipaaat.
'Eafidf3iiv to pass over, P. 128.
mid. v. to requite, P.V. 223. See
llf.ltljit.il'.
'E^apiKytiv to suck out, C.885.
'Eiafxvvtardai to ward offfrom one
self, P.V. 482.
'E,avativ to cause to boil out, to
bring forth, P.V. 370.
'Eava\i(TKiiv to destroy, iZ,ava\(o-
<rai A.664.
'Efavaarpeftiv to overturn, pass.
ki,aviarpavTai P. 798.
'E^avBeiv to blossom forth, P. 807.
'E^avitrravai to expel from, pass.
P.V. 769.
'EfairoWvvcu to destroy, C.824.
pass. A.514.
'E^airofOdpeiv to destroy, P. 456.
'EZapicrie sufficient, P. 233.
'Efaprav to hang, rolpiaiv k^nprn-
pivoi P.V. 713. furnished with hang
ing bows, i.e. <5v ro,a. i^fiprnrai.
Dind. conj. H-npTVfUvoi.
'EZaprvtadai to prepare oneself,
make ready, P.V. 911.
'Efavh'aJda.i to pronounce, C.149.
to denounce, C.270.
'Ei,avyeiv to boast, profess, A. 846.
'EZatpplfeoQai pass, to be foamed
away, A. 1037.
'Etieyetpetv to arouse, pass. C.488.
A. 866.
'EZeiKafciv to make like unto. pass.
S.c.T. 427. 6vc~ev ii,nKaap.iva A. 1217.
realities, not things feigned.
'E^eivai to be lawful, t'&ori it is in
your power. E.850.859.'d\6v nom.
 EEEl ( 127 ) esyii
abs. when it is in your power. P.V. are an epexegesis, denoting the con
651. dition of those who were thus i^nfioi.
'Eeurelv to declare. A. 908. There is no necessity to read &pav
'E^ekavyctv to expel, itjikaoiv fit. for &pav, or to omit re after the
P.V. 673. word, as Dind. proposes.
'E,e\y)(eiv to examine. E.411. 'EZnyeitrdcu to narrate. P.V. 444.
'E^nriaraadai to know. A. 812. 704. C. 116.545. E.579. to instruct, ad
'Efcpyafaadai to accomplish, pass. vise. E.565. P.V. 214.
ii,tipyaafxivov P. 745. done, iw' f,tp- 'EiKve1tr0ai to reach, arrive, come.
yaafiivoiQ A. 1352. after the deed is eZUorro A.271. E.980. efyicn P.V. 794.
perpetrated. Cf. P.517. after all islost. 812. H,iKv6vfievov A. 293.
Abresch compares Herod, viii. 94. eV ,E,iaTopeiv to inquire. C. 667. S.c.T.
k&pyaofiivoiQ IXdciv. Soph. Aj. 370. 488. h.e. as Schiitz translates, ex-
rl Srjr av aXyolrjc eV efctpyatrfii- periri vult, utrum vincere sibi fatis
voig. decretum sit, an honestam pro patria
'E^tpxo-0at to come forth. ee\0e mortem oppetere.
P.V. 655. eSeX.Se' C.652. to come out, 'Efaxyeveiv to trace out. t^i\yev<rai
or turn up (as a ballot from the urn). A. 359.
SlKn iSrjXde E.762. "ESoSoe an exit, outlet. S.c.T. 58.
'EUodtiv to eat up. C.279. 266.
'Efcvpnfia an invention. S.c.T. 631. 'E^oKtXXeiv to run aground. A. 652.
'Efcvpiinctiv to discover, invent, mid.v.Met. Stvpo $' (l-oicXXtTai S.433.
ilvopt P.V.96.458.467.501. Dind. al and it comes to this, this is the result.
ways writes e^nvpe, vvpc, etc. 'E^ofifiarovv to render clear, k^wp.-
'Efcvxeadai to declare, yivog av Haruxra P.V. 497.
ifyvyoto S.269. 'Apyciai yivog i^cv-)(6- 'EIJottiv behind, in the hinder parts.
fxtaba sc. clvai S. 272. to boast. A. A. 114.
519.to desire or pray for. C.213. 'EZoTrkiZetv to prepare (an armed
"Efyfloe past the age of youth. force, or act of violence). "Apnv e-
S.c.T. 11. This passage appears to ovXLfav S. 666. 683. So S.92. a pas
have been generally mistaken by sage which is corrupt : see laijxovioQ.
commentators, not observing that 'E&pOiafciv to pronounce with a
three kinds of persons are here al loud voice. C.269.
luded to, one of which is expressed 'E&piveiv [l] to rouse, provoke. A.
by the words &pav s^ovO' ^Ka<rrov- 1614.
The three kinds are, 1. Those not 'Eopfiav to send forth. P. 46. mid.
quite arrived at full vigour, yet capa v. to speed forth, i^opfiu/xevov E. 173.
ble on an emergency of bearing arms : 'EZorpvvitv [u] to urge. S.c.T. 675.
that is to say, as yet i<j>nf3oi, or not "Efoxoc superior to. with gen. P.V.
twenty years old. 2. Those in the 457. cUSaoxtiv l,ox<j>Tarai A. 1505.
full vigour of life, sc. IZefnfiot, or best for teaching.
persons from twenty to thirty-five. 'Etvirnafciv io turn upside down.
3. Those past their actual prime, yet t,v7mao)v ovofia, HoXvvelicovQ fiiav.
still in vigour and well able to assist : S.c.T.559. The sense of this passage
these are li,n$oi, or past thirty-five. is obscure. Butl. translates it, " no-
The first are denoted by the words men ejus alta voce inclamans," which is
rbv IXXfiirovr in rjpnc aKfiatae ; the certainly incorrect. Schutz, for ovo/xa,
second by &pav tyovff etcacrrov, h.e. proposes o/xfia, turning upwards his
men in their prime, &pa being here eye. This Herm. Obss. Critt. p.52.
equivalent to $/3j ; the third by rbv approves, but neither does this give
tZrifiov xpovif), of which the words any very distinct sense in this place.
fiXaarnfibv aXSalvovra aiifiarOQ iro\vv The interchange of ovopa and o^ifia in
 ESQ, ( 128 ) EIIAM

MSS.(seeValck.on Eur.PhoBii.415.) retained by Wellauer. Dind. prefers

is not uncommon ; but, in a passage Blomfield's reading.
of such uncertainty, it is better to E<i)rtpw. See !&>.
retain, if possible, the reading of all 'Eoprij a banquet. E. 182.
MSS. and Edd. The repetition of 'EirayyiXXuv to tell or pronounce,
the same word in two succeeding to promise, rolg Bcolg rcXea<p6povg
lines is no argument against it. (See ev-)(ag EwayyeXXovtra C.211. prefer
ovofia.) Possibly kl,vim.a.Z,u>v ovopa ring prayers to the gods.
may be thus explained. A thing is 'Eirayuv to bring upon. P. 85. A.
said to be virrtog when turned upside 1420. C.398. In this last passage, if
down, i. e. placed in a different posi tirayovaav be correct, Xoiyot' 'Epivvvv
tion to the natural one. Hence, must be read with Herm. for Xoiyov
anything employed in an unusual or 'EpivvvQ h.e. crime cries aloud for a
perverted manner might be said l- Fury bringing woe upon woe, etc. irdl
mriafcodai, as the name UoXvvciKtjg, o" 'in riXog lirayei Beog; S.C.T. 142.
which properly denoted only the in whither still at last does God purpose
dividual Polynices, is here, by a kind to bring us ? or, at what point still
of perversion, taken in reference to further will God bring on an end ?
the meaning of its component parts 'HLwade'Et.v to make incantations. A.
as a word, noXvg and velnog. In 993.
English it would be expressed by the 'Ewatciy to obey. With gen. S.740.
phrase playing or punning upon the 'Evaiviiv to approve. P.V.340. E.
name. Such puns are very common 800. S.c.T. 1063. A. 1343.to advise.
in the Greek poets, cf. S.c.T. 812.640. S.974. S.C.T.578. C.574.
and the instances collected by Elms, EwaKrBavecrdat to perceive, hzai-
on Bacch.508. In the present instance aBopivn A. 85.
it may be conceived that the name was 'Eiraw^vveaBai to be ashamed, fut.
pronounced so as to give the meaning tirai<rxyvdi)ooiiai A. 1346.
w ttoXv vi'ikoq, vciicog, the stress being 'EirairiaoOai to blame. i) Kapi yap
laid upon the latter half of the com n avp<f>opaig tiravriq.; P.V. 976. do you
pound, sc. vCikoq. This is alluded to blame me on account of your misfor
in the words Sig r tv reXcvrfj tovvo/j.' tunes ?
evBarovpevog h.e. pronouncing the 'EiraiTioQ responsiblefor, the author
name twice in its termination, or pro of a thing. With gen. E. 443. 445.
nouncing the latter part of the name 'Eira.Kovc.iv to listen. C.714.
twice over. See ivlarilaOai. 'EiraKpifaiv to rise to the summit.
"Ew without, outside (the house, or iroXXfiv alparwv eirfiKpiac C.920. put
city). S.c.T. 1005. A.1163.Withgen. the finish to many (former) murders.
S.c.T.295. P.V. 263. 668. 885. C.507. 'Eiraicrog foreign. S.c.T. 565. 1010.
686. E. 170.668. Compar. ifarepto EiraXaXafciv to raise a shout of
id. C. 1019. exultation. S.c.T. 479.934,
"Eitadev from without. S.c.T. 542. 'EiraXicig f. This is read in C. 409.
T&fodev id. 183. the affairs without. but the whole passage down to KaXHg
'E<i\je desperate, destructive. S. is corrupt, nor has any conjecture
722. deserving of mention as yet been
'Ewpicitiv to neglect. P.V. 17. from proposed.
i\ and &pa care. Blomf. from He- "ETraXiigabattlement,S.c.T.30.143.
sychius and Photius Lex. MS. reads a defence, ov yap iartv iitaX,ig
evu>piaeiv. So Pors. seems to have irXovrov A. 371. there is no defence in
approved. All MSS. and Edd. have wealth.
lliDpiafciv, which, being apparently Enap-fiaT-hp ravaging, attaching.
an equally correct form, is properly With gen. C.278.
 EIIAM ( 129 ) EIIAN

'TLTrafifiiveiv to await. With ace. may, as Well, says, have arisen from
P.V.608. With dat. P. 793. the following AI, yet in a case where
EiravayKaeiv to compel. P.V.674. the arrangement is so uncertain, it is
ILiravac'nrXa.faiv to ask again. P.V. better perhaps on the whole to retain
819. the vulgate. The word kpiSfiarog is
'Evavepiadai (aor. 2.) to ask again. probably corrupt. Blomf. translates
P. 934. Here the vulg. is kiravkpo- it a contentione cedificata, i.e. rixa
fiai, a present which does not exist. rixam parit, but prefers Scaliger's
Reg. A. has kwavaipofxnv, whence conjecture, kpiSfiavrog, from kpiS-
Brunck and Schiitz kirav-npofiav . Reg. fiaivto, irrito. Klausen explains it,
B. ivavipuifiai. So Pors. Blomf. firme condita, as equivalent to ei5S-
Lachm. l)ind. On this use of the I*t)to. With respect to the mean
suhj. Dind. refers to his note on ing of the whole passage, Schiitz
Soph. JEd. Col. 1560. Well. conj. and Butler understand \pvxdv with
eiravepoftav. reXeiav, to which they also refer
'Enavdi^etv to cause to flourish or iroXvfiyaoTov, and translate nobilem
abound. iroXXo'tQ kiravQiaavreg (kirav- et claram (Agamemnonis animam).
BrjaavrtQ vulg. corrected by Butler) This they join with awrivOiaw, in the
Kovoiai ye Sofiovg S.C.T.932. So sense of deflorasti (h.e. caedi uxoris
Well. Blomf. fromVienn. B.D. The filiam ulciscentis objecisti), and refer
vulg. is wovoiai ye Sdfioi. In Med. alp.' aviirrov to the sacrifice of Iphi-
the reading is irovoioi yeveav wovoitri genia, of which Helen was the pri
ye Sofiovg. irovoiai yeveav Lachm. mary cause. In this they appear
Dind. novoig del Sdfioi Herm. It is to be mistaken. Retaining the vulg.
transitive likewise in C.148. kukvtoIs kvTivOiea), (supposing there to be no
knavdi^eiv traidva, h.e. to set off or lacuna at 1433,) the sense seems tole
accompany a paean with lamenta rably clear and connected. reXeiav
tions. In A. 1433. is read vvv Se re and TroXvfivaorov may be connected
Xeiav izoXvfxvactTov eVijvOi'o'w Si alfi with epiv, understood from v. 1440.
uviwtov. rjrig jjv tot kv Sofioig epig The Chorus is ignorantly assigning
kpiSfiarog avSpoq oii^xig. Herm. Seid. to Helen the blame of all the mis
and Well, consider that four complete chief that had happened (see v. 1443.
verses, with the end of v. 1434 and seqq.), first, as having destroyed so
beginning of 1438, are wanting after many souls at Troy, and lastly (vvv
TtXtiav, and that the verses from 1430 Si) as having caused by the inex
to 1440 answer to ant. /3 and y in 1519 piable murder of Agamemnon, (Si
1529. Others, as Butl., with whom alp avinrov) a renewal and consum
Blomf. agrees, arrange them differ mation (reXeiav k-K-qvQiao)) of that me
ently, considering the lacuna not to be morable succession of strife (epic kpiS-
here, but that the two corresponding fiarog) which formerly (rore) existed
antistrophes are wanting after v. 1453. in the house (of the Atridae), a cause
For LirnvQioh), Stanl. Casaub. Pauw, of sorrow to its present master (av-
Schiitz, and Blomf. read airnvdlooi. Spog oivg~). reXeiav etrnvQioa) is the
Butler prefers a second conj . by Stan same as k-wnvQiau) (&are) reXeiav el-
ley, avrjvdurtv. For rjrig jjc Schiitz vat. kiravdie<r8ai is as Klausen trans
reads ri rig r\v, which Butler approves. lates it, perflcere ut floreat aliquid.
Heath 5 rig ^c- Well, omits Si in cf. S.c.T.939. C.148. reXeiav, as
v. 1 438 for the sake of the metre ; and Schiitz and Butler understand it, h.e.
Klausen, for the same reason, reads perfectam, regiam animam, would be
kv o'lmtq for kv Sofioig. St however is very harsh without something to
necessary to the sense, if the lacuna qualify it, as in v. 946. 'ipig is by
is not after reXeiav, and, although it some referred to Clytajmnestra : it is
s
 EIIAN ( 130 ) EIIEI

far better to refer it to the strife XaSnrrE C. 600. contemporary ivith him
which had so long been a curse to since his birth. Since, for, seeing
the house of Atreus, cf. v. 150. 1455. that, e.g. Evil irpoOvjiE'toO' oiiic ivav-
etc. There should be no stop after Tiiiaofiai P.V. 788. Cf. A. 234. 243.
Aviwrov, if the explanation assigned 382. 673.930, 1006. 1333. 1633. 1654. C.
be correct. 83.614.780.893.920. E.71. 86.297. 460.
,E7raiTX\<>' to rise up upon, with 701. P.V. 347. 384. 633. S.C.T. 67 1.687.
gen. A.27. With dat. rjj' iiravreWtiv P.683.689. S.720. 884.960. It is also
lotri., C.280. in consequence of this used in abrupt transitions with the
disease. sense of for, why ? iirti rig jjwx"
'E7ratoc worthy, deserved,befitting, ti'ivc" aviXirtOTOV (pvyfiv keXoeiv kg
S.c.T.846. With gen. P.V. 70. E.262. "Apyog S.324. for who would have
rii eVdta one's deserts, P.V.70. thought ? etc. ettei tI vvv e/cari Sai-
'EffaotS^ an incantation, P.V. 173. povwv Kvpd ; C.212. why, what do I
'Eira.pyEp.og obscure, P.V. 497. A. now get through the gods ?In P.
1084. C.654. from apye/ioe a speck on 648. the sense of lwt\ depends on the
the eye. meaning assigned to eitoBmkei. See
'Eirap-qyEiv to defend, C.714. E(f>oSovy.
'ILvapKtiv to stand in good stead, to 'EirEiyEO-Bai to hasten, C.649. fut.
defend, S.c.T.91. to aid, with dat. ETTf/fy P.V. 52.
followed by inf. P.V. 920. to supply 'ErrEiSdv when, after that, with
or furnish, aicog ovSiv iwtipKttrav A. subj. E.617. S.c.T.716.
1143. 'EirEtSEtv (inus. in pra?s.) to look
"E-Trapxpg a commander, A. 1200. upon, to behold, aor. 2. EviSoifjn S.c.T.
'TLiraatTvnpoTpifirie inflicted succes 203. ettiZeIv A. 1520.to look upon
sively, C.420. from ETraaavrtpoi one (with favour), S.c.T. 102. S.1.137.
after another. 526.1011. to look upon (in anger),
'Evavtiv to cry over.With dat. lirav- S.792. S.c.T. 467.to regard with
trag C.815. dread, mid. ATov Eirih'ofiEvoi wpaK-
"EiravXog (pi. EiravXa) a dwelling, ropa te okottov S.636.
a cottage, P. 851. 'RiTEtZri since, seeing that, P.513.
'Exafyav to touch, P.V. 851. A. 1617. C.505.559. E.490.
'Ewa(p}'i a touch, S. 17. 'EirEtKafaiv to conjecture, C.560.
"Ewafog prop, name, S. 47.310.584. with ace. id. 970. S. 241. with part.
P.V. 853. TaaB' ETTEiKao-ag tvx<j) x<* iptpovaag ;
'"Entyxtiv to pour into in addi C.14. must 1 be right in supposing
tion, Met. to add, A. 1108. that they are carrying libations ? etc.
'Ettei as soon as,after that, e.g. lirtl "EtteIkeiv (inus. in prs.) part. p. m.
J' apTt<f>po)V kyivtro S.C.T.760. Cf. EiTEiKuig befitting. Zopoiai roloS' ettei-
P.V.831. S.c.T.980. P.197. 369.378. Kora C.658. befitting this house.
492. A. 191.211.644. In this sense it 'EitEtvai to be upon, S.c.T. 573.to
is joined with ra^itrra, to irp&rov, attach to, A. 530. See Bi(r<ppu>v. E.
k.t.X. iirtl Tartar ijp^avro Saifioveg 514.to preside over, P.237.546.814.
\6\ov P.V. 199. as soon as ever eiti Se fxoi ytpag, h.e. ettebti E.371.
they began, iirtl to irp&rov eISov / am invested, with.
'IXiov woXiv A. 1260. when once I had 'TLwEiirEiv to say with respect to.
seen, etc. since, from the time when. ettevkeiv \j/6yov aXXodpooig S.950. to
^EKarov t6F irog ettei ijipav A. 49. speak ill of strangers.
this is the tenth year since they 'EtteIttep seeing that, A. 796. 828.
went. xpovog etteiirapnfirjarE id. C.669.
956. It is a long time since. 2a- 'E-KEiafyipEiv to introduce besides,
Xov rjXiK eweI fioXutv fiarpodEv ki- A. 838. C.638.
 EnEi ( 131 )
"Etiwci then, after that, P.388.515.
A.165.301. 653.1580. C. 432.631. E.
195. S.781. With a participle preced
ing it, S.c.T.249. A. 478. C.5G6. E 29.
416.624. tovq 'lireira E.642. posterity.
'EireKstva beyond, nivtiov rairi-
icuva S.254. the parts beyond Pindus.
'EireKxiapEiv to proceed behind
another, P. 393.
'Ejrt'Xffto-ftai to hope, A. 1002.
'Eirtpfiaiveiv to mount upon, irvp-
yoiQ iiripfids S.C.T.616.
' EirevBicdvai to inflict beside, A.
1359.
'EirtvdpaxrKtiv to leap upon, aor. 2.
iirtvdoptiv P. 351.
'Eiri,ip-)(ttr8ai to narrate, tclvt'
iirtUXQziv P.V. 872.
'Ejre^taKxa^eiv to shout out wildly,
S.c.T.617.
'Eircp-)(taBai to come on, attack, A.
1229. S. 464. 663. P. 692. with ace. S.
554. to iirtpyopt.vov irrjpa P.V. 98. the
approaching woe.
"EwecrOcu to attend, or follow, P.
41.57. C.891. E. 134. 236. P. 962. aor.
2. eWtro A. 828.to accompany, S.
518. (pdoyyij 2' iiriaOh) irpuiTO. piv to
p.r) Opacrv S.'l94. On S. 1057, see Si/en.
In Eum.211. where the vulg. is to
pi/ yevitrdat, jujjS' iiroirrtvEiv k6t<,
Petersen most probably conj. to prfi'
iircadai. Dind. approves rlveoOai,
from a conj. by Meinek. on Men.
p. 226.
'ETTtTEios annual, producing yearly,
A. 987.
'Eirevdvveiv [u] to administer, go
vern, P. 845.
'Eirivtyriptiv to utter words of good
omen over anything, P. 612.
'EirEv^tadai to pray, to pray for,
A. 1265. 1296. 1441. S.c.T. 26 1.463. C.
110.843. E.934. to imprecate evils,
S.c.T.434. A.487.1582. to vow,
S.c.T. 258. to boast, glory, A. 1367.
1453. E.58. In A.1235. Dind. with great
probability writes K&irtv\trai toriirev-
\tTai. Otherwise whether ivdijau
or ivQijativ be road, the constr.
becomes extremely harsh. There
should be a full stop after kotu.
En i
'Eiri^ety to stay. iiria^ee stop !
P.V. 699. C.883.
'Eitt/jSoXoe endued with, ipptv&v
iirr\(i6Xove P.V. 442. endued with
sense.affected with. iirrifioXot voaov
A. 528.
'EirTjKooe hearing. With gen. A.
1394. C.974. cIjVjjc yeviaOm ettijicooc
E.702. to listen to.
" EwrjKvs foreign, a stranger, S.192.
396.606. P. 239. S.c.T.34.
'Eiryparoe lovely, E.917.
'Eirt upon.With gen . e.g. iroXio-p
iir hairlloQ S.c.T.460. Cf. id. 369.
382.492.494.502.541.643. P. 187.441.
(see cucrn) 927. (see deivtiv) A. 1403.
1410.1451. C.870. (see iriXae) S.638.
i<j>' iirirwv P. 18. on horseback. iirl
va&v id. on ships, Tanl yipo-ov S. 175.
that which is taking place on the land.
with verbs of motion. iw\ AwSw-
VT)Q TTVKVOVt QlOTtpOKOVQ "laKKeV P.V.
661. With dat. upon, at, over, val-
ova far ivkvkXoiq o)(oiq P.V. 712. Cf.
S.C.T.32.385. P.498.925. A. 36.75.
348.1601. C.4.712. iir"HXiKrpai<rt irv-
Xaig S.C.T.405. Cf. P.V.731. S.C.T.
58.613. E.40. 108.603.773. wiirTei iirl
vi>T(D S.85. falls on its back.very
rarely with verbs signifying motion.
pfl"\0riQ oSovc o~v tcloF i<f tflfopaiQ
irvXaieS.c.T.696. ovkovv ircXafai Zewc
iir' thupaiput/Joi; S.296. roiaZ' iir avrdlq
TfXBe trvpipopa iradovc P. 428.against,
denoting an evil or hostile intention,
irapdiviov \XiSaicriv ivpop<pote tiri ttSlq
Tie To&vp.' 'iirepxpev S.981. viripavya
jiaCovatv iirl ittoXei S.c.T. 465. Cf.
P.V.96. 923. 1045. 1091. S.c.T. 280. 429.
526.602. P.905. A. 61. 354. C. 618. 985.
after, in order of place or time, iir'
i^cipyatrpivots P.517. Cf. id.519. rairi
tovtohti A. 246. after these things.
rpiTov iirl Siica id. 1587. thirteenth.
&Triv kripav iir art] C.398. one woe
after another. on account of, by
reason of. i<f aipwri SriprjXaaiav
yviixrdeitrai S.6. banished for mur
der, Cf. P.V.194.255. S.c.T.762.998.
P.987. C.850. S. 586.1020 Denot
ing a purpose, or object, iirl aKijir-
roux<a rayOiiQ P. 289. appointed to
 Eni ( 1S2 )
hold a command, tir afiXafitiq A. 995.
for the purpose of security, by way
of caution. But see under thXafitta.
to KtplaXtov irtfiirtiv iroXtwg iiri vlicn
E.963. that the city may he victorious.
Denoting something accompany
ing, as an attendant circumstance, or
as a result. 6XoXvart vvv iirl 110X-
ira'iq E. 995. 999. accompanying it with
songs, iir fixate C. 147. with prayers,
iir aXndtia S.623. with truth, h.e.
so that they may come true, tin $'
iiri vixn C.835. may victory he the
result, davarovs tvpovro Z6fiu>v iiri
Xv/xn S.c.T.861. to the ruin of the
house. Denoting the object of
speech, prayer, desire, ridicule, etc.
arofxaTiav Ztitfljxtv loyyv iir' 'Opidrn
C.710. in honour of Orestes. Ko/xiraC
iir ciXXy S.c.T.462. concerning ano
ther, iiri rj5 Ttdvittvui iiiXog E.316.
325. in honour of the slain, irdptari h'
tiirtiv tir' aOXiotirt S.C.T. 905. Cf.
A. 1373. 1527. In these latter pas
sages, however, the idea of standing
over seems to be implied. ytXq. Sai-
fuor tir' avlpi OtpLuj) E.530. laughs at
him. Cf. C. 728. Xi^iaiitv tir 'Apytiois
ti>xac ayadde S. 620.Denoting that
something accompanies another, e. g.
as a portion, dowry, etc. along with.
rdaataOt, (piXai B/xuitdtQ, ovtu> <ie i<f>
ticutrTn SttKXi)piM>trtv Aavaos dtpairov-
rlSa <j>ipvnv S.956. according as Da-
naus has assigned (you) unto each
mistress (as) a dowry of handmaidens.
There is a usage somewhat similar of
iiri with the gen. in Horn. Od. A. 278.
B. 1 97 . From the abrupt change of ad
dress here from the Danaides to their
handmaids, some have supposed that
something is wanting, or that the
passage is corrupt. The change of
persons addressed does not itself ap
pear to warrant such a supposition ;
but it must be allowed that the words
l,vv t evicXtia ical aii-nvirip fiafei Xa&v,
seem more appropriate as addressed
to the Danaides. Well, observes, in
confirmation of the supposed lacuna,
that the preceding verse is mutilated.
This is not necessarily the case. The
En i
spondee in the third place of the
paroemiac may be defended by P. 32.
148. S.7. See irpoamrvtiv, and Butler
Not. Crit. on S.7. there referred
to.With ace. denoting motion to,
or towards a place, e.g. Iketo rtpiio-
viov iiri irayov P.V. 117. Cf. S.C.T.
89,193.1051. P. 262.485.503.650. A.
283.294.681.756.766.1092. C.554. E.
10. S. 816. 877. Kavu>(3ov tcairl TAifityiv
Ixtro S.307. h.e. iiri Kavu>j3ov Kairl
Mififtv. over, tin iraoav \06va iroi-
fiavopiov Oiiov iXavvti P. 74.upon,
iiri yovv kekXitui P. 894. is sunk on its
knee, h. e. is humbled, iiri yav ittabv
al/xa A. 990. fir) 'ic/3aXjie tirl \06va
xapirov E.794. fiwiiove tir aXXove
die S.477.against, denoting a hos
tile movement, tir &X\nv oXXoq 'LOv-
vtv lopv P. 403. Cf. id. 744. A. 112.
P.V. 866. iiri rbv lioiitvai E.337.
pursuing after him. Denoting an
object, or purpose. fjKovo ail' iiri
irpdyoc iriKpov S.c.T. 843. are come
to perform a mournful duty. Si'ktjv
tir aXXo irpdyiia Onyavti (iXafinc
Ltoipa A. 1517. sharpens it for some
other purpose of mischief, iriinrtr
dpwyi)v iratolv irpo(j>p6v<ti iirl vUnv
C.471. for the purpose of victory.
<TTti\b> $' tir' avdpa r&vfit Xvfiavrti-
pwv oIkoiv C.753. I go to fetch him.
Divided from its verb by tmesis.
/ Kair iiiol Tpiiroir av aWiag re'Xoe ;
E.412. for imrpiiroirt. iirl \tipa
(iAXoi C.389. for iirifiaXoi. ~Zrvyia
yap rig tir d^Xuc irtirorarai P. 656.
for tirnrtiroraTai Cf. E.356. i<j>' aiilv
tKpavOn E.329. for tirtKpavQn. On
the corrupt passage Soiiwv fiaX' a^ui
tir' aiirovQ irpoirtLtirtt daiiCTTJp yooQ
S.c.T.898. see under rjxi>. In S.c.T.
264. tyio 2' tir' &vlpag t% k.t.X. tir
is clearly corrupt, as it violates the
sense. Blomf. has edited, from a
marginal note in Aid. iyio St y, of
the certainty of which correction
there can be little doubt. After the
address just made the particle ye
is almost necessary in transferring
the discourse to himself. Do thou,
etc. and I for my part, etc. The
 Eni ( 133 )
change of w into y is exceedingly
trifling, nothing being more likely
than that the accidental lengthening
of the stroke on the right hand of
the r should have caused it to be
mistaken for a i 1 .
"En-i for iwtari E.371. See iircivai.
'Eirifialveiv to ascend, with gen.
itptv Xttcrpuiv ivifirjvai., S.39.
'JLirifiaWeiv to lay upon, iiri \tipa
(iaXoi C.388. by tmesis, see lirl.
'Eirt/3oav to accompany with a cry.
eiipnfiov twtfioipev Mofioxu S.676. cat
trripv npaaat, cairt/3da to Mvaiov P.
1011. In this passage Eustath. on
Dion. Per. 791. reads cat fioa, but
Hesychius retains the preposition,
s.v. imfiooj. (corr. iirtfioa) to Mvaiov.
Porson, to avoid the anapaest in the
fourth place, conjectured cat aripv
apaaamv iirifioa to MWioc. Burney
and Blomf. consider the verse as
antispastic. Passow supposes a syni-
zesis in (36a. Well., probably with
greater correctness, defends the ana
paest, as occurring in a lyrical pas
sage. Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 706,
quotes this among other examples of
an anapaest occurring under similar
circumstances. See Staivuv. Dind.
proposes Kairi(iw, which he considers
a contracted form of can-t/joa, refer
ring to his note on Soph. Electr.882.
'EirifiovXeveiv to plot against, S.c.T.
29. Here Blomf. from MSS. correctly
reads ivifiovXevEiv for the vulg. eVt-
fiovXivoeiv.
'Ett//3ou\oc insidious, S.582.
'E-Ktppldne grave, venerable, E.923.
Cf. Butl. Nott. Phill. in loc.
'EiriynOelv to rejoice at, Tolac" eW-
yndet P.V. 156.yy?/0et Elms. Blomf.
'ETriyivixrKeiv to discover. 2 aor.
kwiyvovQ A. 1580.
'E.Triy\io<T(T5.o6(u to utter against
any one. fxryr iiriyXwooZ cacd C. 1041.
with gen. of person, ravr eiriyXuxrtroi
Attic P.V.930.
'Eff/yoi'oc a descendant, S.c.T. 885.
'ViTic'uKvvvaL to show, prove, S.52.
'Ewic'ecnrofeiv to command, with
gen. P. 237.
Enio
'E?rtt}tirXot&> to repeat, E.968. tVt-
iiirXot^ia Glasg.Herm.Schiitz. There
is some error here, as the verse does
not answer to the corresponding one
in the strophe. Pors. ejects the word,
as proposed by Piers, on Mcer. p.
167. Dind. conj. tiros 2t7r\otw.
'TLiriSpofi&ar' f S. 117. The word
occurs in a corrupt passage, as if from
a verb, lirtipofiaia, which does not
exist, though such seems to have
been the idea of the Scholiast. Herm.
conj. kirilpofi bw66i, on which see
ivayiiQ.
'En-ttVat to come upon, tireiai P.V.
1018. will come upon thee. vii, iirtjti
P. 370. night came on.
'Etn'Ctvyvvvai to yoke. viiXoiQ iiri-
{,iv,a.a 6\ov E.383. Met. to impli
cate, pass. [it)T iwi^iv^Orje trrdfia
(pnfime iroi'-npaic C.1040. do not im
plicate yourself by uttering evil ex
pressions.
'EirinXos an object of envy, A.
913.
En-tOoa^ftv to sit as a suppliant
before any one, hence, to supplicate,
to pray, rrodev ap^uifiai rah" lirev)(o-
pivn Ka7ri0odov<T ; C.844. It is de
rived from 6oaeiv to sit, which verb
is itself used in this present sense by
Soph. CEd.T.2. rtVac wo& tipag rdoSe
fioi OodiTt, itcrnpioie KXafoioiv i^e-
(TTSfXfitvoi ; It is denied by some that
flodfttv (which they derive from Boot
quick) is used in the sense of sitting,
but only as denoting some kind of
quick motion. In this latter sense it
certainly occurs frequently in the tra
gic writers (see Erfurdt on (Ed.T.
2.), but notwithstanding Hermann and
Erfurdt's objections, it has been most
satisfactorily shewn by Buttmann
(Lexil. s.v. Oadaouv, Qoafciv) that
whether it be the same word as the
other, or from a different root, doa-
et in (Ed. T.2. and doafav in
^Esch. S.590. can mean nothing else
than sitting. Hence, if the simple
verb means thus, there can be no
difficulty in giving to the compound
the meaning assigned above; nor is
 Enie ( 134 )
it necessary with Blomf. to read em-
OeaZovv'. See Buttm. Lexil. in loc.
cit. See also under doafaiv.
'Ewidvtiv to sacrifice one after an
other, A. 1485.
'Ewidifielv to desire. With gen.
A. 210.
'&Kidh)vtroi.iv to call out to, urge on
with the voice. P.V.73.277.
'Eirucaivovv to innovate or alter,
conj.by Steph. forvulg. LiriKaivovrtitv
in E. 663. Dind. prefers Wakefield's
conj. jxt) Vi^paivovruiv.
'EiruceKXto-Oaito invoke, S. 40. Here
Turn, has kiriKeKkofjiiva. So Dind.
rightly. Cf. v. 48.
'EiriKtvdeiv to conceal. Withdoub.
ace. A. 774.
'EirtKnpvo-o-eiv to proclaim, e. g. as
king. pass. iiriicnpv)(0Eie yOovl S.c.T.
616. proclaimed as king to the coun
try.
'EttUXottoq thievish, crafty, E.
144.
'EiriK\i)6eiv to destine, E.321.
'EttIkotoc angry, P.V. 604. an ob
ject of anger. avSpl hrfoiaiv kirucortp
aij3as C.619. h e. if the words are
genuine, exposed to anger from his
foes because of his majesty. In
S.c.T. 768. iiriKOTovQ rpotyas is read
by Codd. and Edd. only Aid. has
liriKoras, and one MS. iiriTp&Kovg.
Heath conj. iwiKorog Tpotyag angry
on account of his treatment. So
Glasg. Blomf. IttikoWovq rpo<pae
Schiitz, Schwenk, Wunderlich. Each
is extremely awkward, from its re
quiring apaiac apag to be joined,
unless with Herm. Dind. we read tik-
voio-iv 2' apac. The vulg. is sound, as
explained by Well. " CEdipus qui edu-
cationem v ictumque debebat filiis suis ,
dedit quidem, sed apaiag, iiriKorovQ
Tpo<f>a.Q, qua? deinde explicantur appo-
sito irtKpoyXuxrtrovg apac"
'EiriKoriag angrily, P.V. 162.
'F.Trit;ovpia military assistance, P.
717. a force of troops, S.702.
'ETriKovpog an auxiliary in war, P.
870.
'TLiriKpaivtLv to bring to an issue,
eiiim
accomplish, make, A. 724. 1313. 1526.
E.341.910. S.13.370.619. mid.v.j'd.
rate rot irpotypovwg tTriKpaivo/xivwy
sc. rdySe E 927. On S. 46. see tVw-
vvfiia. Kapra aXridrj warpog OlSi-
iro&a kotvi 'Epivvvg i-KtKpavt S.c.T.
869. Here the gen. is governed by
'Eptvvve. Hob. has KaTtvyfiara after
'Oi&nrola. separated by tmesis,
Xayrf rdS' i<f ilfiiv iicpavdn E.329.
were ordained unto us. xapTrortXti Si
toi Zeus eiriKpaivETO) (pipfian yav ira-
vuipo) S.671. Here the construction
cwncpaiviriD yav ipcpfiart is so ex
tremely harsh, that we need not he
sitate to adopt Stanley's conjecture,
KapiroTcXij, the alteration of H for EI
being so very slight. So Dind. The
construction will then be the same
as in the preceding instance. Well,
less correctly translates perficiat.h.e.
perfectam reddat fertili fostu.
'EiriKpovetv to strike, \dova fiai:-
rpoig EwiKpovoavTaQ. A. 196.
'ETriKpinrrciv to conceal, ^tipag <po-
vlag iiriKprnrrei E.307.
'EwiKraoBai to acquire beside. eVt/c-
Tr\an E.861. kiriKriiaaw 641.
'ETTiKvpEiv (inus. pres. iirucvpeiv) to
obtain. With gen. aor. 1. iireKvpaafiev
P. 839.
'EmXafifi a laying hold of. KtirXuiv
EiriXafiaQ ifiQv S.427.
'EiriXeyeadai mid. v. to bethink one
self of. ovt i.TrtXt.i,afiiva S.48. pass.
id. ixrfi' iriXe)(()rJ A. 1477. do not
imagine.
'EiriXvaigarelease.iiriXvaiv <j>6[lwv
S.c.T. 124. a release from alarms.
'ETTifiaivttrdai to be mad, A. 1402.
Met. ZopvrlvaKTOQ uiOt)p eiri/jiaivETai
S.cT. 136.
'ETrifiaarilioQ at the breast. fSXayai
tZv eKtfJLaijTiSiutv S.c.T.332. cries of
children at the breast.
'EirifiiXweiv to sing over any one.
'AiSa ivaiav iirifuXireiv S.c.T. 851.
'ETrifivatrdai to commemorate, with
gen. iwtfxvrtaafiriv C.614. See rkiv.
'EirlfioXoe an invader, S.c.T. 611.
'Eiri/iofupoc worthy of blame, A.
539. C. 817.
 EI1IN ( 135 )
'EirivifitaOai mid. v. to gain ground,
proceed, A. 47 2.
'EitivIkwv a song of victory, pi. id.
A. 167.
'Eirivw/xav to distribute, allot, E.
301. S.c.T.709.
'EinfcvovaOat mid. to claim hospi
tality at the hands of any one. A. 1293.
From this idea of claiming hospitality
would seem to be derived the mean
ing we find assigned to the word
by lexicographers, of calling upon,
claiming support, etc. Thus Hesych.
iiri,tvovodai' fiapTvptaQai, iroptvtaQai.
So again etn,eyoSoKiVfiai' inifxaprv-
povfiai, and ^evoioxovfiai, fiaprvpofiat.
Vid. Intt. ad Hesych. In the present
passage, Cassandra, having asked the
Chorus to bear witness to her forti
tude, adds i'Kii.Evovfiai ravra S' &t
davovfiivn, h.e. / claim as a dying
stranger this favour. Whether the
word, however, is used by jEschylus
in its primary or secondary meaning,
or whether the latter does not belong
only to a later age, is a question to
be decided.
'Evi^nvov a chopping-block, A.
1250.
'EiriiraWtiv to brandish at, C. 160.
'E7r/7ra all, entire, olr lirinav
r/ireipoyevts Kari\ov(Tiv iBvoq, rovg
Mnrpayadt'ie, K.r.X. P.43. This pas
sage, as it is commonly read, is ex
ceedingly obscure. Blomf. proposes
two explanations, sc. either to take
icart'xou<rtv intransitively, qui per to-
tum continents tractum habitant, or
as governing idvog, qui plane conti-
nente genitam obtinent gentem. Whe
ther, however, we adopt Karixovaiv
iOvot, or Kari\ovatv iiri irav 'idvog as
the true construction, it is, as he
rightly observes, exceedingly harsh.
Pauw conj. iZoq for IQvoq. The dif
ficulty is entirely removed by the
conjecture of Schiitz, which Dind.
approves, sc. to write o'i ti divisim,
and strike out rove, which was pro
bably inserted by some one who con
nected otrc with Avc~G>v. It must be
allowed that the connexion of the
Enm
persons mentioned in 43. 44. with the
city SapSttCi as both referring to kt,-
opjxiaai, would be singularly awk
ward. Adopting Schiitz's conj. the
sense will be, and they who have un
der their command the whole conti
nental forces, Metragathes and Arc-
teus, etc. tirlnaQ is not used adver
bially, but is an adjective from iwi-
ttclq, of which Dind. quotes two in
stances from Boeckh. vol. ii. p. 409.
15.18. The last syllable is here long,
although compounds of 7rdc generally
shorten it. See on this point the au
thorities adduced by Blomf. Gloss,
and also Dind. Annot. in loc.In S.
802. the word would be better read
Itti -kolv sc. over all.
'EirnrtlOtodai to yield assent to, A.
1066.
'Eiriiv\r)aaeiv to reproach with, ob
ject to. with dat. P.V.80.
'Eiriirviiv to breathe upon, S.cT.
325.
'Eirlirvoia an in-breathing, S. 17.44.
pi. 572. Alluding to the fabled con
nexion of Jupiter and lo. In S.1027.
where (pvyadac 2' eimrvoiaQ is com
monly read, the metre is defective
and the meaning uncertain. Schiitz,
who conj. (pvyaBae $rjr Lirnrvolag
understands it as equivalent to fv-
yaZmv innrvolag, and refers it to the
incitements which the herald and his
party, being obliged to retire, might
use to induce the sons of iEgyptus
to hostilities : this, however, is forced
in the highest degree. Burgess conj.
(pvyafiitrotv $' in iroivag. The read
ing fvyaSeoirtv appears (as Well, re
marks) partly supported by ipvyaSee
in Med. Reg. L. Guelph. So Dind.
The meaning of tyvyaliaoiv 3' iwi-
irvotag, may possibly be, "I fear for
our sake asfugitives,favorable gales,"
h. e. which may bring forces from
Egypt against us. Cf.v.1030. If there
be any difficulty in assigning this
meaning to lirinvolae without some
thing more distinctly to indicate its
reference, it might be well to adopt
Burgess's conjecture, iroivds, which
 Enm ( 136 )
may possibly have been changed into
irvoiag by a mere transposition of the
letters.
'ETriwoTaadai to hover or float
above, perf. divided by tmesis, P. 656.
E.356.
'EirippeTv to flow on, to approach,
oinrtppkuiv xpovoe E. 815. the coming
time.
'Eirippkireiv to cause tofall upon., to
bring upon, A. 242. E.848. intrans.
to devolve or fall upon, A. 690. 1012.
'Ewippnyvvvai to rend, kitippn^a
P.987.
'Eirippiirrtiv to inflict upon, kvip-
pv^tv P.V.740.
'Ewippor] a stream, or current, A.
1491. E.664.
'Eirippodtiv to resound, C.421. to
utter assent, C.451.
'EirippoBoQ alleviating. wayKXav-
Tb>v aXyiuy iirlppoBov S.C.T.350,
'Emppoi(e7v to denounce against
with harsh voice, E.402.
'Einppveadai topreserve, S.c.T.149.
'EirippvToe flowing in abundantly,
E.867.
'Eirureveo-dai to invade, perf. poet.
nib'ov iiriovfiivoQ E. 755. 782.
'EirlarnJ-ov a sign or device, S.c.T.
641.
'EirMTKijiTTtiv to inflict upon, bring
to pass upon any one, P. 104.726.to
enjoin, P.V.664. Sevp' kvk<jKrf\it. E.
460. has fallen hither, i.e. devolved
upon me.
'EiricrKowiiv to regard, notice, S. 376.
397. to observe, poiri) k-KioKoirti lUav
C.59. but here porrif St/cagis probably
to be read.to visit or frequent, E.
286. pas's. dvdpoiQ ovk kwKrKoirovfxkvnv
A. 13. unvisited by dreams. The word
is peculiarly used, as Schiitz observes,
in alluding to the visitations of divine
vengeance. So probably in C.59.
'EiricrKOTroG a guardian or protector.
With gen. E.710. S.c.T.254. InC.
124. na.Tptiwv ' 6p.fia.Tii>v kirwKcmovQ
there can hardly be a doubt that
Stanley's conjecture c'tofiartov is cor
rect, h.e. guardians of my father's
house. Wellauer's attempt to ex
Ems
plain it as a circumlocution for father
is harsh in the extreme. kirioKowove
may also be taken with tv-^ctQ in
the same sense as in E. 864. adj.
watching. <f>pcviov kwiaKoirov E.493.
watching or controlling the mind. See
Seifiaiveiy. Here Dind. from an
anonym, conj. ap. Dobr. for Scifial-
vetv prefers dei/xiyeiv. regarding,
having as an object, biro'ia vIktjq fti)
KUKijr tTrioKOTra E.864.
'ETntnrav to bring on, P. 469.
'EiriaTrivSetv to offer libations over,
A. 1368. C.147.
'E-Kiawip^tiv to hurry on S.c.T.
671.
'EiriUTreaBai. See itjttiria.
'EiriairopoQ a descendant, E.643.
'EviaavTOQ rushing in, impetuous.
KXavfiartov itriaavTOi irqyai A. 861.
k-KMTouTovQ OtotyopovQ fiaraiag o~vag id.
1121. affluent, abundant, kirioovroi
(iiorov rv\at E. 883.
'EiriaTaOfxaaQai to weigh or pon
der, A. 159.
'EiriaTaoQat. to know, to know how,
P.517. A. 1227. E.266.637. kiriirraaai
P.V. 374.984. S.895. contr. kiriort/.
(on this form see Herm. Soph. Phil.
787.) E. 86.551. Here Herm. ott<oc
t knlorq. See Kvpovv. kwlararai
P.V.981. 1034. P.591. A. 936. 1036.
imperf. ^wiorafiriv P.V. 265. >}xt<rraro
P.365. imper. kirlaraao P.V. 842.969.
'Ewio-TaTeiv to preside over, con
trol. A. 1221. See Uaii)V.
'Eitiararns a. prefect, or commander,
S.C.T.797. oirXwv kirurraTns P.371.
commander of the armed men.
'E-mortixuv to pass over, E.866.
'EiriariXXEiv to injoin, give as a
charge, E.196. perf. pass. kviaTaXrai
A. 882. E.713. S.c.T.1003. TcnrtaTaX-
jxiva C.768.
'EiriOTtvaZtiv to mourn over, P. 7 13.
'ETTiartva^eiv id. A. 764.
'EnuTToXii an injunction, S.990. P.
769. P.V. 3.
'Ewttrrpartveiv to engage in a hos
tile expedition. kTrstrTparEvira 7roXXd
P. 766. / went on many a foreign ex
pedition.
 ElliS ( 137 )
EiritTrpeirros drawing attention,
worthy of remark, with <lat. S.975.
C.345.
'ETTiorpfyeodai mid. v. to turn one
self towards S.503.
'E7ri<TTpo(j>{) a residing in, or visiting
of a place. ?ei irarpioiav Buifiaruv iin-
arpotpag S.c.T. 630. he will reside in his
father's house, fyvoTiLtove iwiarpotyac
Swlicituiv uiSo/xcvoc tic ioro) E. 518.
let a man observe the honourable en
tertainment of strangers in his house.
'Enio-Tpoipoe conversant about any
thing, with gen. A. 386.
'EirtoTpw<j>dtrdai to be residing in.
with ace. A. 945.
'Eino-)(c.du.v (aor.2.) to check, stop.
iirio-)(t8oi S.c.T. 435.
'EirtriXKeiy to arise. tTrireikat P.V.
100.
'ETriri6tadaiva\d. v. to lay upon one
self. Met. too" iiridov Oiiog StjfioOpoovc
t apac A. 1383. why have you laid on
yourself (as on a victim to be slain)
this incense of public execration ?
So Scholefield, correctly.
'EwiTifinTrtQ a censor, orjudge, P.V.
77.
'EiriTifitov punishment, S.c.T. 1012.
plur. P. 809.
'ETrtTVfij3lSioe funereal, iirirvfifii-
3<0 dpijvog C. 33 1 . 338. afuneral dirge.
'ETTirififiioe id. iiri.Tvfxjii.oe atvoc
A. 1527. a funeral panegyric.
'ETTiTV)(tis successful, S. 725.
' Eiruj>iptiv to bring upon, fut. iiroi-
auv E.736.
'E-KupdiyycoBai to add one's voice
to that of others, C.450.
'Ewiipbovoc envious, evil inclined,
jealous, S. 198. A. 133. E.354.liable
to excite jealousy, A. 895. See <f>66-
VO.
'Eirufiktytiv to kindle, excite. <ra\-
iriyi, avrrj navr itctlv iirityXiyiv P.
387. aroused of excited.
'Ewiipofiocfearful, terrible, A. 1123.
'Eiriipopoe favorable, well-inclined,
Met. superl. C.800. properly applied
to a fair wind.
'ETn.)(a\av to yield, or give way,
P.V. 179.
Enop
'Eiri\apiiQ pleasing, or a source of
delight, P.V. 160.
'Evixapie id. S.c.T. 893.
'EntxapTOS id. P.V. 158. A. 704.
'Ewi-)(ipov a reward, plur. rbmi-
Xupa P.V. 319.
'Eirixwptoe. belonging to the country.
Wf)(u)piotc. bpviai S.781. t7rtj(<<y>/o(
TTTU)fiaai 647. the deaths of natives.
(in loc. dub.) Heath supplies epic.
which Dind. approves.
'Eirtyoyoe. blameable. eirixpoyoc. (pa
rte. A. 597. an infamous report.
"EtroiKoe a settler, P.V. 409. In this
pass. tirotKot is read by Colb. 1. So
the Schol. who explains it by iyica-
tolkoi. Butler observes that Ivoikov
eSoc is put for 'iSos rtiv iiroUuv " a
settlement." Blomfield explains iizoi-
koq by sedem vicinam, this, however,
appears not to be the meaning of the
word.
'ETroiKTupiiv to pity, A. 1037. C. 127.
'EwoiKTiaroc pitiable, A. 1194.
"Ettoiktoq id. A. 1597.
'EwoiLiwfaiv to shriek out at any
tiling. t$S' im.ifioiEw 7radci C. 540.
'EwoiytaQai to go for, to go to fetch,
C. 951. in loc. dub. See xpovlfciv.
'Eno\o\v'(c.iv to raise a cry of ex
ultation over anything, S.c.T. 807. C.
930. mid. v. iirw\o\vt,a.To A. 1209.
'Eiroirrtadai to behold, (inus. in
prffis.) iiroxpofxat P.V.960. eTroipirai
A. 1026. 7T<ty<r0a( 1219.
'EiroiTTivtiv to behold, look upon, A.
1243. C.979.to regard, notice, take
cognizance of. SUac Si IlaXXac tUvS'
iwoTTTtvau Ota E.215. u ya~C avtQ poi
irarip' in oirrtvaai fiayr)? C. 482. Kal
a iiroirTtvtov Trp6<f>pu>v Oebg tpvkaaaoi
1059. Otovg avwOtv yijg iiroirrtvtiv
a^r) A. 1561. firjS' iirowTeveiv kotio E.
211. iraTptp' iiroirTiviov Kparn C. 1. ex
ercising the authority given you by
your father, to. S' ak\a tovtui Slip'
LiroKTtvoai Xt'yw sc. i\06vrt 976.
'Eiroirrrip one who regards, or ob
serves, S.c.T. 622.
'Eiroirrrit a spectator, P.V. 299.
'ETTopdtaietv to utter a loud cry
over,oratanything,F-l007.A.29.l09l.
T
 F.noi> ( 138 )
'Eirdpyvadai to rush upon, S. 184.
E;roc a word. Xcytt Sc tovt iirog
2io aropa S.C.T. 56 1.699. P.V. 1035.
1057. P.121. A. 1134. C.46.776.803.
E. 486. 505. With art. roJTrocP.V. 981.
S.C.T.240. A.259. C.91.874. S.459.
507.904. pi. iicq P.V. 934. 1057. S.C.T.
425. A. 1648. S. 176.191. rairr) A. 1611.
vk>v E.422. opposed to ipyov. fill
at Tig <f>pdtrai pi}T iirog prjr ipyov
P. 170. irdptari V ipyov &>g tizog S. 593.
itg elireiv iirog P. 700. to sum up in
a word, pirpiov iirog evyov S. 1045.
offer a moderate prayer. iirog apd-
j3ov irpbg iirog E.556. answer word
for word. irirXdyxva pot KtXaivovrat
irpog iirog icXvovon C.408. at the word
you speak, where the const, is
<rx\ay)(ya KeXaivovrai pot irpog iirog
kXvovot) avrov.
'EirorpvytcrOai mid. v. to hurry on,
S.C.T. 681.
'E-jrovpieiv to blow upon. aiparn-
pov irvevp' kirovploaoa T<j> E. 132.
"Eiroxog riding, or sailing upon.
With gen. vaiov Eiroxpvg P. 54. sail
ing in ships. With dat. iiroxovg &p-
fiaoi P. 45. riding in chariots.
'Eirrd seven, P.335. S.c.T.42.117.
'EirrdirvXog having seven gates,
S.c.T. 149.
'Eirrareixvi belonging to seven
walls. tirraretxcig l,6$ovg S.c.T. 266.
referring to the gates at Thebes divid
ing the wall in seven different parts.
'Eiro>Sfi a charm, tovtiov lirySdg
E. 619. charms for these things.
'Eirioiog having power to charm.
iirwSov GpnKlwv dnpaTWV A. 1392.
'Eiruvvpla a name derived from,
or justified by, any circumstance.
Kar kiru>vvfiiav UoXvveiKCtg S.C.T^
811. Polynices', as they are (h.e. as
one of them is) justly called. In S.
45. vvv $' iiriKticXofitvai (leg. iiriKCK-
Xopiva) tvtv avdovopovaag irpoydvov
f3oog l kiriirvoiag Znvbg i<f>a\piV iirto-
vvpla ft iTTEKpaivcTO fiopaipog altov
evXoyoig, "Eira<f>6v r lyivvaat, the
sense is obscure. Schiitz places the
stop after Zr^vog. See further under
i<j>a\pig.
BprA
'Eiruivvpog named from any person,
or thing. With gen. ipov avaxrog
tlXoywg liriivvpov yivog WtXaoyibv
S.249. so called from me their Icing.
KdSpov liru>vvpov iroXiv S.c.T. 125.
ovri irapdiviov liriivvpov <f>povnpa id.
517. a mind not named after virgins,
although his body be so, sc. TlapOevo-
irdtog. iirwvvpov rStv Atoe ytvvny-a-
rwv "Eiraipov P. 892. KXnSovag tiriovv-
povg E.396. your name derived from
your character. Cf. E.659. S.249. &v
Ztvg dXd\r\ri\piog eiroivvpog yivovro
Ka.lp.diov iroXti S.c.T. 8. from which
things (h.e. from averting which
things) may Jupiter deserve his name
aXeZnrtiptog at the hands of the The-
bans. yevoir av ivilxiDg eirwvvpov
S.c.T. 387. it might really become
what its name imports. Cf. iiruvvpog
Knpra S.c.T. 640. E.90. full rightly
named. ovSap&g iiriovvpov C. 188.
quite at variance with her name, iirat-
vvpov pevpa P.V. 300- the stream call
ed from you, Ocean. Honropog iirU-
vvpog KEKXtiverai id. 736. so calledfrom
your passage across it. "Apet, 'ivdev
tar iiruvvpog irirpa E.659. sc. Arei-
opagus.
'Eiruiirdv to behold, descry, C.682.
E.265. to direct, or guide, E.929.
'Eirioin'i a region scanned by the
sight, or prospect, S.534. Schol. Ka
ra vofidg.
'Epav to desire. With gen. S.c.T.
374. pass. id. fut. yfjg rrjah" tpaotii}-
oiodz E.814. aXXmv ipaoddg P. 812.
'Epaalvog name of a river, S.999.
'EpaiTfiiog desired, longedfor. ipa-
apiov iroXti A. 591. an object of de
sire to the city.
'EpaoTEvtiv to desire. With gen.
ipaoTEvaai ydpwv P.V. 895.
'Eparog lovely, S.c.T. 846.
'EpydfccrOat mid. v. to do. roh"
tipydoaoff dtnarov S.c.T.827. pass.
e'ipyaarat it is done, or made, A. 345.
inf. 1319. part. P.V. 242.
'Epyaariog that must be done, C.
296.
'Epydnc an effectress. pvtipnv
airdvTwv ipydriv P.V. 459.
 EprM ( 139 ) EPEI

Vipyfia a deed. r&vS' i<pip\pci k6- iradtiv arip^avrae aivclv xpr)v raB'
toq rig ipyfiarutv E.477. yKGxroav dig eirp&^afiev h. e. acquiescere vos
ipyfiartov &rep S.c.T.538. a tongue oportebat haec ita fieri, tolerantes
without deeds. ipyixdrwv'is here sup prout ea perfecimus. Musgrave epai
posed by some to be from ipyfia a r aKaipov. Legrand, whom Schiitz
bank, or mound, so as to translate follows, conj. e'i^avrc Kcupji, \pr)v ra<5
the words, an unrestrained tongue. we iirpa^afiev h.e. tempori cedentes
So Schiitz and Butler. Hermann, nos hcec ita facere oportebat utfeci-
however, condemns the word ipyfia mus. Porson retains the vulg. and
in this sense, and in Soph. Ant.541. so Schiitz in ed. 2. Blomf. conj.
reads ep/xa. So Blomf. The word irplv iradciv ipl-avrae'.aiptiv xprjv raB
occurs in Eur. Orest.160. Hipp. 1107. a>e eirpa,a[iev, defending a'ipEiv by
Bacch.1067. (quoted by Blomf.) as Eur. El. 942. Hermann suggests irplv
well as in E.477. in the sense of a iradtiv ipavr &Kaipa. Xpf/v rah" we
deed, and it is better thus to under lirpa,afiEv. Klausen joins iplfivra
stand it in the present passage. xaipov, h.e. opportunitatem efficien-
"Epyov a work, or deed, S.c.T.562. tern, which is impossible. None of
645. 1041. P. 745. A. 736. 1395. 1525. these ways are wholly satisfactory.
1580. 1618. C. 728. 815.980.1001.1011. The omission of a verb after expijv,
E.471. S. 583.586. 1020. P. V.77. With as in the conjectures of Legr. Herm.
art. rolpyov P.V.57.75. A.1319.1476. Musgr. appears extremely harsh. I
1634. C.296. a work of art. xtT^lvoc am inclined, in a case of much doubt,
'ipyov S.880. Cf. S.C.T.474. C.229. to adopt alvtiv from Heath, and read
Met. ipyov Simiae tcktovoc A. 1379. ipi,avrae aiveiv h.e. j(prjv (bfiae) cu-
a warlike action, 'ipyov d' iv icvfioig viiv (i)fx5.e) 'ip^avrae rah' &>e iirpaa-
' Apne Kptvcl S.c.T.396. iv ipy(o C. 160. fiev. Blomfield's conj. a'ipeiv would
in action.an office, or duty, rob" come nearer the vulg. but it does not
ipyov tfvvoe P. 752. held this office, appear certain that a'ipeiv is used in
abv ipyov, lot, raise" vwovpyrjaai this sense.
Xpiv P.V.638. Cf. C.662. E.704. 'Epedieiv to chafe, or irritate,?. N.
tikviov ie ipyov A. 1180. the procrea 181. pass. 1047.
tion of children. Opposed to iwog, 'EpeiBeiv to press close upon, voaoe
\6yoQ or fivdoc. irapeam $' ipyov u>e o/idroixoe epeiBei A.976.to support.
iiroe S.593. he not only speaks but kLov ovpavov rt Kal xOovoe &/xoie ipti-
performs, it is no sooner spoken than Bwv P.V.350.pass, to be firmly
done, fxr) ere dig <ppaaai pi/r' 'iiroe fixed, or planted. AUag epeiBerai
\ii\T ipyov P. 170. nothing either in irvQfiijv C.636. mid. to rest upon,
word or in deed. ipyo> kov \6yip P.V. yovaroe Koviaiaiv epeiBofiivov A. 64.
336. in deed and not in word- ipyy sinking in the dust.
kovketi fxvOto id. 1082. id. 'Epeineiv to tear. iriirXov ipeiKe P.
"Epdeiv to do. A. 907. 1633. ipfa 1017. to shiver, vave irpbe a\\r)\r)tTt
P. 1016. ipai A. 1523. S.401. ipfav- GpijKtat irvoat UpeiKOv A. 641,
rce P.772. With double accusative. 'EpttVij heather, A. 286.
ipfae iroWa Br) Mr)Bove nana. P. 232. 'Epelv fut. of e'ipetv (inus. in Att.)
Cf. E.445. S.c.T.906. to sacrifice. to say, or call ee vfiac ipS> uvdov P.
a<payto. Kal xpvtrripta Oto'iaiv ipBetv 157. / will tell you. Cf. S.980. C.
S.c.T.213. In A. 1642-3. occurs this 1028. E. 45. 627. oi>K aXXweepii S.c.T.
passage, artlyvf rjBn B', ol yipovree, 472. / will not deny it. epe'ie P. 986. P.V.
itpbg Bofiove ireirpa>fiivove, irplv iradciv 296.747. S.C.T.2.32. A. 1059.1215. E.
'ipZavra tcaipbv ~)(Pr)v Ta0" WS iirpalfx- 567. KaK&v Be Kai<TXpwv ovriv ev-
fitv. This, as it is commonly read, icXelav epele S.c.T.667. you will not
is unintelligible. Heath conj. irplv say that there is aught glorious in
 EPEI ( 140 )
things evil and disgraceful too. ipii
C.5C7. E. 149. 726. o'vk iptir hvap-
\iav S.888. you shall not say that
rulers are wanting, ipeiv P.V 986.
1007. perf. t'tpnuas S.243. P.V. 823.
pass, cipijrat E. 606. 680. part, eipn-
ftivoe P.V. 1033. upnfxivov A. 1603.
(nom. abs.) Eiprjfiivovq P.V. 665. clpn-
fiiviov A. 292. 1345.
'Epeliria ruins, fragments, vavri-
KtZv cptiiclaiv A. 646. OpaixTfiaaiv ipct-
ttIuiv P. 417.
'Kpct^/hoixos overthrowing walls.
hh)fiaTtov tptc^iiroiypi S.c.T.863. over
throwing the walls of houses.
'JLpcfivoe black, or gloomy, A. 1363.
'EpioBai to inquire, aor. 2. rr/v tv-
Xiv $' tfiMjitOu A. 1638. let us inquire
of fortune, h.e. let us see what will
be the result. Cf. S.c.T.488. This
is an emendation by Schiitz for epov-
fieda which is evidently corrupt, al-
povfitda is read by Canter and some
others, and affords an equally good
sense, ri/v rvxnv referring in that
case to davtiv at. Tvyr\v i.Xtiv S.380.
which they compare with this, is not
to the puqiose. Schiitz 's emendation
is adopted by Blomf.
'Epicraeiv to row, pass. P. 414. S.704
Met. to urge on quickly, mid. v. 7rrt-
pvywv iptrfio'iaiv iptaaofiiva A. 52.
Cf. Virg. J&n. i.301. Remigio ala
rum, pass, 'iij oloTpy iptaaofiiva S.
536. to strike, or heat, as in the quick
motion of rowing, ipiaavr afitft apart
Xipolv irirvXav S.cT.837. inflict
upon your head a succession of blows.
'IpEoo ipecac P. 1003. sc. rov Kpara,
beat your head.
'Epirne a rower, P. 39.
"SLpiTfiog an oar, A. 52. See Lpia-
aeiv.
'Epevvav to seek, ipcvvav rr)v ao-
<pr)v ivfiovXiav P.V. 1040.
'EpexOtvc prop, name, C.817.
'Epj/yuaef. ipV/*aC yvirlae wtrpa S.
776. The word tpnfiag, besides not
being elsewhere found, violates the
metre. The reading of Rob. Kpifxae
(corr. Kpe/jae) satisfies the metre,
and possibly may be correct, if the
EPIS
word be a genuine one, the epithet
hanging, or precipitous, according
very well with the sense of the pas
sage.
'Ep////('a a desert, P.V. 2.
"Epn/ioe solitary, P. 720. P.V. 270.
A. 836.
'EpTj/uouv to leave desolate, avav-
Zpov rai,iv j/pi/^iou davwv P. 290. sc.
ware avavdpov yiyvcadai. pass, ipn-
fiiodivroQ A. 251. to quit, rovb" ipn-
fii>aaa' 6x"y A. 1040. S.511.
'Epidparoe (?) founded on strife,
ipig ipilfxaroQ A. 1440. strife founded
on strife, strife succeeding strife.
The word is probably corrupt. Blomf.
conj. ipilfiavroQ. See iiravOifciv.
'EptKvfiuiv [v] big with young, A.
118. Schol. TroXvKvfiova. See under
Xdyivog.
'Epivvvs [al. 'Epivvs] Erinnys, a
Fury. A. 59.1090. 1408. C.396.570.641.
E.911.S.C.T.556.682. pi. 'Epivvvcg the
Furies, P.V.514. A. 450. 1163. 1562. C.
281. E. 487. BpTivov 'Epivvvoc A. 964.
a lament of Erinnys. vjxvoq ti, 'Eptv-
vvtov E. 31 8.327. a song of the Fu
ries. Cf. S.c.T.849. A. 631. an evil
deity invoked by some one, an aveng
ing fiend, warpbq ciiicralav 'Eptvvvv
S.C.T.705. Cf. id. 70.773.869. vvfupo-
nXavros 'Eptvyvg A. 729. a fiend woful
as a bride, an epithet of Helen. On
the orthography of 'Eptvvve or 'Epi-
vvg, as Blomf. with Aid. always writes
the word, see Blomf. Gloss, in P.V.
53. s.v. kXivvu).
'EpioaTtTTTOQ crowned with wool, S.
22.
"Epic Strife, personified as a god
dess. Epic irtpaivci fivdov vararr)
fle^ S.c.T. 1042. Blomf.considers this
verse an interpolation, written by
some one as a proverbial saying
against jifi jxaKpnyopu. It certainly
disturbs the regularity of the pas
sage.strife, quarrel S.c.T. 708.918.
A.682.1440. C.467. (see ep.fioroc).
endeavour, anxiety, S.635. ayaOuiv
ipiQ E. 932. emulation in good works.
ohSe rrjv Atoe ipiv ireSy <rici/i//a<rav
tKTro$i>v (TxcOiiv S.c.T. 411. This
 EPKE ( 141 )
is correctly explained by Blomf.
" ne ipsum quidem Jovem, si conten-
dens terrain fulgure percutiat, disti-
nere posse. aKifirreiv vero proprie
fulgura dicuntur."
"EpKcioe belonging to the court of a
house. ipKiLoi irvXai C. 554.564, dipae
IfiKtiar C.642. the outer gates, or
door.
"EpKog a bulwark, or fortress, to
naXaibv Kiaaivov ipKoc P. 17.a dam,
or bank, e^upole ipKeaiy e'ipyeiv a/ia-
Xov xvfia OaXaaang id. 89.Met. a
protection, defence, avhp&v ovrutv ep-
koc iarlv aa<pa\rie P. 341. roo" 'Airiac
yatag ipKog A. 248. said by the Chorus
of itself. See ay^ioroc. anet. iSoVra
tovtov rrje Atmje kv ipKtaiv A. 1593.
"Epita a weight, epfta Alov S.575.
the offspring of Jove borne in the
womb. a sunken rock. &<f>avTov ep/xa
A. 979. Met. rbv irplv oXfiov tpLiart
TrpoafiaXuiv AfVag .534.
'Epfiaiog prop, belonging to Mer
cury. 'Epiiaiov \eVac AyLivov A. 274.
a hill in Lemnos so called. Cf. Soph.
Phil. 1445. where the Schol. observes,
Epfiatov opOQ. Zvvarai irdvra ra opt]
'Ep/xala KaXtladai, ort voliwq 6 deog.
Kal opeiog 6 'Epfirjs tart ht Kal 'Ep-
fxalov ovTh>e iv Aiifivtp KaXovjiivov.
lucky (Mercury being the god of un
foreseen gain), ipfiala Zoaig E.907.
'Epfjnvevg an interpreter A. 1032.
fiavdavovri aoi ropo'iaiv kpitnvivaiv
tvirptir&Q \6yov id. 602. understanding
aptly her meaning by clear interpre
ters, h. e. by words clearly interpret
ing her meaning. These words are
correctly explained by the Schol.
ovt(i>g dirty a.Kpi(iai \6yoig Kal ii,nyn-
tiko'is, Mori at fiadeiv. Hence Blomf.
infers that the genuine reading is
Xoyov.
'Epjuije Mercury, S.217.301. P.V.
103B. S.c.T. 490. C.613. 'Ep/xjj S.898.
'Epiifjv A. 501. C.716. 'EpfiTJ P.621.
C. 1. 122. x^oviov 'Epiiijv C. 1.122.716.
On C.l. Stanley observes, " Orestes
'Epfirjv yQoviov invocat, et postea
Electra v. 122. utpote cui mortui curas
erant. Idem et iroLiiratoc Soph. Aj.
EPXE
831. KaXai h" it /i < i 7rofnraXop 'Ep/xrjv
)(66vtov tZ lit Koifiltrai. Hor. Od. I.x.
17. Tu pias Uetis animas reponis
sedibus. Unde eidem Satelles Orci
dicitur, Od. II. xviii. 33."
"Epcoe a branch. Met. a scion, or
offspring, A.1506. E. 631. 636.
"Epirciv to creep, S.c.T. 17. E.39.
to go, proceed, or come, P.V. 812.
1026. (pdovepof vtt' aXyog ipirti irpo-
diKoig 'ArptiSaig A. 438, h.e. ixfttpirtt
creeps upon, or assails them.
"Eppeiv to go wretched, to be lost,
or forlorn, flfiiv yap ipptiv if irpoaio
Tifiag vifitiv E.717. irapniitXrifiivov
ipptiv id. 291. arifiOQ tpptivid.844. oXo-
ovg Tvpiae Ik vaog tppovrag P. 925.
to perish, come to ruin. Baicrplatv ippti
iravuiXng SiJLioe P. 718. ippti iraa
'AtfipoSira A. 408. their beauty is
gone.
'Eppwfiivws strongly, firmly, P.V.
65.76.
'EpuOpoc red, bloody, E.255.
'EpvKtiv [i>] to hinder. odt KaS-
fititov ijpvt iroXtv fir) 'vaTpairrjvai
S.c.T. 1067. preserved it from being
overthrown.
Epviia a defence, tpvfia re ^iypag
Kal iroXtuig awrripiov E.671. ipvfia
KaKtov Ktiviiv T C.152. See airorpo-
ttoq.
"Ep-^taBai to come. ijXOov I am
come, P.V. 603. E.242. fade S.cT.
828. P. 711.725. A.574. iXdiru S.785.
eXdoi E.287. S.1013. S.C.T.689. iX-
Ot~tv C.760. iXB&v S.c.T. 527. C.
726. S. 906. iXOov A. 47 8. With part.
iravruig ri Kaivbv ayytXZv tXi)Xv6t
P.V. 945. he has come to announce.
aXXog bfiottiis %X6tv av rati' ayytXiov
C.698. ivdtv lii>KOva fiXdov E.381.
/j.apTvpritrii)V %Xdov E.546. or' %X0ov
(TTparnXaTovoai E. 656. iyui hi rav-
r'x iropovvGjv tXtvoofxai S.517.With
cognate amis. KtXtvQov rjvirtp TjXdte
P.V. 964. the way by which you came,
fiij \8ijc oSovq av raa&' tip IficoiutiQ
irvXait; S.c.T. 696. go not this way.
With prepositions, tg P.V. 302. 847.
P.819. A. 388.719.826. E. 11.813. Trpdc
P.V.831.856. iiri with dat. S.c.T.
 EP122 ( 142 ) ESTI

696. P. 428. with ace. P.V.866. S.c.T. Tb>v P.833. ragged or unseemly gar
193. P.262.650. Ik P.348. S.259. Sia ments.
S.251. irapa with gen. A. 891. With 'Eadt)g a garment, raiment, S.c.T.
ace. A. 174. TiKvwv siQ epyov ijXderov 853. S.234. ^pi)0T)p/av kadrjra A.
vdfia A. 1180. Here f/Xdkrnv should be 1242. the robes of a priestess of
read according to Elmsl. on Ach.733. Apollo.
qu. v. So Blomf. Dind. engage in the 'EadXog good, brave, excellent, P.
procreation of children, finS' kg ayicpi- 31.311.762. irpayog kadXov rj icanov
aiv kXOeiv E.342. See ayKpiaig. rbv kXvciv P. 244.faithful, honest, with
Kaoi deolg Si aireyBdag kXOovra P.V. dat. Ziofxariov Kvva kaOXrlv iKtlvu) A.
121. incurred the enmity of all the gods. 594. kaOXd good things, P.218. A. 341.
'Apydoiai Kafyittouc kg ^elpag kXOe'tv 411. C.145. S.218. to. ygva&naara
S.c.T. 662. to engage in combat with ka&Xa. A. 752. gilded riches or magni
them.With adverbs. exe'Si S.c.T. ficence. On kadXog, in this sense of
792. kcltuOev P. 683. fovpo C.136. E. rich or noble, see Gottling's note on
736. 7ro0i(yC.lO69.probably with Hesiod Op. et Di.2l4. and the autho
gen. a.Kpofia\ti>v kiraX%,tiov XiQag ep- rities there quoted. Wellauer need
Xcrai S.c.T. 143. See aicpo/3oXoc. lessly suspects kadXix to be corrupt in
With dat. %X6ev avriji Znvog ay- this passage. Aurat. conj. iSedXa.
pmvov fiiXog P.V. 358.' Cf. id. 666. 'E.oQpuoKtiv see eladpwaiceiv.
P.432.701. A. 621. 1351. C.117. In 'EaKo/ii^eiv see elaicojxi^eiv.
A.497. aXig irapii "SiKafxavSpov ij\- 'Eafiog a swarm. Met. a crowd. S.
Oeg avapaiog the vulg. is objection 30. kap,6g log ireXeiah'iov id. 220. vov-
able from the anapaest in the fifth aiov kafiog id. 667.
place. Butler suggests the transpos 'Eaopav see elaopav.
ition irapa ^KafiavSpov %X6eg &\ig Eairepog western, wpdg eairepovg
avapaiog, or r)X0tg irapa liKajiavlpov ro-Kovg P.V. 348.
&Xig avapaiog. Blomf. from Marg. "Eare until, with the indie, of past
Ask. reads r\a& avapaiog. So Dind. time, e.g. eare Sn a<j>tv avroXag kyw
"Epiog love, lust, P.V. 593. 905. 8ij#- aarpiov iSeifa P.V. 455. Cf. P.V. 659.
dvfiov 'ipiorog avdog A. 723. iravroX- With av and subj. of future time, e.g.
fxovg epuirag C.590. dnXvKparrlg epu>g tar av Kai ra Xonra Trpoa/jiaOng P.V.
592. \pi6vpoi rplfioi r tpi>Tb)v S. 1026. 699. Cf. P.V. 376. 794. E.427. '
a longing desire for anything. Ka- 'Ear/a the domestic altar or hearth
kov ipiorog ap\av S.c.T. 670. evicXdag of a house, where the household gods
ipiog E.827. ipiog irarpyag yijg A. 526. were worshipped, iiog av a'LOn wvp k(f
ipiog alfiaroXoixog. A. 1457. With eariag kfiijg "AiyiaOog A. 1410. h.e.
infin. ruiv a' ipiog i\cl rv\tiv S. 516. whilst he resides in my house, npoa-
'ipiogwodelv a firj Xfi'l A. 332. Tpoiratog eariag A. 1569. a suppliant
'Epiorav to ask. S.c.T. 164. P.V. at the hearth. Siop.aririv eariav
226. kpiorrjaai P.284. og epioripg f S. A. 942. adipjxavrov iariav Sofiiov
856. in loc. corr. C.620. a neglected hearth, ra fxev
'Ef. See tic- yap eariag fieaofi<j>dXov earnnev rfin
'Eaayeiv see dadyetv. fifjXa irpbg atyayrjv rrvpog A. 1026.
Eaavayxa^eiv see etaavayKaeiv. The constr. here is rather obscure.
'Eafialveiv see elafiaiveiv, Klaus, takes eariag fieaofi<f>aXov as
'EaelSeiv see elaelSeiv. genitives of place, coll. II. ix. 219.
'Eaepxcadai see daepxeaOai. . lev roi^pv rov eripoto, and refers to
'Ear/Ketv see dar/Keiv. Bernhardy, Synt. iii. 33, who thus
"Eadeiv to eat, A. 1579. explains it. Butler governs these
"EaQnfia a garment, P. 822. S.c.T. words by a<j>ayrjv wvpog, but neither
259. A.548. E.982. arifiiav kaOnfid- of these methods appears satisfactory.
 E2TI ( 143 )
It is better to constr. ra iarlag pta-
ofi<j>a\ov fifjXa h.e. the sheep belong
ing to, or devoted to the altar.By
synecdoche, the whole house. a<p' tariac
avOtig P. 849. moving from home, ra
(car' o"ikov t<f tariag a^jj A. 415. pri
vate calamities. <3 awrrjpte tariae xa-
rpog C.262. orav a<f tariac fxvaoq irav
tXaan id. 960. lui iravoi^vQ taria id.
48.the altar or hearth of any god or
goddess, ttrrias Ottiv S.c.T.257. taria
6tov $otflov E. 272. torias aprjc irtXac
id. 418. (5ti>fx6v, tariav ^Oovoe S.367.
the public altar. On C.1039. see
ifianog.
'Eanov\oe containing a hearth,
domestic, ianov\ov yaiav P. 503. the
land of our hearths, i. e. our home.
'Ea%apa an altar or hearth-place.
itr-)(upa.v 4>o/j3ou P. 201. ia\apa irvp6c
E. 109. ta\apaig Xinapodpovotai id.
775.
"Ea-^arog extreme, farthest. P.V.
417.669. iaxarn x^ovog id. 848. at the
extremity of the earth.
"Eau> within. arti\tiv iaia C.547.
t(Tu> naptXdiiv id. 836. iaia KaOnpivn
id. 906. iipivag 'taw 908. With gen.
'taw ptXadpwv C . 779. iaw irvXwv S.C.T.
539. tab) ipptvwv \iyovaa A, 1022.
speaking within her comprehension.
This expression is obscure. Dind.
considers the verse corrupt. In A.
1316. &iaoi TriirXnypai Kaipiav nXny^v
tail), Blomf. appears right in observ
ing, " miserabiliter friget istud iaw."
He reads /, KtirXriypai' Kaipiav S.1004.'still, besides. &wai, in A.
irXnyrjv e^w. See his note on A,
358.
"Eawdt v within, ol r iawdt Sw/jarwv
nXovToyadrj pv)(6v vopitrt C.789.
within the mind, inwardly, P. 11.
A. 964.
"Erapos a companion, P. 949.
"Ertwg lasting a gear. <f>povpag
trtiag ftiJKog A. 2. See prJKog.
'ErtoKXirie prop. name. S.c.T.6.
'ErtdicXttg id. 39. contr. 'ErtonXtig id.
490. 'ErtonXta id. 998.
'EtiokXos prop. name. S.c.T.440.
'ErepaXc/jc yielding the victory to
the other party, i.e. to the enemy,
ETOI
P. 913. Butler compares Irtpwpwvog
arpar6g S.c.T. 154.
'Ertpop'ptirrie inclining alternately
to each side, yielding to both parties
their due, S.397.
"Ertpog another, C.398. irtpov
IkeIvov E. 168. in loc. dub. See Ixti-
vog.strange, unusual, dvaiav trt-
pav, &vop6v nv aSatrov A. 147. See
aXXoc.to trtpov or dartpov one of
two, P.V. 869. Oaripw id. 750. the
other, or second. liavXov dartpov ku>-
Xov A. 335. the second part of the
liavXog. See liavXog.
'ErtpoijMdvos speaking another lan
guage, i.e. foreign, S.C.T. 154.
"Erne a citizen, S.244.
'Errirvpog true, real, P. 723. P.V.
598. C.936.
'Ernrvpwg really, truly, S.718. A.
161.464.668.1269. E.466.
"En yet, as yet, still, e.g. rov iXXti-
kovt in iifinQ aicpalag S.C.T.10- Cf. P.
340.801. A. 105. C. 744. 1022.1051. vvv
in A. 792. S.C.T.690. even yet.
With future time, yet, still, after
wards, iji firjv in Ztvg, Kaiirtp avdaSng
<f>ptvwv, iarai rairtivog P.V.909. Cf.
507. S.c.T. 142. P.774. A. 1404. 1651.
C.336. E.798.any longer, ri ovvir
av aalvoifitv oXidpiov fiopov ; S.c.T.
686. Cf. E.499. S. 787.With nega
tives, no more, ovltv tpirol'wv in
P.V. 13. ovk in no longer P.V.777.
1082. P. 399. 41 1.577. 583. A. 525. C.
864.1046.1058. E.686. S.765. pr/h" in
1245. once more, riv ovv ir aXXov
TTJh't irpoandy araati C.112. Cf. id.
433. S. 214.256. 313. With comp. afl-
Xov av ooi rovS' ir aXylw Trupoi P.V.
936. still more painful. Cf 989. S.c.T.
208. P. 430.
"Eroipog ready, willing, prepared,
A. 816. compar. C. 441. tori is often
omitted with irotpog. irpog xapSia
ipofiog ith'tiv trotpog C. 1021. Cf. A.
765. In A. 303. roioiB' iroipoi Xap-
iraSr](j>6pii>v vopoi, iroipoi is a correc
tion of Stanley and Heath for irvpoi.
So Farn. Schiitz corrects roioilt rot
pot, which has been adopted by Glasg.
 ETOI ( 144 )
Blomf. Dind. If eroipoi be correct,
the construction is rotoiS' eroifioi
(Jiaav)\ajjwaZrj^6pii>v vofioih.e. such
appointed successions of torch-bearers
{stood) prepared (to fulfil theiroffice).
'Ero(/iwc readily, willingly, S.75.
"Eroc a year, A. 40. StKarip <piyyei
rjSS' trove A. 490. h.e. ipeyyei rovZt
StKarov trove A. 490. in the light of
this tenth year.
"Ervfioe true, certain, S.c.T. 82.
P.V.293. E.473.
'JLrvfiue truly, really, S.c.T. 901.
i>e ervfiiae E.506. in very truth.
El well, tl yap tin A.210. it would
be well, ev rovro C.114. that is right,
rt ruivl' tl id.334. rag' tl id. 811. tl ra
riiiv tyyiopiuiv S.595. it is all well as
regards the natives, to tv A. 120. 137.
154.340. that whichisgood. irdayti-v
tv to receive benefits, P. V. 978. E. 830.
cZ dpav to confer benefits, E.830. iroi-
e~iv tv id. E.87.tv irpaaotiv to fare
well, to prosper, S.c.T.74.77.797. P.
208.847. A. 1178. 1304. C. 1040. tl piirti
Otoe S.c.T.21. inclines the scale in our
favour, tv reXeiv intrans. to come to a
good issue, P.221. id. trans, to bring to
agood issue, S.c.T.35. A. 780. With
ace. tv Xeytiv to speak well of. A.
433. KKvtiv tli to have a fine charac
ter, A.455. but tv Kkvtiv to listenfavour-
dbly, S. 73. 166. tv irpairiduiv Xaj(6vra
A. 370. endowed well with understand
ing. Cf. tv TTpawidoiv o'iaKa vifitov id.
780. tv tilivai to know well, S.cT.
357. P.169.207. 423.427.770. A.908. tl
ti,tiriarafiai A.812. tv ^vvrvyovruiv
S.c.T. 256. if things fall out well. j3iov
tv Kvpnaag S.c.T.681. if you retain
life from honourable motives. This
(which is Schiitz's interp.) is better
than that of the Schol. rbv filov tl
iaae.tv weaovra A. 32. havingfal tion and orthography of the word
len well. Met. from a game of dice.
tl irpbe tv ipavtiai irpoadnKn wtXoi A.
486. may there be a good addition
to these already favourable appear-
ances, to Stivbv tl kcu tfiptviiiv irrl-
OKOirov KaOij/xtvov E.492. duly sit
ting and controlling the thoughts, ye-
voito tv S.449. may it turn out well.
EYAr
tv peovra irpofcvov 486. one whose
speech flows courteously . Here Pors.
reads evptdivra, which is certainly
very probable, as explained by Words
worth, qui benignus et misericors in
ventus est. tl dapativ to be of good
courage, S.993. tii <j>poviiv to be well
disposed, tl (ppovtiv ifioi A. 1411. tl
yap (ppovovyroe bfifia aov Karr}yopil A.
262. id. to feel delight, a.XX' r) <ppovtle
tv roiai vvv riyytXfitvoie C.763. to be
wise, i.q. typovtiv. Ktpdiarov tl <ppo-
vovvra fir) SoKtiv (ppovtiv P.V.385.
With other verbs, etc. roi,ov tl irv-
KatZov S.c.T. 134. tl tyvKaKTtov id. 481.
tv iiroiiiKti P. 648. See i<fioSovv. dtovg
irpocrenrtlv tv A. 344. tl vtv aaitd-
aaade 510. tv iriirpaKTai 537. tii fiaQtiv
570. tl fieveT.621. tl Xiyti 1160. S.495.
tv KtuXavfitvov C.676. tl Ktlfitva 682.
tv fiaio/xivoie IStiv 775. tl aviStiv 796.
tv wpfiTifXtvoe 929. tl irporioiv 516.
tv KarayvbHrOrj 543. tl KtKaofitvov
736. tv aijiovree 973. tl TtXevrr)ati
S.208. tl r iwtfixptv, ev rt Sta<r8(o
\8ovl 216. ei vucq. 230. tl arvyhaae
523. tv vifiotro 655. tl Kartppivqfiivove
728. tv Kara<r)(tdwv 1051. el aacjiwe
very distinctly, P. 770. C.195. On
this last see aa<pa. dein tl TravaXr)8G>e
S. 80. in loc. dub.
Eua an exclamation, according to
some readings, in locc. dubb. 111. 123.
EvdyytXoe bringing a good mes
sage, A. 21. 256. 463. inspired by a
good message. tvdyytXoi iXiriSee A.
253. with gen. irpayfiarbiv evayytXov
ou)rnpit>>v A. 633. bringing good tidings
of safety.
E&ayijc. tZpav yap el\e iravrbc
tvayrj trtparov P. 458. This clearly
means, a seat commanding a view of
the whole army. About the deriva
opinions differ. The Scholiast's ex
planation, odev ih'vvaTO KoXHe aytiv
rbv 6(pBaXp.bv iravra^pv /cat fiXeiretv
is clearly inadmissible. He also ex
plains it to mean nadapav, Kt-^bipia-
fievnv, and lastly by avya&vra koX
op&vra, which latter interpretation, as
Dind. observes, belongs to another
 EYAr ( 145 )
adjective, tiiavyr/e, which Heinsterh.
wishes to restore in Eur. Suppl.652,
where evayij is commonly read. The
word occurs likewise in Bacch.6G0.
where Musg. conj. evavytus- The
most probable derivation is suggested
by Elmsl. on Uacch.660. who refers
to a passage in Bekk. Anecd. Gr. p.
337. 'Ayi'/c' tovto euro ovvQetov tcara-
Xci-n-tTai tov evayrle rj iravayiiQ. 'Efi-
TrtdoKXije' itOpei fitv yap avatcrog ivav-
tiov ayia kvkXov. Here, as he ob
serves, the meaning can hardly be
other than the bright disc of the sun.
If then evayrfQ mean clear, bright, it
is not difficult to conceive that it may
also (such clearness being an essen
tial requisite) mean affording a clear
prospect. Such is substantially Pas-
sow's explanation, who, however,
seems to derive it from ayog. This
would seem also to be the opinion
of the lexicographers, (vid. Hesych.
Suid. Phot.) but most probably there
may have been two different roots,
with a derivative similar in sound,
but separate in meaning.
EiidyKaXos easy to carry, P.V. 350.
Evaiiav happy, fitorov Evaiuva P.
697.
Evukoe'iv (f) to hear well (?) In
loc. dub. S. 112. See kovve'iv.
Evavlpog prosperous as to men, E.
985.
livapKTOQ tractable, P. 189.
Evftarog easy to pass, u/3aroc tte-
pav P.V. 720.
EvflovXla prudence, P.V. 1037. 1040.
ovk tb(lovX(<f. P. 735. ignorantly.
EvfiovXiog prudently, vulg. r\v yap
EvfiovXidQ t^aiy C.685. Here Pors.
reads tii/3d\wc. So Blomf. Dind.
The justness of this correction can
hardly be questioned. The absence
of Orestes being due originally not
to his own prudence, but to the care
of others, is much more naturally as
cribed to his good fortune than to his
own evftovXta. Neither is the phrase
ivfiovXajc e\eiv in itself without sus
picion.
M'vyivtia nobility of birth, P. 434.
EYES
Evytvfc noble, P.690. S.c.T.391.
A. 1232.
EvyXwooog eloquent. EvyXitooa
typevi S.756.
Elypa a prayer, S.c.T. 249. P.V.
586. C.456.
EvSaipwv happy, prosperous, P.
754. P.V.650. A.516. 1277. C.689.
EvSaKpvroe fit to be mourned, C.
179.
EvSeiv to sleep, E.47. 94. 104.136.
675. fut. EvSfiaovai A. 328. Met. to
lie calm, evte ttovtoc ev pEOnpfiptyaXc
Koirais evSoi A. 552.
EvBeutvos feasting splendidly, irap
evSeittvoic ion aripoQ C.477. An epi
thet of the dead, to whom sacrifices
are offered by the living. Blomf. in
his Gloss, less correctly refers this
to a noiu. cucii7ri'ah.e. " sacrificium
apud Athenienses celebratum, in ho-
norem defunctorum," quoting Hesy-
chius. evZeiitvoiq here refers to those
who received the sacrifice, not to the
sacrifice itself.
EvTinXog manifest. EvSnXa yap P.
970. for it is manifest.
Ebola a calm, S.c.T. 777.
EvSoki/joc illustrious, P. 843.
Ei}2oo glorious, C.302.
Ei/tcipoe sittingon a fair seat, S.c.T.
93.301. an epithet of the gods.
Eveii)iis, beauteous, P. 316.
EvEipuiy well-clothed, P. 177.
Eii\7r( of good hope. EveXitis Eifti
ae ioyyoEiv P.V. 507. / hope that,
etc.
Eiit'JoSoc having easy egress, kori
h' ovk eve^oZov P. 674. it is not easy
to get out. Stanley compares Theocr.
xii. 19. uveZ.oc'ov e\q 'A^fpoira Catull.
iii. 12. lllnc unde negant redire quen-
quam. Virg. JE. vi. \26.facilis descen
sus Averni, sed revocare gradum su-
perasque evadere ad auras, hoc opus,
hie labor est.
EvtpyEreiy to do good to, E.695.
EvEpw'ie well-fenced, or guarded,
S.933.
Eveotio prosperity, tv eveotoi <plXn
S.c.T. 169. A. 903. y^aipovoav eveotoi
koXiv A. 033.
u
 EYiie ( 146 )
EvnOla folly, P.V.383.
EvTjXiwc with thefair sunlight, E.866.
EtiTJper/uoe well adapted to the oar.
UKaX/xov >< !-><j> evriperfiov P. 368.
EvOapaelv to be of good cheer,
S.c.T.34. (?) Here Turn. Glasg. tl
QaooeiTE, which Dipd. prefers. See
Valck. on Phoen. v. 1331.
TLvdaparje of good cheer, S.947. tl
iravra 2' &e irpaaooifi &v, EvOaperi}
kyii A. 904. sc. tlfit. On the con
struction el irpao-aoifi ai>, see under
av. Blomf. from Earn, reads &vev
daptrovs.
EvOapo-tSc cheerfully, confidently,
S.246.
EvOeveIv to be prosperous, abun
dant, E. 855. 868. Cf. 904. in loc. duh.
and see ayav.
JLvOetoq well-formed, convenient,
S.C.T.624. (tkoZov ye[ii<v XifinraQ
evOetov A. 432. well arranged in the
urn, Stanl. conj. evOetovc. So Blomf.
Dind. correctly.
TLvdrjjxtov nicely-arranging. Stofia-
tuiv evOrifiovee C.82. keeping the house
in order.
BvOfiparog easy tobe comprehended,
S.81.
Evdvri<Ttfio giving an easy death,
alfxariov evOvnaifiwv airoppvEvraiv A.
1266.
EvOotvoc giving a splendid feast.
evOoivov yspae C. 255. the honour of
a splendid feast, Cf.v.476. seqq.
BvdvSiKoe righteous, A. 739. tvdv-
Sikcu E.302. as from a nom. evOvSUnt.
HereHerm.for the sake of the metre,
restores evOvc'Ikchoi.
VJudvjxog cheering, S.937.
EvOv/jitoe cheerfully, A. 1574.
EvQvveiv [w] to guide, P.V.287.
EiifWoe a judge, or censor, P. 814.
E.263.
Et/Ovvrqp a regulator, o'iaicos ev-
Ovvriipog vararov ve&>q S.698. guiding
the ships behind.
TLvOvvrfiptoe that which guides, or
regulates. aKrfKTpov tvOvvriipiovP. 750.
the controlling sceptre.
EvOvTropCiv to move straight for
wards, A.977.
EYAA
EuOirc adv. immediately, P.V.676.
P. 353. 400. A. 884. ivOvs adj. upright,
just. Kpivt evdclav Siicnv E.4.11. j>as*
a righteous sentence.
Mvdv<j>ptov kind, right-minded, E.
987.992.
Et/icXtfc glorious, E. 980. honour
able, superl. C.300. yooQ evkKetiq Kpo-
odol'ofxoiG 'Arptidais C.318. a lament
in honour of the Atridce.
EifcXf/a glory, good report, C.344.
E.824. H,vv eIikXei^ S.952. with good
report, kcmcuv 2e Kala-)(pG>v ov tiv ev-
(cXa'av epEiQ S.c.T.667. See ipCiv.
EicXewe honourably, P.320. A. 1276.
TLvKoirdfinTtQ prudently counselling
for the common good, S.681.
Evicoflfjuoc well-ordered, ovk evko-
cr/iov vyr\v P.473. a disorderly flight.
EvKpaipos fair-horned, S.296.
EvKpirog easy to decide, ovk ei>Kpi-
rov to Kplfia S. 392.
EuKpwrroe easy to conceal, A. 609.
Ei/KraToe sought, or invoked in
prayer, Trarpbg evKralav Eptvvvy
S.C.T.705. EVKralav xP"' A. 1360.
expressed in prayer. Trarpodev EVKraia
tpariQ S.C.T.823. ehicrala sc. <(?rr/
prayers, S.626.
TLvKTiavog wealthy, P. 866.
EvkvkXoe round, P.V.712. S.c.T.
572. Aid. Turn. Vict, and most MSS.
read it in S.c.T. 624. but evOetov
Regg. A.B. Seld. Rob.
Ei/Xa/3f(a caution. ovSe top opdoh'ai}
tS>v <j>8ifxivii>v avayEiv Zeve avr eirav-
oev hr EvkajiEiq. yt A. 994. " Versus
ineptissime interpolatus." Dind. The
sense is sufficiently clear, sc. nor
would Jupiter (if it were allowable
for the dead to be raised) have checked,
by way of security, him (sc. iEscu-
lapius) who was skilled in recalling
(mortals) from the tomb. Thus
much seems evident, viz. 1. that the
particle oIte is corrupt (avr Eiravo
Fl. T.), unless, with Bothe, we take it
to mean " vicissim, quia lapsus Jupiter
lseserit ^isculapium ;" 2. that or is
wanting to complete the construction
with tVauo-tv (so Scaliger, Herm.);
and 3. that the words e-k EvXapEiq. ye
 EYAO ( 147 )
(one MS. omits ye) are an interpola
tion. One MS. for these words has
(it a.(3Xa(3e(q, which certainly seems
better to accord with the words of
the Scholiast, sc. tov 'AcrKXywwv Ik-
epavvwaev avaaTriaavTa tov IttitoXv-
tov, Start fir\ pXafiijvai. But whether
we read one or the other, it must be
admitted that the phrase eir a/3Xa-
fieiq is harsh and obscure, and eir'
evXafletq unpoetical. Possibly some
thing like the following' may be the
true explanation:ett afiXafielq is
susceptible of two meanings, either
as referring to the state of the dead
restored to their vital powers (so
Blomf. Well, the latter of whom
translates most inaccurately, quomi-
nus aliquem ad integritatem redu
ceret), or to the security which Jupi
ter wished to obtain for his own laws
by checking their infringement. The
same ambiguity attaches to the words
of the Scholiast, although an accu
rate consideration will refer the
words wore fir) fiXafirjvai to the object
of Jupiter, rather than to the result
in the case of Hippolytus. Possibly
then some one, wishing to remove
the ambiguity from the Scholiast's
explanation, added the words lir ev-
Xafieiq ye, as a further gloss on ware
fit) ftXafifivai, and this having some
how once crept into the text, another
hand may have corrected e-K afiXa-
j3eiq in order to bring it, as was con
ceived, into accordance with the
words of the Scholiast.
EvXoyelv to extol. evXoyelv iroXiv
A. 566.
EiiXoyoc reasonable, fair, P. 816.
EvXoywQ reasonably, with justice,
S.586. S.C.T.490. evXoywg eirwvvfiov
S.249. called as it was meet they
should be. So in S.47. upon which
see under eiruivvftia.
Evfiadt)g easy to understand, E.
420.
Evfiapnc easy, S.334. A. 1299.
Rifiapig a shoe, P. 651.
Ei/^e>'?';c kind, favourable, well-
disposed, P. 171. A. 502. 854. S.513.
EY57E
669.of things inanimate, evfievel
wedu S.c.T.17. the kindly soil. oXo-
Xvyfidv lepov ebfievri S.c.T. 250. ev/xe-
ve~i irSra) P.479. evfievel fiiq S.1053.
gentle violence.Coiupar. C. 692. E.
744. S.483. superl. A.1427.
Ebfievurg kindly, A.926.
Extfierpog well measured, or calcu
lated, otyevc'ovag air evfierpov A. 982.
by a well measured, or moderate
cast. " Quum quis non plura ejicit
quam ad navem levandam ejici opor-
tet." Dind.
Evfir)xavog well able to effect, E.
359.
Eifioipog prosperous in its lot, hap
py, ebfioipov xOovoq E.850.
Ev/xop(j>ia a favorable appearance,
P.V. 493.
Evfiop<j>og beautiful, A. 405. eifiop-
<j>ov Kparoq C. 483. evfiop<pot irapdevwv
)(XtSal S.981. Otiicag evfiop<poi Kari-
\ovcri A. 442. beautiful in death.
Ebvalog belonging to the bed. ev-
valog yafiog S.327. the marriage bed.
TLvvcurrriptov a bed, P. 156.
EtiWj a couch, A. 13.27. 1609. evvfjg
TrapoxpuivTifia 1421. See avOog E.208.
pi. S. 134. A. 1165. periphr. XUrpwv
evvag P.536.a tent, evvai r\aav Sniwv
irpog relyeai A. 545.denoting the
state of death. evOa a eypvaiv tvvai
C. 316. where you repose in death.
Evvrireipa a female bedfellow, a
wife, P. 153. Dor. Xt^ewv Atoe evva-
retpav P.V. 898. the companion of th e
bed of Jupiter.
Evvfirnp a husband, Dor. P. 134.
Euci/rwp id. Dor. S.657.
Evvtg bereaved P. 281. C.783. With
gen. evviv alerov irarpog C.245.
Evvoia kindness, kind intention.
!>v diStax evvotav P.V. 444. virii ev-
voiag C. 844. tear evvotav <f>peviZv S.
918. if their minds be agreeable, eir'
evvoia yBovog S.c.T.998. on account
of his good will to the country.fa
vour, rote r\aaoatv irag nc evvoiag
^t'pttS.484. TrpotTTarripiag 'AprefuSog
ebvotaifTi S.c.T. 432.
Etii'ovc well-affected, kind, P. 222.
Etici'oe hospitable, C.701.
 Evsrv ( 148 )
Evvju/3\tjroc easy to guess at, P.V.
777.
Euti/)/3o\os facilitating inter
course, or commerce. t,ivoiai r iv,vp.-
ft<i\ovQ SIkuc lirep irrjjxaTiav 2i2oiv
S.682. give them satisfaction on equi
table terms. easy to guess at. ev,vp-
floXov rd?' i art iravri %o,aoai C. 168.
ILvopiciDfia a sacred oath, C-888.
Eiopcwc consistently with an oath.
raS' cbofiKWQ tj(t C.273. this is con
sistent with the oath.
Eu7ra\a/xoc clever, dextrous, thira-
\apov fxipipvav A. 1613.
Eifl-arwp born of a good father, P.
931.
Eti7m0^e persuasive, easily con
vincing, S.618. A.265. C.257.obe
dient, with dat. E. 793.
ILvnijiirtKog easy to be dismissed,
i^ovai polpav ova evirifXTreXov E.454.
they are of a sort not easy to dis
miss. See ZvoiriifiavTOQ.
Eiirtrijc easy, nimble. k-panrv<p
iroSl TrriirjfiaTOQ einrereos avaoatav ;
P. 96. see under avdiaauv, where,
for the vulg. avaoawv, is preferred
the reading of Brunck from Turn.
avqoowv. Wordsworth, however, in
Phil. Mus. quoted by Dind. defends
the vulg. with some probability,
comparing Eur. Ion. 1049. Ag. 526.
(529.Well.) C. l70.(l86.Well.) S.c.T.
27. Eur. Tel.2. to t tnrtiv evirtTtQ
fivaayfxa triag S.973. it is easy to call
them a nuisance, constr. to t ilirely
(fcVov) pvaayfia, evkitis ntoe tori.
evTrerij rah"* id. 989. all this is fair
and easy.
Einrtraic easily , favorably, C. 1043.
ivTTirwQ tytiv A. 538. to be in a fa
vourable state.
JLvTridric easy to be persuaded, P.V.
333.persuasive. OapaoQ eWtOt'c A.
955.
EvttXoici a favorable voyage, tv-
irXoiap iTrpaav S. 1030.
JLviroKoe well-fleeced, A. 1390.
JLvwo/j.Tros conductingfavorably, iv-
Kofnrtj) rv\n E.93. with successful
conduct.
Evwopoc easy of passage, S.465.
Evnp
EviroT/ioc happy, A.237.
ESttoj-o!,- good to drink, P. 603. P.V.
679.814.
Evirpa&a prosperity, S.c.T. 206.
EuTrpafre id. A. 245.
Ei<7rpt7ria "J" \iVoc x' 6p.pa.Tiav al-
paroQ, tvirpiiraav tutov A. 1403. So
vulg. That this is corrupt is evi
dent, as well from the metre as the
sense. Farn has ev irpiirct. Cant,
conj. ifiTrpiirti arltrov. This is a-
dopted by Blomf. Herm. ip.Trpirtiv,
which Dind. adopts, reading in the
next line (ititov for ariirov. If this
be correct, the infin. epnpiiruv must
depend on iirt^iaiverai sc. your blood
thirsty mind is mad enough to think
that the clot of blood appearing on
your face will be unavenged : but
still, etc.
Eu7rp7r^c seemly, proper, P. 819.
comp. C.653. conspicuous S.c.T. 89.
superl. P. 180. Here K7rp7r<rrttra
is the vulg. and probably the true
reading. See under tKirptirriQ.
EvTrpeirToe conspicuous, S.703.
Eu7rpir<5c suitably, aptly, A. 602.
.vwpoati>Tr6KOiTOQ. See tvirpooiairoQ.
Evirpoaunroefair, favorable. rv)(a 3'
tVTTpoai)TTIf KOlT< to irav iSiiv itKovaat
dptofiivoic fieToiKofiofitov iriaovvrai
iraXiv C.963. seqq. This is clearly
corrupt : Hermann, by an ingenious
emendation, conj. tmrpoaiovoKoiTi}.
The position of a die in falling ap
pears to have been called koity),
hence Tv\n evTrpoowiroicoiToc a lucky
posture of affairs. For pcToiKoho/xwv
we must read fitToUoi idfitov with Sca-
liger. (See Schol ) The words Ih'civ
aKovaai dpeopivoit are corrupt : the
simplest conjecture appears Stanley's
sc. ideiv aKovaai 0' hpivoiQ. The
reading will then be tv\o 2 tvirpon-
tOTrOKOlTq to Trav \ ISciv cucovaai ff
'ufllVOlQ I fllTOlKOt hofxtov irtOOVVTO.1
7rd\ii' h.e. and by a favorable turn
of affairs, the intruders in our home
will experience a reverse, to us long
ing to behold and hear the whole, to
nav may also be taken adverbially :
Schiitz transl., retaining Opiopivois,
 EYfTP
qui jam se omnia (sc. mala) vidisse
et audivisse querebantur. The latter
words are correctly explained by the
Scholiast, ol vvv rove Sopovc oikovv-
TEQ TTEOOVVTai t'lQ TO 'iflTToXlV
irpitrrie rvxns- Several other expla
nations have been proposed by the
ingenuity of critics, but none appear
certain. Blomf. reads tvx>), making
it a verb governed by orav in the
preceding sentence.
E{mpvfivi'iQ well guided, steered
well, Eimpvpvij tppivos X"P'V S 967.
the well-directed, or sincere kindness
of soul. Butler observes, " wpvpvn
est puppis in qua gubernaculum, quo
ipsa navis flectitur. Inde metapho-
rice eiiwpvfivfiQ (fipcvbc X"P'C est pro-
pensam animi benevolentiam." He
also well explains the whole passage.
Heec igitur cum consecuti sumus (ra
ther, estis) oolite propensum in vos
Argivorum animum, eumque habete
me ipso, patre vestro, honoratiorem.
The vulg. reading here is rvy^avov-
rae o-e(}eo-6e, where Stanley conj.
rvy\avovTOQ (sc. ipov). Butler rvy-
XavovTEQ. Since, however, Phil.
Guelph. Aid. Rob. have atfitoQat
this reading perhaps deserves the
preference. The construction will
then be the same as in yvjxvbv o-ttei-
pEiv, yvpvbv 2e (IowteXv Hes. Op. et
Di.39l. On this use of the accus.
see Matth. Gr. Gr.546. See toioo-Ze.
"Evpliroc the Euripus, A. 283.
"Ewpie quick-scented, A. 1064.
TLvpioKEiv to find, to discover. "Apa
(ppovovat (see <j>povE7v) yXuatTne aya-
Oiji b$bv tvpiaKEi ; E. 944. Here Rob.
has EvplaKEie which Herm. Schutz,
Butler, unnecessarily adopt. Mi
nerva speaks of the Furies in the third
person, as in vv.910.949. EvploKuiv S.
896. EvpTiou) C.565. EvprjOiiQ E.C65.
Evpr\UEi P.V.924. Evpr\oopEv 15.82. i>-
pricrETE S.931. Evpriaovai S. 727. EvpE
P.V.466. S.C.T.191. iriKpav ircae t^bc
Tifiwplav kKeivSiv 'Adnvwv EvpE P. 466.
he found the avenging of Athens a
bitter matter. Dind. rjiipE. Evpoi A.
592. Dind. is wrong in translating
( 149 ) EV2T
this inventurum esse, as if it were the
opt. in oratio obliqua. The passage
in Soph. Phil. 617. is wholly different.
Wellauer rightly explains, utinam
Ttje celeriter veniat, ut inveniat.EvpwpEv
S.490. tvpE'iv P.V.59.473.579. Evpwv
P.V.249.579. EvpovTEC P.362. Mid.
v. to obtain for oneself, to get. pvrip-nv
EvptT kv Xiraie S.267. avrbc Evpbfinv
7rovovQ P.V. 267. /xeXeovs davdrovQ
Evpovro S.C.T.861. fioipav EvpET aa<pa-
\ij A. 1570. Dind. j/upero, -nvpovro
k.t.X. pass. Evpijerdat wiwir eoike Tcnyri
iraoiv EvptjaOai (piXoig P. 729.
EvpoE~iv to proceed favourably, P.
593.
Eupoc width, irvpyoQ iv Evpci S.c.T.
745. the width of a tower.
Eupturopoc having wide tracks.
EvpvKopoio OaXdaarfQ P. 108.
JLvpvg wide, ibjiiimr tv avpcuf; S.
849. in the wide air, at the mercy of
the winds.
Ei/p<ijr7j Europe, prop. name. Eu-
pwirne keIov P. 736. Europe. Evpunrng
atro 785.
EborEJ3eta piety, religion, S.c.T.326.
Eio-E/taf to worship, A. 329. On
S. 833. see citietoq.
Eii<rt/3ije pious, righteous. tii<7/3r/
aviip S.C.T. 584.592. A.363. S.414.
EvoEJ3r)e Xoyos S.919. irpbe vp&e evoe-
(ir)Q id. 335. dealing piously with you.
ravra povariv EvaEfirj OeHv irdpa ; C.
120. sc. cute'iv, are these things proper
subjects of supplication from the gods ?
Compar. C. 139.
Evanpoe conspicuous, A. 792. Ev<rn-
pov ov pE XavOavEi S. 695. i. e. Evanpov
ov. See Wellauer's note on A.101.
Herm. on Soph. Ant. 467. Wunderlich
Obss. Critt. p. 100. See also under
tyaivEiv.
EiWoiroc aiming well, C.683.
EuoraXije well equipped, expedi
tious, P.781.
EvaTopE~iv to use fair words (i.q.
Evarop cveiv Soph. Phil. 201.) rl viv
irpoaEiTrio, Kav tv^w paX Evaropoiv;
C.991. what must I call it, though I
should use ever so mild expressions ?
For Kav Pors. reads Kai, which Blomf.
 EYTA ( 150 )
less correctly adopts, translating it
Quo nomine hoc compellabo, et simul
a vero nomine non aberrabo. This,
however, is not the meaning of tv-
(TTOfitly.
Ei/ra/o-oe well arranged, P. 391.
Eurt when.with indic.ofpast time,
e.g.evd'b yvpaiog Aaptioc apx X"*Pa
P.840. Cf. S.C.T.727. A.181.959.
With the subj. and av, in present
or future time, evr ay ?xw tvvfiv A.
12. whenever I occupy my couch, evr
av iriidnrai fivdov C. 732. when he
shall have heard the tale. Cf. P. 226.
356. av is omitted, S.c.T.320. evre
iroXig Zajxaadi).With the opt. in
frequentative sense, elre vovrog evSoi
A. 551. whenever the sea was calm. In
A. 411. fiarav yap, evr ay ea&Xa rig
Sokwv bpav, irapaXKd^atra Sta \epG>v
fieflaicev otptg, Heath, Schutz, and
Blomf. understand earl after fiarav,
and join elr av (iejSaKe, making <5o-
k&v the nom. absolute. This, how
ever, since evr av absolutely requires
the subjunctive, cannot possibly be
correct. Another way is, with
Wellauer, to suppose an ellipsis of
the verb substantive ^ with the par
ticiple SokZv, so that it is equivalent
to Boktj. As instances of this, cf.
Soph. Aj.871. rigrbv h)fi60vfj.ov, e"i
irodi irXa6p.evov Xevatrwv, airvoi ;
Eur. El. 538. ovk etrriv, ei koI yrjv
KaaiyvvTOg /wXiov, KepiciSog orip yvoing
av eZtyaofia (rfjg ; and Pind. Ol.ll.
56. ti be fiiv i%<ov rig, olbev to fieXXov.
Scholefield reads Sok&v 6p<f, which
he translates " in fancy sees." Dind.
considers the verse corrupt.
ILvriKvog happy in offspring, S.
272.
EtirtX^c mean, vile, S.c.T.473.
EvrXrifiwv bold, \pvxVS ei/rXvfiovi
loir, P. 28.
ivToXfiog id. A. 1275.
TwToXfxtog boldly, A. 1271.
EvrpuTrefag having a good table,
A. 235.
T^vTpa<jifig nutritious, C.885.
Evrpetn'/g ready, S.c.T.89.
Eurpt7r^iv to get ready, A. 1636.
EYTY
Evrpe<pvs nutritious, C.885. superl.
S.c.T.288.
EvrvKog ready, willing, S.951.972.
Evtv-^eIv to prosper. o>g noXtg ev-
TVXV S.c.T.609. that the city may
prosper. aXX' tvrvyplng C.1059. may
God speed you! raXX' evrvxoifiev irpbg
Oewv 'OXvfnriwv S. 992. cvT\r)(iiv S.C.T.
399.404.463.607. to evrvx^v C.67.
prosperity. evrv^pvvTog S.c.T.347.
rbv ivTV\ovvTa A. 807. evTv\ovvra
A. 1300.
JLvTvxfis prosperous, happy, A. 20.
S.937. iiri>x iroTfia P. 695. in happy
destiny. In P.V. 1059. it S' evrvxv ri
XaX$ fiavi&v; the reading is cor
rupt, it g' evrvxv is the reading of
Turn. Vict. So Glasg. ei tovo" ev
rvxv Med. i rah" arvxv Guelph.
i Se rab' evrvxv Vienn. quatuor.
Some others read el rab' evrvxv
elra b' evrvxv' b' evrvxei. All
these readings violate both the sense
and the metre. The conjectures
proposed are scarcely more satisfac
tory. j be rah" arvxv Cant, ei b' ev-
rvxolv Pauw, supposing that the
diphthong oi could be made short
before the vowel j). h 2' evrvxiv
Stanl. ( b' evrvxtw sc. eari Morell.
Heath agrees with Cant, el be
rah" arvxel Brunck. quum tanto pre-
matur infortunio, quid de insania
remittit ? So Schutz. Hermann
Obss. Critt. c.3. conj. ri rab' vrvx^V,
ri xa^-9 pavi&v ; quid his perterritus
est ? quid de insania remittit ? coll.
Horn. II. f. 468. This Butler ap
proves, having himself conjectured
ft h" ev rah" f'x" * * * * supposing ri
Xa^p fiaviSiv to have arisen from a
gloss on the former line : he also
conj. &>g b' ovk arvxvc, ri Xa^-V r1*1'
vitiv ; Blomf. adopts a conj. of Pors.
ei yu;S' arvx&v n Xa^? p.aviG>v i.e.
si ne quum ausis quidem exciderit,
etc. Well. prop, el rrjbe rixy ri Xa^-9
jxaviiov, considering ri; as equivalent
to nihil. Dindorf s conj. (which
comes nearest the reading of Med.)
j; rovbe rvxv> appears the simplest
and best. He observes " rovbe prop
 EYTY ( 151 )
terea est necessarium, quia ab sen-
tentia communi, quae praecedentibus
versibus continetur, ad Promethei
fortunam, cui nihil ad mentis aliena-
tionem deesse ait, orationem deflectit
Mercurius." The change of EI into
H is extremely simple, and might
easily have occurred in the MSS.
Ewrvxoie happily, ovk evtvx<0> un-
happily. ovfiaK'evTv^weP. 317.973. id.
JLixpeyyije bright, exnptyytjc ISeiv
P. 379.
Evtyr/fiEiv to use words of good
omen. Ev<j>npEirE E. 988. 991.to cry or
sound joyfully. EvtynpovvTEQ A. 582.
oXoXvypov EV(pnpovvTa A. 28. KiXaSoe
fio\Trt)ddv Ev<p{ipn<TE P. 381. Here i\v-
^ij^r/frtBr. Dind.pass, to be received
with words of good omen. Ev<j>ripov E'in
ToZiros ev(j>rifiovjj.vri S.207. do thou, as
thou art received with well-omened
words, use such thyself.
Ev<priiM>Q of good omen, S.507. ev-
(pijpov EwtfiyEV 675. yXSxxtrav EV<prjpov
(j>EpEiv C.574. Evtynpov Koipnaov aropa
A. 1220. i.e. Kolpnaov &ote Evip-qpov
eIvcli. suited for such words, happy,
auspicious. Evfnpov fipap A. 622.
lLv<prifih> with words of good omen,
E.277.
JLvcpdoyyoe sounding cheerfully,
compar. C.337.
~Ev<j>iXrie beloved, A. 35.loving.
With gen. irolpvris roiavrne ovris ev-
(ptXrls Oeuiv E.188.
TLv<plXr)To<; dear. av wot EixpiXriTav
e6ov S.c.T. 103. which thou once
heldest dear to thyself.
TLvtyiXvKaiQ loved by children, A.
703.
Ev^dprjros well to be endured. Si>pa-
aiv EV(j>6pt]Tov C.848. a thing which
your family might have borne with.
TLvtypaivEiv to cheer, gladden, S.
510. EvtypavEl voov C.731.
Ew^povjj night, A. 508. rrjg wapoStv
EvippovriQ P. 176. in the preceding
night, kixt Ev<j>p6vnv 217. by night.
eioq yivoiro pnrpde tvtypovng trapa A.
256. a proverbial expression. Cf.270.
iraoas EV(pp6vag P.V.653. every night.
Eixf>p6vo>g kindly, by gentle means,
ETXE
A. 823. (Here the comma should be
placed after (cecutec rather than after
Ev<f>p6v<D. See Elberling, Obss. in
Ag.) P. 823.wisely, EvtypovwQ Xe-
yEie A. 342.
EiKppoaivn cheerfulness, delight, pi.
P.V.537.
Evtypiav kind, favorable, P. 619. A.
254. C.107. E.946.984. S.19.631. 1017.
EV(ppovoEtch'tavoia A. 771. pleasing,
cheering. Evtppwv tl ttovoq ev teXe-
aaai A. 780. (Dind. omits tic with
one MS.) Cf. A. 1559. S. 529. 950.
easy to understand, etff eI^e (j><ovi)v
Evippova C.I93. (See Eptyptav.) wise,
sound-minded, Oeoq yap ovk rlx^npEv,
i>Q EiKpptov E(pv P. 758. sc. Cyrus.
sensible, befitting, ttwq EiKppov e'ittw ;
C. 86. ovo av rdS' v<j>pov raah" drt-
paaai Xit&s S.373. On E.602. see
afiEiViOV.
Ev<j>vXa.KTog easy to be guarded, S.
976.
Ev<jxovog speaking agreeably, A.
1159.
EvxoXkoq made of good brass, P.
448. S.c.T. 441.
Eu^etpwroc easy to be overcome,
P. 444.
Ev^fpEta facility of action, license
of conduct. iravTCLQ iiSn rdS' spyov
Eh)(Ep(q ovvappooEi fipoTovg E.471.
this deed (going unpunished) will
inspire all men with a readiness in
the commission of crime.
~Evy(Eo-da.i to pray, with inf. evx~
fiai A. 970. evxov C.210. evxe<t0e
S.c.T. 198. EvxofJtEda S.660. with ace.
to pray for. evxov ra KpEiaaui S.c.T.
248. fiirpiov E7ro evxov S. 1045. offer
a moderate prayer. with dat.topray
to. OeoJq EvE,ao0ai P. 514. 'ApyEiotaiv
EvxE(rdat S.958. with dat. and infin.
Evxofiai yrj ttjSerovvEipov Eivai te-
X<r<popov C.533. Absolutely.;-' evxeto
XtrattrtP. 490. part. eu^ojueVoioou'eXOoj
C.458. in answer to our prayers. to
vow. with inf. e{/o> OeoIc SEiaae av
JcT ep^eiv to.Se A. 907. with ace. woX-
X<Dv waTriafxov EipaTwv av Ev^apr/v.
to boast, with inf. tLq av vairo fipoT&v
aaivE~i iaipovi <pvvai ; A. 1314. Here
 EVXII ( 152 ) EflES

Cant. conj. Wc av ovk. Pors. We av referring it simply to the present con

oZv. The latter is most consistent test of Orestes with iEgisthus and
with the sense of the passage; but Clytaemnestra : for as regards these,
Blomf. prefers the former. Si dc Orestes was not an 'itpEc'poc, as he
rot yivog ev^o/xeO' Etvat yac airb raah' himself was going to engage at first
'ivoiKot S.531. the infin. is sometimes in the contest. Neither can Schole-
omitted. "EMac t ctfi(j>i iropov irXarvv field's explanation of povog wv i<j>i-
Evyopivat (iroAfie) P. 854. SC. tlvat. Spog, nullum habens assessorem, pos
Here the vulg is E\6fiEvat, violating sibly be admitted. It seems that
both the sense and the metre. av\6- Orestes is called ifeSpoe in respect
fievai Regg. B. C. F. H. K. Guelph. of the former quarrel between Aga
Rob. So Brunck, Schiitz, Herm. memnon and his murderers, which
Passow, but avxpfiai is not Greek. quarrel Orestes was now about to
ip-XPfitvai Colb. 1. ip\6fievoi M. 1 v.l. avenge, as the t^topoe or champion
in Reg. B. Blomf.has ap-%6fiivai from of his father.
conjecture. But cv^o/jtcvat is found 'Efi^Eadat to sit upon, with ace.
in Med. Reg. A Colb. 2. M.2. which A. 650. E.424.
Well, rightly adopts. Cf. 6 Aloe irop- 'Entirety to govern, or manage, P.
ne Evy(Erat fioog S.309. sc. tivai or 38. aor.2. iravT etceotte Sv<r<j>p6vu>g id.
t/>vvat. yivog ii/xETEpovt Eirtirvotas 544. managed all things ill. On the
Aids ehy(6fiEvov S. 18. sc. tlvat. form EiriairE, and similar Ionisms,
Evxv a prayer, S.c.T.801. A. 223. in the tragic writers, see Lobeck on
947. C. 124. 140. 147.211. E.1.20. S. Aj.v.805. Mid. v. E<pEWE<rOai to fol
621.644.691.1058. x<* TeXeafopovQ low, or attend to. 2. aor. /8oi/X>j irt-
C.211. effectual prayers. <pavaicu> o" vftfi EirtcririaOai narpos
Einpv)(ia courage, P. 318. E.590.
TZv\pi>xos bold, P. 386. 'JfyipTTEiv to come upon, to attack.
Ei/wc'i/e sweet-scented, P. 609. A. E<f>Ep\pEi E. 477. E<f>EpirET<i> id. 903. with
583. ace. E.304.
JLvwvvfiOs left. St Evuivvptov Ttrvfi- 'E<f>(7Tios at the altar, attaching to
fiivot S.c.T.870. pierced through the the altar. icjiEariw fitaafiart E. 162.
left side, or heart.inauspicious, as Kat wws ; roS' elfti Ovparwv E(j>Eariti)v
opposed to otijide P.V. 488. A. 1283. This may be read either with
'EfairrEadatto lay violent hands on. the interrogation after tto>c or after
Srjptc pvaitav E(/>aipETai S.407. E(j>E<Triii>y. In the former case, the
'E^a7rm>p one who touches, S. 308. Chorus, from the manner of Cas
830. one who lays violent hands on. sandra, catches a dim perception of
pvaitov l(j>aiTTopEQ S.709. her meaning, and alludes to the
"Etfiaipte a touching, S.45. The murder, which it apprehends, from
words ti, lirnrvoias Zvvde i<pa\piv her words, may actually then be
seem here to be in apposition with taking place within the house. But
iTopriv and \vtv : the abstr. being how ? this (sc. your expression) sa
also put for the concrete. See lirai- vours of domestic slaughter. This is
vv^ila. much stronger than the meaning
"EfeBpoe one who sits by to await given by some who place the inter
the issue of a combat, and then rogation at the end, and translate,
challenges the conqueror, an antago and how can such a smell arise
nist in reserve. TotavZt Ttaknv fiovoQ from the domestic sacrifices ? or
&v uj)(.c()0 SttradtQ fxiWet 6eTo again, retaining the former punc
'Optarnc aipEtv C.853. Commenta tuation, How so ? 'tis merely a smell
tors appear to have mistaken the from sacrifices within the house.
force of (.(ptipor in this passage, by sitting at an altar as a suppliant.
 E*ET
With gen. Sufiuy t<perrrwQ t^uiSc E.
547.639. S.360. 498. Wellaucr and
some others read ifiariov from
Aid. Med. Guelph. Rob. in C.1034.
where the vulg. is t<f karlav.
This, however, requires a somewhat
unusual ellipsis of o&ov with aXknv.
Blomf. more properly retains the
vulg.domestic, residing in a house.
With gen. vovoi idfuav iibitmot.
having an altar or hearth, Bopovg
itpcariove S.C.T.73. A. 825.
'E<pirn<; an officer, P. 79.
'E<f>eTfii'i a charge or commission,
S.203. C.298.674. E 232.
'E<pn(3av to arrive at manhood,
S.c.T.647.
'E^>j;\oui' to fasten with nails, pass.
i<j>r]\iOTat S.922.
'E^r/fiepioQ mortal, P.V.546.
'Eiphfitpoc id. P. V. 83.253. 947.
'E<p{]fxio<; "f" rapaaaiov <f>poijiioiQ e<j>n-
ftlois A. 1189. The word iipnfiloiQ is
corrupt. Several conjectures have
been proposed, e.g. eixpriplotc J.Cas,
eixpri/xioig Stanl. ItyvixvloiQ Jacob. The
word is evidently derived from an
error of the copyist, who had his
eye upon itynpivovQ in the next verse.
It is probable that some adjective
agreeing with tbpoijxioiQ is lost, but, as
it is impossible to restore it without
further aid from MSS., the verse
had better be read arpo/iti, rapaaaiov
litfimfiuilr * * * OIQ
'Expijadai to sit by, or near, E.599.
with dat. dofxoic i<jnifivovc A. 1190.
ktynptvovQ raipio C.494. with ace.
ppirac ruvfiov l<jifu)>to E.387.
'E^itVcu to inflict upon, tikvoiq
apaiaq ityfJKtv ettikotovq rpoipaq S.c.T.
768. irdi'T k<pif<Ti0 popov E.478. / will
suffer to he inflicted every kind of
destruction.mid. v. to order, give
cliarge. liriaroXac & "oi irarrip tyuro
P.V.4. tig fyieaai P.224. with inf. ovh'
i<f tariav txKXnv rpairiaQai Aortas
i<pliTO C.1035.
'E^x'fciv to sit upon or rest. /Bapuc
IfLZii S.638.
'Eipiptpoc to be desired, C.827.
'JL<pi<TTat>ai to set or place over.
( 153 ) EtfOA
with dat. A. 1175. S.299. mid. v. to
stand by, iipiaraTai S.c.T. 520.
'EtpoBeieiv to lead the way, act as
a guide. ro7a<f e<po$tvaai i<poSn\ri-
roiaiv aySxri C.717. See vvy_wc.
'Eifiohovv to lead upon a journey or
expedition. tirtX arparov evtTroBwKei P.
648. after he had happily led the army
on its errand. liroSwicei may be Ionic
for t<piali>t:u plusq. perf. of l<poe'ovv.
The only various reading is M. 1.
EirtoStoKEi. The objections to the vul-
gate offered by Critics are three:
first, that such an Ionism as tiroBi'oKei
for eipoiSitKei is inadmissible ; second
ly, that if it were not, the verb l<po-
Sovv occurs no where else; and lastly,
the hiatus in cv. To the first objec
tion it may be replied, that in this
very chorus we have, in v. 639. dvifp
with the penult, long as in Homer.
eaicev for 7jy 648. ai elided in s%t<p
Bivrai 665. according to the Epic
usage, and, if the reading be correct,
ev in the arsis with hiatus, as in
HvXrjiaStio 'A\iKifOQ. So in v. 544.
we have eirecnrc from etpiiru), etc.
These instances may, perhaps, ex
plain the appearance of the Ionic
change of <p into ir. (See Greg. Cor.
p. 399. ed. Schaf. and Lobeck on
Soph. Aj. 805. who gives other ex
amples of Ionism from the Attic
writers.) In the next place, iipoBovv,
though not elsewhere found, is sup
ported by the analogy of the active
verb evoBovv Soph. (Ed. C. 1437. where
see Hermann's note. We have also
<f>o$evtv in C.717. but with a dif
ferent construction. Lastly, the
hiatus in el is not inadmissible in a
chorus like this, where the epic usage
appears to be much imitated. We
may perhaps conclude therefore, that
it is safer to retain the vulg. than
either to correct emoSuiaevviith Blomf.
or '<po>c'u>Kei with Butler. Wellauer's
observation, that it is remarkable
that both the explanation of the
Schol. 'idvvt i/i'iox", and the gloss
in Reg. 15. lili'iyet, have the imper
fect, (by which probably he means
x
 E*OA ( 154 ) EXEI

that tTrohwKei is the imperfect also), C.474. Trap lavrip i\u>v P.V. 187.
is not much to the purpose. The im holding in his own hands. wqpaTtav
perfect is not necessary here, the tw jrdcia e^ei 264. is out of harm's
meauing being, " he used to be called way. aavTov ekttociov iyuiv 344. keep
(imp.), nay, he was (imp.) 8aopi]oriop, ing out of the way. ptp\pti> ovtiv av-
after that he had conducted the army Opojirois 'i-)(U)v 443. having no ground
well." of complaint against men. a&av rpt-
"EfoSog an attack, E.353. fli))' e'x 042. it is worth while. eet
'E^oXkoc lagging, prolix. e(j>o\k6q nvoaQ 802. will live, (pdovov crwpa-
iv Xoyw H. 197. tedious in speech. Tuv tfci OtoQ 861. will grudge them
'E<j>opeveiv to look upon, regard their persons. See aSipa and <f>66vos.
with kindness or favour, S. 622.662. &pay expvra S.c.T.13. in the prime of
to rule over, administer. With gen. life. See i^nfioc- i%ct irarptgtav Suipd-
)(6)pa e<popcveiv P. 7. ciXX' aWa 2' T0>v eirtorpoipas 630. will be a resident
ifopevei E. 504. which Butler ex in his father's halls. exeiy ^opov P.
plains, omni quod moderatum ac mo 708. to obtain a passage, faXijv t'x"'
dicum est, principatum Deus dare A. 651. to encounter a storm. /3Xa/3ac
solet : alia vero quae immoderata et t'xw A. 863. / experience hurts. Cf.
nimia sunt, aliter, h.e. non benigno E. 766. e\eiv apag A. 1387. to incur
lumine inspicit. Wakefield's trans a curse, tpvyrtv iyovre iopiav C. 252.
lation is, alia quidem aliter Deus banished from their homes. t\ti St-
aspicit, h.e. serius ocius,lenius mitius, Ktjv 984. is punished. iZpav i\oy-
poenas infligit sceleratis. This is ra E. 41. sitting. Cf. Opovovg XCIV
better. S.205. e^o) pEyiarrjy a'iriav Kiivwv
'EtyoppaivEiv to rush upon. KipKov v7ro E.99. I am severely blamed by
irrtpote [(poppaivovra P. 204. them, airiav &' e\u> tov if>6vov 549. /
'EtpoppaaOai id. ityoppndivTEq P. am accused of the murder, ioprije
454. aripynOp' t\ovaai 183. having a love
"'Expopog a president, or ruler, S. for. iyovoa rijs Si'kjjg 7-t'Xoe 699. ob
659. orparidc i<popoi P. 25. taining the decision of the cause, icvpi
'EQvfivtiv to sing over anything, C. t'xoi'rte 918. having authority. Cf.
380. to pray for in song^ E. 862. ic ovk 'i^ovai Kvpos ovitv ap<j>l oov
iraiav' Efiipyovv P. 385. raised the S.386. 'Lyu>v -Ka\ivTpo7rov bi^/iv S. 164.
song ofthepeean. averting his eyes. /3porwv \6yov ovk
"EyEiv * have, hold, occupy, or eo-^ev obSiva P.V. 232. he made no
possess, e.g. <p\oyo)7rov irvp Zyovo account of them.to preside over, as
f'jiilfifjHit P.V. 253. iKeTriplas iypv- a tutelar god. Hpopioc *xl Tv x**'/00*'
aat dia xp<5v S. 190. ihpav tl-^e P. E.24. Oeovc ol yav typvai S.685.
458. Tpoiav 'A^moi i\ovoi A. 311. to hold, confine, or check, htfa a
Cf. P.V.81. 185. 315.417. 468. 489. 492. Eypvoiv Evvai C.316. rovQ h' aKparrog
569.933. S.C.T.67. 177.336.369.414. e'x vuijid.63.with part. 'EXXijffxov-
455.468.493.504.511.519.624.800.928. rov fi\moE ayi]aEiv piovra P. 732. that
1021.1056. P. 189.589.750.771. A. 12. he should stop it flowing, with infin.
171.322.534.568.659.805.965.1016.1028. ipofiot to inf SikeIv cry(fi<TEi E.662. will
1121. 1125. 1195. 1237. 1261. 1556. 1612. restrain from injustice.to bear, en
C. 162. 193. 236. 255. 275. 316. 346. 553. dure, ov ovrtg av Sopoe *X' '""
749. 751. 852. 942. 1012. E. 8.43.82. 155. 6p6(ftti)v piaivovra S.637. to affect,
219. 248. 262. 374. 454. 544. 570. 672. 746. possess. <po(3oc p' e'x A. 1216. fear
774. 800. 852. S. 102. 268.329. 420. 452. possesses me. Cf.P.737. C.746. S.374.
724.744.853.964.975. t'x" te\oq P.V. 516.717. alvoc ttoKiv rf/ydE e\etw S.
13. has its completion, epov yjytiav 1003. let it be praised.to have at
eIel 169. will have need of me. Cf. one's disposal, to be able to produce,
 EX EI ( 155 ) Exep
or say. Xeyoig ov, Art Twvi' exol tum interdum significats/tam esse.ad-
vireprepov C.103. Cf.767.with infill. jacere, Xen. Anab vii.8." This may
to be able, to have it in one's power be very true, but since in S.259. we
to know how. Kovlev avreiweiv i-)((i> appear to have the substantive Ttepa
P.V.51. Cf. P.V.472. 588. 686.822. A. CAttic yap eXdiov eic trepag NaiurttK-
158. C. 197.257.511. S. 372. with in riag, although here it must be al
terrogative, in the same sense, ovh lowed that the readings differ) in the
e\t>) ti <p& C.89. nor can I tell what sense of the country opposite, it may
I must say. oveS' iyui rig av yevoipav be better, with Blomfield, to under
P.V.907. in the infinitive, preceded stand it as meaning, occupying the
by another verb. oLcoc virapxei rUvSe region over against Chalcis. In A.
t'xv A. 936. sc. &BTt 'ixtlv- fi^0- 358. Aidg nXayav ixv<rtv el-ireiv.
ovpov apapevov ayog 'i^eiy E.161. wapeari tovto y IXix^evaai, Blomf.
fit) riXeov (Sovreg i\Eiv S. 74. tovto places a full stop after exovaiv, and
Xa^oj fiiavrata poip' eireKXuyaev Efi- joins eiireiv with 3pe<TTl. This,
ireltag 'i\eiv E.321. to denote con however, although good in itself,
dition or circumstance, itot apufi Xi- requires the arbitrary change of
rav e%opev ; when shall we engage in y k^ixvevaai into Ka^ix^evirai. "
prayer ? ovS' t-^ei fiiHrog irpog X(f" may be better, either to take eiireiv
r^yujj E.423. pollution attaches not to by itself as a qualifying word, so to
mine hand. On A. 183. see below. speak, (Cf. rirpiOTai diKrvov TrXeti)
With adverbs. <Jg' eXei S.c.T.207. Xeyeiv A. 842.), or to join eiireiv with
it is thus. P. 335. 710. 1379. 1646. C. e'xoim, h.e. they may say that they
514. tub? exovan S.c.T.894. they are are struck by Jove. On the expres
thus. ovrwg t\11 C.446. a>g ovriog sion wXnyi)v t'xw, see under 'lau> and
hyj)VTu>v T&vSe S. 166. &g (%%' %6v- 7r\j/y>;. see also Blomf. not. in loc.
t(ov A. 1366. iSowep 'i-^ei A. 1144. execrdai mid. v. to grasp, to cling to.
irS>Q i\u C.858. KaXSig i\u S.c.T. aKfiafai flperiiDv t'xtffOcu S.c.T. 95. it
781. KaXuig t\ov A.820. evner&g 'i\eiv is time to embrace the images. So in
A. 538. avayicaltog ex0'' C.237. apn- A. 1644. el Be roi pox^v yevoiro
X&vtoQ ej( 402. trvynoXXwg exElv 535. twvS' &Xig y, exoipeff av h.e. we
evfiovXwg exwv C.685, (Al. evfloXug. would eagerly grasp at it, namely, at
see ebflovXiog.) irayicaiciog f'x" 729, the completion of our series of mis
apKOvvrug t'x 879. evopKwg e'xfi 973. fortunes. See &Xiq.
ZiKaliog 'ixELV E.419. In A. 449. ex^pa 'Exevnig detaining the ships, exev-
S' txovrag eicpv\pev. Schiitz, Blomf. rji'ag cnrXoiag A. 145.
and some others understand dr/icag 'ExOaipetv to hate, S.c.T.484. P.V.
with ixovraQ. Stanl. however, whom 977. TJxOnpev P.758. exOypeie S.482.
Butler follows, more rightly appears pass. exOaiperai C.239. with dat. el
to understand it to mean conquerors, trot re xai deolaiv exOatpoiaro S. 735.
h.e. although conquerors. It alludes "Ex6W to hate. pass. v. exOecrQai
to those who, during the war, had to be hateful, with dat. A. 406.
fallen at Troy and been buried there, "Ex^oj hatred, S.c.T.920. <3 TrXe~i<j-
and who now virtually were con tov exOog P. 276. object of direst
querors, although themselves deceas hatred, koivov exOog C.99. a common
ed, and buried in the enemy's coun feeling of hatred, t'x^' evvaiwv ya-
try. In A. 183. XaXiciSog irepav ixwv putv S.327.
iraXippoOoiQ ev 'AvXidog rvvoig, Schiitz "Ex^pa enmity. Kar exdpav S.331.
takes exd>y intransitively in the sense from feelings of enmity, eig txOpav
of being, tarrying, observing " exeiv /3aXn P.V. 388. Tvpbg aXXiiXovg t'x-
est habitare, aliquo loco degere, com- dpai 490.
morari, ut exelv ae urbibus usurpa- 'Ex8p6evog inhospitable, cruel to
 exgp ( 156 )
strangers, S.c.T.588.603. with dat.
iyBpoi,tvov vavrnai P.V.729.
'E^Spos hostile, hateful, S.c.T. 505.
851. A. 145-2. C. 196.307.987. E.897.
i\8pa se. yij A. 442. the enemy s coun
try, n. pi. lxPa hostilities, A. 1347.
an enemy, rbv Aioe ij(6p6v P.V.
120. Cf. 1044. S.C.T. 499.657. A. 1620.
C. 121 . iydpoi enemies. rHv Aioc f-X~
Opuiv P.V. 67. Cf. P.V. 158.980.1044.
S.C.T. 237. 265. 287. 449. 1000. P.320.
443.991. A. 1245. 1298.1347. C.171.453.
606.779.889.940. E.700. S. 222. 986.
ixOpoiig rove ifiovQ P.V. 866. my ene
mies, Cf. 975. iyBpolai toiq oo'iq E. 66.
compar. ^0<W rvyjn P. 430. S.506.
superl. tX0toro S.c.T.540. P.V. 47.
A. 636.
"EXiSva a viper, S.873. C.247.988.
Za\n a storm, or whirlwind, P.V.
371. A. 642. KUfiaroe a\qv t'xetc A.
651. to encounter a storm at sea.
Zaw\ndrie very abundant. air\n6rj
yzveiada P.308.
Zcnrvpoe very fiery, P.V. 1086.
Zelv to boil. Met. to rage, vvv c
k'n e( sc. daifiojv S.c.T. 690.
Ztvykn a horse-collar, P.V.461.
Zcvyviivai to yoke, favyvvtri P. 187.
'(evfa A. 1624. tftvZa P.V. 460. fu-
ytVra C.784. Met. fcvxOtie A. 816.
yoked, h.e. united, A. 816. nn\ava~iQ
i^ev^ev "EXXtjc napO/iov P. 708. con
nected it by a bridge of boats.
Zevyoe a pair of horses, etc. yoked
together. Met. a pair of men. fcvyos
'ArpetdHv A. 44. the two Atridae.
Ztvurlipiov neut. of prec. a yoke,
A. 515.
Ztvurripwe capable of yoking, or
uniting. yt<pvpav cv Svdlv favtcrnptav
P. 722. a connecting bridge (placed)
on the two (continents), h.e. connect
ing the two continents. Here Marg.
Ask. has yalv Svoiv, which Well,
commends, ralv St/olc Blomf. See
Wo.
Zt ue Jupiter, P.V. 150. etc. Aide
ZYTO
'E^wpoc strong, secure, P. 89. i-Xft-
poie Blomf. Well, from Colb.l. Aid.
Turn.
'Ejjoc of the morning, ira-^v-nv kijav
P.V. 25. the morning frost.
"Ewe the morning or dawn, ?ws
yivoiro finrpos ev<pp6vr)g irapa A. 256.
"Ewe until, with indie, in past time
twe KtXaivije vvktos ofifx a(j>ei\ero P.
419. Cf. 456. with conj. and av of
future time, ?we av ii,iKn Kwrajiaafiov
P.V.812. until you come to. so long
as, tvhilst. with indie, of past time,
?we iXtvirtrig abyag fiXiov P. 696.
of present time, ewe er' e/xfpwv el/ji
C. 1022. with conj. and av of fat. time,
ifwe av a'idn irvp A. 1410. so long as
he shall kindle the fire, etc.
z
P.V. 10, etc. ZtjioQ P.V.358.etc. Znvi
P.V. 218. etc. &ia P.V.339.etc. Zijva
P.V.541.otc. Zcv P.524. etc. w Zei
is generally now read in the corrupt
passage S.153. a Zav, 'love tw Bam
berger. Dind.
ZltpvpoQ the west wind.
ZnXovv to envy, esteem enviable,
P.V.330. P. 698.
Zrjpla harm or loss, P.V. 382. pe
nalty or punishment, P.V. 329. C. 1028.
airoxpnuaTOtai %-njiiaiQ C. 273. the spo
liation of his property. See aTro\pi]-
/J.aTO.
Zrjv to live, fjje E.574. t?je C.354.
riv P.V.748. wVC. 1039. E. 294. w<ra
d.913. S.109. S.c.T.1025. wvroe A.
616.817. E.254. wira S.C.T. 619. A.
57.663. C.873.892. E.256. fwow E.
574. to Zfjv life, tov Zvv a7rtaripr)(Tt
P.V. 684.Met. to be fierce, or vigo
rous. arje OveWai w<n A. 793.
Znre'iv to seek. Zhrti P.V. 262.316.
778.
Zd^ioe darkness, P. 825.
Zvyov a yoke, P. 192. (vyo'iai P.V.
460. the beam of a balance, S. 802.
Met. the yoke of slavery, A. 1011.
1041. dovXuov '(vyov S.C.T. 453.775.
 zrro ( 157 )
BovXio) fvyii A. 927. 1199. Cvyoioi Sov-
Xeiotai A. 75. t^vyov aXicac P.586. the
yoke of sovereign power. Referring
to the bridge of boats connecting two
continents, as by a yoke, P.50.72.
See t^evyvvvai, ^evUTijptog.
Zuydc the centre of a vessel, where
the rowers of the second order (u-
yirat)sat, A.16I1. Schol. AristRan.
1 106. quoted by Blomf. dpavTrai, ol
irpoQ rr)v irpvpvav. fvy/rije, 6 fieaog.
daXafxlrric, b irpoQ wpoipay. Blomfield
also well observes that by ruic eni
i^vym fiopoe are here understood, Cly-
"H or, a disjunctive particle, used
to express an alternative, e.g. aKover
i) ovk aKovere; S.c.T.96. do ye hear,
or do ye not . hear ? dloprov, j) fipo-
tuov, P.V.767. divine, or mortal"! Cf.
P.V. 118.663.821. S.c.T. 91. 224.587.
601.619.809. P. 144. 244.344.346.416.
701.705.931. A. 16.466.551. 613.616.
747.1381. C.14.118. 314.992.1005.1070.
E. 284.489.716.717. S.114.125. 331.775.
repeated e. g. deoavrog, j) fiporeiog, rj
ntKpaphn ; P.V.I 16. Cf. id. 583. S.c.T.
184. A. 1167. C.9194. E.849.S.245.
J) mi or else, C.566. S.74.it is
placed before the former member
also, either or. rj KrjpvS, rig r) irpea-
(ivQ S.708. either some herald, or
some ambassador. Cf. P.V.165. S.c.T.
46. S.434. */ i) /ecu. eitheror else,
S.c.T. 459. repeated more than
once, ij Tie 'AttoXXwv, r) Hdv, if
Zeve A. 55. Cf. E.260. with rot in
the first clause, calling attention
more strongly to this alternative.
i) rol rig eeKXe\pev, ?i t,r\Tr\aaro A.
648. either he stole away, or etc. Cf.
A. 823. C.490. With change of sub
ject, or of construction, vvv yap
fiiXXovm ~njx.il Koira.i>u>v i) itavv
Ofiaeiv 'Ayapefivovitov o'Lkoiv oXtdpov
i) Trip Kai <jiwr tir eXtvOepiq. Saiwv
ap\ag re noXwaovofiovQ ti,ei (sc.
'OjMonjc). C.848. So perhaps id.
195. if ev -u<f rjv i) be correctly
ir
tsemnestra and ./Egisthus, who were
now in power upon the death of
Agamemnon, although before second
to him in rank. " Erant igitur senes
daXafitoi, iEgisthus et Clytaemnestra
Zvyirai, Agamemnon dpavirris."
Zwi) life, fwd Dor. S.c.T.921.
ZiavT) a girdle, C.986. E.578. S.
452.
Zwirvpelv to kindle, inflame. <inrv-
povai rapj3oe S.c.T.270. excite alarm.
pass. (lOTrvpovfiivaQ (ppevog A. 1004.
ZuiijivTog life-producing, nourish
ing, ^ixpvroy aipa S.837.
H
read by Wellauer for the unintel
ligible vulg. ev tTcupnvij. Dind. J)
-a<f r\v fioi. Cf. P.V. 328. C.832.
The latter clause is omitted by apo-
siopesis in A. 484. aXX' rj to \alpetv
paXXov eicfia^ei Xeywv tov txvriov
Be Toiah' airoaripyio Xoyov. re sup
plies the place of the second i) in
E.498. rig rj woXig flporog 0' 6po(a>g
tr av aefioi Siicav ; what city, or what
mortal, etc.With a verb preceding.
whetheror. eiBwfiev r) vwUpev, rj
viKwpeda C.877. let tis see whether
we be conquerors, or conquered. Cf.
P.V. 782. C.745. To this is equiva
lent the construction elj/roi in A.
405. el B' errjrvfjLiae rig older, i) toi
detoy eon pi) xpiiOog ; whether truly,
who knows, or whether of a truth,
etc.With comparatives, than, to
pi) fiadeiv dot Kpeiaaov T) paBelv raSe
P.V.627. not to know is better for
you than to know, Cf. P.V. 292. 336.
753.820.870.940.971. P. 676. 989. A.
366.598.1364. E.408. S.448. with oX-
Xog. We aXXoj ij'yu); P.V. 438. who
else than I? ri B' aXXo y Ti irovoi
ttovwv ; S.c.T. 834. o B' ovBev aXXo
y r} irri]i,ag Befiag irapel^e P.205. See
aXXoe.
'H an affirmative particle, surely,
in truth, e.g. r) fialverai ye A. 1034.
of a truth she is mad, Cf. P.V. 754.
S.C.T. 584. 962. 977. P. 256. 639. 829.
 HBAN ( 158 )
838. A.578. 1225. 1460. C.916. E.34.
106.139.204. S.447. ironically, S.c.T.
562. repeated, fi aoipog, If tro<p6e rjv
P.V.889. ri TpKTKaXfioig t] fiapiaiv 6X6-
fievoi P. 1031. United with other
particles to increase the force of the
asseveration, jy pi'/v, most surely, in
very truth, ij pi)v Kf\Ey<ra> P.V. 73.
Cf. ed. 167.909. S.c.T. 513. ri rot. r\
ray iravuiXttg irayicaicwc r oXoiaro
S.c.T. 534. of a surety they would
perish. n tSijjra. ij Jjjr' av tin Travii-
kii>q iptvSwvvpoe SUn S.c.T. 652. ij ij.
n dij kXvuiv ixtivog tixppavti voov C.
731. 7/ TTOV. Tj 7TOV Tt OtflVOV ttTTIV O
i,vvafiT7i^eiQ P.V.519. / suppose of a
truth it is something, etc.with a\\a
in abrupt addresses, dXX' ij <j>povtie
tv Tolai vvv f/yytXptvoig C.763. well
surely you must be pleased, etc. Cf.
id. 218.764. S.891. as an interro
gative, i\ Of.wfji'iawr rv\aQ ipae a<pl-
ijcu ; P.V. 302. what, art thou come to
see my woes ? Cf. id. 389. 747. 759. 769.
775.976. S.C.T. 165. P. 625.940. A. 260.
916.1086.1180.1335.1339.1523. C.412.
519. E.402.412. 687.909. ^irwc; C.756.
do you ask how ?
'llfiav to he young, or vigorous like
youth, xai p&X' f]/3<ZvTOQ ce Sti C.866.
oapKa Tifluxrav S.c.T.604. vigorous as
a youth's. Cf. iifitivra tvyXiiooip
<j>ptvi S. 756. ready in speech as a
youth. Met. ati yap fifidi role yipov-
aiv tv padtiv A. 570. it is never too
late for old men to learn wisdom.
"H/3)j youth, the vigour of life, or
bloom, P.536. ijflns aKpaiag S.c.T. 11.
the very prime of vigour, i.q. &pa.
ijfiag avOog S.649. the bloom of their
youth. rjXiKee tjfine epvc P. 667. com
panions of my own age. Abstr. for
concr. the young men of a state, A.
109. P. 504. 887. oiav ap' ijfinv Ivppa-
-j(tov cnrwXtira id. 719. what blooming
allies.
'Hye'icrOat to lead the way, S.c.T.
627. P.392. A. 885. with dat. of the
persons led. fiytitrdt ToiirSe ptroiKote
E.964. lead these strangers. pfjT tiros
[u)t tpyov 3>v av fivvajxiQ fjyeiaOai
OiXt) P. 170. i.e. tKtivwv a or tv ole
HAYS
av Stir, fiy. 6iXn, in ivhich my capacity
can guide or assist me. with ace. of
the place, rjytiaOt fiuipovg atmxt&Q
S.494. lead to the altars. to guide,
or suggest, pavrtvopai yap >c av
riyijrat deog E.33. to have supremacy.
Sofiwv Karaitr'xyvTijptTi fiyovpivoig A.
1336.to consider, esteem, P.V. 1057.
C.892. airavraQ IfflpovQ tSiv dtwv
fjyov irXiov C. 889. consider all per
sons (h.e. even a mother) your ene
mies rather than incur the enmity of
the gods (h.e. of Apollo, by disre
garding his oracle).
'Hytpiiv a leader or prince, P.307.
751. A. 177.the leading vessel in a
fleet, S. 703.of the gods, ya rt Kal
aXXoi \doi'i<i>v aytpovte P. 632.
'Hynrt'is id. S.236.
'Hot and, S.c.T. 844. P. 16.21.22.
26. 281. 527. 844. 859. 803. 864. 920. 933.
957. A. 42. C.1021. E. 179.392. On
the use of jjee by the Attic trage
dians, which Valck. on Phoen. 1613.
denies to be lawful, see Pors. Hec.
323.
"HStadai to rejoice, with part. P.V".
760. with inf. E.302.
"HSn already, now, P.V. 405. S.c.T.
22. 59. 359. 482.'684. 864. P. 9. 66. 595.
657. A. 79.326. 1027.1182.1183. C.162.
371. E.559.646. S.268. with impera
tives, or when future or present time
is implied, now, directly, o-v o" avrde
ijSn yvwdi vavKXnpuv iroXiv S.c.T.
632. Cf. A. 1642. C. 11 I.E. 60. 379.644.
ijSn voXtpov aipritrn vtov S.928. Cf.
P.V.913. S.C.T.454. A. 1560. C.506.
E.471.651. S.205. tot Hiln \pv%oQ iv
Sopoie 7rtXei A. 445. tldov ttot >i$n E.
50. / saw once upon a time. tfBr) to.
roue" oil StartTtprjrai Stole;; S.c.T.
1038. has he ever yet been dishonoured
by the gods ?
'RSovn delight, P.V. 634. S.986. P.
827. oiir tpol Xtyttv KaO' fiSovriv P.V.
261. sc. tori, it is no pleasure to me
to tell, xpoiav riva t^ovr av tin Sa(-
jxoaiv TTpbc j/cWi/r P.V. 492. they
would be pleasing to the gods.
'Howe pleasant, P.V. 534. comp.
ijSwv A. 588.
 IIAfiN ( 159 ) HAYS

'llSujvig Thrace, P.487. Efifjg P. 667. ye who once with me were

TH0oc manner, character. aKi-^nra young. Traih'ds <)aX6v ijXaca C.600. a
ijOea P.V. 184. fiXa j/0j P. 640.an torch co-existent with the child.
accustomed place of abode, S.62. 'RXtoKTvirog struck by the sun's
'H'iwv a bank, Dor. A. 1136. ap<j>i rays, S.146.
(rag aiovaQ, "HXioc the sun, P. 22.25.91.228.
"Hkeiv to be come, to be present. 709.798.810. S.C.T.428. P.356.369.
rJKb) aatyij raKeiOev ik arparov (pipuiv 496. 696. A.279.494.5G1.619.644.622.
S.c.T. 40. / am come, etc. Cf. P. 1296. C.980. S. 210. 252. 750. Dor.
678. A.249. C.3.648.825. E.227. fjicus aXivv E.886.
P.V. 299. C.213. iJKu A. 508. 517. 1036. 'HXioerr(/3^c traversed by the sun,
1274.1541. j/ko^ec P.V.I. rJKOvat S.c.T. P.V. 793.
843. P. 502. S.716. Jikov imp. they "HXvaig a coming, A. 243. to 3e
came, P.V.664. ijfa fut. P. 516. C. irpoxXvetv kirtl yivovr av fjXvoig, irpo-
554. E.466. S.707. r/fcte P.V. 1023. XaiptTii) h.e. as for listening for the
rftet id. 103, A. 245. 605.1213. 1253. C. event before hand, since its coming
1016. ijfavart P.V. 860. subj. #oj C. will (in any case) take place, away
814. inf. ijuiv A. 591.838. 8.911. with it. (See the explanation of the
rjfciv S.c.T.427. A.665. part. $kovto. whole passage under abyi}.) There
A.633. flKoiracl608. with ace. without is evidently some gloss crept into
a preposition. T^ete 'YjSptorj/v irora- this verse, as it does not answer to
fiov P.V. 7 19. you will come to the the corresponding verse in the strophe,
river Hybristes. Cf. id. 726. 732.737. TrptTTOvaa 0' <ie tv ypa<j>cug irpoae.vvi-
810. Slit lxa.-)(riQ ij'doi tXovq S.470. / ire.iv. For rfXvaig, which is the read
shall engage in the issue of battle, tie ing of Turn, rj Xvo-ig is read in
apdfiov ifiol Kat (piXornTa jjijfi P.V. Med. Vict. We find also the various
192. will become reconciled to me. readings av r/Xvois Guelph. avnXvotg
"Hkhttu in the least degree. ov% Aid. ctvicXvoiQ Rob. op kXvois (divi-
rJKiara not in the least degree, i.e. sim) Flor. Farn. "H\v<rt is, however,
most, C.114. in all probability genuine. Cf. Eur.
'HXA-rpa C. 16.250. prop. name. Here. Fur. 1041. Hec. 67. Hermann
"HXtKrpai one of the gates of The strikes out eirei yivoir av and reads
bes, S.c.T. 405. to 7TpoKXvciv S' rjXvatv irpo^nipirio.
'HX//3a7-o exceeding high, inacces Elmsley rejects to irpoxXvetv. The
sible, S. 347. On the derivation and conjectures of Pauw, Heath, Schutz
meaning of this word, probably a and others, depart too far from the
shortened form of r/XiroflaToe h. e. vulgate to be worth recording. Pear
insecure as a footing, see Buttm. son conj. iircl ov yevoir av f/ Xvtrie,
Lexil. in voc. Trpo\aipirot. So Blomf. but without
'liXidwc foolish, vain, A. 357. the article. In the absence of fur
'llX&tovv to stupify, P.V. 1063. ther authority from MSS. it is diffi
HXiKia age. H/vS' iiXtKtav taiSovr cult to form any opinion on this
atrrHv P.878. This Schutz properly passage. It seems, however, not
translates, " Labant mihi genua is- easy to conceive how iirei yivoir av,
tam civium cetatem intuenti. Nempe or the slightly corrupt brtyivoir &v,
conspectis Chori senibus tot millia could have crept into the MSS.; and
juvenum robustorum sibi periisse, hence Hermann's emendation be
nee fere quemquam nisi senem supe- comes improbable. From the simi
resse dolet. Male igitur Lat. in- larity of the reading avuXvoig of Hob.
terpres, juventutem civium conside- or av kXvoiq of Flor. Farn. it seems
ranti." as if the word kXvuv might some
"H\i contemporary. ijXiKeg ijfine how have been inserted ; and in order
 HMAP ( 160 )
to make this agree in sense with t>
irpoarivziv in the next line, the copy
ist might have prefixed the preposi
tion to kXvi.iv. It is probahle there
fore, that the true reading is to
piXXov h", iirel yivoir av ijXvorig,
jrpo\atpiToj. This slightly differs
from the strophe, but this (as Schole-
field, who adopts this reading ob
serves) may be obviated by reading
&o-rrtp for <ic. By adopting this, we
also avoid the awkwardness of join-
ing to piXXov with padelv, i.e. justice
brings to those who have suffered, to
know thai which (before) was future,
which is somewhat harsh, though,
perhaps, not wholly objectionable.
THpap a day, S.c.T.21. A. 622.654.
1274.1574. C.603. fyxaroe A. 543.
ijpara P. 421. ijpatri C.259. In a
metaphorical sense, P. 293. A. 874.
to r Ijpap icai tear ev<pp6vnv bpwQ E.
662. by day and by night.
'Hpipa id. P.378.423. A.311.1559.
S. 713. nad' r/pipav daily, P. 827. but
in C.805. Kaff r/pipav by day, opp.
to " by night." iv fjpipa E. 105. id.
ras anaaag iipipag P.V. 753. every
day. kv varipaiaiv y)pipaiQ A. 1651.
in after time.
Ilptpeieiv to pass the day. fyueptv-
ovrag ivovg C.699. having travelled
all day, all day upon the road. Here
fiwepac KeXevOov is not governed by
ilfxeptvovTai; as Blomf. says, but by
to irpotrtyopa. Abresch very properly
compares Eur. Hel.515. ra irpoo<l>opa
Tijs vvv irapovanc Zv/xtyopag alrnao-
pai.
'Hfxepriaiog of the day. hpepfowv
faos A.22. a light like that of day.
'HpcpoXeyo'ov reckoning the days,
P. 63.
"Hficpoc mild, gentle, comp. f/fie-
pi)TipOQ A. 1615.
'RfiepooicoTtoQ watching by day,
S.c.T.66.
'Hpepovv to cultivate, improve, pass.
TiBivTEQ ripepwuivnv E.14. making it
cultivated.
'HfitpixpnvTOQ appearing by day.
ovap ftfitpmpaiTov A. 82. an appari
H11EI
tion by day. See Blomf. Gloss, in
loc.
'Hpirepoe our, S.2. 10.946. S.c.T.
609. E. 353. 932.
Hfmrvshaif. ffuurvs \6yov E.406.
the half of the discussion, only one
side of the case.
"Hv if, P.694. fjv pr, S.c.T.1018.
useless.
'Rvla a rein, P.V. 1012. In P. 189.
iv f/viaitrt ' tlytv eiapierov oropa,
Wellauer objecting to the particle Sc
reads from Med. Regg. C. P. iv hvl-
aioiv elxcv- So Schaf. Melet. Crit.
p. 94. Blomf. iv f/vlaurl r. The vulg.
is correct ; Si does not refer to piv
in v. 188, to which ti in v. 190 an
swers, but merely introduces the sub
ordinate clause.
'Hvwo-TpofoQ regulating the reins.
ilviooTpoipov Spopov C.1018. a race
course. Here, however, there is
evidently something wrong. As the
passage commonly stands (dcrirep Ivv
?7T7rotc fivioorpotyov hpopov iti>ripw.
(j>ipov(Tt yap viKwpevov (j>p(i'E fivrrapic-
roi) it is unintelligible. Pauw re
moves the stop after fijeirtpw and
makes the whole sentence governed
by yap. So Bothe, who reads yvw-
orpofov. This position, however, of
yap is absolutely inadmissible. Wel
lauer proposes tfa vtpSJ, or thinks
that iiiwrepw (sic) may possibly be a
verb formed after the analogy of
vfTTcptiv, wportpiiv and the like. This
appears equally improbable. It seems
difficult to refuse to admit Stanley's
elegant emendation iivioarpotpd, a
word which is found in Eur. Phoan.
176. This is approved by Butler and
adopted by Blomf. Translate, as if
I were along with horses, I am driv
ing off the course. Stanley compares
P.V. 885.
Tllwap the liver, P.V. 1027.as the
seat of violent emotion, Qtyyavti irpoc
rfirap A. 421. Sijypa Xinrne ovc~iv i<f
tjirap TTpoiriKvCiTai A. 766. So C.270.
E.130.
'WirapoytviiQ born on a continent,
P. 42.
 unEi
"Hn-tipoc the continent, P. 704. 723.
P.V.737. E.75.
"Httios mild, P.V.480. In A.1614.
av <T k^opivag r)irioiQ vXayfiaaiv ai,n,
notwithstanding Klausen's forced at
tempt at explanation, j/ttwiq is un
doubtedly corrupt. Two emenda
tions have been proposed, either of
which is not improbable, tixiovq by
Pauw, which Blomf. adopts, ynwtote
by Jacob. Schiitz. Blomf., in adopt
ing the former, remarks. " Scilicet
Orpheus fera corda mansuefecit : tu
vero etiam placida ingenia latratibus
irritas." Well, in preferring vnirioig,
remarks that the opposition which
Blomf. imagines between Orpheus
leading the wild, and the Chorus
exasperating the gentle, does not exist.
Certainly the main stress of the com
parison lies in %ye and ajj sc. in the
drawing, and being drawn. Never
theless the word iravra seems to fa
vour Blomfield's opinion : " he drew
all things (consequently, even the
wildest) by his voice : you, on the
other hand, having exasperated even
the gentle, will be drawn yourself."
The verb kliopivae seems rather to
require something as an object : but
in the absence of further evidence
it is difficult to decide between the
two emendations, though r/iriovs, as
being the least alteration, is, upon
the whole, to be preferred.
TIIp the spring, P.V. 435.
"Hpa Juno, P.V. 594. 603. 708. 902.
S.c.T. 137. S. 288. 293.559. 581 . 1018.
On"Hpacr\i'ac E.205. see rkXetos.
"Hpwe a hero, pi. ijpue A. 502.
7II<t0cu to sit. r\aai E.418. fr-cu C.
385. also r\arai S.c.T. 494. fodat So-
fioie A. 836. to sit at home. fifikvag
tail) C.908. id. Kopv(j>aig kv anpaig
flfiivoq P.V. 366. kv dpovoiQ ijfiivoi C.
609. E.47. fjfikvag kir' k<T)(apa.t 773.
'ixrap ijfttvoi Aii'ir 952. tjficvov avio S.
94. ixviadev iifiivov 592. kir atrwlSoe
iyorcu S.c.T.494. rests, h. e. is depicted
upon, with ace. okXfia otfivov iifikvu>v
A. 176. sitting upon.
'llmovr), prop, name, P.V.558.
( 161 ) ii xci
'UaaaaBau. to be worsted. y\aaufii-
viov S.c.T. 498. the vanquished party.
"lloouiv inferior, S. 200. 484, riaaov
less. ovSkv i\aoov A. 1364. oiiy rjiraov
C.179. oi/8' rjaaov 697. no less.
'HavSovirla. This occurs in a
hopelessly corrupt passage, S.828.
Schiitz conj. jj Bovirlav a eiretra.
Various other conjectures have been
proposed, but no satisfactory light
has yet been thrown upon the pas
sage.
'Ho-vxaeiv to be quiet, P.V. 327.
344.
"Htrv)(pg quiet, gentle, S. 196. h"y\V
<ppEvdv (iami C.445. with a calm
process of the mind. Comp. ra kp.<j>a-
v<3e Trpaaaovaav ijav^airipav E.214.
acting less vigorously or promptly.
'HaOxug calmly, quietly, S.705.
THrop the heart, P. 953.
"Hfaio-TOQ Vulcan, the god of fire,
P.V. 3.367.622. E.13.
'HWri/c sounding. Dor. avkrag
P.V.574.
'H^j; a sound, jjx? iciXaSoe 'E\\j/-
vwv 7rapa fioXirnBov cv^tifinae P. 380.
In this passage, for jj^jj, Pierson on
Maeris, p. 176. proposes to read vx'>
which has been adopted by Brunck,
Glasg. Schiitz, Blomf. So Dind. It
is also found written over fjxv in Reg.
B. M. 2. Butler also approves rixol,
though it is difficult to understand
his reasons. The mention of the
echo in this place would seem unin
telligible. It is the shouting of the
Greeks (not the echo) which is here
referred to, to which shouting avrriX-
aXafcv fixf0 (383). So far then from
iJx< in the latter clause confirming
the conjecture ij^ol in the former, as
Butler observes, it seems plainly to
disprove it. 'Hxj is not put for avv
r/xfj (as Arnaldus proposes to read),
but is the dative used adverbially,
with a shout, as (j>vyrj in P. 384.414.
and in numerous other instances.
'H^w an echo, P. 383. a sound, P.V.
115.133.1034. In S.c.T.898, is com
monly read Si'ifiaiv fiaX' &)(> kir' av-
Toi> irpoirijXTru ca'i/crijp yoog. Here
V
 0AKE ( 162 ) 0AAA

the hiatus in ax&> shows the exist ing from the house attends them, even
ence of some corruption ; and the a piercing cry." Upon the meaning
expression ett' avrovg wpoirifiirti, is of the passage, Butler observes, "Fal-
unintelligible. Schiitz conj. Itivhv so hsec de funere quod ex aadibus
fiaX' aj(ib B' iir' avrolg, valde gra- efferretur Portum intellexisse jam
vem autem sonum super iis emit- monuit Schiitzius. Locus autem
tit luctus. Blomf. a^ V avrovg. facile expedietur, si modo fingas
Lachm. a^av. Elmsl. cf)(a.v eg ovg. dum chorus in fratribus deplorandis
If the preposition be retained, occupatur, clamorem ejulantium ex-
Sehiitz's conj. airro'ig, seems neces audiri ex aedibus. (He then refers
sary. Guelph. however, omits the to similar cases in v.78.seqq. S.814.
preposition. It also inverts the order seqq.) (797. ed.Well.) Heec si ani-
of the words, reading &x>>> fia\' avrovg mo tenes, aperta erunt omnia : modo
$6fJih>v irpoirinirei. This Scholefield per So/xuv a^ intelligas clamorem
adopts, approving also Elmsley's ex aedibus quem propinqui et famuli
proposal to omit irpo in the anti- cient, pronomen & ad typrjv referas, et
strophe. Perhaps this is as satisfac ad ro'tvSe Svdlv avaKTOiv subaudias
tory as anything which has been
proposed. Translate " a loud wail

e
Baicelv to sit, P.V.313. with ace.
to sit upon. OaKovvTi irayKpareig idpag
P.V.389. sitting on the seat of power.
Gcikoc a seat P.V.280. a shrine,
A. 505.
6aXctjU)j7rd\oe a maiden of the bed
chamber, or house-maiden, S.c.T. 341 .
QaXafiog a chamber, or place of
abode, E.958. Met. OaXdfiovg vwo
ym P-616.
Qakaooa the sea, A. 562.637.932.
E.231. P.77.109. 411. (see elvat) 693.
S.256. Met. KdKiov QdXaaaa S.c.T.
740. a sea of troubles. afia\ov Kvjia
BaXdaarric P.93. said of an advancing
host of men.
QaXaaroiog of, or belonging to the
sea. ire^ovg re koi QaXaaaiovg P. 550.
mariner, o-tcviottov QaXaooiov P.V.
364 a strait. daXaaalav voaov P.V.
926. the trident of Neptune.
QaXaaooirXayia-OQ wandering upon
the sea. BaXaootmXayKTa vavriXwv
oxfi/xara P.V. 465. Also as a various
reading in P. 299. See seq.
OaXaaaonXrjKTOQ beaten by the sea.
Qa.Xa.oo(mXr)KTOv vrjaov Alavrog iroXe"i.
P. 299. This is the reading of the
bestMSS. QaXa.ao6vXa.KTOv. Barocc.
M.l. Lambeth. Reg. P. and written
overinM.2. OaXacro-oirXayKrovliegg.
C.H.var.lect.ap. Turn, which Blomf.
suspects to have been the original
reading. Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 598,
where Salamis is called aXi-rrXayicTog,
perceiving that the word is not there
used in its ordinary sense, refers to
this passage, and wishes to establish
an identity of meaning between dXi-
nXayKTOQ and QaXaaaotrX-qKrog. But
admitting that the iEolians had a
word ir\aw irXay^u equivalent in
sense to prXiiaaii), from whence 7rXay-
XPivTtg, to which the gloss in He-
sych. irXayxdevrec irXriyivTig, may
refer, and that from this are derived
the Latin plango planctus, still this
would seem to have been confined to
the yEolians, and from them derived
to the Latins ; and it is therefore
scarcely possible that a meaning
which the Attics did not recognise
in the verb would have been retained
by them in the verbal irXayKrog.
Again, even if irXayicrdg could have
borne this sense, it is not likely that
the tragedians would have employed
it in both these senses of wandering
 8AAE ( 163 )
and beaten. If then we can in some
cases decide with certainty on its
signification, we may examine whe
ther the same will not apply to the
rest. Thus in Soph. Aj. 680, there
can be little doubt that the true read
ing is Xlav &\lTr\ayKre QavriOi, and
still less that whether it be an epi
thet of Pan, as the Scholiast says
(cf. fiaKapeg aXinXayKTOi, Opp. Hal.
iv.582), or joined with yavriOi as
Hermann asserts, it is derived from
ir\ae<r0ai in the sense of to wander.
In A. 599, the simple nXayktos can
mean only led astray, deceived. So
also in the compound vvKriirXayktos,
which often occurs, the idea of beaten
is out of the question, which is true
also ofTroXvnXayKTOC, TrdXlfiwXayiCTOG,
k.t.X. Such being then the undis
puted sense in these passages, we
may perhaps be justified in inferring
that it must hold good in the others,
where the meaning is less decided
by the nature of the case. In P.V.
465, daXaaadirXayicroe is applied to
ships as roving on the sea ; in Eur.
Hec.770, to the body of Polynices
carried to and fro by the waves.
There is a passage in P. 269, which
occasions some difficulty ; and here
irXayKTo~ie is interpreted by Heath
and Butler according to Lobeck's
idea. Certainly the meaning cannot
be wandering, if ZurXaKtoai be rightly
explained of the shores of the sea.
See 3iV\a. In the passage from the
Ajax, if the meaning assigned to
irXayKTOQ above be the true one, we
must either read from MSS. aXlTrXaic-
roc with Erfurdt and Hermann (so
Lobeck, ed. 1.) or explain the vulg.
consistently with the sense. We may
observe that nXayicroQ, besides its
strict sense of wandering, is also used
in the secondary meaning thence de
rived of restless, troubled. It occurs
thus in the compound vvKriirXayKTOQ,
and may possibly be thus used here
to express the agitation of the coast,
vexed and troubled by the waves.
The same meaning will also suit
GAAII
the passage in the Persae quoted
above.
QaXep6e soft, genial. daXtpioripip
irvevfiaTi S.c.T.689.
GaWtiv to be vigorous, to flourish.
alfia SaXXei S.837. In P. 608. rjje r
a'uv iv <j>vXXoi<ri 6aXXov<rr) (3iov ,av-
Orjg eXaiae, it is used in a transitive
signification, supporting a vigorous
existence. Blomf. objects to this,
although MSS. have no variation,
and proposes xeP~lVi> which reading
he thinks is expressed in the para
phrase of the Scholiast. Dind. 'iaov.
There does not, however, appear to be
any reason for condemning this use of
daXXuv. See Matth. Gr. Gr.423. and
Bernhardy Synt. Gr. iii. 17. who com
pares Theoc. 25. 16. iiret fieXit]Ma
iroit)v Aci/xUvec OaXiOovai. Neither
does j3iov seem objectionable; the ex
pressions fij\TpOQ itypiae, wapdtvov
^vyve, yalag rtKva being all derived
from living objects. In S.99. the
part. redaXug h.e. become vigorous,
is conj. by Bothe for the vulg. to
BoXoq. See seq.
OaXAoe (?) a bud. This word is
read by Glasg. for the sake of the
metre in S.99. ola veau Trvdfirjv $i
ifibv yafiov to OdMoe, where the
vulg. is to OaXoe. Whether, how
ever, OaXXoc or OaXog be read, the
sense is very obscure. The Scholiast
explains both irvdfifiv and ro OaXoe
of iEgyptus ; which is so evidently
false as to make it probable that he
read the passage differently. Bothe's
conjecture TtdaXiog is plausible. So
Dind. This will accord well with
the explanation of the Schol. and
express the new vigour displayed by
the aged dSgyptus to effect this mar
riage for his sons. See veafciv and
TTvOflijV.
QaXXoe a branch, C.1031.
QdXiretv to warm, f) Aids BaXirei
\ciap ipuiTi P.V. 592. TiQaXirrai P.V.
653. Met. to inflame, set on fire, 881 .
QaXwoe heat, warmth, A. 551.943.
S.728. ficonfifipivo'iai OaXirtot S.C.T.
413.428. the noonday sunbeams.
 OAMB ( 164 )
Qafifltiv to be astonished at. with
ace. ripag b" E&afifiovv S.565.
a/ji'oe a bush, A. 1289.
Oavda-ifioc deathly, causing death.
Bavaaifiov al/ia A. 991. Bavaaifiovg
rv\ag 1249. Bavdaifxov yoov 1420.
a death song.
Oavarntyopog fraught with death,
C.363.
Odvarog death, S.c.T. 583. 1000. C.
972. S. 117. plur. A. 1313. any kind of
death. Bdvarog avroKrovog S.c.T.663.
a death inflicted by each other, aae-
fiet BavciTb) A. 1472. 1498. aveXcvdepov
Bdvarov 1502. s"/'<-/\//r Bavara>
1511. OTvytpij) Bavdri^ C.1002. plur.
fxeXiovs Bavdrovg S.c.T.860. avrupo-
viav Bavdnov 875. Bavaroig avBivraiai
A. 1554. periphr. Bavdrov rckog S.c.T.
888. davarov fxolpa P.881. A. 1441.
plur. referring to one person, Setriro-
rS>v Bavaroioi C.52.
Qavarovv to put to death. Bavarw-
oti P. V. 1055.
QavaroipopoQ fraught with death,
A. 1149.
Quttteiv to bury, C. 434. 674. S.cT.
999. Ba\po> S.c.T. 1019. 1043. Ba^xov
A. 1552. Ba\pai C. 427. In P.961.
the vulg. is iratpov, iratyov, ovk dfxfi
tTKnva'iQ rpo^nXdroKTiv, oirtaBcv 3*
iirofievoi. In the first verse Valck.
on Eur. Hipp. 1247. conj. era<pcv,
tra<f>Ev, i.e. iri'ifyjiray, a termination of
the aorist which, excepting the pas
sage in the Hippolytus, occurs no
where else in the tragic writers. In
this he is followed by Brunck, Schiitz,
and Blomf. Some commentators,
who retain Zratyov, consider it to have
an intransitive signification, like kev-
Bui and some other verbs. Such
was, perhaps, the Scholiast's opinion,
who explains it awiOavov, airida-
vov. But the form tratyov, from
Bairrw, is exceedingly doubtful. Pauw
refers it to Xerxes in the first per
son : Abresch joins it with dicop-
eotov in the preceding verse.In the
second verse ottioBev $' knofitvoi vio
lates the metre. owhtBe $', Pauw,
Heath, Brunck, Schiitz ; oiriaBev
9AP2
tiro/jLivoi, Blomf.; neither of which
is consistent with the metre. Passow
conj . omBt 2' iTTOfievoi : Lachm. 2'
oirtaB' tTrofitvot. Wellauer, consider
ing that It injures the meaning, and
may possibly have been inserted by
some one in whose copy Kara irpog
rara was read in the strophe, reads
oriBtv tn-ofitvoi. With respect to
the meaning, Schiitz explains oxij-
va'ig TpoffrjkaToiai to refer to the
covered carriages in which the Per
sians were wont to carry their dead
to burial. Schol. iBog Jjv role Hip-
oaig aKifviiQ tuv afia^iov avuOev
iroiovfiivovg, tirityipeiv eke'kte rovg
VEKpovg, rai ovrwg avrovg irpoTTEfi-
Ttevovreg, tBanrov. Schiitz reads
kirofievoic, and translates d/i<pl <jkt\-
va'ig k.tX. not with cars, 8$c, nor
with attendants, a sense which dfxifl
clearly cannot bear. Butler conj.
kirofiivaig as referring to a/xa^alg.
So Blomf. who is equally incorrect
with Schiitz in translating afi<j>\ o-K-n-
va'tg in sandapilis ; oirurBtv kirofiEvoi
he refers to the dead who were not
brought home with the army. Well, re
ferring kiro/jiEvoi to the dead, explains
oicnvaig TpoyrfKaroiai of the chariot of
Xerxes, which these being dead no
longer accompanied. So Dind. Heath
refers it to the tents of the camp,
near which, in prosperous warfare,
the dead are usually buried, whereas,
in this case, they were buried in a
hasty manner wherever they hap
pened to lie. None of these expla
nations appear wholly correct. Dind.
rightly observes thattra^ov, 'iratyov is
correct, sc. obstupui, from Brjiru), not
Bdirroi. The constr. must then be
ov-% knofXEVoi (Eiat h.e. ov^ errovrat)
djx(fi. ok. rpoy_. ottiBev. Possibly ktro-
fiivoig may be correct, as the dative
governed by irafav. Cf. avvopfiivoig
in A. 419. or kvofjiEvog may be conj.
from Reg. C. Turn.
Qaptrakiog confident, P.V.534.
QapaE'tv to be of good courage.
Bapoovoi S.748. BapaEi. S. 713. 721.
993. BapoE'lTE S.595.888. S.C.T.774.
 GAPS ( 165 )
OaptrHv P.V.917. C.814. dapatitrae
C.655. taking courage. In A. 1656.
the vulg. is Oappdv, but here Porson
rightly restored the harsher form
daptriov. So Blomf.
Oapaoe confidence, boldness. A.
955. S.c.T. 166. 252. 1032. rHvh dap-
aoe C.89. courage for these things.
Cf. the use of the genitive in P.V.
16. iravTwe $' avaynn rUvSe fioi roX-
fiav a-^edtiv.
Qapavvuv [y] to encourage, P. 212.
QapvfiiQ prop, name of a man. P.
52.315.932.
Qdrepov. See IripOQ.
Qaifia wonder, S.508. E.355.
Qavpaeiv to admire, respect, S.c.T.
754. to wonder at, with ace. A.853.
1372. with gen. of person, followed
by an infin. Oavfial^ia <rov, ttovtov tt-
pav rpaij>tiaav aX\6dpovv TrdXty Kvpciv
\iyovaav 1172. / wonder at you, that
you, etc. fut. mid. Bavnaan P.V. 474.
pass. \apis <<</) y/iwr oXo/xtviav dav-
fiai^erai S.c.T.685. is a thing highly
prized. .
QavjxaaT6e wondrous P. 208. E. 46.
S.237.
Gea a spectacle, P.V.241.
9ea a goddess, S.c.T.86.91. E.233.
249.389.641.698.789.919. w Kara xOo-
voc deal E.115. Seat aotSol S.676.
IIoMae 6ea E.215. P. 339.
eia/xa a sight, P.V. 69. 304.
QeriXaror driven by God, A. 1270.
Qdvetv to strike or hammer, P.V.
56.76. to strike, as a vessel, P. 410.
intrans. arvtyeXov deivovrae iir auras
P. 927. beating upon the beach. Here
the vulg. davovrag, which violates the
sense, has been altered from MSS.
into Qeivovraq. Dind. considers eir'
aKTaQ corrupt. Pass, to be slain,
S.c.T.938. P. 295. C.382. On S.c.T.
364. see dtveiv.
Qewq divine, P.V. 685. S.559. 572.
heaven sent, A. 465. to Oiiov the deity,
C.952. divine inspiration, A. 1054.
magnificent, illustrious, P. 75. A. 1527.
C.854.
OiXyeiv to soothe, or persuade,
OiXZct P.V. 173.807. OiXfav E.860.
6EMI
<ru it OtXyotg av adtXicrov S.1041. to
comfort with love, S.566. pass, ra 3'
ovri BiXytrai C.414. this is not a case
which admits of coaxing.
QcXeiv to wish, or desire. 6Xu)
P.V. 308. 820. P. 226. 514. A. 1295. C.
173.838.891.895. S.448. 6eXus P.V.
321.343. A. 1376. C.220. E.408.414.
dtXei P.V. 654.942. A.247. dlXoifi' av
P.V.346. A. 3. 10. S.205. OiXot P.V.
670. deXuiv P.V. 118.502. S.C.T.336.
449.487. P. 174. OtXovira P.200. A.
234. QeXovros A. 664. BiXovn C.515.
OeXovnc P.V. 201. S.709. to be wil-
rej>,E.250 407.847. S. 384.768. S.c.T.
1018. diXnaov P.V. 785. dzXntrn 1030.
deov OiXovroQ ku< fxr) diXovrog S.C.T.
409. Qe5>v BeXovtujv 544. Atog OcXov-
toq 696. Kcivov diXovroQ S.208. 6-
Xova 6.KOVTL Kun'wff.t KaKbiv 1024. Oe-
Xovarie ovie Trpot; fiiav Tivog E.5.
<Jv av b~vvafiis fiytiaOai 0Xn P. 170.
wherein my power is willing (h. e. is
able) to direct me. 6Xtov part, pro
pitious, ready, C. 19. 801. OeXovaa
dtXovaav ayva ft iwiSirw -nor xopa
S.136. glad, willing, A. 650. (Here
Cant. Elms. Glasg. read vavv art-
Xovv. Casaub. Stanl. Blomf. Dind.
vavoToXovd) C. 754. 782.
QcXsfioc abundant, copious, irora-
ftoiie ot Sia \o>paQ OeXt/JOV irufia )(-
ovai S. 1007. Some derive this word
from OaXXui to flourish, others from
6Xu to be willing. The latter ap
pears preferable. Passow compares
the expression yrj tOeXovtra in Xen.
and the volentia rura of Virgil.
QtXtos willing. 6Xtoe adeXtog S.
842. whether you will or not.
QeXimipiov a charm. yXi>aar}Q efiije
OtXKrfipiov E. 846.are alleviation,
rrovtov OeXKTvpia C.659.
QtXKTfipwg soothing, charming, E.
81. S.982. with gen. alleviating, re
medying, yivoiro fivdov fivBoe av
dtXicn'iptos S.442.
Gt'AicTwp a charmer, S. 1023.
QcfiepHwie (from defiepoe severe,
duf/face) stern-faced, P.V. 134.
Oifite the goddess Themis, P.V.
18.209.876. E.2. S.355.
 eEMi ( 166 ) 9 EOS

Gt'/itC right, justice S.37. airoora- god, P.V. 662. Derived according to
tc~i Otfiie E.392. there is an absence some from Ocog and Trpoiicu), but ac
of justice.a solemn decree, rijvS' cording to others meaning 6 ra role
ctKoveie opKtittv kjxiiv OefUV A 1406. Ocole npiirovra tliruiv. Buttm. Lexil.
the solemn purport of this mine oath. art. 64. derives it from Oebg and irpi-
a fixed penalty, fxivti " Apti 'ktlvuv jtw h. e. to appear, to give a sign, con
ofxolav difiiv S.430. So Seidler, h.e. ceiving that the old expression may-
in whichever way you shall decide have been debs Trpiirei " the god sends
this matter, it remains for your sons a sign," the sign itself being called
and house to pay an equal tribute or Ocoirpoirioy, and the interpreter of it
penalty to the god of war. h e. as BtoTTpoiroQ. See Lex. in loc. cit.
Wellauer well observes, ?/ roiaiv rj QtoiTTvoroc hated by thegods, S.c.T.
role iroXtfXov a'iptadai filyav vaa 586.
itrr acayK7) 434. Otfiis icrri, or difxiQ QloproQ sprung of God, divine,
ellipt. it is lawful. 6 ti kui c^vvarbv P.V. 767.
Kal dtfiig divtiv A. 98. SC. tori 210. Bede God, the supreme Being, with
E.449. to p) Oifiie that which is un art. orav tnrevc'n ne avroe, \i> Oebg
lawful, C.632. irortpa tear iydpav r) twairrtTai P. 728. without art. eav tie
to p.r) OifxiQ Xt'ytic; S.331. doyouspeak TOVfiizakiv Kpaivn 8e6s A. 1398. Cf.
out of hostility, or on account of the P. V.861. S.C.T. 21. 35. 142. 409.511. 531.
injustice of the thing ? In this latter 590. 607. 671. 698. P. 93.446.487. 506. 758.
usage the word is indeclinable. A. 264.589. 717.902.926. C.336.1060.
Qe/j.iaKvpa name of a place, P.V. E. 503. 631. S.1059. plur. the gods,
726. gods generally ; with art. airavrag
Qe/xioroe lawful, oh defiiorov S.c.T. e^dpovg twv OeZv fiyov ifXiov C. 889.
676. unlawful. Cf. P.V. 222. 738. 962. P.675. A.329.
Qe[iKTTu> lawfully, oh Oe/xivrwe C. 499. C. 199. 210. 253. 488. E. 156. 692.
635. S.899. without art. fiei Oco'te Sovvat
Qivtiv (t) to strike. Oivci h" ovtllti Ukvv P.V.9. Cf. P.V.29.37.49.82.92.
S.c.T. 364. assails with reproach. 120.160.203.354.425.437.527.905.915.
Blomf. condemns the present form 942.947.956. 1029. S.C.T.4. 14.23.69.
divitv (so Passow) altogether, and 86.91.104.150.167.194.199.201.205.208.
substitutes from Guelph. Rob. Seld. 213.215.235.248.257.258.261.264.295.
and other MSS. Belvu. 400.404. 423. 432. 493. 506. 532.544.548.
0ioj3\afieXy to sin against the gods, 578.588.608. 635.683. 684.701.703.714.
P.817. 755.1007.1009.1038.1042. P. 146. 160.
QeoOev by the will or impulse of 212.225.286.339.354.396.489.514.596.
God, S.C.T.306. P. 102. A. 105. 130. 614.727. 735.795. A. 1. 88. 308. 330. 336.
C. 38. 929. 344.361.385.513.525.539.564.582.623.
QeonXvTeiv to invoke a hearing from 635. 795. 803. 818. 826. 887 . 896. 907. 920.
the gods, P. 492. 935.997.1252.1257.1262.1561.1629. C.
QeoicXvToc uttered in the ears of 1 20. 146. 455. 468. 628. 769. 77 1. 773. 791 .
the gods, S.c.T. 129. 1024. E. 1.20.55. 70.73.109.156.164.182.
QeoKpavroe effected by the gods, 188.224.341.364.370.614.692.748.775.
A. 1467. 791.808.839.879.925. S. 24. 73.116.152.
QeofiaviiQ maddened by the gods, 154. 168. 350. 358.391 .408. 446.496. 498.
S.c.T.635. 585. 625. 642. 685. 706. 714. 735. 736. 754.
Qtofxrianop in counsel like a god, 790.851.899.905.992.994.1047.agod,
P. 648. any god. ola 7rpO (kHv iracr^u) dcoe
QtofivariQ under the curse of sin P.V.92. Cf. id.14.29.37. 119.155. 739.
ning against God, E.40. P.697. A. 649.899.1176. E. 148.260. S.
OtonpoiTOQ one sent to consult a 211. with the article in reference, rbv
 GE02 ( 167 )
Otbv KaXet A. 1048. tov wavuXeOpov
Oeov S.409. without the article, hut
referring to a definite god, Oeov r
tyiTfxai C.298. sc. Apollo. Cf. E.25.
33. Oeov &KT~tvac P.494. SC. 'HXlov.
Rooiropov poov Oeov P. 732. sc. Nep
tune. Cf. S.215. Oeov Qolfiov E.272.
to evrv^eiv, too" ev ftpordis Oeog re
xal Oeov irXeov C.58. this is divine,
and more than divine. Applied to the
king of the Persians by an Eastern
hyperbole. Ilepaav 'Zovaiyevrj Oeov
P. 035. Cf. 153.697.Oeoc a goddess,
rav wXetrioiKov Oeav S.c.T. 703. Cf. E.
287.636.843. S.295.1020.
QeoaavTog sent from God, P. V. 646.
Also written Oeotrvroe-
Qeoarvynrog hated by God, C.626.
Oedcrvrog. See Oeoaavroe P.V. 1 16.
599.
Qe.orifit)TOQ honoured by the gods,
A. 13)0.
QiorpewTos overturned or altered
by the gods, P. 871.
QeoQiXfc dear to the gods, superl.
E. 831.
QiotpoprjTog under a divine impulse,
A.llll.
Qeo(/>6pos divinely inspired, A. 1121.
Qepawovrie appointed to service. Oe-
pairovTic'a <j>epvi]v S.957. an appoint
ment of handmaidens. See under ini.
Qepleii> to mow down, S.629. cont.
eOptaev A. 522.
Qipfiaiveiv to warm, P. 497. Met.
to act violently. voXXa Oepfiaivot
<j>pevl C.998. would conceive many
daring deeds.
QepftoepyoQ hot-headed, headstrong,
E.530.
QipfiovovQ warmed by inspiration,
A. 1145.
Qcpfiog hot, heated. Oepfia Xovrpa
C.659. Jjnap Oepfiov C.270. warm
with blood. Oepp.(ji <JMtrio> 7rpou<j>ay-
fiari, A. 1251. Met. hot-headed, vio
lent, vabrnai Oepfioig S.c.T.585.
Oepfiu)Su)v name of a river, P.V.
727.
Qtpoe summer, P.V. 454. A. 5. a
harvest. Met. wayicXavrov Oepog P.
808. voXXit ivornvov Oepog A. 1640.
eiiKH
Qeo-fiiov an ordinance, E.468. S.
689.
QiopwQ fixed, ordained. Oeo-fiiov
yov'av apaiov A. 1545. a fixed succes
sion of curses.
Qeo-fiog a fixed ordinance or de
cree, E. 369. 462. 541 . 585. 65 1 . - Beitfib v
irvpog A. 295. the fixed succession of
the beacon fires.a regular or solemn
song. Kvirpih'og ovk afieXel Oeofiog oS'
evipptov S. 1016.
Qeo-iremog divinely speaking, A.
1125.
Qeo-iri'Ceiv to utter predictions, A .
1183.1186.
Qtatriifitiv id. A. 1133.
Beawitfiog uttering predictions, A
1105.
QemrpiaTog Thesprotian, P.V. 833.
QeaaaXog a Thessalian, P. 481.
0<rride a daughter of Thestius, sc.
Althaea, C.597.
Qeofar-nXoyog uttering prophecies,
A. 1416.
Qea<parov an oracle or prediction,
S.c.T. 600. 826. P. 726. 787. A. 1084.
1101.1103. E.564.
QiotyaroQ divinely predicted. Oea-
(barov fiopov A. 1294.
Bewpetv to behold, P.V. 302.
Qewpia a sight, P.V. 804.
Qeiaplg sc. vavg, properly, a ship
sent to convey persons called Oewpoi
on a sacred mission. Metaphorically
applied to Charon's bark for convey
ing the dead over the Styx, S.c.T.
840.
Qewpoga spectator, P.V. 1 18. C. 244.
G^/Sai Thebes (in Egypt), P.38.
Qnyavi.Lv to whet, A. 1517.
Qnya-vn a whet-stone, A. 1518. Met.
alfiarnpag Onyavag E.821. incitements
to bloodshed.
Qr/yeiv to whet, A. 1235. Met. pass.
reOnyfievog, whetted, sharp, violent.
TtOnyfiivov toI fi ovk airafx/iXweig
Xoyti) S.c.T. 697. rpay(tig icai reOny-
fxivovQ Xoyovg P.V. 311.
BriKn a sepulchre, P. 397. A. 442.
In S.25. vwaroi re Oeot Kal fiapiri/ioi
\06vioi OrjKag narixovTcs, Schiitz re
fers OtiKag to vnaroi and yOovioi,
 GHKT ( 168 ) GNHS

and understands it generally of the that the expression is used to con

temples of the gods. It seems doubt ciliate the favour of Agamemnon to
ful whether ftjmj can thus be under Orestes, as the peculiar issue of
stood. Miiller and Butler refer it his own body. This, it must be al
to the sepulchres of the departed an lowed, is a very refined explanation ,
cestors of the Danai'des, which were but nothing better has been suggest
under the protection of the infernal ed. Bamberger in Zimmermann's
gods. Perhaps ^Oovtot rather refers Diar. quoted by Dind. conj. ydov.
to the deceased heroes of the coun QnXvo-iropog of the female sex,
try, who, having been buried therein, P.V. 857.
were now become its protectors. Cf. Ot'iv in truth, forsooth, P.V. 930.
A. 502. rjpwg tc rovg nifi\f/avTag tvjxev- 6r)p a beast of the field, A. 141 .
ic iraXiv orparbv $t-)(t<Tdat. 1033. C.992. E.120. 141. S.977.op
QriKToe whetted, S.c.T.925. posed to avOpwTTog k.t.X. E.70. re
Orjkvyevy'ie female, S.28. ferring to the Sphinx. Bnpbg IxOltrrov
OnXvKpaTtie having power over iaKOvg e'lKO) S.c.T. 540.
women, C. 592. Qfipa game, the produce of hunt
QnXvKrovog slaying by a female ing or search for food, C.249.
hand, P.V. 862. Qnpav to hunt. Met. to catch or
QnXivovg weak or womanly-mind take. ijfjiapTov 1) Onpw ti; A. 1167.
ed, P.V. 1005. am I wrong, or do I hit the mark ?
GijXue female. 6i)Xeia a female. to capture, ttivZe Qnpaaai noXiv P.
a\iKT0)p iSorre OnXdag wiXag A. 1656. 229. mid. to take or steal. Onp&ftai
effeminate. Oh.Xeia.yap fpyv C.303. irvpbg Trnyijv icXoiraiav P, V. 109. pass.
6 OrjXvg opog A. 472. See opog. dij- irpbg arng dnpaBiiaai P.V. 1074. over
Xvv voftov C.808. a strain sung by taken by calamity.
women. OrjXvc abs. a female. dfjXvg Qnpaaifiog which may lawfully be
apatvog (j>ovd>g iariv A. 1204. In C. sought for. ov Onpatrlfiovg P.V. 860.
495. o'iKTCipe OijXvv, aptrevog 6 bfiov QnpeiiEiv to seek for, P.V. 860. to
yovov, the expression apaivog yovov catch, pass. kOnptvQng C.486.
is one of exceeding difficulty. It is Qrjpiov a beast, C. 230.
generally said to be put for apaeva Qnaavpog a treasure, P. 234. Met.
yovov, but this, as Well, observes, a receptacle or treasury. Onaavpbv
is impossible. Abresch compares ficXieacri P. 981. said of a quiver.
the expression with Qtiov yivog obh" Ontreig Theseus, E.380.655.
avQploirtov II. ^.180. but there is no Qntrnig fem. belonging to Theseus,
similarity between the passages. E.980.
Bothe conj. apacvag 6' bfiov yovovg. Qiyyavciv to touch, with gen.
Butl. apaevog ff bfiov yovov, making S.C.T. 44. 240. Oiyyavei irpbg r)irap A.
o'tKTupE govern the ace. with drjXvv, 421. touches (them) to the heart. Cf.
and the gen. with yovov. None of the expression E. 562.aor. 2. Oiyeiv
these methods is satisfactory. It A.649.1011 C.936.989. P.V.851.
seems clear that &pacvog yovov can Qig a heap. QXvtg vtKp&v P. 804.
mean nothing but " the offspring of heaps of slain.
the male." The only solution of the Qvi)oKetv to die. S.c.T. 1002. A. 732.
passage which has been offered is C.293. part. S.c.T. 224.730. 778. C.
that of Klausen, who thinks it might 839. 6 Oviio-KiDv C.324. the deceased.
refer to an opinion held by some perf. riOvnKag C. 497. 880. rtdvnKe
Grecian philosophers, viz. that sons S.c.T. 1002. P.288. TtOvam P. 436.
are the offspring of the male sex, inf. redvavai A. 525. part. TeOvnuutg
and daughters of the female, whence C.1039. d rjv TtBvnKwg A. 843. See
Orestes is called aptnvog yovoc, and tlvai. TiOvrKOTOg A. 616. C.752. red-

~\
 9NI1T ( 169 )
ve<3raC.671. reOvnKoai S.c.T.666. A.
554. TeOvnKiWag C.873. fut. TeQvrfifi-
fiev A. 1252. fut. mid. Oavovfievn 1293.
aor.2. Waves S.c.T. 941.943. davov
(the augment being omitted in nar
ration, 'davov Blomf.) P. 482. opt.
Oavoiev A. 331. subj. Odvn A. 1291.
Odvucri S.c.T.717. part. Bavwv S.c.T.
459.1008. P.290.306.317.660. A. 493.
1312.1571. C. 472. E.324. S. 225.965.
davovaa C.893. davovros A. 817. C.
149.246.321. E.618. davovane A.1299.
Dor. davoixrac S.772. Bavovri S.c.T.
385.1025. C. 499.510. davovan A. 1290.
davovra P. 698. A. 1334. (5.882. S.
411. Oavovree S.C.T.48. C.551. davov-
<rai S.151. Oavovvi P. 828. A. 1312. C.
350. E.308. Oavovras S.C.T. 820. C.
266. inf. Oaveiv P.V. 752. 755. 935.
S.c.T.618. P.424. A. 536. 1637. 1638.
C.642. E.595. S.783.with or
irpoc, to be slain by. avZpeg redva-
aiv Ik yepdv abroicrovojv S.C.T. 787.
OavovTtQ uanepel irpog tuv <j>i\wv A.
1 1 92.Met. to perish, come to nought
\6yot neSapaioi Opixrtcovai, OvrttTKovreg
fiarnv C. 833.
Qvt)t6q mortal, as opposed to im
mortal or divine, ob-% virepfyev OvnTov
ovra xpi) tppovelv P. 806. Cf. P.V. 739.
802. S.c.T. 424. P.94.100.694.735. A.
897. pi. dvnrol mortals, mankind. wo\-
\a mm ylverai OvnToig P.694. Cf.
P.V. 8.38. 84. 107.239.248. 267. 412. 462.
496.543.551.616.734. P. 624. E.321. S.
804.
Qodetv to sit, S.590. vtt' ap^ac 2"
ovrtvoQ 0oao>v to fieiov Kpeiaaovtov
tcparvvei' ov tivoq avtaBev f/fievov (reflet
Karoo. In the Scholium on this pas
sage, ov-% virb Se rag ap\dg tivoq tS>v
Kpeiovovtov KadijfievoQ, to fieiov e\i>)v,
we see that the explanation of 6oau>v
is KadrifievoQ, sitting. Likewise in
Soph. (Ed. T. 2. rivag nod' efipag
rdale fioi Ooaere ; the explanation
which stands first in the Scholium is
Ooafere. Kara. SiaXvatv avri tov Oda-
arere. From this Buttm. (Lexil. v.
Oadaaeiv) rightly observes, that this
must have been the general tradi
tional explanation. The meaning of
0PA2
the passage is, " He does not, sitting
under the authority of any one, wield
a weaker power than (others) more
mighty : he does not feel reverence
below, whilst some one is sitting above
him." To this Erfurdt, Hermann
(on Soph. (Ed. T. v. 2.) and others,
who wish to derive 8oda) from Ooog,
and connect it with the idea of quick
motion, object ; they do not, however,
explain themselves further, than to
deny that Oodfav means sitting. With
this Well, agrees, and adopts the
reading of Turn. Bodrov, and pro
poses to alter xpewaoviav into Kpeia-
aov ov, which he translates sub nullius
imperium confugiens id quod te debi-
lius est fortius factum te superare
potest. Buttm. however shows sa
tisfactorily that no idea of haste is
implied in the passage of Soph, and
that in the passage before us, the
idea of sitting is peculiarly suited to
the notion of a ruling power. See v.
592. Ag. 176, etc. See also eiridodfa
and cf. Buttm. Lexil. s. v. Qadao-eiv.
Qoivarrip [d] a reveller, or devour er,
A. 1483.
Qoivn a feast, E.698.
OoXepog turbid, P.V. 887.
Bode quick, A. 463. P.V. 129.
Qovpiogfierce,impetuous, S.c.T.42.
P. 73.704. 740. swift. Bobpiog opviQ
A. 112. Oovpiois t6oiq E.597.
Qovpog id. P.V. 354. P. 134.
QoCig quickly, P.V. 1062. P. 390.
Qpdaog boldness, audacity, P.V.
42.863. S.c.T.171. P. 730.817. A. 163.
747.confidence, P.386. A.777.966.
1412. S. 493.500.933.
Qpdaaeiv to disturb. 6pd,ai P.V.
651. This according to Butt, in Lex.
p. 508. should be circumflexed, the
a being long by nature.
Qpaavvetv [u] to embolden, A.2C5.
pass. BpaavveaBai to be emboldened,
or assured, A. 1161. Met. irplv opfitf
vavv BpaavvBfjvai S.753. before it is
secured within the anchorage.
Qpaavg bold, daring, P.V. 178.873.
E.286. irpog aXXyXovg Bpaavv 825.
fighting against each other, to fiy
 0PA2 ( 170 )
Opaav S. 194. an absence of daring,
modesty of behaviour.
Qpa(7voTr\a.y\u>s with a bold heart,
P.V.732.
Qpaa-uaTOjxiiv to speak boldly, P. V.
200.
Qpatrvirrofioespeaking boldly,S.c.T.
694. A. 1372.
Qpaveiv to shiver, P. 192. 408. pass.
Opavofjiivae E.527.
Qpav/ia something broken, Met.
Bpahfiar tftot icXvtiv A. 4139. things
heart-breaking for me to hear.
Qpavo-fia a fragment, P. 417.
Qptcotiai to utter, chiefly in sorrow,
S. 104. fiivvpa Opeofievag A. 1137. ut
tering plaintive sounds. Optvfiai Dor.
S.c.T.78. On C.964. see under evirpo-
(T(i>irO.
Qpc/jifia a creature, or animal,
S.c.T.164.
QptnrqpioQ nourishing, fxaarov dpe-
KTTipiov C.538.pass, nourished,
grown. irXoKa^iov 'Ivax<j> Opeirrriptov
C.7. For the custom here alluded
to of dedicating the hair to native
rivers, seell.i//.140.seqq.and Blomf.
Gloss, in loc.
eprJKn Thrace, P.509.558.
QpyKioc Thracian, P. 951. A. 640.
1392. '
Qpnvtiv to lament, P.672. A. 1522.
C.913. with ace. P.V.618.
Qprivnrijp a mourner, P. 900.
Opr)VT]TriQ id. A. 1045.
Qpfjvog a lamentation or dirge,
S.c.T. 845.1056. A. 964. 1295. C.332.
338. Opijvog ohp.6e P.V.388, your la
menting over me.
Qpiyicovv to finish or complete. &ras
raoSt dpiyKuHTtov ipiXois A.1256. From
QpiyKOQ a coping stone.
Qplfaiv (sync, from dcpifaiv) to
mow down. Met. irarpfov tdpwiv
Zoixov A. 522.
Qplthair, S.c.T.517.546. P. 1013.
A.548. C. 171.228.610. Knldov rpixog
C. 224. hair shorn as an offering to the
dead.
Opotiv to speak or utter, with ace.
P.V.611. A.104.1108.1112. dpoovvq.
irpdc <rc C. 816. mid. BpoovfitvOQ E.486.
0YMO
QpdfifioQ a clot (of Mood) C.526.
539. E.175.
Qpovog a throne, or seat of autho
rity, P.V.228. A. 251. plur. P.V.769.
912.914. P. 761. C. 565.969. E. 220. 487.
S.369.any seat, E.47.158. S.773.
afia^ypt) dpovov A. 1024. a carriage
seat, not irtXac Bpovovg Zytiv S.205.
to be sitting near you. fiayriico'iaiv iv
Opdvoic E.586. a seat of divination.
Cf. 18.29. In metaphorical expres
sions, e.g. TovAloxyvnzQpovovTtfiCJvTa.
S.c.T. 391. fpevog ipiXov dpovov A. 950.
Bpixjuuv to spring up. Met. Xoyot
Tcdapaioi Bp&xrKovai.in sens. obsc. 6
BpoxrKiov the male. riieret $ 6 dpuxricwv
E.630.
Qvyarnp a daughter, A 84.217.
1537.
Qvetv to offer sacrifice. StT etipra
Oveiv S.445. Cf.A.580. E.659. S.959.
to offer in sacrifice, idvaev avrov
iraiSa A. 1391. Overcu viXavov P. 200.
vvicrl(TCfiva Selirvaedvov E. 109.
pass. Tv0do-n(;C.2i0.mid.v.toslaugh-
ter. fioytpav wra/co. Qvofiivoun A. 135.
pass. id. rii TeOufxev^) E. 316.325.
to rage (as Homer uses the word).
Ovovaav " ASov firiripa A. 1208.
GvtWa a storm, A. 793.
Qviorrjs Thyestes, A. 1215. 1566.
1570. In C. 1065. the words te Qvi-
otov are considered by Herm., and
probably correctly, as a gloss.
QviyrroXeiv to engage in sacrifice,
A. 253. Here Blomf. rightly observes,
" Clytsemncstra thayyiXta idve."
Qvt]Tr6Xosengagedinsacrifice,T?.l98.
Qvrifayos consuming frankincense,
A. 583.
Oviae a Bacchante, S.c.T.480.818.
Qiifia a sacrifice, or slaughter, A.
1089. 1283.
QvpaXyrie pained in soul, A. 1002.
Ov/xeXri an altar, S.654.
Qvftr)()riQ agreeable, S.940.
Qv/xofiopos consuming the soul.
governing an accus. like a participle,
dvfiofiopov (pplva Xvirrjs A. 111. So
Herm. Dind.
Qvfiofiavrte prophesying in spirit,
P.220.
 GYMO ( 171 )
QvfiovXndijg filling the soul, S.c.T.
668.
Qvfidg the mind, or soul, the seat
of the feelings. dvfiov Kapra Kivnriipta
S.443. Cf.P.V.380.537. S.c.T. 52.489.
P. 11.753. A.965.1361. C.416. S.562.
dvp.6 fidXe P.V. 708. give heed to. ex
Ovfiov A. 48. with all their soul, airav-
ti dvfitjj E. 708. with all my heart,
wavrt dujiif A. 225. with all theirmight.
wrath, passion, C.387. E. 807. 838.
Qvfioiadat to be angry, dvfiuxro-
fiai A. 1039.
Gu/^fcjyua wrath. aotvoig ip-fiaveig
Ovfihi/xacri E.822. maddened, but not
with wine.
QiivvoQ a thunny fish, P.416.#
Qiiog incense used, in sacrifice, pi.
C.799.Met. A. 1383. SeeeiriTiOivai.
Qvoaiceiv see seq.
QvooKlveiv to cause sacrifices to be
made. nEp'urefnrTa dvoOKivtig A. 87.
cause sacrifices to be made by sending
round about. QvooKtig Turn. Blomf.
Dind.
Qvpa a door. dvpag ipxttag C.642.
Qvpadev without, ret tSiv dvpadev
S.c.T.68- 175. the affairs of the enemy
without.
QvpaTog being without, or abroad.
kcI dvpaiog Lad' Sfiwg C.113. dvpaiog
vdXefiog E.826. foreign war. rovdc
ravSpog rf^idfinv dvpaiog ?ov A . 1590,
I
'la a cry, P. 899.
'laXXeiv to send, C. 44. 490. with
iW P.V. 662.
'laXrSg sent, C.22.
'laveg (contr. for 'laovtg) the Io-
nians, P. 91 1.984. Also as a various
reading in P. 972. Med. Reg. L. Colb.
2. Guelph.
'laoveg id. P. 174. 555. vulg. in 972.
'laoviog Ionian h.e. Grecian, 'lao-
vloiat vvfiotai S. 66. iravrag rovg ' E\-
Xnvag 'Idovag o't Happapoi LkuXovv
Schol. In this passage Spanh. on
Arist. Ran. 695. mentions anSovtoiai
as a various reading, h.e. with strains
IAIIT
though not on the spot, dvpaiav rijvht
rplfieiv A. 1025. to stand here at the
door. Scholef. says correctly " dv
paiav rrivZe valet hie ante fores."
The constr. is ovroi a-^oXrl Trdpa Lpoi
(ipi) dvpaiav rrivSe rpifteiv- For rhvh'
Musgr conj. rijS'. So Dind.rbv dv-
pa'iov bXfiov A. 811. wealth belonging
to another.
QvpoKoiros, one who knocks at doors,
a beggar, A. 1168.
QvpiopoQ a porter, C. 558.
Qvaia a sacrifice, S.c.T. 683. A.
147.207. pi. A. 101. 1141. E.990.
Qvardg sacrificial, dvarag (Sob
S.c.T. 251. a cry made at a sacrifice.
Schol. rfjg irapa rate dvaiaig yevofti-
vjjc Cf. Soph. Ant. 1119. dvardSag
Xtrag.
Qvrf)p a sacrificer, A. 231. C.253.
dvrrip yeviadat dvyarpdg A. 217. to
slay his daughter.
QioKog a seat, P.V. 833.
G<i/xiyJ a bow-string, P. 453. E.
173.
Qu)fj.6g a heap, A. 286.
eimreiv to flatter, P.V.939.
Qwpaxtiov a breastwork, or para
pet, S.c.T.32.
Ouivaauv to speak, or utter, Ldwv-
fag P.V.393.1043. to buzz (as a fly).
Kwvioirog diaiaaovrog A. 867.
like the nightingale's. So Stanl. Dind.
qu.v.
'lairreiv to hurl, S.c.T.281. A. 496.
S.90. pass. tcnrTeadai S.C.T.526.
irpoade nvXav Ke<j>aXdv iayf/eiv S.c.T.
507. will lose his head. intrans. to
move quickly. id-KTti fiaaidog Bi a'iag
S.542. which, however, is corrupt.
Jdnrtt S' 'AaiSog Si a'iag Turn. edd.
recc. which Well, disapproves, but
no better emendation has been sug
gested. Dind. adopts $' 'Aaldog. rig
linrvfifiiog alvog i,vv Saicpvaiv lawrtav
Kovijaet; A. 1528. delivering itself,
h.e. delivered, with tears. Here
 IA2I ( 17sJ )
I. Voss. conj. 7rirw/x/3ioc alvov. So
Schiitz, Blomf. Dind.
'Idatfxos curable, P.V. 473.
'larpofiavris one at once a sooth
sayer and physician, the two arts
having been antiently considered as
connected, A. 1606. E.62. S.260.
Eust. quoted by Stanley, observes on
II. a. p. 48,35. tpaal Kai on KOivi) wti)g
i(rrl ri^vn larpud) Kai fiavriKt]. Me-
Xaunovs ovv Kai WoKuiicog, ap.<f>OTcpot
iir afiipolv tvSoiioi kyivovro' Kai 'Ai-
oyiXos Se too, tpaai, tov larpov \iav-
tiv orofu'tiii.
'larpoc [ ~ - w] a physician P.V.
471. (JHordc larpov S.258.Met. heal
ing, larpoe kXirls C.688. larpol Xdyot
P.V. 378.
'la^tlv to utter a cry, S.c.T. 850.
where Elmsley (on Heracl.752.) sup
posing the penult, of laxtiv to be
always long in the Attic poets, sug
gests ii\Civ. So Dind. He also at
tempts to alter various other passages
of the tragic poets where the word
occurs with the penultimate short.
This Well, disapproves. So Blomf.
The penult, though more generally
lengthened, was clearly common in
the Attic tragedians.
"IaXn ["--] cry> P-902.
'IcaToe of Ida, A.302.550.
"lln mount Ida, A. 272.274.
"lliog one's own, arbitrary, P.V. 402.
542.
"lopte skilled in. with gen. fiax/
topic A.434.
'iSpieiy to establish, set up. kv rote
ifiole aardiaiv jcpvmje "Apn E.824.
perf. pass. Ityvodai to be set, placed,
or situated, irov rag 'AOrivag <j>a(rtv
iSpiadai \Qov6g; P.227. kv dedy tBpai-
aiv i$b" iSpvfikvag S. 408.
"iSpifia the seat, or temple of a
god, P. 797. A.330.513. E.1032.
'levai to go. tffii, generally in a
future sense, P. 835. A. 931. 1286. C.
770. P.V.325830.S.C.T.654. Iwillgo.
tltri S.879. 'ifiev S.c.T. 1060. xuvog o ra-
Xag ayoog elai S.c.T. 1057. sc. will go to
burial.to come. ^aXtTOV tic irvevfia-
toq elm xllh1*"' S.158. 172. with ace.
I EN A
ovk elai (of my S.c . T.682. will not attach
the house. In S.c.T. 355. the vulg. is
tla apriKoXXov ayyiXov \6yov fxadeiv,
elir being, as is supposed, for elai,
with a present signification, he comes.
This is objectionable, not only from
the awkwardness of the word aprl-
koXXov put thus by itself, but because
it is very doubtful whether tljut is
ever used in any other than a future
sense. The passages adduced by
Wellauer(Lex. iEschyl. 'livai) S.c.T.
682. S. 158. 172. have all a future sig
nification. So likewise in the passage
quoted by him from Eum.237. ?rpd>-
eifii BUfia Kai fipiras to aov, 6ea,
the meaning is, / will approach. Por-
son appears, therefore, rightly to have
corrected els (*< Ven. Aid. Rob.)
which is joined with apriKoXXov as
governing the inf. fiadeiv, he is here
precisely at a right moment for hear
ing the news. Cf. the use of els in
CEd. Tyr. 78. otXX' els KaXbv av r el-
was. The ellipsis of tart after 6% (not
of iJKti as Blomf. supposes, SSe being
equivalent to loSe) is not uncommon.
Blomf. compares Soph. Ant. 626. So
jEsch. E. 1044. S.217. etc.imp. Wi
come, or 170, P. 649. 995. A. 1040. "irm
S.c.T. 672. 946. S.196. "ire. S.cT.105.
E. 960. 993. S.996. Ituv E.32. for 1ro>-
aav. "it is <j>06pov A. 1240. go to de
struction, part, lovoa A. 1263. C.168.
lovra P.634. A. 1552. lovriav P.241.
In C . 72. loveav arnv is corrupt. Seal,
conj. 'eXovirav fiarnv. Heath peovaat
fxarnv. So Blomf. Herm. conj. Xov-
aeiav fiarnv. Klausen fruitlessly at
tempts to explain the vulgate. Wel-
lauer's opinion is probably correct,
that something has been lost after
v.72. by which the words lovaav
arnv are rendered unintelligible.
'levai to send, or cast forth. Inan
P.V. 814. S.C.T.291. ifc P.V. 154.
to emit, tevra irvpirvoov Sia aro/ia
Xiyviiv fieXaivav S.c.T. 475. to
utter, dprjvov tfoeiv S.c.T.847. P. 906.
avSav "iere 903. <j>i)vnv ijcrofiev C.556.
uvtos P.637. to shed {as tears),
C.150.
 IEPE ( 173)
'lepeve a priest, Met. ItpEvg rig
arciQ A.lll. a minister of woe.
'lepoZoicot receiving sacrifices, S.
358.
'lepov a temple, S.245. lepwv Br/-
filiav S.C.T. 160. Upwv warpioiav 1001.
awvpwv hp&v opyag A. 70. Many
meanings are proposed on this pas
sage: the Schol. refers itpwv to the
Furies ; another is " wrath on account
of temples in which nofires are burnt"
h.e. on account of the neglect of
sacred rites caused by the expedition
against Troy, and for which Paris was
to suffer. See airvpog. So Blomf.
Dind. however is undoubtedly cor
rect in understanding, with Bam
berger, airvptov iepuiv of the sacrifice
of Iphigenia. irapadiX^ei will then
refer to Agamemnon.
'lepoc sacred, S.c.T.250. P. 36.49.
"I^eiy to cause to sit, E.18.to sit.
with ace. to sit upon, A. 956. air
ckttwv 'i'Coi S.668. may it sit aloof
from. mid. 'IfcarOat. to sit, E.80. S.
221.
'It) an interjection, P. 965. A. 1464.
S.106.
'Irfiog Ieian, A. 144. an epithet of
Apollo, of uncertain origin. Some
derive it from Uvai in allusion to
Apollo's killing the serpent with an
arrow. So Callimachus also says
'If), 'lr), [laiijov, let fliXog. Some from
latrdai to heal, in reference to Apollo's
healing power. It is probably an
epithet derived from the exclamation
ir), it), used in calling on Apollo,
which like evdl and others, owe, as
Blomf. observes, their origin to the
Egyptian mythology.
lr)\efiog a mournful song, S.107.
'IdayEvrjggenuine,true-born,P.29S.
'IQvvziv [y] to direct, guide, P. 403.
759.
'Ik&veiv [u] to come, A. 1310. with
ace. Ikclvu} Sofiovg P. 155.
"laapog Icarus, P. 862.
IkeVioc suppliant, ikeoiov ZovXoav-
vag virtp S.c.T. 105. supplicating to
avert slavery.protecting suppliants,
S. 342.355.611.
INAX
'lxeraloKOQ receiving suppliants, S.
694.
'iKETrjpia the branch held by a sup
pliant, S. 189.
'Ikittiq a suppliant, C. 333. 562. E.
E. 92. 146.223.452. S. 21.27. Upaav Ike-
tt)s E.547. a suppliant in my temple.
tKETag Aids S. 632. iKErag aidev 795.
'liccric a suppliant female, S.345.
423.
'iKvelardai to come, S.c.T. 545. C.
370. S.328.551. iloptoOa. S. 150. I'fy
Al. ijbic P.V.726. i&rai P. 349. aor.
S.C.T.223.268.965. P.V.117. P. 649.
A.940. C.375. S.307.to supplicate.
Qeovq irpoarpoTt cuq iKvovfiEvri P. 214.
Zfjva t&fieada avv xXaZoig S. 150. with
gen. of the person in whose name the
supplication is made. H <prjg ItcvEiodai
T&vb" aytDv'uov QeSiv; S.328. what do
you supplicate for by these gods ?
'Iktcuo the protector of suppliants,
S.380.
"\KTap near, with gen. A. 115. E.
952.
'IkttJp the protector of suppliants,
S.474.
'I/crap a suppliant, S.640.
"IXaog propitious, E. 992.
'lXelo-dai to propitiate. 'IXiofiai S.
110.
'IXtae belonging to Troy. 'IXiaSog
yag A. 441. the Trojan land.
"IXwv Troy, A. 394. 428. 575.612.683.
788.834.856.881.959.1200.1414. C. 341.
'IXlov woXig A. 29.719. 1260. E.435.
'Ifiaiog name of a man, P. 31.
'l/xEtpEiv to desire, P. 229. with gen.
A.914.
"Ipepog desire, S.81. A. 530. C.297.
S.C.T.674. lust, P.V.652.867. A.
1176. S.983.
"Iva where, P.V. 21.727.795.832.
S.c.T. 736. in order that, with opt.
in past time, S.c.T. 197. with subj.in
pres. time, P.V.61.
'lvayEiog belonging to Inachus. ko-
png rrjg'IvaxtlriG P.V. 592. the daugh
ter of Inachus. 'Ivo.\elov anipjia 707.
"lvaj(pg Inachus, name of a man,
P.V.666. a river called from him,
C.7. E.492.
 INAO ( 174) inno
'Ivtiol the Indians, S.281. in Illyrico quaternos equos jaciebant
TIvts a son, offspring, S. 42.248. nono quoque anno in mare." With
E.303. this last account agrees that given
'Uiiov [I] Ixion, E. 419. 688. by Ovid, Metam. vi. 75. Virg. Georg.
'lovioe Ionian, P. 869. P.V.841. i. 13. Some say that the epithet was
'log an arrow, P. 453. poison, A. given him because he was the first
808. E. 456. 700. who put horses into harness. Cf.
'Iodjc will, pleasure, Jorijri ya/xwv Soph. GLd. Col.705. He is addressed
P.V.557. in pleasure at the marriage. as "I7r7ri' aval, TlotrEiSuiv in Arist. Eq.
This dative is, as Passow (Gr. Lex.) 548.
observes, much the same in sense as 'lTrirw\apiir)Q fighting on horseback,
the word EKnrt. P.29.10G. because battle, in the old
'lov an interjection expressing sur epic language, is called -^apfin.
prise, S.831. A.25.1187. C.868. E. 'Iiriro^aptov [a] riding on horses,
138.752. P.V.807.walking like horses, S.281.
"IovXoq soft hair, S.c.T.516. 'Iirnoflarns a horseman, P. 26.
'I6<p an exclamation of horror, S. 'lTrirofx&tov prop. name. 'IinrofiE-
807. Sovrog <r-)(f)fia Kat piyaQ ti/ttos S.c.T.
'lirovv to press, pass. P.V.365. 470. In this verse, in order to avoid
Here Ittvov/jlevog, from lirvovv to bake the trochee in the first foot, Turn,
in a furnace, is the vulg. iirovfiEvos edited 'IttvuixeSovtos. Blomf. inserts
is Stephens' conjecture, confirmed ply before the word, which Porson
by Eustath. See Wunderlich Obss. had done before him. This Schole-
Critt. p. 117. field adopts, but no authority appears
'lirvovv see prec. for so violent an insertion. The
"l7rjrioc of horses, yeviuiv liririltov vulg. is retained by Brunck, Herm.
S.c.T. 115. the jaws of the horses. Butler. Hermann, El. Doctr. Met.
'lirwevQ a horseman, P. 14. p. 44. reasons thus, " tragici inter-
'lintnoov like a horse, S.426. S.c.T. dum, quum anapaestum possent ad-
310. mittere, productionem praetuleruut,
'l7T7rj\a7T7e equestrian, P. 124. ut gravitati numerorum magis con-
'l-Kiriavai, a leader of cavalry, P. gruentem." To this Blomfield ob
958. jects; but it is better to account for
'hnziKoc belonging to horses, S.c.T. the vulg. than to introduce an arbi
61.188.227.457. trary emendation into the text.
"Ittttios equestrian, o O'Ittwioq avai, Brunck, in his note on the passage,
S.c.T. 121. an epithet of Neptune. thus remarks : " literarum quas li-
On this epithet Hesychius, quoted quidas vocant, ea vis est et proprietas,
and restored by Blomf. observes ut quia eorum sonus facile nee ingrate
'Iwkeios Hoaeifiuiv. <f>vtriKG>Q <j>aal Sia geminatur, brevem vocalem produ-
to XiyEtv tov noinrfivaid' aXf>Q lir- cant. In pluribus vocibus recepta
ttoi 'Avcjpaat ylyvovrai. (Odyss. h". vulgo scriptura literas illas duplicat,
708.) r) Kara t6v pvdov, on Ittttovc quas unicas tantum exhibent veteres
kyivvnaE TIocteiSwv, 'ApEiova, (paai, codices et primariaa editiones. Exem
Si(TV(j>ov, TlriycMTOv. Festus thus ex pli gratia, vocem (piXo/XEiSijc etiam ubi
plains it : " Hippius,id est,equester, secunda producitur unico fi semper
Neptunus dictus est, vel quod Pega scriptam reperi." He then adduces
sus ex eo et Pegaside natus sit : vel the words 'Eptvvvg or 'Epivig, and
quod equuleus, ut putant, loco ejus alludes to instances similar to the pre
suppositus Saturno fuerit, quem pro sent in IIap0iwa7os V.592. TeXev-
Neptuno derivaret: vel quod tridentis ravroQ Soph. Aj. 210. on which, how
ictu terra equum excierit ; cui ob hoc, ever, see Hermann's note. The true
 inno ( 175 ) IStiS

account of the matter seems given must I succeed in saying what is

by Priscian, quoted by Dind. " in meet ?
principio trochaeum posuit, quem 'laoxpnfog having an equal number
imitans Sophocles, teste Seleuco, of votes on each side, E.711.761.
profert qusedam contra legem metro- 'l<ru\{/vxpQ equal in spirit. Kparog
rum; sicut in hoc; 'A\<[>E(ri(loiav loo^/vxov Ik yvvaiKtHv Kparvveig A.
Ijv 6 yzvvijoag irari'ip." 1449. h.e. as Butl. translates, par
"Imroc a horse, P.V.464. S.c.T.375. robur jam per feminas exerces, sc.
P. 18.32. A. 799. C. 1018. S.180. fem. the evils produced through Clytaem-
a mare, S.c.T.443. collectively, ca nestra and Helen being- compared
valry, fivptag imrov fipafitvg P. 294. with those produced by Atreus and
iirvov Tpurfxvpias id. 307. Thyestes.
'Iir7ror7;E equestrian. Dor. lirirorag 'loravai to set up, or excite, fioijv
S.c.T.80. larng C . 872. to render. jinSe aTr\anrt
'laapyvpoQ equal in value to silver, SvcrKriXov yQova E. 789. etrrj/KtVwt
A. 933. conj. by Salmas. for vulg. dg to stand, A. 1027.1352. P. V.349. Dor.
apyvpdv. 'ioTaKe. S.c.T. 937. iarStTcg P. 672. aor.
"ladi know, imper. of itrq/u inus. 2. itmfv S.c.T. 1007. mid. lirracrQai
S. 428. 454. 928. P. 169.208. 329.423. 427. stand, S.c.T. 546. a-.'iaofiai S.c.T. 657.
770. A. 1599. P.V.288. Imia C.594. pass. LaTuOqv P. 202. aTaOui/xev C.20.
with part. laQi TaKnOrj k\vo>v A. 666. oraflijre S.c.T.33.301. oraddg S.470.
know that thou hearest the truth, OTaOilo-a A. 1008. 1452.
yvi)fx-qv fxiv 'iaOi fir) ZiatyBipovvT ipi 'loToptiv to enquire, P.V.635.to
A. 906. know that I shall not alter my know, P. 446. E.433. with ace. A. 662.
opinion. Cf. A. 1275. 1655. C. 783. In 'Iororp(/3;c rubbing against the
S.917. the vulg. is ladt y avrbg xl mast, living on ship board. vavriXuiv
Zwifitropoi atOev. For terfli y G uelph. aeXfiariov loTorpifirig A. 1418.
has lawg y\ Aid. 'iaiag ov, Turn. 'Laws 6, 'laXtt-v to check. ter^E C. 1048. stay !
Med. e'Ladi ff. Pors. conj. 'iaioaov check thyself.
avrog. tiaei av r avrog Both. Bur '\oyyaivtiv to attenuate, bring down,
gess. Dind. which is best. P.V.3H0. aor. layva-vaaa. E.257.
'ItrOfiog an isthmus, P.V.731. 'loyyuv [u] to be strong, P.V.508.
'la/xiivn Ismene, S.c.T.844. E.591.
'I<rfxr)v6g the Ismenus, S.c.T. 360, 'lax^pog powerful, S.299. hard,
'laoiaifnov like a god, P. 625. rough, P. 302.
'laddtog id. P. 80. 842. 'Itrxyg strength, S.c.T. 208. 1066.
'laofioipog equal as a share, equi la\vv laowatSa A. 74. a strength no
valent, equal, C.317. See under ovpi- greater than a child's. collective
eiv. Klausen here adopts avrifioipov, strength, forces, iaxyg 'Acriaroyevrig
conj. by Erfurdt on Soph. El. 86. P. 12. fiamXda ter^us 582. In periphr.
There is not any occasion for this ; iaxyg iroptvrov \afnraoog A. 278. the
ladfioipov has the first syllable long. swiftly travelling torch. ZopiKpcivov
See Porson on Orest.9. \6yxng i^x^Q P- 145. iron m) OTOfia-
'laovupog like a dream, P.V.548. tim>v Sci^ofiev laxvv ; C. 710. when
'laoiratg like a child, A. 75. shall we boldly give utterance to our
'laoirpeo-ftvs like an old man, A. 78. feelings? tear iaxyv P.V.212. by
'Yoofipoirog equally-poised, P. 338. might.
"Iffoe equal, S.c.T .337.890. E.723. "1<twc perhaps, P.V.317. S.c.T.689.
P.146. ki,'iaov S.400. equally, "taov A. 1019. S.708. On the omission of
rig Kpoarivtiv A. 244. it is the same ov in the last passage, see Matth.
thing as weeping before the time. irS>g Gr. G.515. obs. and cf. Dind. ann. in
"iaov dirova avixriafxai; C.845. how loc.
 ITY2 ( 176 ) KA0H

"Iruc Itys, A. 11 15. pediadai xaP' <t'PEV'- r ixrav. The

"Iuy$ lit. a bird called the wryneck, whole passage is exceedingly corrupt,
used by sorceresses as a charm to and conjecture has availed nothing.
excite desire. Hence met. it means Hermann, however, has not scrupled
any strong or passionate longing, as to use it to support his position that
in P. 949. "ivyyd poi ?ijr' UyaOiav era- fitOieo-Oai may govern an accusative
piov | vTrofii/jiviiaKeie h. e. you recall to case, in opposition to Dawes's canon.
my mind the passionate desire of my See his note on Soph. El. 1269.
brave companions. Schiitz unneces 'lydvfioXog striking fish, iydvfiokhi
sarily conj. Ivyav h. e. lamentation, [inxavif S.c.T. 122. the trident.
which Blomfield and Lachm. have 'IX0wc a fish, P.416. A.1355.
adopted. "I^oe a track, or vestige. waXawv
'Ivypos a cry of woe, C.26. elg "ixvos fitriarav S.533. / am come
'Iv'Celv to utter a cry of woe, S.851. to the old spot. Met. P.V.847. A. 1157.
P. 999. with ace. S.789. P. 272. 1\vos to irpoodzv (jtptvoc S.995. my
'Itptyeveia Iphigenia, A. 1507. 1536. former way offeeling, icar' 'i\voe A.
on the accent of this word, which is 679. upon their track.
usually written as a proparoxyt. cf. 'IxyotrKOTreiv to trace out, C.226.
Dind. on Arist. fragm. p 536. Dind. 'Iii an exclamation of surprise,
adopts in the next verse Hermann's etc. P.V.576. and passim.
conj. aia fipaaag a,ia irao^tav h.e. 'Iw lo, S.535. gen. 'Io0cS.153.167.
aia ai,io)V Spapdriity nao")(u>v. 530. acc. 'I(i S. 289.568. 1050. VOC 'lot
"I^apt. The word appears in S. P.V.638. 790.817.
830. fiavo'oviria rairira' raXtuw filif 'lioyia Ionia, S.c.T.757.

K
Kahfieiogbelongingto Cadmus,The- 720. C. 962. E. 267. 273. On C. 1055.
ban. KaSfieiot the Thebans, S.c.T. see under tiaio.
39. 525. 661. 1016. 1017. Kafye.W ?ro- Kadapos pure, unpolluted, S.641.
\ 9.997.1067. Thebes, ckttv KatS- E. 303. 452.
fitiuiv 47.513. KaSfneiae xdovoc 1006. KaOapaios having power to purify,
id. or expiate, aipa yap laiOnpmov S.c.T.
KaSfioycvriQ born of Cadmus, The- 662. for there is blood which can ex
ban, S.c.T. 285. piate this, with gen. avSpbg atparog
KalfiOQ Cadmus, S.c.T. 125. Kd- nadapolov E.427. one who purifies
fiov TcoKirat S.c.T. 1. Thebans. KaS- from blood. Cf. id. 548. Zwparwv Ka-
fiov iroXiv 74. TroXiafia 113. irvpyovg QapaioQ E.63. purifying houses.
805. Thebes. Kadei^eadai to sit, E.6. irarpigov eg
Kadai/xao-treiv to sprinkle with dpovov KaOifcro P.V.229.
blood. Kadaifid^uxri E.428. The con KadevSeiv to sleep, C.868. E.94.
struction here is not aipifcuai icar be inactive, oh xadcvSovaiv ycpl A.
avrov as Wakefield asserts, but icaOai- 1330. do not let their hands be idle.
pa^iairtv {avrov) sc. rbv waXap- KadfiKeiy to descend into the lists
vdiov. for a contest. Met. C.448.
KaOatpeiv to destroy, A. 387. E. KadtjtrBai to sit. teddnade S.360.
276. imper. KadnaQia P.V.915. mdi'ipevoc
Kadalpeiv to purify, C.70. A. 1577. Kadnpivn C.906. Met. to
K&dappa filth, plur. Kadappara Zeivbv (ppev&v iiriaKoirov Kadiipevov
C.96. E.494. sitting as a watch over the
KaOappoc purification, plur. S.c.T. thoughts.
 kagi ( 177 )
KaOUvai to let, or take down, tov
avrhoXfiov (fta/xi wapfidrav rd iroXXd
Travr6<j>vpT avev SIktjq (probably nav-
TO<pvprov ovt avcv SiKns) flialwe ,vv
Xpova Ka6hoe.iv E. 525. Here Butler
translates Kaflrioeiv, jacturam faclu-
rum, h.e. will cast them into the sea,
coll. Eur. Hel. 1375. a yap KaOr/aeiv
oirX' ifxiXXtv tic aXa. But Kadnoeiv
rather refers to the taking down the
sails of the vessel on the approach
of the storm, and is used elliptically.
KaOr)oeiv sc. ret tor/a. Cf. Horn. Od.
i. 72. Kal to. fxkv ic vrjae KaOefxtv Sei-
oavree oXcdpov, where the edd. before
Barnes had Kardeftev. On the con
struction of the preceding verse see
under iravTofyvpToi:.
KaOiepovv to devote. t/xol Kadiepu-
fiivoQ E.294. devoted to me as a victim.
K.a8tdveiv to sit. cle Opovove Ka-
Bi^dvia E.29.
KaOnrirdeoOai to ride over. Met.
to insult, or violate. Kadnrird^rf jxe
wpeofivTiv viog E.701. Cf. id. 145. wa-
Xatovc vdfiovg Ka.6imra.oa.oQe id. 749.
KaOioravai to set, or arrange, irav-
wxpi SidirXoov Kadioraoav vavriKov
Xewv P. 374. they kept the crews oc
cupied in sailing hither and thither.
See StdirXoos.mid. v. to appoint, to
make, iypnyopoc (j>povpnfia yrjg KaOi-
ora/xat E. 676. Kpv(j>dlov ikitXovv ob-
Safirj KaOltrraro P. 377. no where made
an attempt to sail out. aor. 2. Karaordt;
composed, or settled. Xi^ov Karaorde
P. 287. Blomf. compares Eur. Orest.
1310. ndXiv KaraoTTjO' hoi^^) fliv 6fi-
p.ari.
KaOopav to behold, or discern, rl
fiiXXo) <ppiva Alav KaOopav S. 209.
Kadopfit^eiv to bring a ship into an
anchorage. Met. els rdoSe oavrov
irrffiovag KaO&p/iioac P.Y. 967 .brought
thyself into these calamities.
Kadviriprtpoe superior, higher,
S.c.T.209.
Kal and, also, joining nouns, pro
nouns, adjectives, participles, verbs,
adverbs, and periods, passim. Often
with the force of even, e.g. Seivoc
yap evpe'iv Ka a^ttj^avw)' iropovQ
KAIE
P.V.59. So passim. It is used also
to increase the force of an assevera
tion, e.g. kukwv S' eKari Kayivovro
E.71. 'twas for mischief only they
were born, ov S' aire /cat iravdOXie
S.c.T.953. wretched indeed. Cf. P.V.
343.997.1066. A. 369. C.879.it is
often placed before interrogations,
e.g. Kal vvv (pXoywxbv n-vp e^ovo'
tynfiepot ; P.V. 253. etc. also not in
the beginning of an interrogation,
e.g. r) (cat TOiavraQ rjjB' iirippoi^e'iQ
(pvydc; E.402. Cf. S.c.T.792. P. 288.
707. A. 269.In replies, e.g. P.V.
778.933. P. 232. E.566. S. 293. 308.
334.463.after p; lest, P.523. E.172.
after e'ire in the second clause, S.
183.before fxdXa, of which it merely
increases the force, P.V. 730. E.351.
before ravra, h. e. and that too.F.V.
951. E.112 597.864. after koXvq, iroXXa
Kal poxOnpd C.741. Cf. P.V. 1009. E.
132. P. 240. A.63. It is occasionally
transposed, e.g. roioSe KovSev dvrei-
irelv t'xw P.V. 51. Cf. Dind. on Arist.
Ach.884. Eur.Med.182. it is added to
Si A. 882.It is preceded by re, join
ing nouns, pronouns, adjectives, par
ticiples, verbs, adverbs, and periods.
e. g. P.V. 205. aadpassim. (On the con
struction of such sentences as C.550.
see re), catis sometimes repeated after
re, e.g. P.V. 490. S.cT.69.391. E.280.
Kal very rarely precedes tc, e.g. S.c.T.
562. C.250. E.7*5.878 . KalKal S.c.T. 10.
460. P. 829. A.97, etc. KalKalrat
S.c.T.236. KalSi for, KalKai E.
135. KalSi and moreover, e.g. Kal
fidX' fi/iUvToe Si SeX C.866. Cf. P.V.
975. P. 149. 538. 765. E. 65. 384. S.790.
On this construction, the legitimacy
of which is denied by Porson, see also
under Si. Kalirep although, A. 1176.
Kal y dp for, for indeed, P.V. 439, etc.
Kal Sri and in truth, and lo ! P.V. 54.
75, etc. icat fir)v and lo, and indeed,
P.V.245, etc. See fir)v. Kalroi and yet,
P.V. 101,437.645. E.811. Joined with
other words by crasis, kov P.V. 336,
etc. Kay C.991. E.711. kcI S.C.T.429.
P.V.287. C. 113.296.
Kaitiv to burn, A. 292. to cauterise
2 A
 KAIN ( 178 )
(a wound) aor. 1. flroi Keavrcg, y tc-
fibvrtg A. 823. These two verbs are
often found thus united. See Pier-
son's note on Maoris in. kXoziv ko\
koeiv, and Blomf. Gloss, in loc.
Kalvciv to kill C. 873. 6 Kalviov A.
1543. the murderer, aor. 2. tKavtg
S.c.T.942. So Herm. Schiitz, Blomf.
forvulg. ticraves. In C. 917. the vulg.
is Kaveg y hv ov yprjv, Kal to fir) 'xptiov
iraBt. Here Pors. Schiitz, Blomf.
insert the augment iKavig y ov ov
'Xpriv. Pauw proposes kovovo ov ov
ypr)v, which Well, approves. Herm.
conj. erapcc ov, or tKavtg rbv obxpfjv.
The particle ye certainly may have
been inserted by some copyist wish
ing to complete the metre when the
first syllable in haveg was lost : but
it nevertheless seems peculiarly ap
propriate and emphatic here, " You
have slain him you ought not, there
fore suffer what you ought not."Opt.
kovoi S.C T.612, pass. KaiviTai id. 329.
Katyi^ttv to handle or use a thing
for the first time. Kalviaov vyov A.
1041 . wear the yoke for the first time,
fitfivyoo o" ajJt<pifi\r)(TTpov li a EKaivi-
aav C.487. the net with which for the
first time they enclosed you, h.e. no
one having been so enclosed before.
Here Blomf. reads ug eKalvio-av un
necessarily. Valck. on Phcen. 1310.
conj. tKaivernv.
Kaivoirnyiignewlyfashioned, S.C.T.
624.
Kaivoirfifiiov newly afflicted, S.c.T.
345.
Kaivog new, recent, P.V.945. C.
648. P. 654.
Kaipiog seasonable, convenient. -)(pr)
Xiyciv ra Kaipia S.C.T. 1. Cf. id. 601.
S.441. A. 1003. C.1060./ataZ. KOtpiag
irXnyrjg A. 1265. a fatal blow. Cf. id.
1316.
Katpiwg seasonably, fitly, A. 1345.
fatally. Kaipiwg ovraofiivog A. 1317.
KaipoQ a fit time for anything. ruivSe
Kaipov Saris &KioTOg \a/3e' S.C.T.65.
the earliest opportunity for these
things. tovSc o" ovSafiwg Kaipbg yeyw-
vtlv SC. itrrl P.V.521. it is by no
KAKO
means a fit season for, etc. toff 6
Kaipbg iifitptvovrag ivovg Tvyxavtiv
ra irpotrfopa C.699. it is the proper
time for strangers, etc. iv Kaipip P.V.
379. at a fit season. a due meed.
Kaipov \apirog A. 761. Kaipov iripa
P.V.506. rlva Kaipov fie c'loao'Kete ;
S. 1045. answering to fierptov vvv tiros
ev)(ov v. 1044.a proper place, irpb
Kaipov fiiXog ifKlQiov o-Kr)\peie A. 356.
before the right distance.
Kairoi. See Kal.
KaKayyeXog bringing evil tidings,
A. 622.
Kaxn cowardice, S.c.T. 174. 598.
KaKKvvrrylrig (contr. for kotokv-
vnyirig) a female pursuer, E.222.
KaKofiavrte boding e7,P.10. S.c.T.
704.
KaKOfiiXeros of evil melody, P.
899.
KaKoirorfioe of evil destiny, A.
1107.
KaKoppi/fitov evil speaking, ill-
omened, A. 1126.
Kacoe bad, h.e. morally bad, base.
KaKOQ ov KEK\i)an S.C.T. 660. 680. fir)
KaKoe 393. bfiiXiac KOKijg 582. kokov
epiorog 669. vIki\v rauji- 698. Cf. E.
863. KaKO~iQ avlpaai P. 739.743. kokov
alvov A. 1462. \pv)(ijg KaKtjg 1627.
alrlag rairijc C.1027. Cf. S.399. A.
1650. Met. kokov xoXkoO A. 389. base
metal. bad, h.e. unskilful. Kaxbg
larpbg &g nc P.V. 471. xaxbg fiavrtg
C. 766.bad, h.e. pernicious, destruc
tive, of evil import or tendency. ko-
Kalci iroivalg P.V. 223. kokSiv Kai-
aypStv S.c.T.667. kokov fit KapSlavire-
piirirvti Kpvog id. 816. xpnfiarwv KOKog
Sarvrag 926. vpayog eaOXbv n kokov
P. 244. kokoq Saifiwv 346. fiopov kokov
361. avfiipopag KOKrjg 437. KOKa-aXyr)
531. Soaiv kokov 998. iroifilvog kokov
A. 643. kok&v kXvei ippcvdv 1034.
koktj rv\n 1203. nXovrov eifiarog ko
kov 1356. rr)v kokov apav C. 144.
kokov okotov E. 71. koko~iq cVippocuo-i
664. yX&trcrav kokiiv S.973. Comp.
KaKiov oi/Siv S.c.T. 582. kclkiov aXXo
Kr)fia A. 839.to kokov, kok6v, an
evil thing, a misfortune, affliction or
 KAKO ( 179 )
crime, etc. micdv fxiv irpuirov iiyyiX-
Xtiv mm P.V.249. KaKoiaiv avTr)fiti-
(kro S.c.T.1040. Cf. P.V.26.161.256.
303. 320. 746. 775. 928. 1017. S.c.T. 87.
169.172.209.539.553.555.557.610.665.
701. 723. 740. 764. 790.823. 857. 985. 989.
1024. 1035. P. 12. 32. 259. 283. 287. 322.
333. 345. 421.425. 427. 432. 457. 506. 511.
523.590.592.598.623.679.693.698.712.
729.767.800.821.826.837.967.987. A.
204.338.634.639.743.836.878.1053.1062.
(Here mm mx, apravae is corr.
by Dind. for mm K&pravai.) 1073.
1102. 1104. 1115. 1157. 1187- 1370. 1380.
1594. 1639. C. 42.93. 152. 275. 334. 559.
682. 719.737. 764. 860.876. 931. 953. 974.
1037. E. 71 . 122. 141. 360. 480. 933. S.
323. 448. 464. 466. 784. yq. irarpuq m-
kov ap' eyevofiav P.897. abstr. for
cone. / am become a sorrow to my
country. In P. 998. doaiv mK&v m-
Ko~tv KctKoig, Butler incorrectly under
stands Kaictov and KaKo'iQ to refer to the
chorus and Xerxes, as meaning mi
serable, which sense /caicde certainly
has not. Heath's explanation is
correct, though it is unnecessary to
understand ewc ; munus malum malo-
rum super mala. The constr. is the
same as in Soph. Aj.853. irovog iruvy
ttovov fcpei. Pors. on Eur. Hec.586.
quotes this passage in the Pers. Cf.
also Lob. Soph. Aj. 1093. 1304. r$
k&kiot avZiofxevif S.c.T. 660. him of
whom the worst things are said. See
aiSdc.
KaxoinrXayxyoe tame - hearted,
S.c.T. 219.
KaKoorpwroc having poor lodging,
A. 542.
Kaic6o-)(p\o causing tedious delays,
A. 186.
KaKortjs baseness, P.V. 1068.
Kaicovv to ruin, injure, P.V. 978
pass, micwdue P. 714. worsted.
Kaicovxla an unhappy possessing,
S.c.T.650.
KaKo^ariQ of ill-omened sound, P.
899.
KaKo<f>poviiv to be malevolent, kclko-
<f>povu>v Saifitov A. 1147. an evil spirit.
KamQpiov painfultothemind.A.100.
KAAO
KaicoSe badly, P.446.799. A. 656.
C.294. mnuig irpatraeiv to fare badly,
P.V.264. P. 209. na.oxM mKuiQ to be
badly treated, P.V. 753. 761. S.c.T.
1040. tppoveiv kclk&q to be evil in
clined, A. 901. Xiyetv ran3c E.391.
to speak ill of. (ppoveiv oh micHc E.
812. to have no trifling share of sense.
(iovXtVOV KdKWQ S.c.T. 205.
TS.aXtiv to call. \pevSiovvfxws at
fiaifioveg Upofindta mXovai P.V. 86.
Cf. A. 1205.1246. E.390.628. S.258.
cl roe" avrtp <j>lXov KeicXrifxevy A. 156.
if it is pleasing to him to be so called.
Ktickriar) S.c.T. 680. KtK\r)atrai P.736.
P.V. 842 to call upon (a god, or one
dead). P.V.91. S.c.T. 205. 622. A. 144.
1048. E. 28.528. S. 210. 851. Mid. v.id.
P.674. C. 199. pass. S.166. to call
upon (a man, etc.) kevos kevov koXei
S.C.T.335. Cf.561. P. 171. C.723. E.
116. Mid. v. id. C.214. fiapriipia m-
Xeiadt E. 464. call witnesses. EKTripafia
Sufiarbiv raAw C. 644. / call upon
some one to come out of the house.
See iKTrcpafia. m\tier6ai is often used
much in the same sense as elvai.
See Monk, on Eur. Hipp. 2. to.Se rwv
Ileptru/v iricrra KaXelrai i.q. iifieic
tafiiv P. 2. birovai TEKVoyovoi KtKXnv-
rai S.c.T. 911. ovrtvoe SovXoi kk-
Xnvrat tpbiroe P. 238. ^apirte cjtoUoc
KEKXnvrai yoog irpoadoSofioic 'Arpti-
Saic C.318. irvpog ftyyoc 6.<pdirov
KeicXrifiivov C.1033.
KaXXimpiroc bearing fine fruits,
P.V. 369.
Ka\\(Vac having fair children,
A. 740.
KaWiVpwpoc lit. having a fair
prow. Met. having a fair face or
front, S.c.T.515. arofiaroQ mXXnrpit-
pov A. 227. her beauteous mouth.
KaXXippoog fair-flowing, P. 197.
KaWoc beauty, P. 181. a fair thing.
as a fine carpet, kv woiiclXotoi KaX-
Xeai (ialvtiv A. 897.
KaXdg fair, splendid, beautiful.
mXXtorov lifiap A. 874. mXbv arparov
P. 240. & mXa A. 138. good, excel
lent, urixavi) mXri S.454. mXag rpo-
<j>ag S.c.T. 530. favourable, advan-
X
 KAAY ( 180 )
tageous. ov oipayia yiyyerat KaXa
S.c.T.532. ixfiaois orpary icaX/; S.753.
ovk tad oirwg Xi^aifii ra ipevSij tcaXa
A. 606. / could not possibly announce
good news which is not true, etc. ho
nourable, ov-rcip ro'ig vt'oic Bvifoicuv
kuXov S.c.T.1002. Cf.A.lo92. Iro
nically, ij! dfiov ipyov kcli Bidiai irpo-
afiXeg, ko\6v r a.KOvaa.1 S.C.T. 563.
KOfiiraaoy yipag naXdv E.200. So we
may understand it in C.687. vvv 2'
ijirep iv Cufwirn (SaK^ctag KaXrjg iarpog
tXn-if %v, irapovaav iyypa<j>et h.e. the
hope which existed (aforetime) in the
house as a mitigator of the gay re
velry (sc. of Clyteemnestra and Jigis-
thus) this he writes down at what is
here present, h. e. at nothing. /3ait-
\ilag KaXfjq seems less suited in the
mouth of Electra, as expressive of
the joy she herself hoped to have
felt atj)eing restored to her rightful
estate, though some understand it
thus. The expression may, however,
be purposely ambiguous.
KaXvfi/jia a veil, curtain, or co
vering, A. 1151. C.487.
KaXv^ the calyx of a plant, A.
1365.
KaXinrrtiv to cover or conceal,
P.V.220. C.51.to bury, KaXv\pw
S.C.T. 1031. cKa\w^tP.638. KaXv\pov
P.V.584.
KaXvirrpa a veil, S. 115. 126. P.529.
On C.798. see Zvotytpog.
KaX^ac Calchas, A. 151. 240.
KaXwc well, favourably, irpaaauv
KoXioq to fare well, P.V.941. E.795.
uiAwr Kvpti S.c.T. 23. it turns out
well. icaXwc 'i%u 781. A. 820. id.
rvyyaviiv KaXCie C.211. id. ippovtiv
fi>) (caXws P.V.1011. P.711. to be un
wise. TreXofjevuv KaXfig S. 116. if
things happen well. iKriXevrijO-ti *ra-
XG>q S.406. end well. Or/aofif.v KaXwg
A. 1658. fifinoav kclX&q id. 1014. fa-
vtiaOai koXGiq C.411. <j>vXacriTe ray
o'lKif KaXGiQ idATi. 'ipyoig Biaweirpay-
fievoig caXaic 728. napaivtlg KaX&c
890. TV)(OVTEQ KO.Xii>Q 939. lOTOp&iQ KO-
X(5f E. 433. kclX&q KXvovtra S.699.
KaXiis av E,vn<l>ipoi 734. honourably,
KANQ
gloriously, iv <j>ovdlc naXic nurovra
A.435. Cf. C. 350.795. ov koXwc E.
430.
Ko^iaJ the shaft of a spear, A. 66.
KafinXog a camel, S.282.
Kafivtiy to grow weary or faint.
T&v irpd, fxapirri, Ka/xvoig S. 807. to
cease, tire of, with part, tiidevovvra
ftil kcijxvuv E.868. fut. mid. ovroi
Kafiovfiai aoi Xiyovaa rayada E.
841. aor.2. Kaficiv to be faint or ex-
hausted. arparov ku^ovtoq A. 656.
vcios Kafxovang novriif irpoc <v\iari
S.c.T. 192. worn out by struggling
against the waves. aXXayy Xoyov
Kafiiiv A. 469. to faint at a change of
report, oi nafiovrtg was peculiarly
used in the old epic writers to mean
the dead, i.e. those who have, as it
were, sunk exhausted by labours ;
Thus we find in S.228. Zeic fiXXoe
iv Kafiovai i. e. Pluto ; and in the
Attic dialect, the perfect KCKfinKortg
means the same. So S. 149. Zrjva
rCitv KCKjinKOTwy. See Buttm. Lexil.
in v. Kap,6vTt.
Kaixirreiv to bend. Kafxwrtiv yoj'u
to bend the knee, h.e. to rest, P.V.
32.396. Stanl. cf. Horn. II. /.H8.
aXXa tiv o"ito 'Aanaalios avrSiv yovv
Kafi\pcty, Ss kc <pvyntri. See other in
stances in Blomf. Gloss, in loc.to
double, as the goal in a race. Kapipat
StavXov ddrepov kuXov A.335.pass.
to be bent down (sc. by calamity),
KafiipOeig P. 306. 237 . S . 1 1 .
KafiirxiXog curved. KafiiriXotg 6\i}-
paoi S. 180.
Kaftipiirovg moving the feet in run
ning, swift, S.c.T. 773. An absurd
explanation of this word is given by
the Schol. SC. if KcLfiirrovara KoXafa-
jinwt' rowc woSag. Nearly so Well.
Lex. hominum genua inflectens, effi-
ciens ut labantur. Schiitz, however,
well observes, " aliud est yovv ko\[i-
Trretj-quod significat requiescere, aliud
iroSag KafiirTeiv, quod est ambulare,
ire."
KavayriQ loud, C.150.
Kavwfloe name of a city, S.307.
P.V. 848.
 KAIIA ( 181 ) KAPT

Kcnravive a proper name, S.c.T. duce stored up, S.c.T. 339. P. 609.
405. 422. Met. effect, result. bfitXtae kok^c Kap-
KairnXeieiv to huckster, or retail, ttos S.c.T. 582. yXiiaanQ fiaraiaQ Kap-
to do anything in a petty manner, ov 7rocE.795.effec.t,realization. d (cap-
KairrjXtvouv fiay^nv S.C.T.527. will ttoq tarai deaipaToioi Aoiiov S.c.T. 600.
fight by wholesale, h.e. not to do it KapworeXriQ bringing fruit to per
by halves. fection, S. 67 1. Here KapTrortXij Stanl.
Kairvoe smoke, A.483.792. S.c.T. See twtKpaivEiv.
324. S.760. Kapwovv to bring forthfruit. "Yflpig
Kapa the head, P.204. A. 1598. C. eKapTrwo'c ora^y v arng P. 807.mid.
225.422.489.1043. iri.pl TroSa, irepl v. KapTtovtrOai to gather the fruits of,
xapa E.159. about the head, about to enjoy the produce of. Tr/vSe Kap-
the foot, h. e. from top to bottom, in irovrai -)(06va S.250. Kapwuxrerat P.V.
every part. In addresses,V0j' S'kfiol, 854. In a metaphorical expression,
<f>lXoi> Kapa, iKJiaiv awrjvnQ A. 879. padc'iav aXoKa 2td <ppevo KapirovjJ.ivoQ
my dear one. irepov kv Kapa fiiaaropa S.c.T. 575. possessing a richly gifted
iraatTai E. 168. on his head, i. e. in mind, ra \ptvSfj KaXa kg tov iroXvv
the most vital part. So Wakef. See tyiXoioi Kapicovadai -^Oovov A. 607. so
tfcetvoe. as for my friends to enjoy it for a
Kapavrjorrip cutting off the head. permanence, avrbe (ppevwv Kapiroiro
KapavncrrijpeQ SUai E.177. A.l. Kapa- ri)v afiaprlav id. 488. may he reap the
viaTijpeg. Well, observes that rapa- fruits of his error. In S.313. Aiftin
vnarfip is formed after the analogy fiiytarov rijade yijg Kupnovfiivn, Por-
of Texr^arrjp, ufintrrrip and the like. son conj fxEyiarng ovofia yfjc Kapivov-
The older copies have KapavnaTfjpeg. fitvr). The vulg. is unintelligible,
Kapaviorijpee Dind. but emendation is unavailing, since
Kapavov [d] the head, C.390. pi. the preceding verse, to which this is
Kapava Satfag sc. of Clytaemnestra an answer, has rightly been marked
and /Egisthus. It is better to place a as wanting. So Pors. Schiitz. Dind.
full stop after Sa'iijae, otherwise it KapTTb>na fruit, pi. Kapiruifiara S.
must be in the nom. abs. before irio-ra 979. fruits.
yevoiro ywpa. Rdpra exceedingly, strongly, very
Kapavovv [d] to bring to a head, to much. e.g. Kai firiv SS' eotl Kapr ISeiv
consummate, or finish, C.521. 694. dfiorrrepog C.172. Cf. S.C.T. 397. 671.
Kdp/Savoc [d] barbarous, S.892. A. 868. P. 364. 511. A. 268. 775. 814.910.
1031. On S. 111. 122. see Kovvtiv. 1179.1225. C. 174.261.916. E.15.204.
KapcU'a the heart, A. 1092. E. 823. 213.616.811. S. 198. 285. 443. 445. 447.
the mind, or breast, S.c.T. 816.951. jj Kapra trpbg yvvaiKOQ a'ipeadai xiap
P. 157. A. 172. 468. 808.951. 999.1375. C. A. 578. sc. tori, it is quite like a woman,
160.165.181.386.819.1020. E. 103.444. etc. Kapra b" ear' kyyiipiog S.c.T. 395.
497.753.780. S.68.344.461.766.780. kv he is indeed a native. Kapra S' Atf
KapSla E.649. from the heart, h.e. o/iatfioi id. 992. they are indeed Sfiai-
sincerely, ytirovee Be KapSiae yutpt/x- l*oi. See OfxaifxaQ. kinavvfiif Kapra,
vai S.c.T.271. here Kapliag seems to noXvvtiKT) Xiyw id. 642. him who is
be a dissyllable by synizesis, and an indeed rightly named Polynices. Kap
swers to kydpo'iQ in the antistrophe. ra 0 uv kirwvvfios E.90. Kapra S' cip.i
Dind. proposes to restore the iEolic rov irarpoe 708. / am quite on the side
form Kaphas- of the father.
KapSidSr/KToe wounding the heart, Kaprepog powerful, comp. S.c.T.
A. 1450. 500.violent,P.V.201.925. to mpripov
Kdpirifiog fruitful, P.V. 453. S.607. violence, trpbg to Kaprtpov
Kapwog fruit, S.742. fruit, or pro P.V. 212. by violence.
 KA2A ( 182 )
Kaoavtya Cassandra, A. 1005.
KatnyvrtTt) a sister, P. 181. C.639.
Kaaiyvnrog a brother, S.c.T.614.
656. P.V.647. A. 318. on this last pas
sage see (pvraKpwQ.
Kao-te id. S.c.T.656. a sister, in
a figurative sense, Katxig irrikov i,v-
vovpog Siipia Kavtg A. 480. Xiyvvv
fieXaivav aloXov rrvpog kcutiv S.c.T.
476.
Kara prep, with genitive :be
neath, ol Kara x^opbg Oioi P. 675. Cf.
A. 1359- C.351.371.408. E.115. with
verbs of motion. Kara yfjg avfieyai
E.961.against, to the injury or de
struction of. Kar apyfiQ <j>iXairiog
\e<ie S.480. fond of bringing charges
against the ruling power. Cf. S.c.T.
180.388. C.219.signifying motion
downwards from a place, as in the ex
pression Kar aKpag C. 680. from top
to bottom.With accusative, accord
ing to, agreeably with. Kara, vopovg
cHpiKropw S. 238. Cf. id. 385. Kar olpov
with a fair wind. "Irio Kar ovpov
S.c.T. 672. let it go before the wind,
Cf. id. 836. P. 473. After the analogy
of this is constructed warpbg xar tv-
XC SytnTor/xwe (fiopovfievoi S.C.T. 801.
h.e. in accordance with his prayers.
after the manner of, consistently
with, opdtig Kar kiruivvfiiav koX iroXv-
vtiKtig S.c.T. 811. agreeably with their
name, to KnSevaai ra6' laurel P.V.892.
to make a match suitable to oneself, 6
KofiTTOQ ov Kar avdpunrov (ppovel S.C.T.
467. does not hold thoughts suited to a
man. Cf. A. 342. 899. and see Blomf.
Gloss, on the former passage.on
account of. alrlav Kad' fjvnva ai-
Ki^erai fie P.V. 226. Kara irpeofidav
P. 4. by right of seniority. Qri<reu>g
Kara (pdovov E.656- out of envy to
wards Theseus. Kar iyOpav S..331.
Kar tvvoiav (j>pevu>vidi.9l8.ovr cuol
Kad' ifiovriv sc. tori P.V.261. it is
not pleasing to me.signifying the
direction of motion. ceSopKihg rove
efjiovg Kara arlfiovg P.V. 682. Kar tv-
voq A. 679. pursuing their track. Xev-
pbv Kar aXoog vvv e.Trtorpi<pov roSe S.
503. turn into this grove. Kar 6$daX-
KATA
fiovg (iaXei C.566. present himself to
my eyes, see fiaXXEiv.signifying the
place where a thing is. Kar "Apyog
P.V.871. Kara irroXiv S.C.T.6.232.
A. 581. E.969. Kara yatai' under
ground, in the earth, P. 619. E.352.
802.833. Kar' iitrrv P.1027. Kara x'|-
aov id. 852. Kara KXijpov 'lovwv 866.
irarpbg Kar avlpwvag A. 235. Kar ol-
Kouf415. Kaff 'E\\d<5a61. Kara\06va
E.861. Kad' odor E.994. near at.
rvfxfibv Kar avrbv Awyevovg 'Afi<f>io-
vog S.c.T. 510. Kara SapirnSoviov x*>>'
fj.aS.M8.opposite. Kara irpSiv' &Xwv
P. 856. Kara ordua C.566. face to
face.against. avr)p Kar avdpa rov-
rov ypidi] S.c.T. 487.concerning,
pertaining to. Xaxi ra """' avOpio-
irovc E.300. the destinies allotted to
men. wavra ra Kar avdpunovg id. 890.
all the affairs of men.distrib. avrrj
Kaff avrriv P.V. 1015. by itself. Kaff
tlfiipavP.827. day by day.Denoting
the time in which a thing is done,
in, during. c/xovKar a'lUva S.C.T. 201.
Kar' evQpovnvP.in. E.662. by night.
Kar ifl/uap A.654. Kaff rifiipav C.805. by
daydenoting the manner, Kar \a-
Xv P.V. 212. by dint ofstrength. In P.
619. Kara yaiag is the vulg. although
several MSS. have Kara yalav, which
Well, adopts, conceiving that it has
the meaning of in terram, and joining
it with TTOfnrovg elvai as referring to
Darius. But Kara yaiav treiiirciv would
hardly be used to signify to send up
from beneath to the earth : it is bet'
ter to retain the vulg. and join ci<ppo-
vag nvai Kara yaiag h.e. to show US
favour beneath the earth, sc by send
ing up from thence the shade of Da
rius. Separated from its verb by
tmesis. See KaraKpartiv, KaraKa-
Xxnrreiv, KaroXXvadai.
Karafiaafiog a descent. P.V. 813.
meaning the catadupa, or place where
the Nile falls from the mountains,
cf. Herod, ii. 17.
Karayeiv to restore an exile, S.cT.
629.642. Karriyayt A. 1589.
KaraytXaV to laugh at. pass. Kara-
ytXti>ntvr)v A. 1244.
 KATA ( 183 ) KATA

KaraytXwc mockery. tfiavriJQ Ka- KaraXXayf/ reconciliation. fiape~iai

raytKiara A. 1237. a mockery of my KaraXXayai sc. eiai S.c.T. 749. See
condition. fiapvg.
KaraytvaxTKEiv to decide a suit. pass. Karafinvieiv to tell, disclose, kclto,-
oVwc av ev Karayvbiadrj dint) E. 543. finvvau) P.V. 175.
KaraOawTeiv to bury. icaraQdipOfxev Kara/tofjupog deserving of com'
A. 1532. plaint, not agreeable, A. 143. The
KaraOffiiTKeiv to die. aor. 2. kclt- Schol. explains, Si^ia Sea rrjv vianv,
Oavtior KareQave A. 1532. Kardaveiv Kard/xofifa 2<a rov yoXov 'AprifiiioQ.
for KaraOaviiv A.1263.1337.1592. Kar- Karavaieadat mid. v. to place in a
daviiv for Karadavuv A. 847. Karda- residence, aor. 1. avrov KaTavaooa-
vovra P.V.570. neut. pi. P. 268. fievn E. 889. having stationed them
Karai/3ar>/6 descending. Karaifiarns there.
xepavvog P.V.359. Karafalveiv to tear in pieces, (lit.
Karaiylfciv to come down like a as wool in carding,) to wear out, A.
storm. Trplv Karaiylaai irvoag "Apeog 190.
S.c.T.63. Kara^evovv to receive hospitably,
KaraiOeiv to burn or light, C.599. pass. Kare^evufxevov C.695.
Karmvelv to promise. Karaiviaavra Karaiiiovv to think proper, yalpeiv
C.695. avfupopaic; Kara^id A. 558. mid. v.
Karalaioc becoming, proper, ipyov ranjijicixraro S.c.T.649. honoured with
ob Karaimov A. 1580. unseemly. her favour.
'K.a.Ta.io~)(yvEi.v[y]to disgrace, S.974. Kara-Traveiv to put an end to. icare-
fut. Karaiayyvelv S.C.T.528. iravae S.581.
Karatayyvriip one who disgraces. KaTcuriirTEiv to fall. Kairweire A.
So/mov KaraiirxyvTfjptn A.1336. 1532. for KCLTCLTreoe.
KaTatcaXviTTtiv to cover, by tmesis, Karairveiv to breathe into, inspire.
elff 6<peXev KafiEdavarov Kara, ftoipa A. 106. See ireidw.
KaXvipai P. 881. KarawTepoe winged, P.V. 800.
KaraicapQeo-Oai mid. v. to wither Kara-KTriaoeiv to crouch down. aor.
away. <pvXXd$os ijSn rararapc^o/LiiVi/e 2. KarairTaKuv E. 243.
A. 80. KaTcnrrvoTos abominable, E.68.C.
KaraKXi^etv to drown, pass, xara- 623.
KXvtrdrjvat S.c.T. 1070. Karapa an imprecation, S.c.T. 707.
KaraKpaTEiv to prevail, by tmesis. KaTappdirreiv to sew together, Met.
Kara fio'ip' eKparnae P. 101. to plot. Ilevdel (carapfiai^as fiopov E.
KaraicpuTrrEtv to cover. KareKpv\pas 26.
P. 528. Karapptvav lit. to polish with a
KaraKrelvetv to kill. fut. Kara*:- file, (ipavtov ev KaTeppivnjxevovQ S.
revels C.910. aor. 2. Kariicravov E. 728. said of those whose limbs are
580. KareKTaves E.561. Kareicrave S. made extremely supple and nimble
301. S.c.T.965. E. 572.575. perf. m. by exercise. Well. conj. narappi-
KareKTOvae E.557. KaraKraveXv A. vtofievove from pivoc, which would
1596. KaraKTaviyv S.c.T. 941. This mean " covered with hard skin."
verse is by some considered corrupt, Karapplirreiv to throw down, e'i re
Lachm. conj. eOaveg Karaicrae. from SrifioOpove dvap^la f3ovXi)v Karap-
another form in fit, Karia-a E.438. pt\petev A. 858. should form some
(caraicrac S.c.T. 949. daring design. These words are un
KaraXfiyeiv to cease. KaraXrjai A. derstood by Schiitz and Butl.to mean,
1458. iroi KaraXifoi C. 1071. at what ne senatum dejicerent. So Well.
point (sc. having arrived) will it But to say nothing of the harshness
stop ? of the term fiovXt) thus abruptly
 KATA ( 184)
applied to those who conducted the
state in the absence of Agamemnon,
the words tov vEtrovra Xwcrlaai irXiov,
which are an epexegesisof the preced
ing, do not refer to any council, but to
Agamemnon, whose family would be
exposed to insult at his fall. The
double danger spoken of is first, that
to which Agamemnon was exposed at
Troy: secondly, that which awaited
his family, in case of his failure, by
popular insurrection at home. Blomf.
considers the expression Karappivreiv
fiovkijv to be identical in its origin
with avappiirrEiv KtvSvvov, sc. as a
metaphor taken from thi owing dice.
This is probably correct. A con
jecture of Abresch, however, Karap-
fultti r, deserves to be considered.
Cf. E.26.
Karaprieiv to arrange, order, effect,
av pkv KaTriprvK&ig opu>Q tKcrrfe irporr-
rjXOcs Kadapoe afiXafi^s SofioiQ E.451.
sc. KarnprvKiMie tov <povov, having com
mitted the murder, carijpr/cwc is here
explained by some commentators to
mean, adornatus, prceparatus, expia-
tus, probe instructus, etc. senses which,
as Wellauer observes, it cannot pos
sibly have. Scholef. referring to
Hesycb. KarripTVKwQ' rekciwaac, trans
lates, expiatione facta. Well, quan-
quam perfecisti ccedem, but hesitates
about this verse because the Schol.
has KaTTipTVKWQ' teXeioc tt/v ijXudav.
rovro c~e airo t&v u>ii>v, a meaning
which it certainly sometimes has, but
which has nothing to do with the
present case. The verb /caraprvEiv
means in itself merely to arrange, or
make. What it is which is arranged
or made, whether the murder or ex
piation, must be sought from the
context. There is clearly an opposi
tion between KarripTvK&s and IkettIs
irpotrrjXQes KaOapos a/3\ct/3)c Sopoig.
Orestes was xaOapog, although xarrip-
TVK&ie. Hence Kar-qprvKt^Q does not
refer to the expiation. The only
thing to which it can refer is <j>6vov,
to be understood from <j>6vov in the
preceding line, and this accords with
KATA
the general sense of the passage,
which see explained under c'vawiifia-
roc.
Karap\Eiv to begin, with gen. Ka-
TrjpZav fiayrie P.343.
Karatrficvvivai to exhaust, or
quench. KaraafliaEi S.c.T.556. A. 932.
mid. v. KCLTiojUiKaai A. 862. are ex
hausted.
KaTatrdfiaiveiv to pant against, to
struggle against panting. xaXwuv *a-
raaOpaivtov S.c.T.375.
KaraotcairTEiv to raze, A. 511.
Karaoxa^ a digging up, as of the
ground for burial, S.c.T.999.1027.
a razing or overthrow, C. 49. S.c.T.46.
KaraoKtWEo-Oat to dry up. mid. v.
KaraaKEXkEoQai P.V.479. to wither
away.
Karao-Krjviofia a covering or pall,
C.993.
KaTatTKr)irTEii> to light upon, S.322.
Karao-Kiog shaded, S.c.T.366. A.
479. S. 341. 349.
Karatriroo'Elv to throw down in the
dust, to kill. pass. KarEtnroh'jfpEvoi
S.c.T.791. See Valck. Hipp. v. 1238.
KaratTTaaiQ an appointing, a cele
brating. yopSiv KCLTaoramv A. 23.
KaratrrpE<j>Etv to direct to a termi
nation, not Kara(TTpE(j>Ets Xoywv teXev-
rrjv; P. 773. to what point do you di
rect the termination of your speech ?
h. e. what is the purport of your final
words ?to compel, pass, clkoveiv aov
KaTEorpappai raSe A. 930. / am com
pelled to obey you in these things.
KaraoTpoipTi aplace to turn to. &vev
\v7r1je ovSapov Karatrrpotyri S.437.
whichever way we turn, we must have
pain.an overturning. Karao-Tpotyai
viu>v QEopiuiv E.468. revolutions in
troducing new laws. See Sikh.
Karaa<pa^Eiv to slaughter, pass.
KaratT(payEJ<rije E. 102.
KaratTtppayi^Eiv to seal up. perf.
pass. KaTE<T<j>payiap(va S.926.
Karctff^tflet)' to handle, hold, S.
1052.
Karav^Eiv to boast, withdat. 7r\/-
Oii KaTavxtjaat ve&v P. 344. exulting
in the number of his ships.
 RATA ( 185 )
KciTCKpipeiv to bring down. Kara-
<j>ipio iroSoe aK/xav E.348. I leap down.
KaTtupQartiaQai (formed from Afld-
veiv. Hesych. ^darrjar). (jtddtrn.) to
hasten to. yijje KaratyOarovfiEvt) E.
376. as I was hastening to the land.
So Bent. Stanl. for the vulg. rtjv
icaTafdaTovfiivni'. By yrjv is here un
derstood Sigeum, which was sacred
to Minerva. See Stanley's explana
tion of the passage. Dind. correctly
places the comma after 'ZKapavlpov
instead of after floijv.
KaratpOeipetv to destroy, P. 376.
pass. KaTi<pOapTai P.247.715.
KaraipOivEiv to destroy, undo, ica-
ratpOlaag E.697. pass. KartyOiro P.
310. ettei <j>E-yyog riXtov KarEtpOiro P.
369. when the sun set.
Kara<pdopa distress, undoing, C.
209.
Karai/'traftii/ to descend in drops,
A.547.
KarciSivat to know. KurotSa A. 4.
KaTftBioe P. 730.
Kartt'cW (inus. in pr.) to see. 2
aor. KardSov P. 985. Karihoifxi A. 461.
Kanc'eHv S.89. KaridovrEQ P. 936.
KarevapiZeiv to slay. pass. Karv-
vapiaQriQ C.343.
KaTepyafaadai to destroy, pass, pa-
KtWt) rrj icaTEipyaarai irt'cW A. 512.
KarepyaOeo-dai mid. v. to check,
restrain, arparbv KartpyaBov E.536.
KaTcpciKEaOai mid. v. to rend, P.
530.
KctTcpXEtrdai to return from exile,
C.3. rar^Xeec S.c.T.980. KareXduiv
A. 1631. E.440.
Karevyfta an imprecation, S c.T.
691.a prayer or wish, C.216. E.975.
Karev'XEo-dai to imprecate, S.c.T.
615. to pray or wish, A. 1223. to
pray to, E. 882. C. 86. 137.
KarEvxv a prayer, C.470.
KarE^Eiv to occupy, yj)6va ko.te-
Xeiv S.c.T. 714. dr/Kag Kariffovai A.
442. S.25. Spotrag KarEyovra yapEy-
vav A. 1521.to overspread, cover,
olpiayr) care() aXa P. 419. fjfilpa
Karia^E yaiav 389. to check, re
strain, P. 186. Mnpv pi) Karatr-x^Eh' A.
KATO
202. to avert, to arnpov yiopag kixte-
%eiv E.962.(TTOfiaroQ tpvXaKav Kara-
oy/iv A. 227. place a guard on her
mouth. On P. 43. oi r ETriirav ijjrft-
poyEvkz Kariyovaiv eBvoq see k-witraQ.
KarrjyopE'iv to convict, prove, with
gen. ev (ppovovvroQ Ofxfxa aov Karr/yo-
pE~i A. 262. your eye proves you to be
kindly disposed.
Karriyopoe an accuser, S.c.T. 421.
K.arr)pE<l>ris covered. riOtjai KaTrjpE^rj
7r6Sa E.284. poetically for " sits," the
feet being covered by the robes
whilst sitting.
KaneVcu to returnfrom exile, pres.
in fut. sense, koteio-i A. 1256.
Yy.aTiayya.ivEi v to altenuate,consume,
E. 133. mid. v. to wither away. fut.
KaTiayvavE'taQai P.V.269.
KaroiKt^Eiv to settle or place in an
abode. Met. ri^>Xcte iv aureus kXiriSac
KaT(j>Kiaa P.V.250. to restore to one's
country, E.726. to found a city,
P.V.727.
KarotKog a resident in a house, ri
iyr kyw kcitoikoq tub" avaoTEVto ; A.
1259. Schiitz translates kotoikoq ante
cedes, which it certainly cannot mean :
it might mean in the house, but this
does not suit the sense of the pas
sage, cf. v. 1286. Blomf. joins Karoi-
koq <JSt h.e. sojourning here. This is
the best explanation, raroucoc by
itself being vague. Dind. however,
is most probably right in considering
the words corrupt. Wakefield's conj.
kotokvoq is among the best proposed.
Cf. P.V.67.
KaToiKTifciv to pity, E. 119. Met.
to spare, Xanlg xlT^>vS ipyov oil na-
toiktie'i S.880. imd.v. P.V.36. P.1019.
KaroKveiv to delay from fear, P.V.
67.
KaroXXvvat to destroy.mid. v.
tcaroXXvadai. to perish, Kara Trad
oXwXe P. 657. by tmesis.
KaroXoXveiv to raise a cry against
any one. with dat. yivEi kotoXoXv-
Ivltid A. 1089.
Karoirrtip a scout, S.c.T.36.
Koniirn/c a spectator, S.c.T. 41.
a scout, S.c.T.351.
2 B
 KATO ( 186 )
KaroiTTos looking down on. with
gen. "ZapioviKov iropdfiov kutoktov
irpCva A. 298.
Kciroirrpov a mirror, A. 813. See
uduiXov.
Karopdovv to raise np. pass, iireihi)
Spay Karwpduaai tppevi C.505. since
yoar mind is made up for action.
Ktiroxe detained, kept under, P.
219.
Kario below. X^Pt Kara P.V.74.
P.824. A.845. (See Xiyciv.) E.257.
S.592. with gen. rann yQoi'OQ E.977.
ol Kario C.163. those below, avio Kal
Kara E.620. up and down, h.e. in
confusion.
Karwdtvfrom below, P.683. C.376.
KarwpvZ under ground. Kariipv^eg
ivaiov P.V.450. they dwelt in sub
terraneous habitations.
Kaurairoe Caucasus, P.V. 420.721.
Ka-^Xa^tty to murmur or roar as a
wave, S.c.T. 109.743.
Kt'ap the heart or mind, P.V. 165.
184.245.379.390.435.592. A. 578.968.
C. 26. 404. On S.976. see aipvKros.
Ktyxptia name of a place, P.V.
689.
KeSvoe good, excellent, kwc kcSvo.
toIq Kcucolat cvfipi^u); A. 634. Cf. id.
252.608. C. 652.690. S.203. P. 138. 168.
of persons. neSvov 'AaraKov tokov
S.c.T.389. Cf. id.486. clever, wise.
Kihvoc (JTpaTOfiaVTlQ A. 121. Vr)OQ KtB-
voq oiaKoorpoipos S.c.T.62. In P. 717.
Kivije apwyjjc is the vulg. and re
tained by Blomf., who considers it to
have reference to KtvavZpiav, v. 716.
Schiitz rightly prefers the reading
KeSvrjg, found in Med. Reg. H. Colb.
1.2. M.1.2. Guelph. Mosq. Viteb.
Well, rightly observes, that it was
the preceding word, xei'avh'pia, which
gave rise to the corruption. Schiitz
understands these words ironically,
but in this he appears to be wrong.
Kiivoe he. Kuvn she, etc. S.208.
S.C.T. 1055. P.V. 258. C.729. kiXvoi
they, P. 778. C.144. E.99. Kiiva I'
tKfiadriv diXio P.226. In E.169. eripov
iv Kapa fiMOTop' imiyov iraaerai Well,
proposes iu kuvov. See Lkuvoq.
KEAA
Kdpuv to shave. Met. to cut off,
to crop, prfii Kipatuv aiorov S.652.
in mid. v. KeiptoOal riva, to honour a
person by shaving the head in grief
for his loss, ovk iotiv o<ttiq ^X))v
ifxov kdpavro viv C.170. Cf. id. 187.
where viv refers to Agamemnon.
The words liXriv efiov, as Dind. ob
serves, involve an absurdity. He
adopts Dobree's conj. irXt)v Ivog sc
'Opiarov. to lay waste. vv\iav nXa-
ko KtpoapivoQ P.913.
Ke'taOat to lie,C.7\3. S. 239. to lie,
h.e. be situated, P.V. 364. to lie
dead, P.317. A. 1258. 1413. 1421. 1471.
1497.1563. Ktian C.882.to be placed.
IkwoIwv e.v Ktifitva C.682. placed out
of the way of harm. to lie despised
or vanquished. xafc"7rr' Mcetoflf
C.958. ov Ktiplvij) iru> rovSe. KOfiiraei
Xoyov E.560.
KeKatrpivoc well-appointed, iwoia-
tiv cu KtKaOfiivov c~6pv E.736. From
a root rafw or x"^w' signifying to
clear away, to make an empty space,
seems to have been derived the per
fect MKaopai, in the sense of to have
made room for oneself, to have made
others give way to oneself. Hence
the idea of conquering or excelling.
In this sense it takes an accusative,
e.g. iraaav yap bfir)XiKir)v EKtfcaoro
KiikXii II. v'.431. But, since conquer
ing or excelling involves the idea of
distinction, hence it came to signify,
without an accusative, to be distin
guished, to excel, e.g. Kaico~ioi SoXoitri
KtKaapive II. S'.SSg. Lastly, as dis
tinction involves the idea of being
well-appointed or furnished, it was
used to signifyprovidedwith,furnish
ed with, e.g. Pind . Ol . i.42. Eur.A1.620.
Hence tv Kinaopivoc well-appointed.
See the various significations of this
word, and its cognate forms, traced
by Matth. Gr. Gr.239.
KticXecrOai to invoke. ncuXoipav S.
586.
KfXaStTv to cry, as an infant. 7rtl
poXibv parpoOtv KtXadriiTC C.601.
KeXaSoe a noise or shout, P. 380.
597. C.337.
 KEAA
Ke\aiv6(ipu)Tos affording a black
food, P.V. 1027.
KtXaipog dark or black, S.759. P.
419. P.V.431. 810.853. 1052. A. 114.450.
E. 796.
KeXaivovadai to grow darkovblack,
C.407.
KtXaivotypwv dark-minded, E.437.
KiXetrOat to order, A. 1090.
KeXebtiv to order or desire, S.829.
859. E. 170.644.684. KeXeieig P.V.1068.
C.105. KeXeiei C. 755. 758. KeXeixrw
P.V.73. KtXtwfTj/ E.588. kzXivuv C.
268.
KeXevOowoios preparing a road, E.
13.
KiXtvOoc a road or way, P.V. 284.
725.839.964. P.559. periphrast. n-eSov
KeXevdov A. 883. a journey, expe
dition, or errand. KeXevBov rt'ivb" iar-
eiXa P. 599. rifvV ejiovXevatv KtXtvQov
744. aypti iroXiv &Se KeXevdoQ A. 126.
fiai<pag KeXevdov C.700. periphrast.
fiaicpae KeXevdov wopov S.C.T.528. fit-
filXKEV OllllQ TTTtpo'lQ 01Tu})0~l
mXevOoiq A. 413. the vision is gone on
wings which attend the going or de
parture of sleep, h.e. as Blomf. says,
" quum somnus abit, avolant etiam
somnia." In C. 345. rinvutv KtXevOois
vKiarprKTov aiiiva. KriaaQ, the mean
ing is, having set up (as a model)
a life to be observed in the ways
(h.e. in the life or conduct) of his
children.
KiXevafia a command, plur. E. 226.
an appealing cry or complaint, C.
740. a nautical order. Ik KeXevapa-
toq P. 389. at the word of command.
KeXXeiv to put a ship ashore. irXa-
rav KiXaavrttiv uktuq vk aeU<j>vXXovQ
A. 680. without subst. xiXoac iir' ax-
rac E. 9. KiXativ i.Q " Apyog S. 326.
without prep. KtXaai" Apyove yalav
S. 15. Met. na wore izovitiv vpif <re
Tippet niXcrai'T taiZtiv; P.V. 184.
Ktvayytie emptying the vessels, ex
hausting the stores. uirXoio; tcevayyti
A. 181. Blomf. explains it of the ves
sels of the body, which become ex
hausted by hunger, but this is im
probable.
( 187 ) KEPA
Ktvavlpia absence of men, P.716.
KevavBpoe emptied of men, P. 118.
Ktvog empty, P. 476.having no
thing, S.c.T.335. vain, P.790.
Kevovv to empty. Kevuiaai S.646.
KEvwtras P. 704.
Kev6fp<o)> empty minded, P.V. 764.
KevTpob~)]Xr]Tos wounding by a sting,
S.559.
Kivrpov anything which pricks, as
a sting, a goad, etc. P.V.601.694. E.
152. S. 108. an incitement, roaovro
Ktvrpov lie [ir\TpoKTovtiv E.405. an in
citement strong enough to cause ma
tricide. In the proverbial expression
7rp6e Ktvrpa fir) XaKTie A. 1607. do
not kick against the pricks. Cf. P.V.
323.
Kcjoata a sailyard, E.527.
Ktpayviiyai to mingle, perf. pass.
KEKpa/j.i'vn P.V. 1 16. of a mixed nature.
Kipag the wing of an armament, P.
391.
Kepao-rig horned, P.V. 677.
VTTVOV Ktpavvioq belonging to a thunder
bolt, icepavviovc ftoXcig S.C.T.412. kc-
pavvi<f (jtXoyi P.V. 1019.
Ktpavvog a thunderbolt, S.e.T. 427,
435.612. P. V.359.372. 671.924. A.456.
E.792.
KepSalveiv to gain. fut. ofwcpa
KipftaviZ A. 1273. ovliv KepSaveTg P.V.
878.
Kip$i(TTO most advantageous, P.V.
385.
KepSoe gain, advantage, P.V. 749.
779. S.c.T 419. A. 560. C.812. E.945.
pi. icepSiui/ E.674. KtpSeirt E.333. /xo-
vov yap KtpSog tv Tt0yr)i:6aiS.c.T.(iS6.
The meaning of this whole passage
is If a person has to bear an evil
unattended with disgrace (such, for
instance, as the death which now
awaits me), be it so (h.e. let him bear
it) : for it is nought but gain amongst
the dead (h.e. when he is among the
dead, the glory remains, the evil is
past) . but in things which are at
once evil and also disgraceful, you
cannot say that there is aught glorious.
Xiyovaa KtpSoc nportpov haripov
fxopov id. 679. speaking of the gain
 KEPO ( 188 )
involved in the subsequent death,
h. e. urging the glory of the victory
which precedes the death which fol
lows after it. Blomf. constr. Xiyovaa
KtpSoc elvai fiaWov tov irp&rtpov tov
vcrripov fiopov. This sense, however,
as Well, observes, the words will
not bear, without a very awkward
ellipsis.
Keporvirtiv to strike as with a horn,
to beat. pass. KipoTviroufxevai A. 641.
KtpTo/xeiv to chide. eKepTOfinaae
P.V.988.
Ktvdnv to conceal or hide, P.V.
570. C. 100. 383. 728. perf. KtKcvde P.
640. C.676. intrans. keku0wg S.c.T.
570. buried.
Kev8fi(oy a cave or hiding place,
plur. E.772. Taprapov fieXafifiadrjc
Ktvdfii>v P.V. 220.
Kcidocid. S.758. E.989.
KttyaKr) the head, S.c.T. 507.
KriSnot expressive of mourning or
grieffor the dead. KnSeiovg x"S C.
85.531. Kni'dov rpt\6c id.224. hair
shorn in grief.
Kndefii>v one who cares for, S.72.
K^cWScu to care for. aor. z^cWai
S.c.T. 127.
Kndtveiv to contract an alliance.
KnStvaai P.V. 892.
KijSoe a care, S.c.T.971. an alli
ance, connexion, abstr. for concr.S.
326. said in a twofold sense of
Helen who was both an alliance
and a source of care. A. 683.
KnKie any dyeing matter, A. 934.
the dropping of blood, pitch, etc. kij-
kiSi moaripu <p\oy6( C.266. <povov
o/ia'c 1007. See Salrn. Plin. Ex. p.
194.
Kt/Xi'c a blot or stain, E.756.
Ki/p Fate, personified S.c.T. 759.
plur. the Fates, 1047. woe, calamity,
flaptia nr)p to juij indioQai A. 199.
Knpalvttv to harm or destroy, S.
977.
K?jpo7r\aoToc; formed with wax,
P.V.574.
KnpvKevtiv to proclaim, S.218.
KnpvKivnu a proclamation, plur.
S.c.T.633.
KINA
Knpvt, a herald, S. 708.909. A.478.
501.524.603. C.163. E.536.
Knpvaoetv to proclaim, C.1022. E.
536. with part. Kapwufxara ara^ovra
KnpvaaEi Kinrpis S.979. proclaims that
they are fully ripened. to command
by proclamation, with dat, avSai ire fir)
ntpioaa Knpvootiv kiioL S.c.T. 1034.
aaroioi Knpvootiv fiot'iv A.1322. to com
mand the citizens to come to the rescue.
raSe ye (rioSe corr.) Knpixrma Ttarpi
k\vuv C. 4. Knpv^ag eiw\ rove; yrjg
tvepQe Saiitovag kXveiv eLiag ev^ae C.
121 . making proclamationfor me to the
effect that the infernal gods would
listen to my prayers. Before this
verse, Herm. has, with great proba
bility, inserted one which usually ap
pears as v. 163. Kt'ipvE, fiiyiart t&v uvu>
re ical Kano, and which, in this latter
place, is unintelligible. Before 'Epjuifr
he adds aicovaov, to fill up the sense ;
apnlov perhaps, or some such word,
would be better, as the aorist unpv^ae
follows.
KtySayctrac prop, name, P. 959.
Kltiv to go. kU S.831. P. 1025. Kiot
S. 499.
KtBaipuv Cithceron, A. 289.
Kuc\i](TKciv to invoke, call upon, S.
209.214. A. 1456. E.484.to name, as
the author of anything. ijcX?j<7icoi><Ta
Ui'ipir tov aivoXenrpov A. 694.
KtKiKioe Cilician, P.V. 351.
K/\($ id. P. 3 19.
K<'\7<ra a Cilician woman. The
nurse of Orestes is so called in C.721.
Here Klausen from Rob. Vict, reads
FeiXtaara. So Stanl. Kikiaaa. Med.
Turn. Blomf. observes the circum
stance that the names of servants
were often of Asiatic origin; but
K/\r<ra here, as Dind. remarks, is
not a proper, but a gentile name.
Kifificpiicoe Cimmerian. Kiiifiepiicor
iadfiov P.V. 732.
Ktvaduriia a fluttering, P.V. 124.
KiveWoc [y] danger or risk, A.857.
C.268. Kivhvvio (laXftv S.c.T. 1039.
expose to peril, avii kivSvvov /3a\u>
S.c.T. 1019. Here Blomf. K&iie kiv*
Siva) (3a\w. See avafiaWeiv.
 KINE ( 18J> )
Kivtlv to disturb, C.207.
Kici/rijpioc distressing, S.303. with
gen. dvjiov Kivnrripia S.443.
Kiwyfia an object or thing moving,
aldepiov Ktvvyfia P.V.157. hanging in
mid air.
KtyiipeaOai to emit a creaking
sound. Kivvpovrai (povov S.c.T. 116.
give out a murderous sound.
Kivvo-crecrOat pass, to be agitated,
C.194.
KipKr/Xarog driven by a hawk. Ktp-
KnXarov t anfiovoQ S.60.
Ktpicos a hawk, P. 203. S.221. P.V.
859.
KipKovv to encircle with a ring.
Bulky) KipKbxrov fliq P.V. 74.
K.i<rdr)vn name of a place, P.V. 795.
Kicraia a female Cissian, C. 417.
See under iroXefilarpia.
Kifraivoe Cissian. Kiatrivov tp/coc P.
17. Kiaaivov woXiajxa 119. the city of
Cissa, in the district of Susa. Blom-
field writes Kiaawv for Kiaoivov,
though nearly all MSS. and Edd.
have the latter, because Kiacrioi and
the country Kiaoia are so written by
Herodotus and Strabo. So Dind.
who cf. C.417.
Ki%aveiv to overtake, C.613.
KtW a column, met. P.V. 349.
KXayyalvetv to yelp, E.126.
KXayyri a cry, A. 1 123. pi. S.c.T. 363.
KXaSoe a branch or bough, chiefly
used as an emblem of supplication,
E.43, etc. S.22. 150.238.329.349. 476.
501 . Also in bearing news of victory,
etc. A. 480. See Stanl. not.
KXa^eiv to cry out, to utter, to sound.
aor. 1. ^eifiaroe aXXo iirjyap tVXayije
A. 194. icXayfa yoov P. 909. Zrjva
evivUia icXafav A. 107. singing the
song of victory in honour of Ju
piter, i. e. proclaiming Jupiter as the
victor. On the use of the ace.
see Matth. Gr. Gr.421. Obs.4. icXd-
frvTtc "Apr) A. 481. crying out in a
warlike manner. icXdov<ri KojShiveg
<poj3ov S.c.T. 368. sound in a fearful
manner, avpiyyeg iKXay^avid.181 . the
axles creaked.
KXaleiv to weep, mourn, S.c.T. 638.
KAEI
854. A. 18. with ace. to weep for,
S.c.T. 1050. 1059. A. 864.KXaoie av,
el xpaiaeiag S.926. you will repent
it. kXclvoii) S.c.T. 810. must I weep
for? where KXavcrw is the subj. the
fut. indie, being KXavaopat. mid. v.
xkaUaBai id. S.c.T. 903. KXawfieva
rale flpe<j>n otyayaQ A. 1067. Here
Bloraf. incorrectly says, " subaudien-
dum video." Elmsleyon Eur. Heracl.
693. compares Soph. Ant. 857. e\pav-
craQ aXyeivorarag efiol fiepifxvag irar-
pog TpiiroXioTov olrov. If this be
correct, the accusatives depend upon
the preceding words as equivalent in
sense to fiaprvpta ra.Se e\i>>. See
icXveiv. It is perhaps, however, bet
ter to make rale the intensive word
in the sentence, as equivalent to uSSe
eori. Lo ! here are children iveep-
ingfor their slaughter, etc. Cf. S.c.T.
354. Soph. Ant.622. But see Elber-
ling Obss. in Agam. who objects to
the joining of KXaw/ie va with <r<j>aya.
pass. iceKXavfiiva in tears, C.450.
720. KXaieadai to be mourned, avtipdc
ev KeKXavfievov C. 674.
KXapioc Dor. for icXtipioc assigning
to mankind their portion : an epithet
of Jupiter. Aioe icXapiov S.355. where
Schol. iravra iratri KXnpovvrog Kal
Kpalvovroe. Some (see Stanley's note)
refer it to Apollo, here addressed as
the protector of exiles, himself having
once been banished from heaven (S.
211.), and consider that Apollo is
called At'o icXapiov, as Pluto and
Neptune are sometimes addressed as
Zevg Kafiovruiv, irovriog. This seems
unnecessary, and the epithet Cla-
rius, belonging to Apollo (Virg. JEn.
iii.359), is clearly of a totally dis
tinct origin from icXripwQ in this pas
sage : to the former probably refers
the gloss in Hesychius icXapiov. eiri-
Otrov 'AwoXXiovog.
KXavdfj.de lamentation, A. 1533.
KXavfjia pi. weeping, tears, P. 691 .
A. 861. 1119.1611.
KXaurde mournful, S.c.T. 315.
Kkeieiv to close, inclose, pass.
KtKXitfiivriv P. 709. S.904.
 KAEI ( 190 ) KAYE

KXelOpov a bar or bolt, pi. S.c.T. summons persons to court, or bids

378. them give their votes. 'Epivvvog KXririj-
KXvoc illustrious, P. 466. P.V. pa S.c.T.556. a summoner of Erinnys.
836. rdJjotiri kXuvos P.V. 874. re Schiitz rightly explains this, " quia
nowned for archery. Qidipusfilios suos his diris devoverat,
KXt'og a rumour. yvvaiKOKTjpvKTov ut ipsi mutuis caedibus se invicem con-
irXt'oe A. 474.fame,reputation. kXioq ficerent, aptissime (patris scil .) furiam
fiavriKov A. 1069. rijc piXXovg kXios provocasse dicitur Tydeus, quoniam
iriiov irarovvTEQ A. 1329. treading bello isto conflato occasionem patris
under foot the honour of delay, h.e. diras perficiendi ipse arcessiverat."
casting aside all delay. iKpav avev KXnrijpoc c!c tlvai raSt S.
KXcVrttv to steal, P.V. 8.to de 617. h.e. without waiting to observe
ceive, ovtoi <f>ptva kXit^euxv upfxaTO)- the usual formalities.
pivnv C.841. So vulg. On KXi\)/eiav KXipaZ a ladder, S.c.T.448.
Well, observes, "paullo negligentius KXiVttv to bend, iwi ydvu kf\Xtra
oratio ad pluralera numerum redit, P. 894. is cast upon its knees, h.e. is
quo v.835. chorus usus erat." On humbled or subdued.
the lengthening of the short syllable KXdi'oc a warlike tumult, P. 107
before kX, if the vulg. be correct, see A. 392.
Well, and the authorities quoted by KXoiraios stolen, P.V. 110.
him on P.V.612. Heath leg. icXtyei KXottti theft, A. 520. pi. id. 391.
av. Blomf. <j>pv av KXtipeisv. So KXv$u>v the surge of the sea, P.V.
Dind. 429. Met. kXvcW kukHv P. 591.
KXtirrns a stealer, P.V. 948. KXvdwvwv id. S.c.T. 777. Met.
KXr)Sov)(ps one who holds the keys, C. 181.
the keeper of a temple, S.288. KXveiv ((cXO/it) to hear. abs. kXvov-
KXniHiv a calling, as nXnfiovae na- reg ovk Hkovov P.V. 447. Cf. id. 642.
rpifovQ A. 220. her callings on her fa A. 254. C. 5.393.731. 760. 791. E.287.
ther. Lucr.however,(i.94,)as Blomf. 313. S. 73. 166. with ace. of the
remarks, understood these words dif thing, ri iroT av KivaQiojia kXvw, P.V.
ferently. kXtjIovoz ftorjv E.375. the 124. Cf. id. 590.686. S.c.T. 155.G08.
sound of your calling. a name by P. 253. 323. 393. 575.654.834. A. 566.666.
which a person is called, kXvSoi'uc 788. 804. 837. 1217. C. 123. 329. 405. 437.
iirii>vvfiovQ E.396. fame. kX^Swv c'cii- E.651. with gen. of the persou. ttws
tCi A. 901. xaiStc avdpi KX-nSovsr; croi- 3' oh kXvu) rije ol<TTpodivrirov tcopng ;
riipioi C.498. memorials of his fame, P.V. 591. Cf.id.313.826. P. 631. 824. C.
C.1039. a report. /cXj/tSdcas iraXiy- 137. S. 343.901. with ace. of the thing,
kotovq A. 837. 848. t afiavpas kXtj- and genitive of the person, ra Xoiwa.
Sovoq C.840. an omen, derived from fiov icXvovaa P.V. 474. hearing the rest
the voice. KXniiopae SvaKplrove P.V. from me. Cf. S.c.T.547. (where Herm.
484. reads nXvovaa. kXvwv vulg.) A. 258.
KXr/i^eiv to spread a report. <parig E.369. with gen. of the thing,
tKXri'CtTo A. 617. a report, was spread. KXvovaav tvyfiariov C.456. icXvovrtQ
KXi/poe a lot, S.c.T. 709. nX-npS rijrrSt KaTev^ijgC.469. with k. rotad'
Xa-)(Ovaa P. 183. a district. KXrjpov e avdpwv ovciin iroXXaKiQ kXvwv KaKuiv
'Ivvwv. " certa terrae portio colonis P. 743. rotai/Ta toi yvvatKoc (! ifiov
assignata." Blomf. kXvoiq A. 339. Here Dobr. Dind.
KXnpovv in mid. icXnpovoBai to cast icXvets. with ace. of the person.
lots among each other, S.c.T. 56. On kXvoit' ivKrala y^eoixrac S.625.with
S.985. see under S6pv. participles. kXvw <t iyio fxtfinvor ov
KXjje a key, pi. cXjjSdc E.791. vpiKpav voaov P.V. 979. / hear that
KXnriip an officer of justice, who you are mad with no slight disease.
 KAYE ( 191 )
VEKpOVg kXvOVOO. $V(Tfl6pU)g davOVTOLQ
S.c.T.819.in the inf. after substan
tives, adjectives, etc. irpayog e<t6Xov
r/ ko.kov kXveiv P. 244. good or bad to
hear of. kXClstov E-)(dog ovofxa EraXa-
fiivog kXveiv P. 276. yappa. ^<o>/
fXirihoQ kXveiv A. 257. Opavfiar ifiol
kXveiv A. 1138. UTriOTa kXveiv S.274.
InC.408. aTrXdyxyab'i fiov keXcuvovtcii
Trpog ittoq KXvovcrr] (sc. i/xol KXvovarj)
the transition from the gen. to dative
is remarkable. Moreover, Trpog Eirog
is not joined with KXvovarf, but with
KcXaivovrai. sc. grow dark at the
word, whilst I hear it. Cf. 'iirog. In
C. 154. kXve 2e jxoi. the dat. fioi means
listen I entreat you. From the obs.
form icXvfii we find icXvOt C. 137.329.
E.313. S.343. kXvte 393 in the
sense of to obey. kcwSiv kXvei (pptviov
A. 1034. he listens to the dictates of an
evil mind. oiaKog ayav KaXCJg kXvovoo.
S.698. in the sense of to have a
character,to be called, as in Latin,att-
dire. kXveiv avaXKig jiaXXov *i fiiai-
tyovog P.V.870. to be called a coward,
etc. kXveiv dixaiajg E.408. to have a
reputation for justice. kXveiv ev A.
455. to have a high reputation. On
the passage TTETraXrai d' avrc. fioi (j>iXov
KEap, TOV&E kXvovoclv oTktov C. 404.
the accusative is remarkable. See
Herm. A pp. Vig.ii. andvi. Hermann
rightly observes that the accusative
is used because the whole preceding
sentence is equivalent to rpopog t'xt
pe, precisely as in Soph. Ant. 857.
i^/avrrag aXyEivorarag l/xol fXEpljxvag
irarpog TpmoXurTov otrov, where the
preceding sentence is equivalent to
tXt^ae filpifivav. Exactly similar to
C.404. in construction is Soph. El.
470. vireori jioi dpdaog aSvirvuwv kXv-
ovrrav aprlwg ovEipariov, which is
equivalent to Opaaog e-^ei jxe. So in
P. 877. XeXvto.1 yap Efiiov yviwv pw/xj]
Ti'ivh' r/XiKiav laiBovr aarGiv, the word
Eoi&ovr is the ace. and not the dative,
the former part of the sentence being
equivalent to Xvaig e'x /" So like
wise in S.c.T.270. pipifxvai wttv-
povai rdpftog, rbv afKpiTEiyfj Xewv,
KNiiA
the ace. depends on rap/3w implied by
the preceding clause. Cf. Elms, on
Heracl. 683. Erfurdt on Soph. Ant.
211. Herm. on Soph. El. 122.
KXifaiv to dash, as a wave. &ote
Kvpuxrog ZiKrjv kXveiv Trpog avydg tov-
oe Tri'ifAaToq ttoXv jxeI^ov A. 1155. In
this passage Aurat. conj.aicrac, unne
cessarily. Ttpog avydg is the same as
Trpog dvroXdg in v. 1153. The poet,
under a double metaphor, compares
the development of the oracle to the
rushing in of a strong wind, and
the result of it to a wave dashing
under its influence. The wind is
said to blow and the wave to dash to
wards the sunrise, as that is the quar
ter from which the light breaks in.
Schiitz considers that there is an al
lusion here to the west wind, com
paring Horn. II. 2. 422. seqq. This
Butler disapproves. It is possible,
however, that Cassandra, being a na
tive of Troy, upon which coast the
waves were brought strongly by a
west wind, might allude in her mind
to an appearance which she must
have so often witnessed. See Wood's
Essay on Homer. rouSt refers to the
sufferings of Cassandra just described
by her, and far greater than which
were now to take place.
KXvraifivi)aTpa Clytcemnestra, A.
83.249.571. C.869. E.116.
KXvrbg illustrious, C.641.
KXuHTTrjp spun thread. KXwcrrrjpa
Xivov, C.500. hempen string. Xivov
Rob. see Xivov.
Kve<j>cieiv to darken. Met. to ren
der unsuccessful, to bring to nought.
KVE<pd<Tr) A. 130.
KvE(j>alog dark, P.V. 1031.
Kvfyag darkness, P.349.357. E.
374.Met. in apposition with fivaog
E.356.
Kvrtpiig a greave, S.c.T.658.
KviSog Cnidus, P. 863.
Kvio-irr) fat, P.V.494.
KviaawTog fat, having a savoury
smell, C.478.
Kv><)aXov a beast or animal, ei
ther of land, air, or sea, S. 261. 743.
 K01A ( 192 )
878. C.580. opposed to/3pordc. kvid-
daXwv te koI (iporHv C.593.as aterm
of reproach. iJ KavTOfiiarj KvuildXa
E.614.
KoiXoyaaTwp hollow-bellied, S.c.T.
1026.Met. 477.
KojXoc hollow, E.33.
Koifiav to lull to sleep, S.c.T. 3. to
soothe, check, E.796. A. 1220. See
tvi^rifioQ. and cf. LobeckSoph. Aj. p.
278.to extinguish, A. 583. Mid v. to
keep watch by night, fpovpas %v koi-
fiuifitvos A. 2.
Koivofiuifiia a community of altars,
common altars, S.219.
KoivoXeKTpoe a partner of a bed,
with gen. A. 1416.
Koivoe common, belonging to two or
more, general, impartial, koivov w<j>i-
\vlia dvrtro-iinv P.V.614. Cf. S.c.T.
794.P.156.A.613.819.C.99.1034.koij/o0
warpoc E.89. to koivov aifXay-^yov
S.c.T. 1022. koivov ojxfia P.V.797. a
single eye serving for both. common
to, followed sometimes by gen. some
times by dat. Hipav ovSevoe Koivijv
Oewv E.109. Cf. P. V. 1094. afi^oripaQ
aXiov irpCova koivov a'Lag P. 129. with
dat. KO.I TolaS' anaai koivov A. 509. Cf.
S.c.T. 1062 to koivov el fiialverat
voXte S.361. in general, publicly, to
koivov S. 513. the public authorities.
ic koivov P.V.846. E.386. in com
mon, Koivrj E.443. id.
Kotvovv to communicate, with dat.
C. 662. 706. S.364. See clotoq. koi-
vovoQai to communicate among each
other. aXXa Koivoxrwfitd' av ituq
u(T(pa\rj fiovXtvpara A. 1320. Here
Koivu)ni)fj.tff av is evidently cor
rupt, notwithstanding Klausen's re
mark about " vestigium usus Home-
rici." KotvioaaifiEd' av Glasg. Blomf.
Dind. See af.
Kotvo(j>e\i]c giving general advan
tage, universally beneficent, E.940.
Herm. Kotvo(j>iXel.
Koivuveiv to share in.with gen.
of thing shared in, S.320. C.164.
with gen. of thing, and dat. of per
son with whom it is shared. BeXovcr'
Akovti Kotviivei KaKwv S.c.T. 1024.
KOMM
share the evil willingly with him who
cannot help it. Here the vulg. tok-u
has been rightly changed from ten
MSS. and Rob. into kukuiv.
Koivwvog one who partakes or
shares in. with gen. A. 1007. 1325. S.339.
Kotpavilv to be a prince, to rule,
P.V.960.with gen. rfjirSc KoipavCt
xOovog P.210 with dat. P.V.49. on
which see under irpaaat.iv.
Kolpavog a king. pi. for singular,
A. 535.
Koirr] a position in lying, Koirav
rave" avtXevOepov A. 1473. 1499. in
app. to KEio-ai in v. 1473. 1499. you lie
in this captive-like posture. See
tvirpoawirog.a bed. KOtTag yafirjXiov
S.785. the marriage bed.
KoXaarris a punisher. P. 813.
KoXXav to glue or join to. Met.
to connect with. fass. KEKoXXrjrai irpocr-
a\pai A. 1547. See under irpoaaitTeiv.
KoXoaaoe a statue, A. 405.
KoXoveiv to mutilate or curtail.
pass, adivog CKoXovadn P. 992.
KoXwiag folded as a vest, P.1017.
KoXirog the bosom, S.c.T. 1030. pi.
id. 531. Met. anything hollow, as
koXwov 'AtyiSog, E.382. a gulf. P.V.
839. P. 478.
KoXvfifinTrip a diver, S.403.
KoXXt'e Colchis, P.V.413.
Kofxr) the hair, S. 883.
Kofiifctv to take care of, to cherish,
C.260. veoKpdra tyiXov KOfilotit id.
340. receive with friendly welcome.
to bring (sc. home). At ovv Kofxi-
tiv doiia viKtjaei (j>iXu)v C.672.to
bring to, to inspire. dpaaog aKovaiov
avfipaai BvqaKovai KOfjifav A. 778. in
prov. t'ijw KOfil^tov oXedpiov 7rr)Xov
noSa C.686. keeping himself out of
harm's way. mid. v. KOfilfeadai, to
get one gone, to depart. ariXXov,
kojxI'Cov P.V. 392. Cf. A. 1005. S.927.
KofiitTTtoQ to be gathered. Kapirog ov
KOfiiaTioQ S.c.T.582. fruits not to be
gathered.
Ko/xiarpov the price of recovering
anything, pi. i/>x^e KOfiiarpa A. 939.
Kofifiog a blow struck in grief, C.
417. See TroXtpiarpia.
 KOMII ( 193 )
Kofnrafaiv to boast, speak boast
fully. KOjiiraC eir' a\\j> S.c.T.462.
speak brilliantly concerning another,
h. e. state his vaunting exhibition of
grandeur. Cf. id. 418. A. 561.with
ace. toiovF tV avSpl KOfiTraiZeig \6yov
A. 1373. which boastest in such terms.
Cf. E.560.to boast of. Kofnraarov yipag
xa\6v E.200. with inf. oh Ko^maaaifi
av Otafpdrwv yvtofitov aKpog elvai A.
1101.pass. (pofioQ KOfiwafarat S.c.T.
482. a boastful display of terror is
made.
KofnratTfia a boast, pi. S.c.T.533.
776. P.V.361.
Kofnrelv to boast of, to speak vaunt-
ingly of, P.V.949.
Kofnroe a boast, vaunt, or display of
words, P.V.1033. A. 599. S.C.T. 407. mi
$r) TriTrejXTZT ov KOfiirov ev f^epo'tv epv
S.c.T.455. This passage is suspected
by some editors, on account of the
elision of at before ov, the admission
or exclusion of which from tragic
iambics is a point not decided by cri
tics. Kal irefnrETat S* Turn. Vict, but
this is clearly by way of emendation,
and does not suit the sense, which re
quires Kal Sij. Blomf. (so Dind.) reads
Kal Sr) iriwcfnrTai KOfiirov ev yepo'tv
'i\wv, which is a conjecture of Erfurdt
on Soph. Aj. p. 514. h. e. cujusjactatio
in agendo constat, or, as Reisig ex
plains it, missus est, ostenlationem
manibus gerens, i.e. non lingua sed
factis se jactans. Wellauer, how
ever, (v. Add.) shows that the sup
posed opposition fails : for Eteoclus'
boasting was not in words, but was a
device carried in his hands ; hence
Megareus cannot be said, by way of
opposition, to have his boast in his
hands, as the other had it thus like
wise. Hence we conclude that the eli
sion in TriwcfiTrTov is to be retained.
With respect to this elision, Erfurdt
on Soph. Aj. 190. denies that at ever is
elided. Seidler on Iph. T.679. ques
tions the truth of this, but Lobeck on
Aj. 190. produces several cases of this
elision. Some of these may be plau
sibly corrected ; others, like the pre
KONN
sent passage in iEschylus, seem to
reject emendation. In P.V.837. pe\-
\ova eoeoQ' el T&vh'e vpoaaaivet at
rig, the reading of many MSS., sc.
toeoBat, twv Se irpoooalvet ae ri, is
more generally adopted. But see irpoo-
aalvetv. Upon the whole, it seems
safer to consider that the tragics most
generally avoided the elision of at in
iambics, but that, in some few cases,
they allowed themselves to use the
old epic license.
KSvafloc a noise, S.c.T. 145.
Kovia the dust. pi. A. 64.
Kovleiv[i] to cover with dust. Kovlo-ag
ovSas P. 159. covering the plain with
dust, hastening. Schiitz observes that
this is here a metaphorical expres
sion, denoting haste, and compares
the Homeric Koviovreg ireSloto. The
words avrpfyn voSl oXfiov also are
derived from the same metaphor.
Atossa is expressing her fear lest the
wealth of the Persians, by inducing
them to engage in enterprises where
the people, and perhaps the king
himself, might perish, should thus
in a rapid manner overthrow the
happiness which Darius had raised.
Kovtg dust, S.c.T. 81.718. A. 481.
E.617.935. S. 177.764. P. V. 1086. The
last syllable of Kovtg, like otptg, is
long, as appears from these three
last passages. See Blomf. Not. in
P.V.1086.
Kovvd to know, S. 155.169. So also
as a various reading in S. 111. 122.
KapfJava S' avSav evaKoetg, where
several MSS. have evaKovvtlg, which
Well, approves, and thus explains,
" imploro quidem Apiam, sed barbara
vox est ; deinde se ipsam consolatur,
eva, kovvuq, eja, cognoscis earn."
Brunck reads evaKoolg, which Schiitz
translates cum benevolentia audias.
He also reads Kapflavov, to agree
with avSav. If the reading eva kov-
veie be adopted, the construction will
be 'lXiofiai fiev Kapfiava ' (ovcra)
avSav. eva, Kovve'tg. Boisson. conj.
ev, ya, Kovvelg. Upon the word kov-
ve'iv see Buttm. Lexil. in Kekatvog.
2 c
 KOIIA ( 194 )
Kowavov an axe, C.847.
Ko7ro toil, suffering, S.20G.
Koirrtiv to strike, E.605. pass, ko-
TriianeA. 1251.tKOipa Kopfiov C. 417 .
/ struck a blow. KonreaOai mid. v.
to beat the breast in grief. So pass.
orivti, KtKoirTai, Kai -^apdaatrai irihov
P. 669. See ^apdatrtiv. KtKOfip\ivog
broken, injured, typevibv KtKOfipivog
A. 466. deranged in mind, silly.
Kopai; a crow, A. 1452. S.732.
Koptvvvvat to satiate. izp\v av ko-
pio-n Ktap P.V. 1G5.
Kcpij a girl, a daughter, P.V. 591.
650.741. C.167. S.185. Aioc Kopi) C.
937. E.393. S. 137. the daughter of
Jove. ptyaXaroi Kopai Svorv-^tlg Nwk-
toq E. 759. 786. sc. the Furies.con
temptuously, al <f>opKiZtg Znvaial Kopai
P.V. 796. Karcnrrvaroi Kopai E.68.
KopKapvyr) a shouting, S.c.T.327.
Kopog satiety, the insolence pro
ceeding from abundance, irpoj Kopov
A. 372. in his overweening pride.
Kopan hair, C.280.
Kopvpflov the extremity of the prow
of a vessel, the figure-head, P. 403.
the top ofany thing. Kopvpfiov o^dov
650.
Kopv<pfi the top of anything, as of
a AiZZ,P.V.366.724.majesty. Kopv<p<ji
Atoc S.86. the majesty of Jove. Some
however, and perhaps correctly, un
derstand it of the brow of Jupiter,
whose nod was the sign of authority
and command. Stanl. cf. Horn. II.
1.524. seqq.
Koofitiv to adorn, S.c.T.461. S.
458.
Koapog trappings, appointments,
S.c.T.379. P.819.835. A.1244. E.
55. S. 243. glory, excellence. Koapog
avSptiv P.884. a splendid body of
men. vv fj.eyaXo>v Koap.iov Krcarcipa
A. 347. gainer of great glories for us.
Kotrfxui in order, with propriety,
P. 393. A. 507.
Koratveiv to be angry, S.c.T.467.
Korog anger, fury, A. 444.621. (on
745. see vtapog) 1184.1443. C.33.940.
1021. E.21 1.767.804. 835.849. 860. S.65.
342. 380.422. 473.61 1. 725 lie <j>appa-
KPAI
kov Tii)\ovaa Ka/jov /xtirdov tvdr)tTi
kotid A. 1234. as if preparing a me
dicine, she will mix up in the potion
of her wrath, the price of my being
brought hither,h.c. my murder. Here
Cas . conj . iror^i. So Dind.Korog ipy-
fiaTh>v,sc. tVtkaE.477. aXX)jc avay-
Kr)g oirivog rpiiav kotov E.404. wrath
from the violation of some other com
pelling power. Met. aiyiSwv kotov
C.585.
Kovpn a virgin, Ion. for top?; Dor.
Kovpa S.c.T. 133.
Kovpa a shaven lock, C. 224.
Kovpifiog shaven off. -^alrnv, Kovpi-
finv \apiv irarpog C. 178.
Kovpofiopog devouring children, A.
1493. See xd\vrl and 7rapi\tiv.
Kov<f>6vovg light-minded, P.V. 383.
K.ov<pog light,P.297.slight, trifling.
Kov<pov riXog S.c.T. 242.
KoiHpuig lightly, E. 112. easily,
P.V. 703.
KpaSaheiv to shake, P.V. 1049.
Kpacm the heart or mind, P.V.
883. S.c.T. 763. On E.753. see av-
TtiraOriQ.
Kpa^ttv to cry out, in perf. iciicpaya.
P.V. 745. C. 528.
Kpaiveiv to bring to pass, accom
plish, or perform, e. g. Trvpyoig anei-
Xei roiirc" a pr) Kpaivoi 6eog S.C.T.
531. Cf. id. 408.784. A.1398. C. 455.
E.729. S. 363.603. Kpavai P.V. 510.
On A. 142. see repirvog. 'iirpa,iv i>g
'Upave A.360. he hath brought it to pass,
as he hath brought it to pass. Here
irpdaauv and Kpaive.iv express both
the same idea, Kpa.oauv being only
the more general term, and Kpaiveiv
more peculiarly expressive of an act
of the Deity. On this form of speech
see Blomf.Gloss.Ag.66.Intrans.n-ot
Sijra Kpavti pivog arve; 0. 107\. where
will it make an end ? with infin. -
pav avev KXnrrjpog wg elvai rdde S.
617. brought these things to an issue.
pass. Kpaiverai \prj(j>ogS.942. a decree
is passed. Cf. S.921. Kpaivoiro P.V.
211. KiKpavrai C.858. S.921. Kpavdii-
aerai P.V.913. el KpavOrj irpaypLa re-
Xeiov S.86. h.e. KpavOrj &are riXeiov
 KPAI ( 195 )
ttvai. By tmesis, yiyvofiivaiai \&X">
rah' it/)' auly iKpavtirj E.329. for eirc-
Kpavdtj. See kiriKpaivuv.
Kpaiirvoe swift, P. 95.
Kpanrvoavroe swiftly moving, P.V.
289.
Kpanrvoipvpog swiftly carrying,
P.V. 132.
Kpavog a helmet, S.c.T.367.441.
Kpae the head, kparoe P. 361. C.
196. S.821. Kpari S.C.T.837.
Kpaatg a mixing. Kpatretg P.V. 480.
ways of mixing.
KparalXeioe rugged, stony, A. 652.
Kparawe strong, P.V. 427.
Kpare'tv to rule. abs. P.V.35.324.
517.941.957. A. 925. 1649. E.157. S.
394. 6 Kparaiv the ruling power, P.V.
939. See ad. A. 1649. >'/ Kparovaa
C.723. a mistress, ol Kparovvree those
in power, superiors, C. 265. 371. to
have the upper hand, to be victorious.
abs. P.V. 213. S.c.T.171.498. P.330.
A.315. E.930. KiKparnKe P. 145. is
victorious.with gen. to govern, P.V.
149. A. 1658. C.705. E.544. S. 256.
to get into one's power, to seize, or
overcome. Svolv Kpariiaae S.c.T.939.
P. 735. S.382. pass. KpartitrBai to be
overcome, beaten. Kparrjdde A. 1615.
C. 492. KparrjOtte afiovXiaie S.C.T.
732. overpersuaded. virv<g 143. Kpa-
rurai irwg to Bdov C.952. is kept in
check, hindered.with accus. typtvwv
(TTvyog Kparovcrn C. 79. controlling,
keeping under, Ttaaav alav Kparw S.
252. I govern. fivjiXov Kupxbe ov
kparcl trra-xyv S.742. a proverbial ex
pression, meaning that the Egyptians
who eat the fruit of the papyrus would
not beat the Greeks who lived on
corn.intrans. to prevail, obtain. X6-
yoQ Kparti P. 724. (pane Kparti S.290.
to tv Kparoin A. 340. Kparovaa \tlp
S.6S9.the majority. to command. wSt
Kpa.ru yvyaiKoe Ktup A. 10. impers.
Kparti, 'tis better. KarOaytiv Kparti A.
1337.
Kpartpoe strong, P.V. 167. E.338.
Kpart'ip a bowlor cup, A. 1370. C.289.
KpariaroQ best, P.V. 216.
Kparoe strength, personified P.V.
KPEI
12. C.242. power, might, P.V. 525.
S.944. voixriov itjfibe Kparovg artpirije
id. 660. not exercising its influence.
in periphr. IWeicWos Kparoe E.27.
firj^avije torn) Kparoe S. 204. let there
be vigour in your measures. in plural.
Kpartmv apatvuv S. 388. the power of
men. r&St Aiofitv Kparn S.432. these
powerful decrees of Jove.empire,
authority. 7rpoc wv ik-irinrci Kparove
P.V. 950. abv KXvTaifAvt'iorpa, Kparoe
A. 249. au<pi\EKTO uif Kparei A. 1567.
holding a disputed title to the supre
macy. Cf. C. 473. S.420. Kparoe lao-
i\>vypv tK yvvaiKwv Kpariivtie A. 1449.
you exercise through women an equally
powerful influence. See Irrotpvxpe.
oStov Kparoe a'io-iov A. 104. confidence
inspired by lucky omens on the road.
See oZioq. irarpwa kpdrrj C. 1 . is inter
preted by some to signify, the office
assigned him by his father, as 'Epfiijg
xSovwg, who had the care of the
dead, (Cf.Arist.Ran.l 145. )by others,
my (i.e. Orestes') father's empire.
The former interpretation is justly
preferred by Well, though Butler and
some others favour the latter. plur.
Kparn rad' iaxpfitv P. 771. held this
sovereignty. a ruler, abst. for concr.
'A^fnoiv Sidpovov Kparoe A. 109. Cf.
id. 605. S.521. S.C.T. 120. victory.
Kparoe irapte tpoi A.917. Cf. C.483.
S. 1054. Kparn S. 929. id superiority,
preference, iravrl fiiora> ro Kparoe dtog
wiratrt E.503.
Kparvvtiv \_v\ to govern, abs. Zeve
adirwe Kparvvti P.V.150. Cf. id.402.
with ace. rae a.y%ta\ove tKparvvt
fitoakTove P.861. Cf. id.868. S.680.
Kparvvue fiiouov id. 367. you have the
altar under your control or authority.
with cogn. ace. Kparoe Kparvvtie A.
1450. you wield a power. See kparoe.
ro fjeiov Kparvvu S.591. holds a less
authority.
Kplae flesh, in pi. *.-p<3i' TrXi'idovrtc
A. 1193. 1215. 1575.
Kpeio-o-ortKvoe dearer than children,
h.e. most dear, S.c.T.766. For the
phrase KptiaaortKviav dauartov, see
under ofijxa. Schiitz improperly con
 KPEI ( 196 )
siders KpaoooriKva ofiftara to be equi
valent tO KpElOOOVtilV TEKVIx)V Oflfiara
filiorum nunc patre potentiorum oculi,
from which CEdipus EwXaxOr] i.e.
withdrew himself. Butler's explana
tion is undoubtedly the true one,
unless, as Dind. considers, the words
are corrupt.
Kpeiatruv superior, stronger. KpEia-
oovuiv OeiHv ipwe P.V. 904. b Kpeioowv
Xevq A. 00. Jupiter the supreme. On
S.591. to ficioy KpEiaaovmv KparvvEC
see doafaiv. With gen. stronger,
mightier, P.V. 924. S.741. v\j/oc Kptia-
trov i.Kvr)hitfxaTOS A. 1349. a height
too great to spring from.better, pre
ferable, to fir) fiaOtiv aoi Kpiiaaov j)
fxadeiv rail P.V. 627. Cf. id. 752.970.
ti^ou ret Kpiiaaia S.c.T.248. pray for
that which is best, with gen. Kpuaoova.
ypvaov C.366. more precious than
gold. KpCiaaov wvpyov flwfiog S.187.
KpEKTog made by striking on a
stringed instrument. Kpttcrbv vdfiov C.
809. a strain played on the lyre.
KpeoflpoToe eating flesh, cannibal,
S.284.
KptoKoirtiv to cut in pieces, P. 455.
Kpeovpyog cuttinq up flesh. Kpeovp-
yov fjfiap A. 1574: a banqueting day,
a holiday, in which portions of meat
were distributed to the people.
Kpiwv Creon, S.c.T.456.
KptW i. q. Kpdiov a king. Zevq aiio-
vog Kpiwv airavarov S.569. an ever
lasting king.
Kpfifivafiai to hang. vxepd' ufXfid-
Tbsv Kpnfivaficvdv ve<j>e\o.v S.c.T.212.
suspended above his head.
KpnvaloQ belonging to a spring, P.
475.
Kpnirig a bottom. ovcJtVw Kaicwv Kpn
irig VTTEOTIV, ClXX' ET EK7TlfvETai P. 801.
these misfortunes are not yet drained
to the bottom. Schiitz rightly observes,
" Imago petita est ex natura vasis aut
putei, qui non prius exhauritur, quam
ad fundum perveneris."
KpriTiKog Cretan, C.607.
KpiOav to be high-fed with barley.
Met. to be unruly, A. 1625.
KpSt'i barley, S.931.
KPOK
Kpifta decision, S.392.
Kpivu to select. Kpivaaa 2' atrrCbv
twv (fiuiv Ta (HXrara .465.to pre
fer. Kpivw S' atjidovov vkfiov A. 458.
Kp'ivE oifiag to irpbgdEiov S. 391 . choose
that part which is held reverential in
the sight of the gods.to decide or ad
judge. Kp'tvov E.583. Kp'ivai A. 1542.
with inf. Kpivto oe viKav C. 890.with
ace. S.c.T.396. Kp'ivE Evdtlav SUnv
E.411. give righteous judgment. Kp7-
vov filKnv 583. decide the cause. Cf.
id. 704. C.652. pass, naig dywv KpiOr)-
o-ETai E.647. Kav iao\pn<pog Kpidij 711.
to decide concerning omens, to ex
plain predictions, P.V.483. P.221.512.
C.535.
Kpime a decision, A. 1262.
Kplrric a judge, S.392.an inter
preter (sc. of dreams, etc.), P.222.
C.37. see Kpivtiv.
KpoKo/iairTOQ dyed with saffron
colour, P. 651.
KpoKofiaQfie saffron coloured, A.
1092. In this passage the blood is
called KpoKo(ia<prjQ orayiov from the
pallid hue which overspreads the face
when the blood rushes back to the
heart in strong emotion. Such (as
Stanley observes) was the common
opinion. Blomfield compares Virg.
Georg.ii.484. Frigidus obstiterit circa
prcecordia sanguis.
KpoKoe saffron. KpoKov fiafag A.
230. cloth died of a saffron colour.
This is referred by Schiitz to the
fillet of saffron-coloured cloth placed
according to custom on Iphigenia,
previous to her sacrifice. He com
pares Lucretius in his description of
the same event, i. 89. Cui simul in-
fula, virgineos circumdata comptus,
Ex utraque pari malarum parte pro-
fusa est. This answers, he conceives,
to the Kpomv fla<pag ig iridov ^iovaa
of iEschylus. It is more simple
to refer it generally with Pauw to
the dress of Iphigenia, of which the
fillet formed a part. With respect
to the colour, Butler (ap. Peile) ob
serves, " videtur non tam ad virgi-
neum quam ad regium cultum perti
 KPON ( 197 )
nuisse color croceus. Sic ap. Pind.
Pyth.iv. 413. croceam vestem habet
jam Argonautarum dux. Idem est
etiam Darii ornatus, P. 660." Stanley
and Abresch incorrectly interpret
KpoKov (3a(jia to mean blood, com
paring A. 1092. E7ri c) KapSiav i'c'pafj.e
KpoKoficupris arayiiv. This is clearly
wrong; the meaning of the latter
passage is quite different, upvKoq not
being an epithet there of the blood,
but of a certain effect upon the face.
Moreover, the blood of Iphigenia had
not yet been shed, cf. 239. ra 2' ivQev
ovr etcov, ovt ivviiru). For xpoKOQ
applied to dyeing, cf. P. 651. K-po/cd-
(iairTov tvfiaptv, and Pind. Pyth.iv.
232. KpoKeov cifxa.
Kpdvioc belonging to Saturn, Kpovie
irai P.V.578.
Kpovog Saturn, P. V. 185.201.220.
914. E.611.
UporcupoQ the temple or forehead.
Met. the brow of a hill, P.V.722.
Kpornafjoe a knocking or beating,
S.c.T.543.
KporrjTos beaten, C.422.
Kpu/33a secretly, C. 175.
Kpvoe chilliness, S.c.T.816. E. 155.
KpvTTTddioc secret, C.934.
KpvTrretv to cover or hide, P.V.1020.
A. 443. E.439. pass. KKpvp:ficva P.V.
499. A. 377.to conceal, with doub.
ace. fir/roi /i Kpinffffs tovto P.V. 628.
conceal not this from me. pass, in
active sense, -^aipovaa yoov KtKpvfi-
fiiva C.442. rejoicing in that I con
cealed my woe. Here Dind. conj.
KtKpVfljXtVOV,
KpvrrroQ concealed, C.803. with
gen. Kpvnra "Hpae S.293. concealed
from Juno. Here Stanl. KpvflSa. So
Dind. ev dyyt'Xw yap Kprnrbq opdov-
rai Xoyos C.762. a message of secret
meaning depends for success upon the
messenger. For icpurroc opOovrai X6-
yoe is read in MSS. and edd. tcpvir-
roe opQovan (ppevi, or opBioar) tpptvl.
This reading, which is wholly unin
telligible, is evidently the result of
an error in transcribing, being a re
petition of the termination of the pre
KPY*
ceding line yaOovon <pptvi. Cf. A.
1189. 1190. For the restoration of
the text we are indebted to Schol.
Venet. on I].o'.207. who thus cites
the passage, Lv ayyi\u> yap kvttto
opdoiirai \6yo. Eustathius borrow
ing this in his Commentary, writes
KpvirTdQ, not kvtttoq. Hence Por-
son edited KpviTTOQ opduvrai XoyoQ.
Blomf. prefers kvtttoq, and translates
Nuntii prudentia rectam facere po
test oralionem incurvam, h.e. vitio-
sam, which certainly conveys no
very clear idea of the meaning.
The general force of the phrase
(which is evidently a proverbial one)
is clear from the words in Homer
upon which it is referred to as an
illustration, sc. io-dXdv koi to tLtvk-
rai, St ayyeXoQ a'imfia elSrj, denot
ing the necessity of tact and adroit
ness in one who carries important
messages. Commentators appear
to have been misled from not per
ceiving that opdovrai does not mean
is made straight, (hence the prefer
ence of kvtttoq as a supposed anti
thesis) but succeeds, prospers, as in
E. 742. etc. The Chorus desires the
nurse to deliver the message to iEgis-
thus in a manner not likely to excite
his fears (<2>c aSufiavTWQ kXvtj) : hence
it bids her not to tell h'im what
she had been desired by Clytsemnes-
tra, sc. to bring guards with him, (as
that would raise his suspicions of
danger,) but to come cheerfully alone
(yndovvy <j>pivi), for that, where the
real purpose of a message (e.g. to
inveigle a man to destruction) had to
be concealed, the message depended
much for success on the ease and
apparent indifference assumed by the
messenger. With respect to reading
kvtttoq or KpvTTTog, it is better to re
tain the latter, as it is supported by
the MSS. and is preferable in respect
of sense. The prep, kv is used as in
E. 447. Cf. Soph. Phil. 963. (Ed. C.247.
Eur. Phoen.1284. Av.1677.
KpvGTaXXoTrnl; frozen over, P. 494.
Kpv(j>a~we secret, C.81. P. 352.377.
 KPT* ( 198 ) KYKA

Kpv(f>alu>g secretly, P. 362. in possession. Hence kti;(tjoc Zevg

Kraadai to acquire, yet for oneself. S.440. Jupiter the guardian of pro
tKTT}0(i> P. 741. IKTllOaTO 756. KTYioairo perty. KT-haiog (iii)fi6g A. 1008. the
C.995. KTijinrai E.279. KiKTrjoQcu to altar of Jupiter, called icn'iaiog.
have or possess, P.V.797. A. 1021. KWi'tiv to found (as a colony). rt)v
ayog icik-riitTtTai P.V. 1008. will be ac [UXKpav awoiKiav Kriaai P.V. 817.to
cursed.ol Kcicrrjfuyot lords or mas beget, tov tKTiercv yuvtp S. 163. thfxivii
ters, rig 2' av (j>l\ovg i>vo~iTO rovg kik- fiia KTtaas S. 1053. sc. iifiag or r/fitre-
rr}fiivovQ ; S. 332. These words, not pov ylvog, h.e. qui benevola j(Ionem
withstanding Schiitz's attempt at contrectando) genus nostrum condidit.
explanation, are probably corrupt. Schutz. to effect, achieve, or per
Schutz explains, " quis vera, quceso, form. kiriOTpntTOV al&va KTiaaag C.
propinquos dote sua dominos emat f" 345. having lived a life. bxoTep av
Rob. understanding it so likewise, Kriang S.429. whichever you may
refers to Virg.Georg.i. Teque sibi ge- do. caircg av KTioiaro C.477. would
nerum Tethys emat omnibus undis. be celebrated. rtXevrag wpevfievcig ktI-
Dind. is undoubtedly correct in aut S. 132.to render or make, iktl-
adopting Boissonade's conj. ovoiro. oavevvtc'ag P.281. C. 1056. cXtiidcpov
" Respondet virgo quaestioni regis Kritrti Cf. E. 17. Ti\vng tvdeov ktI-
car' i^dpav ; ob odium nempe ; nam trag 684. a.tcapiri)TOvg KTttrai S. 132.
quis dominos vituperaret qui essent irvplfarov icriW 628. On C. 435. see
amici ? Quum illos fugiamus, sequi- KTiivuv.
tur odio nobis esse." The king then, Krvirog a noise of blows or strokes,
wishing to waive the subject, partly S.C.T. 96. 99. P.V. 133.925. A. 1515.
apologises for the invaders in v. 333. C. 23. 421. 642. pi. P.V.918.
to which the chorus, indignant at Kvdveog dark blue, dark. Kvaveov
the evasion, retorts in v. 334. Xtvamov P. 81. looking darkly. This
Kriavov a possession, S.c.T.711. epithet is often applied to the look of
885. A. 1555. C.931. the eyes, see Blomf. Gl. in loc.
Krtdreipa fem. one who acquires, Blomf. here reads Kvavovv, for the
A. 347. sake of the metre, and in accordance
Knlvttv to kill. kteivw C.543. ktc- with the rule of Phrynichus con
vti A 1233. iKTtiva E. 441. 558. iKravtg cerning adjectives in tog. So Dind.
S.c.T.955. iKTtivt P. 762. A. 1630. Ik- Well, considers that there is a syni-
reivafiev C.875. 'iicravov E.96. Zicrave zesis of the v, so that it is read icuu-
S. 494. KTtivouv P. 444. KTevelv C. 909. viov as KvavwiriStg v. 551. Heath
KTtivax P.V. 868. In C.435. for the supposes it was pronounced Kvavovv.
corrupt xreivai, Stanl. conj. Krlaai. See under AlyvKToycvyg.
So Dind. Kraveiv C.886. 1023. E.84. KvavSmighaving a dark-blue prow,
KTtlvovoa. P. 780. KTtivovai E. 210. S. 724. P. 551.
KTtivaoa A. 1523. ktclvwv S.C.T. 618. KvfiepvTiTng a steersman, S.751.
E. 569. KTdvovoa E.187. icravovcrng E. Kvfiog a cube or die. 'ipyov iv kv-
710. KravovTL 400. Kravovai C.41. poet. fiotg Kpivei S.C.T. 396.
KTavovrtaai C. 362. Kravovrag C. 142. Kvtiarog most renowned, S. 13.
Kreig lit. a comb.Met. KTtveg KvSog glory, P. 447. S.c.T. 299.
the fingers, \epdv atcpag tcrivag A. Kvdepeiog belonging to Venus, S.
1576. 1014.
Krij/xa a possession, pi. Kriipara Kvk&v to mingle or confound, P.V.
S.C.T. 772. 799. 890. 996.
Krrjvog id. pi. urnvn A. 127. KvkXuv to whirl round, divatg kv-
Krijaiog belonging to possessions. tcXovpevov neap A. 969. my heart vio
Xpi)pa.T<t>v Krnaiiav A. 981. goods held lently agitated.
 KYKA ( 199 )
KvkXoq an orb or circle, as of the
sun, or of a shield, P.V. 91. P.496.
S.c.T.471. 478.573. kvkXw adv. round
about, C.977. kukXw irepit P.360.410.
KvkXovoOcii mid. v. to surround.
'Apytioi TrokuTfxa kvkKovvtox S.c.T.
114. P.450. OTivtnr6\i<Tfia. wg kvkXov-
fiivuv S.c.T. 229. where the vulg.
KVKKovjxii>h)v is correct, which the
Schol. A. rightly explains as refer
ring to ruiy woXefiiiov. Rob. Cant.
KvuXovfiEvov pass. In P.450. apifi c~e
kvkXovvto Traaav vfjaov, Heath and
Brunck read 'kvkXovvto, Pors. and
Blomf. IkvkXovvto. Upon the omis
sion of the syllabic augment in tragic
iambics, two opinions are well known
to exist : one, that of Porson and
Elmsley, who deny its legitimacy alto
gether, except in some few special
words (see Pors. Praef. to Hec); an
other, which is supported by Herm. and
some others, that it might be omitted
in certain cases. Elmsley on Bacch.
1132. divides the existing instances
of omission into three classes : 1 . such
as may have the augment restored
without injuring the verse ; 2. those
where, owing to a diphthong or long
vowel terminating the preceding
verse, the mark of elision may be
prefixed ; 3. such as do not admit of
these two remedies, and which he con
ceives may either be emended, or if
not capable of easy emendation,
ought to be ascribed to the errors of
copyists. To this view of the case,
objections have justly been made.
With respect to Elmsley's second
class, which he would explain as
cases of elision caused by a diph
thong in the preceding line, it is
observable, that in tragic iambics the
termination of one line does not con
nect itself with the beginning of
another, so as to affect it in a metrical
point ofview. Thuse.g.in Soph. Ant.
900. we have tyw | iXovaa, where no
elision takes place. Even St is never
cut off by jEschylus or Euripides ;
very rarely by Sophocles. Hence it
seems unfair to suppose that the
KYKA
termination of one line affects the
first word of the preceding in some
few cases where the augment seems
omitted, but not as a general prin
ciple. If then the omission of the
augment be established as regards
the second class, it will hardly be
fair to have recourse to emendation
to correct those of the first. With
respect to the third class, to suppose
that they are all incorrect involves a
petitio principii : that these passages
are all wrong, depends upon the truth
of the supposition that the Attics never
omitted the augment: but that the
Atties never omitted the augment can
only be proved from their extant
writings : hence this is reasoning in
a circle. The following appears to
be a correct statement of the case :
1. When the verb in the imperfect or
aorist is preceded by a long syllable
in the middle of a verse, the augment
may be omitted on the common prin
ciple of elision, e.g. 'I<i\jj VaXtTro
Trach.381. Swpnfi kictivtp 'iu>Kt Aj.
1304. 2. Of passages where the word
in which the augment is omitted, does
not occur in the middle, but at the be
ginning of a verse, there are no less
than twenty-seven in number, and if
the reasoning above adduced against
Elmsley's statement be valid, these
must be considered as actual omis
sions of the augment. If we come
now to examine into the cause of
this, we shall find that these instances
all occur in pt'itreie ayyeXucal or nar
rative parts, where we may conceive
that the poets adopted the style of
the early epic poetry. Hence we may
ascribe the omission of the augment
to an imitation of the epic style in
such passages. The exceptions (four
in number) where the omissions ap
pear in passages of a different cha
racter, are susceptible of just emen
dation. 3. It is supposed by some,
that this license extended only to
words in the beginning of a verse ;
hence iEsch. P. 305. o'iSe vadg k fiiac
irtaov is considered corrupt, (and
 KYKA ( 200 ) KYPI

probably is so, whatever be the truth KwriyeTeiv to pursue (as a hunter

as regards this point). One instance does game), P.V. 572.
likewise occurs in Bacch. 1134, but KvvoOpam'ie impudent as a dog, S.
here the word, occurring in the be 739.
ginning of a proposition, can hardly Kvv6<j>po>v id. C.612. Cf. II. y. 180.
be viewed as an exception. By those Kiirpit Venus, S. 979. 1016. S.c.T.
who hold this opinion, several in 127. E.206.love, P.V. 654. 866.
stances are explained on the principle Kvirpioe Cyprian, of Cyprus. YJiwpi-
of elision, e.g. vtK&>ji.tvoi 'tnipiaaov ai irokeiQ P. 863.of Cyprusin Libya.
P. 302. vXelarot "davov id. 482. Cf. Klnrpioe xapaicn'ip S.279. On this
Soph. Aj. 308. Trach. 772. 905. etc. passage Abresch remarks, " Quum
Wellauer, however, on P. 302. ob notissima hujus nominis insula hue
serves, that the mark of elision is here non conveniat, intelligam de Cypro
placed against the authority of all Libya? cujus apud Steph. Byzant.
MSS. His reasoning appears correct, mentio."
sc. that if the tragic writers in epic Kvpeiv (inus, in pres.) to obtain.
passages allowed themselves the omis with gen. irdXov iKvpaa P.765.to hit,
sion of the augment at all, no reason as a mark, A. 614. to meet with, to
can well be assigned why they should find or experience, 'laovwv vavfiarav
not have employed this licence in the KvpaaVTEQ OVK CVTV)(ii>S P. 973. Cf.
middle as well as in the beginning of P.V. 741. E.891.
a verse. Hence we may, on the Kvptiv to obtain, meet with, expe
whole, conclude that the tragics, rience, with gen. Kvpovvra rwv iira-
though in ordinary passages always &W P.V. 70. Cf. S.C.T. 589. P. 783. 874.
inserting the augment, did occasion E.373. S.780.withacc. Kvpi)ouQ pn'iov
ally omit it when imitating the epic ato> (redev C.696. See ablate. Cf.C.212.
narrative style, and this not in the be 703. S.c.T. 681. on which last see il.
ginning only, but also in the middle absolutely, to hit a mark, rod' av
of a verse. Cf. Soph. El. 750. CEd. Xiytov KvprjaaiQ S. 584. you would be
C. 1605. Trach. 906. Eur. Hec. 1153. right in saying this. Cf. Tvyxp-vti-v.
jEsch. P. 368. 408. 450. 488. etc. to be, P.V.330. KaXGig Kvpti S.C.T.
KvicXwrde made round, S.c.T. 522. 23. is well. Cf. P. 590. S . 56. with par
KvKv6[iop<po swan-shaped, P.V.757. ticiples, fiap/iaipovaav Kvptiv S.C.T.
KvKvog a swan, A, 1419. 383. oe(ra)<rp,ivo Kvpii P. 495. Kvptiv
Kujua a wave of the sea, etc. S.14. Xiyovaav A. 1174. In A. 1344. rparwc
P.V. 1003. 1050. S.cT. 192.672. P.90. ' ArpclSrjv eitHvat Kvpovvff oirioe, Butler
A. 651. 1154. Met. a wave of cala considers that Kvpovvff oVwc is put
mity. KCLKhJV WOTTCp doXaGOO, KVfl ayet by an enallage for 6Vwe Kvpti. It
S.C.T.740. Cf. P.V. 888. E.796. S.120. is better to suppose it equivalent to
a stream of armed men, S.c.T.7.108. Kvpovvff ottioq Kvpti h.e. to know his
1069. Cf. P.90. kv/mi xeptrdlov a land state whatever it is. iretribv Kvpr/aac
wave, S.c.T.64. See Blomf. Gloss. S.c.T. 341. if correct, is to be joined
Ag.8l. in constr. sc. having fallen. Dind.
Kvfia thefoetus of the womb, C. 126. considers Kvprjo-ae as a gloss.
E. 629. Kvpioc having power or authority.
Kvfxaivstv to swell as a wave. Met. KVpWC llflt OpOUV A. 104. KVpiOl (TVVbl-
Kvjxaivovr iwn S.c.T. 428. swelling jjlotcu E.123. powerful conspirators.
words. a master, ro'iai Kvpioiai Zwjiutwv C.CAl .
Kvfiarlac swelling with waves, S. 678.one who ratifies or makes bind
541. ing a contract. efj.(ov re nal aGiv Kvptoc
Kvvayog [a] a huntsman or pursuer, TrianvfiaTiav A. 852. appointed, au
A. 678. See 'AOdva. thorised. Hyviopa Kvpiov 0dvouE. 315.
 KYPI ( 201 )
Kvpwv riXog 515. Kvpiu) iv )';/'<fi<i S.
713. rl riiySe Kvpuoripovg fxivEig; id.
943. to Kvpwv the appointed time, A.
744. KvpC ZxpvTtQ E.918. having au- .
thority.
Kvpiaauv to butt as a ram. Met.
to strike. Kvpiaaov layypkv yftova P.
302. See kvkXov<tOch.
Kvpiug really, thoroughly, A. 171.
C.774.
Kvpog Cyrus, P. 754. 759.
Kvpog authority or power, ovic
i\overt Kvpog ovSev S.386.
Kvpoiiv to pronounce authoritative
ly. rt]vS' licvptooaQ tyartv P. 223. The
constr. is varied in v. 513. iirulfi ryS'
itcvpuHrev (pane. to decide. KvptSaai
SUtjv E.609. Cf. id. 551. where, for
the vulg. Kvpiitrwv is read Kvptotrov
in M. Guelph. Aid. Rob. So Herm.
Dind. This requires oirtog r to be
read for owing. Well, defends the
vulg. but incorrectly.pass. KEKvpia-
rai riXog C.861. S.598.
Kvrog any hollow vessel, as an urn
or vase, A. 313.aballoting box, id.
790. a shield, S.c.T.477.
Kv\petog of Cychreee, a place near
Salamis. cUrac a/jupi K.v)(pcias P. 562.
It was so called, according to Ste-
phanus, from Cyehreus, son of Sa
lamis and Neptune. From him Sa
lamis was called Kvxpda.
Kvo>v a dog, S.c.T.1005. A.3.1064.
C.440. E.127.237. S. 741. 781.as an
epithet of reproach, fxianrtje Kvvog
A. 1201. Met. Znvog aKpaytig xvvag
TpmciQ P.V.805. See Blomf. Gloss,
in Ag.81. Aibg irrrivoQ kvuiv Sacboi-
I'oc aurog P. V. 1024. Cf. A. 134. fin-
rpiig iyicoroi kvvcq C. 1050. Cf. id.
911. said of the Furies pursuing
Orestes.a watch-dog, a guardian,
yvvaiica. BwfAarwv Kvt'a A. 593. Ixvhpa
TiSy araOfidv Khva id. 870. 'Ltiplov
Aa/3; a receiving, kv apyvpov \a/3j;
S.913. by the receiving of money.
Aafipog violent, P. 1 10.
AABP
Kvvog id. 941. the constellation of the
Dog Sirius.
KoiiW a bell, S.c.T. 368.381.
Kw/a/Etv to lament, ti/ii Kiaicvaovaa
A. 1286.
Ku>Kvfia a lamentation, pi. P. 324.
419.
KioKiroe id. pi. S.c.T. 225. C.148.
Ka)KVTog Cocytus, S.c.T. 672. A.
1132.
K&Xov a limb, e.g. the foot or leg,
P. V. 81. 494. A. 1358. E.350. prov.
irpog KEVTpa kwXov EKTEVEig P.V. 323.
part of anything, as of a race.
SiavXov OuTtpov kioXov A. 335. See
SiavXog.
Ku>Xveii> to prevent. icaXwpa ki>)Xv-
ovaav itg fiivEiv ipu> S.980. In this
verse K&Xtopa is corrupt : KiaXvovaav
refers to Kvirpie, and this verse is to
be strictly connected with the pre
ceding one, a comma only being
placed after Kvirpig. Stanley's con
jecture, K&wpa, h.e. ical doipa even
when unripe, seems the best which
has been proposed. We may then
understand Danaus to mean that
" Venus not only proclaims the fact
when fruits are fully ripe (ora^oira)
but that, more than this, she may be
said even to prevent the unripe ones
(awpa) from growing to maturity, by
exposing them to untimely violence."
KiSfiog a band, or company of re
vellers, Met. A. 1162.
K('ui'ti>\p a gnat, A. 566.
Ku)irn an oar, P.368.370.388.417.
Met. vtpripq. TTpoafifievoc Kinrn A.
1601. occupying an inferior station.
Kunn'ipne furnished with oars. ku>-
iriipr) otoXov P. 408. the equipment of
oars.
Kwpvdg fem. of Corycus. Kupvdg
KErpa C.22. a rock on Parnassus.
Kuxj>6g deaf, S.c.T. 184. C.869.
A.ufipoaTop.E~iv to speak violently,
P.V.327.
AaflpoavTogv iolentlydriven,.V.G03.
2 D
 AADP ( 202 )
Aafipwg violently, P.V. 1024.
Aayivog belonging to a hare. Xay-
ivav yivvav, A. 118. one of the hare
kind, periphrast. for a hare. Here
fioaxopevoi Xaylvav ipiKvpova (j>ep-
fiart yivvav is the reading of Por-
son, from Farn. Vict. The mean
ing of the passage is, feeding upon
a female hare big with young,
stopped with her offspring in their
last race. For ipixvpova, which is
the reading of the Schol. (ipixvpova,
iroXvKvpova), 3ome MSS. and edd.
have ipiKvpara, an error arisen pro
bably from the similarity of the
termination of the following word,
tpippan, which is so read by Guelph.
Aid. Rob. Turn., but which has also
been corrupted by some into <j>ippara.
(iXajiivra is referred by Wellauer to
Xayiodv understood, to which he con
siders Xaylvav yivvav as equivalent.
For this he quotes the authority: of
the Schol. who says, 7rp6g to trnpuir
vopevov to fiXafiivra. But here /3Xtt-
fttvra is not the ace. masc. sing.,
but the neut. plural, referring gene
rally to the hare and her young ones,
both of which are alluded to in the
preceding line, and this may very
likely be the real meaning of the
Scholiast.
AayoZalrng devouring a hare, A.
122.
Aayx&vtiv to draw a lot. >g ikci-
arog iiXri^tv iraXov S.c.T.358. abs. ti-
Xnxe S.C.T.405.433. Xaxdvra id. 439.
ff(i\4)XaxoTfcE.32.Cf. S.C.T.55. 119.
having drawn their lot. with ace. to
receive as one's allotted portion, P.V.
48. S.C.T.672.890.928. KXiipu Xaxovoa
ya'tav P. 183. ov Xayu>v E.685. un-
appointed to the office. iXaxe ig to
irav o HvOoxprioraQ <f>vyag C.927.
he has received his inheritance. Here
the vulg. ZXaice is unintelligible. 'iXacre
Pau w, Schiitz, Seidler, from the Scho
liast's explanation. eXafie Med. eXa^t
conj. Schiitz. So Well. rl b" oh ari-
vovreg, oil Xaxovreg, ijparog pipog; A.
543. sc. arivovTtr l\piv h. e. iarLvopiv.
For ov Xaxovreg Schiitz conj o5 Xa-
AAKI
Xovres, which he explains ri 3' oil*
itrrivoptv, ov iXdxopcv, i)parog pipog ;
which Herm. approves. Casaub. ex
plains the vulg. " quae pars dieipra-
teribat quum non gemeremus, mil non
sortiremur ? nempe ad obeundas vi-
gilandi et remigandi stationes." This
is better than Wellauer's explana
tion, qua parte diei non suspira-
vimus, quum ilia nobis non accide-
rint? i.e. nulla parte diei ilia nobis
non acciderunt: which makes Xaxovreg
too vague. It seems, however, that in
either case jEschylus could not have
avoided writing pi) Xaxovreg. Pro
bably some verb is lost in Xaxovreg
of a similar meaning to arivovreg.
So Stanl. ov nXaiovreg. Possibly
XaoKovreg may be the true reading.
Cf. A.839. P.V.405. with gen. el
TrpairiSuv Xaxovra A. 370. having a
good share of intellect. with inf.
Travra ra Kar av6pi>irovg eXaxov h~ie-
tuv E.891.
Aay&g a hare. Xayu> ZUnv E.
26.
Aadpalog secret, A. 1203.
AaOpaltog secretly, P.V. 1079.
Aai'Xai^ a storm, S.33.
Aaiog Laius, S.c.T.673.727. 784.
824.
Aai6g left. Xaiag xeipos P.V. 716.
on the left hand.
Aaig spoil, booty, S.c.T. 313. Dor.
for Xnig.
Aalfag a sail, E.526. S. 696. 704.
AaKafaiv to cry out, S.851. S.c.T.
167.
Aa/celv aor. 2. to sound or creak.
iXaicov a6vwv ppiOouivitiv xvai
S.c.T. 138.to speak or utter, A. 600.
1401. C. 35.38. 777. perf. XeXaKe. trro-
vuev Xt'Xa/ct P.V. 405. cries mournfully.
See Xdaicetv.
AaKtg a rent. ipvirvS) aw XantSi
Xtvotai S.l 1 3. I fasten upon them with
a rent, h.e. / fall upon them and
rend them. Cf. iv 7rfVXoie near) Xaicig
P. 123. XaKtg xiT&v epyov ov Ka.ro-
iKTiei S.880. XaKtSeg arnpoppayovai
ttoikIXwv iadnparwv P. 821. Xivo<f>06poi
ixpaapartav XaKtSeg C.28.
 AAKT ( 203 )
Aaicrifaiv to kick, A. 859. prov.
TTpoe Ktvrpa fi.fi Xaicrige 1607. to
smite or beat against. Kpalia <j>peva
XaKTifci P. V. 883.to tread underfoot
or insult. XaKTiaavri. pityav Sluac /Sw-
fiov A. 373.
AaKTitr/ia a kick. iirEv-^erat, Xcuc-
Tiofia Selirvov ivrlixios ridelg &p$,
ovruie oXiadai irav to nXeiadlvove
yivoQ A. 1583. Here by some X6.K-
rio-fia (ttiirvov is understood of the
violation of the sanctity of the ban
quet. So Schiitz, Butler and Mus-
grave understand it of the overturn
ing of the table. Blomf. of the vomit
ing up of the food eaten. It seems
highly questionable whether the first
and last of these explanations will
stand. The words probably mean
simply overturning with a curse the
viands set before him, ridele being of
course taken with XaKriap-a, and both
together being equivalent to Xcucri-
Zbiv. See riOevai.
Aaptflaveiv to receive or take. Xa/x-
fiavu C. 126. Xafiouv S.674. Xaflioai
S.c.T.800. XafieXv id. 1012. C.491. S.
486. Xafiwv A. 846. 1578. Xafiovcra S.
575. E.172. to fetch. ijw Xaflovaa
iriXavov ki, o'iKwy cfiwv P. 516. Cf. id.
820.835. S.707.to seize or catch,
P.V.55.194. pass. Xnfda SoXpS.c.T.
38. C.550. E.125. XrifdiyTES P.561.
676. A. 226. 1098. S.801. elXvpf*zvvs
v.50. for XiXripiyiivrie in A. 850. d
(pDoyyriv Xajioi A. 37. if it were to re
ceive the power of speech, ov SoZav av
Xafiotfii (ipiov<rt)s (pptvot; id. 266. /
would not admit or believe, ayicadev
Xafiwv E.80. embracing, iv ayicaXait
Xafiwv S.476. id. dpaaog Xafiovaai S.
933. gaining courage, irpoprjOeiav Xa-
fitiv id. 175. to use caution. Here
Wordsworth conj. Xafiiov, joining
tirr) with <j>vXaai in the next line.
This Dindorfapproves. Xai<pog orav
Xaf3t) wovoQ E.526. when distress
comes upon it. Kvtcjiae tilievoq aldipog
Xapri P. 357. TtovSt Kaipbv ootie &ki-
cttos Xafti S.c.T.65. take the earliest
opportunity.
Aafjnradn<t>opos a torch-bearer, A.
AAMII
302. Metaphorically applied to the
beacon-fires which announced in re
gular succession to Clytaemnestra the
capture of Troy. Allusion is made
to the contest of the AainraSri^opia
at Athens, where several ran a race
in succession with lighted torches in
their hands. See teXevtcuoq.
Aapirae a torch, S.c.T.415. A. 93.
E. 976.994. a beacon-fire, A. 8. 28.
278.287.475. Met. XaLnrahq the
rays of the heavenly bodies. wd)ai\-
fiioi Xa^nraSec C.583.
AainrEiv to shine, A. 749. P. 163.
AaLiirn filth, dirt. avnXito Xapirif
E.305. in filthy regions uncheered by
the sun. Dind. with Wieseler pre
fers Xcnrg:, which he asserts to be the
legitimate form of this word.
Aafnrpoe bright, clear, S.c.T.371.
524. P. 496. A. 6. 272. of a strong,
powerful wind, A. 1153. Blomf. com
pares Virg. Georg. i. 460. et claro
cernes silvas.,4 quilonemoveri. bpwv-
ra Xapirpov C.283. clear-sighted.
Aap.TrpvvEoQa.1 to grow bright, ojx-
p.aaiyXafiirpvveTaiE.\04. grows clear
sighted.
Aapirptig brightly, clearly, P.V.
835. on C.797. see $vo<pepoe.
AafiTrriip a torch, or night-lamp, C.
530. Met. applied to the beacon-fire,
which was to the night, what a lamp
was in a chamber, A. 22.
AajiTrrnpovfJ-a the keeping up of a
night-lamp. Ta.Qap.(j>l<ToiKXaiov(jaXafi-
iTTnpov\iac arniiEXiirovg aliv A. 865.
Wellauer refers this to the signal
fires which were kept ready to an
nounce the return of Agamemnon,
but which, owing to the delay of that
event, remained unused, and conse
quently unheeded. This is objection
able, because Xafnrrijpte are not the
signal fires (which are XafiiraScg, the
expression in v. 22. being metaphori
cal), but are the night lamps which
are kept burning in a chamber until
the inmates retire to rest. Such lamps
were kept always burning in Clytsem-
nestra's chamber, as always expect
ing to hear the news of her hus
 AAN0 ( 204 )
band's coming. Scholef. (who most
unaccountably joins apfl ooi with
nXaiovoa) is right in considering Xap-
irTripovyiaQ to denote the time during
which these lamps were kept burning,
h.e. the whole night. Translate,
weeping through the hours whilst
lamps were burning on your account,
unheeded ever in their flight.
AavQavciv to escape the notice of.
ovk tori XaOtiv oppara tpwros A. 770.
lionpov yap ov pc XavOavu S.695.
i.e. tvonpov ov. Cf. Herm. on Soph.
Ant.467.with part, pi) XaOn (ftiiySa
/3ac E.246. lest he should escape un-
perceived. Oaviiv Xa0oipiS.966.might
be slain in secret.XavOaveoOat to
forget. pnSapwe Xd0>;C.671. with gen.
aXicrjs XaOiodai rijace S.712.
Ad with the heel. Xa irarelv C.
633. E.110. to tread underfoot. Xa
an'oT/e E. 514. dishonour by treading
underfoot.
AaoSapac subduing the people,
S.c.T.325.
Aaoiradric suffered by the people,
P. 907.
AaoTropocforming a passagefor the
people, P. 113.
Aaoc a people or multitude, S.c.T.
89. P.92.585.715.756.984. C.360. S.
362. \aoi men, generally, pf.pmt.oai
Xaolg S.84. the people id. 512.954.
See Xewg.
Aairafaiv to lay waste, fut. Xa7rd-
leiv S.c.T.47.513.
Aaodevns proper name, S.c.T. 602.
AaoKciv to utter a cry. abs. X6\okov-
rag Bopoic A. 839. with ace. dXoXuy-
pbv 'iXaoKov A. 581.
Aarpela servitude, P.V.968.
Aarptvuv to serve, with dat. P.V.
970.
Aarpov payment. Xarp&v arepdc
without payment, sc. of rent. S.989.
not as Stanl. translates, sine famulis.
Aari) LatonalL.313. Dor.for Anri).
Aaipvpa [y] spoils, S.c.T. 260.461.
A. 565.
Aaxv a receiving for one's portion,
raifxiij' Trarpyiov Xa^oi S.c.T. 898. The
word also means, a digging. So
AErE
Well. Lex. but the other sense is far
better here. Well, thinks a pun is
intended. But cf. v. 928. Moreover,
the word irarpiiiav would hardly have
been used in connexion with theirs*
digging of a place of sepulture.
Ad^oc a lot, E.378. Xa\n ra icar
ay0pa>irovcid.300.the destinies allotted
amongst men. a turn, or part, iv rip
rpirio Xayti id. 5. third in order.an
allotted or appointed office, popipov
Xa)(0 TwrXdvThiv C.356. Cf.E.320.
329.364.
Aiaiva a lioness. Met. A. 1231.
Ae/3/jc a vessel, e.g. for bathing,
A. 1100. an urn, C.676. A. 432.
Here rovg is rightly omitted in Flor.
Ae'ytiv to say or speak, abs. e g.
tJKOVoag, r\ ovk rJKOvoag, J) icoi<j>y Xt'yta;
S.C.T.184. Cf. P.V. 440. 443. 620. 629.
633. 645. 700. 823 . 1009. S .C.T. 243 . 462.
1003.1017. P. 176. 287. 431. 505. A. 38.
260.310.484.812.818.1022. 1059. 1331.
1376.1395. C. 103. 106. 128. 165.520.657.
678. 756. 840. E. 1 14. 264. 386. 545. 553.
555. 562 . 584 . 594. 689. S. 244 . 246. 269.
331.451.455.723.opposed to irpao-
oiav. ov Kal Xiyiav tv<j>paive Kal irpao-
otov ibnivi S.510. in act as well as in
word.ovh' air lopnvov Xt'yw S.c.T.
255. nor do I speak apart from the
Ismenus, h.e. nor do I except the Is-
menus. Blomfield's translation, non
autem eos dico qui Ismenum tuentur,
is inconsistent with the structure of
the sentence. The other method,
however, is sufficiently harsh. L.
Dind. conj. iiaoi t, for ovh' air.
with i>Q. Xeyovoi S' >s ov piv piyav
rixvoiQ ttXovtov EKrijoii) P. 740. Cf. E.
300.with infin. e.g. Kal ravra psv
3>) Micros iioih'fiv Xeyu) P. 196. Cf.
S.C.T.28.382. P.268. A.531.538.620.
720. A. 1638. C. 873. 1036. (in loc.
dub.)with inf. omitted, rob" av yi-
voq Xtyaiy (sc. tlvai) e 'Itiiraupov kv-
pnoaig S. 583.in the inf. after at
tributives, aXyeii'd Xiytiv P.V. 197.
painful to speak of. Cf. id. 260. S.c.T.
563.956.973.982. E. 34. rirpwrai Six-
tvov wXiw Xt'yav A. 842. so to speak.
tv Xlyti A. 1160. utters a pleasing
 AErE ( 205 )
sound, ev yap 6 Zivog Xiyei S.495. he
speaks fair. With ace. to speak or
tell. e. g. Xiu> ropiZg ooi irav P.V.
612. Cf. id. 317.636.663.803.931. 1039.
S.c.T. 1.76. 357. 561. 601. 629. 679. 695.
724. P. 241 . 348. 364. 684. 688. 692. 779.
A. 97. 164.306. 342.584. 606.611. 831. 833.
1017.1023.1177.1202.1321.1633. C.105.
179.428.575.587.803.826.842. E.398.
415.425.505.612.627. 796. 841. 859. S.
104.306.514.610.906.916. avria Xefai
P. 681. to accost, speak face to face.
Xiyeiv naiava A. 631. to utter a hymn.
Xeyovaa apav C. 144. uttering a curse.
Xea>[iev ev^ag S. 620. let us offer
prayers.to speak of, to allude to,
to describe. Xiy' aXXov aXXaig iv ttv-
Xaig elXvxora S.c.T. 433. Cf. id.440.
508.538.550.614.724.876. P. 948. 951.
980. A. 541. 549. 634. 1100. 1174. 1285.
1530. C. 118.179.438.930. (see xjjiyio)
S.198.300.313.468.614. with part. XI-
yovaiv rjfiag >g 6Xti>X6rag A. 658. they
speak ofus as lost. ev Xiyeiv to speak
well of. ev Xiyovreg avBpa rbv fxev,
wg [ia)(ri 'LSpis A. 433. kcikuiq Xiyeiv
to speak ill of. Xiyeiv c" afiopxpov ovra
roue 7r\ac Ha/ewe E.391.In defining
strictly one's meaning, I mean, I say,
I speak of. e. g. &Xw Be iroXXi'iv, aoirl-
Sog kvkXov Xiyio S.c.T. 471. / mean
the orb of his shield, e'iaw KOfii^ov kox
ov, Kaoavlpav Xiyio A. 1005. / mean
Casandra. Cf. P.V. 948. S.c.T. 591.
640. C. 215.449. ttoiov xpovov weirop-
Onrai iroXig ; | rrjg vvv reKovang <pS>g
rdo"' ev<pp6vng Xiyu) A. 269. How long
has the city been taken ? I say,
since the past night.to call. Xiyoip.'
av iivSpa tovZe riov <rradfitiv Kvva A.
870. ovroi yvva'iKag, aXXa Topyovag
Xiyto E. 48. to reckon, to count up.
Kal ae c" iv tovtoiq Xiyto P.V. 975. rl
tovq avaXtodivrag iv \pr]<pb> Xiyeiv xpV ;
A. 556. to reckon them up.to com
mand or desire, with inf. Xiyto icar'
avSpa, jxri Oeov, tri/3eiv ifie A. 899. Cf.
C. 141.272.546.576. 1036. (see fiaprv-
pe'iv).with inf. omitted, ravrnv fiev
ovrii) <j>povriS' imroStliv (sc. eTvai) Xiyii)
E.431. absol. is to irdv Si toi, Xiyto,
(liofiov a'iSetrai Sitcag E.511. pass, to
AErE
be called, fiiyag Trap Aiog dpovoig
Xiyy E.220. alSibg ev XexOe'icri C.654.
delicacy in expressing herself, exeig
ri tG>v XeXeyjieviav di^a C. 707. dif
ferent from what has been said. o>g
aXig XeXeyfiivuiv E.645. tov ir&pog
XeXey/xivov S.c.T. 406. 537. the one
aforesaid, ov Xe'y&i E. 828. / speak
not of, 1 avoid the mention. On this
Herm. onViger.271. observes, "for
mula est male ominatum quid pro-
ferentis, quod abominari se signifi-
cat." It has probably not this force
in A. 845. iroXXrjV avtodev, rrjv Karto
yap ov Xiyu \dov6g, Tpifiotpov y(Xat-
vav iZnvxei Xa/3i>v. Here Blomf.
places the comma after Xiyto, and
interprets xdovog \Xa~iva to mean the
grave, quoting a variety of authorities
(q. v.) in support of this interpretation.
He translates, multam superne (non
enim earn dico quae substernitur) tri-
plicem terrce chlamyda cepisset, id
est, ter sepultus fuisset. To this there
are, apparently, two objections : first,
that if Agamemnon were spoken
of as thrice buried, he must have had
four bodies, not three, being still alive :
and that hence the comparison with
the three-bodied Geryon becomes in
applicable. But Agamemnon is re
garded, under the supposition, as
dead : sc. if he were dead (which he
is not) he must have had three
bodies, have been thrice dead, and
thrice buried. Secondly, the words
ttjv Karto yap ov Xiyii) seem to have
little meaning, notwithstanding Klau-
sen's observation, " de ea potius terra
cogitamus, quae tegit mortuos, quam
de ea, quae sub ejus corpore est."
But it may be observed that such an
titheses are not very unusual in a
writer like ^schylus, and stress
seems to be laid upon the upper part,
as coming more within the reach of
calculation than the immensity below.
Cf. S.c.T. 930. iroXXrlv is not to be
taken with Well, in the sense of often,
but means ample, large. This is, upon
the whole, the best explanation of
the passage as it now stands. An
 AEIB
other explanation is, with Stanley, to
understand xX"~n'a t0 signify meta
phorically the body. The meaning
will then be, he might have said that
he had been invested with no less
than a triple body above-ground, for
I speak not of that below-ground,
the force of which latter clause would
be, that Clytaemnestra, whilst speak
ing of the various deaths which her
husband is supposed to have under
gone, desires rather to call attention
to the new bodies with which he had
been invested on returning to life,
than to those which he had lost by
death, which would be of ill omen to
mention, and which she therefore
avoids, using the formula ov Xtyw.
Butl. (ap. Peile), inclining to this
interpretation, says, " inusitata est
hsec locutio, xXaiva pro corpore, sed
videtur pertinere ad disciplinam Py
thagorean), unde Plato apud Diog.
Laert. hi. 67. adavarov iXtyt rrfv \pv-
yr)v rat 7roXXa fitTafi.(j)iivvvfX(.vnv o&>-
fiara, ubi eandem metaphoram ha-
bes." This, however, appears too
refined and philosophical. A conjec
ture has been thrown out by Schiitz,
sc.that the verse 7roXXi)v avwffex rrjv
Kara (or tov KaThj, as he reads it,
understanding it of Geryon,) yap ov
Xc'yw is spurious. He remarks that
iroXXflv avwdev in the first part is an
error of the copyist, whose eye fell
upon the first part of v. 849. iroXXae
avwtitv aprdvag K.r.X. and that the
rest is a gloss of some grammarian,
who may hafte written Ayafie/iviDv'
tov rarw (sc. Geryon) ov Xtyei. He
would, therefore, omit the line alto
gether.
Aeifieiv to shed or drop, E.54.
S.c.T.51. mid. v. id. P.V.399. to
make a libation, S.959.
Aeifiojv a meadow, S. 535. 554. P. V.
656.
Aeifiuivwe belonging to a meadow,
A. 546.
Ae'tog smooth, soft. Met. P.V.650.
Atidnje smoothness, P.V.491.
Aiiiretv to leave. Xiiwui S.502. E.
( 206 ) AESX
216. Xeivn P. 790. iXtnrov S.c.T.55.
iXeivee P.471. cXiure A. 593. iXincg
P.947. Xelwe S.501.832. Xinot S.C.T.
201. Xiite'iv S.322. Xiiritv C. 344.1039.
E.9. P.V.299. S.C.T.79. P.922. but
here the reading is corrupt. iicXuriiv
Rob. Lachm. Well. irpoXiirwv Regg.
L. P. Blomf. Dind.Xivovaa P. 155.
A.392.754. 1024.1035. P.V.736. Xiirov-
aav P.V.733. Xiwovarcn S. 4.pass.
Xtiirio-dai to be left, or remain, P. 135.
XcXitfi/xivoiv id. 472. OTparov tov Xe-
Xeifufiivov lopoQ A. 503. spared by the
spear. to be behind, or outdone.
KipKoi ireXeaZv ov fiaxpav XeX^ififiivoL
P.V. 859. not far behind them. Xti(j>-
Oijvai pa\V P- 336- to oe worsted.
Aei)(Eiv to lick up. eXti&v A. 802.
eXeftaTE E. 105.
Ackto picked, chosen, P. 781.
Aenrpov a couch, a bed, S. 38. 130.
G90. periphr. XeKrpiov tbvag P. 535.
AeXifififvos desiring, perf. part, of
inns. Xlirru) to desire, with gen. //ax/e
XeXififiEvog S c.T.360. with ace. ovrc
[ieiov ovt 'iaov XcXififitvoi S.c.T.337.
AiiraSvov a horse's collar, P. 187.
Met. arayrac XewaSvov A. 211. the
collar of necessity. XtTrac'voc con
fined by a collar, Met. involved, afin-
\avoig Bbaig XtTradvov, E.532. The
word is apparently used adjectively.
Schol. vxtfevy/xcvov rat ^aXivoidevTa.
But here Herm. with great probabi
lity reads Xairac'vov, a less usual form
of a.Xa7ra$v6g. So Dind.
AtTrae a hill, A. 274. 289.
AeirTOpadriQ fine and deep, S.3.
So Vict. Glasg. for XeirronadHv. The
word is, however, either corrupt, or
something is omitted which com
pleted the metre, twv XeirroflaOwv
Stanl. XcTTTotpafmdojv Pauw, h.e. of
fine sand. So Well. Dind.
AtitToiofioQ finely constructed, P.
112.
Aeittoq slight, delicate, A. 866. on
id. 139. see'a7rroc.
Atpvn proper name, Lerna, P.V.
655.680.
Aiofiog Lesbos, P. 858.
Aeo-xv converse, intercourse, E. 344.
 AEYK ( 207 )
AevKaamg white-shielded, S.c.T.
87.
AevKtiprig hoary, P. 1013.
AeuKwrtpoe white-winged. Met.
P.V.995.
AewicdirwXoc borne ore while horses,
P. 378.
AtuKog u> hite, C.282. P.603. clear,
bright, Xevkov vBiap S.24. XeukoV )fiap
P. 2 93. A. 654.
AtvKo<TTC<j>rie crowned with white.
sc. with wool, S. 188. 329.
Aivkootiktos spotted with white,
S.346.
Atvpoe smooth, level, S.503. P.V.
369. 394.
Atvai/xoc deserving of stoning. Ov-
fiarog Xevolfjiov A. 1089. enforced by
stoning, Xivm/iovg apae A. 1599.
AivnjxoQ stoning, E. 180. Here Xev-
o-^oc should probably be read for the
vulg. Xiva/jiov.
Aevaauv to see, S. 180.341. P.V.
144.560. P.670. C.10. Kvavtov Xeia-
o-wv P. 81. see Kvavtog. In P. 696.
the vulg. t'Xeixrac has been rightly
altered from Med. into eXevtro-eg. The
same had been conjectured by Steph.
and Stanl. In E. 246. Xtvootrov travra
fxij Xady (pvySa /3ac, there is some
difficulty in explaining the dual Xevir-
irtrov. Buttmann asserts that au-
tiently the plural form was iden
tical with the dual, and that the
plural is used here. Muller sup
poses that it refers to the two long
lines in which the chorus entered, and
observes,- that the dual is used, not
only of two individuals, but of two
sets of persons. Thus, in Horn. II. 7j.
185. it refers to two pairs of horses.
Cf. Odyss.viii.48. and Hymn. Apoll.
456.501. quoted by Dissen. on Pind.
01. xxi.87. Wellauer supposes that
the Fury who speaks this verse ad
dresses the two Furies who had
preceded her, viz. the Choragus, and
the second Fury, who, in addressing
the Choragus in the preceding line,
uses the singular Spa, Spa. Schiitz
conj. Xevoai rm. Dind. with Herm.
Xivooi re.
AHMA
Atvtrrijp stoning, h.e. inflicted by
stoning. Xtvorijpa fxopov S.c.T. 188.
At'xoe a bed, P.V. 556. A. 399. 1 197.
pi. P.V. 897a bird's nest, pi. S.c.T.
274. A. 50.
AtW a lion, A. 139.699.801. 1197.
1232. C.926. E.184. S.C.T. 53.
Acwpyos a daring man. rovSe irpoe
TTtVpaicrbv Xeuipyov 6%fiaaat P.V.
5. This word is by some explained
with reference to Prometheus having
formed a man of clay. So Etym.
XtwpyoV 6 tu>v avdptoiriov irXaorne.
With this the Schol. and Stanl. agree.
Photius, referring to Xen. Mem. i.
3. 9. Oepfiovpyorarov re ko.1 Xewpyora-
tov, observes that the Attics write
XttopyoQ, but the Dorians Xeovpyog.
Archilochus joins Xewpya KaOifiiara,
from which, with the passage from
Xenophon, it is clear that the general
meaning is daring, impious. So
Hesych. Xaopyog, avoaioQ, 'SiiKtXoi.
Suidas explains it tov Xaole xapao-
yovra to epyafeoQat Bia tov irvpoQ.
The precise etymology of the word
is uncertain.
Ac<t>e the people or multitude, E.
15.608. S.395.480. S.c.T.80.272. Iw-
irnXarne Kal iredoortfirig Xto>e P. 125.
vavriKov Xewv P.375. aairiBnarpotpoQ
Xeug A. 799. UeprnKoe Xei)Q P. 775.
'Ayaucoc Xe>g A. 182. tov 'Apyeiov
Xeiiv E.280. Cf. S.616. 'Attucos Xewg
651. iroXiaaovyoQ Xei> 745. clotikoc
Xew951.
Ariyetv to cease, give over, P.V.
165.340. S.c.T.939. A. 1516. with
gen. P.691. with part. tvr hv <f>X-
yuiv CLKfiaiv rjXioQ -xdova Xri^y P. 357.
Xrjfai BtojiXafiovvTa P. 817.
Ai'ida Leda, A. 888.
AtiQtodai to forget, ov fiadovai X>/-
do/iai A. 39. h.e. oblitum me esse
fingo. lilomf.
Afjfia mind, disposition. aSiav Xrj/ia
S.c.T.430. fiery in spirit. Xrifiarog
Katcrj S.c.T. 598. cowardice. XtifiaroQ
iv rpoiraiq. 688. a change of mind, ro-
^ovXku Xi'ifiari P. 55. cleverness in
archery. Xfffxaai Zioo-ovq A. 121. dif
ferent in mind. The passage in S.
 AIIMM ( 208 )
358. olmEp lepohoKa OeHv Xi'i/tara (vulg.
\t)fifiaTa) air' avSpbg ayvov is corrupt,
and the following line is lost. For
ovirep, tinep has been suggested by
Faehs. syll. lectt. p. 31 8. Dind. ap
proves Hermann's conj. ov nevti,from
the Schol. oh irTuytvot'-s- So Well,
in his Lex. The lost passage renders
any satisfactory explanation impossi
ble ; but the idea implied apparently
is, that the minds of the gods are
willing to accept sacrifices at the
hands of a righteous person.
AiJU/xa vulg. in S.358. but Aid.
Rob. Xri/iara. See Xrjfia.
Arifiviog Lemnian,C.623.625. Upon
the legend here alluded to, see Herod,
vi. 138.
Aijfivog Lemnus, A. 275. P. 862.
Aijvog wool, E.43.
Arji,iQ cessation, E.481.
ArjToyivua born of Latona, S.c.T.
133.
Aiav excessive, too much. rf)v Xlav
QiXornra P.V. 123. overmuch love.
Xiav tlprifiivoQ 1033. too true.
Atfidc a drop, P. 605.
Aifioc a tear-drop, C.441.
Atfibn Libya, S.313.
Aipvo-riKOQ Libyan, E.282. S.277.
AiyaivEiv to shriek, S.c.T. 855.
Atyvue smoke, soot, S.c.T. 476.
Aiyie shrill sounding, Xtyciac an-
Sovog A.1117. Xtyta KuiKvfiara P.324.
icaBta Xtyia S. 105. mournful woes.
adv. Xtyi P. 460. shrilly.
Atddg a shower of stones, S.c.T.
143. See snaX^ig.
At'Xcuoe proper name, P.300.931.
Aifxi\v a harbour.Met. a recep
tacle. irXovrov Xifitjv P. 246. But
ler rightly understands this of the
regal city, where the chief wealth
of the kingdom was stored up.
Abresch compares the expressions fii-
yag ttXovtov Xi/xyv Eur. Orest. 1075.
and iravrbg oltovov Xifiriv Soph. Ant.
987. "Ji.c'ov Xi/xriv 1270.Xt/xi)v kclkiSv
S.465. a refuge from ills.
Alfivnalake, P.V.417.731. A. 293.
Xtfivnv AnXiav tc )(oipada E.9. h.e.
Xifivnv Ar/Xlav Kal )(oipaSa ArjXlav,
Aino
alluding to the Delian lake near
which Apollo was born. So Schiitz.
Abresch less correctly understands it
to mean the sea. See Schiitz's note.
the sea. Xifiva i/xfiaXe ray ptXavo^vy
arav S.524. See Abresch on prec.
In P.852. Xlfivae ekto8ev is correct
ly explained by Blomf. without the
Mgean sea. Heath less properly^ro-
cul a mari. The enumeration which
follows "EXXaj r ajiifi iropov wXarvv
evyofievai, fivyia re Tlpoirovrig, Kal
orofitijfia Tlovrov, is a subdivision of
these parts here said generally to be
Xifivag ektoOev Kara -^ipaov. The
particle te after "EXXcte is rightly ad
ded from Colb. 2. Guelph. by Schiitz,
Blomf. Herm. Dind.
AtpodviiQ dying with hunger, A.
1247. there should be a comma after
Xt/jio8vT]c, which, with the two preced
ing adjectives, refer to ayvprpta, the
construction being iivEo-^ofinv kuXov-
fiEvn (poiras, >s ayvprpta ktw^os rd-
Xatva Xtfiodvris. See Elberling Obss.
in Agam. p. 23.
Ai/xoq hunger, P. 483. 780. A. 1626.
C. 248. 745.
AicoScoyxoc fastened with hempen
ropes, P. 68.
Atvov hemp, or hempen line, rbv ek
fivdov KXuxrrrjpa o&>'(ovTEe Xivov C.500.
Here Xivov, which is read by Rob.
seems absolutely necessary to the
meaning, the spun line of hemp. The
apposition which Well, imagines sc.
top KXuxFTrjpa Xivov would be exceed
ingly awkward. See Stanl.andBlom-
field's notes.
Aivowrepog having hempen sails,
P.V. 466.
AivoppafriQ fastened with cords, S.
127.
Atvo<j>66poQ destroying linen, C.27.
AiirapE.1v to importune with prayers.
abs. P.V. 517.with ace. 1006.
AiirapoOpovoe forming a splendid
seat, E.773.
Ainapog rich, S.1008.
Aurovuvs deserting the ships, A.
205.
A/ttoc a clot, A. 1403.
 AI22
Aiaaag smooth, steep, S. 775. Epi
thet of a smooth precipitous rock,
whose sides afford no footing.
Mootadai to entreat, S. 730.
AiravoQ precatory. Xlrava deolai
S.790. praying the gods. Cf. seq.
AjVjj a prayer, pi. P.V. 1010. S.c.T.
129.256.302.608.622. P.491. A.220.
385. S. 165.373.516. fiaKapwv Xirae
S.c.T. 196. prayers to the gods, ifiai-
ai Xiraie E.341. prayers offered to
me. once in sing. wiirXtov ical ote-
tficwv Xirav S.c.T. 98. a prayer offered
by means of robes and garlands pre
sented to the divinity. Seidl. here
conj. Xlrav, from Xtravoe. So Dind.
Ai^y'iv a tetter or scab, C.379. E.
754. 781. Dind. writes XEi^ifv.
An// a libation. (piXooirovc'ov Xijioe
C.290. In E. 54. for cW^iXij filav,
Dind. reads with Burgess Xlfia. See
(Sia.
Aiipovpia (Xtirrio) a desire to make
water, C.745.
Ao/3de the liver, P.V.493. E.153.
Adyoe speech, speaking, e.g. ireidu)
vtv Xoyio A. 1022. Cf. S.C.T. 67. 697.
S.197.273.P.V.872. opposed to ipyu.
I'pyu kov X6yu> P.V. 336. by deed, not
by word. )X0' aiaKTu irr)fia.T ov Xoyoi
S.c.T. 829. conversation, irEvdopat
yap iv Xdy C.668.- a speech, word,
assertion, etc. e.g. o-a^ioe fi ' ie oTkov aoe
Xoyoe OTiXXet iraXiv P.V. 387. Cf. id.
214.311.378.393.531.689.691.707.742.
785. 829. 847. 887. 1016. S.C.T. 392. 545.
788. P. 211. 774. 823. A. 309. 529. 569.
602. 1017. 1030. 1091. 1221. 1334. 1373.
1646. C. 503. 521. 655. 832. E. 21. 192.
206. 218. 293. 398. 560. 610. 632. 800. S.
55. 243.317. 450. 461. 479. 502. 603. 884.
919. ijfjuave Xoyov irapa E. 406. there is
only half of the debate, h. e. only one
side is present.fame, report, itrrai
Se dv-qroiQ elaael Xoyoe fieyag Tfje arje
iropdac P.V. 734. to fi ciSivai Xdyw
A. 1 170.a report or saying, A. 730.
toe Xoyoe rie sc. iari E. 4. we Xoyoe
S.227. fir) Kai \oyoc rig Zrjva fxi\8i)-
vm jiporw; id. 291. Cf. S.c.T. 200. A.
843. kcikuiv irpio/levtrai to Af)fivtov
Xoyy C. 623. by fame. <3o" e^ei Xdyoc
( 209 ) AOI1I
S.c.T.207. so it is said. Cf. C.514.
an accusation, anything said of an
other. Kai tot ov SiKaiotg Zevc eve'Je-
rat Xdyote S.160. will be subjected
to imputations on his honour.a re
port brought by a messenger, or other
wise. TzpovwTOe ayyiXov Xoyoe S.c.T.
830. Cf. A. 469. 485. 579. S.c.T. 268.
355. P. 258. 724. C. 648. 754. S.693. a
message, iv ayytXu yap KpimToe dp-
dovrat Xoyoe C.762.a story or nar
ration, e'i ri fin flXcnrrr] Xoyf P.V. 196.
Cf. id. 780. E.274. aXXav c"eT tiv iv
Xdyoie arvytiv SicuXXar C.604. to ex
press horror of her in my story.a
thing to be told, or subject, iravr
XC Xoyov A. 568. Cf. P.V. 193. 520.
P. 242. A.585. C.166.a command.
Kaaiv Trpotpwvwv rovSe vavap^ote Xo
yov P. 355. Cf. P.V. 17. 40.a request
or proposition- tovSe Tifiytrae Xoyov
C.502. tovSe icpatvovTwv Xoyov S.
603. an "account. wo" e-)(ei Xoyoe P.
335. so stands the account. fiporGiv
Xoyov ovk toytv ovMva P.V.231. he
made no account of them.proportion,
analogy. 7rpbe Xoyovrov arjfxaroe S.c.T.
501. in accordance with his device.
reason, rl fi Ik t&vS' einaaai Xoyoe
irapa; id. 338. what is there reason to
conjecture from this ? ek rlvoe Xoyov;
C. 508. from what reason ?airXf Xd-
yw in simple truth, P.V. 613.977. <ie
airXqi Xo'y^J sc. eittovti id 46. aipevdel
Xdyt) id. S. 575. tov ek typtvoe Xoyov
C. 105. the sentiments of my heart.
A6yyr) aspear,Y. 145.803.Xdyx;e
aKfiovee P.51. bearing the strokes of
a spear like an anvil. Schol. cucivnroi
iiird Xdyj7)e, <>e aKfitov vnb or<j>vpu>v.
See aKfiwv.
Aoyxipoe belonging to spears. kX6-
vove Xoyylpove A. 393.
Aoerpov a bath, P.V. 555.
Aotyde destruction, S.663. C.396.
See iithyi.iv.
Aoidopeiv to abuse orreproach,^j.l93.
Aoifioe pestilence, P. 701. S.645.
Aoi7rde remaining, Scot Se Xo(7roi
k&tv\ov (ruirnpiae P. 500. E( o" XE<e
EITCEIV O TlXoiTTOV WOVb)V P.V.687. Cf.
id. 747.821. 5 Sc Xoittov A. 1522. for
2e
 AOIS (210 )
the future.with art. arparoQ 6 Xoi-
koq P. 474 the remainder of the army .
rrlv Xoiirrjv irXavriv P.V.786. Cf.P.V.
701.746. A. 559. to Xoiirov the rest,
P.977. ret Xoiird id. P.V. 474.699. 705.
846. C.210. ret Xonra aOXwv 637. Cf.
P.V. 782. 'ArpuSav to. Xonra C. 401.
the remnant of the Atridce. to ro Xoi
irov for the rest, for the future, P.
518. E.678. to Xonrov id. E.653.733.
985. ret Xonra id. S.C.T.66. In C.887.
irov Sfj ra Xonra Ao^iov fxavTivfiara
ra WvBoypnara ; Blomf. (who conj.
irov Bijra aoi ra) observes, " quid velit
istud Xonra non perspicio." Klausen
explains it, " prseter ea, quibus jam
obtemperavit Orestes, jussa de occi-
dendo iEgistho." Perhaps ra Xonra
here is to be taken adverbially, as in
S.c.T.66. sc. what henceforth will be
come of the oracles of Apollo ? etc.
AoIoOioq last, A. 119. C.493. E.704.
Aofr'ac an epithet of Apollo, so
called from the ambiguity of his ora
cles, sc. from XoZ,6q, crooked, S.c.T.
600. P.V.672. A.1044.1181.1184. C.
267.551.887.941.1015.1026.1032.1055.
E.19.35. 61. 226. 232.443.728. Dcoder-
lein derives the word from Xiytiv.
Aoveiv to wash, to wash away, rig
av <r<j>c Xovaite ; S.c.T. 721.
AovrpoSaiKToc slain in a bath, C.
1067.
Aovrpov a bath.Tpl. A. 1080. C.484.
659. E.603.
Aovrpwv a bathing vessel, E.439.
Aofocc crest, S.c.T. 366. 381.
Aoxayirng a leader or captain of
a company, S.c.T. 42.
Ao^tu/ia child-birth. Met. icaXvicoe
ev Xo-xevfiafTi A. 1365. when the calyx
puts forth its fruit.
Ao^lrne [] a comrade, A. 1634.
a military attendant, C.757.
Ao^oe a company of soldiers, S.c.T.
56. 442.a company ofany kind, S.c.T.
106. E. 40. 980.
Ao^oc parturition, S.662. Trp6X6\ov
A. 135.
Auypdc sad, C.17. On C.47. see
Xvrpov.
Aiidioe Lydian, S.545.
AYIIP
Avooc a Lydian. Anew P. 41. 756.
Avctv to loose or release, P. 773.
787. 875. 1008.to remove, unloose, A.
850.919. E.615. Xvovtra TroXipiov <j>6-
j3ov S.c.T. 252. removing our fear of
the enemy. to settle or make up.
to vt'iKOQ 'iXvae. S.914. mid. v. '!<!>
TrnfiovaQ kXvaaro S. 1051 . released her
from suffering.to cancel or expiate.
Xvaatxff alfxa Trpoo<f>aTOi liicate C.793.
pass. XveerOai to be loosened or weak
ened. XiXvTai yvitov puipn P. 877. >q
iXiBn vybv aXicae id. 584.to be set
free, P.V. 508.772.- XeXvrat Xaog eXev-
Ocpa J3a.eiv P. 584. the people are
free to speak what they will. /cXudptov
XvdevTwv S.C.T.378.
AvOlfivriQ proper name, P. 959.
AvKcioe epithet of Apollo, from his
slaying of wolves. A. 1230. S.669.
AvKet iivai,, AvKeiog yevov arparif
Safy S.c.T. 131. h. e. slay them as
thou slewest the wolves. Cf. Blomf.
Gloss.
Avkios a Lycian, C.342.
Avkoq a wolf, S.741. A. 1232. C.
416. S.c.T. 1027.
Avfia a pest, woe, P.V. 693.
Avpaiveiv to mutilate or disfigure.
pass. Xvfiavdiv C.288.
Avp.avTripi.OQ disfiguring, violating,
dishonouring, P.V. 993. with gen.
yvvaiKOQ rfjaSe Xv/javrriptos A. 1413.
avc*pa T&vBe Xvpavrripiov o'ikiov C. 753.
AvfiaatQ insult, contumely, in loc.
corr. XvpaaiQ ^ irpb yds vXaoKti S. 855.
abst. for concr. sc. ol Xvpaivofi^voi,
they who insult me.
Avftn insult, injury. So/xuiv eirt
Xvfin S.c.T. 861. aSapavToitTOKri Xv-
fiaig P.V. 148. 424. the sufferings of
one bound in chains of adamant. &<f>-
povi Xiifxa E.355. mental aberration.
Avirn pain, A. 103.765. S.437.
XvTrn &fwr0oQ C.722. real grief, i.e.
not such as the grief of hired mourn
ers at funerals.
Avirpos painful, P. 991.with dat.
giving annoyance, teapot rt Xvirpoe E.
166. Tolg avwdev Trpoirpaoowv yapiroq
opyae XvTrpas C.822. On this Blomf.
observes " Aut vertendum, iras ex-
 AYPA ( 211 )
plens, gratia (matr'is)posthabita, wpaa-
otitv opyag vpo ^apirog, aut leg. sicut
in Big. ^apirag opyag Xv7cpag vel \u-
ypag, quod malim." Herm. also reads
yapirag opyag Xvnpag. There does
not seem any necessity for altering
the vulg. The meaning is, carrying
into effect for (them) a wrath tend
ing to their gratification, but painful
(in itself), ^aptroc is the genitive
after opyag and is equivalent to
opyac alg tKiivotg \apu~t(rdai fiiXXtig.
Aiipa a harp, A. 963.
Avpvalog a native of Lyrna, P.316.
Avaifiog having power to deliver,
S.792. in loc. dub.
Avaaa raving, P.V.885. C.286.
Avrfip one who stops or puts an end
to. Xvrfjp vukeiiiu S.c.T.923. In S.
788. riv afi<f avrag in iropov Ttfivw
ya/xov ra< Xvrripta; the reading is cor
rupt. Schiitz for rai Xvrypia conj.
Mo a particle used in swearing,
A. 1407.
Md O mother, a shortened Doric
and jEolic form of /xijrep. /ia Ta S.
867.876.
MayvtjTiicog Magnesian, P. 484.
Mayog a Magian, P. 310. The
Magi were a Median race. See He
rod. I. 101.
Mofoc the breast, C.524.
MaOog knowledge, A. 170.
MaTiaMaia, C.800.
Maia a mother, iH Tata fia'ia C.
43.
Maieadat to desire, C.775. See
Tvyffavuv.
Maijuo)/ to rage, S.872.
Matvag a fury, E.476.
Maiyecrdat to be maddened, to rave,
S.c.T.325. 466. 763. 918.950. S.557.perf.
fiefinvor ov opttcpav voaov P.V. 979.
maddened in no small degree.
MatvoXtg raving, S.101.
HaiwTiKog Meeotic, P.V. 733.
Mattirtg Mceotis, P.V.417.
Maicap happy, an epithet peculiarly
MAKI
Xvrrjpa, h.e. a remedy releasing me
from this marriage. So Dind.
Avrr/pioQ having the power to re
lease, S.c.T. 158- S. 1058. with gen.
E. 616. having power to cure or
heal. uKn rofia'ia Kal Xvrripta S.265.
On C.806. seeyong. On S.788. see
prec.
Avrpov a release or remedy, C.47.
So Cant, rightly for vulg. Xvwpov,
which is unintelligible.
Agw better, P. 518.
Ayorog best, P.V. 204. 308. 1023. S.
940. 952.
Awr('f<r0cu to gather the lotus.
Met. to take or select, tovtidv to.
Xwtrra XuTiaaodt S.941.
Aw0av to cease, P.V. 376. 657.
trans, to set free from pain. 6 Xuxpn-
awv P.V.27. Schol. 6 TToiriauiv Xw-
(firjuat 'HpaicXijg. Vid. Thom. Mag.
s.v. Xtixjiav.
M
applied to the gods, who are called
ol fiaicapeg S.C.T. 93. 196.1066. A.
1309. C.469. S.519. Oeovg is added
S.997.kv fia\atat paKaip' avaaa
"Oyica S.c.T. 147. blessed in fight.
MaKapfrrig [i] blessed, an epithet
applied to the dead, P. 625.
Manec'wv Macedonian, P. 484.
MaKtXXn a spade or mattock, A.
512.
MaKiorfip long, P. 684. Here the
vulg. is /xaKcarrjpa, but paKtarr)pa
Med. Regg. G.L. SoBlomf.
Mwcioriip piercing as an arrow.
fxaKtcrrrjpa KapSiag Xoyov S. 461. The
precise origin of this word is uncer
tain. Blomf. denies that it can have
come from fiaKitrrog, which is cer
tainly true, but it seems nevertheless
a derivative of p-rjicog, formed after
the analogy of Ttv-^arrip, axio-rrip,
Kapayr)orlip, etc. The second signifi
cation possibly may be derived from
the idea of piercing far or deep.
Hesych. has p.aKttrrrip. (ieXog. Taaot-
rat iir\ rov jXtyaXov.
 MAKI ( *12 )
MaKtorog Mount Macistus, A. 280.
Mdrac Dor. for pijKog qu. v.
MaKpnyopeiv to speak at length,
S.c.T. 1043.
MaKpofiioToc long lived. In a bad
sense, too long lived, n fiaKpofliorog
lice ye rtg ai&iv i(f>dvOt] yepawlg P.
256. surely this life of our s has shewn
itself too long a one.
Maicpoe long, P.V. 75. 494. 872. 877.
P.727. S.c.T.528. C.700. A.615. E.75.
S. 270.305.577. fiaKpbv fiiJKog P.V.
1022. roc fiaKpbv xpovov P.V. 447.
during a length of time, rbv fiaKpbv
fliov P.V. 535. the length of life.
/Kupii adv. by far, much, P.V. 512.
892. E. 30. fiaKpav sc. ofov, afar,
P.312.859. ob fiaX' eg fiaKpav S.903.
at no great distance of time.fiaKpav
sc. pfjoiv a long speech. fiaKpav el,-
ereivag A. 890. fiaKpav ereivag 1269.
ov \pi) fiaKpav sc. \iytiv S.c.T. 695.
In S.c.T. 595. relvovai Trojivrfv ri)v
fiaKpav iraXiv fioXelv, the vulg. is
unintelligible, and ttoXiv has rightly
been adopted from Regg. A. B.C.N.
Seld. Barocc. M.1.2. Codd.ap.Turn.
Aid. Rob. tt)v fiaKpav voXiv is to be
joined in const, not KOfinrtv rifv
fiaKpav. It is, as Well, explains it,
an euphonism for Hades or death,
sc. that distant city. A gloss in Regg.
A. B. has i'lyow elg rbv "A.Snv. Dind.
considers the whole verse an interpo
lation.Cf. fiaKpav airoiKtav P.V.816.
a distant colony. Blomf. compares
Hor.l.Ep. x.23. laudaturque domus
longos quae prospicit agros.
MaXa very, exceedingly, as ^a\'
evyevij S.c.T.391. very noble. Cf. P.
1014.1020. A. 973. C.991. E.346.
mi /idXa is a rather stronger form
of expression, aiirai a bdnynrrovo-i
Kal fia\' aerfievtog P.V. 730. right wil
lingly. Cf. C.866. E.351. ov fiaka,
not very much, a softened ex
pression for not at all. oil fiaX'
evrv-viog P. 317. ov fiaX eviropov S.
465. ov fiak' eg fiaKpav id 903. at no
distant time, ov fiaX' "EXXf/vutv arpa-
rbg tKirXovv ovSafioii Kadiararo P.376.
used in repeated exclamations,
MAN9
e.g. ea, ea ficiXa alas ! alas indeed !
C.857. o"t fidXa P. 1002. it is thus
joined with avOig, e.g. o'i/ioi fiaX aZOig
A. 1318. C. 643.863. E.245. On this
form Herm. on Virg.392. observes,
" fiak' av et fiaX' avdtg dici solet sic,
ut id, quod praecedit, bis intelligi
debeat, eoque magis augeatur. o'lfioi
fiaX' avdtg, hei me non semel tantum,
sed bis miserum."
MaXaKoyvuifiwv softened in spirit,
P.V. 188.
Ma\aKO soft, soothing, A. 95.
MaXtpog violent, P.62. A.137.C.322.
MaXOadieadat mid. v. to play the
poltroon, P.V. 79. pass, to be softened,
id. 954.
MaXOaKog soft, blandishing, A.722.
softened, tamed down, cowardly,
A. 1626. E.74.
MaXOaKwe gently, A. 925.
MaXOcuro-etv to soothe, P.V. 379.
pass. 1010. fiaXdaxOt'io v-irvip E.129.
overcome by sleep.
MaXtora most, very much. fidXtor
ckcIvov fioarpvyoig wpoaeifierat C. 176.
P. 832. A. 522. 661. fjv, a> fiaXiora
Kal <part 7roX\i) Kparel S.290. as is
very generally, and oftentimes as
serted. Here possibly ^jj fang
should be read, h.e. ug Kparel fiaX.
Kal fi (par. iroXXfi eon. After this
verse a portion of the text is lost,
and the sense therefore is incom
plete. oaov fiaXiora, P.V. 522. as
much as possible, ra fiaXiora S.c.T.
1070. altogether, utterly.
MdXXov more, to a greater degree,
P.V.58. A.484. C.373.with gen.
more than, P.V. 1072. S.c.T.511. A.
1303. C.217. S.19.with ),P.V.870. A.
598. 1573. E.408. S.448. ovn ftaXXov
S.c.T. 263. not a whit the more.with
comparatives, fidXXov evSiK&repog
S.c.T.655. more just. fiaXXov efi<j>e-
pearepat S.276. more like.
MaAAde wool, E.45.
MavOavetv to learn, to understand,
fiavdavovcra C. 111. fiavdavovrt A.
601. fut. fiaQriaerai P.V.928. aor. 2.
'ifiadov id. 552. 1070. P. 108. fia.Be P.V.
503. E. 86. 627. S.356. fiddoifii E.398.
 MANI
fiaOoi A. 1135. fiadw C.21. 169.756.
fiadnP.Y.662. /mflijre A. 73. paQtiv
P. V. 588. 612. 627. 762. A. 242. 1646. C.
173.447. E. 541.589. with part. >
fiadtj oo<j>iOTr)Q h)v Aioq voife'orepoc
P.V.62.tv fiadeiv to learn wisdom,
570. fiadwv S.c.T.979. P. 185. S.916.
ixadovtra A. 833. jxaOovra E.291.
with gen. to hear from. fiaQtiv rrjaS'
eXPyeTe T'>v &fl>' tavTTJg adXov l-
jjyou/iEVjjcP-V.703. /iaOtlvaddedas
an epexegesis. Hepaticdv irplwti fxadeiv
P. 243. it is clearly Persian, as we
may discern, fofiov <j>ipov<riv p.adetv A.
1106. So in S.c.T. 268. ric apriicoWov
ayyi\ov\6yov jxadeiv, the inf. depends
upon etc apTUoXKov. See under Uvai.
Mavla madness, frenzy, pi. P.V.
881.1059. A. 1558.
Mairelov the place where an ora
cle is delivered, E.4. P.V. 833.an
oracle, fiavreia fiavrcvain E. 686.
Mavrclos oracular, fiavrtia ori^n
A. 1238. emblems of divination.
MavrtveaBai to pronounce an ora
cle, E.33. fiavrtia fxavrtvo-n E. 686.
Hence, to decide or pronounce on a
thing. fiavrevaofitaBa ravSpoe !>
okuXorog; A. 1340. shall we pronounce
that he is dead ? KaO' &vtov rr)v vfipiv
fxavrcvatrai S.c.T.388. he will make
his insolent prediction prophetic a-
gainst himself.
Mavrtvfia a divination, an oracle,
S.C.T.27. P.V.672. A. 1076. C.887.
Marnier/ the art of divination, sc.
re'xv>) P.V. 482.
MavriKoc belonging to divination,
A. 1069. E. 172.586.
MavTiiroXelv to engage in divina
tion, to presage, A. 952.
Mavne a diviner or soothsayer,
S.C.T. 24. 36 1 . 364. 551 . 570. 572. 591 . A .
179.194.1174.1248. C. 552. 766. E. 18.
29.162.565.585. fxavriQ dpi rSiv ica-
kuiv S.c.T. 790. I forebode misfor
tunes. fiavriQ bv ovctparwy <p6f$os C.
916. is prophetic, rax' av yevoiro
fxavriQ r/' voia rivi S.c.T. 384. perhaps
his folly may become prophetical to
him. Cf. S.c.T.388. and see under
( 213 ) MAPT
Mapayva a scourge, C.869.
MapaOwv Marathon, P. 467.
Mapalveiv to wear out, P.V. 600.
E. 134. mid. v. fiapalveadai to wither
or pass away, to become extinct, E.
270.
M.apa(j>te prop, name, P. 764.
Mapyav to rave, S.c.T. 362.
Mapyoe raving, furious, S.c.T. 457.
P.V. 886. E.65. S.722.
MapyovaOai mid. v. to become mad.
perf. fiefiapyufiivoi S.739. maddened.
Mapdoe a Mardian, P. 955.
MapSoc prop, name, P.760. Here
Rutgers, reads MtpSte (h.e. 2/it'pSie).
So Brunck.Dind. Well, is of opinion
that iEschylus does not here follow
the ordinary traditions. 2/<c'pao M
KefiTTTog Blomf.
Mapdmv prop, name, P.51.
MaptavSwvoc [t/] a Mariandynian,
P. 900. the name of a people of Asia
Minor. See dpnvnrfig.
Mapfiaiptiv to glitter, S.c.T. 383.
MapTrrciv to catch or lay hold of,
E.567.
MapxTiQ a ravisher, S.806.
Maprvpelv to bear witness, with
dat. A. 1157. E.564. with dat. and
ace. fiaprvpti St fioi KaaiQ TrnXov ,vv-
ovpoQ Biipia Kovie raSt A. 480. 1290.
S.770. ov fiapTvpnoov E.579. avrog
ijv 6 ixapTvpibv E. 765. himself bare
witness, ra b" iv xp6v^> fioi iravrag
Apyelove Xt'yw Kal fiaprvptiv fxoi,
fievtXewe liropavvBri Kara C. 1036,
This is the reading of Med. Guelph.
Aid. fitvtXtaa with the correction poi
oa Rob. fio>. \ew Turn. Vict. The
verse, as thus read, is of course unin
telligible and contains too many feet.
Blomfield transposes the verses 1036.
1037. and reads with Pors. /ntV i>s for
l*oi /jlevIXeidq, also rdS'for ra <5', from
Aid. Rob. Turn. The meaning then
is, and I bid all the Argives to bear me
witness in course of time, how these
sad evils have been brought about.
It must be confessed, that this trans
position is not wholly satisfactory,
nor is it easy to see whence the letters
c\e can have been inserted between
 MAPT
fiiv and die in some of the MSS.
Dind. disapproves Blomfield's read
ing, but proposes nothing better.
fiaprvpe't fioi tpdpog roh\ lie efiaxj/e iipoc
C.1005. r<'e 6 fiapTvpyotvv ; A. 1487.
Kai fiapTvpl]atov JiXBov E.564.
MapripeaOai to call upon to wit
ness, E.613.
Maprvpiov a testimony or proof,
A. 1066. See KXaieadai E. 463. 764.
Uaprvt a witness, C.981. E.634.
Ma<r0dc a breast, C 538.
Ma<ri'<rrpi/c prop, name, P. 30. 932.
Mdaawv larger, more. 6 fidaoiov
(Hotoq P. 694. prolonged life, kokuiv
piirovaav els ra fidaaova P. 432. tend
ing to a further increase of ills. to.
fidarra) ti Sel Xt'ytu'; A. 584. more
words. /iriaaor more, further, ad
verbially, fly fiov TTpOKTjSoV llaBOOV
&>c tfioi yXwcu P.V. 632. On this pas
sage see under <ie. Blomf. on P.V.
632. observes that narrator is Doric for
fiti'Cwv, which he retracts on P. 432.
Matth. Gr. Gr. 131. rightly derives
i. from fxaKpoc, the i of the compa
rative being with the preceding con
sonants changed into aa, as in eXda-
atiiv for iXa-^iiav, Odoowv for ra-^liav,
fipdaaiov for ftpa\lu)v, etc.
Md.me.ipa searching, S. 154.
Maortutiv to seek for, A. 1070.
MaiTTiipioc searching, S. 898. an epi
thet of Mercury, as supposed to seek
for things lost ; Schiitz.
Maoriicrup a scourger, E. 153. ira-
pimi fia<TTiicropo Sdtov da/iiov fiapv
ro 7repi(lapv Kpiog e\eiv. In these
words the Chorus assert that they
feel a chilling sensation at the rebuke
of Clytsemnestra, like that produced
by the lash of the public executioner
scourging condemned criminals.
Schol. \eiirei to we, indicating that
the expression is used as a simile.
Md<m a scourge, S.c.T.590. P.V.
685. Met. BiirXrj fidariyi A. 628. See
iiirXovc.
Maorog a breast, C.884.
MaaxaXl^eiy to cut off the extre
mities and place them under the arm
pits. pass. etxatr)(aXlodn C.433.
( 214 ) MATH
Ma<rxa^IOT,7p a chain for the arms,
P.V.71.
Mardieiv to be vain orfalse, A.967.
Mdrcuoc idle, vain,foolish. ofper
sons, ToKfxriaov, i ixdraie P.V. 1001.
fiaraluv tj>poyr)fidrii)v S.c.T.420. of
things, ykuxTon txaraia P.V. 329. A.
1647. E.794. x<W rlarai9 S.C.T.424.
\dpiv fiaralav A. 410. Cf. A. 1657.
C.286. fidratov 6\pavov C.527. see
b^/avov. rash, violent, irrational,
fiaraiiov dvoaitov re KvtuidXwv S.743.
avrovpyiai udrawi E. 322. lawless
murders, fiaraioiai Seaworiiv rv\aig
C. 81. misfortunes caused them by
the violence of others. 6eo<j>6povg fia-
raiovQ Shag A. 1122. wild irregular in
spirations.to fir) txdraiov S. 196. a
staid sober look. In S.225. ovc"e /xr)
V Aliov Oavwv fyvyn fidratov alrlag,
the words fj.dTa.tov curiae are unin
telligible. Abresch conj. fidrawg
making alrlag the accusative plural.
fiaraidv alrlag h .e. temeritatis crimen,
Schiitz, which Well, approves. We
prefer /xdrawg alrlav, merely trans
posing the v and g. This gives a
clear sense, and avoids the awkward
ness of the plural alrlag.
MaraXXog proper name, P. 306.
MardV to loiter, be idle or vain,
P.V. 57. E.137. fiarav 6Sji S.c.T.37.
to loiter on the way.
Mareveiv to seek for, search out,
A. 1065. C. 217. 327.879. In A. 1065.
Vict. Stanl. Glasg. Schiitz have fia-
revet, fiavrevei Med. Guelph. Aid.
Rob. which as Well, observes, is a
misprint for the true reading parev-
eiv, which is found in Turn.
Mdrj a wandering, S.800. Met. a
crime, C.905.
Mdrnv in vain, idly, to no purpose,
P.V. 36. 44. 293. 445. 502. 826. 1003. 1009.
P.260.280. A.411. (see evre.) C.833.
913. E 139.483. KarayeXwfievriv fid-
tyjv A. 1245. made the subject of idle
merriment. KaOevlovaiv jxdrnv C. 868.
are carelessly slumbering, to fidrav
(j>povriSog uyQog A. 160. this idle load
of care, pdrnv 6 pox^og C.514. sc.
earl, the labour is in vain.
 MATH ( 215 )
Mdrnp see fii'irnp.
Marpodev see finrpodev.
MaTpoKCHTiyvi'iTa Dor. a mother's
sister, an aunt by the mother's side,
E.920.Wakef. cf. Hesiod. Theog.217.
MarpotroXig a mother city, or state,
P. 864. Dor. for finrpoiroXig.
M.arp6<j>ovog see fj.t]rpo<p6vog.
Mavpovvto obscure, bring to nought,
destroy, E.339. pass, fiavpovadai trico-
rpP.219. become extinct, adevovaa
Xa/nrag ovSiiru) fiavpovfievn A. 287.
Mayaipo^opog sword-bearing, P.56.
MaXr0ai to fight, S.C.T.571. fut.
fxaxovvrai S.721. -irpbg fjviag fidxv
P. V. 1012.
Max* a fight, fighting, P.V.414.
S. C.T. 362. 365. 374. 500. 527. 599. P. 27.
328. 336. 343. 386. A. 321 . 427 . 434. 914.
1210.1608. C. 482. 861.934.936. E.828.
S.470.723. pi. S.C.T.147. vaS>v fiaxVS
P. 447. a naval battle.
M&xifiog fond offighting, warlike,
A..122. fiaxifia $ eirihe, Tcdrep S.792.
This is translated by Schiitz, Bellica
jEgypti filiorum adversus nos moli-
mina respice. It is less correctly re
ferred (as an adv.) by Stanl. and
others to Jupiter, sc. fortiter, strenue.
M&xXog wanton, S.628.
Meyafiarng [a] proper name, P.
22.946.
Meyalpeiv to grudge, envy, with
gen. oh fieyalpa) rovSe aoi Siopfjfiarog
P.V.629.
MeydXarog greatly afflicted, E.759.
McyaXavx^if to boast greatly, A.
1509.
MtyaXavxoe greatly boasting, P.
525. S.aT. 1046.
MeyaXnyopog talking largely, S.c.T.
547.
MeyaX6/j.nng great in counsel, A.
1400.
MeyaXoarovog greatly groaning,
P.V.411.
M.e.yaXoox*)flo>y magnificent, P.V.
406.
MeyaXvveadat to pride oneself on
anything, with dat. P.V. 594.
MeydXwg greatly, severely, P. 872.
976.
ME9I
Meyapevg proper name, S.c.T. 456.
Miyag great, fxeyag P.V. 111.734.
S.C.T.470.593. P.33.37. 159.711. A.
36.41.162.1257. C.202. E. 220. 263. S.
588.856.1038. ace. fiiyav P.V. 839.
S.C.T.265. P. 709. 740. 8 12. 946. A. 41.
275.297.349.353.373.731.1460. C.260.
475.780.852.942. E. 584.638. S.434.
612.656. neut. fieya P.V. 251. 1025.
S.C.T.635. P.118.292. A. 131.351.716.
1072, C. 298. 795. 956. E. 378. 422. 425.
720.945. S.133.142.juf'ya adverbially,
greatly, very much, fully, P.V. 650.
1006. A. 694. 912. 1244. (see pro) C.
135.253.309. E. 12.113.896.910.947. S.
439. From fieyaXog are formed fieydXa
S. 1034. /xeydXov P. 24. fieydXng id. 838.
883. C.367. fieyaXo>88. fieyaXe S.c.T.
804. /xeydXai E.986. fieydXtov S.c.T.
715. A. 347. 1526. fxeydXoig A. 151. fie-
ydXag E.788. pJyaXa S.c.T. 78. 434.
547. comp. fieifav greater, P.V. 291.
S.C.T.407. A. 257. 1156. C.368. E.209.
448. S.333. 439.938. /itifr)' adv. more,
more greatly, P.V. 1015. A.366. su-
perl. fieyitrrog greatest, P.V. 462.476.
652. S.c.T.28. S.55. P. 746. A.902. C.
162.243.353. E.44.99. S.312.898. on
which see xapirovv.
MeyaarOcvrig great in power, E.61.
S.C.T.70.962.977. C.267.
Meyavxne illustrious, stately, P.
633.
MeyeOog size, P. 180.
MeyioroTlfiog most honoured, S. 690.
MeOapfio^eadai to leave off some
thing old and put on something new.
fieOap/j.oaa.1 rpoirovg viovg P.V.309.
assume new habits having laid aside
the old.
MedUvat to let go, dismiss, P. 685.
aor. 2. fiedS>ixev P.V. 262. fiedeig P.
685. pedevTa P.V. 1040. to drop, let
fall, fiedievai ayKvpav P.V. 650. to
drop anchor, fiedijicev avrov KtZXa A.
1358. to Utter. yor]Tb)v vofiov fxedficro-
fiev C.810.to emit, fiede'icrif KpaSiag
araXayfiov E. 753.780. Here Dind.
suspects a verb (e. g. fiaXa) to have
been lost, but the participle may be
an epexegesis of (iapvKorog.pass.
fiedelrai orparog S.c.T. 79. is put in
 MEG I (216 ) MEAE

motion, aor. 2. mid. ptdiadai S. 829. applied to the mind, gloomy, P. 11 4.

in loc. dub. See "ixap- Cf. Theogn. 1199. Kal pot Kpadir)v
MeOiaraadai mid. v. to alter one's eiraralc ficXatvav.
position, to depart. A n pr) dalpuav MiXaBpov a house or palace, pi.
iraXaibg vvv fitOiarnKE orpary P. 154. A. 116.504.825.1306.1558. C.339.780.
unless its former fortune has de 1061. periph. Sopwv pcXadpa A. 931.
serted the army. Here arparov is Met. ipojiov piXaQpov A. 1409. ptXa-
adopted from some MSS. by Brunck. 6poi(Tiv arac A. 747.
Schiitz, Blomf. but without necessity ; MeXapfiadfiQ deep and dark, P.V.
orparw is not governed by ptdiornice, 219.
but is as Wellauer observes, the da- MeXaptraync [a] Dor. black and
tivus commodi.with gen. pedirrTa/xai clotted, S.c.T. 719.having a dark
kotov E.860. / cease from my anger. alloy, sc. ofbase metal, spurious,A.381.
Me6v wine, S.931. MeXavatyie bringing a black storm,
Medvtrrtpoc coming after. piQvore.- S.c.T. 681.
poi posterity, S.c.T.563.piOvrrTEpov MfXayStroe bound with black (sc.
afterwards, P. 203. too late, C.509. ov with iron), S.c.T. 43.
pedvorcpov A. 413. scarce a moment MtXavdptDv robed in black, poet.
after. e(f>6Sots fiiXayelpocri E.353.
Mti'fox' see fieyae. MeXavdnc black, S. 145.
MdXtypa that which appeases or MtXaviwnoe proper name, S.c.T.
soothes. yXixranc tprjc ptiXiyfia E. 397.
846. the persuasivepower ofmy tongue, MiXavdZvZ, having black benches,
a propitiation or offering. xpag aoi- an epithet of a ship, rav ptXav6'(vy
vove vn<j>aXia fu.iXlyp.aTa E. 107. xoa arav S.525. the fatal ship with dark
<j>cpov(rae vepripoiQ ptiXiyfiaoi C. 15. benches.
where Casaub. reads peiXiypara. So MfXavo^pwe dark-coloured,gloomy,
Blomf. Dind. Herm. retains the vulg. S. 766.
which Well, rather harshly explains Mt'Xas black, dark, A. 1492. S.760.
as equivalent to fieiXiyfiacrt rS>v vtp- peXatva S.C.T. 814. 962. 977. P. 1009.
ripoiv, the dat. being, as he conceives, peXav E. 935. S. 865. peXalvat P. 317.
used to signify the purpose of the 349. with dat. A. 747. fieXatva S.83.
libations thus offered, sc. for the pur piXava E. 174 piXaivai E.52.
pose of soothing the manes.a dar MeXeiv impers. to be a source or
ling. Xpvarj'tiwv pdXiypaA. 1414. On object of care, P.V. 3. 332. S.c.T. 182.
C. 276. see under Svtnppwv. A. 555.571. 1223. with dat. ofpers. and
M.eiXtKT7ipwv id. veKpolat peiXiicrri- gen. of thing, kfxoi iXaaaov Ztjvos V
pta P. 602. pvSet' peXei P.V. 940. I have less re
MetXioo-Eiv to soften, S.1010. gard for Jupiter than nought at all.
Meipuv (inus.) to assign by lot. Cf. A. 948. C.934. with irepi, piXti
pass. perf. tlpapfiivoQ appointed by Biolo-iv iDVwep av piXrj irtpi C.769
lot, fixed, dhoti elpapfilva A. 887. to have a care for. with gen. ovk
will arrange in the appointed manner. iipa tic deovc fipOTwv a^iovcdai peXeiv
MejW less, S.c.T.337. C. 512.696. A. 361.
ro peiov Kparvvet S.591. is powerful MeXeoTraOric suffering wretchedly,
in the less degree, fieiov less, P.V.508. S.c.T.944.
MeXaynepus dark-horned, A. 1098. MeXeoTrovog having wrought wretch
MeXayicpoKoe having sails of black ed deeds, S.c.T.944.
cloth, S.c.T.839. Me'Xeoc miserable, wretched, S. 104.
MeXayxipos black, dark, S.700. S.c.T.859.860.928. A. 698. C.1001.
726. P.293. C.ll. piXeog aOXitov y&fiwv S.c.T. 761. sc.
McXayxirwv robed in black. Met. evena.fiiXtadai to have a care, with
 MEAH ( 217 ) MEN

gen. fieXeade lep&v Snfiiuv S.c.T. 160. ing any cause of complaint against
with inf. fXtXiadii) XaoQ k&roveiv aicri men, not wishing to blame men. See
S. 362.to be an object of care, t&v- Herm. on Vig.252.
tevQev fxtXiaQo) Aofyg. E.61. MtV a particle of opposition, used
MeXrifia a source of care or anxie in introducing the first clause of a
ty, E.422.a duty, A. 1530. a dar sentence, and generally followed by
ling, C.233. Si or some other particle of a like na
MiXi honey, P. 604. ture in a succeeding clause. It is fol
MeXiyXw(7(Toe honey-tongued, P.V. lowed by Si P.V. 1.12. 178. 201. 238. 261.
172. 271.325. 476. 498. 505.622. 631. 784. 786.
MtXifetv to sing or utter, A. 1149. 803. 821 . 829. 994. 1018. 1045. S. C.T. 4.
MtWo-a a bee, P. 127. 21. 171.277. 359. 404. 463. 483. 493. 684.
MiXXeiv to be about, denoting fu 741. 797. P. 18. 65.178. 182. 188. 196. 208.
ture time, with inf. fut. 6Vj/ filXXti tiq 249.291.330.333.358.391.404.451.475.
olo-eadcu Saicpv P.V.641. Cf- id. 837. C. 494.595.716. 740.788.843. A.80. 100. 143.
846.854.:with inf. pres. T&vTrep av 241 . 255. 274. 308. 317. 385. 415. 422. 434.
fxiXXns reXelv A. 948. ri jxiXXti) (ppiva 588. 554. 601. 626. 720. 737. 749. 773. 803.
Aiav KaOopav ; S. 1043. how ami likely 820.838.840.924.943. 1035. 1130. 1144.
to discern it ?with inf. aor. oirep 1215. 1223. 1300. 1304. 1308. 1321. 1419.
fdXXbi Tradelv P.V. 628. the inf. is 1486. 1551. 1576. 1613. C.60. 133. 146.162.
omitted, P. 800. ovk iXaaoova H-do^ou- 190. 199. 223. 276. 370. 406. 446. 572. 663.
<ri, ra Se [liXXovari SC. Trade!v.yjpovov 689.737.825.835. 972. 1016. 1027. 1057.
rdy /xiXXovra P.V. 841. future time. E. 1. 39. 40. 85. 96. 106. 164. 213. 303.385.
to fieXXov P.211.365. A.242. 1213. S. 431.451.458.506.555.573.589.615.677.
1042. ra piXXovTa P.V. 102. P. 829. 845.914.961. S. 116.121.127.194.371.
the future, things coming or future. 399. 467. 482. 499. 564. 691. 754. 935. 961.
to delay, ri fiiXXetg ; P.V. 36. Cf. 988.1040.followed by Si, introducing
id.630. S.C.T.95. A. 281. 882.1326. P. a clause containing a repetition of
399. the same idea. e. g. <po(3epol fiiv iSelv,
MeXXw delay, A. 1329. See kXcos. Seivol Si fiaxw P.27. cf. P.V. 197.
Me'Aoe a song or strain, P.V. 554. S.c.T. 894. P. 153. 542.552. 680.686.693.
S.c.T.817. P.999. A. 689. E.317.326. A. 199.494. 1268. C. 307. 436. 923.re
S. 108.789. 1002. peated in recapitulation. S.c.T.998.
Mt'Xoc a limb, E.255. P.455. fie- 1003.followed by particles of a like
Xiiav 'ivSodev P. 953. within my body. nature with Si e.g.byaWd P. 172.829.
MeXorvireiv to utter a strain, A. 517. C.366.733. A.889. by arap P.V.
1124. 340. by ri S.c.T. 906. C. 578. 968. S.
MiXrreiv to sing, A. 236. 1420. 405. by Si contained in a negative,
Mefiovivai (perf. mid. of obs. juau) as /xr/Si, obSi, e.g. P.V.903. S.c.T.
to desire, ri fiifXovaQ ; S.c.T. 668. 379. It is frequently placed in the
MifiipeaQai to complain, S. 130. to former part of a sentence, etc. without
complain of. with dat. rf ipipovri any corresponding particle to which
HiH^erai S.C.T.542. cf. P.V.63. with it may be immediately referred, but
ace. rrjv rvyr\v oil fxi/xfaftai E.566. cf. will be found always to have refe
P.V.1075.E.973.S.755.with gen. of rence to something following either
the thing, ovttot avSpl TtoSt Knpvuev- at a greater or less distance from the.
judrwe pifiipn S.c.T. 633. sc. tveKa. first clause, or which may logically be
Mi^ie ikemphis, S.307. P. 36. supplied to complete the structure of
MifiupiQ proper name of a man, P. the sentence. Cf. P.V. 445. 755. 1038.
932. S.C.T. 295.569. 597. 733. 1060. P. 1. 292.
Mifi\pi complaint, p-ifx^iv ovnv 345. 380.540. 546 590. 975. A. 1. 40. 573.
avdpi>iroiQ fym' P.V. 443. not imply 647.742.784.861.. 898.906.980.1177.1186.
2F
 MENE ( 218 )
1239.1386. C.109. 394.547.726.1011.
1064. E. 396. 397. 559. 606. 646. 653. S. 1 .
238.270.333.438.501.514.895.918.969.
fiiv ovv in the second clause, ex
pressing a strong asseveration, yea
rather, yes indeed, P. 989. A. 1061.
1369. C.993. E.38. yt fiiv In. see h).
ftiv rot however, yet certainly, more
over, P.V.252. 318.951. 966.1056. S.C.T.
497. A. 530. 860.917. preceded by ye
S.C.T. 698. 1035. P. 378. A.91. E.561.
S.342.
Mivtiv to remain, A. 1054.1162.
S.C.T. 726. fut. fitvti A. 821. fitvov-
fitv C.560. fiivoiid.S2S. E.643. fiivoig
847. fitivaifii C. 1046. 1058. fitvditv
P. 350. fiivtiv E. 458. 847. S. 923. 980.
on which see nwXvtiv. fiiviav E.686.
fidvae 782. Iu S.C.T. 373. seqq. roiavr
aXvaiv touq vvtpKOfiiroiQ aayaiQ | floy
irap' oj(daie irora.fiia.ie, fiaxne tp&v, |
'twiroc xa^tv<^v 2" uc KaraaBfiaivwv fii
vti, | otrns flow (TaXxiyyoc bpfiaivti
fiivhfv, is the vulg. reading. One
MSS. only (Reg. A.) has fi&xnc 2'
ip&v, which Brunck adopts, placing
a colon after izorafiiaiQ. The Glasg.
ed. likewise inserts Be, which is rightly
omitted by Herm. Well. Blomf. Dind.
They also, with Brunck and Pors.
omit the particle after ^aXcvoij', which
is omitted only by Colb.2. Rob. con
tending that fiivti is the dative of
uivos, not from the verb fj.ive.iv. This
is true, but St, if correct, may
stand as introducing a new idea after
fia^nc tp&v. Well, compares ovc~iv
aaQfiaivwv fiivti E.621. and A. 243.
which latter passage is, however,
totally different from the former.
Schiitz, on account of fiiviov follow
ing, conj. fipifiti, which it is surpris
ing to find Butler approving. See
his note on v. 559. For the second
uivwv Tyrw. conj. bpfiaivti kXvu>v,
which Blomf. and Dind. adopt. It
is, however, by no means certain from
the paraphrase of Schol. A. that he
read kXvcov. Schol. B. has the read
ing bpfiaivu)v fiivti, which he explains
(T<f>ah'atov iKl\erai, and such is the
reading in several MSS. This has
MEPO
probably arisen from the similarity
of the words above. There is no
occasion to depart from the majo
rity of MSS. and Edd. the meaning
being, he cries beside the banks,
desirous of the battle, [and~\ like a
horse snorting over his bridle, who
struggles whilst awaiting the sound
of the trumpet. with dat. fitvti
Kriava kitiyovois S.c.T.885. will re
main to their posterity, rig Si fioi rifiti
fiivti; E.854. what honour remains
to me? Cf. S. 380. 430. to await,
fiuifiov irarpi^ov 2' avr iitiXrfvov fiivti
A. 1250. sc. ifii or ifioi, KOTreianQ in the
following line being the gen. abso
lute, rb fiopaifiov rbv iXtvdtpov fiivti
C.101. Cf. id. 457. E.359.515. On
C.62. see po-wif. to wait for, S.943.
to await an enemy, to withstand,
S.c.T.418. P. 239.with inf. to ex
pect, await, fiivti aKovoai ri fiov fii-
pifiva A. 446. Cf. E. 647. 702.
MtviXaoc [u] or MtviXtttig Mene-
laus, A. 42. 603. 660.
MivoQ force, vigour, violence. Ti/^<5
fiivog S.555. Ipaxaivng flivoc E. 124.
Cf. S.c.T.879. A.229.296.1037. C.448.
1072. E. 796. 804. 835. S.738. dat. fiivti
with violence, S.c.T.375. C.448. obSiv
aaOfiaivuiv fiivti E.621. perhaps also
in C.62. See poni}.
Miptfiva anxiety, careful thought,
S.c.T.270.825.831. A. 99. 447. E.127.
340. AfurxavS tvvaXafiov fiipifivav
A. 1513. see afirixavtiv. In P. 161.
Pors. to preserve the caesura, reads
ravra fioi fiipifiv atypaoroQ tariv iv
(pptmv SnrXfj. Well, objects to this,
and proposes fiipifiva fprncroQ h.e.
cura in pectore inclusa, which is cer
tainly much worse. Dind. retains
the vulg.
Mipos a part or share, A. 493. 543.
1555. C.289.815.ayyiXov fiipOQ A.
282. his share in the duty of mes
senger. fitri\tiv fiipOQ to have a
share, A 493. C. 289. iv fiipti in
turn, A. 1165. C.329. E. 189. 414. 556.
TTpbg ovZiv iv fiipti TtKfiripiov A.323.
in no regular turn or order.
Mipo\fy articulate-voiced, h.e. a hu
 MESA ( 210 )
man being. piporrtaai Xaole S.84.
ovtiq ptpoiruv C. 1013.
MeaaKToe (?) lying between shores,
P. 861. Heath interprets this of the
islands lying between the shores of Asia
and Thrace. peo-aicrovs, however, as
derived from aicrij, violates analogy,
which would require peaaicrlovc. This
is read by the Scholiast, and adopted
after Heath by Schiitz and Brunck.
If this is correct, a synizesis takes
place of the vowels to. See AJ-
yvirroyevnq. The vulg. is ptaay
ktovc, without sense. Butler conj.
fitoayicovQ multos sinus reductos ha-
bentes. ptocucrovs is read in Regg.
A.B.Colb.l. M.i.2.Guelph. So Aid.
Rob. Turn.
Murawios name of a mountain, A.
'284.
Meo-nfifipia mid-day, S.727.
MctrnpPpivog meridian, mid-day,
S.c.T.363. 413.428. A.651.southern,
P.V.724.
MeaoXaflriQ striking in the middle,
E. 152.
Mi(r6fi(j>aXoc placed in the navel
or centre, S.c.T.728. A.1027. C. 1032.
an epithet of Delphi, and of the altar
and temple there, supposed to be in
the centre of the earth.
MtVoc middle, mid. vybv piaov
P. 193.497. S.c.T.371. E.112.529. iv
\xiaif ridnpi C. 143. Iplace in the mid
dle of my speech. of a middle kind,
i. e. not extreme, iravrt piato to Kparoc
dedg &iraac E.503. pfJKog obliv iv
piaif ypovov S 716. in the interim, be
tween now and then.
Mcoovv to have reached the middle,
P. 427.
Mtrd with gen. along with, ov ttoX-
Xuivpira P.720.879. P.V.1069. A. 1007.
S. 634. 938. 1035. with dat. along
with, h.e. amongst, per itXXwv (a\Xy
Stanl.) SoptKfiiJTt Xaji C.360. Xiflaaiv
vSpnXdit irapdivov 7rr)yrjs fiira P. 605.
with ace. after, next to, A. 223. per
ivx&v. pe.ro. fxaKapag S.C.T. 1066. In
A. 1244. nav rolade KOfffjotc Karaye-
Xuifxivnv fiera <piXwv, vtt' i-)(6p>v ov
tixoppoirtog pixrnv, Hermann, whom
META
Well, follows, conjectures piya,
on the ground that pera could not
stand thus at the end of a senarius as
referring to the next line. For the
same reason he alters d>c into &e in
v. 1527. It is, however, doubtful
whether this argument is valid in a
writer like iEschylus, especially in
rapid and less strictly constructed
passages. Well, places the comma
after vtt, which he makes to govern
(piXiov, and takes iyflpiov ov dfxpppo-
7twc as an apposition to <piXu', trans
lating, qui vidit me hoc ornatu irrisam
inepte ab amicis, qui haud ambigue
inimici erant. Blomf. follows the old
reading pera, and rightly joins ov
di-xpppoirwc with iyQpiby, comparing
S.960. There appears no occasion
for altering the text. Stanley's trans
lation of pera tpiXiov is correct, una
cum amicis. By <j>iXh>v we must un
derstand Agamemnon, who was the
sharer of the insults heaped upon
Cassandra.
Miraflaivuv to change its position,
to pass, rj to Siicaiov perajiaivzi C.
305. according as justice is taking its
course, sc. against the murderers of
Agamemnon and in favour ofOrestes.
So Butler.
Meraytyvwo-icetv to change the mind
to something else, to iravroToXpov
(ppovclv periyvu) A. 214. to discover
too late, arav pcrayvovc S.103.
Mcrat'rioc being the cause along
with others, a partial cause, oh pi-
tuitioq, aXXb. TravaiTLOQ E. 190. with
gen. A.785. C. 132. sharing in. rrjah'
tore fiovXrjt ptrairtat C. 98.
Meraixpios lit. between two armies.
thence, between, intermediate. avi)p
yvvr\ Tt %& ti rwv pe.TO.Lxp.iov S.c.T.
179. whatever is between these, as
boys, girls, etc. See Blomf. Gloss, in
loc.iv perai^pUo okotov C.60. in
the interval between light and dark
ness, the twilight. Schwenke cf. Ar.
Av. 187.
MeraKoipifciv to lull or quell, pass.
fieraKoipiaBev C. 1072. Cf. Valck.
Phoen. 1578.
 META ( 220 )
McraKotvoc common, associated to
gether, S. 1021. E. 331. 922.
MtraXytiv to repent, to grieve,
with inf. S.400.
MtraXXaicroe changed, S.c.T.689.
MtTdfiavQavtiv to learn something
new in place of something old, A.
692.
MtrafifXtiv to be a source of re
gret, E.741.
Mtrav in the middle, between,
S.c.T.744.
Mtrairroitlv to fly somewhere else,
S.324.
MtTappvOfilfciv to alter the ar
rangement of anything, to metamor
phose, P. 733.
Mtracrrtvtiv to groan afterwards.
fiiraarivt.lv Tr6viav E. 59. sc. tvtxa.
Mtrarlicrttv to beget afterwards.
by tmesis, fitra fiiv ifXtlova rUrti,
A. 736.
Mtrarpoirog changed, turned. Sal-
fxiov oH1 av fitTarpoTroQ trr' ifxol P. 905.
Fortune has thus turned its back
upon me. Here fitrarptirTOQ Regg.
B. G. H. Colb. 1. Aid. which violates
the metre.
MtravOie afterwards, E. 457.
Mtra^iaptlv to depart, by tmesis,
fitra irov -^toptirt P. V. 1062.
Mtrtlvat to belong as a share, ri
rovSt aoi fitrtari irpayftaroc. ', E.545.
what have you to do with this mat
ter ?
MtTtpxt<rOai to prosecute or re
venge. r6vS' iyi) fitrfjXOov ivSiicwe
fiopov C. 982.
Mtri\tiv to have a share, with
fiipoQ added, A. 493. C.290. with gen.
without pipoQ P.V.331.P.532. E.831.
Mtriivai to pursue, to bring to jus
tice, A. 1651. C. 271. with double ace.
Strae fiirtifii rovSt ipwra E.222. I
will sue him injustice.
MtroiKtiv to have a residence in a
place, to reside as a new comer, with
gen. fitroiKtiv rfjalt ytjg S.604. Here
the gen. depends on the verb being
equivalent to fitroUovs tlvai.
Mtroixla a residence among others,
E.972.
Mil
MtroiKot a resident in a foreign
land, S.c.T.530. P.311. C.673. E.965.
S.972. one expelled from his home,
an outcast. Met. yoov ruvSt fitroi-
ko)v A. 58.
Mtrptlv to measure, pass. C.207.
Mtrptoe moderate, modest, fiirpiov
tirot S.1045. a moderate request.
Mtrpov measure, limit, irpotmdelc
fiirpov C.786. putting a stop to it.
Miruirov a front, e. g. of an army,
P. 706.
Mtrtinroaixjiptov having a modest
front or look, S. 196. Here fitrwTro-
(Tu>(f>p6v(jjv is now read, by Porson's
emendation, for the vulg. fitTwwwv
at3><f>p6vb>v. Seepraef.ad Hec. On this
word Well, observes, " adnumeran-
dum hoc videtur piifiaoi fiotiotc
iEschyli, qualia multa adhuc latere
puto."
Mr) not, the negative used in con
ditional or dependent sentences. 1 .
preceded by the conditional tl, r)v,
iav, t'irt. e.g. t'i rt fir) (JXcnrTri Xoyio
P.V.196. Cf. id. 380.670.765.1016.
S.c.T.98. 178. 1007.1018. P.154.776.
847. A. 252. 338. 465. 996. 1020. 1030.
1058.1110.1212.1281. C. 271.296. E.
445.446. S. 242.395. 456.467. 879. 902.
994. ellipt. tl U fiii C. 303.477. S.145.
2. after Srrwe, we, &<rrt, with indie,
conj. or infin. P.V.53.68. S.c.T.219.
330. P.711. A. 197. C. 194.263.444. E.
766.855.3. with a relative, express
ing indefiniteness. o fir) ictXtvcn
Zeis E.588.631.859.4. with a parti
ciple, placed either conditionally or
hypothetically. e.g. fir) SoXixravrog
Otov A.264. Cf. P.V.502.826. S.C.T.3.
410.418. E. 455.663.689. 891. S. 152.
608. or dependent on an imperative,
or some other word. e.g. A. 880.906.
E.291. S.74. 206.5. with adjectives,
either placed inclusively to express
something generally, e.g. rot fir) St
rata E.410. Cf. A. 972. 1623. C. 76.632.
918. S. 194. 381. or dependent on some
other word or clause preceding, e.g.
alaxp&v yap apyoQ, fir) xaxog 3' tivai
<piXt-t S.c.T.393. Cf.id.735. A. 1423.
E.863. S.441.794. So with adverbs,
 MH ( 221 )
dependent on some other word or
clause. P. V. 1014. S.c.T.261. A. 340.
901.905. E.761.6. with infinitives,
either placed as a substantive, e.g.
KipdiffTOf cv <f>povovvTa fir) ioKcIv (ppo-
vtiv P.V.385. Cf. id. 225. C. 694.922.
or depending on some word preced
ing, e. g. toiiq iriieoiOa fir) fiarav 6Sy
S.c.T. 37. Cf. P.V. 166. 609. S.C.T. 15.
855.1033.1034. P. 169. A. 333.899. E.
59. 410. 668. 795. 859. 868. S. 375. 706.
754.974.7. after verbs of excluding,
preventing, wanting, etc. e.g. dvorovQ
iwavaa fir) vpoStpxeadai fiopov P.V.
248. Cf. id. 1058. S.C.T. 1668. A. 998.
8. to fir] with infinitive, so as not to.
e. g. 1/iepos OiX^ct to fir) icreivai Zvvevv-
ov P.V.867. Cf.id.236. A.15.1144.
1326.1571. C.300.E. 211.661.901. Thus
it very often stands absolutely, to fir)
fiaOtiv ooi Kptiaaov r) fiaOciv toSe
P.V. 627. A. 199. 1326. C.952. E.85.
719.9. fir) ov with an infin. H Srjra
fXcWeiS fir) ov ytybivioKiiv to irav
P.V.680. E.290.10. to fir) ov with
infin. so as not to, P.V. 789. 920. E.
874. 11. in interrogation, rl fiii; A.
658. why not ? Here f. leg. H fir)v ;
cf. E. 194. 12. as an interroga
tive particle, e.g. fir) n (toiSokQ rap-
fc~tv ; P.V. 961 . Cf. P.V. 247. P. 336. A.
669. S.292. apa fir) ; id. S.c.T. 190.
13. in commands or exhortations, do
not. with imper. present, P.V. 44. 80.
271 . 434. 505. 632. 779. 809. 1028. S.c.T.
182. 188. 205. 224. 228. 244. 680. 1029.
1043.1058. A.892. 1607. C. 100.217. 759.
906. 1048. E. 78. 88. 128. 218. 768. S.204.
392.729. with subjunctive aorist,
P.V.628.654. 720. S.C.T. 71. 153. 233.
659.696. A. 130. 145. 1477. 1657. C.231.
495. E. 767. 794. 820. S. 197. 336. 415.
692.710.984.with aorist third pers.
imperative, S.c.T. 1027.with infin.
for imperative, P.V.714. S.c.T.235.
with verb omitted, P.V. 1077. A.
911.C.905. 14. with optative, expres
sing a wish, S.c.T. 5. 408. 531. A.999.
1222. E. 898. 15. lest, with verbs
expressing apprehension, etc. P.V.
334.390.1063. S.C.T.639.747.773. P.
117.159.523.737. A.921.1607. E. 172.
MHAE
246. S.493. with ellipsis, P.V. 388.
A.332. but in the latter passage Dind.
prefers ifnriwroi. 16. ov fi-r), with
fut. ind. aor.2. act. mid. aor. 1. pass,
expressing a strong affirmation, S.c.T.
38.181.263. A. 1624. C.882. E.216.
(Here Pors. Xlirio.) S. 225. 736.
MnSa/xa (neut.pl. of fino'afiog inus.)
in no wise, on no account, P.V. 524.
in no instance, never, P. 423.
Mr)Safty (dat. sing, of id.) in no
part, P.V.58.
MnSafiov (gen. of id.) no where,
E. 401.in no wise, E.594.
Mr)dafj.Ze in no wise, on no account,
P.V.337. A. 1639. C.671. E.682. S.712.
Mt)SI neither, either preceded, or
not preceded, by a negative, e.g. fir)
irtpiuhvvOQ, finSe Sefiviorriprie A. 1424.
Cf. S.C.T. 262. 1068. E.211. rcKvovrrdai
fine" airatSa Qvr)aKtiv A. 732. Cf. E.
342.684. S.404.with an intensive
force, not even, not so much as. e.g.
ZokS> fiiv ovv (T(f>e finSe. irpoo-fiakiiv
nvXaiQ S.C.T.597. Cf. P.777. A.555.
preceded by icai. koX firfik aavrije (k-
fiadeiv }/ri irovovq P.V.778.with
the imperative present, and do not,
and let not, etc. e.g. ?ic;Xoc 'ioBi fi-nh'
&yav virepQofiov S.C.T.220. Cf. P.V.
327. 518.687. S.C.T.34.462. A. 893. 1009.
E. 484. 902. S.860. with the subjunc
tive present. P.810. S. 1003.with the
subj. aorist. P.V.585.785. S.c.T. 1031.
A. 853. E.512.788.823. S. 197.352.418.
479.986. preceded by an imperative
present, e.g. o/iuic Be <j>cvyc /ir)Si
fiaXOaicoe ykvi) E.74. Cf. P.V.952.
1036.1074. A. 8*93.1443. E. 129. 768.
with the third person aorist impera
tive. P.V. 332. S.663.with the op
tative expressing a wish. P.V.527.
899.904. S.C.T.202. E.935. S.647.650.
1012.
MtjBeV (neut. of finh'elc) nothing,
S.C.T.232. E. 467. 496. 669. P.V.128.
'iXaaaoy fj firjSiv id. 940. less than no
thing, h.e. not at all. adverbially,
not at all, on no account, P.V. 44.73.
342.508.951. A.1441. 1509.1641. S.1047.
MjjStVoi' not as yet, P.V.742. P.
427.
 MHAE ( 222 )
M>)Beo6ai to devise or plot, to con
trive, A. 1071. 1073. ifino-afinv P.V.
475. ifinoaro C.985. augm. omiss. /iij-
oaro C.595. ri Se fiijouifxai; S.c.T.
1049. what measures must I take ?
Mndtxoe Median, Persian, P. 777.
Mr;Soc a Mede, P. 751. M/oou P.
232. the Persians.
Mi/tSoc a design or counsel, P,V.
604.
Mj/kcVi no longer, A. 496. 1307. C.
794.
Mjjuroe length. fifJKog \povovS.~\S.
fianpov fiiJKos \p6yov P.V. 1022.ev
fii]Kti -)(p6vov in length of time, A. 596.
Dor. evfuiKii S.55. atlength,inthelong
run.tooovto firJKoe inreivov \6yov
E.192. vouchsafe so much in the way
of explanation. <f>povpdc (relets fiijxoc
A. 2. Here the ace. [itjicoe. refers to
alrui sc. / have been imploring a re
lease from suffering, during the length
of my year's watch. It may also be
taken with htias, (ppovpae being con
sidered as an apposition to irovtav.
I implore a releasefrom my sufferings,
namely, from my watch, a year in
length. The former explanation is the
best by far. The particle fiev in the
preceding line refers to Ze in v. 20. Cf.
Horn. Od. 2.526. quoted by Stanley.
rbv 2' ap' airo oKOirirjc; tlSe okottoq ov
pa KaOeioev ' Aiyiodoe." ipvXaooe c"
oy eig iviavrov. It is to be observed,
however, (as Blomf. remarks,) that
in ^Eschylus the watchman is repre
sented as seeing not Agamemnon
himself, but the signal fire. In this
passage Stanl. and Valck. on Her. iv.
150. conjecture firj%og h.e. a remedy,
as an epexegesis of airaXXayri. In
this he has been followed by Schiitz
Glasg. Blomf. Dind. but unnecessa
rily.
MnXtevg Maliac. MnXia koKttov
P. 478. the Maliac gulf.
MnXoflorog grazed by sheep, S.547.
MfjXov a sheep, pi. S.c.T. 257. A.
1027.1390. C.904.
MnXoTp6<j>og feeding sheep, P. 749.
MnXoipovoe sheep-slaughtering, A.
712.
MHTE
Miiv a particle, expressive of strong
affirmation, and calling attention
strongly to something stated ; it is
joined with other particles, and occurs
second or third in the sentence,
i} \ir\v of a truth, in very truth, P.V.
73; 167.909.in swearing, S.c.T.513.
with Kai, calling attention to some
thing additional, and in truth, more
over, P.V. 246.457.1082. S.C.T.354.
439. P.398. A.905.1151. C.172.603.
.681.followed by ye, with some
word intervening, P.V.984.987. S.c.T.
227. P. 258.954. A.1161.1227. C.203.
in interrog. S.307. In abrupt and
forcible addresses, aXXa firjv but
surely, well indeed, P. 229. A. 1637.
with ye, a word intervening as before,
P. 222.ou finv not indeed that, not
however, A. 1038. with ye P.V. 268.
S.c.T.520. A. 1252. obSifii/v S.C.T.
791. C. 187. E.449. nor indeed, ovre
fii)v S.c.T. 650. ye fxi)v in limita
tion or restriction, however, P.V. 873.
S.c.T. 1054. A. 1351. E.51. Kairoi ye
fir/v ov Kapr epiov ooQiorepa E.811.
and yet for all that you are wiser
than I. But here the reading is cor
rupt. Wiesel. conj. Kai fiev el
ov which Dind. approves, with imp.
liva ye fxav C.957. but come, arise f
see avayeiv. 'ire fiav S. 996. H pnv ;
E. 194. what of that, pray ? why not ?
Mrivn the moon, P.V. 799.
MnvieoOai to be angry, E. 101. On
S.263. finve'irai o" fi/cij, see under
it IMC.
Mr/i'c wrath, S. 154. A. 150.685. C.
225.304.849.
Mnvlrog [?] angry. Perhaps this
is to be restored in S.263, where the
vulg. is fxnve'irat b" okij. See axes.
Mnvvrrip an informer, E. 236.
Mnwore lest ever, S.394.*never,
P.V. 203. S.C.T. 75. A. 555. C.180. E.
842.933. S. 612. 627. 921. with opt. in
expressing a wish. P.V.532.896. S.c.T.
201. S. 645. 834.
Miiiru not yet, P.V. 634.
M^r neither. with another fibre
preceding, P.V. 156. (here Well, from
MSS. fxtiwore) P.V. 893. S.c.T. 169.
 MHTH ( 223 )
1013. 1050. P. 162. 170.284. A. 349. 356.
459. 651.760.1354. E. 36. 560.666. S.407.
606.965. C. 1040. So Pors. for pnS',
find', which Dind. restores. with
fiil preceding, P. V.434.followed by
Si. xal fxrjT aiXirroig Sopvxavei fiopy
Oaviiv XaOoi/xt, X^Pf & a\doe ael^iov
wiXot S.965. followed by findi E.821.
Mijrrjp a mother, P.V. 209. 876. P.
147. C.188. E.434.706. pnrpde P.V.
1693. S.C.T. 514. 1023. C. 88. 139. 238.
911.980.983.1030. E.3. 120.403.550.576.
578.594.623.633.731. pnrlpa P.V.217.
A. 1208. (see"A&/.) C. 886. 903. 1023.
E.557.569. /xqrepP.152.211.818. C.423.
E.715. pi. nyTipwv S.C.T.774. Dor.
fiarpog C.416. S.50.133.142.534. [turpi
S. 1021. fiarcp'E. 311.807. 838.of in
animate things, fjryrpot aypiac airo
irorbv waXaias afiwiXov yavog roSt P.
606. the vine. Abresch. cf. Eur. Ale.
757. ?&) yivoiro jxnTpoz tvippovnQ
irapa A. 256. yrj fxnrpi S.c.T.16. one's
mother country. Cf. rtKovon finrpi
S.c.T.378. On finrpoe Si vnyrjv We
Karatrfietrei Sinn; S.c.T.566. see dtKn.
Mijn (neut. ofju^nc) nothing, S. 456.
not at all, not, P.684.with imp. opt.
and subj. S.C.T.668.S. 387.423.
Mrjrie counsel, device, P.V. 908.
C.617. rov yap irporipa. fifjriQ S.949.
it is for him first to decide. fiririBoc
oitcrpaQ S.59. sc. evtKa, to be pitied
for her deed, where p;r'<W is go
verned by oiicrpae,
M/77-01 not surely, E.735.
Mnrpayadr)c [f. d] prop, name, P.
43. See LiriTraq.
MnrpaXoiag a matricide, E. 148.
pi. 201.
MnrpoOevfrom the mother. Qvyovra
[xnrpoOtv (tkotov S.c.T.646. when he
issued from the darkness of his mo
ther's womb. Cf. C.601.finrpodcv
Beieyfievn C.739.
MnrpoKTOvily to kill one's mother,
E. 193.405.566.
MnrpoKTOvog adj. killing a mother,
malricidal, A. 1254. E. 102. a matri
cide, E. 470. ftnrpoKrdvov filaofia, E.
271. the pollution contracted by the
act of matricide.
MIA2
Mnrpo<j>6voQ a matricide, E. 246.
connected with, or caused by, the mur
der of a mother, pnrpotyovovs c~vas E.
259. the pangs of a matricide.
Mnrpvia a step-mother. Met. an
epithet expressive of cruelty, P.V.729.
MijrpjJoc of a mother, fxnrpuov
Sifiag E. 84. a'lfia finTpZov 221.251.
M.ny(ava<Tdai to accomplish, con
trive, bring about, S.c.T. 1029. A. 939.
M^x"^ & means of doing a thing,
an instrument, a contrivance, as 8.454.
457. IxOvfioXv fiaxavip S.c.T. 128. the
trident. XaoTropoic ua\at>ais P. 113.
708. the bridge over the Hellespont,
irvpytav ixn\ay{] 8.934. a defence of
towers. pn\avriv atornplaq S.c.T. 191.
finxavfiv SvorfiovXias A. 1591. fin\ayr)
Xvrriptos E.616. S. 1059. a means of
deliverance. \Epoe Trarpiaag pn)(avae
A. 1564. his father's crimes. pn\avrj
IpaarfipioQ S.c.T. 1032. /xnxayfje Kpa-
toq S.204. effective measures.
counsel, 'plan, P.V.206. A.663.1226.
E.82.
Mn\avr)pa a contrivance, a weapon
or instrument, P.V.467.991. A. 1098.
C.975.
Mrrxavoppatjiuv to devise contriv
ances, C. 219.
Mijxap a counsel or purpose, S.589.
see ovptoc.a remedy, ^eifiaroc fifj\ap
A. 194. ftrJXaP y&ltov> 8.389.
Mtaivuv to stain, pollute, A. 202.
E.665. Met. to violate, S.c.T. 306.
A. 623. 1654. S. 220. ov ovng ay Sdfios
i^oi *"' 6p6<pu>v fiiaivovra S.638.
Scholef. understands this, " polluen-
tem ut piaoropa," h.e. resting on it
like an unclean spirit. Dind. con
siders piaLvovra corrupt and absurd.
Schiitz conj. Koralvovra.pass. S.
361. C.846.
Mial(f>oyoe stained by blood, P.V.
870. E.577.
Miairfia a pollution, stain of crime,
S.C.T. 664. A. 1394. C. 162. 1012. E.
271.570. S.262.468.614. abst. for
concrete, a polluting thing. xPa
[itticTfiu A. 1619. irarpoKTOvov fiiaufxa
C.1024. a fiend who slew my father.
Miaartop one who pollutes, an odious
 MirN ( 224 ) MOAE

wretch, C.932.an avenging fiend, Miaoc hatred, A.1387.-p-ara object

an evil spirit, E. 169. of hate, A. 1385.
Miyvvvai to mingle, i/ufc C.539. Mvrjfia a memorial, P.V. 843.
pass. S.c.T.921. P. 1009. iiiyvv- Mvnfitiov id. S.c.T. 49.
irOat to have connexion with, E. 69. MytifiT) memory, P.V.459.comme
fiixOrjvai S.292. /xiyrjyai P.V. 742. moration, S.267.
MiKpog slight, small, P.V. 975. A. Mvnfiovtieiv to remember, with
1412. See ofiiKodQ. ace. P. 769.
Mifit'iaOai to imitate, C.557. Mvijfitoy remembering, mindful,
Mifiyeiv to remain, await, S.c.T. P.V.514.791. A. 150.with gen. E.
34. P. 791. A. 74. 148. see iraXivoproi 361.
S. 515.to await, h.e. remain to. with MvnviTtifiiov arising from the re
dat. tfiot di filfivti axiofiOQ ufupt'iKti membrance of calamity, A. 173.
i.ojii A. 1120. with inf. pipivei 7ra- Mi'narrjp a suitor, P.V. 742.
Otiv tov tp^avra A. 1544.fii/xvovri Mvjjorwp mindful, with gen. S.c.T.
Si Kal irafloc avOel C. 1004. suffering 163.
is ripe for him who yet survives, sc. Moyuv to suffer, P.V. 275.606. A.
for Orestes. 1607.
MifivritrKeadai to remember, aor. 1. Moyipoqmiserable, S.c.T. 809. P.V.
mid. pvaaapiva. with gen. S.51. 564.596. A. 135.bringing wretched
perf. pass, fiepvijadat to remember, ness, fioipa (iapvSortipa /joyepaS.c.T.
make mention of. with gen. ace. or 960.
inf. ficfivrjirdai P.V. 824. imp. pipvnao Mdytg with difficulty, P. 501. P.V.
C. 113.484. 485. E.88. S. 199. 202. 131.
with part, ret S' is to gov (ppovnpa Moipa a share or part, fxdipav fiSo-
fiifivnpai kXvwv A. 804. vjjeieapH7ropEP.V.291.634.S.c.T.928.
Mit> him, her, S.c.T. 435. C.613. the office, or condition, of anything.
780. In iamhics, E.601. S.977. But Ofifia riaaapas jioipaQ t^ov ifioi C.
here viv is probably to be read. So 236. i.e. being at once brother, sister,
Pors. Dind. rejects the form from father, mother. p.o~ip' 'AQpoSirae S.
the tragics altogether. 1025. the business of love, avrati^ov-
MivvOeiv to waste away, perish, ai fio'ipav ovk cvirifXWEXov E. 454. their
S.c.T. 903. E.352. sort is such as is hard to get rid of.
Mivvptadai to hum a tune, A. 16. iv >l/-<t[>a /JLolp' airpotrKonoc (ipoT&v E.
Mivvpos plaintive, fiivvpa dpeofii- 105. the condition of mortals (i.e.
vac A. 1136. plaintively. they of mortal kind) cannot discern
MiVwc Minos, C.609. things in the day-time.one's ap
Mi&dpoog with mingled clamours, pointed lot, S.c.T.488. P.873. A. 1287.
S.c.T.313. 1570. periphr. Oavarov fio'ipa P. 881.
Mi&fippoToe partly human, S.563. A. 1441. fio'ipa simply, death, A.
Mitre'iv to hate, P.V. 1070. pass. 1239.1338.1426.
p.urnQiiaa id. 45. Moipa Fate, personified. ^ Motpa
Mltrn/ia an object of hatred, fiiar/- C.897. Moipa P.V.509.696. S.c.T.960.
fiar avSp&v Kal Oedv 'OXvfXirlwv E.73. 975. P. 102. A. 129.999. 1518. C. 898. E.
Cf. S.c.T. 168. where, however, p\iar\- 321.998. MoTpai the Fates, P.V. 514.
fiara may be also referred to aveiv, 897. C. 304. E. 165.694.919.
\aicauv, h e. things hated by the wise. MoipairOat to divide into shares.
MianroQ hated, A. 1201. Dor. ifjLoipaoavTO S.c.T. 889.
Miadog reward, payment for. MoipoKpavrog appointed by fate, C.
ifioH fiiaOov A. 1234. Cf. V. 1236. 603. E.370.
MhtoQioq hating God, impious, A. MoXeiv (aor. 2. from prses. inus.)
1061. to come. 'ifioXt C. 923. 925. 934. pvXot
 MOAI ( 225 )
A.336.1425. S.708. /xoXyg P.V.72I.
fioXn P. 521. A. 744. fioXw/iev P.
226.' fxoXtiv P.V. 236. 670. 827. 1030.
S.c.T.349. P. 179. A.661.1652. C. 177.
755. E. 198. 279. S. 403.891. fio\i>v
S.C.T.266. A.592.942.1371.1569. C.
452.566.600. E.79.436. fioXov A.284.
E.150. fioXovrog A. 34. 943. fioXovrt
A.1198. fioKovra A. 587. E.15. fioXov-
o-ai A. 185. fioXovrag C.827. with
ace. without prep, rr)v fiaicpav iroXiv
lioXtiv S.e.T.595. P.722.795. E.942.
S. 236. 749.fut. mid./>\eT<r0ai P.V.
691.
MoXie scarcely. ob fioXig not
scarcely, i.e. completely, utterly.
airu>XeaaQ yap oil fioXig to Zevteoov A.
1052. Cf. Eur. Hel.341. diXovaav ob
fioXig KaXeJig. The passage in E.
826. dvpalog ierroi iroXefiog ob ftoXtg
irapwv is obscure, and the various
conjectures which have been pro
posed are unsatisfactory. Pears.
og fioXig irapfj. Wakefield ob p.G>Xog
irapiiv, h.e. non prcesens tumultus.
ob ttoXci irapwv Schiitz. ob wiXag
xapiiv or ob Zofioig irapi>v Butler.
The latter also conjectures <le poXtg
Kaplov ut qui vix aut raro adsit.
Herm. rj fioXig irapwv. Herm. on
Vig. 422. approving the explanation
of the Schol. ob fiatcpav, translates
foris helium esto, sed satis vicinum,
i.e. as Well, explains, non nimis lon-
ginquura, ne eo proficiscentes cives
majoribus incommodis premantur,
neve procul a patriae finibus morian-
tur. This is giving the sense of
fioXig ob to ob jxoXig, which cannot
mean sufficiently near, but not a
little, i.e. entirely near, which is
evidently a contradiction to Ovpalog
t'orw. It may be better to take
wapu>v not as meaning nearness of
locality, but as denoting that which
is present to, or exists in, the state,
in the same way as the messenger in
P. 322, speaking of evils which had
happened afar off, says, noXXtiv irap-
ovTiav 6Xiy airayyeXXw KaKa, i.e.
of many which exist. We may then
translate, " let war be abroad, and
MOPO
let there be as much of it as there
may," i.e. provided war be with foreign
states, we do not mind how much of
it is carrying on, but let us avoid in
testine war. The negative ob in ob
fioXig, after the imperative, is used
because the two words form only one
notion, cf. Soph. Aj.1131. and see
Herm. App. Vig. iv.
MoXotraog Molossian, MoXo<r<ra Sa-
ireb'a P.V. 831. the Molossian plains.
MoXttti song, A. 106. E. 995. 999.
MoXntjc'oi' like a song, P. 381.
Mo^uj>ri reproach, S.o.T. 1001.
Moi'apx'a the rule of one man,
S.c.T.863.
Movapxpg a single ruler, P.V.324.
Movag alone, P.V. 720.
Movoycvr)g an only child, A. 872.
MovoBovg having only one tooth,
P.V. 798.
Mov6vi; left by one's partner, P.
135.
MovoicXavTog performed by the
lamentations of one, S.c.T. 1056.
Movojjxrxpg fighting in single com
bat, S.c.T. 780.
Movoppvdfiog adapted only for
one, S.959.
Movog alone, only, P. 624. 824. A.
815.1597. C.853. (see fyeSpog) E.791.
S.240.729. fiovov lr\ P.V.423. fiovov
yap icipSog iv TcdvrjKOtri S.c.T. 666.
(see KipSog.) fiovov adv. only, P.V.
209.624.851. C. 242. S. 990.
Movoo-Kr/Trrpog occupied by one ruler
only, S.369.
Movo(TTi(ir)g walking alone, C.757.
Movovv to leave alone, pass, fiovia-
Beiaa S.730.
Movofpovpog guarding alone, A.
248.
Mov6(j>p(iiv single in opinion, A. 735.
Movo\pT]<l>og deciding by his single
vote, S.368. Comp. Pind. Nem. x.6.
where it is said of Hypermnestra,
fxovo\pa(f>ov iv kovXew Karaoypiaa
i,i<bog.
Moptfiog appointed, C. 356.
Mopogfate, P.V.248. A.1117. death,
P.V.680. S.c.T. 181.365.571.679.686.
P.361. 436.438.470. A. 320. 1219. 1270.
2g
 MOPS ( 226 )
1294. 1354. 1389. 1474. 1580. 1582. 1610.
1617. C. 18. 294. 435.438. 475.824.828.
898.914.982.983. E. 26. 478. 606.610.
709.730. S.63.785.965. pi. S.C.T.402.
trwriip, r) fiopov liirw; CACflO.ormust
I call him death? h.e. a cause of
death. iyuraro fiopov aurjj S.c.T.
733. one who became his death, fiopov
tS>v ol^ofiivbiv alow SoKifius iroXv-
Trtvdrj P. 539. 1 take up (sc. as a sub
ject for lamentation) the fate of the
departed.
Mopo-ipoc ordained by fate, ap
pointed, P.V.935. E.208. S. 46. 1032.
to fiopaifiov that which is fated,
S.c.T. 245 263. C. 101. 457. fatal,
deadly, A. 1018. S.768. ftoptrtfi aw
opvidwv oliiav A . 152. things portended
by the birds.
Mopfii form, figure, appearance,
P. V. 21. 78. 447. 646. 647. E. 184. S. 491.
woXX&v ovofiaTbiv fwp<l) fila P.V.
210. one person under many names.
Mdp(j>u>fia id. A.1192.E.390.Kaorw
fiop<j>iofian A. 847. in each body.
Movvio\p one-eyed, P.V. 806.
Movffa a muse. Movaat S.678.
song or music, E. 298.
Movaofifirtop the mother of the Mu
ses, P.V. 459. epithet of M.vr)fti), or
Mnemosyne, as mother of the Muses,
h. e. the chief source of all sciences
and arts.
MoxOnfia a labour, Ovnrole b'iac'6-
)(Ot fio\dnfiaT(ov P.V. 462. relieving
mortals in their labours.
MoxOripoe miserable, wretched,
S.c.T. 239. C.741.
Moxdos labour, pains, suffering,
P.V.99.244.314. 383. 539. 758.915. 1028.
A. 541.1644. C. 514. 908.1016.1065. E.
239.481. S.348.
MoxXos a bolt or bar. wvXag fio\-
Xme xa^-"-Te C.866. open them by
(sc. by drawing) the bolts.
MviaXeoc moist, P.531. See riy-
yeiv.
MvlpoKTv-xiiv to forge a mass of
metal, P.V. 366.
MueXo's marrow, A. 76.
Mvfctv to mutter, utter the sound
fiv fiv E. 117. Xivofiov rt Kal fivovtrtv
MYSI
oiKTiafibv woXvv id. 180. mutter in
piteous accents. See Xevofios.
MvOiiodai to say, speak, S.275.
to command, P.V. 667.
MvOoc a word, speech, narrative,
P.V.503.644.660.688. 828.956. S.C.T.
1042. P. 150.158.684. C.444.547. E.82.
652.975. S.271. 442.a proverb, rpi-
yipu>v jxvQoq rdSt (fiwvci C.312. the
subject of narration. 7raira aKovor/
fivdov kv f3pa\ei Xoyw P. 693. C. 164.
732.opposed to tpyat. ipyif kovk in
fiiiOui P.V. 1082. in deed, no longer in
word.
MvOovadai to speak, A. 1341.
MvKdo-Bai to low. perf. mid. fiifivKt
S.347.
Miixrifta a roaring, P.V. 1064.
Mukovoc name of an island, P. 859.
MvicrnpoKOftwoc proudly emitted
through the nostrils, snorting, S.c.T.
446.
Mvpaiva a myrcena, C.988. From
the connexion of the myraena (Angl.
lamprey) with the viper, a species of
myrsena was produced, of which the
bite was fatal. Hence it is applied
to a malignant person. Cf. Blomf.
Gloss.
Mvpicte ten thousand in number,
i.e. innumerable, P. 891.
Mupier^c through innumerable
years, P.V. 94.
Mvpi6vTap~xpQ a leader of ten thou
sand, P. 306.955.
Mvpioi ten thousand, P. 294. fivpta
fii/pia wefiwatrrav P. 943. reckoning
them by ten thousand at a time. Cf.
TTtfnraorriQ, and see Herod, vii. 60.
fivpioi innumerable, P.V.509.539.
Mi/pHiwroc having eyes innumerable,
P.V.567.
Mvpp-nt, an ant, P.V. 451.
Mu<ray^a a pollution, an abomina
ble thing, S. 979. See evwerfis.
Mv0ioeMysian,l?.31i. rbMvaiov
1011. the Mysian strain. Schol. ol
yap Mvctoi Kal ol Q>pvyiQ fiaXiora. clai
dprivnriKoi. Eustath. in Dionys.
Perieg. v. 791. quoted by Stanl.
toiovtoi (sc. OpnvrjTiKoi) Sc Kal ol <bpv-
yte, in 2e Kal ol Mv<rot" dto Kal 'At
 MYSO (227 ) NAYT

o\v\og <pi)<ri, /3da to Mvaiov, ijyovv pi. 171. irovnos fivxfc P.V.841. the
Opfjva. Ionian sea.
Mvaoe a Mysian. pi. Mva&v P. 52. Muwi// a gad-fly, P.V.678. S.301.
S.544. Moi/itiaOai to blame, chide, A. 268.
Miaou pollution, guilt, C. 640. 961. Mi>fieyoe (part, of obs. verb /mm)
E. 186. 356.423.803.834. desiring, C. 44. 435.
Mi>x<oc sinuous, formed like a gulf Mw/iijrdc deserving blame, S.c.T.
or bay, P. 854. 490.
MvxpOev from the inner part of the Mur a particle of interrogation,
house, C.35. irtXavu fiv\6Qe.v A. 96. A.1176. S. 412. with subj. C.175.
a ca&e brought from the inner (i.e. Dind. remarking ou this constr. re
the women's) apartments. See Blomf. fers to Matth. Gr. Gr. 606.
Gloss. Mtopalvtiv to play the fool, with
Mu^de <^e inner part of anything, ace. irtipav Tr)v$' ifxaipaye P. 705.
a recess, P. V. 134.431.451. the inte made this foolish attempt.
rior part of a house, temple, etc. C. Miopia folly, A. 1655.
440. (see noXvaivoe.) 790. E. 39. 163.

N
Nat an affirmative particle yes, P. NavicXripelv to govern a ship. Met.
724.1028. to govern, S.c.T. 634.
NaUiv to dwell, P. V. 450.796. 7rpde NawAijpoc Met. a governor, S.
il\iov Trriyalg valovtri P V. 811. iv oi- 174.
Kti/xaat vaiovai A. 326.with ace. to Nai/7rd/n-ioc of Naupactus, S.259.
inhabit, P.V.712.958. S.c.T.958. P. Nav7rdpe>c navigable by ships, E. 9.
182. C.795. S.937. NaOc a ship, P.402.414. gen. vj/dc
Nnioe see vrfioe. S.c.T.62. vaoQ Ion. P. 305. 924. A. 871.
Na/xa a stream, P.V.808. VEaieS.C.T. 192.P. 297. 372.402. E. 242.
Ndijoc Naxos, P. 859. S.696.698. dat.vatS.814.840.acc.i/ai;y
tiapdrfKcnr\ijpu>TOSfilling a rod. vap- A. 647.650. S. 753.879. vrjtg P.409.
OrjKOTrXfipwTOv vvpos ir-qynv P.V. 109. va.ee Ion. P. 552. 666. va&v P.V. 729.
ir\i]pu>TOQ is here used in an active P. 19.39.54. 332. 351. 375. 447. 449. 470.
sense, cf. iravaXwroc A.352. aiaKTog 472. A. 219. S.748. vt&v P.V. 729. P.
P. 1025. BopinraXroe A. 116. KaroirroQ 315.326.344.358.405. 411. 442. A. 133.
A. 298. irafiipdapTot C.294. 7rvpyoSa- 178.188. 1200. E. 607. vau<7('P.330. 342.
iktoc P. 105. aicXavoTOG S.c.T. 678. 362.440. acc. vave A. 640. vnae S.725.
adiKTOS E.674. Cf. also irepippvTog vave fiaxpa P. 373. a ship of war.
Eur. Phcen:2l6. on which Musgrave Schol. woXtfwch. vaUv fiaxrj a sea-
compares SUae a0d/3j?ro Soph. CEd. fight, va&v KvSoe /xdxqe P. 447. the
T. 880. &\pav<rros iyxpvt; 962. vvotttoq victory in a sea-fight.
Eur. Hec. 1117. where Porson com NavordXos navigating, S.c.T. 840.
pares moroe P.V. 919. Soph. CEd. Col. See Qtwplg.
1035. (cf. also jEsch. P. 55.) fitfiirrog Nabrne a sailor, S.c.T. 190. S 478.
Trach. 446. afi(j>tvXnKToe Phil. 682. ireos v vaurijeP.705.dat. Ion. vavrnoi
Naudytov a fragment of a wreck, P.V.729. S.c.T.585. Here vabrauri
P. 412. Blomf. Dind.
Nauap^oc a naval commander, P. NavrtKog nautical, belonging to
355. C.712. ships, P. 375. 7 14. A. 620. 646. (on the
Nau/3dr) a sailor, P.973. vav/3d- constr. of the gen. in this passage,
ttiq avrip P.367. Cf. E. 434. adj. na see Lobeck on Aj. v. 716.) S. 436.745.
val, A. 393. 960. fiavrlXoe a sailor, P.V. 466. A. 6l1?
 NAY* ( 228 )
873.1207. C.200.adj. belonging to
ships. vavriXuiv atXixarmv A. 1417.
Here vavTiK&v Cas.
Nau^paKToc defended by ships.
vaifpaKToe "Apng P. 912. war waged
at sea. vav<j>paKrov SfitXov P. 986. the
crews of the fleet.
NtayyEXroc recently announced,
C.725.
Neafcic to be young, to act with
violence as a young man, S.98. See
OaXXoc. <piXel tIktuv vfipiQ iraXaia
viaovaav kv icaicoic (ipoTtiv vfipiv A.
742. In this passage the participle
vta^ovaav has its peculiar force, sig
nifying that restless activity for mis
chief common in youth, whence the
words vtavuvtoOai, vtaftiv, etc. are
used to express anything rash or in
solent. The meaning is, a first crime
begets another crime, exerting itself
mischievously in the ruin of those
subjected to it. kv KaKolt (iporiov is
not the same as kv to'iq Kauris fiporuiv
or kv KaKo'ie flporoig, hut refers to
the misfortunes of those men who
are made to suffer hy the crimes
spoken of. Schiitz rightly under
stands v/3fue iraXaia of the rape of
Helen, and veaovaav vfipiv of the
unjust and destructive war by which
Paris sought afterwards to support
his unlawful act. See vcapog.
Nea/ptroc newly taken, A. 1033.
1035.
Neavic a young girl, P.V.706. E.
917.
Ntapos young, youthful, A. 76. a
youth, A. 350. veapolQ 1485. vtapa(j>a-
ov kotov A. 745. Here the reading is
corrupt. Various emendations have
been proposed, e.g. veapa rpvet kotov
Heath, vcapa (j>vet Kopov Butl. veoppa-
<bij okotov or vtapoipar) okotov Herm.
(j>aovs kotov is corrupt, notwithstand
ing Klausen's fruitless attempt to ex
plain it, coll. v.378. If conjecture is
to be admitted, we should prefer fvu
<tk6tov. The poet seems to be com
paring the dark and fatal conse
quences of crime, with the light and
cheering condition of the just. Thus
NEIP
he says that Ska Xafiirei or shines in
the poor houses of the just, but
speaks of crime as throwing a gloom
over the palaces of the wicked, fic-
XcuVac neXaOpotatv. This usage of
(tkotos and <j>aoQ, or of similar words,
to express the opposite ideas of misery
and happiness, is too common to re
quire illustration. Cf. fieXayxiTiay
(ppffv P. 114. [it\av6xph>e KapBia S.
766. kv faei KapSiag .496. iaifiamv
faos fitya P. 292. Hence if light be
spoken of as the result of justice, it
must be the absence of light, or dark
ness, which is alluded to, as following
upon crime. Three progressive stages
appear to be intended: 1. the ori
ginal act of crime, v/3pi n-a.Xaid.
Next, a second act engendered by
this first, vta^ovaav vfipiv (see vta-
(etv). 3. sooner or later, tot rj rod',
orav to Kvpiov fioXn, that mental illu
sion or art) so often spoken of by the
Greeks, which urges men blindly
forward to the commission of one
crime after another, till suddenly it
involves them in darkness and de
struction. The words Zaifiova rt,
k.t.X. are a kind of epexegesis to the
former. Hermann rightly changes
tov into rav, as agreeing with the
feminine elSofiivav.
Nt/3pdc a fawn, E. 111. 237.
Nt/icj/ quarrel, ayiov vcUng ira-
Xaiae A. 1351. Herm. wishes to re
store vcIktis for vIkvq in E. 863. So
Dind.
Neikoc id. S.c.T.887.919. A. 148.
S.294.353.447.913.
Nfi\o0p>/c warmed or cherished
by the Nile, S.67.
NtTXoe the Nile, P. V.814. 849.854.
P.34.303. S.556. 857.1004.
NttXwrec of the Nile, xdova Ntt-
Xtirtv P.V.816.
Ntt'pa the lower part of the belly,
the belly, A. 1458. Here the vulg.
is velpct, as from a nom. in oq. This
has been rightly altered by Casau-
bon into velpn, which should rather
be, as Well, observes, vupa. Hesych.
explains it KoiXia kaxarn. It is pro-
 NEKP ( 229 )
perly an adjective. Cf. Horn. II. t.539.
vtialpn Z' iv yaorpl.
NeKpoBiyfiwy the receiver of the
dead, P.V. 153.
Netcpog dead, S.c.T.819. P.602. A.
1360. C.568. E.96.569. adeadbody.
HoXvvdicovg vcicpov S.c.T. 1004. Cf.
S.c.T.819. P. 264.413. 804. A.645.1360.
1378.1481. C.568. 992.
Nt^tiv to give or assign, P.V. 229.
292. E.379. S.398. ttov dpdaog vifiug
ifjioi; S.500. where do you provide
for my security ? Kpdrog vifioi yv-
vaify S.1054. to maintain or che
rish, finrpde finlafiov ri/Jiag vifitiv
E.594. not to preserve respect for his
mother, \a\vv laoirai&a vi/Jtovreg A.
75.to regulate or move. 6 iravra
vifiiDV Zevg P.V.524. o'iaica vifiwv A.
776. a.trirlc'a vifXiov S.C.T.572. yXGxj-
oav iv rv\a vifiiav A.671. pass. i>g
iroXig cv vifioiro S.655.to occupy,
enjoy. riftag vifieiv E.717. Here
Wakef. and Schiitz read fiiveiv. Well.
cf. Soph. (Ed. 7. 202. 238. 578. Aj. 995.
Troktv vifiovreg E. 879.971. vijxi-
adai mid. v. to occupy or inhabit,
P.V. 410. 420. S.c.T.215. E.72.
Ntpto-te a feeling of indignation or
jealousy, rl rale vi/xctrig arvyCi ;
S.c.T. 217. wherefore does anyfeeling
of indignation censure this ? viz. to
worship the gods. Heath with great
probability corr. rig raSe, (so Dind.)
but rl raSe codd. edd. Blomf. com
pares II. ,. 80. oil yap rig vi/xetrig
<f>vyiciv kcikov. Cf. also y. 156. ov vi-
fxtoig, TpHag ical iiiKvnfjlSag 'A\aiovg
| rotyS' t'tfKju yvvaud iroXiiv j(p6vov
ctXyta Ka.ayziv.
NepeTtop an assigner, sc. of jus
tice, S.cT. 467.
Ncoyauog newly married, A. 1152.
Ncoyevrig newly born, C.532.
Ntoyvdc id. A. 1135.
Nedfy>E7n-oe newly gathered, S. 329.
N<j<Spo7roc id. S.349.
Neovyrig newly yoked, P.V. 1011.
NtdSijXoc sucking as an infant, E.
428.
NeoKorog strange, novel, S.c.T. 785.
P.252. See under iraXtyKOTog.
NE02
Ntoicpac newly mixed or joined.
Met. vcoKpara (plXov C.340. " Nihil
aliud hie significat quam recentem,
novum, h.e. nuper advectum ami-
cum." Butler Pors. on Eur. Med.
138. compares Her. iv. 152. <j>i\iai
(TWicpridr)(Tav, and vii. 151.
NeoXala the youth of a city, S.669.
P. 657.
NtoTraOqe fresh from suffering, E.
489.
Ntdn-roXie newly founded, E. 657.
Ntdppuroc newly moistened, A. 1324.
Niog new, fresh, P.V. 95. 149. 170.
233.310. (see ixSapfio^eaOai), 437.944.
957.962. S.C.T.345. 352.722. P. 654. 971.
A. 85.467. 655.1072.1459. C. 13. 163.826.
E. 195. 339. 468. (see Karaarpoipy), 691.
S. 62. 337. 350. 458. 693. 928. 994.young,
S.c.T.17.309.1002. P. 13. (see (Sav-
&iv) A.268.1191. C.746.822. E.145.
701.youthful, P. 730. childish,C. 768.
vtiirepog younger, more recent, C.
169. E. 156. 748. 775. vlov adv. re
cently, oorig av viov Kparrj P.V. 35.
Cf. id. 389.957. A. 1608. 'in P. 786.
Stp^ng 2' ifiog xalg <Sv viog via tppo-
vcl, the two last words are by some
considered as corrupt, on account
of the lengthening of the short
syllable in via before <ppovci. Por-
son on Orest. 64. states his opi
nion thus : ubi verbum in brevem vo-
calem desinit, eamque duce conso-
nantes excipiunt, quae brevem manere
patiantur, vix credo exempla indubice
fidei inveniri posse, in quibus syllaba
ista producatur. Agreeably to this,
Erfurdt on Soph. Aj. 1109. corrected
by transposition fporei via. This is
approved by Hermann and Monk on
Hipp. 1284. but to this separation of
viog and via Wellauer justly objects.
Elmsley on Eur. Her. 387. where rat
fidX' oil trfwepov fpovtiv is read, con
jectures viov (ppovel, which Herm. on
Aj.1099. and Lobeck on the same
passage, rightly deny to be Greek,
the plural being always used with
<j>povtiv in this sense, from which the
expressions piya or afuxpov <ppove7v
are entirely different. Reisig. conj.
 NEOS ( 230 )
veoippovci. Well, vecuppovei. Lobeck
appears to be right in supposing Por-
son's canon not to have been always
observed by the tragic writers. Cf.
P.V. 612. where see Well.-
NtooTraSqe newly drawn,, E.42.
Neoairopog newly sown, E.629.
No<r<roc the young of a bird,
S.c.T.485. hence, any offspring, ira-
rpoc veoooovq C. 254. 494. tvtrov vioo-
ab<: Xeuis A. 799. h.e. the armed men
issuing from the wOmb of the horse.
Neorofioe newly cut, C.25.
Neorpo^oc young, infantine, A. 706.
Neovv to renew, S. 529. See alvoe.
Neox/ioc new, P.V.150. P. 679.
Ntpfle below, P. 631. C.40. with gen.
P.V.152.
Ntprtpoc lower. vcprip<f kwttt) A.
1600. See /taijri) and (vyoQ. vtprepot
those below or in the shades, vepripwv
vfivovq P.611. vtpripoiQ dto'iQ P.614.
C. 15. (see peiXtyfia) 399.
Neiifia a nod, S.368.
Ne^t'Xij a cloud, S.c.T.211.
Nt>oc id. S. 761.774.
News a temple, P. 796.
Nj<5ue the belly, C.746. E.133.
the womb, E.635.
N^Voc naval, ofa ship. Dor. vatoi-
<siv tfifio\at. P.271. S. 2.806. avSpec
vrfioi S.700.
Ntjtrcu a gate at Thebes so called,
S.c.T. 442.
N?j\5e unmercifully, C.240. So
Elmsl. Blomf. Dind. in P.V. 240.
where the vulg. is avnXiUc.
Nj/Xijc unmerciful, P.V. 42.
N;/iEprqc true, P. 243. Glasg. va-
fieprrj, which Herm. on Soph.Trach.
172. considers to have been the form
preferred by the tragics. Blomf. re
tains vrifieprij as more consistent with
analogy, thus, vtittoivoc, vnvcfios, vr\-
yperog, etc. vrffitprrj is the reading of
all the MSS. and Edd. but Dind.
prefers vafxeprrj. See his note on
Trach. 172.
Ni'ive/AOG without wind, A. 552. 720.
N^7rioe childish, P.V.44I.
Nnai&Tie of an island, P. 382.
Nr;<Toe an island, P. 299. 301.360.
NOMI
439.443.450. A. 275. vaaog Dor. P.589.
856.
NijoTishungry , P.V. 573.bringing
or producing hunger. vi\aTiaiv ai/c'euc
P.V.602. Kvoai vriariSee A. 186. irovoe
vjjorie A. 322. vrjariv voaov 989. vr\-
ariStc c~vai 1604. vrfarig Xtp.de C.248.
N;0a\(O made without wine, E.
107.
NtKav to conquer, be victorious, to
prevail, A. 120. 137. 154.1397. C.877.
890.1048. E.692.711.931. S.210.to
vikSjv P. 143. the victor. S61;a vutffoei
(plXwv C.672. will prevail, vnctji 6
n-pwToe kcu TcXevraloi Spapuv A. 305.
See TtXlVTCUOg. VtK<ji to Kipioq A.
560. outweighs. opKoig to. prf SiKaia
pi) vik&v Xiyto E.410. / desire you
not to gain any unjust advantage by
means of oaths. with ace. <p6fioe /</'/
at viKarit) typtvaQ E. 88. 128. pass, vi-
moBai to be beaten, overcome, A. 915.
C.877. perf. vtvUnade E.762. part.
viKWfitvoe S.C.T.496. P.302. C. 1019.
with gen. ipipov viKwpcvoe S.98.
dat .vttvif viKtofitvoG A. 282. 333. 569.886.
N<V)j victory, S.c.T.698. A. 828.916.
C. 471. 835. 1012. E.863.963. S.929.
NtKij^tipoc bringing victory, C. 146.
E.455. Sopoe vucnipopov E.747. victo
rious in fight.
TUlvhim, P.V. 55. 333. 674. 998. S.c.T.
397.466.642.646. P.834. A. 157.510.
662. 877. 1258.1357. 1522. 1536. 1628. C.
170. 187 . 362. 434. 755. 777. 797. 892. E.
17.437.894. her, it, fem. P.V. 46.
S.C.T.651. A. 932. 1012. 1205. C.541.
543.937.991. E.512. S.305. it, neut.
C.537.pi. them, S.710.
Ni<7oc proper name, C.610.
Nc^dc a snow storm, P.V. 995.
Met. S.c.T.195.
N^E<r6at to snow, S.c.T. 194.
No/idc wandering or nomadic, S.
281. P.V. 711.
Nopevpa a pasturage, A. 1390.
Nopifaiv to practise or follow, ap-
yvpooreprj jiiov vopi^uiv C.997.to
recognise or acknowledge, koivov t\-
6og vop.i%0fj.tv C.99. 0OVC VOflll^lOV
obSapov P. 490. esteeming the gods of
no account. Cf. Soph. Ant. 183. vo~
 NOMI ( 231 )
fxifciv Ocovq is peculiarly used in the
sense of believing in the gods. See
Blomf. Gloss. Hence the pun in
Arist. Nub. 247. deol fi/j-lv vofiitrfi ovk
ioriv. fiyeiaOat is used in the same
sense, ef. Pors. on Eur. Hec.788.
to think, esteem, ofi/ia tii/iwi' vo\il(,a>
Zeairorov irapovatav P. 165. pass.
vo/xiieirOai to be customary or in use.
olcnrep rofiiferai A. 1016. Cf. E.32.
ottov to -^aipsiv ixnSa/xov vofilfcrai E.
401.
Nofiifiog lawful. I'ojnjM lawful rites,
S.c.T.316. See hifioSpo7ros.
Jiofiia/xa a custom or usage, S.c.T.
251. a law, P. 845. See wvpyivog.
Nd/uoe law, established usage, S.
383. P.V. 150. 402. C.91. 148.394.984.
E.92. (see Lk) 164.426.663.748.775. S.
383.385.658. Xafj.iraSrj(j>6p(i)v vofioi A.
303. the regular successions of beacon
fires.custom, manner, yvvaucdu) vo-
fiu> A. 580.vofih) according to custom,
A. 1180. Here Butl. irjXBirriv bfiov.
Kara vdfiovQ atyueropiov S.238. ro'iaiv
'TEXXriviav vdfioiQ S. 217. Kiaaiae vofioi-
ai 7ro\tfit(TTpta C. 418.a measure in
music,a strain. virvoSorav vofwv P.V.
575. top 6i,vv vofiov S.C.T. 935. vojiov
avofiov (see avofioo) A. 1113. Kpttcrbv
vdfiov C.809. opdioiQ iv vojxoiq A.
1124. 'laovioioi. vofioiai S.66. See
'laoviog.
Nooc the mind, P.V. 163. contr.
vovc P.V. 392. S.C.T.604. C.731.
Nofffjv to be sick or diseased, P.V.
378.700.980 rijle rrj vbaif voaCiv
P.V. 384.
Hoan/xa disease, malady, P.V. 224.
688.980.
N6<roe id. of the body, P. V. 47 1 . 476.
481. C. 277. 280.556. 667. of themind, P.
736. A. 528. P.V. 249.384. 107 1 . gene
rally, any evil affection or calamity,
P.V. 384. 599. 609. 635. A. 167. 809. 824.
989. fiefinvoT oil afwcpav voaov P.V.
979. affected with no slight madness.
Hpac tTrifiovkovQ voaovQ S. 582. the
insane eagerness of Juno against
you. yrj(; voaov Tpiaivav P.V. 926.
the trident which shakes the ground,
aicapiroc voaos E. 903. the plague of
NYKT
sterility. &(j>eproe voooq E. 457. an
intolerable calamity.
NdoTi/ioe belonging to a return, vo-
orifiov <f>aos P. 255. the day of my
return, voarifiov o-wrrjpt'ac a safe
return, P.783. A. 334. 1211.return
ing, el vooTifioQ yt Kai (Tccruxr/iivoe
iraXiv rfcti A. 604.
Ndffroc a return, P. 8.846. 898. A.
786.961.
Noo-tpifatv to deprive, with gen.
Ntffoi' rpi\6e vootylaaaa C.611.to
deprive (of life), to kill, with ace.
yvvaiKOQ jjfrie avfipa vooty'ion C.202.
cf. id. 432. Kai to. rove" ivbotyiat S.c.T.
968. Here Well. conj. kol\ toS ivb-
a<piae. So Dind.pass. ivoartyiaOne
C.484.
Nder^ij' without, S.236.
Ndrtoc moist, watery, P.V. 400.
Noroe the south wind, rain, ^alpov-
aav ovdtv i\aaov rj Aw vary yav, tl
o~iroprjTOS koXvkos iv Xo^eifiam. A.
1364. Here Pors. Sioah'ory yavci.
So. Dind. See yavav.
Novdereiv to admonish, P.V. 264.
NovdiTn/J-a advice, P. 816.
No5c. See vooe-
Noutroc S. 667. Dor. for vd<roc,qu.v.
Nwicrepdc nocturnal, of night, P.V.
799. P. 172. A. 4- Met. WKTipbv tcXoc
S.c.T.349. death.
NvKTijyoptiodai to hold an assem
bly by night, S.c.T.29. See wpoo-fio-
Xi,.
Nu(a-j)p^)jc concealed by night, dark
or gloomy, A. 447.
Nwicr/7r\ayio-oc restless at night,
A. 12. causing restlessness at night,
id. 321. C.517. WKriirXayKTOV opdlbiv
KeXivafiaTiav id. 740. disturbing me
by night with his loud cries. The
whole passage, which is one of some
obscurity, stands thus : ra fxkv yap
aUa rXn/ioviiis tfvrXovv Katca" tyiXov
2' 'Opcorijv, rjje ififjs 4/vX?ic rpifii'iv,
ov i^idpEXpa firjTpodcv dtSeyfievn, Kai
WKriwXayKTOv 6p0iu>v KeXeva/xaTOJv,
Kai woXXa Kai fio\0^p' avh><piXr)T i/xol
rXdoTj.TtdyrjKOTOg fie vvv raXaiva
KtiiQofiai C. 737752. Well, un
derstands wKrlirXayKTov as if it were
 NYKT ( 232 ) NYXI

ro vvKrlirXayKTOv, h.e. nocturna va- Nvju^ticdc belonging to a virgin.

gatio, which is quite inconsistent with MfupiKtZv LSwXliov C.69. a virgin's
the genius of the language. It is chamber. See o'iyetv.
also usual to place a mark of aposio- NvfiipioQ a new-married person,
pesis after ^Ziyfiivr], by which the vvfupiovg S.c.T.739. a wedded pair.
following lines can only be explained NvfitpoxXavTOG to be mourned over
as a very awkward anacoluthon, as a bride, A. 729. or, as Blomf.
hardly admissible upon the suppo observes, sponsis deflenda, compar
sition of the words of the speaker ing Hor. iv. 4.68. See 'Eptvviie.
being rendered irregular through NvfitpoTl/jioc celebrating espousals,
emotion. A mistake seems to have A. 688.
arisen from supposing <piXov 2' 'OpcV- Niv forovv A. 911. therefore, then,
rnv, k.t.X. to be in opposition to nx bpa vvv, i*i not tclvt apwya (paiverai
fiev yap aXXa TXnfiovoiQ ijvTXovv Kaica. P.V.999. P.997. 1005. 1023. C.329.
It will be better to suppose the lines NOv now, at present, P. V. 47.61.
beginning <piXov 2' 'Opiornv to indi 64. 76. 82. 151. 253. 275. 279. 313. 325.
cate 'part of the naica or sufferings 332.363.469.505.593.705.742.917.922.
referred to in v. 737. and the opposi 960. S.C.T. 10. 21.24. 98. 173. 224. (but
tion to be deferred till verse 752. see Blomf. not. in loc.) 228. 399.
in which she alludes to his death 637.651. 690. 772. 789. P. 154. 321 . 397.
as an inconceivably greater calamity 427.524. 540. 698.729.782.787.864.885.
than all her other sufferings, whether 1005. A.8. 20.67. 100. 270. 494. 498.518.
on account of the woes of the fami 536.577.584.657.779.792.825.869.879.
ly, or of the toil which she underwent 1083. 1132. 1248. 1311 . 1386. 1433. 1454.
as the nurse of the infant Orestes. 1560. C.56. 115.130.212. 261.675.685.
With'Opton/i' in v.738. we must supply 686.713. seqq. 752. 759.763.772.846.870.
'i(j>epov or some such word from ijvr- 970.987. 1009. 1030. 1069. E. 30. 67. 1 16.
Xovv. v.740. is to be referred to v. 243.277.384.468.569.716.734.738.995.
738. and Kal taken in the sense of 999. S.40.49. 164. 175.204. 209. 218. 315.
Kaiirep wo\\a Kal fioy(6tipa likewise 503.1045. vvv ore S.c.T.687. S.625.
are governed by tjvtXow or Z<pepov. see ore. used to mark opposition to
The sentence being then interrupted a preceding hypothesis. P.V. 157. el
by a long parenthesis, the opposition yap fx biro yrjv ?)ke vvv $' aldipwv
is finally introduced in v. 752. Trans Kivvy/ia, k.t.X. P.V.757. cf. A. 1001.
late, for all other sufferings I bore NiE, night, P.V. 24. S.c.T.372.382.
with fortitude : yes (I bore with) the 385. P. 293. 349. 370. 376. 420. 487. 510.
dear Orestes, my soul's delight, whom A. 22.639. C. 63. 286. 649. 804. S.750.
I brought up, having received him 751. vvktoq by night, P. 198. Night,
at his birth, albeit disturbing me at personified, w firjrep vvt, E.312. Cf.
night by his rousing cries, and many A. 346. E. 394.715.760.787. 808. 839.987.
other sufferings beside (I bore pa Nv-^ioq nocturnal, A. 574. vv%iav
tiently for him) without advantage irXaica P.914. Here some under
(as they have proved) to me after stand, the western region, i.e. Sala-
having endured them : but now, mis, westward to the Persians. So
alas ! I hear of his decease. Butler, from the Schol. Ivtiktiv.
NvKriaefivoQ solemnized at night, Schiitz more correctly translates it,
E. 106. nocturnam, i.e. funestam, infaustam.
Nvm'^otroe coming by night,F.V.660. He understands vv%iav irXaKa of the
NvKTi<j>povpriToc watching by night, sea, coll. 412. and tvaZaifxova atcrav
P.V.864. of the island of Psyttaleia, coll. 439.
Nv/jipri a bride, A. 1 152.a nymph, seqq. and observes, " KclpeaOai, de-
E.22. meti, ad utrumque pulchre refertur.
 Niien
In maris enim aequore naves et mili-
tes classiarios, in insula Psyttalea
equites peditesque demessuerant
Graeci." It is better to understand
both TrXaica and aicrav of the same,
sc. of the island. The more definite
notion aicrti, is added to explain the
less definite 7r\aKa, according to the
rule proposed by Heyne on Georg.
ii. 192. See Lobeck on Soph. Aj.145.
tov vv-^iov C.716. him that is of the
night, h.e. Orestes, whose approach
has been secret as that of a thief by
night, tov viixwv is usually applied
to Mercury, as addressed under both
titles of %d6viog and tov vv\tov. But
to say nothing of the presence of
the article with vu^tov, which seems
to indicate some person well known,
but obscurely referred to, there does
not seem sufficient reason to apply,
with Miiller,the epithet vvxt-og to 'Ep-
Havdog proper name, P. 956.
BavOog yellow, P. 609.
Stivog S.c.T.924. see tvos-
iEtevacoe concerning strangers, E.
613.
Sivtog pertaining to strangers.
Zevlov ardfiarog S.623. Zeviav Tpa-
ize.av A. 390. the hospitable table.
Zevg Ziviog Jupiter, the protector of
strangers, and of the rights of hos
pitality, A.61.353. S.657. ret &via
hospitality, entertainment. i,ivia ira-
ptV^e Saira iratStluv Kpttiv A. 1572.
he gave him as his entertainment a
meal of his children's flesh.
Bevog Ion. tivog. foreign. XP"C
fl i,ivt\ ipvyag S. 199.6 irovrtog ,tivog
o-iSapog S . c.T. 924 . ivog XaXvfiog Sw-
duiv aTrotKog id. 709. prosop. for iron.
strange, ,ivovg \6yovg P.V.691.
a stranger, a foreigner, P.V. 718.
S.C.T.907. A.1272. 1288. C. 218. 553.
555.568.646.651.657.663.669.689.692.
699. 719. 723. 730. 827.835. 996. E. 193.
260.387,414.630.650.718. S. 192.495.
682.895. fem. fyvn A. 924. 1032. 1064.
( 233 ) SI<DO
fiijQ, as " the god of nocturnal fraud."
Herm. strikes out yQovwe as a gloss
on vvyiog. Blomf. more correctly un
derstands vv^loq of Orestes, whose
coming has been secret, and, as it were,
by night. The construction is, aic/tufai
ireidio (jo\La, (cucfiafci) Si xdoviov 'Ep-
fiijv ^vyKarafirjvat ical (<poBtv(rat tov
vv-^iov ToiaSc ^KpodriXriToiatv aySxri
h.e. it is the hour for Mercury
yflovtog (qu. v.) to come down with
us and to guide the dark stranger to
this murderous attempt.
NwOije foolish, compar. P.V.62.
N<i)/zav to guide or move, S.c.T.3.
524.P.312. A.756.C.161.283 to con
sider, S.c.T.25.
Ni>vvfiog nameless, P. 964.
Nu>Tieiv to traverse the surface,
A.277.
N<5ro the back. iriirTti aoipakig
oho" iirl vuTip S.85. vuirotg P.V. 428.
E. 630. pi. S. 274. an entertainer, the
word being used both of the stranger
who comes to a country, and of the
people whom he meets with there,
they being eVoi to each other. %tvoi-
aiv iSS' tvSalfioiri yvtoarog ytviadai
K(H fcvwdrjvat C.691.
SevoTl/xog honouring strangers, E.
518.
ScvovaOat to receive with hospita
lity, S.905.pass, to be so received,
fcvwdijvai C.691.
Eipt-qg Xerxes, P. 5. 140.152. 195.
291.333.348.457.542.704.740.720.768.
818.887.
Enpog dry, S.c.T.678. On this
Matthias rightly observes, " fapa op-
fiara non sunt rife 'Apag, sed Eteoclis,
qui quum interitus Laii families fato
constitutus sit, nulla re ad iram mol-
liendam commoveri potest."
lH!i(pr]<p6pog sword-bearing, C.577.
!Ei(poo'ri\r)Tog injuring with the
sword, C.718. A. 1510.
Si(pog a sword, P.V. 865. A. 1324.
1636. C. 630.1006. E.42.
2 H
 OT*0
BupovXicos drawing the sword, E.
562.
ISovBoq brown, tawny, A. 1118.
Svyycvt/g see avyyivr\c. For uv
and its compounds E,vyyevi)g, i,vy-
yiyvctrdai, etc. see ovv, avyyiri\Q,
etc.
( 234 ) ()
SvXovpyla the art of working in
wood, P.V. 449.
tSvvog common, of common interest,
S.c.T.76. wi) in common, S.360.
ISvpov a razor, etti vpov ireaewdai
C.870. See irtXag.

o
O as an exclamation, o, 6, 6 S. the substantive likewise, e. g. tov tv-
805. pavvov rov viov P.V. 944. or not pre
fixed, e.g. "Abov tov vcKpodeyfiovog
'O, fi, to, the definite article, used
in various connexions, e. g. 1. as P.V. 153. In S.c.T.200. for rot> rijc
a demonstrative pronoun, e.g. 6 2' Schiitz conj . avrovg. But see Wunderl.
evdiig us iJKOvae P. 353. tov b" oVuic Obss. p. 159. who cf. Ag. 330. Dind.
bpq. Slp^ns id. 194. to'iq b" bfxoiptovovsuspects that the verse preceding this
a'iXivov eliri A. 153. agreeably with is interpolated. Certainly the ar
these things. Ik bk rfjs Oifiiv E. 2. rangement requires that the whole
after her. to yivovr uv S. 1033. this three verses 198.200. should be as
will be. Cf. P.V. 162. 234. (Here Elmsl. signed to Eteocles, which would ren
roiatS' for to'htiv. So Blomf. Dind.) der the construction of v. 199. even
supposing that a full stop is placed
569. 661 . 818. 837. 858. S.C.T. 179. 367.
518.529.895.913. P. 205. 366.416. 560. (so Well.) after Otwv, peculiarly
harsh and abrupt. 5. with ad
576. 761 . A. 7. 281 . 285. 363. 440. 641.
1048. 1329. 1457. C. 134. 239. 247. 414. verbs used as adjectives, e.g. rfjg
528. 540.811. 1036. (loc. dub.) E. 7. 111.
tot apwyrjs A. 73. dtois roig irapog
132.251.323.630.660.754.781. S. 353. P.V. 403.6. with a preposition and
wpb tov before this, formerly, A. 1117. its case intervening between the ar
Cf. E.440. 2. as a relative pronoun, ticle and the substantive, e.g. rov
e.g."Apyov, tov 'Ep/xijs xalSa yijs ica-a/iif eavriis ddXov i^nyov/iEvris P.V.
TtKraveS.301. Cf. A.512.628. C.596. 704. 7. with the infinitive used as a
substantive, e.g. Sow to t &pxElv Kat
E. 322. 878. 919. S. 162. 262. 516. 579.594.
680. S.c.T. 491. (but Well, refers this to iovXEvtiv bi\a P.V.918. so in re
to the former head ; see his note.) r gimen, e.g. tov ijv CLTrtariprjaE P.V.
wherefore,for which cause, P.V.237 . 684. iv rif TrpodvjXE~ia0aL id. 381. 7rpoc
forne. Trifnroifi' av rjbn TOvbE,avv tv\tito <pavE~ioQai C.411 . in loc. dub. with
bi Tf S.c.T. 454. i.e. tivL 3. It is infin. and negative depending on a
placed with proper names, e.g. ai previous verb, e.g. tfiEpog 6e\,el to
*dpici&c P.V. 796. Tits'Adl)va P. 227. fxfi KTEivai i,vvEvvov P.V. 868. with fir)
with adjective added, e.g. rijs 6p6o- oh P.V. 789. 920. E.874. 8. with par
(iovXov ei/xibog P.V. 18. 4. with ticiples, e.g. rig b fiapTvpr)ou>v ; A. 1487.
nouns, e.g. fi b/xiXia P.V. 40.with who is to bear witness ? 9. with adj .
nouns and adjectives, e.g. fi ttoiki- alone, a subst. part, or other word
Xei/jlwv vvt, P.V.24. or with a word being understood, e. g. iyih o" artfiog
in regimen, e.g. rijv Aids rvpavvlba fi raXaiva E.750. wretched woman
P.V. 10. With 7TO~tO. TO TT0~10V ElipWV that I am, tov i^rjfiov ypovu> S.c.T.
rfjabE tyapfiaicov vooov ; P.V. 249. It 11. sc. ovra. with a neuter adjective
is frequently placed, together with as a substantive, e.g. to ovyyEvig
its adjective, after the substantive, P.V.39. i.qu. r/ ZvyyivEia. 10. with
either the article being prefixed to adverbs, e.g. roue iriXas P.V.335.
 OA ( 235 )
your neighbours. 11. with a preposi
tion and its case, e.g. rivi t>v ki, ov-
pavov P.V.899. one of the heavenly
beings. 12. in the neuter with a
genitive, e.g. to. twv dvpadtv S.c.T.
68. the affairs of those without. Cf.
id. 175.357. P.589.976. A. 32. C 393.
S.595. 1047. periphrastically ra tovBe
for oh S.c.T.968. (see voafifciv) 1038.
13. in speaking of two persons, par
ties, or sets of things, 6 /iiv the one,
one6 Si the other, another, e.g.
fio^OoQ 5' b fikv avriK, 6 h' ijfciC. 1016.
The construction is often varied in
one of the clauses, some other word
being substituted, e.g. <ru piy KaTeixji,
ro'ig S' axoKTUvtiv fiiXti A. 1223. Cf.
P.740. A.1613. E.573. Compare also
as other instances of variation, S.c.T.
46 3.493.498.741. P.800. A. 544. C.60.
seqq.546. So without piv and Si.
roiaiv T) roie irokifiov alpi'itrn viov S.
434. either with one or the other.
without fxev expressed in the former
clause, S.c.T. 308.323.ra pkv-Ta.
Si on the one hand on the other
hand, E. 213. 214. followed by arap in
the second clause, P.V.340. to piv
irpb xpnparuv Krnaiiasv okvoq jiaXuiv
A. 980. fear casting out a part, etc.
Here ptv refers to to Si in v. 990.
the poetical form rci is occa-
eiocally used for oi. e.g. F.560.576.
etc.
'Oo alas, a Persian exclamation,
P. 121.562.570.572. with gen. od, Ilfp-
oikov OTpaTtvfxaTOQ rovSt id. 116. alas
for this Persian host .'
'OflpUaXov the young of an animal,
A. 141.
"Oftpifiog heavy, severe, violent.
fiiaoQ ofipipov dorote A. 1385. avSpHv
ofipipwv KOfi-ira.o-p.aTa.S.c.T.nS. where
Aid. Turn, ofifipipunv.
"Oyra a name of Minerva, S.c.T.
148.469.484. "Oyra was the name
under which Minerva was worshipped
by the Phoenicians, and as such was
introduced at Athens by Cadmus. So
Pausan.Steph Schol.A. TheSchol.
on Pind. Ol. ii. 48. speaks of a vil
lage called "Oyu in Boeotia, where
OAOS
Minerva 'Oyxala was worshipped.
See Stanl. not.
"OBe, ijSc, toSc, k.t.X. this man, wo
man, etc. passim. with a substan
tive and article, e.g. rnvSe Ttjv vtav-
tSa P.V.777. etc.with a substantive
without an article, e.g. rwo' airav-
dpu-oi irayip P.V.20. It is often
used by way of apposition to what
has gone before, e.g. 'ApKrevc, 'ASevr/t
kcu tocpccrrrevne Tpiroe, 0>apvovxi ot0B
vabs Ik fiiae iriaov. Cf. P. 301. BO
in the singular, referring to one sub
ject only, e.g. to S' tvrvxely, too' iv
(JpoTolc. Beoc. re kcu. deou Tr\iov C.58.
Cf. S.c.T. 390. 404. It occurs after
avrip in the preceding line, S.cT. 1029.
but here Pierson's conjecture airi)
has with great probability been
adopted by Glasg. Schiitz, Blomf.
Dind. It is also used to denote
place, and is then equivalent in force
to uSe, e.g. dipvK air aKrije tovS' bpti
A. 479. I see here a herald from the
beach. Cf. P.V.561. S.c.T. 80. 354.
843. P.146. C.720. E.235. S.215.217.
'OSnyi'iy to lead, P.V.-730.
"oSioe seen upon the way, as an
omen, upyldwy bSbov A. 152. SSioy Kpa-
to aiaiov 104. strength derived from
lucky omens seen on the way.
"OSio-fia a road or way, iroXvyop-
<pov oSiarpa vybv apipipaXtov avxivi-
kovtov P. 71. tvyov is here in appo
sition with oliofia, sc. having thrown
it (as) a yoke, etc. Blomf. need
lessly conj. bSiapoii.
'Oc/xi'i a smell. Ion. for doy*i/ P.V.
115.
'Ofonrapoc a wayfarer, A. 875.
'Otioe a way or road, S.c.T.37.
696. C.667. S.697. KaO' bSov E.994.
on the way. a journey or going,
fill Tt irrifiavdiic bSio P.V.334. by
coming, cf. P.V. 708.952. E.740. Sta-
p.it\lat SuifiaTiiiv arvytpixv bS6t> S.c.T.
317. where the ace. is put as an
epexegesis of Siapiixpai Swparuiv.
with cosn. verb, pi) 'Xflpe bSovg raa-
Se S.c.T. 690. rpiiroSag bSovc ariix11
A. 80. walks on three feet. Ik piac
bloii C.70. in one direction. Met.
 OAOY ( 236 ) OIKO

a method or way of proceeding. 6W- violated a virgin's chastity can repair

Trcoia 6S6g A. 1125. the art of divin the loss, so likewise, blood once shed
ing. y\i>aariQ ayaBije biov E.944. cannot be recalled.
'OBovv to lead, P.V.496.815. rbv OJShtoSjjc CEdipus. gen. OiSwrdca
<ppoveiv fipoToiie bSixravra A. 170. who S.C.T. 707. 868. 1047. OlliiroZav 734.
guided mortals into the way of wis Oihiwovc id. gen. OlSiirov S.C.T.
dom. 185.345.636.659.691.783.789.815.961.
'OSuvdotfcu to suffer pain, doWa- ace. OlSltrovv S.c.T.757.
aai yap C. 368. This, which is clearly O'ieo-Oai to think, olofiai C.747.
corrupt, is altered hy Pors. into dSv- o'icrat E.448. tpofinv P.V. 268. contr.
vij yap. oh Svvatrcu yap O. Mull. Sv- ol/iat P.V. 970. A. 312. 1502. In
vaaat yap Herm. So Dind.h.e. for you P.V. 187. olui is rejected by Brunck,
may speak such a wish, however un Schiitz, Pors. Blomf. on account of
likely may be its accomplishment. the metre. Wellauer thinks that
'Olvvnpain, S.558. E.806.837. it belongs to the following verse,
'Odi/peodai to mourn or lament, from which something has been lost.
P.V. 645. S.C.T. 638. It is also com The form o'iui does not occur else
monly read in P.V.27 1 . P. 574. but here where in the tragic writers. Dind.
the form SvpeaOai (so M.) has been considers it to have arisen from ofiotc,
rightly adopted by recent editors. by which one of the Scholiasts ex
"Oh'vpfia lamentation, C.501. plains 'iflWOQ.
'OSvpfioe id. P.V.33. OJfvc wretchedness, A.734. E.853.
'Oc~vooreve Ulysses, A. 815. S.853. in loc. dub. On A. 1440. see
"Olieiv to smell, with gen. A. 1282. under liravOifaiv.
See ktyiorioQ. O'lKale homewards, home, A. 1310.
"Odsv whence, from whence, P. Oikuv to live or dwell, P.V.717.
808. E.207.892. S.15. P.V.647. 808. E. 728. 802. 883. A. 1207. with ace.
"O0i where, S.117. See ivayiiQ. to inhabit, E. 185.624. S. 939. 988.
'OOovviKa because, P.V. 330. Ohcioe belonging to one's own house
01 or o"i alas, S.c.T.790. P. 437. or home. araOfioie kv o'ikciokti P.V.
509.653.658.895.916.928.964.1002.1010. 396.belonging to oneself, one's own.
A. 1230. C. 680. 874. 880.915. E.805. olicelaQ fiopag A. 1193. food of their
S. 854. 862. own flesh, ortlypvra avro<j>oprov oi-
Ol dat. of ox> qu. v. Ktla aayy C.664. loaded with (h.e.
Olaicovdfws a steersman. Met. a carrying) my own baggage, unattended.
ruler, P.V. 149. OiKtVtjc a domestic, A. 715. C.726.
OlaKo<rrpo<peiv to regulate, P. 753. 0"iKti[ia a dwelling, A. 326.
see seq. Olicriing a means of dwelling,^. 987.
OiaKooTpdQoQ a steersman. Met. a QlnriTwp an inhabitant, P.V. 351.
guide or controller, P.V. 513. S.c.T.62. S.930.
Olal a helm or rudder, A. 649. S. OiKiorijp id. S.c.T. 19.
698. Met. 7rd\W o'tara S.c.T.3. irpa- 'OiucXc/Jqc the son of Okies, S.c.T.
iriZtav o'Laica A. 776. 364. from seq.
OlfiapriQ [a] proper name, P. 946. 'OiicKrjg proper name, S.c.T. 592.
O'tyeiv to open, P.V. 614. o'iyovri o" 0'i.KoQev from home, vdfiovc rove
ovti Wfi<l>iKS)V tluiKhov ilkwj C.69. o'UoQtv S. 385. the laws of your own
Here the construction is rightly country.
given by Schiitz, ovri iariv &kos vvfi- OiKovofioe living in the house.
<j>iKwv tShiXluv o'iyovri sc. avra., there oiKovdfioQ jxrjvie A. 150. the wrath at
is no way of repairing (the violation taching to the house of Agamemnon
of) a virgin's chambers, to one who in in consequence of its crimes. See
trudes therein, h.e. as no man having under waXlvopros.
 OIKO ( 237 )
OIkoc a house, h.e. a dwelling, P.
514.819. A. 714. 1553. C.74. E.230.
395.430.996. a house or home, P.V.
387. P.847. A.334.415.841.935. C.572.
E.434.437.a house or family, S.c.T.
172. A.18.35.37. 132. 152.328. 739. 1400.
1505. C. 754. 849. 922. 956. E.514. 721.
855.
OiKovpeiv to keep house, to preserve
hy staying at home, A. 783.
Oikovooq keeping at home, A. 1198.
tovq ijKovrag ck fidxng viov o'iKovpog
A. 1608. Here Well, explains the
ace. as governed by olmvpog sc.
watching at home for those lately
arrived from the war. This inter
pretation, if correct, obviates the ne
cessity of reading, with Stanl. roSci'
rJKovrog.
OiKotyvKat, the guardian of a house,
S.27.
Olicruptiv to pity, P. 194. C.495.
with gen. oiKreipto at deo-tpdrov
fiopov A. 1294. kottojv o'lKTtipE fit) Vo-
XoXorac S. 206. pity us for our woes
ere we perish. jiicreipa P.V. 352.
olicrelpaQ A. 1214. In A. 1303. Kal ravr
Lkurwv p.aWov oiKTtipio iro\v, some
commentators refer rawra and ekeivuiv
respectively to the two clauses tbrv-
^ovvra fiev k.t.X. and ci Se Svtnv^ei
k.t.\. h.e. Ipity far more the condition
which attaches to adversity; than that
which attaches to prosperity. Others,
as Butler, refer ravra to the whole
sentence Iw fiporua Kpayp-ara, and
iKeivwv to what Cassandra had re
cently stated respecting herself in
v. 1299. I commiserate far more the
general condition of humanity, than
my own individual fate. This is
better, ovtoq and tKtivoc are thus op
posed in S.c.T. 246. tovt avr itcei-
vwv toIittoq aipovfiai aidtv. See an
explanation of the whole passage un
der (TTTOyyOQ.
Oitcri&iv id. P.V. 687. S.630. fut.
oiKTiEte P.V. 68. mid. v. id. oiKTi^ofxi-
va S.1012. ravrd rig av oiktov o'iktL-
aavro E.490. utter a complaint for
this.
OlicnajxoQ complaining, E. 180.
0102
OIktoq pity, iv o'ltcTtp KpoQifitvoQ
P.V. 239. regarding as an object of
pity.a complaint or mournful sound.
oIktov olicrpov attov C.405. cf. E. 489.
S. 57. 62.381.abst. for cone, rigolic-
toq tiaiciov rait 481. but this appears
to be corrupt. Perhaps we might read
olicriaag, lli)v rdSe. Cf. P.V. 352.
OiKTpos piteous, P.V. 238. 433. S.
57. /xrjTiloe oiKTpaQ sc. tvexa S.59.
wretched for what she did. olicrpbv
yapirpoiaipat S.c.T. 303. SC. karl.
Olio-pug piteously, P. 674. In P.
436. alayptig is now read from MSS.
for the vulg. oiKrpuig.
Ol/uot alas! A. 1198. C. 428. 862.
863.
Olpog a road, P.V. 2. 394.
Oifthiyri a cry of woe, P. 418.
O'ifuoyfia. id. S. c.T. 8. 1014. A.1319.
1339.1357.
Olfiwfatv to utter a cry of woe.
#/uw A. 1581.
Olvog wine, A. 945. E.698. In sup
port of this last passage, Dind. re
fers to the Schol. on Eurip. Ale. v.
12.
Olvovadai to he drunk with wine.
ielopKOg bf.ij.itt firfh" ayav oivu>uivov S.
404. a drunken look.
O'ivo-fy proper name, S.c.T. 486.
OlofiovKoXog (from olg a sheep) a
shepherd. Met. a watcher, an attend
ant, S.300.
Olov only. This is the reading fol
lowed by Pors. in A. 130. So the
Schol. who explains it fiovov p.i\.
Others read olov from olog.
Olog of what sort, such as, e.g.
StpKOv olaig vir avrov irnfiova'tin
KafnrTOfiat P.V. 306. Cf. id. 92. 141.475.
705.1017. S.c.T.615. P. 21. 259. 637.
712.746.850.858.919.968. A.388.550.
1201. C.200. E. 182. 636.672. 910. aeX-
ktov KaKov hiairpiirov oiov SiSopicEv ara
P.968. such an one as Ate looks upon,
h.e. regards with complacency. So
Schiitz. In C.384. fordelov Herm. very
probably corrects olov sc. ri yap ul)w
<ppevog olov ifiirag iroTarat ; why must
1 conceal the kind offeeling which ho
vers about my mind? 61a n. pi. how,
 OIOS ( 238 ) OAOA

as. Iciatiu) cc vfipiv fiporEiov oia vca- 'OkveIv to fear, be reluctant, P.V.
(ti wvdfj.r)v S.97. tiveq, oY iyi>, fxo- 631.
yovai ; P. V. 606. ota like as. oid Tig "Okvos delay, S.c.T. 53. fear, A.
ovOa anc~i>v A. 1103.i.qu. on toi- 982.
ovtoq. 'karat Ta.Ttt.ivoz oiov E^aprvErai 'OKpwetg rugged, P.V.281. S.282.
yafiov yafiEiv P.V.910. in exclama 'Oicpig id. P.V. 1018.
tions, yvvaiK&v olov &iraaag yivog 'OXfitfeiv to pronounce happy, A.
S.c.T.238. Cf. P.643. (loc.corr.)719. 902.
969. 1229. oiog re able. Tt aoi oiot te "0\/3toc blessed, happy, A.915. S.
Ovrfrol tuivS' a.TtavT\r)aat ttovwv; P.V. 521.
84. olov te possible, P.V.41.107. "OXfiog wealth, prosperity, S.c.T.
OltWtp just, such as, A. 593. 1016. 723, P.160.248. 695.742.812. A. 458.
See oTog. 731.811. C.852. E.509. 533.
OioQptov lonely in mind. Met. lone- 'OXtdpwg destructive, fatal, S.c.T.
ly, S.776. Here olbxpiov Burg. 686. C. 686. 940. \prj<pog oXedpta S.C.T.
'O'iaToSeyHwv receiving arrows, P. 180. sentence of death, with gen. yd-
979. poi oXtdptoi <piXwv A. 1128.
Olo-Tpelv to become mad. oltrrpri- "OXtOpog destruction, C.849. E.895.
aaaa P.V. 838. 'OXiKteOai to perish, P.V. 563.
OlcrTpftXaTog driven by the cestrus 'OXiyoh'pavia impotency, P.V. 547.
or gad fly, P.V.S81. 'OXiyog little, Si oXiyov S.C.T. 744.
OiarpoSivnTOg id. P.V.591. with a small interval.oXiyotfew, P.
OlorpolovrjTOQ id. S.568. 322.
OlcrrpoZovoQ id. S. 16. 'OXkti a dragging, as of a person
OiorpoirXjji; struck by the cestrus, by the hair, S.861.
P.V. 684. 'OXXvvai to destroy, put away.
Olarpoc the gad-fly. oluTpov koXov- uiXXvarav P.453. &Xe<te P.714. A. 989.
atv avrbv ol Nti'Xou TtiXag S.304. 1302. (bXiaarE S.C.T. 1048. oXtGEiav
Well, supposes this verse to be a S.C.T549. oXe'irae P.526. oXiaaoa A.
gloss. Dind. rather thinks a preced 1432. 1445.to lose, aypav &XEtra E.
ing verse may be lost, in which the 143. irovov opraXlyjav oXiaavTEg A.
king inquired what this (3or)XaTng 54.oXtaXivai to have perished, to be
fivwxp was. Cf. P.V. 566. 881. S. 536. lost. trrpaTog irag oXwXe P. 251. Cf.
O'i^Eadai to be gone. Hepa&v tuiv S.c.T.586. P.438.976. rS>v oXwXotwv
olxopiviav P.l. 13.60. E.lll.120.142. A. 337. Cf.658.1340. bXXvadai to
withacc. 'laovtov yrjv oijeraiP.174. perish. yvvaiKontipvicrov oXXvrai kXeoc
with part. o'i.\ETai ijiivywv E. 117. A. 474. Cf. S.C.T.313. C.383. fut.
Met. o'ixop-o.1 <(>6j3a S.767. / faint oXoifiEda C.875. &Xeto C. 1067. E. 535.
with alarm. to have perished, to be S.65. &Xovto S.c.T.813. oXoifiav C.
dead, lost, or irrevocable. 'Opiarng 432.1000. S.764. 0X010 id.847. oXoito
i\Trlg o'i\Tai lofuov C.765. Cf. P. S.c.T. 434. oXotvro S. 36. oXoiaro S.c.T.
248.538.880. A.1C6.643. C.627. E.253. 534. oXioQai A. 1584. oXopivag A.
Oiiovodpoog uttered by birds, A. 56. 1140. oXofiivy C. 151. 6X6/J.EVOI P. 1031.
OIwvoktovoq hilling birds, A. 549. 6X6fJ.Evai S. 822. 845. in locc. dubb. 6X0-
O'uovoTToXog an observer of birds, fiivtov S.c.T. 403. 685.oXofiEvog or
a diviner, S.56. ovXo/xEvog disastrous, deadly, mourn
Olavog a bird, P.V. 125.281. 286. ful, utevu) at rag ovXo/xEvag Tv%ag
395.486. S.C.T.1011. A. 113. olwvSiv P.V. 397. SaKpv Kava\Eg 6X6fiEvov C.
jiorrip S.c.T. 24. one who watches the 150.
flight of birds, a diviner. See j3oTrip, 'OXoXvyfiog a cry of joy, gene
and cf. Wunderl. Obss. Critt. p. rally of females, S.c.T.250. A. 28. 581.
192. C.381.
 OAOA ( 239 )
'OXoXvfaiv to utter such a cry, E.
994.999.
'OXode destructive, disastrous, P.V.
553. S.C.T. 195. 750. 973. 982. lost,
ruined, P. 923.
"OXoc whole, fa' BXov S.826. but the
passage is corrupt. See however un
der Bopv and alfiiav.
'OXvLiinoi Olympian, C.773. E.73.
588.634. S. 152. 959. 992.
"OXvtivog Olympus, P.V. 149.
"Ofiaifios connected by blood, a
relative, S.c.T.663. S.469.639.with
a double force in S.c.T.922. Kapra
S' tin' ofxaifioi h.e. their blocd is really
mingled.oiiaiiiog tyovog E.203. the
murder of relatives. Here Dind.
well observes, " neque enim ex eo-
dem sanguine prognati sunt maritus
et uxor." coll. v. 575. OLiaifxov aiLta
S.444. to iinrpbg atfj.' Ofiaijiov E.623.
'Ofiaifiwv id. bfiaiiuav Zeu S.397.
Jupiter the guardian of relatives.
Alien bfialiiwv S.c.T. 397. the right of
consanguinity. Met. apirayal diah'po-
fiav o/xalfiovec S.c.T. 333. connected
with or accompanying.
'OfiaXoc equal, P.V. 903. In the
next verse Dind. strikes out atpofiog
as a gloss on b/iaXog.
'Ofiapreiv to attend or follow, P.V.
681. S.c.T. 1013. E.323.
'OfiavXia connexion or cohabita
tion, C.591.
'OfifipoKrvirog sounding with rain,
A. 642.
'O/ifipog a shower, A. 1515.
'O/xflpotpopos bringing showers, S.
36.
'Ofir'iyvpie an assembly, company,
C.10. Met. aorpoiv OLiriyvpiv A. 4.
'OluKCiv to converse, be present
with, P.739. fiapeia x^Pf rf^' bfiiXnato)
E.690.
'OfiiXriTog fit to hold converse with,
S.c.T. 171.
'OiuXla converse, intercourse,
S.c.T. 581. E.924.a company, E. 57.
384.681.984. intimacy, familiarity,
P.V. 39. On A. 813. bfiiXiag Karoir-
rpov, t'idiitXoy oniag, k.t.X. see under
c'iSujXov.
OMOI
'QfiiXog a crowd or multitude, P.V.
415. S.C.T.35. P.122.986. S.231.350.
971.
'OliixXt) a cloud or mist, P.V.
145.
"Oiifia the eye, P.V. 69.356.569. 657.
797.884. S.C.T. 210.341. 519. 605.678.
P. 81. 596. 805. A. 232. 262. 407. 506.
527. 722. 770. 863. 921. 961 . 1267. 1403. C.
97.183.666.727.798.804.1054. E. 54.
104. 385.928. S. 196. 207. 404.697. 794.
927. 982. The eye was considered as
the most valuable part of the human
body, hence it is used to denote any
thing especially dear or precious, e.g.
i')fifia collii>v vOLil^to BctJTTOrov wapov-
oiav P. 165. bfiiia. iratrng ,)(6ovdg >}-
irrjc'oe e^iKotr av ivicXtfjg Xoyog E.
979. Thus we have trlfleiv ireirotdibg
ofiitaridv vweprepov S.c.T. 512. which
Stanley compares with Catull. iii.5.
Quern plus ilia oculis suis amabat.
Blomf. also compares Theoc. x.53.
rai fib. rov S<p6aXp6v, tS> /xoi yXvice-
puirepov ovliv. In S.c.T.766. we have
Kpc.iaooTtKVii>v air OLiLiariav CTcXay)(0n.
see KpzioooTiKvoQ. It is also put by
synecdoch. for the face, and is thus
used in addressing persons, w rtpirvbv
oLtLia C.236. Here Valck. on Phcen.
415. reads bvofia. So Blomf. Dind.
tptog, ii(j>VKTOV oiifta P.V. 905. love,
an eye from which there is no escap
ing. Cf. P.V. 657. Micros bfifia P.
420. a periphrasis for night. Cf.
Seidler on Eur. Iph. T. 110. In C.
124. ctofiu-ior is properly read by
Schiitz for 3' ofXfiaTiov, See iiri-
okottog.
'OfiLtaToarcpne depriving of sight.
Met. dfifiaroiTTcpflg <pvruJvK.900. kill
ing the buds of trees.
'OfiLiarovv to make clear, S.462.
pass. cj>piva wfifiaTWLitvnv C.841.
clear-sighted.
'O/jtvvvat to swear, pass, oiiufiorai
opicoe A. 1257.to swear by. biivvaiv
alxpflv S.c.T. 511.
'OfxooijxvioQ a bed-fellow, A. 1079.
'OitoioTrptmjs bearing the same ap
pearance, A. 767.
"Otiotog like, A.595. C. 204. 255. 491.
 OMOI ( 240 ) 0MS12

S.431. with dat. P.V.78. S.c.T.660. with the beginning of the next, the
703. E.388. S.492.with tioirep A. corrupt word Kpoo-xopov may have
1284.ek t&v 6/ioiW A.1397. on equal arisen, and then to complete the metre
terms, 6/iowv kori it is all one. kcu some one may have adapted the gloss
Tujvb" ofioiov Ejn fifj 7rcidu) A. 1212. ade\<pby to the verse. Dind. adopts
aii 5' alveiv eIte [IE ypiyciv flt'Xtte, Dobree's conj. sc. Kai rbv abv avr'
Snowy 1376. sc. earl.Sfioia adv. d&X^ov eg TtarpoQ fiopov E^vrrria^wv
alike, o/xoia -^ipaov Kai OaXaaaav Ik- ovofia h. e. alta voce inclamans nomen
wEpiov E.231. ejus de patris morte.
'Ofioiuie likewise, in like manner. 'OfjtdtrroXoe similar in style, S.491.
Aavaolai Tpoial 6' ofxoiiDg A. 67. C. 'Ofi6roi\oc neighbouring, having a
905. E. 268. 498.all the same, without party wall, A. 976.
any difference, none the less, awdcte 'Ofioii together, at the same time,
6p:oib>s rrjcric KoipavEi \dovoe P.210. P. 393. 999. A. 1124.1298. C. 495. 809.
gaping bfioiwQ KEKXnvrai yooQ evkKetjq oifiutyfi bfiov KivKVfiaat KarE~i\E 7TfXa-
C.317.698. E.338. But here Arnald. yiav aXa P. 418. where Stanley (as
ilfitor. So 1 )ind. Blomf. observes) wrongly translates
'O/ioXwfhe the name of a gate at bfiov as governing the dative kwkv-
Thebes, S.c.T.552. fiaat, a construction hardly met with
'Ofioirarpios born of the same fa in the Attic writers. The meaning
ther, P.V. 557. is, lamentation at the same time filled
'Ofioirrtpoc having the same fea the sea with waitings.
thers, in which sense it occurs in the 'Ofi6<f><i>vos symphonious, A. 153.
metaphorical expression, S.221. Met. 'Ofi<pa\6g a navel, the centre of
of ships, having like sails, dfivnrepoi anything. Used especially of the
va.es P. 551. of a lock of hair, like, temple at Delphi, which was es
resembling, C.172. teemed the centre of the earth, E.
'Ofioo-jrXayxvoe sprung from the 40.159. See fiEo-dfKpakog. There was
same loins, S.c.T.872. a white stone in the inner part of
'Ofiocmopog of kindred origin, ge the temple called 6fi<j>a\6s, on which
nerally of the connexion of brother or were two golden eagles. See Pind.
sister, S.c.T.802.915.916. ri dfxotnropoe Pyth.iv.4.
C.240. a sister. bfxoawopots kirip- "O/i^ai; an unripe grape, A. 944.
podiatv alfiariav A. 1490. This word is 'Ofupi) a voice or sound, S. 789.
restored by some in S.c.T. 558. where 'Ofiuvvfioe similar in name. c~v(r-
is now read the corrupt xal rbv rova kyi^e' bpi>vvfia S.c.T.971. the
abv avOiq 7rp6ajxopov dSeX^EOv. On interpretation of the French trans
this very uncertain passage we may lator, quoted by Butler, is probably
observe that aleXipebs is a word un right, " deplorable calamities pre
known to the tragic senarius, and may dicted by (or similar with) thy name."
possibly be an adaptation to the sc. Polynices. Cf. v. 812. Schiitzsays,
metre of a marginal gloss altktyog. "bfiatvvfia because they were both
Robert, has aSt\<p6v. That bfioairopov addressed by the endearing name of
was the reading of some copies, seems brother." Dind. conj. ZiiaravoQ d
clear from the gloss, rbv ek tov avrov Knb'Efiovia.
oiropov, ek rijg avrije airopds yEvvn- 'OfiHe alike, P.V. 738. E.366.662.
Oevtu. Part of this word is preserved "Ofi(i>s nevertheless. In the begin
in Codd. Regg. A. B. wpotnropov. bfio- ning or middle of a sentence, o/iwc S'
o-wopoQ may have been preceded by eOvov A. 580. TOKEvai 3' Sfiws rtXetrai
some word now lost, beginning with S.C.T.602. P.250. 285.513.677. A. 963.
Kp or irpos, and the termination of 1228. C. 378.921. E. 74.453. 473. S.
this word being dropped, together 711. in the latter part, after Kai,
 ONAP ( 241 )
Kai i, Kaiiztp. \ii,ov ku orivtiQ Ka-
Kole Ofiuig P. 287. fiifivna 'Opiarov,
Kti Ovpaios iaff OfiioQ C.113. wuBov
yvvaii Kalirtp oh mipyuv Sfiiitg Cf.P.
826. E.451. In all these o/iwe re
fers to the verb in the former clause,
EKtTSt k%\6ov ; (Sapia 2' ovv op-iog
fpaaov S.c.T.792. what! did they come
to that ? but tell us the facts grievous
though they be. The latter clause is
an abridged expression for fiapla /xtV
(ratSt), ippaaov 3' ovv ofiwg.
"Ovapa dream, C.519. S.865. Met.
like a dream, A.82. ovap yap v/xag vvv
KKvrat/jivrierTpa KaXio E. 1 16. h. e. nam
nunc quidem ego ilia Clytcemnestra,
quce vos invoco, nil nisi umbra et
somnium sum. Schiitz. For xar
ovap, in a dream, ovap Btwiceie Orjpa
E. 126. cf. id. 116.
'OveiSii^ttv to reproach a person
with a thing, with dat. C. 904.
"Ovith'oc reproach, S.c.T.364. 521.
P.743. A.1541. C.488. E.97. 130.150.
'Ovtipofiavrtc one that predicts
from dreams, C.33.
"Ovetpov a dream, A. 13.265.1191.
C.534. from another form, tA>-
vcipari C. 524. oveipariov P.V.446.
483. A.477.954. C. 37.516.916. E.150.
ovclpam P.V.658. P. 172. A. 865. ovti-
para id. 660.
'OveipofavTog appearing in dreams,
A. 409.
'Ovrio-tfioe beneficial, E.884.
"Ovnaig benefit, enjoyment, A. 340.
See under alptiv.
"Ovojia a name, P.V.210.595. P.
276. E.8. S.916. In S.c.T.559. e-
vnTia^iDv ovopa, (see e^VTrrta^eiv)
Schiitz conj. ofxfxa. So Blomf. Herm.
This is, however, unnecessary. The
repetition of the same word in suc
cessive lines is not at all uncommon
in the tragedians. Cf. /utVttfxivuv
S.c.T.375.376. (3ee fiivuv) virvov
virvtf) A. 14. 15. h~6fiti)v (vo/ia) Burgess,
Dind.) Zdfiiov E.546. 547. ivSiKog
tvSiVwc id. 669.670. See also Wagner
on Virg. Georg. ii. 125.6. who cf. G.
iii. 524. IE. i. 504. v. 780. G. i. 301 .
'Ovofiu&ivlo name, A.G67. P.V.599.
oiiaz
'OvoTafctrdai to detest, avroyevij
top (frviidvopa ydfiov 6vora6fiivai S.
10. h.e. (if the reading be correct)
detesting, as an affair of kindred, this
odious marriage.
"Ovv a nail, C.25.
"0oe vinegar, A. 313.
'0u/3oac loudly crying, A. 57.
'O^vyooQ loudly bewailing, S.c.T.
303.
'O&diipoQ swift to anger, E.675.
'O&Kaph'toQ irritable in temper,
S.c.T.889.
'O^vfiijvlrog swift to anger, E. 450.
In this verse (if correct) there
seems to be a hypallage of fovov
Siaipeiv oZvfirjviTov BiKag for 6vfinvi-
rovQ tiiKas, the meaning being that
she could not quickly decide upon
the charge. The epithet clearly ap
plies to the decision of Minerva, not
to the murder. Perhaps, however,
oZvjinviTovQ (so Stan]. Herm.) or
6i,vfir\vi.TioQ may be the correct read
ing.
'O^vfioXwoQ shrill sounding, S.c.T.
1014.
'OlfrjrtvKfis with a bitter edge, E.
631.
'OZinrpwpos sharp-pointed, P.V.
422.
'0ue sharp, shrill, loud, S.c.T.
935. P. 1015. quick, cucoveig 6t,v S.
884. i.K<^vaiS>v 6eiav alfiaroQ otyayhv
A. 1362. a poetical expression for
alfia rijs ir<j>ayije h.e. spurting out a
swift stream of blood from his wound.
Blomf. cf. Soph. Ant. 1238. rai
ipvmiov 6eiav eicfiaWei irvorlv XtvKtj
Trapeia (potvlov ffraXayfiarog .
'OJuotojuoc sharp-mouthed, P.V.
667.805.
'OZvytip quick-handed. oijux'P' <"'"
ktvwo) C.23. i. e. o-vv oiici ytipHv ktv-
vio. cf. E7rrarE(jte h,ohovQ S.c.T.
266. \ivKoir{]yei ktvttoi -^cpolv Eur.
Phoen. 1370. ipapfxaniDv [laXaKoxftpu
vapor Pind. Nem.iii. 55.
'Qirac'og an attendant, S. 963. 1001.
On A. 414. see KiXtvOog.
'Owafav to give, P. V.8. 30.252. P.
748. E. 503.592. yvvaucuv otov ioirao
2 i
 QUASI ( 242 ) OPAN

at ytvos S.c.T.238. what a race of i. qu. roii yapirportpoy pnriiadai, oirov

women hast thou given us ! ootis K.T.X.
7-ii2' ipyov ilnraae irpbe aoiri&i S.c.T. "QirreoQai to see. (pres. not used)
474. who placed this device upon the fut. 6\pei P.V. 22. E.259. bxpeade S.
shield. 888. perf. m. oiroiira E.57. perf. pass.
'Oirdwv [a] an attendant, C. 758. S. unrrai P.V. 1000. have been considered.
487.932. In P.V. 22. IV OlITt (JMVVtlV OVTl TOV
"On-?; where, P.V. 641. whither, A. fxoptyriv pporHv bipei, the idea aKovaei
1514. with gen oirn yije P.V. 503. in is implied in the former clause. The
what manraer,P.V.877.908. S.c.T.641. reverse happens in Musaeus do Her.
P. 588. C.1017. tori 0 oirr) viiv earl et Leand. v. 5. quoted by Abresch,
A 67. On this form of expression vnyofiivov re AtavSpov bpov Kai
see Blomf. glcss. in loc. Xv^vov uKovot. See Abresch on this
"OirtOtv behind, P.962. for the vulg. passage,andLoheck on Soph. Aj.1035.
oiritrOe, which violates the metre. 'Qirrlip a spy, S. 182.
'Oirio-Boirog an attendant or lac 'Otttos roasted, A. 1068.
quey, C.702. 'Oiriipa ripeness. Met. ripeness of
'Oirklfciv to array in armour. age, full beauty, S.976.
Met. to array in anything, <nrapya- "Oiriog how, as, in what manner,
voic umXiZtro C.537. was dressed in P.V.374.544.643.877.942. A.108.1344.
swaddling clothes. Xapiras inrXiafiivn E. 551. 561. S. 235.275.287. with apo-
S.c.T.415. a ready prepared torch. siopesis, ey) o oito)q pev at'TtKpvt Tab"
'Ojt\t/uoc an arming, A. 392. ulviaio sc. oVk i\ia C.190. ovk ead'
'OirXlrns [i] an armed man, S.c.T. 6Vwc k.t.X. A.606. it is not possible that,
448. 699. onojc iroSHv sc. iyere S. 817. as fast
"OirXov, in pi. SirXa, arms, S.c.T. as you can. with superl. birug apiara
114.489. P. 449. oirXuiv kmaTUT-ne for A. 586. as well as possible, oirtog tcl-
ottXitSiv P. 371. Xrra A. 591. 1323. C. 724. 865. S.460.
'O7ro0( where, S.117. See tyuyijc. in comparison, like. Kip.' birotg P.V.
"Qiroi whither, to what point, onoi 1003.when, P. 194. ottuq Tayiora
Tpairoivro whither to turn, P. 451. P.V. 228. as soon as.that, in order
on which side, chfxov Kparovaa yelp that, with fut. A 821. S. 405. 444. el-
I'moi irXndverai S.599. on which side liptically, ovioq pr) oavrbv oiktieIq
the majority is. fiidierai oirot <5e teal f wore P.V.67. sc. Spa. with subj. P.
irpofiaivwv ira\v<f Kovpofiopii) irapi&i 654. A. 1631. C.860. P.V. 461. (but
A. 1492. h.e. /3iafercu (eKelae) oiroi here yivoivff Dawes. So Brunck.
irpofiaivwv r.rX. See under irapt- Schiitz, Glasg. Blomf. Dind. rightly)
with opt. S.C.T. 20. (yevnoOe Aid.
'Oiro'toc of what sort, P.V. 473. such Turn.) P.442. E.288.640.with fut.
as, E.863. and subj. together, C. 263. 264. with
'Oiro~i6o-xep id. C.658. indicative of the past, denoting a
'Oiroooe as much as. yflora birooav supposed case which has not been
Kot (pOi/jLivoto-i Kariytiv S.C.T.714. realised, sc. in which case, P.V.751.
enough for them to occupy when dead. C.194. owwe av, with subj. P.V.
bvoaoi as many as, P.V. 409. S.c.T. 826. C.573. E. 543. 984. S.230. with
852.910. P. 121. opt. denoting the manner how. rei-
'Oirorepoc whichever, S.429. vovra iraXai to,ov, oirii>s ay filXog
"Oirov where, S.c.T.994. C.575. E. JjXWiov o-Kriipeitv A. 355. See Matth.
267.401. with gen. oirov (ppiviav E.291. Gr. Gr. 520. Obs. 2.
in what part of the mind. ead' oirov 'Opav to see. bpS> P.V. 70. 307. 908.
sometimes, E.492. tov yap irporipa P.201.978. A.479. C. 166.720.1057. E.
jjifrit; birnv \pfi cwfiara vaiuv S.949. 40.110.945. S. 177.215.349. 694.810.
 oprA ( 243 )
6pe P.V.69.259.382.615.953. A. 1579.
E.67.715. bpgl S.C.T.536. P.194.977.
E. 103. bptijxzv A. 645. 669. opart P.V.
1 19. 677. A. 1190. C. 102. imp. Spa P.V.
999. C.911. E. 245.622. bpav S.C.T.
957.974.933. P. 184. A. 411. C.227.
bpwv P.V. 323. 436. P.457. A.1606. E.
731. S.793. bpwaa A. 868. C.223. E.
384. bpSivrtQ P.809. bpwvra S.299. In
C.283. if the reading be correct, the
participles bpwvra and vuipwvra are
the ace. pi. neut. put generally with
reference to the things previously
particularized, sc. things clear sighted,
although eyeing me in the dark.
bpwpivnv C.291. E.389. where Stanl.
bpwpivac, rightly.
'Qpyav lit. to swell as ripe fruit,
etc. Met. to be ripe for anything, to
desire ardently, ra o" avrbc bpya fxa-
Ouv C.447. So Pauw, who is fol
lowed by Herm. Schiitz, Bothe. opyo}
padtiv is the vulg. which Well, re
tains, conceiving opyo: to be the dative
of opyii, and padelv used for the im
perative. Bamberger, quoted by Dind.
observes, " Scribeudum videturop/ia.
Sunt heec ut dixi ; cetera jam ipse
proficiscere ut cognoscas, decet autem
forti animo pervenire."
'Opyn temper, disposition, opyrjg
Tpa'xyTtjra P.V. 80. opyrjg voaovtrrjg
id. 378. KViiifiaXtov 'i-j^ovreg bpyag S.
744. Cf. P.V. 681. S.c.T.660. any
strong emotion. 6py<ji irepiopyuig l-mOv-
ptiv A. 208. So in C.447. according
to Well, see prec.especially anger,
P.V.190.315. A. 71. C. 323. 822. (see
\virpog) E.810. 897.936. S. 184.
"Opyia sacred rites, S.c.T. 162.
'Opiyeadai mid. to stretch oneself
forth, to aim a blow, A. 1082. Here
Dind. prefers xeip for \eipa from
Ven. Steph. and adopts Hermann's
conj. dpiyfiara.
"Opeypa a putting forth, \tpog bpiy-
para C. 420. iddi 8' avhpbg <pi\ov 7r<5-
\ot> tvviv ivyivr tv appart irnparatv,
iv Spbfio), irpotrriOc'ig ptrpov. rig av
aiiy^ofiivov pvdpbv tovt' ISelv SaireSov,
avopivwv Tvr)jxaTi3)v opiyp\a; C. 783.
The general meaning of this very
opeo
corrupt passage is clear : Orestes in
his career of woe is compared to a
horse driven violently over the plain :
so many and so numerous are his
sorrows. For kv Spopf Heath and
Musgrave read Spdfia. See iv.The
words rig av ibeiv are corrupt and
unintelligible (but see <tweiv). Blomf.
reads rig a v "tSoi, and for daireBoy reads
Sia iriSov, because Homer always
makes the first syllable of this word
short. For nriparuiy Aid. Guelph.
have /Jjjjuarw*', the certainty of which
correction is clear from the general
tenor of the passage. The words
avo/xivuiv /3riparii)v bpeyfia appear to
be merely a periphrasis for [ihpara
avopeva, though Schiitz suggests a
more refined explanation.
"Opewg belonging to a mountain, A.
483.
'OpioicooQ living on a mountain,
S.c.T. 514.
'Opiarng Orestes, A. 853. 1631. 1652.
C. 113. 129. 134. 136. 175. 192. 215. 222.
671. 685. 710. 720. 738. 751. 765. 828.
854.921. E. 120.212.593.705.711.766.
'Op6taetv to cry aloud, P. 673.
' Opdiog erect, rpi^bg opdlag tt\6-
napog S.c.T. 546. loud sounding, A.
1124. C. 740. bpdiov avTrjXaka&v fl\&>
P. 381.
'OpOofiovXog right counselling, P.V.
18.
'Op8oc~ar)g rightly skilled, A. 993.
'OpOoBlicaiog observing strictjustice,
E.948.
'Op0o'0pi making the hair to stand
on end, C.32.
'Opdopavreia true prophesy, A.
1188.
'OpQovopog assigning what is right,
E.921.
'Opdog erect, upright, C.489. ridn-
aiv bpObv irbZa E.284. stands upright,
opposed to KarnpeipTJ q. v.just, right,
paprvptQ optiai E.308.
'Opdoo-Tac'r)v standing upright, P.V.
32.
'Opdovv to raise up, S.c.T. 211. E.
721.to regulate, be ato-av opBol S.
658. to guide to a successful issue.
 opeia ( 244 )
ayHvag dpB&ioavTi. C.577. avfx(pop'aQ
opdiiao/xev E.857. i&ptfuxrac <rro/uaroc
yvMfnjr A. 1454. thou hast spoken
correctly. ovc~iv &pdh>(rag typtvl S.893.
you are quite wrong in your judgment.
mid.v. opdovadai to rise up, E.678.
opdov/xivwy St E.742. if things are
rightly done. Here Turn, has opdov-
/xivoig. But Well, properly observes
that it is the neuter plural taken ab
solutely. opdovadai to succeed, C.
762. See tcpvirroQ.
'OpQuvvjxog rightly named, A. 683.
See KrjSog.
'OpOde rightly, correctly, P.V. 1002.
S.C.T.811.858.C.519. E. 554. 627. 718.
'Qpieiv to mark out a limit. 2<x7
avriiropov ydiav iv a'laa SiaTe/xvovaa
Tropov Kvjiariav bpiei S.541. see Bi\ij.
she touches the border o/(h.e. she
reaches) the opposite land. In C.914.
rrarpos yap alffa rovSe <rovpi%ti (aov-
pi'Cii. Pors. for vulg. a bpiei) fiopov,
Blomf. correctly understands oovpifci
to be a contraction for aoi obplei,
not for aol bpi'Cti, as Elms. Well, and
Dind. suppose. See ovpifciv.m.v.
bpifcadai to mark out a limit for one
self, to claim as a boundary. 6plofiai
c~t rnvdt Jleppaifiwv yBova S.253.
to determine upon. vTraorpov Si rot
prjxap 6pi^o/j.ai yafiov Svtnppovog <j>vy<p
S.389.
'OpKavn an engine to enclose a city,
S.c.T.328.
"OpKiov an oath, A. 1406.
"OpKtog to be decided upon oath.
<f>6vb)v (UKaarhr bpiduiv E.461. But
here Pears. bptdovg alpovfiivn- So
Dind.
"OpKOQ id. P.V. 591. A. 1171. 1257.
1551. C. 971. E.209. 407. (See SixtvOai.
Here Stanl. el Sovyai diXng. Herm.
diXoig, which Dind. approves.) 410.
467.650.680.
"Optcwfia id. E. 464. 738.
'OpicMfWTtIv to swear, E.734. to
swear by, S.c.T.46.
'Opfialveiv to be restive or agi
tated, S.c.T.376. rbv avrov dvjxbv
bpfiaivu A. 1361. is agitated inspirit.
'Opfxav to hurry on or rush, to
OPOS
hasten, E. 386. iv awapyavoiai rraiSbg
bpfitjaai StKnv C.522. Here Well,
supposes bpftijoiu (so Pors. for vulg.
bpfiloai) to be from bpfielv to lie
at rest, not from bpfiav to move.
This, however, is shown to be wrong
by the words rivog (iopdg xprjovra in
the next line, the restlessness of the
child being caused by the want of
food, bpfxaadai m.v. id. S.c.T.31. P.
147. E.983. pass. cof/fii/Oii P. 495. cip-
fitjftivog impelled, C.929. oifiag bpfiii-
fievov (lpoTo~i<Ti E.93. exercised or
acting for mankind.
"Op/xog a harbour, A. 651. S.746.753,
"Opfiog a necklace, C.608.
"Opvig a bird, A.112.1289. S.223.
opvtdog S.223. opviv A. 383. S.209.
opviBwv A. 152. opviai S.782. opviOag
S.C.T.26. ivoiKtov bpvidog E.828.
the domestic bird, i.e. the cock.an
omen or presage, e.g. of ill-luck,
S.c.T.579.
Opvbvai to excite, \tifiuv atopov
Sipat P. 488. m.v. opvvo-Oat to rush
on or hurry, to haste, S.c.T. 87.401.
opbfievov kclkov S.c.T.87. the rising
evil. Cf. id. 110. A. 1382. perf. pass.
wpro A. 960. op/xivav S.417. p. p. m.
uipwpti A. 639.
'OpoOi/vtaOai pass, to be stirred up,
P.V. 200.
"Opoe a boundary, P.V. 669. 792.
E 901. widavbg ayav b OfjXvg bpog
iirivifiETai A. 172. where o OrjXvg opoe
is the opinion laid down by a woman,
and refers to the same as ywaiKOKtip-
vktov ickioc in v. 474. It is well
explained by Schiitz, opinio mulie-
ris de re quadam gesta quam ea summa
cum fiducia verissimam esse decernit
ac definit. Klausen is wrong in
translating it credulus ambitus men
tis muliebris. Tr&avbg does not refer
to the credulity of a woman's mind,
but to the influence which her opinion
exercises over others. iroQtv i\cle
opovg Qtairtaiag bSov KaKoppri/xovag ;
A. 1125. the rules or laws of the
science of divination, i. e. every
thing by which divination is regu
lated. Schiitz rightly translates it,
 OPOS ( 245 )
quis tandem tibi male ominatam divi-
nam viam definiit? h.e. quis tibi
male orainatorum carminum modos
prajcipit ?
"OpoQ a mountain, P.V. 813. P. 486.
A. 294. S. 255. 546.
'OpoTviroe striking a mountain,
S.c.T.85.
'Opovetv to spring, utpovae E.113.
TriiSrjfi opovaag A. 800.
"Opo<j>og a roof, S.638.
'OpaoKoTreiaOat to be agitated, P. 10.
The word is derived from opaog, an
old form of 6p06g, as in opaodvpn,
opatveQris, k.t.X. Xowoe, according to
Passow, is a mere termination.
Another form opaowoXtirai is found
in many MSS. and in Aid. Rob.
Turn. This (which was corrected
by Steph.) is restored by Lange and
Pinzger, who derive it from opabg
and jroXt'w or niXofiai. But see Dor-
ville, Vann. Crit. p. 480.
'OpraXt'xoc the young ofabird, A.53.
'Op^tvc Orpheus, A. 1612.
'Opipvaiog appearing in the dark,
A. 21.
"Op\apoQ a commander, P. 128.
'Opyiiodai to dance. Met. to pal
pitate, C.165.
'Opxnafidc a dance, E. 354.
"Of, for tog, his. XitHv tSiv iSv
S.C.T.623. \lo~xaQ Je E. 345.
"Oe who, which, what, P.V.4. 110.
226.254.315.348.354. (loc. dub. see
avOiaraadai) 359. 415. 419. 426. 445.
481 . 483. 570. 592. 671. 711 . 714.717. 720.
726. 732. 742.766. 791. 798. 802. 807.810.
827.835. 840.853.874.890.911.914.917.
924.930. 931. 935. 950. 998. S.C.T.5. 8.
394.408.434.457.511.531.638.576.578.
695.742.805.811.838.860.938.1009.1022.
1037. P.5.61. 160. 200. 440. 467. 468. 470.
506.763.771.795.834. 852. 885. A. 2.
100. 165. 333. 422. 690. 882. 1065. 1195.
1261.1389.1447.1552.1617. C. 125.171.
265. 484. 485. 662. 7 12. 739. 789. 884. 894.
918.934.986. E. 3. 69.175. 377. 435. 575.
649. 706. 736. 792. 827. 859. S . 23. 37. 251 .
290. 378. 41 1. 560. 637. 658. 685. 774. 984.
998.1006. with attract, of rel. into
the case of the antec. P.V. 444. 532.
02TE
965.986. P. 322. 334. 786. C.730. E.544.
with attract, of anteced. by rel.
S.c.T.382.535. S.1022. with subj.
indef. S.c.T.239.800. E.588.631. with
av P. 170.Dor. a P.V.599. ? id. 548.
ay S.C.T. 103.902. E.311. d S.531.
iivff <5v P.V. 31. for which cause, ov
gen. adverbially, where, P.V.816. P.
478.793. E. 177.% in what way, P.V.
211. C.551. whither, C.306.
"Oaiog righteous, pure, holy, P.V.
527. A. 754. C.372. S.28.399. upG>v
7raTpiiwv oatog wv S.c.T. 1001. pure
as regards the temples, i.e. not having
denied them.
'Oapri a scent, E.243. Cf. dSp).
"Oaog (poet, oaaog) as much as,
P.V. 789.854. S.c.T. 757. E.819. Here
Dind. with great probability, sup
poses a preceding verse to have
been lost, containing a substantive
to which oanv referred. how much,
P.V. 929. E.589. In P. 163. it may
be doubted whether the words oaov
adtvog irapa will bear the sense
which is generally assigned to them.
Possibly orav adivog iraprj, or oaov
adivog iraprj, may be the true
reading. If not, the expression is
equivalent to <pjg (jooovtov) oaov
adivog irapa h.e. light proportioned
to their amount of strength. with su-
perl. oaov fiakiara P.V. 522. oaov ra-
yiara C.761. S.860.oaoi plur. how
many, as many as, P.V. 978. S.c.T.
291. P. 500. A. 362. E. 275. 713. in ex
clamation, P. 848.
"Oaoavep id. A. 834. P. 415. 433.
"Oairep who, which, P.V. 628. 644.
931.964. P.217.602. A.815.827.1511.
C.132 213.648.687.E.609. S. 942.1050.
rovirep for ovncp P. 765. cf. roiirip id.
963. T&virip A. 948. ramp C. 412.941.
atf ovirepfrom the lime when, since,
P. 173. ovirtp adverbially, where,
S.c.T. 1002 r)irep in what manner,
Dor. C.434. ixTvep neut. pi. as, like
as, C.375. E. 126.630.
"Oaae the eyes, P. 1021. oaamv
P.V. 398. oaaoig id . 1 44. 682. A . 456.
"Oarc who, which, P.V. 555. 1073.
S.c.T. 127.483.682.737.1047. P.16.42.
 02TI ( 246 )
289. A.49. 348. 1093. C.606. E.882.978.
S. 48. 61. 554. ki, ovte since when,
P. 748. E.25.
"Oaric who. o ti what,.V. 38. 226.
243.263.295.487. 608. 612. 620.621.686.
761 . 768. 824. 949.1066.1072. 1 169. S.C.T.
2.65.179.376.474. P. 494. 499.590. 731.
819. A. 97. 155. 162. 487. 669. 769. 1035.
1331.1373.1439. C. 21. 108. 119. 170.594.
963.985. E. 58.306. S.1032. withsubj.
indef. P.V.35. E.202.otov P.V.170.
oto) 160.291.468.991. A. 822.
'OaQvg the loin, P.V.495. Dind
writes 6<r<j>ve according to the rule of
Herodian and Arcadius.
"Orav when, expressing a time in
definite in fact, but definite in the
conception of the speaker, with subj.
P.V. 189. 258.746. 792. P. 591. 728. A.
7. (see aVToXn) 16.624.744.944.1291.
C.409. (in loc. corr.) 814.960. E.335.
526.with opt. P. 442. Here Elrasl.
6V Ik vtS>vtK<ThioiaTO. So Blomf.
Dind. But orav is necessary to re
present the circumstance as a con
ception of a future event in the mind
of Xerxes, when they should, not
when they did. The opt. is used
with orav, because the main sentence,
oirtoQ KTCtvotcv, being thrown into
the oratio obliqua, the subordinate
orav tVo-wfwvrai (as it would have
been, had the construction irifiwti
been continued) follows the same con
struction, irrespective of the usual con
nexion of orav with the subjunctive.
"Ore when, expressing a definite
time, A. 574. C. 656. (also in S.c.T.187.
for the vulg. on) with subst. verb j)v
omitted, S.c.T.195.with opt. E696.
vvv ore now at this very moment,
S.c.T.687. S.625. See Herm. and
Lob. on Soph. Aj.801. and the for
mer on Viger p. 919.
"On that, P.V. 104 186.259.323.328.
377.953. E.98 because, P.V.903. E.
928.
"OiXoc labour, S.c.T. 18.
'Oroficlv to sound. oro/3ft virvoSo-
rav vdfxov P.V. 574.
"Orofiog a noise, a clatter, S.c.T.
137.186.
OYAA
"Otov, orif, see oartg.
'OrOTOl, OTOTOTol, OTOTOTOTOTOTOTo'l
alas! P. 260.266.882. 1000.1008.1024.
A. 1042. 1046.1230. C. 156. 856. S. 866.
875.
'OroTiifctrdai pass, to be deplored
or bewailed, C.325.
'Orpvvi.iv [i>] to urge, to urge on,
S.c.T.708. A.295.
OS pron. of him, himself, gen. Ion.
'iOcv S 64. dat. 61 A. 1118. ace. afe
him, S.c.T.451. 597. 599.1019. P. 194.
1626. E.225. her, 580. in plur. them,
S.C.T. 61 2. 721. 770. 993. 502. fem. S.C.T.
846. dat. a<j>io-tv to them, P.V. 479.
enclit. aiplv id. P.V.252.455. S.c.T.
909. P. 745. 793.
05 where. See under 6'c.
Ov a negative, joined with verbs,
participles, nouns, adverbs, etc. pas
sim. It is sometimes placed after
the verb to which it refers, e. g. e'ing
<popr)TOe ovk ixv P.V. 981. Cf. id. 755.
942.985. P. 788. also placed alone,
without a verb, e.g. ov, irpiv ye yfopav
rrjvSt Kiv<>vvy fiaXtiv S.c.T. 1039. Cf.
A. 1222.1272.1652. coalescing with
the verb into one idea, e.g. oXct) yap
ovtoi irXoicaiiov ov cayuaftrai S. 861.
h.e. Safid^trat. i]8n ra roCS' oh dia-
TcrifinTai OtoTg S.c.T. 1038. h.e. r/rt-
rifinrai.the negation is sometimes
repeated, e.g. P.V.215.232.258.477.
P. 211. 376. 422. A. 618. 1617. E.587. S.
386.
OiSa/ij; (dat. sing, of inus. ohlaiioo)
in no place, nowhere, P. 377. in no
wise, P.V. 256. 340.
Ov8a.fj.ov (gen. of id.) nowhere,
S. 324. 434. 466. vofilfctv ovSatiov to
hold in no sort of esteem, P. 490. See
vofii(eiv.
Ovlaiiiog by no means, in no wise,
P.V.520. A. 827. 898. S. 277. 904.976.
In reply to a question, P.236.702. In
P. 158. Lange and Pin zger read ov-
cafi&c tfMtvriJQ ovS' aZtiixaVTog, (piXot,
h.e. ovt. iii. ovaa scarcely mistress
of my thoughts. This conj. though
disapproved by Herm. is worth con
sideration. Certainly, an expression
of fear for herself is too selfish to
 OYAA ( 247 )
be suitable in the mouth of Atossa
under such circumstances, and, more
over, the words tpavTtjs aitifiavros
will hardly bear the meaning of fear
ing/or herself.
Oi/ae the (/round or soil, P. 159.
see Kovitiv. A. 489. S. 1010.
Obit nor, neither, and not. with
the negative ob preceding, P.V.212.
373.991.1079. S.C.T.540 598. 893. P.
238.354.796.849. A. 779. 985. C.89. E.
58.70.228.423. S.234.373.871.925.
without A. 597. withoMtVwP.V.320.
with ovTronroTt 693. with ovitv 1010.
with owrtcS.c.T. 380. with ovti A. 281.
with ouroiC.697. E.289. with obit re
peated S.746. repeated with ob in
tervening, ovk >)v a\ii,rifi obiiv, obit
(ipuxjifiov, ob xpirrrov, obit ttiotov
P.V.477. where Blomf. reads ovre
twice (see Elmsl. on Heracl.615.).
So Dind.The preceding negative
is sometimes omitted, which is sup
posed by some to be the case in
C. 465. but see under ifjfiorog. with
out a negative preceding, P.V. 102.
165.257.293.324.546.588.718.771.907.
S.c.T.255. (see otto.) 410.791.822.
965.1026. P. 583. 718. A. 162.254.597.
(here Schiitz, Blomf. ovk) 776.862.
953.993. C.1034. E. 5. 24. 49. 293. 295.
330. 372.449.532.877. S.85. 130.634.
not even, P.V.57. S.c.T. 451. 1026. P.
421.782. C. 187. E.219. 635. S. 225.
234.411.752.936. with negative pre
ceding, P.V. 215. in interrog. A. 1504.
obdiirep not even though, C. 497. S.
394.
Obitig no one, P.V. 63. 234. 502. 915.
1015. (but here Blomf. rightly reads
fitiov with Stanl. the expression be
ing, as Dind. observes, the same as
iXaaaovT) jxniiv'm v. 940.) A. 618.927.
1105.1277. E.101.109.adj. none, P.V.
101.103.232.452.477.631.802. S.c.T.854.
A. 323.596. 766. 1143. E.388. S.386.
716.obiiv nothing, P.V. 51.965.986.
997. S.C.T.582. A. 164.1002.1185. C.
16. S.710. 893. 1022.a thing of no ac
count, E.38. S. 730.901. irap' obit v tl-
dtaBai to make no account of, A. 221.
irap' ovitv hpicttv to avail as nought,
OYN
E.204. Trap obiiv a'ipuv E. 809. 840.
to do away with as a thing of nought.
ovitv dXXo y f; 7rri)ac iifiag Traptiyt
P. 205. did nought else than, etc. ob
iiv ttot tl fxi) ^vvdavovfiivnv A. 1100.
for no other end than, etc.not at
all, in no wise, P.V. 47. 179. 341. 342.
878.920.1010.1044. S.C.T. 427. 979. P.
276. 742. 828. 835. A. 1049. 1217. 1364.
1388. C. 439. 507. 700. 733.740. 793. 805.
899. E.242. 385.621.
OvitTTh) not as yet, P.V. 320. P. 746.
800.and not yet, A. 287.
Obdap a teat, C.525. So Pauw
and Valck. for the corrupt vulg.
OvKtrino longer, A. 319. 1151.1156.
OvKovv not then, not therefore, not
however, P.V. 322. 516.with interro
gations P.V. 52. 377. 619. S.c.T. 230.
E.695. S. 296.818. In S.c.T. 199. the
sentence is by some read interroga
tively, as beingassigned to the Chorus,
which is almost necessary to the
sense: by others without interroga
tion, as belonging to Eteocles, which
the arrangement seems to require.
Hence the verse is thought by Dind.
to be interpolated. See under b, ri, to.
OvXa the gums, C.885.
Ovv a particle whose precise force
must be ascertained from the con
text, but generally meaning there
fore, then, etc. e.g. orivufitv olv
Kal riovit ovfMpopav inrXrjv C.919.
let us then bewail, etc. Cf. P. V. 518. 937.
C.572. E.210.217.847. S.387. Often
used thus in asking questions with Tie,
Truif, k.t.X. e.g. P.V. 513. 773. Sx.T.
686.1057. P.239. C. 112. 175. 169.755.
E.367.862. S. 214.294.302. 313.335. tI
olv; what then? S c.T.190. P.773. S.
309.Also in transitions, S i' ovv
ipwrart P.V. 226. but, however, as to
what you are asking. Also in tran
sitions where an abrupt change is
made in the discourse, Anglice, be that
as it may, e.g. TviXoiro b" oZv rairl
tovtoioiv t'lnrpa^tc A. 246. Cf. A. 34.
217.062.1012.1549. C.564.572. In S.C.T.
792. fiapth i' ovv b'fitoQ (ppcKrov, the ex
pression seems equivalent to ftapia
fiiv trrri rait, <ppa<TOV i' ovv oyuwc.
 OYNE ( 248 ) OYPI

see o/xidq. with other particles, e.g. Ovpavog heaven, P.V.749. 899. S.c.T.
pev ovv, in transition, well, however, 370.383.424. P.491. A. 546. E.865. S.
P.V.829. S.C.T.597. C.687. S.127. 211.
or in stating something stronger than Ovpavovxoe governing heaven, ob-
what has been first affirmed, nay, pavov^ov ap^dv C.954.
yea, rather. Zuaaaa yap ypavg ob^iv, Obpifaiv to urge with a fair wind.
avTiTraig pev ovv E.38. Cf. P. 989. A. Met. to direct aright, to conduct with
1061- 1369. C.993. So AXV ovv in certainty, tov abrbv atci Saipov ob-
transition, but however, P.V. 1060. pie'iv riling P. 594. that the same god of
1073. S.c.T.199.yap ovv for indeed, fortune will ever guide (his affairs)
A. 660. E.346. Kai yap ovv A. 510. prosperously, where, as Passow (Gr.
olavvrtp ovv tXtnrc A. 593. even just Lex.) observes, rv-^nv must be repeat
as he left her. >oirtp ovv even as, A. ed from rvyric. Blomf. for Tigris
1144.1401. C. 94. 875.In stating an reads rvx<*C. ace. pi., which, it must
alternative, either in the first clause, be admitted, is plausible, daipova
e.g. t"iT ovv aXndetQ, eir ovctpdrwv Tv\ng being rather a harsh expres
Siicnv A. 477. Cf. A. 817. or in both, sion. In C.914. Trarpoc yap al<ra
C.672. or in the last, e.g. pi\re. pi- tovUe oobpi&i popov, aovptfai is put
yaj', jxiyr ovv veapuiv riva A. 350. Cf. for aol obpifci h.e. brings inevitably
A. 460. E.390. on thee, not for vol opiei, as Blomf.
Obvexa because, ovvek yKTioav Well. Dind. suppose. ''ii irdrtp alvo-
flfidsS. 630.on account of, with gen. Tzarsp, ri aot | fd/jiivoc, rj ri pVijae |
A. 797. S.480. TV%oip' av tKadev obpiaag \ tvda a
Ovwep where, S.c.T.1002. i^ovaiv evvat, | otcorip <j>dot laopoipov ;
Ovttotc never, P.V. 174. 550. S.c.T. yapniQ B' opoiioe | KiKXr/vrai yoog
633.1014. 1028. 1159. E. 127. 167. 522. i/k\)) I irpoadoSopotg 'ArpelBaiQ. C.
531.665.819. 313. seqq. Of this passage many
Ovww not yet, P.V. 984. S.c.T. 496. interpretations have been given. The
P.637. A.664.1083. C.7 66.separated only variations in the reading and
by an intervening word, P.V. 27. P. punctuation worth mentioning are
175. C.736. E.560. avtKadev for av kicddtv, and the plac
OinrcjTrore never yet, P.V. 691. E. ing the interrogative after ibval instead
586. of after laopoipov, as is usually done.
Oiipdvios heavenly, belonging to A comma may also be placed after
heaven, P.V. 164.427.1051. A. 90. TV'Xpip av, taking tpapevoQ r/ pctLtnj rv-
rising to heaven, ovpdvia peXn Xirava X0lp a. v absolutely, and eicadev obpiaae
dto'iai S.789. ovpdvia aj(jn P. 565. by itself. The passage appears after all
woes reaching to heaven, i.e. immense. very simple, according to the common
Schiitz cf. Virg. JEn. ii. 222. Cla- reading and pointing. Orestes is ex
mores simul horrendos ad sidera tollit. pressing his wish that any prayer or
Cf. also Soph. Aj. 195. arav obpaviav act of his might be made to reach his
(j>Xcyojv, and Ant. 414. with Erfurdt's father in the shades, and cause his
note. Blomfield less correctly under spirit to arouse itself to take ven
stands the meaning in these passages geance on his murderers. Whether
to be calamitates ccelitus immissce. this may be so or not, he cannot tell ;
OvpavofiriK-qq reaching to heaven, but, adds he, be that as it may(6/Wwe)>
A. 92. a due lamentation of the dead is a
OvpavoviKOQ overcoming heaven, proper token of respect. To this
arav obpavoviKov S. 156. h.e. omnium the chorus replies, that he need not
coslestium numinibus potentiorem. fear lest the spirit of the dead should
Schiitz. be inattentive to his cry, for that
OvpavoQ Uranus, P.V.205. his lament would certainly have the
 OYPI ( 249 )
effect desired. Translate, O father,
unhappy father, what having said, or
what having done for thy sake, could
I succeed in making it reach from afar
to the place where thy couch holds
thee, a light (h.e. a place where the
light is) equivalent to darkness ? but
still, be this as it may, etc. Obplaac
is to he taken actively, sc. tov \6yov
fl to ipyov, as Lachm. explains it, and
not intransitively, as some prefer, sc.
could I succeed in reaching thee my
self? Some, placing the interroga
tive after evyai, join o-kotu <j>aog lao-
fiotpov with ovplaac, and understand
it metaphorically of the act contem
plated, as a pleasure (or light) equal
to the sorrow (or darkness) which
now encompasses Agamemnon, as
being hitherto unavenged. It is
simpler to take these words as an
epexegesis of evyai, by which iEschy-
lus expresses somewhat of the same
idea as Milton when describing the
regions below, " no light, but rather
darkness visible." Others again, as
Well., place the interrogative after
evval, and refer ok. <pa. loop, to jooq,
as denoting the probable inefficacy of
the act performed. Other interpre
tations, etc., may be seen in the
notes of commentators ; see especially
Blomf. Lachm. Herm. Obss. Critt.
p. 89. seqq.
OvpioQ proceedingfavourably. iji/X-
\apoi Trpa,iv ovpiav C.801. may he
lend his aid to guide the matter
aright.with ace. guidingfavourably,
rb irav fifjxap ovpiog Zeis S. 589. See
TTOplflOQ.
Oi/joioorarije lit. set to a fair wind.
Met. favourably instituted, done in
honour of success, C.803. See yot'ic.
Ovpog a fair wind. Kar ovpov with
a fair wind, right onward, without
stopping, P. 477. met. S.c.T.672.
836.
Ouc the ear, C.374. &t(dv C.54.
444. i>ol S.C.T.25.84. P.597.
OvTa'(tiv id. pass. TtXnyriv Kaipiav
ovTaafiivog A. 1317. mortally wounded.
Ovrav to wound. <0oc diavraiav
OYTO
ovrif sc. n-Xnyhf C.631. inflicts a
deadly blow.
Ovte neither, nor. repeated, P.V.
21. 106. 452. 798. S. C.T. 337. 489. 638.
646.647.648. P.14.211. A. 69.239.482.
C.256. E.55.389.673. InC.69. Bothe
conj.oi/7-foroi/r(. SoDind.-the for
mer ovte is omitted, A. 518. C.292. in
which last place St'xecflcu 3' is to be
read with Herm.with ov preceding
instead of ovte, P. 580. with ov fol
lowing ovte, P.V. 448. C.289. with
re following, P.V. 244. 260.with li,
P. 644. E. 476. In A. 1502. ovre seems
clearly wrong, it being most unlikely
that it should, as Well, supposes,
connect the following words with
the former speech of Clytsmnestra.
Schiitz and Blomf. read ovk. Seidler
thinks vv. 1502, 3. an interpolation.
So Dind.
OvriSavog vile, S.c.T.344.
Oiirts no one, P.V.50.468. A. 1306.
C.628. 1029. S.590. 592. adj. none, P.V.
443. S.c.T.51.379. P. 173.406. A. 179.
454.1070. C.69. (see prec.) 736. E.
304. 404.558.618.636.706. S. 6.92 637.
with gen. A. 385. C.558.1013. E.188.
672.ovti not at all, not, P.V. 172.
S.C.T.457.518. A. 281. 967. 1221. C.
414. E. 591. 597.973. S.511. with fin,
ovti firi S.C.T. 181. A. 1624. C.882.
Ovtoi surely not, S.c.T.218. A. 914.
1025.1289. C. 267. 577. 696.841.901. E.
48. 64. 176.289. 841. S. 360. 505.508.745.
861.870.912.
Ovtoq this, ovtoi these, etc. P.V.
41. 72. 227. 239. 251.261. 265. 278. 377.
390. 498. 509. 515. 625. 628. 730. 756. 784.
787.809.812.815.828. 871. 872. 877. 917.
920.930.975.994.999.1032. 1045. S.C.T.
27.67.165.247.404.450.577.654. 1004.
1026. 1036.1057. P.114.155.161. 184.196.
206. 220. 224. 233. 325. 505. 723. 724. 739.
774.779.815. A. 97.142.157.246.359.537.
553.571.588.590.601. 659.795.834. 869.
918. 924. (see seq.) 928.1044. 1277. 1281.
1293. 1303. 1343. 1377. 1393. 1412. 1504.
1565.1593.1600. C.108.111. 114.120. 143.
173. 366. 374. 576.706. 747.759. 770. 831 .
893.897.904.921.1027. E.52. 110.190.
199. 420. 429. 430. 436. 454. 558. 583.608.
2 K
 OYTil ( 250 )
612.613.619.677.766.856.890.892. S.
237.246. 265.273. 293.298.306.405.453.
499.515.517.734.907.912.918.924.940.
969.984.ouroe in addressing, hark
ye. ovrog, rl iroie'tg; S.889. ravrn in
this manner, P.V.189.509.ical ravra
and that too, P.V.951. E. 112. 597. 864.
with a substantive and article, P. V.
4.357. S.c.T.246.591. A.533. 1076.1611.
1531. C. 91. 534.894. E.589. S.315.
with a subst. without the article,
P.V. 224. 803. 1067. S.C.T.226.382.487.
561.699. P.121.487. A.564. 1224. 1231.
C.229. 372. 787.985. E. 20.58.320.431.
466.486.606.654.674.677.713. S.351.
Ovru), ovrwg thus, so, P.V. 195.289.
972. S.C.T.404. 508.793. 794. 1003. 1011.
1048. P. 166.546. A. 60. 124. 601.701.
924. (Here Emper. in Zimmerm.
Diar. by a very probable conjecture
reads tovjxov fiev ovrtog for tovtwv ft.
ov.) 1262.1353.1361.1419.1584.1592. C.
250.362.446.476.497.545.560. E. 100.
431.709.998. S.333. 752.955.
0xe not, P.V.934.954. A.264. S.
471.896.
'OfeiXeiv to owe. 6</>eiX<ov ye P.V.
987. did I owe it him.6<pelXeo8ai
pass, to he owing ox due. Tov<j>eiX6nevov
irpaooovtra Ai'ktj C.308. aor.2. &<f>eXe
ought, ifiirae rig avrfiv aXXog &<peXev
\axe7v P.V. 48. some one else ought
to have received it. with eWe, e'id'
6<fieXe would that. eW o<j>eXe Ka/xe
Oavarov Kara fidlpa icaXvipai P. 879.
would that death had come upon me.
'OQeXXeiv to increase or further,
S.C.T.175. mid. v. apayfiog y<f>eX-
Xerai id. 231. becomes greater.
0<peXog use. iroXvopdyuov tpvyag
6(j>eXog tin fioi S.718.
'O<j>0aXfi6g the eye. yfiepooKOTrov
otydaX/xdv e,u> S.c.T. 67. otydaX/xol
the eyes, S.c.T.385. QeGiv "taov 6<f>-
6nX/xo'ig <paog P. 146. (car' 6<p6a\fiovs
/3aXtiC.567. (see flaWeiv and (card.)
To denote that which is most dear or
precious. (Cf. li/xfia.) oipdaX/jiov o'lKiav
C.922. sc. Orestes. In P. 164. a.fi<t>\
c" 6(j>da\fio"ig <p6jioc is translated by
Schutz circum oculos meos timor ;
but Blomf. properly refers it to Xerxes,
OXIIM
in the sense assigned above, as the
next verse shows, vvktoq 6<f>daXp6g
S.c.T. 372. the brightest ornament of
night. A certain minister of the
Persian king, alluded to in P. 941.
was called otydaXfidg (laoiXewg, be
cause by his aid, as Suidas says,
iravra 6 flaoiXevg eiretrK&irei. See
Stanley's note on this passage.
'O^daX/juopv-xpg putting out the eyes
(as a punishment). otfidaXiiwpv-^ot Si-
(cat E.177.
"Oipig a serpent, S.c.T. 477. C.
915. SIttovq oipLQ S.872. Met. an
arrow, irrnvov apyntrTtjv o<piv E.
172. In C.537. the reading of M. is
oil <pe7(re iraoa oirapyavn ttXueto for
which Turn, has 6<f>te re iraaiv tnrap-
ydvoig )irXitTo. About the two
latter words there can be little doubt ;
the former part of the verse is very
uncertain. Butl. conj. ov<pig re Traig
&g. Faehse (Syll. Lect. p. 325.)
thinks the reading of Turn, may be
explained, omnibus, quibus, sc. in
fantes involvi solent. Pors. conj. ov-
<j>ig efio'wi o-irapyavoig. It is possible
that after all 6<j>ig may not be the
word concealed under the corrupt
reading. This is partly supported
by the division of the syllables in M.
ov (pelcre. It may be suggested as a
mere conjecture to read, ov <pnirt wale
ev (or better, perhaps, ov tpnai Traioa)
oirapyavoig a>irXiero. ov ipnai sc.
Clytaemnestra. Cf. we avrfi Xeyei
v.520. On the quantity of the final
syllable see icoVie.
'0<j>Xe~iv (aor.2. from pres. inus.)
to be sentenced to pay a fine. d<f>Xiov
apnayijg Kal icXoirijc %Lki)v A. 520. con
demned to pay the penalty of rape
and of theft.
"0<f>pa whilst, C.355. o<j>p' a v with
subj. until, E.325.
'0<j>pvg an eyebrow, C.283.
'0\eJv to sustain, (jtpovpav oxvorut
P.V. 143. I shall keep watch.
'OxeTevi<ro'al pass, to be conveyed,
lit. as water by a channel, Met. as
a rumour, A. 841.
"Oxnfxaa conveyance, either a land
 oxen (251 ) IIAIA

carriage, S. 180. P. 599. or a ship, A. 44. of things, P.90. Here Rob.

vavriXtav ox'l^ra P.V. 466.
"0-)(Bri the bank of a river, S.c.T.
374. P.V. 812.
"OyBoQ a mound or hill, P. 459.
rvfijiov 7r' oydip C. 4. so ox^oc simply,
a tomb, P.639.650. a high bank.
' AytpovaiovQ o%dov A. 1133. Here
Casaub. reads ij-^dag because oy(dr] sig
nifies a bank, b\6oQ a hill. So Blomf.
Well, however, properly observes
that the radical force of both words
is the same, and that each is occa
sionally used in the sense of the
other.
'Ox^i>' to trouble, P.V. 1003.
"O^Xoc a crowd or mixed multi
tude, S.c.T.216. P. 42.53.917. S. 179.
Met. eix^0*' Xoyiav P.V. 829. a mul
titude of words.
'0-)Qia^eiv to fasten, o^fiaaai P.V.
5. &)Qiaae 621.
"O^oc a conveyance, e. g. a chariot,
P.V. 135. 712. A.1040. E.383.a ship,
S.32. See bxi^a.
'O\vpoz powerful or mighty, P. 78.
and several MSS. have kx^po'tg.
' 0>/> a voice, owa rag Tripeiag a\6-
Xpv S. 58.
"Otpavov a vision or apparition,
ovroi parawv avtpog otpavov ireXti C.
527. Truly (this) is no unmeaning
vision of a man, (and not merely of a
beast,) h. e. it is a man, not a beast
that is signified by the vision. Dind.
considers avSpog corrupt.
'Oipe late, too late, A. 1399.
'Oiplyovog late born, young, S.356.
'0\piKOiroc late seeking rest, A. 863.
"O^tc a vision, P.V.648. A.413.
periphr. tpavTCMTfiaruiv bipctg S.c.T.
693. o\ptg kvmviiov P.510. a spec
tacle, P. 48. S.562. oipiv aflvtroov S.
1044. of which no one can discover
the depth.the sight or eyes. ixh)V
iraklvrpoTrov tyiv S. 165. averting his
eyes, tig b^iv poXdv P. 179. to come
into sight, tic bipiv iJKCtg iSvirep i,r)v-
Xpv iraXai C.213. you have attained
to the sight of what you long desired
to see.

n
lid. See n-ij. preme power. irayKpariig iBpag P.V.
Ilayyalog name of a mountain, P. 389. victorious, A. 1632.
486. IlayiCjOorwc with the sound of all its
IIdy>i a snare. Kal wayag vwEpKo- oars, h.e. with all its oars, S.704.
irovg lirpatafitcrOa A. 796. but here Uayog a hill, P.V. 20.117.130.270.
Dind. adopts Tyrwhitt's very pro S. 186.wayog "Apeiog E. 655. 660. the
bable conjecture x"pTayae- hill of Mars.
UayKalvurroe constantly renewed, Ilayog frost, pi . A. 326.
A. 934. ETayxaAxoc made all of brass,
llayKaxug in the worst possible S.c.T.574.
manner, S.c.T. 534. P. 273. irayica- Hayxw entirely, by all means,
Ku>g tx" C.729. S.c.T. 623.
nay/Aauroe most to be lamented, JJaOog suffering. ra> irada fiadog
S.c.T.350. P. 808. Qivra. Kvpiwg 'ixttv A. 170. Cf. A. 519.
UayKXrjpia the whole of an inhe C.1004. tTVfi(j>opa vadovg P. 428. a
ritance, C.479. grievous calamity. a disaster or suf
Hayicouos common to all, S.c.T. fering, P.V'.705. S.C.T. 830. P.250.284.
590. all in common or together, araoig 286. A. 655. 867. 1108.1149. 1183. C. 509.
TraytcoivOQ <oB' EirippodCi C.45. 540.970.1011.1066. E. 119. 140. 474. S.
llayKpariie all-powerful, S.c.T. 237. 104.
E.878. S.796. emblematic of su ITam*' Apollo,ihe healinggod, A.144.
 IIA1A ( 252 ) IIAAA

Haiav a pcean or hymn, sung on 382. 428.469.595.799.887.906. 958. 965.

various occasions, as the taking of a in circumlocution, iralStc 'EXXi/vcuv
city, aXiitrt^ov naiava S.C.T.617. the P. 394. said of animals, avavluiv
beginning of a battle, P. 385. the xaih'hiv rag afiidvTOv P.570. h.e. fishes.
death of a person, etc. ncuava rov of the young of the vulture, tKirarloig
davuvrog C.149. Cf. S.C.T.851. A. aXytiri TraiZiav A.50.
631. ttaiovtg the Pceonians, S.254.
Hatavlfav to sing a pcean, S.c.T. IlajW a healer or physician,
250. iraiuiv re yevov TrjoSi ficpifivng A.99.
HatSeta education, S.c.T. 18. aXX' own Ilaiiiv rjio" iirioraril Xoyu
Tlaidetog belonging to children, irat- A. 1221. This is well explain
2W icpciic A.1215. 1575. the flesh of ed by Klausen, " Pseonis mentio
children. rationem repetit e jusso chori uten-
ricnc n't child's play, a trifle, P.V. dum esse bonis verbis evtynfieiv.
314. Horum enim usus nonnisi tamdiu
IlaioVoe childish, A. 466. locum habet, quam in discrimine
XlaiSofiopog child -devouring, C. res quaepiam versatur, in quo Serv-
1064. atoris Apollinis auxilium adhuc
Hailokirupchild-destroying, S.c.T. speratur. Quod discrimen si in
708.
malum vertit eventum, neque a
TlaiioXvfitig destroying her son, Paeone quidquam amplius expectan-
Dor. C.595. dum, neque juvant bona verba, qua?
IlatSorpwroc inflicted as a wound jam sponte vertunt in querelas Su-
by children. iraiSorpwra Tradea E.473. criceXac'ovg, hvtr<j>tifiovg.
IlaUiv to strike or beat, intrans. Tlati>v a pcean or hymn of joy, C.
\6yot iraiovai irpbg KVfiatnv arng P.V. 339.
887.with ace. eiraiaav aX/jirjv P. 389. Uati) vioq possessing a soothing or
vavg iv vrfi '^akicripn otoXov iiratoe healing power, A. 822. S.1052. Kt'Xa-
P. 401 . tiraiaiv atyavrov ipfxa A. 978. cos ov iraiwvwg P. 597. a direful
strikes upon (in loc. dub.). to slay sound, ttwq av SpKog, irijyfia yevvaitog
or give a death blow, A. 1352.1357. irayev, iraii>viov yivoiro; A. 1172.
pass. S.c.T.940. C.182. nalovro for what beneficial effect could it have ?
tiralovTo in a narrative by an ayyt- Here oprnv nrjyfia must certainly be
Xog P. 407. See kvkXovv. read with Auratus. The words irijy-
Halg a child. itctpTOfinoag hijdev fxa yevvaiiag irayiv, as a mere appo
&e 7ra2' ovra fit P.V.988. Cf. P.V. sition to bpKOC, would be unmeaning.
989. A. 81. 383. C. 522. 744. 748. fem. The sense is, how could an oath, al
A. 268.a girl, P.V. 654. C.366. pi. though sincerely taken, etc. xat
P.V. 867. E.69. a son. Qifiilog oi- n-aiwviog is a very probable anonym,
nvfirira wai P.V. 18. Cf. id. 185.578. conj. in A. 498. where Kcbraytivioe
770.775. S.C.T.912. P. 173.185.192.207. is now read. Dind. adopts mvayw-
223.229.344.348.465.468.521.601.725. vwg from Spanh. or else would con
730.737.752.759.768.820.833.836.943. sider the word to come from kirayw-
A.851.1010. C.599.800.883. E.144. S.63. viog, not a7raya>vioe.
162.260.301.576. 869.878. a daugh HaXat long since, a long while ago.
ter, f) Atoe 7rat irapdivog \lxi) S.c.T. with past tenses, P.V. 1000. A. 573. S.
644. Cf. A. 1391. 1407. E. 6. 634.jtcu- 258. with pres. triyw naXat cu<rc-jjv-
dec children. Trjdvog wa'iSig S.c.T.293. ocP.282. A. 355. 534. 1350. C.457.
iraititc 'H<pai(rrov E. 13. artificers. See formerly, e'i irov iraXai A. 506- C. 213.
Stanl.note. Cf. P.V. 139. S.c.T. 774. E.429. tUv iraXai ntitpayfiiviav A.
P 396.703. A. 60. 319. 1192. C. 189.262. 1158. C.792. t&v waXat. Xoywv P.V.
373.471.498. E.179.981.987. S.173.336. 847. my former words.

-\
 iiaaa ( 253 )
TlaXaiyevijQ born long ago, antient,
P.V.220.875. E. 163.of long stand
ing, S.c.T.724. A. 1620.
IlaXatoe antient, of old standing,
whether of things or persons, e.g.
S.c.T.722. Cf.id.784. P.17.154.607.689.
A. 742.1 170.1351. 1459. 1482. C.733. E.
80. 372. 748. 775. S. 262. 533. 1000.
aged, as applied to persons, irfie ovv
ira.Xa.ia. irapa. vcuirepag jxadia ; C. 169.
Cf. S.c.T.309. A. 72. E. 69.697. 843.
compar. contr. iraXairepoQ older, more
antient, C.639. E.691.to iraXawv
antiently, BeoOev (caret Molp' eKparnire
to iraXawv P. 103.
IlaXai6(pp(ov old in wisdom or feel
ing, h.e. aged, E.802.antient, S. 588.
ndXattrjua a struggle, A. 63. E.
559. (see arpiaKTOc) 746.
IlaXaioTijc a wrestler or antago
nist, P.V.922. Met. an earnest suitor,
A. 1178. Klausen compares Soph.
Phil. 371. O.T.879.
naXatyaros antiently spoken, S.c.T.
748- A.730. antient, S.526.
HaXatxOuiv proper name, S.247.
343.
HaXal)(6iov antient possessor or
guardian of the land, S.c.T. 100.
UaXa/Mi) handy-work, an artifice,
P. V. 165. oXofievai iraXafxaic S. 845.
Here the meaning seems to be by
violent hands, but the passage is ex
ceedingly corrupt.'
naXafivaioQ an assassin, E.426.
IldXjj a struggle, C. 853.
UaXiyKOTog of a contrary sort, dis
agreeable, unpleasant. tcXt/ScWe ira-
XiyKorovg A. 837 . cf. id. 848. odious ru
mours. Hence, hostile, toIq ifio'ig ra-
XiyKoroiQ S.371. my enemies. On the
meaning of iraXlyKoroQ, and other
compounds of iraXtv and kotoq, see
Elberling Obss. in Ag. p. 9. seqq.
who denies that " kotoq proprie est
indoles," as Blomf. (Gloss, ad S.cT.
804.) asserts, and restricts it to the
sense of " ira penitus infixa et per-
manens." It seems, however, im
possible to conceive, if this be so,
how this sense can have entirely
disappeared in the words oXXokotoq,
I1AAI
vtdxorog, and virepKOTtog, which clearly
signify only strange, novel, exces
sively : also in iraXlyicoTOs itself, for
the word does not mean qui iram
adversus aliquem gerit, as Elberling
says, iraXiv not at all signifying ad
versus aliquem, but being used to
signify contrariety of direction, lit.
cross-tempered, cross-grained. Neither
does it mean, as the passages quoted
show, valde iratus, iraXiv sc. exerting
an intensive force, as in iraXtpfiriKriQ,
iraXio-Kiog, etc. It seems clear then
that if kotoq be not a mere termina
tion, it must have a meaning some
thing similar to that suggested by
Blomf. On &XX6kotoq, see Ruhn ken's
note on Timaeus s. v. In (iapvKOTog it
is not necessary to force the meaning
from kotoq anger, the word being, as
Elberling observes, little different in
signification from flapvQ. The idea
of anger is also quite inappropriate
in vcokotoq (S.c.T.785. P. 252.), and,
lastly, in virepKOTWQ, which word oc
curs A. 455. to iiircpKOTWQ kXveiv eZ
fiapv, where virepKorug kXvciv eZ
means to enjoy an exceedingly high
reputation. It has the same meaning
in Eurip. Here. Fur. 1059. 3> Ztv, r
iralS' fi^OripaQ u>o" vircpKOTiDQ top aov;
In A. 796. for (cat irayaQ (ya.pira.yhiQ
leg.) virepKOTOVQ Blomf. properly
reads virtpKoirovg, the idea virtpKorovQ
being foreign to the sense, but need
lessly makes the same correction (sc.
vvtpKcmwQ for virEpKorwo) in A. 455.
ttaXi/xfiriKriQ very long, lit. as long
again. iraXiv sometimes in composi
tion has an intensive power, to yap
iraXiv iviayov kirlraaiv finXol. He-
sych.
HaXlfirXayKTOQ wandering back
wards, P.V.840.
[IaXtyiTroiva n.pl. the price paid in
return for anything, C.782.
IldXtv again or back, back again,
KtXevdov rjvirep i)X8eg iyKovei iraXiv
P.V.964. Kayynv ktpav ijXtoQ orKeBq.
iraXiv P.V.25. Cf. P.V.387.856. P.
325.600. A.310. 335. 502. 587.604.665.
827.993.1334.1569. C. 96.67.4.965. E.
 I1AAI ( 254 )
35. S.336.834. afterwards, atafuture
time, A. 256. E.690. in a contrary
manner, firfii t(j> <5oj; iraXiv S.c.T.
1031. let no one think differently or
disputeit. See Etym. Magn. p. 648.18.
IlaXiyoproe rising again, recurring,
A. 149. Here Schiitz conj. 7raXi-
vopaov, which he refers to the return
of Agamemnon. In this, however, he
is wrong, fiifivei does not refer solely
to Agamemnon, nor is the meaning
of oiKovdfiog (as Wellauer rightly ob
serves) confined to Clytaemnestra,
but it alludes to the wrath which,
from the beginning, had attached to
the house of Pelops, since its first
crime, the irpwrapxps art] (v. 1165.)
viz. the murder of Thyestes' chil
dren. Hence the wrath of the Furies,
firjvts (cf. v.1159. seqq.), never ceas
ing (fiifivei), showing itself from
time to time (iraXlvoproQ) in the
commission of treacherous crimes
(SoXla), and which Chalcas fears (if
Iphigenia be sacrificed) may beexerted
again in punishing Agamemnon for
the murder of his child (jeKvoTroivog).
TEKvoirmvoG refers primarily to the
murdered children of Thyestes ; but
prophetically also hints at the fate
of Agamemnon : in the same way
Clytaemnestra too is obscurely alluded
to in oiKovdfiot SoXia. fil/xvei is used
as it is in v. 1544. fiifivti Be, hilivovtoz
iv 'Xpovio Atoe, TraOtlv riiv ip,a.VTtx.
firjvie is used in the same manner
as the consequence of crime in v. 685.
'IXltf hi KijSos 6p8u>vvLtov TtXE<rai<ppa)v
Ltrjvic rjXaac.
IlaXtvoTojKETv to mutter against any
one, S.c.T.240.
TlaXlvrovog bent back, iv -)(ipo~iv
irakivTova C. 159. bending back in the
hand; said of long flexible lances
quivering in the hand when hurled.
TlaXivrpowog turned away, A. 753.
S. 164.
naXivrux'/c having contrary for
tune, A. 452. Here Seal. iraXivrvxtX,
but unnecessarily. See rpi/3j/.
TlaXippodoc ebbing and flowing, A.
184.
IIAM*
IlaXAay^a concubinage, S.292.
IIaXX.dc Minerva, S.cT. 121.483.
P.339. E.10. 21. 79. 215. 559. 637.724.
728 . 742. 87 6. 955. 97 1 . 997.
IJaXXftv to shake, pass. 7rdXX<r0<u
to be agitated, C. 404.517. S.766. irdX-
Xovr oxpiv andij S.562. were agitated
at the sight.
TlaXXevKog all white, E.332.
IldXoe a vote or lot, from its being
shaken in an urn, S.c.T. 440. P.
765. A.324. E. 712.723. vaXu) Xax&v
S.c.T. 55. 119. E.32. elXifXtv iraXov
S.c.T. 358.
TlanfioToc all-nourishing, S.553.
Tlafifidrawc all in vain, A. 376.
but here Dind. rightly prefers nav
fiaraiov with Musgrave.
Xlafi/xaxoc fighting with all, re
doubtable, A. 163.
Htiftfirirwp mother of all things.
wafi/xrJTOp yij P.V.90. For examples
of compounds of iiriTnp see Abresch
p. 89. Valck. on Phcen. 1518. and
Blomf. Gloss, in loc. who observes
that T<i>p and not rnp is the termina
tion used in these compounds.
U.a/xfiiytis mingled all together, P.
261.
Tla/ifiiKToe id. P. 52. 870.
HafnrfiSnv altogether, utterly, P.
715.
TlafiTrntria the whole of a posses
sion, S.c.T. 799.
Ha.fnrpewroe very conspicuous, A.
117.
VLafnt-poo-On A. 696. This word is
corrupt. Heath conj. Trafnrpoadev.
Schiitz TTafiTri]Znv. Blomf. Kainrpoo-ff
fl sc. avarXaaa. Hermann's con
jecture is the most likely, irafxTrpoaff
7i, which is very suitable before the
repeated word TroXvOpnvov. This will
be clearer still if we consider 7roXw-
dpnvov in both cases to refer to
alSiva sc. fiiya ttov arivei K.r.X. iro-
Xvdpnvov TrafiTrpoad', j) KoXvQpnvov
K.T-X.
Tlajx<j>afie all bright, P. 604.
Vi.ajXipda.pTOQ all-destructive, C.294.
Ila/i^opoc all-producing, P. 010.
TlaLttpvXoi the I'amphylians, S.547.
 flAN ( 255 )
Tldv Pan, P.441. A. 56.
HavddXiog all-miserable, S.c.T.
953. C.422.684.
TlavaioXoe all-various, P.627.
Tlavalrwg entirely the author of
anything, A. 1465. E.191.
TlavaXrjdlie all too true, S.c.T. 704.
TlavaXnOwg with perfect truth, S.
80. in loc. corr.
IlavaX/d/c all-powerful, S.c.T. 150.
HaydXwTOQ seizing everything, A.
352. See vapdnKOTrXypdiTos.
HavdpKeroQ all-prevailing, ever-
enduring. TravapKtrag votrov C.67.
HavSnfiel with the whole force or
people, S.C.T.273. E.991.
navcnfiia. id. S.602.
ILWikoc most just, S.c.T. 155.
HavSUwe most justly, S.c.T. 652.
C. 239.670. E.771. S.414.
TlavCotceiv to undertake the whole
of a thing, S.c.T. 18.
IlavSorac receiving all, S.cT. 841.
C.651.
TlavSvpros very mournful, P. 903.
906. So Blomf. for vulg. navoSvprov,
which violates the metre.
TXavepyirnQ effecting all things.
gen. Dor. Travspyira A. 1465.
Tlayfiyvpig an assembly or company,
S.c.T. 202. iv iravnyvpu A.819.
Xlavi]fiepoQ coming every day, P.V.
1026.
ndvvv)(os throughout the night, P.
374.
tlavot^ve most wretched, C.48. Lo-
beck Paralip. p. 251. shews that this
word should be written iravotfag.
liavoipoi alas ! C.862.
HavoXfioe completely blessed, S.
577.
XlavopiXti with the whole force or
multitude, S.c.T.278.
HdvowXoe full-armed, S.c.T. 59.
UavoTrrng all- seeing,F.\.91. E.997.
S.300.
Ilavug a torch, A. 275.
Ilavovpyia wickedness, abstr. for
concr. iravovpyiif rivi irXo'iov i,vvtia-
/3ac S.c.T. 585. with wicked persons.
Xlavovpyoe ready for any act of
daring, wicked, C. 378.
IIANT
Tlavo-iXnvoQ (sub. &pa) a full moon,
S.c.T. 371.
Hdvao(f>oe most wise, S.315.
Tlavra Dor. for irdvrn everywhere,
E.925. S.82.
IlavrdXae most wretched, P. 629.
IIavrapK/c all-sufficient, ready at
all points, P. 841.
navrayij in every way or respect,
P.V. 198. P. 221. irpafae 'iv aoi irav-
ra\ij Tab" aiviau) E.447. in whatever
way I may fare by your means I
shall be content.
TlavreXrie all-accomplishing,S. c.T.
111. C.959. complete, C.553.of
full authority, S.596.
naT\wc completely, throughout,
P.V.438.913.
Tlavrevxla full armour, S.c.T.31.
HdyrexfoQ aiding all arts, P.V. 7.
HavToSawoe of every kind, S.c.T.
339.
Tiavrodev from every side, on all
accounts, A. 1343.
ndvToX/xoe all-daring, S.cT. 653.
C. 423. 589.
navTo/ximie hateful to all, E. 613.
liavTOirrng all-seeing, S. 131.
Ila vroatfivoQ revered by all, E.
607.
navToroXpoe all-daring, A. 1210.
to wavroroXfiov A. 214. an act of dar
ing.
TlavTotpvpTog collected from all
sides, ra iroXXa iravTotyvpr avcv h~i-
iojc E.524. Here the verse is de
fective by two syllables, nor is the
sense complete. Pauw conj. wavro-
(j>vpr ayovr. So Herm. Schutz,
Dind. Wellauer from the Aid. read
ing Travr6(pvpTov, conj. iravr6<j>vpTov
ovt. If this be correct TravTO^bvprov
will have an active signification, sc.
gathering from all sides, and govern
the ace. ra voXXd,
UdvrpofioQ. So M. in S.c.T. 276.
See iravTpoipos-
TldvrpoTros entirely routed, irav-
Tpowai <j>vy<ji S.c.T. 936. a complete
rout.
Havrp6<pos nursing with all care,
S.c.T. 27G. but the reading of M. irav
 IIANT ( 256 )
rpofjoc is adopted by Casaub. Schiitz,
Blomf. Dind.
TlavT(i>e by all means.P. V.16. S.cT.
112. surety, at any rate, P.V.333.945.
1055.joined with a\\a>c re Kai. &X-
\a> r iravTbiQ cat KaoiyvrfraiQ learpog
P.V.639. i.e. both on all other accounts,
and also as being, h.e. especially as
being. Cf. P. 675. E.696. and see
Herm. on Vig.620.
Tlavv verily, surely, P. 880.with
a superlative force, rae iraw tcoX-
Xae \ptr%as A. 1431. iraw <f>v<rrte jj.v-
ptat avSpoJv C.848.
TIavtoXeOpoe utterly destroyed,
S.C.T.70.916. A. 521. C.922. E.522.
utterly destroying, P. 554. S.409.
IlavwXijc utterly destroyed, S.c.T.
534. P.718. S.96.
ndvwpoe brought forth at all sea
sons, S.672.
UaTrdi papce ! aha! alas! P. 988.
A. 1085. 1229. E.252.
HawTaiveiv to look about one, to
beware, P.V. 334. 1036.
Hapa 1. with gen. from the side of,
P. 380.898. Trap' amrlloQ S.C.T.606.
from the left side. See doTrt'c.
from, denoting that from which any
thing proceeds, or is derived, P.V.
637. 702. 990. A. 256. 304. 832.891. 1016.
C. 87. 88. 169.397. E.818. S. 196. 1059.
elliptically, ravra fxobariv chaefifj
Oeiov irapa; C.120. sc. airtlaBai
ya/iuiv UKOvtrav clkovtoq irapa S.224.
taking from a parent a daughter in
marriage against his will. 2. with
dat. with, or in the hands of, P.V. 186.
amongst, with, C. 477. E. 911. near, by,
S.C.T.374. E. 220. S. 239. 283.3. with
accus. at, near, P.V.529.812. P.295.
A. 497. C.361. with motion towards,
A. 173. beside, S.548. Trap aird A.
719. in like manner (see irapavra).
Trap' ovSev tQcvro A. 221. made of no
account, wap' ovh'tv E. 204. 809. as a
thing of nought, as nought. Kparelral
7TWC TO OlioV TTCipa TO flf/ VTTOVpyetV
k(iko~iq C.912. the Deity is circum
scribed in so far that He cannot sup
port the base, irapa denoting the mea
sure of what is stated. The verse,
iiapa
however, is probably corrupt, uparc'i
Si True Port. Stanl. contrary to, A.
870.905.1015. E.164. S. 74.449.ffapa
is also used for 7rdp<mS.c.T.338. P.
163.609. A. 1025.E.385. 406. S.987. for
Trapeiai E.31.for Traptari impers.
P.V. 54.762. S.c.T.796. P.279.463.
A. 1585. 1654. C.955.
Tlapafialvtiv to transgress. ZUnv
irapa/Sdcrtc A. 763. irapfiaivovoi for
xapa/8. E. 738. 7rapa/3a<ri A. 59. to the
transgressors.
IlapayyiXXttv to deliver a message.
P.461. A. 307. Met. aiXac Trapayyel-
Xaaa id. 280. transmitting the beacon
fire. Cf. id. 285.
HapayyeXpa a message, A. 467.
Ilapdytcv to lead aside, to ensnare,
P. 98.
HapaylyveaOai to be present, E.
309.
HapaOikyetv to soothe. TrapaBtX^et
A. 71. sc. Tie, alluding to Agamem
non. See Itpov.
Tlapaifiatrla (for Trapafiaaia) trans
gression, S.c.T. 725.
TIapaiveiv to advise, P.V. 307. P.
264. C.890. Tcaprjveoa P.220. J ad
vise.
XlapaivcaiQ advice, E.677.
TtapaiTeitrdai to entreat, C.774.
with ace. of person, S. 516.
TlapaiTtoG a partial cause, causing
with others, C.897.
TlapaicaXtiv to exhort, call upon,
P. 372.
IlapaKXiviv [i] to turn aside, sc.
from the right way. TrapaicXivovo' iwl-
Kpavtv It yajxov TriKpae reXevrac A.
724. This is correctly explained by
Heath, ab iis qua prima aspectu pro-
mittebat defiectens et in pejus mutata.
It is less properly connected by some
with the preceding words, in the
sense of looking askance with the
eyes.' In this case the stop must
be placed after TrapaKXivovtr . So
Blomf. The former way is adopted
by Dind. Well. .Klaus.
IIapaitojrJ7 madness, Dor. A. 216.
E.317.326.
UapaKorroc maddened, P.V. 582.
 IIAPA ( 257 )
napaia-ios by the shore, P.V. 838.
TIapaWayri a succession, A. 476.
TlapaWdaativ to slip away, to
vanish, A. 412.
TlapaKiog by the sea side, P.V. 573.
TlapaixeXeiv to neglect, pass. perf.
iraprifieKrjadai to be neglected, S.c.T.
684. E.290.
Ilapafiovaos inharmonious, C.460.
HapapvOtiodai to advise, P.V. 1065.
TlapafivKaaOai to roar near any
one, P.V. 1084.
IlapaviKav to gain an evil victory.
,vvyovQ bpavXlag airipurroQ ipwg
irapaviMf C.592. unhallowed love
wickedly destroys conjugal harmony.
Tlapavoia frenzy, folly, S.C.T. 738.
Ii.apa.vovQ foolish, A. 1430.
Hapairaitiv to be mad or rave, P.V.
1058.
TLapairaTav to deceive. 7rapij7rd-
TJjffac E.698.
Hapappime (irapa. and pm>) a fence
or covering of skins or other mate
rial drawn over the sides of a vessel
to protect it from injury, irapappv-
<7l Vh> S.696. Others translate it, at the beginning,
U.apaar]fiOQ falsely stamped, coun
terfeit, A. 755.
IIapatrKtvaeo6ai mid. v. to pre
pare oneself, A. 344. to prepare for
oneself, P.V. 922. pass. iraptoKevaoixi-
voc ready, prepared, E. 1030. S.422.
A. 1396. (see cnret\elv.)
Hapaatcnvovv to place upon as a
covering, (papos irapt(TKt]vu>arc E.G04.
threw around him a cloak. Butler
says that the metaphor is taken from
the hangings of the theatre, which
covered the scene as robes do a man,
and that in the preposition vapa lies
the idea of craft and wickedness.
TlapatTKOireiv to look beside, to
overlook or neglect. -ft Kapr ap' av
irapeoKoweic. xpntT/i&v ifitiv A. 1225.
Here the meaning clearly is, surely
then you quite failed to comprehend
(lit. you overlooked) my oracular
sayings, hence the particle av is not
only unmeaning, but absolutely in
correct. Moreover, even supposing
that the genitive were correct after
HAPE
TzapeaK6irEiQ, which is very doubt
ful, the verse as it thus stands vio
lates the rule observed by tragic
writers, not to make the third and
fourth feet contained by a single
word. Hence Porson, who lays down
this canon (Suppl. to Praef. to Hec.
p. 25.), suggests j) Kapra -)(priafiu)V
ap' f)iu>>> irapeaKOTreig. This is ob
jected to by Well, and Herm. who
prefer Heath's conj. ^ Kapr &yav,
conceiving Porson's canon to be with
out sufficient foundation. Dind. pre
fers Musgrave's conj. Spov for &p'
av, but arranges the verse thus, >]|
Kctpra -xpnafi&v Spov kp&v iraptaKoiruQ.
Tlapaarafiov standing by, C.977.
Xlapaarareiv to stand by, be pre
sent, S.C.T.651. A.14.851. 1049. 1174.
YlapaoTaTrfQ a comrade, P.918.
\lapa(TTel-)(tiv to walk past, C.561.
Tlapatriptiv [i>] to bring forward,
to utter, irapiavpac tiros P.V. 1067.
Ilapavra A. 720. (see 7rapd). This
is by some translated, in like manner,
referring to the preceding allegory.
in the first instance, as opposed to
v 724. So Schutz. Hesych. has 7ra-
pavra. Trapa-ftpf/fia. Scholefield com
pares Dem. Mid. 35. nap' avrarac'iK-
rifiaTa. Cf. Lobeck on Phryn. p. 47.
The former explanation is the best,
there being nothing sufficiently de
finite to which to refer nap' avra in
the latter sense.
UapavriKa immediately, S.748.
Jlapaipopa wandering of intellect,
E. 317. 326.
Hapa<j>poveiv to be stupified or be
wildered, S.c.T. 788.
Tlapfialveiv see irapafiaivctv.
IIap/3dr)c (for Trapafidrns) a trans
gressor, E.523.
UdpfiaroQ (for irapa/3aroc) not to
be surmounted or transgressed, ov
irap/3aroc S. 1034.
Jlaptid a cheek, P.V.399. S.68.
Tlapelvat to be present, to be forth
coming. TrdpeortC.83. irapeori C. 209.
657. E.634. irapttm tfiya A.4O0. he
stands by in silence, (in loc. dub.) ita-
2l
 IIAPE ( 258 ) IIAPH

piori Ipyov wc toc S.593. there is act turn rorem sanguinis liberorum vora-
as well as word, irdpcio-t A. 410. S. torum," h.e. to which point advanc
1022. imp. irapij C.516. (on this form ing, he will make satisfaction for the
see Herm. Praef. Soph. CEd. Tyr. blood of the murdered children of
p. xii.) waprjv S.c.T.644. P. 869. E. Thyestes.
764. fut. ovk, el irapeoral y. A. 1222. Tlapnj3dv to pass the vigour of life,
no, if indeed it shall be realised or to decline in strength. The word ap
come to pass. Here Schiitz conj. pears in A. 956. seqq. xpovog B' iirtl
tiirep iarai y. So Blomf. Dind. irpv/ivritriiiiv vvfp.(36\oig \pa/xfiiag
iraprj C.981. irapeivai nvi to have, axarag irapiifinotv, ivff vir "\Xiov
to enjoy, to feet, axoXr) irXeiioy ; tupro vavfiarag arparog, which is
BeXw izaptari fioi P.V. 820. Cf. P. evidently corrupt. The word ijuy-
231.383.406. C.89. irapwv present, i^jioXoig is unknown. Schneider
ivinpog n-apdiv C.563. being in the in his Lex. corr. %,vvtfifioXaig, which
town. Cf. P. V.26.47. 98.271. 314.321. occurs also in P. 388. Casaubon conj.
375. 392. 469. 973. 1002. P. 258. 322. 81 1 . Hiiv IfifioXdig. The form amrn for
829. A. 1213. C.688. (see jcaXo'e) 839. cu-aroe does not exist, though Klausen
1009. E. 406.826. (see fioXtg) rrapE- endeavours to defend it. Hence some
oriv it is for us, it is ours, yours, conj. aKarovg or axarov. But the
etc. e. g. ipav napeim A.1327. one expression ^apfiiaig, as referred to
may see it, Cf. S.c.T.905. P.712.1006. a vessel, is certainly very awkward ;
A. 359. C.251. 414.971. E. 153.251.879. and probably acarac is nothing more
S.939.941. irapijv P. 393. Wpa is than a corruption from a/criy. Thus
sometimes used, for vaptari, in the Blomf. suggests \pafi[iiaig aurdig,
sense of is present, S.c.T.338. P. 183. which is, perhaps, the best correc
609. A. 1025. E. 385. 406. S.987. in the tion proposed, if we consider it as
sense of it is ours, yours, etc. (see the dative governed by the preposi
prec.) P.V. 54.762. S.c.T.796. P.279. tion kv in ,vvififtoXaig. For 7rctp/-
463. A.953. 1585. 1654. See irapa. (inat Heath conj. napfjxpc, as from
Tlaptnrtiv aor. 2. to persuade, P.V. TrapairTtiv to fasten, a word without
131. authority, though adopted by Schiitz.
TlapeKpaiveiv to violate or trans We may observe, however, that vd-
gress. 7rapK/3aTc C.636. pnjinae. would scarcely have been
~n.apt%,ii.vai to transgress, over substituted by an error for the simpler
reach, irapttyaoi P.V.551. word 7rapij\pc. Moreover, this does
Ilaptpxto-flat to pass by, S.c.T.750. not accord with the meaning of the
iraptXQiiv S.982.to enter or come in. passage. The apprehension felt by
taw napeXOwv C.836. the chorus does not arise from the
Waptvvog sleeping beside, S.c.T.995. length of time elapsed since the army
Ilapt'x"'' to present, P. 20. 206. A. arrived at Troy, their safe return
1575. to cause, P.314. 320. A. 550. E. being now a matter of certainty.
915. The passage in A. 1493. owoi Ik Hence the words ypovog irrti \pafji-
Kal Trpojiaivtov vw^yq. (so Herm.) kov- /xiag cucarag iraprjtpE become unmean
pofiopf wapi&i, is very obscure. Butler ing. The same objection lies against
proposes to alter It xai, which is with joining arparog with 7rapjj/3i,o- in the
out meaning, into lU-qv. This being sense of when it grew old : and like
changed into the Doric Si'urae, will, wise against Blomfield's conj. tVee
without further alteration, afford a irpvfivriaiitiv i,vvtftjioXa.\ Traprifinoav .
very tolerable sense. This Schole- It may be suggested, if irapt'iflriae be
field adopts, and translates, " quo not corrupt, which appears most pro
quum processerit, pcenas solvet, vel bably the case, to make Opacrog its
faciet ut solvantur poenae, ob concre- subject, understood from v. 955. and

x.
 IIAPH ( 25!) )
take it in the metaphorical sense of
when my confidence decayed, declined.
Cf. a somewhat similar use of r/fidv
on A. 570. The Chorus, in the be
ginning, expresses the loss of con
fidence which it feels ; it then pro
ceeds to say, that this confidence had
failed ever since the time when the
Grecian army arrived under Troy.
Translate, it is long since when, at the
throwing out of the cables on the sandy
shore, {my confidence) passed away,
when the army came under Troy.
The words evd' vir "lXtov <3pro vav-
fiarag orparoe may be considered as
an epexegesis of the words irpvpvr)-
eriu>v ^vvcftfioXait ipafipiaiQ atretic.
Xlaprjyopeiv to admonish, P.V. 649.
1003. to console, P. 522.to propi
tiate, E.483.
Hapnyopla a soothing. ypiafxaroQ
ayvov irapnyopiaig A. 95. metapho
rically referring to the comfort ex
perienced from the sight of the lamp,
thus trimmed with oil in honour of
the king's return.
Ilapij'tc ike cheek, S.c.T.516. C.
24.
IIapijte a putting ashore, A. 542.
HapfiopoQ extended, stretched out,
P.V.363. Prop, applied to a horse
who is harnessed to another to run
alongside of him in a chariot. Dind.
more correctly writes the word irapao-
pog from M.
Ilapdeyeioc of a virgin, A. 221.
TlapOtvtvcaQai to be a virgin, P.V.
651.
TlapOevia virginity, P.V. 900.
UapOivtog belonging to a virgin, A .
203.
TlapdEfOTraios proper name, S.c.T.
529. See under 'linrofiic'ii))'.
IlapQlvoQ a virgin, P.V. 414.590.
611. S.C.T. 106.155.518.644. E.953. S.
475.981.as an adjective, Trapdevov
irnyrtQ P. 605. the pure or virgin foun
tain. Cf. irapBlvov \pv-)(flv i%tiiv Eur.
Hipp. 1005. with Valckenaer's note.
TlapdtvotnpayoQ slaying a virgin,
h.e. shed in the slaying of a virgin,
A. 202.
IIAPO
TlapBtvuiv a virgin's chamber, P.V.
649.
TlapOot; proper name, P. 946.
Tlapuvat to omit, neglect. irapijKe
A.282. irapdz C.912. irapivn 1028.
pass, irapnixivov P.V.821. to permit,
concede. Kparog wapeg kjxoi A.917.
Tlapis Paris, P.695.1128. A. 388.
518.
Xiapioraodai mid. v. to stand by.
Ka.piaTO.Tai S.c.T.469. P. 193. izapa-
arain S.C.T.213.7rapOT(ic E.65.irap-
iarr\Kt the opportunity is presented,
it is in one's power. Dor. vvv ore aoi
KapiaraKE S.c.T. 689. ra iraptaruira
the things which present themselves.
Kpariora twv TrapcaTtoTwv P.V. 215.
ra X&iora tu>v irapc<TT0jTO)y A. 1023.
the best plan which present circum
stances allowed.
JlapvatriOQ Parnassian, C.941.
napvr/tris (sovulg.) fem. of Parnas
sus, C.556. Blomf. writes IIapvao-<e.
So Dind. and Tlapvaaov in E.U.
conceiving the Doric form to have
been preferred by the tragic writers.
The word should be written only
with one a. The form aa is later.
TlapvnaoQ (so vulg.) Parnassus, E.
11.
UapoiOev before, formerly, P. 463.
600. A. 176. 1345. rijc vapoidtv tvippo-
j'jjeP. 176. last night. with gen. irap-
oidev kiytvpCtv kfiov P.V. 501. in
front, irdpotdev TrpiipaQ Bpifivg i\arai
KapSiac Ovfiog C.385.
Hapoiicog adjacent, P. 850.
Tlapoifxia a proverb, A.255.
napoi\f.(rdai to be gone by, A. 553.
to pass by, to miss, h.e. to decline,
to refuse to have to do with, with
gen S. 447.-to swoon or faint. irapol\-
aj.nu Sci/iari S.719.
Tlapopvie inauspicious, irapopvidac
Topovg E.740. cf. Pind. Nem. ix. 18.
alaiav oh kot opvl^wv 6S6v. and Hor.
Od. i. 15.5. Mala ducis avi domum.
IlApoe Paros, P. 859.
Tlapoe before, S.c.T. 406. C.368. (in
loc. dub.) S. 368. 914.0O< ro~tg ira-
poe P.V. 404. the former gods, S.c.T.
406.
 iiapo (260 )
Uapovaia presence, P. 175. StKaiuv
I'lfifu'tTMv irapovtria C.660. the pre
sence of honest looks.
Tlapo\pu>vrifia a side dish, an appen
dage to a feast. Met. an accession to
anything, A. 1422. See tuWj.
YVapiivvpoe called from some one.
to <boij3nc ovojx 'i\ti irapuvvfjiov E.8.
the name of Phoebe slightly varied,
i.e. the name Phoebus, derived from
Phoebe.
Udc without a substantive, every
one. e.g. irdc iv ptToiKi^ yKuiaaav cv-
tvkov <j>(pci S.972. Cf. C. 168. more
commonly with tic, irdc Ttc. e.g.
iiri<mva-^civ nag Ttc trot/xoc A. 765.
Cf. id. 1178.1636. S. 484. 950. 982.
irdv everything, anything, e.g. irdv
oirep Trpo<T)(ptitT, irivototis P.V. 644.
Cf. P.V. 612*. P. 789. A. 756. 1556. Tray-
toq tivtKa S. 185. on every account.
to irdv the whole thing. e. g. i>e fidOrjre
Sid rt'Xouc to irdv P.V.273.630. C.328.
428. tov iravrhc iWttwu P.V. 963. /
am wholly destitute of it. Cf. id. 1008.
to irdv everything (considered as a
whole idea), Strep yvi>pr)Q to irdv
eirpaaaov P.V. 454. Cf. C.428.963. S.
674.to irdv adverbially, at all, alto
gether, ovk ifcltaoav ovSe irpocrj3\erpai
to irdv P.V. 215. Tcv^erat (ppevwv to
irdv A.168.Cf.id. 417.1140. E.154. S.
762. oil to irdv not at all, A. 965.ic
to irdv altogether, entirely, ee to irdv
ernrvp.toc A .668. E. 52.191 . id. for ever,
tic to irdv aeifcvov C. 673.927. E.83.
281.379.510,851.996. Etc to irar xio-
vov id. E.640.Sid iravrog through
out, P.V. 283. E.932. through all time,
C.849.TravTcg all, every body, "ire
irdvreg S.c.T. 105. Cf.P.V. 1093.S.C.T.
31.852.985,991. P. 150.363.390.937. C.
243. E. 386.508. 949. S.364.(seeaordc)
932.irdvraall things, P.V. 331.448.
503,524.620.823.937.983.996. P.225.
254. 274. 387 . 397. 544. 592. 595. 685. 820.
845.916.941. A. 159. 595. 869.904.1015.
1613. C.264.293. 481.979. E.110.246.
265. 376. 420. 707 .729. 8.273. 299. 306.
ret irdvra all things, as irevar\ to. irdvra
C. 125. Cf.id.513, E.393.ec rd irdvra
in all respects, P.V. 738. With a sub
IIA2X
stantive without the article, every,
all. irdv Tcro^tvTai fieXoc E.646. Cf.
P.V. HI. 1035. S.C.T.283. P.370.414.
C.776. E.240.478. 503. 853.922. S.139.
370. without the article, the whole,
irepl irdaav xOova P.V. 138. Cf. P.V.
193.671. S.C.T.236. P. 12. 56. 61. 74.
124.230.242.250.251.265.270. 286. 375.
379.408.450.458.485.508.657. 664. 699.
702.704.715.716.749.757.784. A. 225.
328.408.514.568.585.1077.1591. C. 258.
961.1011.1014.1042. E.183. 542.979.
S. 251. 420.435.598. with the arti
cle before the noun, adj. etc. every,
irdv to irpoaepirov P.V. 127. to Seivov
irdv E.668.in the same construc
tion, the whole, irdv to Aatov yi-
va.Q S.C.T.673. Cf. A. 1384. S.702.
preceded by the article, the whole, to
irdv iropeiac ySe rep/x aicriKoe P.V.
825. o irdc it pit)pie P. 331. Cf. P.V.
233. P. 345.392. 575. C.634. every, to
irdv /xii\ap ovpiog Zeis S.589.7r<xJTc
without the article, all, every. irdai
0oie P.V. 120. Cf. id. 504.658. 1088.
S.C.T. 907. 910. P. 215. 355. 383. 402.
695.729.735.755. A.88. 127.140. 1183.
1305. C. 70.537. 1036. E.471. S.219.
479.942.with the article preceding
the substantive, irdvra rd fiiWovra
P.V.101. Cf. P.168. E.890.969. A.
500.with the article preceding irdv
reg, e.g. tuiv iravrav irovuiv P.V. 751.
Cf. id. 843.977. irdvra abs. P.820. in
every part. See Wunderlich p. 156.
Here Cant. conj. iravrl sc. aitpan.
So Dind.irtarbv irdvra P. 941. in
every respect.
TlatraaOai (slot. 1. from ird.op.at
inus.) to possess or have. fut. wda-
iTctt E.169. (see eKelvog) perf. pass.
ireirapivog having, A. 809. C. 189.
MaaaaXeveiv to fix with nails, P.V.
56.65. A. 565.
Xlaaaakevrog fixed with nails,P.V.
113.
Tldaxuv to suffer, P.V. 92. 238. 617.
1069.1095, S.C.T.141. P.800. A. 1508.
S.886. fut. iretaop.ai S.c.T.245. S.758.
aor.2. eirdOopev A. 241. E. 139. ira06v-
toq S. 381. with omission of aug. ird-
doptev C. 413. irddov E.758. imp. irddi
 IIATA ( 261 )
C.918. conj. iraOuifitv 8.984. ti irada>;
S.c.T.1049. what must become of me?
See Passow's Lex. on this phrase.
iradtiv P.V.609.628. P. 793. A. 1144.
1545.1643. C.311.E.801.832. iraQoiiaa
E. 100. p.m. iriirovda P.V. 158. 470.
vadovtri A. 241. iraB6v S.C.T.970.
iv Traa\nv to be treated well, iradov-
teqev P.V. 978. ev naaxovaav E.830.
KaK&e Tratr^Eiv to be treated ill, P.V.
753.761.1043. S.C.T.1040.
Xlarayos a clatter or noise, S.c.T.
99.221.
Uariiv to tread or walk, A. 1271.
C.721 to tread underfoot. iroptyvpag
iraTuii> A.931. Met. to violate, A. 363.
1166. Xai; irarelvto spurn,^. 100. wcSov
irarelv id. A. 1330. Both expressions
are united, C. 633. where tori seems
understood with irarovfiEvoy. Blomf.
correctly explains it ovk rtfitXnrai sc.
bird rije AtKtjs.
Tlarnp a father, e.g. P. 193. A. 223.
1195.1565.1572. C. 95.162.978. E.488.
568.619.633.687. S. 11.511. varpoQ
P.V. 140. 529. 595. 639. 656. 770. 912.
S.C.T. 70. 461. 637. 677. 705.801.868.880.
927.1023. A.235. 236. 1068. 1141. 1254.
1258. C. 19. 90. 104. 106. 178. 198. 233.
235.245.254.262.271.291.298. 429. 533.
565.815.816.892. 902. 905. 912. 914. E.
89. 194. 442. 593. 610. 624. 708. S. 314.
692. 767. 970.990. narpi P.V. 659. S.c.T.
995. P.601. A.872.1573.1587.C.4.14.
86.751.972.975. 1047. S. 174. naripa A.
1538.1566. C. 128. 238.482. E.433.572.
611. S.314.514. nartp P.653.658. A.
1278. C. 137. 141. 313. 329. 342.349. 449.
472.474. 484. 486. 488. 493. 772. E. 47.
S. 201. 475. 715. 719. 729. 737. 792. 863.
993. iraripav C.326.852. Uarrip is
applied peculiarly to Jupiter, as the
parent or chief of gods, men, etc.
Cf. P.V. 4. 17.40.53.949.951. 986. 1020.
S.c.T. 111.494. E. 19. 588. 590.687. 956.
S. 131.587.
Ilarr/ar^oe a treading underfoot, A.
937.
Ildrpa a country, P.V. 668. P. 182.
760.
HarpaSi\<f>eta cousinship,(&o Pauw
for vulg. iraTpafcXfiav) abst. for
IIATP
concr. cousins. KarpaZiXfeiav T-hvo'
S.39.
Harpiog belonging to one's country,
varpiov ttotov A. 1129. In P. 896. ira-
rpiq. violates the metre, irarpixf Blomf.
So Pass. Lachra.
Tlarpie a country, P. 395. Trarplc
ydia S.C.T.567.
HarpoOev proceeding from a father,
a father's. Trarpodev evKraia iparte
S.C.T. 823. irarpodtv aXaorwp A. 1488.
HarpoKTOveiv to slay a father, C.
896.
TlaTpoKTovog a parricide, S.c.T.
733.parricidal, C. 968. 1010. 1024.
Xlarpoareprie deprived of a father,
C.251.
Uarpo(f)6voQ parricidal, S.c.T. 765.
Ilarpwioe belonging to or concern
ing a father, C. 437. 438.
\laTpii>vvp.i.oQ named from the fa
ther, P. 142. Stp^ijg fiaaiXevg | Aa-
peioyeviis, | to irarpiiivvfuov yivog
a/AtTcpov. In this passage, if irarpwv-
vfxiog be genuine, it refers to the
adjective Aapetoyevris as applied to
Xerxes. The Schol. explains it 6
Kara warcpa avyytvrtQ fyuTv, tovt
eittIv, 6 ek irpoyovwv IdayevijQ. Blom-
field, conceiving the form irarpiovvfiwe
to be barbarous, conj . to Trarpwvv/x-
ov &v, but afterwards to re TlEpaovoix-
ov. Schiitz supposes that the word
has been introduced from an obser
vation of a grammarian who had
written TraTpwyvfiiKov opposite Aap-
eioyevfic, and that the true reading
is therefore Aapcwyevf/e, yivog fifii-
Tepov. Darii filius idemque (ut Per-
sa) nobis cognatus. The objection
of Blomf. that AapEioyEvr)g is not
strictly speaking a patronymic, is,
perhaps, not of much weight. Butler
considers the whole sentence from
AapEioyEt>r)s to &fiETEpov spurious.
Dind. compares with Karpuvvfiioc the
adjectives Tzapiavvfxioz and ETrwvvftwc.
IlarpjJof contr. from irarpHioQ of
a father, belonging to a father, P.V.
228. S.c.T. 630.693.858. P. 742. A.
203.522. 1564. C. 124. (see bfifia) 282.
480. 728. belonging to one's fathers,
 I1AYE ( 262 )
ancestral. iroXiv irarpumv S.c.T.564.
Cf. id. 650.894.1001. P. 896. (see ttclt-
pioe) A. 489. 526. 1571. C. 75. E.725.
irarpaag <j>pivag P.V. 130. the mind
of Jupiter, who is called Ylarrtp.
See Tran/p. dcdv Trarpytav S.c.T. 1009.
the gods of one's fathers, Trarp&Seuc
Tifiaig S.686. rites such as our fathers
paid. K\)j2ovac irarpyag A. 220. her
callings upon herfather, varpipa. Kpa-
tt) C. 1. the authority assigned thee by
thy father, (iufiov irarpfov A. 1250.
an altar like that at which my father
was slain. Cf. Virg. JEn. ii.550. Juv.
x. 267. Bijpav irarpuav C.249. food
such as the parent used to bring.
Here Klaus, from Med. Aid. Guelph.
reads 6f]pa irarpw'a h.e. non enim In
tegra est paterna venatio ad offeren-
dum nido cibum. Blomf. conj. war-
piioic sc. atcnvrifiaai.
Uavetv to stop, check, A. 995.with
inf. and negat. dvqrovc twavtra fir)
jrpoSf'pic(70at fxopov P.V. 248. pass, or
mid. v. to cease, with gen. to cease
from. <pi\avdpu>7rov iravtaQai rpowov
P.V. 11. with part. Xtyovaa. iravtrai
A. 1017. 6ok\vtu>v iwavaaro P. 492.
wiiravfiai Opnvuiv P.V. 618. to be stay
ed or checked. lyjBoc srtVaurcu S.c.T.
920. /3t'a 2' airrjfiavTb) irOtvet navtrai
S.572.
Ilavpotfew, P. 786. A. 806.
Hava-avtfjoe causing the wind to
cease, A. 206.
Ila^oe Paphos, P. 859.
IJaxvi? hoar frost, P.V. 25. Met.
clotted blood. ira\va Kovpo(iop(p A.
1495. the blood of the children of
Thyestes, eaten by their father. See
under Kapi\tiv.
\la\vovaBai to become congealed.
Met. to shudder, grow chilled, C. 81.
' Haxvvtiv [y] to thicken. Met. to
increase, pass. oXftog ayav va^vv-
Oele S. c.T. 753. In S. 613. iKtalov Aide
kotov fxtyav irpotypwv u>v filtwor clao-
iriv )(p6vov 7ro\ii' iraxyvai, Dind. sus
pects the words iroXiv irayyvai to be
corrupt. Cant, also conj. TpodMov&v
for vpd\j>p<i)y b>v, but possibly irpo-
tppuv u>v may govern the infin. ttcl-
I1EZ0
yyvai sc. wishing, being anxious, that
the city should not increase the wrath
of Jupiter.
HtSaixfitos midway, in mid-air, C.
582. Dor. and jEoI. for fierai-xjiiocA
JleSdfiepoc diurnal, of the day, C.
582. So Well, from the Schol. at
Kadrjfieptvai. Stanl. conj . Tredaopoi,
i.e. fieriiopoi. So Dind. The read
ing of the MSS. is irtlafiapoi.
UtSav to fetter, E.605.
Tleciaopog. See irefiafiepoc.
TltSapatog lofty, on high, Dor. for
fierapo-toQ P.V.269.712 918. C.863.
TliSri a fetter, P.V. 6. 76. C.976. E.
615. Met. P. 733. rzilaig a^aXKeiiToig
C.486.
TleSiripne belonging to a plain, P.
558.
XlcSlov a plain, P.V. 795. S.c.T.60.
715. P.479.791. A.288.
Hth'tovofios occupying or presiding
over plains, P.V. 254.
HtBio-irXoicTVTroe an epithet applied
to the noise made by horses striking
the plain with their hoofs, S.c.T. 83.
in loc. dub. See kXiSefivae.
Heh'oflcifuov [a] walking on the
ground, C.584.
IleSoT. on the ground, P.V. 272.
Dind. accents this word wiSoi, ac
cording to the rule of Joann. Alex,
p. 36. 8. and the Schol. on Dion. Thr.
in Bekk. Anecd. p. 945. 2.
rU'fSov the soil, ground, etc. P.V.
1.751. S.C.T. 17. 286.411. 884. P.669.
A.230. 512. 883. 1145. 1571. C. 47.395.
E. 253. 457. 623.755. 782.845. S.472.648.
a floor, C.1032. in circumlocu
tions, EupfciTTTje wiSov P.V. 736. Cf.
P. 480. S.257. Trilov (i.q. etc ireBov)
wariii> to tread to the ground, rije
fieXXovg xXeoc irih'ov TrarovvTCQ A.
1330. to fir) OifiiQ Xctf, iriZov Karov-
fiEvov C.633. see izarCiv. wiSov pav-
rr)piov A. 1063. seepavrtiptog.
TleSotrrt/ine walking on the ground,
P. 125. S.978.
Tlefovofioe having the command of
the land forces, ire^ovopoig ik rt 0a-
XaaartQ 6\ypo~i<ri iriroi8&> arv<peXoig
lipiraic P.76. There ought to be no
 IIEZO ( 263 )
comma after OaXaacrns, Tre'Covofioig
being governed by irtTro&we and
agreeing with tylraiQ.
Iltfoe on foot, afoot soldier, P. 19.
705. pi. id. 550. ire(k> arparevfiaTi P.
461. (rrparoQ o P. 707. 7 14.
Hii6a.vtop[a]obeying man, obedient,
A. 1623.
TlEiOapxia obedience to command,
S.c.T.206.
Tlcidapxpc obedient to command,
P. 366.
Uddeiv to persuade, S.c.T.81. A.
1022.1212. 7rfi0S.61O. irtiacie P.V.
333.1066. Cf. S.513. with mt.Kravelv
a tTTEiaa finrpuov fitpag E.84. Cf.
id. 694. tridoi S'.919. vide'tv P.V. 204.
ttiOwv P.99. with doub. ace. 'LirtiQov
ovZkv ovliv A. 1185.pass, or mid.
vddsaOai to be persuaded, to obey,
P.V. 1041. A.1019.1024. S.522. with
dative, ireidov yvvaify S.C.T.694. Cf.
P.V. 274. Twreitrfitvoc persuaded, P.
683.790. irpog rov 2' eweiadw, E.563.
<j>pvKTii>pu>v hla weurdeicra A.577. rig
av ravra widoiTo; S.c.T. 1057. who
would obey in these respects ? ao'ig
ravra irtloopai Xoyoig C.770. / will
obey your directions in these matters,
irtditrdai A. 199. E.761. TreiroiOevai
to trust, confide, E.568. rovg iteiroida
fir) fxardv oey S.C.T. 37. 426. 503. P. 593.
(wUov Oeov aejictt' TrciroiOwg S.c.T.
512. daring to respect it more than a
god. with dat. icayii iriiroida Znvl
E. 790. / have confidence in Jove. Cf.
P.V.225. S.c.T.654. P.78. A. 654. C.
235.295. E.417. In C.609. TrSnaaaa
(from the form iridih)) is read by
Abresch for the corr. Trudqaaaa. So
Well. Dind. ireio-dcio-a Heath. So
Pors. Blomf. On the unusual form
of the imperative Triweiadi in E.569.
seeButtm. Gr. vol. ii. p. 12.
Ueidi) Persuasion (personified), A.
375. E.845.928. S. 518. 1025. persua
sion, influence, P.V. 172. A. 87. C.
715. tn yap BeoQtv Karairveui weidui
jXoXirav, a\/cav avfMpvrog ai&)V A. 106.
For ireiOHi fioXirav in the former clause
Blomf. reads irtiOCi poXnav h.e. sua-
delam canticorum, and aXrav avfttyv-
IIEIP
rov in the next line as an apposition,
robur senectce proprium. Schiitz in
his first edition read ircSio fioXvav,
aXici} avfi^vroQ aliv, but in his second
edition retains the vulg. which he
translates, potentiam vero aetas con
genita; h.e. quia illud quod narra-
turus sum ipse vivendo attigi. He
also conj. oXkuv av^vrov <pdwv h.e.
cognatum robur canens, fratres scilicet,
Agamemnonem et Menelaum. Well,
retains the vulg. and explains it with
Voss, aetas vires (ad canendum)
subministrat. The Scholiast also
understands trvfKpvrog alijv to mean
old age : 6 avjxtyvTog fioi al&>v, o Loti,
to yijpag. It is better, however, ac
cording to Butler's suggestion, to
understand by trvfKpvTog alihv the pe
riod of time appointed for the fulfil
ment of the omen, h.e. the time co
existent as it were and grown up
with the omen, from its first ap
pearance to the time of its fulfilment-
This time is denoted obscurely by
\p6vo) in v. 125. The explanation of
the Schol. on v. 105. gives the general
sense of the passage. irdQei yap fie fi
irapa diHv irioTig fiiXirtiv Kal Xeyeiv
on eZ Trpalpvaiv o't 'ArpeiBai ocrov otto
tov trrifj-eiov. tn yap refers to the age
of the chorus, as explained by the
Scholiast (though wrongly referred
by him to crvp:<j)VTog aliiv), sc. el Kal
yipejv tlfii Ofiwg peX\poi ra yeyovora'
irtTroSa yap on elg tripag avra a^ov-
aiv ol Oeoi. The passage may be
rendered for still (h.e. old as I am)
heaven-sent confidence inspiresme with
song, (and) the appointed crisis with
strength,h. e. though weak in myself,
I am inspired with strength by the
thought of the fulfilment of the
omen.
nt7pa an attempt, P. 705. roiovSe
<j>ix)TO welpav ti5 <pvXaKTEov S.c.T. 481.
the attacking such a man.
Ileipa the edge of a sword, C. 847.
TltipaoOai to attempt, P.V. 325.
7ripa<rop.ai S.c.T.213. P.836. A. 824.
1622. to try, prove, with gen. Saifi-
orog TTiiprnfiivovg A. 1648. Cf. C.506.
 IIEI2 ( 264 )
rreipairdt fiov yvvatKog > atypatrpovog
A. 1374.
Tleio-lpj3poTog forcing mortals to obe
dience, C.357. See under imrXavai,
where the epithet is explained as re
ferring to the power exercised by the
infernal authorities over deceased
mortals.
Tleinjia a ship's cable, P. 112. A.
188. S.746.
TleXaywg belonging to the open sea.
ircXayiav aXa P. 419.459. the open
sea.
TleXayog the open sea, P. 850. A.
646. Metaph. arnc iriXayog S.465.
KaKtov iriXayog P. 425. iriXayog arn-
pag Svag P.V.748.
lieXayuv prop, name, P. 920.
ILeXaZetv to bring near, to fasten
to, P.V.155.to approach, with dat.
P.V.714.809. TreXw fut. contr. for
n-eXatru) P.V.282. with ini S.296.
mid. v. KeXaZtodat id. S.c.T. 130.
XiiXavog any soft clotted substance.
The Schol. in Apoll. Rhod. i. 1077.
quoted by Blomf. observes, 'Attikoi
Trdv to ittirnybg ovriag Xiyovai. Thus
in Eur. Orest. 214. (ed.Pors.) the hard
ened foam collected about the mouth
is called arofiarog cuppwe'r] iriXavov.
It is frequently used to denote clotted
blood or gore. Compare Eur. Ale.
851. Iph. T.300. Incert. Rhes.430.
where the expression alfiarnpog wiX-
avog occurs. So iEsch. P. 802.
roaog yap lorai iriXavog alp.aro-
ofayfe. E.255. ipvdpbv k ficXeiiiv
KtXavov. It is applied to a cake of
oil or unguent for trimming lamps in
A. 90. KeXa.vtp fiv^odev jiatTiXelm. It
is also peculiarly used to denote a
cake used in sacrifices, formed of fine
flour, oil, and honey. So Timseus,
iriXavoC TtinnaTO. Ik 7raiiraXrig Kal
IXaiov Kal fiiXiroe wtiroinfiiva Trpog
dvalav. Hence Ovaai rreXavov P. 200.
to offer such a cake. So P. 516.
Likewise in C.90. yt.ovoa tovZe ttcX-
avov iv rv/xfif Trarpog, where Well,
is wrong in translating ireXavog a
libation, jifovo-a means simply letting
fall, dropping, and is applied to any
IIEAE
thing of a slight loose texture, and
not only to strictly liquid things.
See A . 230. and under xe~lv-
IltXae near, close at hand, P.V.
125.800. S.C.T. 618. 651. E.633. S.57.
872.with gen. KavKcurov irtXacP.V.
420. Cf. S.C.T. 959. P. 670. A. 203.
1008.1656. E.418. S. 254. 304. (in
loc. dub.) with dat. dtXoifi av ijSn
ool ireXag dpovovg %Xeiv S.205. ol
ireXag one's neighbours, P.V.335. E.
391.480. S.378. In C.870. eoiKc vvv
avrfJQ 7ri i,vpov iriXag av^v ireaei-
trdai Trpog iUnv TrcTrXnyfxevng, Schiitz
explains ^cXac to mean near in point
of time ; but Butler more correctly
takes it as being viXag 'AiytaOov,
and translates " videtur cervix ejus
justa vindicta percusses (i.e. irpog h~i-
Knv) in novaculce aciem prope jEgis-
thum casura esse."
HeXao-yia (sub. yij) the Pelasgian
land, P.V. 862.
HcXao-yiog Pelasgian, S.627. Here
rav TleXao-yiav is the vulg. contrary
to the metre. Pauw omits rav. IIe-
Xaaylav is probably a trisyllable by
syuizesis, as Well, observes.
UtXaayoi the Pelasgi, S. 250.323.
344.611.614.840.945.1003.
HeXarryog prop, name, S. 248. 988.
HeXarng a neighbour, one dwelling
near, P. 49.
TliXcia a dove, P.V. 858.
m\jde id. S.c.T. 276. S.220.
TliXeiv to be. iriXct P. 778. A. 381.
913.945.1095. C.527. E.224.271.558.
S. 237. 453. 1015. iriXoig E. 870. tte'Xoi
P. 518. A. 486. S.765.9G6.1037. iriX-
olte S.76. subj. TrtXii) S.335. iriXeiv
C.302. S.615.'782. tteXov aav P.V. 898.
mid. v. ncXto-dai A.246. E. 144. 159.
S. 116. 791.
HeXewdptfipwv nourishing doves,
P. 301. From this passage it appears
that Salamis was famous for its doves.
The dove being sacred to Venus,
Stanley infers that they were bred
here in honour of her as tutelar
goddess of the island : but Butler
shews that Stanley mistook the pas
sage in Horn. Hymn. ix. 4. where it
 nEAE
is Salamis in Cyprus which is spoken
of as under the protection of Venus.
HiXtKvs an axe, C.876.
HeXoTrlSng a descendant of Pelops,
A. 1582. C. 496.
n<f\oi// Pelops, E.673.
ILeXtopiog vast, powerful, P.V. 151.
UtpTrd^ctv to reckon by fives.
Thence, to reckon, generally, irefi-
xa^Er' opOwQ iC/So\ae \^>>i(pii)>', ,ivoi E.
718.
TIefnraiTTris one who reckons by
fives. Thence, one who reckons, gene
rally, tov XlipaG>v pvpia pvpia irtp-
iraorav P. 942. him whose office it
was to reckon the Persians by ten
thousand at a time. The word is
said to be derived from the iEolic
Trtpire for wivrc. Hesych. Treptraa-
atraf Kara ttevte dpSpijaei, rb yap
kevte 'AwXe'iq ircpTCE Xiyovai' Kara-
XpntTTiKi>Q Be Kai xpiXws apidpt'iPEi.
The verb occurs in Horn. Od. S'.4I2.
avrap iiri)v Trdaag TrEfnrdaoETai, )}<$
"ilnrai. Kuhnken on Timeeus s. v.
ava-KEfiira^aQai, observes that the
simple verb is found only in the
poets. For the historical fact alluded
to here by jEschylus, cf. Herod.
vii.60.
Jltpireip to send. TrlpirEi S.c.T.425.
P.54.442. A. 59.429. C.531. E. 568.
KEpirovai A. 296. Trifxi\/o> E.976. EitEp-
\pa S.C.T.37. E.639. iwepipev P. 34.
A.422. C. 178.508. 518. E.35. iripirE
S.c.T.417.452. P.616. Trt/iTrtrt P. 636.
C.470. irEfi\pare P. 622. S.33. irep-
iroipi S.c.T.454. wtpweiv 578.632.
P.213. C.257. E.459.963. TZE^ai E.
194. to utter, put forth. TripipM iroX-
vBaicpvv iayav P. 901. to cast as a
dart. Met. opparoe dEXicn'ipiov rofcvp'
ekepip S . 983 .to conduct, convey, ac
company, P. 132. 1032. A.61. 111.502.
827. E.12. S. 216.229. 946. pass. Eirip-
TTEro C.511. TrETTEpirrai S.C.T.455.
See KofiiroQ.
TIeutttos fifth, P.V. 855. S.c.T.508.
509. P.760.
TIeveo-Ooi to be poor or wanting, A.
936.with gen. tS>v <ro<jth>v ob TtEvn
E.409, Ct.Xrjpa.
( 2G5 ) nenp
\UvBEia grief, A. 419.
JIevOe'iv to grieve, P.537. ttevOeTl
veov oTtcroy r/diwv S.63. grieves in
piteous accents for his haunts. to
grieve for or mourn, P. 288.571. A.
553. TTEvdijaai rpt-^iC. 172. to cutoff
hair in sign of grief.
\Iev6evq Pentheus, E.2G.
Hivdnpa mourning, C.426.
Tlevdnptov mournful, A.410.
TlEvdnrrip a mourner, S. 1054. j3apn
iroXeu> yivvag wEvdnTtjpoc P. 908. the
woes of a city mourning for its popu
lation. The masculine form KEvdnrrip
is joined with koXiq, as ortorrjp with
rvyr\ in A. 650. and einrpa,(a S.c.T.
207. See other instances quoted by
Blomf. Gloss. Ag. 650. Hemsterhuys
on Lucian Dial. Deor. ii. p. 341. Bip.
HEvQnriipiog emblematic of grief,
C.9.
JTivOipoe mournful, S.574.
IlV0oc mourning, grief, P. 314. 528.
C.17. irarpOQ ttevOoq id. 298. sorrow
for my father. \>\.TTEvdn C.330. tvev6e<tl
id. 80.
Hevtcimq five times. irEvT^KOvra
ttevtclkiq P.315. five times fifty.
HevrriKOvra fifty, P.315.
TlEvrnKOVTawaiQ having fifty chil
dren, P.V.855. S.316.
JlEvrnicooTowaiQ id. S.316.
TlETraiTEpog milder, A. 1338. a
compar. whose positive in use is
TTETTiav.
XiiirXog a lady's robe, S.c.T. 92.
(see Xiril) P. 123.178. A. 225.1097.
1562. C.30.994. E.332.605. S.232.427.
452.more rarely, a man's robe, P.
195.460.987.1017.
UtirXwpa id. S.C.T. 1030. S.701.
TlETTpwrat (a pert", formed from a
present which is uncertain) it is des
tined or fated, ri yap wETvpiorai Znvl
nXrjv &i KparElv ; P.V. 517. Cf. id.
816. ou ravra Tavri} Moipd w teX-
ecripopog Kpavai irETrpwrai id. 510. Fate
is not destined thus as yet to bring
these things to an end.TreirpwpEvot
intended, appointed, irpoQ Sopovg ire-
wpiopEfove A. 1042. to your appointed
dwellings. Kiirpiapivov e'oti i.q. we
2 M
 IIEIIil ( 2C6 )
irpwrai P.V. 755. to ntwpufxivov that
which is fated. TtXtirai tc to wnrpb>-
fiivov A. 68. according to fate. Cf. id.
670. Trjv irfKpwfxivrjv altrav P.V. 103.
one's appointed lot. r)i' ntirpmpkvnv
ellipt. id. id. 516.
iliirwv mild, E.66.
Xlep although, yvvr) ircp ovaa S.c.T.
1029. Cf. A. 138. 1054. 1552. S.54. pre
ceded by Kai. pG>v Ktu Otog irip ifiipf
KtirXnyfiivoQ ; A . 1 176. OvM wep not
even though, ovrti) yap oh rtflcijrafi
ovU inp Qavi>v C.497. Cf. S. 394.
ITt'pa beyond, with gen. iripa SUne
P.V. 30. kaipov itipa. 506.
Tltpalvtiv tofinish, end, S.c.T. 1042.
P. 685. to bring a thing to an end, to
effect or perform, C.817. S.457. pas9.
nepaivirai P.V.57.to make a way
through, to pass through. Si &twv
(pptvoQ re iapiag wtpaivov C. 55. an
object of popular rumour and interest.
TLipanlpiii (comp. of irepa) further.
with gen. raJj'Jt Kal Trtpatrepw P.V.
247.
Tiipav beyond, with gen. A. 1173.
XoXki2o irtpav 'i%u>v A. 183. occupy
ing the coast opposite to Chalcis.
From this we see that irepa is origi
nally a noun, of which the adverbial
accus. only is in common use. We
have, however, in S.259. 1 Airig yap
IXBwv Ik irlpaQ Nau7ra/cri'aC) accord
ing to Rob. Vict. But many MSS.
read x<ipae yap kXOwv ' Airig Ik Nau-
iraicriac. So Well. Schiitz, Bothe.
In A. 183. Schiitz understands i\wv
intransitively, and ntpav to be used
as an adverb.
TIepav to cross from one place
to another. I ivipuv ircpSiv P.V. 572.
coming from the shades.to cross,
to pass over. abs. P. 785. with ace.
P.7C5. E.901. S.544. a-tpoiTj/c PV.
720. 7S2. trepwaa 794. Trepav S.c.T.360.
irepaoavres P. 501. irtp&VTi Xovrpa. E.
603. KtTrtpaKe., withttcP.65. withStaP.
493. to pass through, h.e. to undergo.
rovSc kIvcvvov irtpav C.268.to vio
late or transgress, ookov irep>vrae(t)
fitjSiv ekc'ikov typto-l E.467. in no un
righteous manner mentally transgres
IIEPI
sing their oath. Here Well, and others
suppose some error. Certainly the
expression opKov irepSivraQ is harsh,
but may perhaps be defended by the
expression in Frag. 268. (ed. Dind.)
Kir afifrkaKripa rio irtpiovri rr\v ttipiv.
Butl. suggests opKov irtptivraQ prfiiv,
ivSUovs (jtpurlv, or opkoipoTOvrrag pr)-
Siv Ik&ikov (ppacrai. Well, suspects
that some unusual compound lies
hidden under the words SpKov wepSv-
rag- Herm. conj. iropovrag. Dind.
considers irtpwvraQ corrupt.
Tiepag an end, P. 624.
TLipyapov a tower, pi. iripyapa
P.V.958.
HipOeivto lay waste, iripoai P. 174.
pass. Trepdopivav S.C.T. 307. to tear
or rend, yevetov wipde XevKripn rpl\a
P. 1013.
Tltpl 1. with gen. for, concerning,
E. 114.912. S. 721. with anastrophe,
S.C.T.230. P. 221. 321. A. 817.1332. C.
84.544.707.769.837. E. 587.600. S. 364.
2. with dat. around, A. 1328. C. 248.
upon, (pofios 7!spi tyofiufear uponfear.
on account of. treOcv &p\aio>irepl rap-
(dei P. 602. through exceeding reve
rence for thee. concerning, P.662.
3. with accus. around, P.V.138. S.c.T.
108.742. A. 440. E. 159. concerning,
because of, P. 61. Separated by tmesis,
P. 852. A. 1540.
HtpifiaWtiv to place around. Tpoiq.
irepi/iaXiiv evnrripiov A. 515. with
dat. of thing, to enclose, confine, as
sault, iroBi>KEi 7rpi/3aXwi' xaXntvpaTi
C.569. Cf. P .734.by tmesis. Trepi x<:<p
paXovaa A. 1540. Mid. v. id. iztpi-
(laXovro ol irrcp6(popov Sipag A. 1118.
Here Blomf. reads wtpljoaXov, which
Herm. approves, and which certainly
is better than the middle voice.
Both in this sense and the corre
sponding one in the antistrophe, there
appears to be some uncertainty. For
the hiatus before ol Dind. refers to
his note on Soph. El. 195. to place
around (for one's self), S.853.
TltpijZapve extremely severe, E.
154.
XIepiypa<j>r) an outline, C.205.
 HEI'I ( *G7 ) nEPS

HeptSpofioc running about, S.343. Wpaat the Persians, P. 1.15.23.91.

circular, S.c.T.477. 104. 136. 153. 167. 248.251. 253. 259. 273.
Tltpidvpiog very angry, S.c.T.706. 324. 426. 433.465. 504. 506. 589. 6 15. 646.
TlepiOvpug very angrily, C. 40. 668.679. 700. 876. 940. 948. 976. Dor.
TleplicXvoTos washed around by the Xltpoav 635.888.974. In P. 524. *Si
sea, P. 588. 856. Zev (iaaiXev, vvv Meptruv, a syllable
Tlepivaitivto dwell around, pass.ole is wanting to complete the verse.
\evfi 'Epaatvov TripivaUTai S. 1000. Turn, prefixed AXX', which renders
i.q. oi \tvfx 'Epaaivov ireptvaiov<rt. the verse very inharmonious, to avoid
Hepil; around, with ace. P. 300. which Arnald. transposed, AW <3 /8a-
round about, id. 410. mXtv Zev vvv Tltpativ. The correc
Tlepwpyoog very vehemently, A. 209. tion of Turn, is adopted by Brunck.
Dind. thinks the words vepiopywg Glasg. Schiitz. The latter conj.
k-xiBvpCiv should be expunged as a vvv iiev Tleptrwv. This Blomf. adopts.
gloss upon the word opyq, leaving a Elmslev vvv tuiv Tlepaiov or vvv av
lacuna in their place. VLtpvtbv. Well. Htptrauiv. If anything
TltpiTrepirroe sending, or sent about. is to be supplied, we may also suggest
adverbially in A, 87. irtpiVf/xTrra dvo-- vvv 2j) Tlcpcrwv. In P. 697. (ilorov ev-
oKivtiQ h.e. sending round about, or it aiu>va Xlipaaie <ic dtbg cjiriyayeg, the
may, with Schiitz, be taken as the meaning is, being as a God to the
ace. after the verb, sacrificia hue illuc Persians. See Oeog. There should
missa, h.e. per omnia urbis altaria be no comma after Ylipamg.
distributa, peragis. XlepfftTTToXiQ destroying cities, P. 66.
Hcpureriie falling among, wrapped Tlepatvq Perseus, C.818.
up in, A. 225. ntpaiibaaoa Proserpine, C.483.
Jlepmirveiv to fall about, to encom UcpatKde Persian, P. 117. 178. 327.
pass, kukov fie Kapoiav wtptTtrvti 404.508.775. In P. 243. rovSt yap
KpvoQ S.c.T. 816. a deadly chill creeps Spafinpa <f>WTO YlEpaacov 7rpljrei fta-
over my heart. See irirveiv. 6elv, Blomf. prefers TleptriKov, which
Tiepippnyvvvat to tear from around. is properly rejected by Lobcck on
pass. S.c.T.Sll. Soph. Aj. 7. who quotes numerous
Tleplppvrog sea-girt, E.77. instances of this transposition of epi
IlepiaeirToe highly honoured, E. thets. See his note.
990. Hepo-ig Persian, fern. Heprridor
TIepitraog superfluous, needless, yXixrcrng P. 398. UepaiQ ala 245. Cf.
P.V.383. S c.T. 1034. 59. 638. 1026. 1030. a Persian woman,
Uepiir<r6<j>pu)y extremely intelligent, P. 151.281.533. In P. 132. Ilep^te
P.V.328. $' aKpoTrivOelg, iKaoraXei7rerai fxov-
TlepurriXKetv to arrange, provide, 6t,vl,, exatrra is (as Butler observes)
E.667. Here the words to fit'ir put in apposition with HepmZeg, and
ixvapyov uijTt Sc(nroTovfif.vov are go the singular Xdirtrai referred to it.
verned by TrepnTriXXovo-a, and are to Hence Schiitz needlessly wishes to
be repeated in sense after trifiav. insert the particle 3t after tmora.
nepio-rixifcw t place around, as For this constr. see Matth. Gr. Gr.
a net, A. 1356- 302. Obs. 319.
Ueplipofioc very fearful, S.717. HepaovnfiuaOat to live under the
TltpLfypiov haughty, A. 1401. S.738. Persian laws, P. 577.
TIepi-)(pifiirTi>e approaching, coming Tltptroi>opi.oQ riding the Persians.
near. It seems to be taken adver Hepaovopov Tifiijg fieyaXng P. 883.
bially in a corrupt, passage in S.856. This refers to the Persian nobility
fitpiwSvyoc very painful, A. 1424. slain in the battle, the abstract being
Tlippaifioc a Perrheebian, S.259. put for the concrete, Blomfield in
 IIE2H ( 268 )
correctly refers it to the honour paid
to the Persians by the nations whom
they had conquered, which seems in
consistent with the general meaning
of the passage.
Jlianpa a fall, S.915.
WeaaoroynIv to regulate, arrange,
(lit. to place chessmen,) S. 13.
niraofia a carpet, A. 883.
Hereivcg winged, S.c.T.1011.
Jltrpa a rock, P.V. 4.31. 56.242. 269.
447.750.970. P.382. A. 1207. E. 22.660.
S. 340. 777 . afXTrirpaiQ for ava irirpaiQ
S.346. In the next verse >}\</5arot
tv is conj. by Valck. on Phaen.215.
for the vulg. yXifiuroHriv.
Herpaioc rocky, P.V. 1021.
UtTpnptfpTig covered by rocks, P.V.
300.
Uerpttoc rocky, P.V. 561.
Mrpos a stone, S.c.T. 653. P. 452.
lltvdeaBai to inquire concerning.
MiviXcuv ?e ntvdofiai A. 603. to
ascertain, abs. C.668. with ace. C.961.
with inf. C. 826. with -ntpi C.837.
(see ayyfXor) with gen. rtQvnKOTOQ
KtvQofiai C.752. / hear of his being
dead. fut. ireiaoiiai C.263. E.479.
with ace. P.V.645.905. A. 257. E.393.
397. with we E.432. with gen. of
thing, rwi'Ce Trtvctcrai Xoywv C.754.
with gen. of person and ace. of thing,
avaKTog avrov 770.170 7Tivaofxai \6yov
A.585. inf. 7rtvm~io-8ai P.V. 990. Dind.
(qu. v. on Arist. Ach.203.) here
prefers TrtvatoOai pcrf. Triirvadt C.
364. part. TTtTrvo-fxivn 519. periph. ijfitv
7ri7rvap.ivoi A. 1062* ayyiXw ttittvo-
fiivoi S 182. having heard the news
from messengers, aor. 2. nvdnrai P.
447. C. 732. with airo id. 726. with
part, lav dvi'ioKovras ) rirpiofiivovQ
TTvtinede S.c.T.225. ttvOow P.V.548.
TTVoioQai C.507. Cf. 7rvv6avtoBai.
Wcvdoi a message, S.c.T.352.
TltvKn a pine-torch, A. 279. Here
TTtvKn seems to be in app. with lar^vg
in the preceding line.
HevKijeie pitchy. Met. bitter, C.
381.
Ilj where, P.V. 99. ira 183. whi
ther, P.V. 577. Dor. Tra C.403.
niiivio
Unydiot of a fountain, A. 875.
Xlnyaarayiov [a] prop, name, P. 35.
n>;yi; a spring or fountain, P.V.
89.432. S.c.T. 255. P.303. E.27. the
water of a fountain, P. 198. 605. Met.
icXav/jarwv Trnyai P.V. 401. A. 961.
fjXiov wTjyaig P.V. 811. the sun-rising,
apyvpov Trnyii P. 234. a vein of silver,
wvpog Trnyii P.V. 110. ku.ku>v 7rny>i P.
729. On the passage /ir/rpoc re ?rriyrlv
n'c Karao-fliaei lUn; S.C.T.566. see
under SiVq.
IHjyfia a compact, A. 1172.
Unyvvvai to congeal or fix, P. 488.
mid. v. irtVijyf is congealed, C.65.
pass. TrayivTte E. 181. fixed, impaled.
Triiyfia ytvvuht>(; Ttayiv A. 1171. con
firmed or settled.
TlnSaXiov a rudder. Met. a bridle,
S.c.T.188.
Nn?av to spring. Triilnatv S.c.T.
441. VijcSijo-t v Brunck. See kvkXovv.
lit'iSn/^a a springing, P. 96. See
under araaneiv and aratrotiv. 7rriSri-
fia Kcv(j>ov Ik vtwe a<j>iiXaro P. 297.
he made a spring. irijlnfi opoiiaag
A. 800. having sprung.
TLnXoQ clay, A. 481. C.686.
Tiijixa a calamity cr woe, P.V. 99.
103.263.316.411.44*0.470.694.747.756.
1077. S.c.T. 829. 963. 972. P. 257. 469.
692.772.830.985.995. A. 560. 615. 624.
630. 810. 839.855. 1 155. C.532. 625. 736.
785.788.1029.1049.1056. E.129.720. S.
684. Abst. for cone. 7rij/ja warpi
Traptvvov S.c.T.995. sc. Jocasta.
ro 7rrj/xa tu>v 6XwX6ru>v A. 337. the
damage of whatever things the
Greeks might destroy. See ava/x-
7rXaKnTOQ. Trij/j.' cnrorFTpetpai vdtrov
A. 824. by Porson's emend, for 7tr\p,-
arO rpixj/ai voaov. ^xi\S ayvoii<Tt]c
Ttfifia E. 129. where 7rrjfxa refers to
the mischief which would ensue upon
the flight of Orestes.
Yiriixaiviiv to injure, pass. 7rr)fiav-
Orjc P.V.334.
Tlripovri calamity, i.q. Trfijxa P.V.
237. 276. 306. 346. 469. 510. 580. 589. 967.
1002. P. 285. A.984.1641. S. 446. 615.
1051. 7rnpovr)v apKvararov tppct&tev
A. 1348. a net-like destmclion. Here
 11HMO ( 269 )
apKuoraros is an adjective. Cf. Eur.
Orest. 1422. pn\avkv apKytrrarav.
Some, however, doubt the genuine
ness of this reading. Trrjpovijg apicv-
ararov is the reading of Aurat.
Stanl. and Schiitz. Elmsley conj.
Kinixovr}Q apKv<TT(iT &v, which Blomf.
has adopted. So Dind.
Unpoavvn calamity, P.V. 1060.
Hiaiveiv to fatten, to enrich, S.c.T.
569. Met. to cheer, A. 267. irtalve-
adat A. 1654. to wax lusty, h.e. to
cheer one's self.
TliatTfia that which enriches, P.
792.
Iliifciv to oppress, C.248.
HSavoe persuasive, A. 473.
TliKpoyXtooooQ bitter - speaking,
S.c.T. 769.
HiKpoKapwoe having hitter fruits,
S.c.T.675.
Hacp6s bitter, A. 944. Met. bitter,
h.e. severe, cruel, harsh, P.V. 178.
741. S.c.T.712. 844.863. 923.925. P.
465. A. 191. 725. S. 471.severe, stern,
indignant, S.c.T.341. C.78. hostile,
cruel, C.232. E. 147. 796. In S.853.
the reading is corrupt. Possibly the
true reading may be (36a kcii Trixpore-
pov, oivo \iiov votiov sc. pouring
forth a strain of v>oe. jooa ml having
been transposed, ti/ft may have been
added to make the verse resemble v.
851. /3da will thus be a monosyllable.
See iirifioav. \iu)v and 'i-^iav seem a
repetition of the same word, and vo-
uov seems to be concealed under
ovopa.
UikpuiQ bitterly, severely, P.V. 195.
946. irtKpobs r\Kavaav S. 962. they have
heard with indignation.
JliixivXavai to fill. irXi]aaQ A. 1371.
to fulfil, C.356. But here Heath
irnrXdvTwv. In this passage it is ex
tremely harsh, and inconsistent with
usage, to take wiirXavrwy as tic tG>v
KiirXavThiv, neither will it answer to
govern it by fiaoiXtvQ, for Agamem
non was avai, avlp&v, not a king of
kings. It may be better to join it
with Tvpuvviov, placing a comma only
after this latter word, and taking
nmT
ftaoiXevQ yap ijoO' o<pp' V(n<; as a pa
renthesis, pass. TripirXarai P. 131.
Hijj.irpa.vai to burn, P.796. fut. 7rp/-
(7(0 S.c.T. 416.
IliVag a tablet, S. 456. 924.
IItV<5ne Pindus, S.260.
Xllvtiv to drink, S.931. fut. iritrai
C. 571. TTtTTWKE S.C.T. 803. TTCTTWKWS
A. 1161. Trlrj S.C.T.718. jriou-ra E.
935.
Tlivog filth, dirt. lodXa avv wivy
\epo~iv A. 752. obtained by sordid
means.
Ylivvoiceiv to teach, P.816.
HnrpaaKeiv to sell. pass, eirpadnv.
In C.902. the meaning is correctly
explained by Schiitz, "primum nempe
quasi vendiderat mater filium, ex aedi-
bus eum paternis ejiciendo : iterum
vero, patre occiso, bona ejus inva-
dendo quorum haeres esse debebat."
irpadivra A. 1011.
Mwrciv to fall, P. 193. E.355. S.
85. wlirrov for etmttov P. 498. See
under kvkXovv. p. ireVrwca S.c.T.
776. A. 1358. C. 261. 285. aor. 2.
Ktouv P.V. 921. S.C.T. 340. P. 248. A.
435. 859. 1292. 1361. 1 585. C.922. S. 445.
fut. m. iriauaQai C. 87 1.965. See
V7rp6aw7roc to fall out or happen,
aarv Soihtuiv l^cKeivaxrev ttevov P.
747. On this meaning of ireo-eiv see
Heath ap. Butl. Nott. Phill. tl
irtaovra A. 32. met. from playing
with dice, having fallen out luckily.
ttIitteiv Ik to fall from, C. 183. vade
Ik ixiaQ kLoov for 'iittaov P. 305. See
kvkXovv. IK SpOflOV TTZO&IV A. 1218.
leaving my course, t apKvu>v viirruiKe
E.142. has escaped from the net.
ir'cKTtiv tig to fall into. eg voaov wt-
aiiv P.V.472.476. falling sick. irtaCiv
kq to fit) TeXeaQopov A. 971. to come
to nought, k'cktuv npoc, tivi to rush
Upon. WpOQ KllXaiQ TTtTTTtoKtVai S.C.T.
444.i.q 7riiXa(c TrpooiTEirTuiKtvai. ttLtt-
Tiiv irpoQ Ti to fall down before, fopirn
Trtaovaag irpog TroXifftrovj^ov Qeuiv
S.C.T. 167. TriTTTeiv Ziri rt to fall upon.
ztti yav wtoov ai/j.a A. 990. Triwreiv
(ipfyi nvi to cast one's self upon, a/upl
auifiaaiv irtTTTUKOTCC A. 317. iirl Ttvt to
 niss ( 270 )
fall upon, it vvt, iir otydaXpolc irwm
S.c.T.385. Cf. P. 85. 498. tv rtvi id.
iv iriirXotg iriarf XcikIq P. 123. iv Koi-
raig ttcouv A. 552. sinking to rest,
niirreiv fft'2w C.47. E.457. to fall on
the ground. vtrvifniaavaai E.68. fal
len asleep. Here Well, referring to
Dorv. Char. p. 347. 624. supposes an
ellipsis of tlai. This is possible,
but not necessary, irtaovaai may be
the nom. abs. to which the words
lifiojc Si tjiivyt v. 74. are referred :
there should then be no full stop
after yOovoc.
XliaaripriQ pitchy, C. 266.
XlioTcveiv to trust, with dat. P. 786.
Ulirr-tvpa a pledge offaith, A. 852.
Iltffric fidelity, avaiert iriariv iv
irpwroic P. 435. among the chiefest in
fidelity to the king.
Tlioroc to be drunk. aXifypa iriarov
P.V.478. a potion.
VLunoc faithful, S.c.T.66. P. 520.
941. A.592.1417. C.241. E. 281. 641.
S. 174. In S.c.T.20. TTtorout is an
attraction for ottioq triaroi yivoiaOc.
wpoc'xpioe rode. In P. 2. raSc Tltpa&v
mora KaXtirat, to.Se wio-ra is equi
valent to o"tSe iruTToi. Bl. cf. Eur.
Andr. 168. Troad. 99. Cycl. 63, id.
203. The neuter is likewise so used
in v. 667. to triara irioT&v, where
iriortov is unnecessarily referred by
Schiitz to Xerxes or Darius, " O
fidi fidorum dominorum consilia-
rii." Butler more properly trans
lates, 0 maxime fideles omnium, O
spectatissimce fidei. For instances
of the neuter thus used, see Blomf.
Gloss. P. 2.with dat. Znvi marov
ayytXov P.V.971 . sure, trustworthy,
A.263.343.888.1186.S.53.456.rely
ing on, trusting to. with dat. P.V. 919.
P. 55. ttioto. sureties, pledges offaith,
A. 637. C.391. E.643.
HioTiofia a pledge offaith, C.917.
E.205.abst. for concr. a confiden
tial person, P. 167.
Ulavvoe trusting to. with dat. S.c.T.
193. P. 112. S.348.
Uirviiy to fall, A. 1514. E.490.
with i C. 1052. with iv A. 1099. C.
IIAAZ
36. KaxSiv S' &(TKf.p OaXaaaa Kvp ayei,
to pev irlrvov (sc. ayei) SUo c aeipei
rpixaXov S.c.T. 740. With respect
to the forms -nlrvia vitvS), see Elms-
ley on Eur. Heracl. 77. and Her
mann's review of the same in Class.
Journ. xxxviii. 284. Elmsley con
siders TriTvia to be the true form,
which is related to iriirro) (more pro
perly to nirw, as Herm. observes) as
fiifivM is to fiivw. He therefore con
siders irirvio as a present, and Itutvov
as its imperfect, as in Soph. CEd. C.
1754. So irtTvovTiov in Eur. Supp.
691. he regards as a present parti
ciple. Hermann endeavours to shew
that in both cases they are aorists,
and considers irtTviia ttitvio as the
present form, of which 'iirnvov is the
aorist. Dindorf always writes xirva).
The passage S.c.T. 740. seems to fa
vour Elmsley's opinion, as it would
involve an awkward anacoluthon to
consider irirvov otherwise than a
present.
TlirvXoe any constant noise, as of
the heating of the hands, S.c.T. 838.
the quivering of the limbs, P. 937.
HifavtTKmv to display, P. 652. A.
22. to announce, C.277.to order,
E.590. See Svnrtypwv, and on the
expression irHpavo-icow cine, see Lo-
beck on Soph. Aj. v. 757.
Hih>v rich, A. 794.
n\ctyicrde wandering, restless, P.
268. (see SiirXal- and daXaoacmXnK-
toq) deceived, A. 578.
TLXa'Ctiv to cause to wander, pass.
Tr\ae<r8at to wander or lose one's
way. Hence Met. Kpeio-aoreKvuv S'
an' opparwv inXay^dri S.c.T. 766. he
lost (i.e. deprived himself of ) his eyes,
dearer than his children. So Casaub.
Steph. and Butler, who well explains
the passage, " Vult enim Chorus
CEdipum insana mente duo mala
perpetrasse, alterum quod se oculis
privavit, qui vita vel liberis cariores
sunt, alterum quod filiis diras impre-
catus est." For the constr. 7r\d-
^eadai airo tivoq to lose anything,
Blomf. compares Eur. Troad. 635.
 IIAAO ( 271 )
4,vx>)>/ aXdrnt rrjg irapoiO' Evirpa,iag.
Pind. 01. i. 94. tii^poavvag aXdrat.
In the present passage Colb. 2. omits
air'. So Brunck. Schiitz. 2' before
and is also om. by Rob. So Pors.
Schiitz 2.
nXuOiadai to approach, aor. 1.
nXaaQrir)v P.V.899.
TlXavav to cause to wander, P.V.
573. raid. v. wXavuoOai to wander,
P.V. 275. perf. TreirXavriiJiai P.V. 564.
to wander in mind, P.V. 471.
UXavr] wandering, P.V. 577. 588.
025.740.786.790.822.
nXavnpa id. P.V. 830.
TLXavooriflriG traversed in wander
ing, E. 76.
n\a$ a tract of land, P. 704. E.285.
Butler on P. 269. quotes Soph. Aj.
1202. Eur. Hec. 8. for irXaj in the
sense of a shore, see cuVXai;.On P.
915. see vixiog.
XlXanativ to feign, pass. KtirXaa)ii-
vog P.V. 1032.
nXaartyti a scourge, C.287.
nXaurde that may be approached,
ov irXaoTolo-i E.53. Dind. wishes to
restore the form 7rXaro7<7i with Elmsl.
on Med. 149. Cf. irpotrjrXaarog.
UXarri an oar, S.127. by synec-
doche,aboat, A.679. Dind. with Heath
writes irXarav unnecessarily, the ace.
being governed by KiXaavrtov.
RXarvppovg wide-flowing, P.V. 854.
TlXarvg broad, P. 854. Wood, in
his description of the Troad, rightly
observes, that Homer and Herodotus
speak of the Hellespont as a river,
in which sense the epithet of broad
is perfectly applicable. Cf. II. n. 86.
enl irXaTiT 'EXXqoTroirw. The mean
ing brackish, which irXarvripoioi in
Herod, ii. 109. bears, has nothing to
do with the present passage.
YlXiidSeg the Pleiades, A. 800.
IlXtlv to sail, P. 373. A. 815. eirXev-
<T A. 676. 'iirXevo-av S.725.
nXciaOtvng proper name, A. 1584.
tlXeitrBevih-ng a descendant of Plis-
thenes, A. 1550.
nXtiort/pjjcfull, complete, tic awav-
ra wXeioTtipn \povov E.733.
IIAEft
TlXeio-rt]piofiai to account chiefly,
(sc. to be a cause, etc.) C. 1025.
TlXeio-Tog name of a river. HXtio-
rov re wnyag E.27. Dind. correctly
accents this word, referring to Etym.
M. 676.5.
TLXt~t(TTog very much, to irXelo-roy
'ixOog P. 276.319. very many, S.c.T.
526. P. 482. wg nXtloroi P.V.346. as
many as possible. 6 wXeio-rog the
most or chief, P.V. 829. ra irXxiora
most things, things in general, S.c.T.
781. On E.602. (where probably r
kXuot is corrupt), see aptivtiiv.
nX-jj> to weave, met. to design, C.
218.irept fipirn irXexddg E.248. en
twined about.
TlXacravdv to encircle with folds.
pass. TrtTrXiKravnuivai C. 1045.
HXcKTavr) a serpent'scoil, S.c.T.478.
nXem-oc woven, platted, P.V.711.
P. 610. C.246.
UXiogfull, P.V.689. P.595.
HXtvfioyeg the lungs, C.832.
TlXevpa the side, P.V. 71. E.806.
U.Xcvpti>na a side, S.c.T. 872. C.675.
XIXewv or HXiiiavmore, greater,P.V.
820.845. S.c.T. 172. P.777.989. A.292.
519.544.998. C.58. wXiov neut. adv.
P.V.41.474. A.859.1161.1178. C.889.
E.157.217.f (inlocdub.) 591. S.286.
991. pi. irXdova more, A.737. 868. 1038.
tcXeiim) SC. Tpav/xara A. 842. ru irXtiw
S.c.T. 23. for the most part. In P.
623. t'i ri KO.KWV UKog ol$E ttXeov,
Pears, and Pauw conj. aypg, which
Schiitz, Glasg. Blomf. follow. Butler
and Well, retain the vulg. The
former observes that the Chorus
is not wishing Darius to foretell any
remaining misfortunes, but to point
out a remedy for the present. He
also observes that ctrae and wepag
are not tautological : &Kog being the
remedy, nipag the end brought about
by that remedy. He refers wXiov
to the remedies already devised by
Atossa v.514. seqq. Well, is pro
bably right in thinking that irXiov
here is put indefinitely without being
referred to anythh)g expressed, if
he knows of any further remedy for
 n.vEii ( *72 ) nAOY

our ills, sc. than we see at present. by the hand. irXnpovpcvoi A. 304. ful
So in A. 1272. ovk lot (iXv^ic, ov, filled, performed.
,voi, \povu irXt'w, there is no escap nXrioiov near, with gen. P.V.364.
ing any the more by delaying, where llXnaloe neighbouring, E. 186.
jrXiu) is corrupt. Pauw reads irXtov. nXi'itrtniy to strike or wound, aor.
Schiitz, Blomf. ypovov irXiwv, h.e. 2. pass. irXnycle S.c.T. 590. perf. tte-
non magis est auxilii ac salutis quam TrXnypat P. 969.970. A.1136.1316.1318.
temporis ad elabendum copia. Dind. 1645. C. 31 871. iptpip TfEirXnypivoc
prefers \povp ttXliov with Pearson. A. 1176. smitten with desire, A. 530.
On the phrase ohZtv irXiiov tan and Here Schiitz conj.7r7rXny/iVoi,as re
the like, which are nearly similar to ferring to LirnfioXoi in v. 528. But this
the present cases, see Valck. Diatrib. is quite unnecessary. The meaning of
p. 150. the vulg. is correctly given by Heath,
n\twc full, P. V. 42. 955. intellexeris nimirum, si eorum desi-
YiX-nyri a Mow or wound, S.c.T. derio captus fueris, qui te vicissim
778.876. P. 247.296.872. 1010. A. 358. desiderabant. The interrogation is
(see i\eiv) 1265.1316. 1317. C.310. E. to be placed after Xoyov, not after
103. a plague or infliction, arnc iruie Sn, with Schiitz and Blomf., if
TrXayd C.461. trXvyai (iiorov E.893. the original reading xc.wXriypivos is
a stroke (as of the o-iradn in weav retained.to forge a stamp, yapaic-
ing), C.230. rr)p TrtTrXtjKTai S . 280. irioQ 2 ov ;
HXr/deiv to be full, with gen. P. orparbv ptv tooovtov toXclq iriirXny-
264.412. A. 1293. Dor. irXaOovtri C. pai P. 975. / have been smitten
582. (in respect of) so large an army,
HXijBoe number, multitude, P. 40. h.e. as Heath translates it, tanto ex-
1G2. 326.329.334.344.405.421.424.469. ercitu orbatus sum.
789. S.464. TlXtvOvQtis formed of brick, P.V.
HXndvuv [y] to be numerous, to 448.
swarm, C.1053. to be full, with gen. UXo'tov a ship, S.c.T.583. A.611.
P. 413. mid. v. h'lipov Kparovaa ^tip S. 695. 702.
onoi TrX-nOverai S.599. ore which side nX<ka/ioe a curl of hair, P. 310.
the popular vote is in the majority. C.8.185. S.861.
XlXrjdvvtiv [v] id. &s lirXridwov IlXoVoe id. C.195.
XoyoiA.843. Here Glasg. Blomf. read HXovrieiv to enrich. Met. to make
IwXtjOvov.pass, to be inclined by happy, A. 572. Ironically in A. 1241.
many reasons, ravrnv iiraiviiv irav- aXXrjv tiv arijv avr ipov wXovTL^ere.
Todev TrXnOvvopai A. 1343. Here arnv is unintelligible, though
ITXrippvpiQ an inundation, C. 184. Naeke considers it to refer to Cas
n\)v except, ri yap TrtVpwrai sandra as being, like other prophets,
Znvi 7rXr}v act Kpariiv ', P.V.517. Cf. the author of mischief. This is very
id. 49. 258. E. 122. with subst. govern harsh. Pors. reads arijc. Schiitz and
ing gen. irXfiv Aioe P.V.50. Cf.id.63. Blomf. &-at. Butler approves a mar
234.916. A. 160. 539. 619. C.170. to ap- ginal reading, which he suspects to
atv aivtu iravTa ttXt)v yapov rv^elv be that of Grotius, sc. aXXnv tiv,
E.707. save in respect of being mar aXXnv. Possibly aXXqv tiv, e'i tiv',
ried. may be suggested as an emendation.
riXvpvsfiiU,P.V.l45. HXovToyuOrif Dor. rejoicing in
IlXripovv to fill, crowd, S.c.T. 32. wealth, wealthy, C.790.
to pay fully.rpofptla 7rXnp<i)<m ^dovi TiXovToc wealth, riches, P.V. 893.
S.c.T.459.pass, to be filled, E.540. P.161. 164.233.246.737.741. 828. A. 372.
with gen. E.538. with dat. S.c.T. 446. 721.755. C. 806. E. 950.rich or luxu
Xpoc ov irXnpovpivp A. 791. notfilled rious goods or things. Triovat vXovrov
 IIAOY ( 273 )
irvoac A. 794. iroalv (pdeipovra wXov-
tov ei/xarog 928. a rich garment, yag
irXovrog S.c.T.931. the riches of the
earth. Abresch, on P. 159. remarks
upon the difference between 6X(iog
and ttXovtoc. See kovIuv.
UXovtoxOwv having the riches of
the earth, E.907.
IlXovThiv Pluto, P.V.802.
Tiveiv to Mow (as wind), ttveW
A. 1154. irviovTO. E.866. Tzvtvaag C.
1063. irvioi E.898. to breathe, C.612.
to pant, S.c.T.53.with ace. irviiav
kotov C.940. breathing anger. Cf. C.
34. E. 11. 804.835. "Apr) ttveovtiov A.
366. breathing war. Cf.id.1209. irveW
X&Ptv A. 1179. breathing love. Met.
(ppevog irviiav cWirtjSj; rpowaiav A.
212. showing change of purpose.
Ilvevfia breath, S.c.T.446. E.132.
538.a6to(ofwind),P.V.1049.1088.
P. 110. S. 158. 172. Met. XverariQ wvev-
fian P.V.886. a paroxysm of mad
ness. Zalfxtov av eXOot BaXepwrepy
wtv/tari S.c.T.690. with milder in
fluence. Zit,aiff iKirnv alSoitj) irvtv-
jxari x&>pag S.29. with a respectful
feeling on the part of the country,
irvevfia fiiov P. 499. the breath of life.
Without (ilov in the same sense,
S.c.T.966.
TlvtvjxovEQ the lungs, S.c.T.61.
Brunck here reads kXcvuovwv, ac
cording to the rule of the Atticists.
On Soph. Trach. 567., however, he
admits that this form belongs to the
later, not the earlier Attic. See Pors.
on Eur. Or. 271.
Uvot) breath. Qei irvoag P.V.802.
will live.a breeze or blast, P.V.
88. A. 185.640. S.129. Met. irvoag
"Aptos S.cT. 63. 109. the breath of war.
smoke. irlovagnXovrovTrvoag A. 794.
the smoke from the burning treasures.
IIo2a7roc of what country, C.568.
646. S.231.
TloSivSvroe drawn over the feet,
C.992.
HoSr)png pertaining to the feet, ra
TToSfipr/ A. 1576. the lower extremi
ties. reaching from the top to the
bottom. ariiXov Ttoiiipr) A. 872.
noiM
TloSwri'ip entangling the feet, C .
990.
IIoSov//i/iTrpov a mat for the feet,
A. 900.
TlodwKris swift offoot, hence, Met.
quick, S.c.T.605. C.569.
UoSwKia swiftness, E.37.
Ho&eiv to regret, feel the loss of,
P.504.534.945. A.531. to wantot de
sire, P.V.787. A. 334. But in this
last passage Dind. adopts iropdslv
from two MSS.
Uodcv whence? (of place), A. 1121.
1125. C. 254. 646.842. S.773. from
what cause ? by what way? how?
P.V. 594. A. 533. C.508.
HoOiv from somewhere, P. 346. C.
1069.
Ilodog longing, regret, P.62. 130.
133. A.403. lust, P.V. 657.
Uodog personified, Desire, S.1022.
Uo~i whither ? (with verbs signify
ing motion), P.V. 577. A. 1057. 1109.
C.721. S.120. with gen. iro~i ^vy(ofiev
'Airlag xOovrfc ; S. 120. to what part
of the Apian land? with verbs im
plying motion, S.c.T. 142. not in
rcXog cirayti deog; P. 721. vol reXev-
rav ; 773. irol KaTaarpttytig Xoyu>v
TeXevrf)y; C.521. Trot rtXivrq. Xoyog;
1071. 7roi icpavti jiivog arng', S.598.
iroT. KtKvpwrat reXog ; In all these the
notion of proceeding to a certain point,
and then stopping, is implied. Ellip-
tically in C.399. irot vtprtpwv rvpavvi-
Seg ; id. 869. iro'i KXiraijuvj/irrpa ; whi
ther are they, whither is she (gone) ?
Dind. reads iroi for nov in P.V. 1062.
Iloieiv to do or act, P.V.937. C.
546. S.889. iroitiv ev to benefit, E.
87. to provide, ordain, E.619.
iloiKiXeiiiwy clothed in variedrobes,
P.V. 24.
IIoUiXp,a a curiously coloured robe,
C. 1008.
HoidXog variously coloured, P.V.
493. P. 822. A.897. ra iroiiciXa va
rious-coloured carpets, A. 900.910.
Met. crafty, P.V. 308. E.438.
Tloifiaiveiv to tend (as a shepherd
his flock), E.91. to traverse, pass.
E. 240.
2 N
 noiM ( 274 ) no.\E
IToi^a>'H|Oio>' a herd or multitude, This is the vulg. reading here, and
P. 75. eanpi is usually referred to the
IIoi/i>'wp [a] a shepherd. Met. a stroke dealt by Clytaemnestra in
commander, P. 237. murdering Agamemnon. An ob
Tiotfiriv a shepherd. Met. a com- jection to this is, that we hear no
mander. va&v voi/jiviq S.748. iroi- thing from antiquity, as Blomf. ob
pivoe uiuiij A. 643. an epithet of the serves, concerning female Cissian
storm, which disables ships by its evil warriors. Moreover the word Kofi-
influence. This is the true meaning. fxi>Q refers more appropriately to the
Some, as Boissonade, less correctly smiting of the breast in grief than
understand it of the steersman : but to a blow given in an assault. It is
this, were it not otherwise objection better to adopt the reading of Aid.
able, does not consist with the epithet and Med. tKo^ia, and refer it to Elec-
KUKOV. tra. If this be so, we can no longer
Xlolfivr) a flock or group, E.188. translate "Apcwv warlike, but must
S. 632. have recourse to the Scholiast's in
Tloivdriop [a] an avenger, A. 1254. terpretation "Apcwv. UtpaiKov. This
Tloiyt'i punishment for crimes, ven interpr. is confirmed by the subse
geance. noiviiQ afinXaKniJiaTiav P.V. quent mention of the Cissians, who
112. the punishment of my offences. are alluded to by Herodotus along
Cf. P.V. 176. 194.223.268.563.023. A. with the Arians, being both Persian
1196.1313. C.935. E.236.614. woivdi- races, and (at least the Cissians)
ai <j>iXtutov irarpoQ E. 442. punishment noted for their lamentations. Cf.
for the murder of my father. a re Pers. 120. But if "Apcwv and Kio-
quital. tv\ixQ ayadae ayaOSiv irotvae eri'ac refer in this sense to cKo-tya Kofi-
E.621. fiov, TroXt/iio-rpiae is wholly unintel
Tloiovofios feeding on grass, A. ligible : and here we conceive no one
1142. can refuse to admit Ahrens' conj. 'Ij-
IIoi6vop.os affording pasturage of XefitcrTplae, who quotes from Hesych.
grass, S.49. 'InXefiioTpiae, OpnvnTpias, the word
Iloioe what, of what sort ? in direct being derived from UiXc/ioq a lament.
interrogation, P.V.623.765.781. S.c.T. This correction is confirmed by the
286. P.438. A. 1057. 1090. C. 12. 173. metre, which is restored by it, where
E. 625. 626. S. 300. 889. 987. irolov xf>" as it is violated by the other. It would
vov; A. 269. since what time? wolf seem as if H had been written incor
rptmif, P.V. 765. in what manner? to rectly n and the O inserted to make
irolov; id. 249.in indirect interroga up the word. For circ which is
tion, P.V. 194. S.514. hardly admissible, Bothe and Herm.
noi<pvy/ia a sob, S.c.T. 262. prefer lv re which is very probable.
HoXciv to occupy or frequent, P. Blomf. Tyrwh. tlra. As regards the
299. mid. v. woXe'tadai P.V. 648. to time of eKo\pa, we must refer it to
come frequently, to resort. the period of Agamemnon's death,
noXcfiapxpg a leader in war, S.c.T. her grief on which occasion Electra
810. C.1068. now describes. The reading and
IloXiftioe hostile, P. 239. A. 594. meaning will therefore stand thus,
belonging to an enemy, S.c.T. 198.492. CKO\pa KOfipbv "Aptiov, cv re Kitraiae
541.570. iroXifxiov (pofiov S.c.T. 252. | vofioiQ inXc^iiorpiag. I smote myself
dreadof the enemy.woXifiioi the ene with the Arian (or Persian) stroke,
my. TToXcfiiwv laOr/iiara. S.c.T. 259. and after the manner of a Cissian
IIoXfjUtoTpe'a (?) a female war mourner. Pors. praef. ad Hec. wishes
rior. tKo\pe Ko/x/iov "Apcwv, tire Kr- to transpose, thus, cKO\f/"Apcwv Kofi-
aiac | vofioioi iroXcfitirrpiac C.417. fiov, or KOfifxov 2' iKO\f/' "Apcwv, to
 nOAE ( 275 ) noAY
avoid the anapaest in the third place ; TloXioaovxps protecting the city,
but this, in a lyrical passage, is un S.C.T.69. 104. 167.253. A. 329. S.488.
necessary. living in the city, E. 745. 843. 964.
noXe/xoKpavroe deciding war, S.c.T. lloXlrne [i] a citizen, S.c.T. 1.173.
147. 214.281.299.906.1053. A. 697. 783. 829.
HoXcfiog war, P.V. 906. S.c.T. 23. 1183.1623. C.30O. 425. E. 663. 758.785.
P.20.105.846.871. A.218. E.826. S. 816.887.932.946.967. S.479. 6toliroX-
337.434.928.1028. 7rai S.c.T. 235. guardians of the
Ho\efio(j>66poe destroying by war, city.
P. 644. TIoXXukis often, P.743. A. 234. iroX-
noXiaivardat to grow white, P. 109. Xaici id. S.C.T. 209. S.113.
TloXtriTTie a citizen, P. 547. UoXXaxrj in many ways, S.463.
TloXws hoary, antient, S.6S8. TloXoe the pole of the sky. by syn-
XloXwv-j(pQ guarding the city, S.c.T. ecd. the heavens, P.V. 427.
294.804. S.998. TloXvalfitov bloody, S. 820.
IloXiiropdoQ the destroyer of a city. HoXvavb'pos populous,. P. 73. 867 .
Tpoi'ac iroXi-rropde A. 757. destroyer of numerous, A. 678. P. 526.
Troy. Here Bloraf. irToXi-n-opff. TloXvaviap [d] having many hus
IIoAie a city, e.g. toriv ttoXiq Ka- bands, A. 62. So Schol. Epithet of
vwfioQ la^ari} ydovoQ P.V. 848. Cf. Helen, who was married to Menelaus,
S.C.T. 2. 9. 14. 29. 46.57.7 1 . 74. 77. 89.102. Paris, and Deiphobus.
126.136.141.148.153.158.162.165.172. JloXvfiafris dipped often in the sea,
197.200.203.215.236.256.284.300.303. P. 267.
312.400.409.416.434.453.521.554.564. HoXvfloToe. See ttovXv^otoq.
595. 609. 614. 629. 634.731 . 743. 747. 756. HoXvyofupos fastened with many
775. 777. 785. 797. (786. 1. d.) 802 (But nails, P. 71.
ler considers vv. 802. 803. as spu HoXvyovoe having much offspring,
rious: so Dind., who further sus S.673.
pects the whole passage from ov- TloXvSaKpvs tearful, P. 902. C.442.
<n). 808.882.980.997.1000.1010.1021. TloXvSaKpvTog much weptfor,S.c.T.
1033.1037.1058. 1062. 1064.1667. P.117. 952. C. 330.
209.215.229. 339.340.503.668. 701. 767. TloXvSovos very circuitous, P.V.
908. A. 29. 126.258. 269. 312. 322. 384. 790.
463.487.518.566.591.624.626.633.693. IloXvSpofiog very hurried, S.718.
719. 783. 786. 792. 798. 818. 1035. 1077. IIoXvEjr^e very loquacious, A. 1105.
1140.1144.1173. 1260. 1261.1308. 1328. HoXvcvktos much prayed for, E.
1386.1568. C. 287. 210.1042. E. 435.453. 509.
498.542.587.657.668.671.703.742.848. TloXvOeoc occupied by many gods,
875.877.909.933.938.948.963.971. S.7. S.419.
23. 245. 270.340. 352. 353. 361. 365. 383. TloXv6pififih>v nourishing many
396.405.613.614.627.646.655.664.756. creatures, P. 33.
833.881.891.920.933.988.1002. pi. P. JXoXvOpnvos very mournful, A. 694.
107-848.863. E.77. 696.
ndXar/xa a city, P.V. 119. S.c.T. TloXvBpooQ very clamorous, S.800.
63. 113.229.324.460. P.119.245.481. TIoXvKavrit slaying many, A. 1142.
HoXi<tovxC protecting a city. So HoXvKXavToe much mourned, P. 658.
Guelph. Aid. S.c.T.804. Here ko- A. 1508.
Xiovypi is usually read for the cor UoXvKparriQ very powerful, C.400.
rupt vulg. iroXiaoovxoi. See tcoXmt- TIoXvktovoq slaying many, mur
aovyps. derous, A. 448. 716.
noXiaaovdjioQ dwelling in a city, TloXvfiiToc formed of many threads,
P. 839.governing a slate, C.851. S.427.

S
 IIOAl ( 276 ) nOAY

HoXvfxvnoTog very mindful, grate A. 878. 1061 . 1428. C. 269. 275. 578. 682.
ful, A. 795. much to be remembered, 802. E. 106.473. 524. S. 241. 446. 538.
A. 1438. See under iwavOifciv. 893.914.it is followed by Kai, e.g.
Ho\vfirfi<TTvp mindful, S.530. 7ToXXa Svarvxij re irpaoaci S.C.T. 320.
TloXwavrric having many sailors, Cf. P.V. 1009. P. 240. A.63. E. 139. C.
P. 83. 741. 7roXu adverbially, much, A. 396.
TloXvytlKng Polynices, S.cT. 569. C.1048. with comparatives, 7roXi, 7roX-
623.640.1004.1059. Xj> much, more, etc. P.V.335. P. 180.
HoXvveixrigmuch quarrelling, S.c.T. A. 1155. 1303. C.138. TroXXa adv.
812. an allusion to the name IIoXv- much, frequently, long, P.V. 45. S.cT.
veIktiq as compounded of tcoXv and 553. P. 451. 492. A. 421. 532. 558. 1268.
veiKog. Dind. considers the words 1640. C. 215.747. 884. ttoXeo id. A. 705.
Kai TroXvvtiKcis a gloss upon icar lirtov- with this unusual form of 7roXXa
vfxtav. Dind. compares iroXiwv for noXXHv
HoXvfcvog hospitable, receiving in Eur. Hel. 1332. Cf. also ttoXeI S.
many, S. 148. 726. where Well. cf. voXtai Iph. T.
noXinrevdfiQ very mournful, P. 539. 1230.
IIoXv7r\ayKTO much wandering, S. TloXvoivog very mischievous, yuvv-
567. ov aipepKTOQ, iroXvoivov Kvvog cV/cr/v
IIoXvTrAdj'ijroc aiming in many di C.440. Blomf. with Pors. and Dind,
rections, C.419. read TroXuo-t yovg from iroXvai vr/g. Wei 1 .
IloXvirXavos much wandering, P.V. and Klaus, (who refers to Lobeck on
587. Phryn. p.184.) retain the form in og.
TloXvwovog very wretched, S.c.T. the meaning is, driven from the inte
991. S. 377.very active, P. 312. rior of the house like a mischievous
HoXvTTvpog producing much wheat, cur. Klausen considers that fivyov and
S.548. iroXvaivov are to be joined, as refer
HoXvppodog noisy, S.c.T. 7. ring- to the bathing vessel in which
TloXvppvrog much flowing, S.823. Agamemnon wasmurdered, and which
IloXve much, large, many, S.c.T. 6. was placed in the interior of the
80. P. 546. 247. 737. E.274. S.984. house, from which, in order to con
ttoXXti A. 536. 1013.922. E.616. S.290. ceal her purpose, Clytaemnestra on
Dor.7ro\\aS.c.T.342. A. 986. 7roXXoS that occasion drove away all her do
P.V.963. iroXXrje P.25. A. 933. E.798. mestics. This seems very forced and
with art. Dor. rag iroXXae vyieiag A. unnatural, as also does Schiitz's in
974. 7roXX.ft5P.501.734.766. A. 507. 537. terpretation of fj.vxov to mean cella
7roXtt S.726.(seebelow.)7roXXS.843. pennaria. See Butler's note, who re
TroXtiv A.607.C.957. E.180. ttoXXjjv P. marks, " Queritur scil. Electra se
394.734. 7roXXo/S.C.T.471.P.502.889. non a cella pennaria, sed a penetra-
A.762.845. C.297.529. ttoXXcu P.529. E. libus domesticis, laribus, sacrifices,
555. Here the Schol. observes, tovto ov omnibusque adeo paternae domus so-
irpoQ rag rpcig, aXXct irpog tov \opov, cietate et solatio, tamquam canem,
U yap Tiaav. iroXXGiv P.V.210. S.C.T. seu noxium et contemptum animal,
1054. P. 322.720.786.982. A.24.341. exclusam esse."
491. 627. 928. 937. 1007. 1345. 1444. C. HoXvaretyrig adorned with many
920. E.942. S. 450. 485. 1035. iroXXoTg wreaths, E.39.
S.C.T. 932. P. 46. 172. E.239. S.446. YloXvcro/xeiv to talk much, S. 497.
970. 7roXXou<rt S.cT. 778. iroXXovg IIoXuoTocoe causing many groans,
P.V.33.482. A.627.C.998. E.267. S. S.c.T. 827. E.358.
727.887. ttoXXoc P.V. 254. P. 280. A. TloXvreKvog having many children,
837.849.1431. C. 1008. TroXXa S.C.T. P.V. 137. prolific, S.1008.
906. P. 232. 261. 505.693. 766. 829. 831. IloXvtpdopog very destructive, P.V.
 nOAY ( 277 )
636.822.pass, destroyed in numbers,
S.C.T. 908.
TloXutyav-ng prop, name, S.c.T.430.
IIo\i>x<P with a large force of
soldiers, P. 82.
Ho\v\pvoog abounding with gold,
P.3. 9.45.53.
THoXvyuoTogpiledup onhigh, C.346.
Ilo\ui//a/ia0oc sandy, S.849.
nofiTraloQ having the office of con
ductor, E.91. an epithet of Mercury.
Tlo/xirri a sending, nop.nq. Awg A.
728. a conducting or accompanying,
vir' evdvfpovi Kop.wq. E.987. Cf. P. 58.
where Abresch rightly reads i>7ro trofi-
n-aig. a journey, rilvovai nofiirriv
S.c.T.595. making a journey. See pa.-
Kp6g.
Ilofnrifios conducting, carrying on,
S.c.T.353.837.
Tlo/xnos one who conducts or con
veys. irop.nbg "ladi tSiv iirdXoiy avu)
C.145. send us tip what is good.
<j>dt/jiiviov TTOfnrovQ P.618. sending up
the dead. iro/xtrovg ap)(as A. 123.
leaders of the expedition. irpoarpoTrrjg
7ro/nrol C.84. attending the procession
to the tomb, irofiirov irvpog A. 290.
messenger fire.
TIoveiv to labour or exert oneself,
P.V.44.342. C.906. rig aivog irovrjau;
A. 1529. what praise will exert itself
in his honour ? Here Voss leg. a'wov.
to suffer. h~i\pei novovvreg P. 476.
riva irovti ttovov ; P. 668.
Movnpog evil, C.1041.
ndvoe labour, pain, exertion, suf
fering, P.V.66.84.75.1 18. 183.267. 282.
298.326.339. 423. 618.687. 751..778.782.
874.902.933.1029. S.c.T.772.834.933.
984. P.319.501.668. A. 1.20. 173.321.
345.553.780.1139.1188. C.135.365.459.
615.659. E. 59. 79.83. 123. 127. 128.217.
526.741. S.51. 114.324.501.557. 810.984.
aXaruatg irovoiv P.V. 902. toilsome
wanderings. Here one MS. and Turn,
omit iroviav. irovov 6pra\l\a)v A. 54.
their young for whom they had suf
fered such toil. itKovtov irovog P.
737. wealth laboriously acquired. So
Schiitz, Blomf. and Well, from M.l.
2. etc. Rob. Steph. Cf. nopog.
non
TLovriZeiv to sink in the sea, A.
985.
Tlovrtog belonging to the sea, met
with upon the sea. ttovtioq jxvyog
P.V. 841. Cf. id. 89. 429. 584. S.c.T.
192. P.444. 545. 872.994. C.580. E.864.
6 irovTiog i,tivog S.c.T. 924. an epi
thet offoreign iron, irovnov akoog P.
111. the expanse of the sea. (pi-nv irov-
tiov A. 653. a watery grave.
YIofTOfil^toy ruling the sea, S.c.T.
122.
Tlovrog the sea, P.V. 728. 794. 1050.
1090. P.72.277. A.551.1173. E.77.
241. S.985. irot'TOvtie S.33. out to sea.
RowaZ, an exclamation of indigna
tion, E.138.
IIo7rot an exclamation of grief, P.
542.552.717.838. A. 1042.1046.1071. E.
140.
Tiopcia a journey, P.V. 735. 825.
843.
TLopeiv (2 aor. from pres. inus.) to
present, give, or furnish, trope P.V.
634. iropoig 618. iropot P.V.936. S.c.T.
720. nopwy P. V. 108. Kopovra id. 947.
Tioptviadai to go, P.V.569.
Tlopevfia a going. Tropev/iaai flportov
E.230. going in search of persons.
" De variis hie illic ad diversos po-
pulos erroribus dicit, dum aliquem
convenire voluit a quo lustrari pos
set." Butler.
tlopevTog travelling, A. 277.
XlopOeiv to lay waste, to destroy or
overthrow, S.c.T.565.pass. id. 176.
A.269.576. C.680. S.438.
TlopdliTiop a destroyer or ravager,
A.881. (where Valck.on Phoen.1548.
conj. wopdrirppog, unnecessarily) C.
968.
TlopBfieveiv to convey, C.674.
TlopOfievfia a passage, iropdfievfi
axiwv A. 1539. an epithet of the river
Acheron.
Ropdfiog a strait of the sea, signi
fying the Hellespont, P. 69. 708. 785.
Sapw vikov wopdfiov A . 298. the sinus
Saronicus or gulf of Egina.
Ilvpifiog passing through, overcom
ing obstacles, jroXefiog airopa wopt/xog
P.V. 906. i.e. as Butler translates it,
 nopo ( 278 )
per omnia ibit vel difficillima lit mihi
omnino cedendum sit. The accusative
is governed by the adj. noptpoc, as
rXiipovcg Evvtiv S.c.T.346. (in loc.
dub.) iroXXa Zwiaropa avTO<pova KaKa
A. 1061. to irav fjij^ap ovpioc Zeus S.
589. Cf. o"tKovpog A. 1608. TrpoiropiroQ
C. 21. Also Brunck and Erfurdt's
notes on Soph. Ant. 783. and the in
stances given by Matth. Gr. Gr. 346.
Obs. 3.
Tlopoe a passage or channel by
sea, etc. $><jt i\e.iv wupov P.708. Cf. P.
359.445.493.497. 733.834. S. 541. 824.
'Q,Ktavo~io iropoi' P. V. 530. of a river,
P.V.808. S.c.T.360. P.485.848. C.
70.361. E. 283.430. a passage or
road by land, S.c.T.528. A. 895. E.
740. Met. aldlpa vopov oiuvwy P.V.
281. SavXol TTpairiZwv iropoi S. 88.
the designs of the divine mind.
a way of getting free from anything,
a means of extrication, it, apnxavuv
iropovQ P.V.59.means for the accom
plishment of an object, P.V. 111.475.
S.787.a provision or store. iroXve
irXovrov iropoe obfiog P. 737. my large
store of wealth. Here ttovoq is read
by Regg. C. F. K. Guelph. M.1.2.
Rob. Vict. Schol. and is certainly a
more elegant reading, and adopted
by Schiitz, Blomf. Well, but never
theless there does not seem sufficient
reason to reject the vulg. See trovog.
HopTraiciv to fasten, P.V.61.
Tloptrvveiv [y] to provide, prepare,
or cause, C.898. A. 1347. S.517. mid.
v. P.367. pass, uxoc Tropavvtrai A.
1224. is brought about. tTvopovvtin P.
259. 1037.
Tlopng a calf, S. 42. 309. an epithet
of Epaphus born of Io when in the
form of a cow.
Hop<pvpa purple dye, A. 931.a
purple carpet, A. 933.
Tloptpvptos purple, red. iroptyvpia.
/3a0jj P.309. Pors. writes iropfyvpi}.
So Blomf. but Wellauer rightly ob
serves that it should be pronounced,
not written, thus.
TJop<j>vpoeih)tpurple, dark-coloured,
S.524.
nOTM
nopQvpooTpwToe spread with purple,
A. 884.
Uootilibv Neptune, Y.V. 927. S.c.T.
123.291. P. 736. E.27.
IId<r(c a husband, S.c.T.912. P.217.
A.586.590. 1079. 1378.
ndo-tc a draught, C.572.
nd<roe how large? P. 320. where
kooov ti Turn, correctly.
Xloraiviog new, unforeseen, P.V.
102. S.c.T.221. fresh, recent, C.
1051. E.272.
noTapios of a river, S.c.T. 374.
Uorap-OQ a river, P.V. 89. 308. 432.
719.722.811.848. S.61. 464.548. 1006.
nordede winged, A. 383.
Tlordirdat to fly. met. to hasten on,
S.c.T.84. A. 562.to hover or rest,
(e.g. upon the mind) A.951. C.385.
to issue or proceed from, S.644.
with ktrl, to alight or rest upon, P.
656. E.356.
Ildrt when? S.c.T.98. C.388.709.
Flore encl. sometime, ever, P.V. 68.
and passim. With interrogatives,
answering to the Latin tandem, e.g.
whoever, whatever? etc. P.V. 99. 124.
183. 578. P. 540. A. 667. 1057. 1071.1470.
1496. C.10.167. E.386. S.1030.with
Sorts, whosoever.oviiv wot aXXo
C. 16. nothing else at all. Cf. A. 1100.
XloTcpa whether, followed by r;, A.
616. C. 13. 118. S.331. as a simple
interrogative without ), S.c.T. 91. P.
235. A.265. C.87.
TLoTtpov whether, followed by >j,
S.c.T.807. P. 143. 343. A. 612. S.244.
Tlort for vpoQ S.c.T. 277.328. A.
707. E. 79.
HoTivitrtrtcrOat for KpoaviaaiaQat
to approach. Beovg doivatg itorivtao-o-
piva P.V. 528. worshipping the gods
with sacrifices. Cf. Pind. Ol. iii.40.
i,tiviatc avrovg kiroiyovTai rpaTre^atg.
Pyth. v.8. dvoiaioiv ol\viovTig tripe.
TloTnriTTTEtv for irpooirlirTtiv to fall
down at. with ace. iroTtwe ata S.c.T. 91.
TloriTpowaioQ a suppliant, for irpoo-
Tpoiraioc qu.v. S.357. one stained
with guilt, E. 168.
llorpoQ fate, destiny, S.c.T. 881.
P. 695. A. 740.978.
 noxN ( 279 ) nPAS

Horvia dread, venerable, S.c.T. plishment, P. 725. state or condition,

137.868.9C4. C.711. E.911. P.V. 697.
Uotov drink, P.607. E.665. a UpawiSee the mind, ev wpawiSwv
stream, P. 479. A. 1129. Xaxovra A. 370. endued with good
Iloroe that may be drunk, A. 1381. understanding. Cf, A. 776. S.87.
Hov where? Ttov rave" zXcurte; P. HpcHTativ to do, act, or perform, as
471. with gen. wov <t0e Qi]aofxev ^flo &Ttp ypwfirjc to ttov 'Lwpaoaov P.V.
rae; S.c.T. 993. Cf. P.227. The verb 455. wpdaat TawtaraXyiiva C.768.
substantive is often omitted, e. g. wov Cf. A. 354. 360. (see Kpaivetv) 1328.
Tie a\:a;P.V.545. Cf. P.917.928.930. 1353. 1643. 1654. C.661. 663.675.704.768.
C.887.903. E.400.405 wov dpaaog 1027.1040. E. 191.214.408. 888. S.226.
vtfiEiQ kfiol ; S.500. See vlpeiv. 314.394.570. pass. P.V.75.680. P.519.
Uov encl. somewhere, S.759. E. 787.792. A.537. E.122. S.961. mid. v.
243. somewhither, P. V. 1062. but A. 797.to cause or produce, A.1446.
here Dind. woi.ever, with el, s"nrov S. 987.to get or procure, S.2C6. 750.
A. 566. S.395. perhaps, methinks, I 1030. followed by we. wpa^ofiev we
ween, P.V. 824. S.c.T. 496. P. 710. 726. avTo'toi fiiTafieXn wovoe E.739. by
A. 694. h) ttov surely, P.V. 1066. ^ ware, wpafcie &OTt fit adivtiv tooov;
wov id. 519. in questions, perchance, id. 856.to destroy, 'iwpacro-e <T qwip
possibly, P.V.247. A. 1630. viv C.434. and so Well, explains the
HovXiifloroe Dor. for woXbfioroe vulg. wewpayfiivoi in C. 130. See wi-
cherishing many, prolific, S.c.T. 756. wpaaKtiv.to exact a punishment or
Tlove the foot, P.V. 279. S.c.T. 353. debt, avrlwoiva wpafciv P. 468. tov-
356. P. 95. (see avqaottv) 159.508.651. <petX6fiivov wpaooovoa C.309. rbv
A. 881.919.922. C. 180.204.205. 665.976. warpoe (povov wpaavra E. 594. aveng
E.284.254.348.381.513. S.31.817. ing hisfather's murder, mid. v. with
wnp-aTuv ew woha i\eiy P.V. 263. Cf. doubl. accus. rpawefas drlfiwaiv
tfw kojxI^wv oXedpiov wt)Xov wofia C. wpauaofitva to vvfi^orifxav fxtXoe Ik-
686. proverbial expressions, denoting a (paruie riovrae A. 688. demanding ven
secure position. QovoXijiij dpovov geance from them for the violation of
wtp\ Kapa wept woSa E. 159. h.e. from the table (but see EKtyarwe and rietv).
top to bottom. Cf. Kapa. Cf. A. 786. ZiKalwv <i!v iwpa^afinv
Tipayfia a thing, matter, or affair, woXtv.with the adverbs tZ, KaKaig,
S.c.T.671. A. 1374. 1517. C. 694.859. etc., to fare well or ill. Kaicwe wp.
E. 122. 286.448. 455. 460. 466. 545. 554. P.V. 265. P. 209. KaXwe up. P.V.981.
600. S. 86.351. 706. pi. P.V.973.S.C.T. E.795. ev wp. S.C.T.4.77.797. P.208.
41. A.632.1300. C.244.690. E.685. S. 847. A. 1178. 1304. with superl. ir&e
339.463. So vulg. hi S.c.T. 785. But av wpa.aaoip.tv we apiara; P. 775.
here Brunck reads wpayog from wpd^ae tv aol wavra^fj E.447. in
MSS.ra TJepaaiy wpayfiara P. 711. whatever way I come off by your
the fortunes of the Persians. means. wu>e apawpaaati; P.140. how
Hpayoe id. S.c.T. 843. P. 245. S. does he fare? tl wdvra we wpaaaoip
230. tpvXaoaet wpdyoe S.c.T.2. has liv A. 904. if in all things I shall fare
charge of affairs. So v. 1. in S.c.T. as well as in this (see av, tl). shoe
785. see prec. wpafctv wSt S.C.T. 499. wpa^aaav toe
Upaicrtipios efficacious, rv^n wpaic- iwpa^t A. 1261. faring as it did fare. '
rripioe S.518. success in action. with comp. fitXTtpa ruA wpaaativ
UpaKTtop avenging, an avenger, A. S.c.T.319. fare better than this. woXXa
111. E.309. wpaKTOpa okowov S.636. SvaTvyfj tc wpaaati 321. undergoes
Here Bamberger de Carm. ^Esch. many sufferings. ri 3j) wpafaaiv av-
p. 14. conj. irpaKTop arne kotov. role twiartva^ert ; P. 713. how having
ITpa^ec an action, C.801.accom fared? urtpa ovk iwpal,aTi\v A. 1418.
 riPAY ( 2ao ) npEY

they did not come off without punish fitting, S.C.T.638. A. 510.622.631. C.
ment, lovaa irpa,<i>, rKhiropai to kot- 448. E. 176.with dat. yvvaiKog cu'x-
davtiv A. 1263. Here Kpai.u is gene fxij. Trpiirci A. 470. rdlg oXfiioig viKa-
rally explained as equivalent to ir- aOai irpiirti A. 915. KpiirovT ap^a'tg
oopai h.e. / will suffer. This is in j3iov C.77. See apxv-with ace. wg
correct. It is put generally, as in v. intiXv^ag Kpinti S. 192.with ace.
1261. to which this refers, sc. npa^a- and infin. Qpaavaropeiv ov Trpimi
aav >g iwpai,e, and the meaning is, rovg i')<ro-ovag S.200. Cf. id. 909. In
/ will go and meet my fortune, i.e. A. 1368. tl b" 7jv TrpcirovTwv &ar iwt-
be it what it may. fi7ra>r' iirpcv)(Qn oirivhtiv vacpCp, tc'iS' av Siicaiwg ijv,
ir\r)v Qtoiai KOipavtiv P.V. 49. Schiitz the gen. irpnrovrojv is supposed by
joins Inpnydn with Oeo'iai, h.e. omnia some to be equivalent to tv twv irpi-
sunt Diis acquisita prceterquam im- novTbiv h.e. wpiirov. In this well
perare. This is very harsh. It is known construction, however, the
better to join deoiai with Koipaveiv, article is indispensable. (On the pas
which governs a dative, as apxw sage C.355. see nifnrKavai.) For
in v. 942. Sapov yap ovk iipiiti Otolg. irptirovTwv Voss. and Stanl. conj.
The meaning is correctly given by npiirovThtg. This is probably correct,
Grotius, " cuncta assequaris prater tSort being used before the infin. after
imperium in Deos," h.e. every thing 7/y, as in Soph. Phil. 656. Cf. Matth.
has been attained by you except to Gr. Gr. 531. obs.2.
govern the gods.On C. 130. see TIpetrovTtog aptly, consistently, A.
above. In C. 1040. the vulg. evre 673.
irpai;ag is altered by Glasg. into eZye HpenTog distinguished, E. 874.
xpaiag. Tyrwhitt conj. cv y iirpat,- Xlpeajoda seniority. Kara irptirfitiav
ag, which Well, and Dind. adopt. P. 4. by right cf seniority. Stanl. with
Tlpavvttv [v] to soothe, P. 186. 833. Hesych. and the Schol. translates it,
Uptireiv to be conspicuous or ap on account of their dignity.
parent. Buttm. (Lexil. s.v.Oiowpoirog) Tlptofieveiv to honourpre-eminently,
observes that this word is used by C.481. E. 1. pass. Trptofitveadai to be
jEschylus to signify anything which chiefly honoured, to have the chief
forces itselfforward, or is evident to place, E.21. KaK&v irpcafievtrai to
any sense, as the sight, hearing, Ar/pvioy C.622. is most notorious, o
smell, irpiirovaa >g kv ypatpaig A. vtrraTog tov -^povov irpcafievETai A.
233. Cf. S.C.T.372. P. 235. A. 378. 1273. has the advantage in respect of
420. olpai (ioi)t> irptwetv A. 312. dr- the time.
fiog irpETrei 1284. there is a strong Jlpitrpto-Tog most august, S.c.T.372.
smell.joined with participles. Kpc.ir- IIpeo-jSoE an object of veneration,
ova iyovTig A. 1195. ayyeWbiv Trpitr- P. 615. an assembly of venerable
ti id. 30. tt6\iv irpiiptre Suiyovreg E. men, A. 829. 1366.
949. with infin. as an explanation, Upe(TJ3vg a chief or honoured per
i"f>a/i vfic irpivet pudtiv P. 243. is clear son, P. 826. A. 516. S. 597.In A. 177.
to our understanding, sc. that he is 198. it means the elder of the two.
a bearer of tidings. Trpivovoi peXay- an ambassador, S.708.
^ipoig yvlowtv iSeiv S.700. arc plain nptofivTtig [y] an old man, E.611.
to be seen.with dat. of the thing Tlpe(Tj3vTtg an old woman, E.701.
by which one is distinguished, irplir- 981.
ovreg aayaig S.c.T.117. ipapcmv wpiir- HptofivTOfioKog receiving or attended
ovoa C.12. irtvdti irpiirovoav id. 18. by old men, S. 654.
wpiTTtt naprfig apvypoig id. 24.to re Wptvptvijg favourable, A. 814.1631.
semble, with dat. irptwovTa ravpu & S.132. 207. affectionate, friendly,
fiag S. 297. irpfan impers. it is be jrptvfitytig x<* 1'. 601. 671.
 nPEY (281 )
TlpevfievUg kindly, affectionately,
P. 220. A. 924. E.227.883. In P. 216.
irpEv/jiEvij is read for rrpcvficvioe by
Barocc. Turn, and as a var. lect. in
Regg. A.B. Porson marks irpevfievSg
as spurious. So Dind. It seems,
however, put in the same manner
as wpevfieveie x"m P. 601.671. qu.v.
lipiafiih'ilQ a son of Priam, A. 523.
727. C.923.
Hpia/xog proper name, A. 41. 125.
258.693.787.909.1309.
Upiv before, P.V.966. S.393. irp\v
&v A. 164. having been aforetime, h.e.
being now gone by. as an attrib. with
article and nouns, e.g. ra wpiv ire\-
topia P.V.151. Cf. id. 702. A. 878.
E.30.533. to Tplv aforetime, P.V.
441. P.490. A.636. C.53.552. S.326.
until, before that, with indie, aor.
P.V.479. with infin. pres. A. 1037.
S.683. with inf. aor. P.V.827. S.c.T.
63.267.436.1039. P.494.698. A. 1458.
1520.1643. C.568. S. 31.37. 753. 770.
779.with av and subj. after a nega
tive, P.V. 165. 175. 721. 758. 993. 1029-
The quantity of irplv appears as
long in P.V. 479.772. but this is dis
puted. In the former passage from
M. Rob. etc. Blomf. and Dind. prefer
srpiV y'. In the latter Dind. adopts
n-Xriv with Elmsl. from M. and four
other MSS. reading ov Syra, irXijv
lav iyio 'k Iktr/xuii' XvOw, which is less
probable than Elmsley'-s conj. nXr/v
eyioy orav cW/z. XvO. Blomf. reads
oh fifjra, irpiv y cyuy' av eK.Setr/i.Xvd.
Ilpd with gen. before, in front of,
S.C.T.148. A. 356.804. S.470.614.855.
denoting superiority, C.779. in
behalfof irpo \pnp-aTiav ktvciuiv okvoq
(3a\wv A. 980. h.e. to save the rest
of the property. (Here okvoq flaXiov
is thenom.absol.) Cf. E. 799. before,
denoting time, A. 135. 1239. S.785.
irpb Kaipov A. 356. too soon, before the
right place, irpo tov (pavivrog A. 471.
before direct evidence, irpo tov afore
time. A. 1177. tov trpo tov ypovov E.
440.before, h.e. more than, beyond,
S.C.T.910.987. yfjv wpo yijg P.V.
685. from land to land, literally, to
npoe
land in front of land, denoting the
transition to another region lying
beyond, and therefore infront of the
land already passed. Matth. (Gr. Gr.
575.) however considers the phrase
equivalent to tig yijv sic yfjg woppto.
Tlpoflaiveiv to proceed, P.V. 247.
A. 1492. See irapcx^tv-
Ilpoj3aXXuv to cast out, read accord
ing to some by tmesis in A. 980. but
see rrpo.
lipofiaToyv&fitov a judge of sheep.
Met. one who can judge of men's
characters, A. 769.
Up6(iXr)fia a defence placed before
anything, S. c.T. 522. Ttrpav irpo-
fiXy/iara id. 658. defences against the
stones.
IlpoflovXoiraig a fore-counselling
child. TreiOi) irpofiovXoiraig a<j>epTog
arete A. 376. This word is well ex
plained by Klausen, " Noxa quae
mentem laesit, progignit persuasio-
nera suppeditantem argumenta qui-
bus ad exsequenda noxa? consilia
commovetur aliquis."
TIp6j3ovXog a councillor, S.c.T.997.
Upoyovog an ancestor, S. 43. 528.
Trpoyovoi ancestors, P. 397.
Tlpoc'eucvvvai to signify. TrpoSti^ov
P.V.781.
HpoUpKtodai to foresee, P.V. 248.
XlpoZitovai to betray, give up. fut.
jrpoSwcw S.c.T.100. P. 837. C.267. E.
64. KpovSuiKE P.V. 38. irpodw E.225.
TrpoB^g S.C.T. 233. C.882. S. 415. ttoo-
cSwre'S.c.T. 153.
UpoSiKog avenging, asserting just
rights, A. 439.
UpoSorriQ a traitor, P.V. 1070.
UpoSovXog doing service, A. 919.
See /j/3a<ric.
Tlp6Spofiog running onward, S.c.T.
80. 193.
Tlpotwiireiv see npovvviireiv.
npot^eirioTairOai see irpov^nricrra(T-
Bai.
TlpodEairifeiv to predict, Trpovre-
BeairiKU P.V.211.
XlpoOvneio-Oai to be anxious, P.V.
381.633.788.
Tlpodvfiia eagerness, P.V. 341.
2o
 npoe ( 282 ")
UpodvfiiDQ [] eagerly, A. 1573.
TlpoOvpov the vestibule of a house,
pi. C.960.
XlpoiairTctv to send or hurl, irpoi-
a\pat S.c.T.305.
UpotrtSts a gate at Thebe9, S.c.T.
359. From seq.
TIpo'iTOQ proper name, S.c.T. 377.
UpoKaKOTradelvf. The word occurs
in a corrupt passage in S. 844. Schiitz
conj. trplv KaKoiraOelv.
TIpoKaKos very bad, P. 948.951.
HpoicaXvfifia a vail or curtain, A.
675. " TrpoKaXx/fifiara h.l. eadem sunt
qua? alias wapaKaXv/xfiaTa, vela qui-
bus j amino thalamorum aut cubicu-
loram obtendebantur. Itaque U npo-
KaKvfifxariav est i.q. ek 6aXafiu>v."
Butler.
Tlpoicdfiveiv to faint before the time,
E.78.
UpoKeicrOai to lie prostrate, S.c.T.
948.to be appointed, P.V.257.757.
P. 363.
IlpoKrideadai to care for, P.V.632.
XlpoicXvtiv to listen for a thing be?
forehand, A. 243. The passage is
probably interpolated. See fjkvaig,
TlpoioiiTros drawn, grasped by the
hilt, A. 1636. holding a drawn
sword, A. 1637.
HpoXiyttv to declare, S.c.T. 319.
to foretell, P.V.1073.
flpoXtlirtiv to leave, S.728. aor.2.-
P.V.280. P. 18.
UpoXeoxps garrulous, S. 197.
MpopavTiq predicting, C.747.
npo/xarup [d] Dor. an ancestress,
S.c.T. 127. " yivovQ Trpo/xaTwp Venus
dicitur quia Harmoniam Cadmi uxo-
rem Marti pepererat." Dind.
Tlpofiaypc a champion, S.c.T. 401.
464.
UpofiiiOeia caution, prudence, S.
175. See Xapfiavtiv.
TlpofinOilaOat var. lect. in P.V.381.
TlpofjiriOevc adj. providingfor,fore-
counselling. Dor. 7rpop.adtvg tvKoivo-
prjTiQ af>X S.681.
J\pop.nbtvg proper name, P.V.66.
85.144.243.278.285.307. 319. 377.391.
398.503.543.615.617.953. In v. 85.
rrpon
ipevhuifvfiiae at Zalpovtg Hpofir)6ta
KaXovaiV avrov yap at Set Xipofii)-
6tw otio rpoirto Ttjac" tKKvXiadfiar]
ri\vng, the words ory rpo-n-ip k.t.X.
are governed by npopr]dio>g, which is
here equivalent to a participle, sc. row
irpofindnaofxtvov (cf. firJTig) h.e. you
have need of one who may contrive by
what means, etc. For similar allusions
see Elmsley on Eur. Bacch.508.
Tlpopvogf a prince, S.882. but
here Stanl. npofioi, correctly.
Upofiog a chief, A. 193.398. E.377.
Upovaia dwelling before the temple.
an epithet of Minerva, E.21. This
is the vulg. reading : but Lennep on
Phalaris, p. 143. in a most learned
dissertation, to which the reader is
particularly referred, shews that the
word should be written irpovoia, an
epithet sc. of Minerva the goddess of
providence.
Tlpovaog before the temple, S.488.
Tlpovoia foresight, A. 669.device,
forethought. irvpSarj rtva irpovoiav C.
598. said of the resolution of Althaea
by which she destroyed the life of her
son.
Hpovopog grazing, feeding with the
head downwards, S. 672.
Tlpovoog providing, counselling, S.
947.
Hpovmrris falling forwards, A. 226.
Xlpo^tvog a protector, one who en
tertains strangers in the name of the
city, S. 414.486. 897. Met. providing,
h.e. preceding, leading to. tppoipia
irpoZtva irovtov S.810.
Tlpooifiiov the commencement of a
song or a tale, P.V. 743.
npoofivvvai to swear before-hand.
7rpovp:6aag A. 1169.
Mpcmap before, S. 772.
UpoTrapoiOt before. vop.ifib)v 7rpo-
Tvapoidtv S.c.T.316. before the mar
riage rites.aforetime, A. 992.
IIpo7rac all, the whole, P.V. 405.
P. 426.540. A. 983. E.858.
\ipoirtfi-Ktiv to cast forth, yairorovg
Ttfxag wpoTrtfixpo) P. 614. / will pour
out libations. anoSog irpoirtfiirti irvoag-
A. 794.to accompany or conduct,
 npon ( 283 ) npos
S.c.T.1051. P.522. On S.c.T. 899. irpbg vfi&v ir&g Tidtia afiofxpog <; E.
see under rix'l' 648. blameless in your sight, aifiag to
TlpowtTveiy to fall prostrate, P. irpbg de&v S.391. that which is pious
580. On the forms irlrvu and ttitvuj in the sight of the gods. cf. Kpivuv.
see Kirvtiv. with dat. signifying at or close to a
VLpimoXog a minister or attendant, place or person, e. g. irpbg 'HXtov
C.353. irrfyaig P.V.810. etc. irpoe irerpaig
TIpoTrofiTTOG an attendant, S.c.T. &)Qiaaai P.V. 4. to bind to the rocks,
1061. P.993. E. 197.959.governing iraiovm irpbg KVfiaai id. 888. beat upon
an ace. x0^ irpoiro/xirog C. 23. con the waves. veiog KajXovo-nQ irpbg Kv/xari
veying libations. See iropifiog. S.c.T.192. labouring againstthewaves.
Upoirovrig the Propontis, P. 854. epyov iiwaerev irpbg atririSi id. 474.
Upoirpaaativ to exact in behalf of, wrought it upon theshield. raaati irpbg
C.821. See Xvirpog. apioToiiri A. 322. arranges them at
npoirpvfiya from the poop. Met. meals, vavg irpbg aXXriXjiai QpnKtat
irpoirpv/xva licfioXav <j>epet S.c.T. 751. irvoai fipeiicov id. 640. dashed them
is cast out from the poop. " Scilicet against each other, irpbg IvSiKoig Qptat
opes e puppi ejiciebantur." Blomf. KvicXovfievov KEapid.968. whirledround
Tlpcnrvpyog in behalf of the towers, against my breast, irpbg irvXatg irtirr-
i e. of the city, A. 1141. wKcvai S.c.T. 482. to rush upon the
lipopplfae from the very founda gates, irraio-ag irpbg raicji P.V. 928.
tions, P. 798. falling into a disaster.denoting in.
Ilpde with gen . signifying that from irpbg yif HXaraifiv P. 803. irpoe ixXXoig
which anything proceeds as its author o'Licoig E. 229. 429. in the former pas
or cause, e.g. raS' iarai irpbg Ot&v sage Well, wrongly considers irpoe
S.C.T. 199. Cf. C.832. E.427. S.992. to be used adverbially. It is placed
to irpbg yvvaiKtov yivog S.526. de in the end of the verse as kv in Cd.
rived from a woman, rlpxpiv irpbg Col. 495. quoted by Dind. Cf. also
av<jpbg A. 598. pleasure from a man. (if the reading be correct) A. 1244.
that by which anything is done, irpoc Sofioig 'Eptx^twe id. 817. ovo"
with passive verbs, as wpbg <j>i\ov ) fiiiooQ irpbg xtipt rjj' /up E.424.
00i<ro S.c.T. 934. thou wast slain by no stain attaches to my hand. in
a friend. So passim.with verbs addition to, e. g. 7rpoe rote irapovai
signifying passively, e.g. npoc de&v o" aXXa irpoo-Xafieiv OeXetg P.V. 321.
Ttaaxw P.V.92. I suffer from or atthe Cf. P.V. 776. etc.With accus. de
hands of the gods. Cf. C.413. etc. noting towards. ijXlov irpbg avToXag
Cf. Ikwitttciv irpog to be expelled by, A. 1153. 1155. Cf. P.V. 348. 709. 793.
P.V.950.998. Ovrio-Keiv vp. to be slain 7rpoe irpayfi bpiiaag S.706. looking
by, A. 1192. E.597. oXXvadai irp. id. at the thing.to, with verbs of mo
S.64. irpoQ i]jxwv Kairireoe, KarQave A. tion, e. g. ewei fiXOeg irpbg MoXocro-ct
1531. Trpoc yvvambg aireipdiacv (iioy c'airte'a P.V. 831. etc.with verbs or
A.1429. 7rpoc veiaripag aTifxog tpptiv E. words implying motion, fivqfitia irpbg
842.denoting towards or on the side apfia iartipov S.c.T. 50. placed them
of irpbg Svvovrog f/Xiov S. 252. towards around the chariot. /j.rj irpbg ayvav
the setting sun. irpbg t&v KparovvTti>v airdpag apovpav S.c.T.735. sowing in
iotfiiv, oi $' iiuauiptvuiy S.C.T. 498. an unholy soil. Oiyyavti irpbg ijirap
on the side of the victorious.like, A. 421. it touches to the heart, avria-
consistent with, irpbg yvvawbg a'ipta- crao-a irpbg iropQfizviia A. 1538. having
Oai Keap A. 57 8. it is like a woman to come to meet him at the river, per
be excited. Cf. A. 1619. irpos Svaae- haps in 7rpoe epvfxa to<)e C.152. but
fttiag ?iv Ifioi C.693. it was regarded see diroTpoirog. irpbg heprjv re/xwy E.
by me as an impiety.in the sight of. 562. cutting in the neck, irpbg i/pag
 npos ( 284 )
oiri-jjjpte S. 181. spies coming to us.
irpoe ov ylverai \ii>v S.774. on which
snowfalls, irpoe aiirbv roVSt at o4>a$,-
ai C.891. to slay you beside him.
Bpnve'iv irpbe rvfifiov C. 913. to com
plain to one deaf as the grave.
against, irpbe nevrpa k&Xov eicreve'ie
P.V.323, etc.in the sense of in re
ply to. eiroe irpbe tiros E.556. word
for word, rt irpbe rac" eiireiv OeXeie ;
.414. in the sense of hostility or
opposition, e. g. vv le yevov irpbe k\-
Opois C.453, etc. Cf. C.152. under
airorpoiroe.towards, e.g. irpoe d\-
Xi/Xove f x Of><u P.V. 489. irpoe vpae ev-
aeftrie S.335.concerning, ra aXXa
irpoe iroXiv re ical Oeoiie fSovXevaope-
(70a A.818. to, in the sense of speak
ing to, reporting to, etc. e. g. irpoe el-
JoYac Xeyot A. 1375, etc. before, h.e.
in presence of. irpbe oixirag Biro okv-
Opwirbv evrbe oppariov yi\u>v C.726.
Cf. P.V. 614.denoting a purpose or
object. earnKe pijXa irpoe tr<j>ayae irv-
poe A. 1027. stand ready for the sa
crifice. Siru>e yevoiarde irpoe \peoe
roSe S.c.T.20. devote yourselves to
this matter, tfpdnv irpoe paxapiov Xirae
S.c.T.196. togo and pray to the gods.
in accordance with, by, denoting
the manner, irpoe ovSev iv pipei reic-
fii'lpiov A. 323. according to no regu
lar adjustment, irpoe aipa eKpaorev-
opev E.238. trace it out by the blood,
irpbe Xoyov tov aiiparoe S.c.T.501.
according to the device, irpbe rl
rvyxavio Karevyparwv ; C. 216. in
what sense or manner do I attain my
wishes ? irpbe rae irapovaae irnpovae
opdiie Qpove'iv P.V. 1002. learn wis
dom by misfortunes, irpbe f&e iepbv
rwvSe irpoiropirSiv E.959. by the light
of. irpbe vorciTov i/>we A . 1297. by the
last light, i.e. in my last moments,
irpbe f/ioyl)y agreeably, in an agreeable
manner, iropevrov XapiraSoe irpbe fi&>-
vlfv A. 492. xpoiav riva ix0VT' "
tin Saifioaiv irpbe tlSovfiv P.V. 492.
irpbe ravra, irpbe rate, on account of
these things, therefore, irpbe ravra
ftoiXeve P.V. 1032. rt dfjra irpbe ravr
aXo%oe io-xvpa Awe ; 8. 298. what does
-
npos
she in consequence of these things ?
irpbe TaSe aiSufitvve Tie earu E. 516.
irpbe iiroe C.408. in consequence of
what is said.irpoe (Hay P.V. 208,
etc. irpoe rb (iiawy A. 129. irpoe to
naprcpov P.V. 212. violently, by force.
irpbe ayayKnv P. 561. by necessity,
irpbe Kopov . A.372. insolently, .irpbg
Siienv C.871. justly. with anastr.
PptTti ireaovaae irpde, for irpoe /3p.
S.c.T.167. placed by itself adver
bially it signifies besides, moreover,
e. g. P.V.73. ij fir)v KtXeiHTh) mtridwvfo
ye irpoe. Cf. P.V.931. C.299.
Upoirayeiv to fasten down. pass.
irpoanypevov S.436.
Upoaayopeveiv to call, C.938. pass.
P.V. 836.
Tlpoaaiatreiv to come suddenly upon,
irpoatjfr P.V. 145.
Hpoo-aireiv to demand in addition,
C.395.
IJpoaapPaaie o, step, S.c.T. 448.
Here the vulg. is irpoe apfiao-ete, in
correctly.
npoaairrciv to join to. KeKoXXnrat
yivoe irpoacnpai A. 1547. This is
altered by Schiitz into ylvove irpoa-
dxpei h. e. agglutinatur enim communi
generis vel sanguinis vinculo. Blomf.
conj. irpoe ara h.e. the race is joined
to woe. So Dind. The vulg. is
probably corrupt. Klausen suggests
that yivoe is the accus. governed by
irpoaaxpai, and yovr) apaloe the nom.
to KCKoXXnTai, sc. adheeret ita, ut
etiam sobolem suam adjungat cedibus.
JJpoaavaiveoOai mid. v. to wither
upon, P.V. 147.
ITpoo-ai/oav to salute or address,
P. 150. A. 500. C.237. irpocrivSiovF.V.
986.
Hpoo-flaiveiv to approach or visit.
Dor. irpoae/ia P.V. 130. A. 754.
UpoafiaXXeiv to impose or inflict
upon, P.V. 953. P.767.to bring up to,
S.c.T.442.intrans. to assail. Sok&
<T(j>e finds irpoofiaXsiv irvXaie S.c.T.
597. to run aground, sc. as a vessel.
tov oXjiov epfxari irpoafiaXiiiv AiKag
E. 534.
'npoafiXeire.iv to look upon, P.V.214.
 npos ( 285 )
Tlpoajiokfi an attack or assault) C.
281. E.570. abstr. for concr. an as
sailing party, S.c.T. 28. it is better to
translate it thus, because vvnTnyop-
elardat and eirifiovXtveiv refer rather
to persons conducting an assault
than to the assault itself. attrition
or collision, as in the trial of metals
one by another. irpoofioXatQ ZtKaiwO-
eie A. 380.
HpoayeXav to smile upon, E.243.
Hpoadepiceiv to behold, aor. 2. irpoer-
ZpaKtlv E. 160. mid. v. irpoaSipicearOat.
id. P.V. 798.905. A.926. pass, irpoa-
fcpxBy P.V.53.
UpoaBi^iaOai to receive or admit,
E.626.
UpoadoKav to expect, P.V. 932.990.
1027. A.661.
UpoaSoKnToeto be expected, P.V.937.
Jlpoatla^i^b) to pave or make solid.
Met. pass. TrpoanBaftorai S.c.T. 478.
UpoaelSco-dai to resemble. ekiIovv
i5o<rrpv-)(oi irpoaeio'eTai C.\76.
Ilpo<TEiKa<i> to liken, S.c.T.413. A.
1102. C. 12 to conjecture, A. 158.
Upoo-ciXog sunny, P.V. 449. On the
etymology of this word cf. Bl. Gloss.
Tlpooeivat to attach to. ra 3' aire
X*Pa Kal Tpotrrjv A. 544. there were
also further annoyances experienced
on shore.
Tlpoatitrtiv aor. 2. to salute or ad
dress, S.c.T.649. A. 344.759.785.
to call, ti viv irpoaeliru) ; C.991.
Upoacvvintiv to speak toor address,
A.233. 314. 1264. C. 222.to speak of
to another, rlvag tuiv <plXwv irpoatv-
viitb>; C.108. which of my friends
must I mention to him? to call, A.
157.
Tlpooipwuv to approach, P.V, 127.
272.
Hpoo-dpxEtrOai to approach, irpoa-
rjXdov E. 275. 452.
Upoo-cixco-dai to adore, P.V. 939.
with dat. A. 308.
Hpo<r-)(civ to present, irpooiox* C.
524.
Tlpoanyipoe speaking, P.V. 834.
HpootiKtiv to be come, \ptla irpoai}K-
ei P. 139.-n-poariKti it becomes, it is a
npos
duty, with dat. C. 171. with ace. A.
1530.obdev TrpootjicovT ivy6otirapa-
orarCiv A. 1049. although it is not his
office, etc. Cf. rote Kvplotat Kal TrpooifK-
ovai C.678. persons properly quali
fied, or it may here mean relatives.
Mpoarjadai. to sit near or by. with
dat. A.1164.1600. S.378.to be adja
cent, P. 857.with ace. A. 808. On
this constr. see Lobeck on Aj. v. 191.
UpoaOc Tpoadcv before, denoting
time, P.V. 423. 497. P.467. A. 128. C.
1000. <j>6 via rf wpoaOtv C.830. the
former murder. rS>v Kpoode toviov S.
51. 'i\voQ to irpoadcv <ppcvoe id. 995.
to Ttpoodiv A. 1409. ra Trpoads id. 19.
aforetime.with gen. ipov irpooQiv
P. 521. before me.denoting place,
in front, S.697. with gen. S.c.T. 507.
P. 439. E.46.
WpoaOiiKJi an addition, accession,
A. 486.
Ilpoo-Otyyaveiv to touch, with gen.
aor. 2. irpoerdiywv C. 1055.
TlpoaQolofioQ a champion of a house,
C.319.
TLpooQpotlv to speak to, P.V. 598.
TLpooic'tiv aor. 2. to behold. irpoatS-
ovaa P.V. 553. mid. v. TrpooiBicrOai id.
P. 48. 680.
flpooiivai to approach. rrpoarfEi A.
792. in fut. sense, irpoaeifti. E. 233. See
iivai.
Hpocriavtiv to rest upon, cling to,
P.V. 277. S.c.T. 678.
npoo-ifaiv to sit down on, S.186.
UpoaiKveiirOaL to penetrate, A. 766.
to attain, roty ovrtg irnjxaTwv irpoa-
tfcrai C.1029. by conjecture no one
will reach the misfortunes I allude to.
to approach as a suppliant, C.
1031.
XlpooiKTwp a suppliant, E. 419. On
E.118. see ifit'ic.
TLpoaiieravai to fly to, approach.
aor. 2. Dor. irpotriwra P.V. 115.554.
mid. v. itpoaiirraro 647. came upon me.
lipocriorao-dai to stand by, S.C.T.
519. with dat. S.c.T. 119. xafiol irpoo-
ioTn Kapdiac kXvSuvwv xoXijc C.
181. has come upon me.with ace.
flwfiov npotriornv P. 199. / have ap-
 npoz ( 286 ) npos
proached the altar. Cf. the constr. sage he cites also other instances.
of irpotrijfjia.1 with ace. qu. v. The penult, of TrpoaitiTvSi is
npoo-icojroc f E.105. but here airpotr- long, as in wpo-KirvSi Soph. El. 1372.
koiroj (qu. v.) must be read with M. ed. Herm.roikJ cltto dwpiyyos lot
Aid. TrpotrwtTvovTEs uXXvcrav P. 453. ar
UpoaKvvelv to adore, P.V.938. P. rows, striking upon them, destroyed
491. them. Herm. on Eur. Here. fur.
Tlpoatcvpeiv to happen, C. 13. 1371. defends the aorist, but in
npoo-\apjBavtiv to take with one, Class. Journ. xxxviii. p. 286. retracts
P.V.218. Here four MS S. have vpoa- this opinion and prefers the present,
Xa/3oVra for wpoaXaflovri. So Pors. wherefore he conj. irpooinTvovvTEc.
Schiitz, Blomf. Dind. On this constr. The vulg irpoatriTTTovTEQ, as violating
see Matth.Gr.Gr.536. Obs. to take the metre, was changed by Canter
in addition, P.V.321. into TrpoawlTvovTEG. On the forms
Ylpoap.avQa.vEiv to learn in addi ttLtvii) or ttitvG) see ttItveiv.
tion, P.V.699. HpooirKaa-Tog to be approached,
Upoapivetv to await, with dat. E. P.V.718. Dind. prefers with Elmsley
474. the form irpooTrXaroQ. See irXaorde.
Tlpoo-prixavav to fasten by an in UpooirokoQ a minister, S.c.T.556.
strument, pass. S.c.T. 523.625. an attendant, E.978.
TLpoopopoe + a corrupt word in "ttpotmopiraTOQ fastened to, P.V.
S.c.T. 558. See bpoairopoQ. 141.
Tlpoavifitiv (?) roue pev KaOapas HpcoaaivEiv to fawn upon or flat
%tlpu{; TrpoavifiOvraQ E. 303. This ter, A. 1650. to please, ptXXova
is shewn by the metre to be corrupt. iirEaO', i twvcie irpooaaivEi ai re.
Turn, has as a various reading ex0"' This is the reading of Turn. Many
ras for TTpoarvipovras. Herm. conj. MSS. with Aid. have EUEaOai tuivSe,
tov pev Kadapai; ^tipac irpovipovr , others rwv Si. Blomf. follows the
h. e. the man who puts not forth his latter. The elision of at is very
hand to impurity. This is perhaps suspicious. Well, reads r&v Se wpoa-
the best. So Dind. aaivei ai ri ; interrogatively, which
Upoairaiog new, A. 338. is perhaps the best. Dind. consi
UpooTraooaXEvEiv to fasten with ders the verse spurious.
nails, P.V.20. MpooaifiEiv to honour, S.c.T. 1014.
HpoainE'CEtv to oppress' in addi TlpooTuoaEiv to station at. pass.
tion, C.299. Dind. with Abresch 7rpotTrax6EVTa S.c.T. 509. to impose
writes n-poc wufci, divisim. an office, pass. TcpooTETaypivov E. 1 99.
npoawiTVEiv to fall down before, to ' nporrrarEiv to defend, with gen.
worship. fiaaiXEia $' ipri, Kpoo-irir- S.c.T.378.
vi> P. 148. In this verse, on ac HpooTaTtipioe standing in front of.
count of the spondee preceding the Met. A. 950.protecting. TrpooraTi}-
catalectic syllable of the paroemiac, piue 'ApripiSog S.c.T.431.
where an anapaest usually occurs, UpoarraTne a defender, S c.T.390.
Heath conj. rr)v irpocririTvU. So 780. S.942. a chief, S.c.T. 1017.
Brunck, Schiitz. irpoairiTvwpEv Pors. UpotrriWEaOai to place before one
TTpoirirvEiv ' ripas Blomf. who other self as a protection, S.c.T. 397.
wise would strike out the word alto XlpoarEva^Eiv to groan before the
gether. Dind. thinks the passage in time, by tmesis, trpo yt o-Ttvafais.
terpolated. TvpoairiTrriopEv Well. But P.V. 698.
ler retains the vulgate, referring for Tlpoarlveiv id. A. 244.
instances of a spondee in this situa HpoffTEpvos worn upon the breast,
tion to P.32. S. 7. on which latter pas C.29.
 npos ( 287 ) iipot
TipoariOivat to add to. subj. C. 112. out. xafiaiircTeg floa/Jia npoa^aynt
to confer upon. irpovriOci P.V.83. if tot A. 894.
toinfiict upon, C.475.to apply, C. Tlpotrxptjfeiv to desire, P.V. 645.
228. S.607. wpoartdels fiirpov C.785. 789.
imposing a limit, mid. v. \pfj<f>ov irpoo- Upovxmfia an accumulation of mud
Tidc<rOai E.705. to vote in one's favour, by a river, P.V. 849.
irpog xaKoiai irpoaQnrai KaKov P. 523. TIp6(r\ti)poQ adjacent, P. 265.
bring on himself some new misfor Uporrui (izpuaaii) poet. C.364.) fur
tune. ther,. S.c.T.988. P. 694. A. 285. 298.
Tlpotrrouiov the mouth of a river, S.269. to a distance, A. KIT.fur
S.3. ther on, i. e. in future, E.717. afar
HporrrpeireaOai to approach as a off, E. 65. 117. with gen. Trpoau StKai-
suppliant, aor. 2. mid. E. 196. wv E. 392. sc. etrrl. it is far from what
TlpompifEiv to bring up in. pass. is just. In the passage C. 364. the
Bdfioit; irpotreOpityOn A. 7 18. constr. is unintelligible. Dind. (who
Upo(TTplfietv [z] to inflict, pass. P.V. for rtdaxf/at rightly adopts Ahrens'
329.to wear out. pass. wpoaTeTpifi- conj. Teda<j>dai) observes that a verb
fxivoQ E. 229. worn out. is lost before davarntyopov governing
Upotrrptfifia an affliction, A. 384. the preceding infinitives. So the
Hpotrrpoiraiog a suppliant, one (1.) Schol. correctly, Bafirjvac Xetiret to
who turns towards a God or other &<ptXoV irpo tov airoOaveiv tov ira-
protector to escape the consequences ripa.
of guilt committed, as in E.41.228. Upotrtodev from afar, A. 921. 926.
423. or (2.) to obtain protection under C.683. E.287.375.
affliction, h.e. an unfortunate, as in Tlpotrunrov the countenance, A. 625.
A. 1569. C.285. E.225. pi. id. 768. E.945. S. 196.
Upoafayfia a previous sacrifice, Xlporapfitiv to fear beforehand,
A. 1221. referring to the murder of S.c.T. 314.
Cassandra, which was to take place YlporaaataOat to place oneself be
before that of Agamemnon. fore, to protect, S. 815.
TIpotT^arog new, recent, C. 793. Tlporeiveiv to hold out, P.V. 779.
Tlpoafepeiv to bring to, C.248.to intrans. to hold out (itself), to stretch
inflict upon. Trpooriveyicav C.74. (itself) forth, A. 1081. but here Dind.
Upocr<pep{iQ resembling, A. 1192. C. adopts from Herm. opiyfiara.
174. TLporiXeiov a preparatory rite or
Upoafdiyfia an address, A. 877. sacrifice. irporcXeia vaUv A. 219. sa
an exclamation, C.863. crifices for the ships. Met. the begin
Xlp6(T(j)doyyoQ saluting, courteous, ning of anything. irpoTtXeia (iiorov the
P. 149. irp6(r<pdoyy6v aoi voarov P. beginning of life, id. 702. kv irport-
898. saluting you on your re Xeloti (sc. fiaxnt) id. 65. in the begin
turn. ning of the battle. Cf. teXog.
UpoirQlXeia friendship, S.c.T. 497. flp6rcpos before, former, in time or
npo<T<pt\ri pleasing, S.c.T. 562. place, A. 1146. E. 553.957. ol irporepot
Xlpoa^opos suitable, fitting, C.703. those who were before, ancestors, A.
E.198. with gen. fiaKpag KeXtvdov ra 1311. C.397. E.894. Xiyovoa Kiploc
vpotrtpopa C.700. what is fitting after Kporepov vtrrtpov fiopov S.c.T. 679.
a long journey. See ti/jupcveiv. (see KepSoc). rov yap irporipa fiifrtQ
Upo(r(j>veiv to confirm or assert, S. S.948. it is for him first to deliberate.
279. wportpov before, A. 332. with gen.
Tlpofftjxovtlv to address or call, C. vportpov <t>ViJiT)e S.c.T. 548.
1010. S.233. nporluv to prefer, to honour pre
Tlpooxalvuv to gape at, to bawl eminently. roKtoiv aifiae tv irporiuv
 npoT ( 288 ) nrrr
.516. to &>Iv clvai vporiovot A. 798. reason, wpoipipuv "Aprip.iv A. 194.
This is incorrectly explained by some to order, enjoin, pass. irpovvEjflivTOQ
to be for to Soicetv irporiovai tov elvat. A. 938.
But in that case (cf. Herm. on Vig. TIpoftjTtig a prophet or interpreter,
p. 703.) the article must have been S.c.T.593. A. 1070. E. 19. On A.397.
used, to doKeiv elvai is esse videri, Musgrave well observes, " vates hi
h.e. species sinceritatis. sunt vates Trojani: dein sequitur
npoTtdcadat to place before oneself, vaticinium, quod Helena adveniente,
sc. as an object, iv o'ucrtp TroodifitvoQ ediderunt, usque ad v. 414."
P.V. 239. regarding with pity. npocpdavciv to anticipate, A. 999.
HpoTifiav to care about, regard. Xlpo<puf3ii(r0ai to dread, S.1029.
with gen. A. 1657.with ace. A. 1389. npoippovue with hearty zeal, A. 167.
E. 610. 709. C.471. E. 887.926. 8.1.
Uporoyoc a cable extending on npoippuir kind, zealous, S. 213.344.
either side from the mast to the prow 612. (see iraxuvav) 946. C. 1059.
and poop of a vessel, A. 871. Tlpotywvziv to declare or announce,
fTporptVtffflai to urge, P.V.992. P. 355. A. 855. E. 444. 479. perhaps in
XipoTxmTi.iv to forge beforehand. S.612. see prec.
Met. pass, arofiwv irpoTviriv A. 131. Hpo\aipeiv in imp. irpo\aiptTia A.
Tlpovvvin-tiv to foretel, E.814.to 243. let us bid adieu to it, away with
declare, E.98. it.
Jlpov^eiriarao-Qai to know before KpoxaXKcveu' to forge, C.637. So
hand, P.V. 101.701. Herm. for vulg. vpoaxaXxevEi.
TlpovnTOQ manifest, S.c.T. 830. Xip6\upog ready to hand, P.V. 54.
TlpovtnXtiv to treat with ignominy, Hpo\oii the mouth of a river, pi.
P.V. 436. The origin of this word S.1005.
is doubtful. The vulg. wooo-eXov/jic- Upv/xva the poop of a ship. Met.
vov was altered by Porson into irpovo- irpvfiva ir6Xc<i>e S.c.T. 2.742. the helm
eXoifievov from a remark in the Etym. of the state. In S.340. irpvfiva iroX-
M. irpovtreXciv (vulg. TpovaeXXciv) eu> alludes to the sacred hill on
Xiyovai to vjSpifciv. This has been which the Danai'da? were sitting, and
adopted by Blomfield and Dindorf, which, being the residence of the
the latter of whom has restored tutelar gods, contained the safety of
KpovaeXoxifitv in Ar. Ran. 730. from the state. Schiitz (qu. v.) likewise
Cod. Rav. Dawes (Misc. Cr. 163.) so explains it, but refers the expres
conceiving that this word originally sion irpvfiva to the situation of the
had the digamma, writes wpoaWcX- hill in the extreme part of the city.
ov/ievov, which he absurdly supposes Tlpifiviidev from the poop, SrC.T.
to come from eXoe a marsh, i.e. the 191. See irpCbpa.
mud of a marsh, and thus connects Upvfiviicria the cables of a ship, A.
it with irpoirri\aiduv in the sense of 956.
to bespatter with mud. Buttmann 11pvn%>tiTT)G a steersman. Met. one
suggests another explanation, sc. to commanding or ruling, E. 16.736.
derive it from <r<paX\u>, to trip up the Ilpvfivodtv from the very bottom,
heels ; and accordingly he assigns to S.c.T.71.1048. But here Blomf.
irpovFeXelv the sense of kicking or rightly restores wpep.vodev, an emen
trampling with the feet. Passow dation of Voss, confirmed, as Dind.
proposes as a derivation aiXXog, a on v. 71. observes, by Exdafiviarfre in
contumelious poem. See the discus the next verse.
sions upon this word in Buttm. npvravig a chief or ruler, P.V. 169.
Lexilog. and Pass. Lex. Gr. S.366. On this word Dissen Comm.
Tlpoipipuv to bring forward as a in Pind. Nem.xi.3. observes, " erant
 1IP12N ( 289 )
prytanes antiquiores, quales olim in
civitatibus lonum, iEolum, Dorien-
sium niultis summam rerum tene-
bant, insigni et fere regia dignitate,
unde Charon Lampsacenus Spartanos
reges TzpvravEig dixerat, similiterque
Jupiter audit TrpvraviQ de&v, P.V. 169.
Creabantur ex optimatibus, erantque
vel duo vel unus in civitate, quem-
admodum etiam in Tenedo, exigua
insula, unus tantum fuit duodecim
menses regens. Plane differunt Athe-
niensium prytanes."
Tlpu>y any projection, generally, a
promontory or peak, A. 298. In P.
129. rov itfityiZevKTOv ea/iEi\f/aG hfi^o-
rtpae &\tov TrpSiva Koivbv a'iac, Schiitz
understands the Thracian Chersone-
sus, which runs out from Europe to
wards Asia, and may therefore be
said to be common io both continents.
With this, however, the epithet a.fi<j>i-
Zevktoq can hardly be reconciled. Nei
ther can the singular irpwva refer, as
some suppose, to a promontory on
each side of the strait. The
Schol. understands irp&va aKiov by
a very harsh metaphor to mean the
Hellespont itself. Blomfield is pro
bably correct in supposing irpiiva
&\iov to be a metaphorical expres
sion for the bridge of boats, projected
from one continent to the other, and
fastened at each end. The meta
phor Kp&va is qualified by &\iov,
according to the observation of
Blomf. on A. 82. qu. v. Bl. cf. v. 69.
\ivo$i(Tfib> tTXtSiq- TropQpov ctfidipac
'A9ajuavn'So "EXXat. Also in P. 556.
vaaoi ff cu Kara irpSv' akiov TnpixKva-
toi, the Schol. understands irpiitv
a\ioe of the Hellespont. This is
clearly wrong. Schiitz understands
it of a promontory on the Asiatic
coast, e.g. Canae. Blomf. of the pe
ninsula of Ionia, opposite Chios,
which is perhaps the best explana
tion.
Bpuipa the prow of a ship, S.697.
Certain images of the gods were
kept in this part of the vessel, hence
the allusion in S.c.T. 191. Is irptipav
IITEP
<pvyibt> irpvfivi]Oev. Met. napotdev
irpwpaQ Kapliae C.385. in front of
my heart, an expression taken from
a gale of wind blowing in front of a
vessel.
Jlpi>Tap\oQ original, A. 1165.
TIpuiTOKrovoG committing the first
murder, E.678.
Uphirofiavris the first prophetess,
E.2.
Ilpwro/iopoc dying first, P. 560. re
ferring to those who were killed in
the battle, as opposed to those who
perished in flight.
IXpioroin'ifiiov being the first source
of evil, A.216.
nptSroe first, chiefest. tfevZa 7rpwr-
OQ iv Zvyolai KVciSaXa P.V. 460. Cf.
483.890. P. 308. 435. E.G25.o irpSiroc
the first, b ttpGiroc riyefihiv arparov
P. 751. Cf. P.222. A. 305.574.Trpwr-
ov, adv. firstly, in the first place,
P.V. 735.709. 790. S.C.T.483. P. 249.
380.391. A.661.784.835. C.109.431.
1064. E.l.421.557. S.895.to Tpwroy
at the first. tpiKotypwv oaivovaa to
irpSiTov P. 98. eirel to Ttpuirov tle~op
'IXiov iro\iv A. 1260. since first I
saw.Trpdra in the first place, P.V.
445.703.1018. P.843. A.826. S.194.
405.
Tlratciv to stumble. Trralaae A.
1607. to light on (a misfortune), with
dat.P.V.928.
Urai, a timid animal, A. 135.
Urepva the heel, C.207.
Tirtpoeis winged, S. 552. 978.
Unpov a wing, P.V. 395. P.204. A.
414. E. 382. 955.Met. a sort or spe
cies, birds being distinguished by
their plumage, kovov 'idoig av obfiafiov
ravrbv nrepov S.324. the same de
scription or sort of labour. Cf. 6/i-
irrepoQ.
Xlrcpo<p6poQ winged, A. 1118.
UrtpvyaHciiQ swift-winged, P.V.
286.
Tlrepvt a wing, P.V. 126. 128 A. 52,
S.764.
Ilrepwrdc winged, P.V. 135. irrt-
pwra winged creatures, birds of prey,
S.505. See l^aitrtog.
2 p
 nriiN ( 290 ) m-PA

Ilrnvog winged, P.V. 1024. C. 584. trvOfii}v refers to the aged iEgyptus,
E. 172.Dor. A.134. the father of the family of suitors.
Hrijait flit/fit, P.V. 486. Schol. >; pia t&v irtvrijKOVTa irai-
XIti)ooiiv to cower through fear, Swr, & kariv A'tyvirrog avr6g. See
P.205. to dread, P.V. 174. flriXXoc.
Nroiio-dat to be scared or affrighted, UvdoKpavroQ made by Apollo, ora
pass. part. C.528. t-KTonuivoi (bpivag cular, ra irvOoKpavra A. 1228. the
P.V. 858. oracles of Apollo.
IlroXe/xoc S.77. See noXefiog. TlvOofiavTig a Pythian prophet, C.
XlroXnropdnc a destroyer of cities, 1026.
A. 459. Hv6o\pfiarng warned by Apollo.
UroXiTropdoc id. A. 757. So Blomf. Dor. 6 HvOoxpqarac Qvyag C.888.
for the vulg. u-oXiVopO'. Schol. 6 vno Tlvdovg xpnadeig 'Opia-
HVdXie S.C.T. 6. 108. 232. 320. 328. nye.
465.543.825. A. 581. E. 79. S. 080. See \lvd6\pnaTog uttered by the Pythi
iroXig. an god, C.888.
m Tlrvxri a fold or page, S.925. UvOi) Pytho, P.V. 661.
Tlrul, a timid creature, a fugitive, TlvKafcoQai to array oneself with.
E.315. to,ov nvK&fov S.c.T. 134. equip thy
HYui^a a fall, S.778. wcauv irriifi- self with thy bow.
ara P.V.921. a dead body, S.648. TlvKvog frequent, many, P.V. 661.
an accident, C.13. 681. S.c.T.543. C.1046.
Xlruaifios fallen, A. 648. sink IlvKvufia. a veil or covering, S.
ing, dropping, falling, A. 1093. Here 233.
for fc-ai Sopla, nai Stpia, ko.1 b~o>pla, TlvXaSrjg Pylades, C. 20.555. 886.
which are manifest corruptions, TlvXn a gate, pi. vvXai the gates
Dind. has ingeniously restored Katp- of a city, or the door of a house,
ia, which suits both the sense and S.C.T.30. 33. 58. 56.118.145.195. 231. 358.
metre. The passage will then stand, 359.377.405.433.439.442.444.458.468.
are Katpla irriicrinoQ vvavvrei (so 482.484.507.509.520. 539. 552.579.613.
Glasg. Blomf. for Zvvavrei) (ilov Svv- 696.779.937. A. 395. 590. C. 554. 564.
ros avyalg h. e. the pallid drop rushes 721."Adov TtvXae A. 1264. irvXjj<rt
to my heart, which sinking at the fatal C. 562. out of doors, at the gate. irvX-
moment, stops in its course along with attri Blomf. Met. Xifjivvg Xae
the rays of departing life. It is an P.V. 731. the entrance of the lake.
allusion to the sudden arresting of yvvaiKuag irvXag C.865. the door
the circulation by violent emotion. leading to the women's apartments.
It is better to make fire refer to TlvXwfia a gateway, S.c.T. 390. 781 .
KapSlav than to trrayiiv, as is usually TlvX(op6g a gate-keeper, S.c.T. 603.
done. There will then be no neces llvi'davetrdai to hear of, P.V. 746.
sity to translate with Klausen 7rr<i<r- C.364. to ask of. with gen. C.835.
ifioc by affusa, in the same sense For other tenses see ireiOto-dat.
as TttpvKirvti in S.c.T. 816. kclkov fit JISp fire, P.V. 7. 109. 252. 253.368.
Kap^iav ri irepnrlrvei Kpvog, a mean 583. 615. 948. 1046. S.C.T. 25. 204. 476.
ing which the simple Trruxrifiog will 924. A. 9. 21. 273. 286. 290. 295.302. 462.
scarcely admit. 476. 483. 574. 637.1027.1229.1410. C.
Ilnuxfe a beggar, A. 1247. 322.850.1033. E. 108. 133.983.
TIvBikoq id. S.c.T. 728. Hypo, sacrificialfires, dat. Trvpolo-i
Uvdiog Pythian, A. 496. C.478. But here Dind. rightly adopts
TIvB/xiiv a root or foundation. Met. efnrvpoicTi from Cant, ifnrvpoiai is the
P.V. 1048. AUag TT-vdixrjv C.636.a dat. governed by art/xog, h.e. not ho
stock or race^C. 202. 258. In S. 98. noured with burnt sacrifices.
 nrpr ( 291 )
Xlvpyt)piiaQai to be besieged, S.c.T.
22. 160.
XlvpyivoQ belonging to lowers, and
by synecd. belonging to a city, civil,
yde vofiiBfiara irvpyiva wavr iwivQ-
vvov P. 844. (k-KEvdvvtv Dind. with
Bothe, rightly). For iirtvOwov Pauw
and Blomf. read tvQwov, to corre
spond with the vulg. tlid' 6 ycpawe
in the strophe: but here ynpatoi; is
restored by Brunck, Glasg. Schiitz,
Herm. Pass. Dind. from Reg. A. So
Ald.Rob.Turn. In this passage Well,
incorrectly explains vofiio-fxara irvp-
yiva to mean the laws which regu
lated the capture of towers or cities.
There is nothing about capture in
nvpyiva. Schiitz explains it, civilia
inslituta quibus urbes, muris et tur-
ribus munitce, regunlur. This is pos
sibly correct, unless wvpyiva be cor
rupt, as Dind. supposes. iripyot
often by synecdoche denotes a city,
cf. S.c.T. 408. 531. etc. The other in
terpretation entirely destroys the
meaning of the passage. The Chorus
contrasts the evil policy of Xerxes
with the blessings enjoyed under
Darius, in whose time the highest
military glory (v. 843.) was united
with the tranquil administration of
the state at home (v. 844. 5.), and at
tended by no such disastrous conse
quences as now (v. 846. 7.). He then
describes the conquests made by Da
rius without, like Xerxes, leaving
his home (v. 848. seqq.) ; and finally
(v. 871.) contrasts with this the confu
sion which had now happened in conse
quence of the latter so doing. The
passage means, the laws of the state
continued to regulate everything (sc.
in time of war as before in peace).
The plural after the neuter voptpa
is explained by Herm. to be put as
if vupoi had preceded, but probably
Bothe's conj. iKtvQvvtv mentioned
above ought to be admitted.
TlvpyoSaiKrog destroying towers, P.
105.
llvpyoe a tower, S.c.T. 33. 198.216.
277.296.408. 449. 531. 611.616.779. 805.
ruini
883. A. 127. 348. 801. S. 187.934. IXijX-
afiivai ircpt wvpyov P. 852. see iXav-
vtiv. irvpyoQ iv evpti S.C.T. 745. a
tower's breadth.
Hvpyovodai lit. to be built as a
tower. Met. to exalt oneself, to be
have with dignity or majesty. ^
fiiv rrjS' iirvpyovro aroXrj P. 188.
Ilvpyo<pv\a the guardian of towers
or cities, S.c.T. 152.
Ilvpyiofia a tower, S.c.T. 30. 233.
451.
IlvpyiiTie having the form or na
ture of a tower, opieavn (qu.v.) jri/p-
ywr(cS.c.T.318. a tower brought up
to the walls of a city in order to
take it.
TivpSarig burning with fire, C.598.
TLvpiyevtriiG forged in the fire.
Dor. S.c.T. 189.
Uvpic'airToe consumed by fire, burn
ing, E.993.
Tlvpi<j>aroc id. S.627.
Tlvpovv to burn. 7rvpu>(rac P.V. 495.
pass, irvpiodtv A. 428.Met. to warm
or excite. (j>\oyoe napayyiXfiaai
irvptaQivTO. KapBlav A. 468.
Tlvpiruooe breathing fire, P.V.37I.
919. S.c.T.475.493.
TlvppoQ red, ruddy, P. 308.
Ilvptyopeiv to carry fire, to burn,
S.c.T. 323.
TlvptyopoQ bearing fire, S.c.T. 414.
fiery, id. 426.
Tlvpu>Tr6e fiery, P.V. 670.
XIvotiq the hearing of news, S.c.T.
53.
Hi) separated by tmesis from the
negative oh, with which it means,
not as yet. 6 \w(j>ri<ju>v oh irt(pvici ttu>
P.V.27.509. S.C.T.647. E.560.ov
ri irw P. 175. C.736.
ITw (?) how ? whither ? P.V. 577.
A. 1489. So the vulg. which Well,
retains as one of those Sicilian forms
(v. Pass. Lex.) which jEschylus
sometimes employs. Dind. rejects
it altogether, writing in the former
passage iroi, ttottoi, wo'i, and in the
latter ttwq 7riSc.
Tlwyu>v a beard. Met. a cone of
flame, A.297.
 IliiAI ( 292 )
IlwXticdc met. belonging to a young
girl, S.c.T. 437. Cf. seq.
n<S\oc a young horse, a colt, P.V.
1012. A. 1625. E.383. Met. a young
man, a son, C.783.
Uui/ia a drink, liquid, S.c.T.290.
E.256. S.1007.
Ilaic how, in what manner ? e. g.
'Pa an illative particle, as interr.
with ^. rj p atti fxov; P. 625. does he
then hear me ?
'Pa/3cioc a rod. vulg. rnpov lepov
pafifov S. 245. If this be correct, pa/3-
2oc seems to be used for pafiSovxes,
(3ci/32oe being a badge of office. But
Schiitz properly corrects UpopafiSov,
which Dind. adopts, only writing
Ipopafilov.
'Paiivot soft, P.V. 399.
'Paieiv to bruise or afflict, pass.
paiady P.V. 188.
'Palvuv to sprinkle or wet, perf.
pass, tppavrai P. 563. This word
has been rightly introduced here by
Hermann from v. 573. where it in
jures both the sense and the metre.
'Paicrriip a hammer, P.V. 56.
'Pdrac a rent, P.V. 1025.
'Pavrr/piog. (?) sprinkling. dvSpoc
o<payt1ov Kai iriiov p'avrijpiov A. 1063.
This is usually translated, a blood be
sprinkled floor ; but it is clear from
the form pavrripws, that it must have
an active signification. Hence Pears,
conj . niSov for ttcSov, but this, Blomf.
remarks, does not suit with the copu
lative xai. This observation appears
correct ; though Dind. approves Pear?
son's emendation, Dobree conj. av-
SpooQayelov for avSpos otyayiiov,
after which manner Dind. remarks
wt^oppavrriptov may also be conjec
tured. This is not at all improbable,
when we consider the fondness of
iEschylus for strange compounds,
many of which, as Well, observes,
have possibly disappeared from his
writings. Cf. paftcoc.
PEYM
P.V. 41. and passim. in indirect
question, E.647. S.459.
IIhe (encl.) in some way, somehow,
P.V.224. S.C.T.684. A. 1222. 1320. C.
130.952. S. 94.791.separated from
the word to which it refers, S.973.
where see tvirtrris.
Hwrijfia a flight, pi. E.241.
'Pqara sup. of paSiuic. us pqara
P.V. 103. as easily as possible.
'Pa^tue a sewer or contriver, A.
1586.
'Paxa a rocky shore, P.V. 715.
'Paxlfaiv lit. to rip up the back,
from pdx'f- thence to tear or rend,
P. 418.
'Pd\ig the back-bone, E.181.
'Pt'a proper name, P.V. 839.
'Piyxtiv to snore, E. 53.
'Pitdpov a stream, P. 489. irapdev-
o(T(j>ayot(jtv piidpoiQ A. 203. the blood
of the slaughtered virgin.
'Pe'ftiv to do. piluQ S.c.T.100. C.
314. E.758.
'PtWpov P.V. 792. i. qu. pttdpor
qu.v.
'Pe'tf to flow, P. 732. Met. to hurry
forward, pel iroXvsSdcXeus S.c.T. 80.
ykwooav ipyjiariav &rtp tout nv\&v
piovaav S.c.T.539. a tongue without
deeds, flowing on within the gates.
See 'ipyfia.On S.486. see tZ.
'Pioq a stream, P.V. 399.679.814.
A. 875.
'Pitrtiv to incline, as a balance, tv
piirti dtoQ S.c.T. 21. is favourably
inclined, to finrpoe ec at jxoi pitztt
(jripynBpov C.238. turns towards or
devolves on thee, avfityopav kcik&v piir-
ovaav tc ra. /xaaaova P. 431. tending
to still further woes. ptirtoOai pass.
I 'iaov ptirofjiivuv S.400. being equally
balanced.
'Ptvfia a stream, P.V.139.300. Met.
a stream of men, an advancing host,
pevfiari tywriiv P. 88. ptifia YltpaiKov
arparov P. 404. Cf. Soph. Ant. 129.
where Erfurdt quotes Eur. Iph. T. 1448.
 PHrN ( 293 )
'Pnyvvvat to rend, P. 195. 460.
Met. mid. v. intrans. ippuyc has burst.
irtXayoe ippiDytvP.425. pass.payr<5v
eXiriSwy A. 491. frustrated hopes.
'Pijaie aspeech, A. 1295. S. 270. 610.
'Pnros that may be spoken, P.V.
767. ob pr)TOv abSaadai race 768. it
is not lawful to speak. Here Dind.
from M. and seven other MSS. pro
perly corrects roSe for raSt. See
his note.
'Pla a root or foundation, P.V.
365.1049. Met. S.C.T.787. A.940.
'PltttDfia a root. Met. an origin,
S.c.T.395.
'PifKpa swiftly, A. 395.
'PivijXareTv to scent, to snuff out,
A. 1158.
'Piirrj a stroke (as of a bird's wing),
P.V.126. A.867.a blow or onset, P.V.
1091.
'PItttuv to hurl, P.V. 750 1053. C.
900.to utter, speak, P.V.312. A.
1038.pass, to be hurled, P.V. 995.
1044.
'PiipoirXos causing to throw away
their arms, S.c.T.297.
'Podoe Rhodes, P. 863.
'Poij a stream, P. 791. A. 283.
'Podiag resounding, as an oar in
the waves, P. 388.
'Podioy the singing of waves, P.V.
1050. S.c.T.844.
'PoOoc lit. the noise of oars in water.
Cf. podiac Met. t evoc podov P. 454.
with one impulse. any sound. Tlep-
aiSog y\i>aat] pudog P. 398.
'Poi/SccTv to brandish with a hiss
ing noise, E.382.
'Pcoc a stream, P. 732.
'Poirri the inclination of a scale.
Sic avTianKtiaai powrj P. 429. to be
more than an equivalent in the ba
lance.Met. poirr) 2' tTTiaKoirei Alms
ra^eia role /xev kv tpati K.r.X. C.59.
the scale of justice (or retributive
power) makes its visitation in the
case of some, etc. Here Well, in
correctly prefers lUav with Aid. Rob.
Vict, but AUac is necessary to qua
lify poiri'i. Sec i'wpavTOS'
'Pontic to gorge or swallow, E. 254.
PY2I
'PveaOai to preserve or protect,
S.c.T.285.806. fut. fivao/xat S.c.T.90.
E.223. pvoiro S.504. pvaairo E.290.
'Pvdplfciv to reduce to order. Met.
to chastise or punish. <3B' LppvQu.iau.cu.
P.V. 241.
'PvBjjloq a regular step, order, suc
cession, etc. C. 786. Here it is quite
impossible that aio^ofitvov pvdpbv
can mean preserving moderation, h.e.
becoming moderate, as some have
attempted to render it. pvdftoc and
fiirpov have a distinct signification
in this passage ; and pvQfxbc probably
refers to the constant and regular
series of woes in which Orestes was
placed, coming one after another as
the steps of a horse scouring the
plain. See an emendation of the
passage attempted under o-fofciv.
'Pvjxa a drawing (sc. of a bow),
P. 143.a protection, S. 77.
'Pvatafatv to seize, take by force.
pass. U, ISptiv pvaiaadtiaav S.419.
See pvaiov.
'Pvcrl(i<ofioc preserving altars, E.
880.
'Pvaiov that which is carried
off, chiefly as a reprisal for some
thing committed; but also simply,
that which is carried off as a booty
or prize, tov pvaiov ff fjftapTt A. 521.
speaking of Helen, whom Paris had
carried away as his prize, ayttv
diXovrtc pvalwv i<f>airTopee S.709.
seizing our persons as their prizes.
Hence the verb pvoi&Zetv, and the
adj. appvalaoroe inviolable, qu. v.
'Pvaioe (pveadai to protect) pro
tecting, a protector or protectress.
aCfir/Tac acpiira pvawc ytviaOio S.141.
ra piaia the act or circumstances of
deliverance. TLircupoc aknOwc pvaitov
LirwvvfioQ S.310. referring to the
touch of Jupiter which caused his
deliverance, h.e. his being born in
human shape. " Liberationis per
t(j>a\l/iv scilicet, vid. v. 46." Stanl. In
S. 709. the reading of Rob. tyawTopas
which Well, approves, would require
us to understand pvaiiov as in S.141.
sc. laying hold on some to deliver us.
 PV2I ( 294 )
'Pu<Ti7rro\f preserving the city,
S.c.T. 121.
'I'uri'ip a protector, S.c.T.300.
2ayn a suit of armour, S.c.T. 118.
373. P. 236.dress or equipment, C.
552.664.
Eaivtiy to fawn upon or blandish,
to coax, P. 97. A. 707. 772. C.414.to
seek to avert (prop, by flattery, met.
by any other means), S.c.T.365.686.
pass, to be flattered or cajoled, C. 192.
2dcoc a shield, S.c.T.43.371.504.
521.624. pi. S.C.T.145. Met. S.
187.
2a.Twp one who fills, with double
genitive, "^.Bov oaKropi Tlcpadv P.888.
filling Hades with the Persians.
SaXa/xtfiac of Salamis. iir clk-
rais TZaXa/uvtaoi P. 926. So Herm.
for the vulg. EaXafuvlai, which vio
lates the metre.
SaXap'c Salamis, P.265.276.438.
Salamis in Cyprus, P. 864.
SioXeiieiv to shake, pass. oiaaXev-
rca P.V. 1083.
2a\/iv?fj<rtoc of Salmydessus, P.V.
728.
ZaXiriyS a trumpet, S.c.T. 376. P.
387. E.538.
'Siap.OQ Samos, P. 858.
'Zapyavn the mesh of a net, S.769.
EdpSfic Sardis, P. 45.308.
2dp flesh, the body, S.c.T.604. A.
72. pi. aapKie id. S.c.T. 1026. A. 1068.
C.278.
TSiapirnZdvioQ of Sarpedon, Sapirri-
Soviov \Stfia S.848. the promontory
of Sarpedon.
ZaptoviKos Saronic, A. 297.
~2.aooEiv to cram, load with. Met.
pass, irnfiaratv oioayfxivov (ayy t\ov)
A. 630. laden with ill news. Here
Schiitz corr. o-eaayfiivov for vulg.
ataayfiivwv. So Pors. Blomf. Dind.
Sauroii contr. of atavrov, thou thy
self, P.V. 506. aavrrje P.V. 778. C.
225. aavrov P.V. 68.309.336.344. 967.
travrriv P.V. 710. Cf. oeavrov.
2EBE
'Puroc flowing, A. 1382. E.430.
'Vwfir) strength, P. 877.
Sd0a clearly, distinctly, P.V.502.
P.330. A.1341.1599. C.567. S.721.
comp. oatyioTtpov C. 724. 756. S.462.
908. superl. ffa^EOTara A. 38. In C.
195. for the vulg. dXX' tv ocHpnvij rove"
airoirrvaai ttXokov Well, reads &XX*
u <ra<f %v tj. Pors. conj. aXX' ev cratf
r)ln. Schiitz aa<f ijv fiot which Dind.
adopts, with Canter's conj. i) for tv.
Perhaps aXX' ) oaf' jjtiij from Cant,
and Pors. may be better.
Sa^j/vtta distinctness, S.c.T. 67.
2aj>nvfc clear, distinct, P. 626. 724.
2u<t>nvleiv to declare distinctly.
fut. aa<j>nvii> P.V. 227. arcupnvioai id.
624. f,iOTopi\aa.Q ical aa<pt)yi(rae o$6v
C.667. having inquired whither I was
going, and then told me the way.
Ea<pnvh> distinctly, P.V. 783.
2a0^c distinct, certain, S.c.T. 40.
85.644. P.245. A. 1017. S.925.
2a0<5e clearly, distinctly, P.V. 387.
667.819.842.969.916. P. 511. 770. A.
1619. C. 20. 904. 1050.
2,clvtov thou thyself, atavrdv P.V.
374. oeavrijv C.910. Cf. aavrov.
Sifiag reverence, respect, C.241.
E.660. In periph. Aioe alftae C.635.
the majesty of Jupiter, tokiuiv ai(i-
ag E.516. the sanctity of parents.
pi. deuiv crifir) S.736. lie idovg oifiag
E.845. Bai/x6vo)V alfiag S.79. to retr-
ovrtov cifiag S.688. /xnTpog ifiijg trifl-
ag P.V. 1093. an object of rever
ence, A. 501. C.53. 154.619. E.670. S.
757. oifiet rot Zeus rob" Ik vofiiov aefiag
E.92. where o{(5ag toSc either refers
to the suppliants (abstr. for concr.)
whom Jupiter by his own laws is
obliged to regard with respect, or ra
ther to the office of Mercury. See tic.
Sifletv to respect or reverence,
S.c.T.512.578. A. 755.807. C.628.954.
E. 22. 92. 146.413.499. 592. 656. 695. 857.
973.1005. h rifirj oifttiiv P. 162. to
 2EBI
hold in esteem. This expression is
very harsh, and possibly is corrupt.
If it be correct, rivh is understood
before oifiuv.to consider of im
portance, ovelpwv ^aafxara tr{(Seis ;
A. 265. to honour, A. 899. to use, to
exercise as an office, etc. hfipleiv iv
KaKoioiv oh aefita A. 1594. al/xarnpa
TrpayfiaT oh Xaxjov <re(ici E. 685. to
fir) 'Bucelv treflovreg E. 719. to cul
tivate or affect, to fit]T avapicrov
fi>]T h~(riroTOVfxii>ov trefieiv E.667.
oifitodai mid. v. to reverence, P.V.
542.939. S.220.899.968.to fear, aifi-
oftat fikv irpooiZioOat, aij3ofiai b"
avrla Xit,ai P. 680.
Se/S^eiv to honour, do homage to,
A.249.759. E.12.mid.v. oifUUoQcu
to reverence, S. 795.900. to respect,
care for. ohfiiv <rc(ilt) yEveOXiovs
tipuc, tikvov; C.899. to celebrate,
commemorate. XaonaOrj atfilfav &XI-
TVTra (iapn P. 907.
2eIeiv to shake, S.c.T. 367.
Stipa^dpoc a horse in harness run
ning on each side the chariot beside
those fastened to the shaft, which
were called vytot. oEipcupopov xpid-
wvto. ir&iXov A. 1624. Met. a com
panion, A. 816. The vulg. has at<p-
a<r<p6pog. The other form is rightly
restored from Poll, vii.24.
2elpwe Sirius, A. 941.
Xeio-dfint prop, name, P. 313. Here
M. has Snerapng.
2t\ac light, P.V. 7. 356. A. 272. 280.
E.886.
StXaa^dpoc brilliant, E.976.
SeXZ/vij the moon, A. 289.
EiXfia a flat plank, hence, the
floor of a building, S.c.T. 32. the
cross bench of a ship, P.350. A. 1417.
a seat or throne, A. 176.
'S.ip.voQ dread, venerable, S.c.T.
782. A. 176.505. C.969. E.361.419. S.
133. 138. 1020. solemn, important,
P.V. 51 9. P. 385. E. 351. 960.;favor
able, goodly, C.107. Schol. ayada.
2efiv6<rro[ioe pompous in speech,
P.V. 955.
^tfivorlfiog highly honoured, C.
352. E.797.
( 295 ) SirA
Se/xvwc in a reverential manner,
S. 190.
27rroe sacred, P.V. 814.
"SeototypoviafiivtoQ modestly, S.705.
~2,tvaXKi}Q proper name, P. 924.
2eiio-0cu to hasten, to rush, aor. I.
pass. avBnv P.V. 135. <tu0e/c P. 849.
ek irvpbg o-vOelg S.c.T. 924. forged in
the fire. poet, avfiiva A. 727. avfii-
vai E.961.
'Zrjfia a sign or token, P.V. 496. C.
257.a device on a shield, S.c.T.
369.380.386.414.501.573.625.
'Sinfialviiv to give a signal, A. 284.
483. to indicate, shew, or declare,
P.V. 295.563.621.685.765. P. 471.805.
A.943. C.656. S.242. to direct,
A. 26.
2r)fiavTr]piov a seal, A. 595.
"SinfiarovpyoQ a maker of devices,
S.c.T.473.
Snpelov a sign or indication, P.V.
844. A. 1328. S. 215. 501.
~Sit\-Ktiv to putrefy, C.987.
'Znaapng proper name, P. 945.
XOeveiv to be powerful, P.V. 1014.
A.912. E.589.856. oQivovaa XafAirag
A. 287. burning with undiminished
brilliance.
2iQivoe power, strength, P.V. 55.
105.362. P. 163. 869.992. C.836. E.29.
87. S. 333.571. periphr. 'AOnvaiag
oOlvog E.289. On P.V. 426. see virelp-
2uya in silence, A. 438. C.94. In
S.c.T. 232. Elmsley (on Med. 1120.)
rightly places the interrog. after
ittoXiv, the expression being, as
Dind. observes, a shortened form
for oh oiy avl^ei /uijSe EpEis fir/Sty ;
coll. v. 234.aiya A. 1317. silence !
2iyac to be silent, P.V. 198. 434.
S.C.T.214. 244. 245.601. P.282. A.254.
575. C.263. E.541.- to oiyav A. 534.
silence. met. aiy&v oXtBpoe E.895.
ovpiyyEg oh aiyioai S. 178. aiyav tl
to conceal a thing. aXX' ahra triyio
P.V.106.439. A.36. ovk eg Qdopov oiy-
Cia a.vaayf\ati tASe ; S.c'i.234. will
you not, with a mischief to you, be
content to hold your tongue about
these things ? Blomf. rightly observes
 2IAH ( 296 )
on this passage, " Cum Attici dice-
rent &irayt is (f>06pov et siniilia, jEs-
chylus irapa vpotrZoKiav dixit A vaa\n(r-
aiyaa is <p06pov." Dind. observes
that the expression is equivalent to
oi/k ec (pdopov tl Kai oiytho avaa\fi(ni
rate; coll. Soph. O.T.1146.
2icrifiofi>iTwp producing iron, P.V.
301.
'Siilnpovofiot dividing by the sword,
S.C.T. 770.
'S.iltipcmkrjKTOs struck by the sword,
S.c.T.894.5.
2ic~tipoe iron, P.V. 500. S.c.T.712.
799.925.Met. the sword, S.c.T.865.
2i$nportKru>v working in iron, P.V.
716.
SiidnpcMppwv iron-hearted, P.V. 242.
S.C.T.52.
StSdytoc Sidonian, S. 116. 126.
SireXi'a Sicily, P.V. 369.
2i\i; vku a part of Salamis, P. 295.
Xifioeis the Simois, A.680.
Si rtf a mischievous creature, A.700.
Elvos a mischief or destruction, A.
378.716. vivos iadnfiaru>v A. 547.
ruining our raiment.
ZiTtiadai to feed on, A. 1653.
^KnXfu'ir the peg to which the oar
is fastened, P. 368.
IxafiavlpoQ the Scamander, A. 497.
1129. C.361. E.376.
Exapos the hull of a vessel, a vessel,
P.411. A. 647. 985. S.436.
SrcSafciv to scatter or disperse.
fut. contr. mctSf P-V.25.927. pass.
<TKe$aoOrjvai P. 494.
SKtOpde accurately, P.V. 102.486.
Sre'Xoe the leg. pi. P.V. 74. E.37.
2'jn-<r0at to consider, regard.
imp. animal P.V. 1015. C.228.
So/v// a tent, E.656.according to
some, a car or hearse used by the
Persians at funerals, P. 901. See
Oairreiv.
'Zxiivrifia a nest, C.248.
liKtiirrtiv to light or descend, to
glance (as flame), A. 293. 299. 301.
Trt'Sy (TKri\pa(ra P.V.751. S.c.T.411.
falling on the ground.trans, to hurl,
A. 357. mid.v. trKr/ipnirOc id. E.768.
Siojirroe an infliction, a stroke of
ZMIK
misfortune. Xoi/jlov axnirros P.701.
Butler cf. Soph. (Ed. T.26. iv 2' 6
irvp<p6poq Bios ot:!i\pac iXavvei, Xoifjdg
t^Oioroc, iroXiv.
^.KnTTTov\la an office of command,
the badge of which was a sceptre,
P. 289.
"SiKijirrpov a staff or rod, A. 75.a
sceptre of authority, a badge of office,
P.V.171.763. P. 750. A. 1238. E.596.
Striate an allegation or excuse, A.
860.
Sicia a shade, A. 941.Met. one
wasted to a shadow, E.292. here a
comma should be placed with Schlitz
after Satfiovo>v. the shade of one
departed, S.c.T.961. a trifling or
light thing, A. 813. 1301.
Skiprav to leap, P.V. 1087.
SKiprnfia a leap, P.V. 601.678.
Sic\/pde rugged, P. 311.
SkweTv to observe, mark, S.229.
SkwtXoc a rock, P.V. 142.
2*to7t^ a looking out. irarpos oKowal
hi fi elXov S.767. a beacon or place
of observation, A.280.300. S.694.
2Woe a scout, S.c.T.36. Meta
phorically applied to God who ob
serves all things, S. 376. 636.a mark,
A.614.
ZKoretvoe dark, C. 284. 650.
Sicoroc darkness, S.c.T.646. P. 21 9.
A.1001.1625. C.283.317.529. 804. E.
72. S.83.(fivyovra finrpoOev GKorov
S.C.T. 646. the darkness of the mother's
womb. Cf. iv itkotokti vnfivos reOpafi-
fiivn E.635. iv fXEraix/iip okotov C.
61. in the interval between light and
darkness, h.e. in the twilight.
XkvBtiq a Scythian, P.V.711. Met.
avt)p 2icu0i7e C. 158. prosop. for iron,
found in Scythia. Cf. S.c.T.710.
adj. Scythian, P.V.415. S.c.T.799.
E.673.
SicvOpwwoc stern, C.727.
SkuXXa Scylla, A. 1206. C.605.
IiKvWcaOai to be torn, P. 569.
SfiepSvos terrible, P.V.365.
SfirjvoQ a swarm of bees, P. 126.
SfiticpoG small, petty, C. 202. 260.
ov cr/jtKpdv rpoirov S.C.T.446. OfxiKpif
\tpi S.936. by the hands of a few.
 SOAO ( 297 )
opucpa KepBavai A. 1274. / shall gain
but little. Cf. /jLitcpot.
X6X01 Soli, a town of Cyprus, P.
864.
2de thine, with the article, e.g. to
aov uvOos P.V.7. Cf. 38.282.288.391.
407. 735. 843. 741. 774. 968. 1021. 1029.
S.c.T. 101.558. P.662.941. A. 536.804.
881 . 1598. C. 135. 221 . 225. 473. 489. 905.
E. 66.87. 233. 416. 422. 424. 582.. 610. 638.
732. S. 287. without the art. e.g. aCtv
vtrep (Trivia wovtav P.V.66. Cf. id. 146.
182. 243. 387. 411. 532. 556. 631. 638.
830. S.c.T.214.567. P. 217.348.683. A.
249.852.1130. C. 132.229.436.770. E.
639. S. 514.802. wc t'vv to aov Sh
A. 536. as you just now observed.
Soutra Susa, P. 16.527. 716.747.
Souirae proper name, P. P20.
2ov(r0ai to hurry, to speed on. aovv-
rai P. 25. crovade S.C.T.31. S. 816.822.
Sovoiyevric born at Susa, P. 635.
Sovo-iBns an inhabitant of Susa, P.
549. Here the vulg. is Sovo-iSog, but
the other is found in Schol. Barocc.
Aid. Turn. So Blomf. Well. Dind.
Souo-j'c sc. yfj Susa, P. 118.
Xovoimcavnc [a] proper name, P.
921. Cf. id. 34. aXXovg S' 6 fieyac Kat
TTo\vdpcfifj.u>v NtTXoc eircpipev Xovaia-
Kavng, Tlnyaorayibi' Aiywirroyeviig.
Here the change of case is remark
able. Comp. Pind. Nem. vi. 32
aoiiol Kai Xoyot ra KaXa otyiv ipy
iKOfitaav, TiatraiSattrtv ar oh tnraviec
iraXaifaTog yevta, "tSta vavoroXeWrec
iyKojfita. II. K. 436. tov Sr) KaXXiarovg
"nrirovg tfiov lySe fityiarovQ' \tvKOTtpot
\tvfoe, Belay 8' avepolatv 6/xoiot.
X6(j>iafia a device or art, P.V.457.
468.1013. Comp. Pind. Ol. xiii. 16.
iroXXa 2' iv Kapfitaie avSpHv iftaXov
Upai noXvayBepoi ap\aia lotpta/jara.
SofiarfiQ an artful contriver, P.V.
62.946.
Xo(j>6g wise, prudent, clever, P.V.
889.938.1040.1041. S.C.T. 364. 577. A.
1268. E.269. S.751. with gen. o-otpdg
kcikwv S.448. skilled in bad things.
ra <TO(f>a i.q. ; ao<f>(a. tUv aotj/dy yap
ov irivn E.409. Comp. rrotpurepa E.
(111.
snor
2naBn an instrument for pressing
close the threads in weaving, C.230.
Sway to draw (e.g. a lot), A. 324,
to suck, C.526.
2warieiv to be in want of. with
gen. C 706. pass, tnraii^eaBat to be
deprived of. emraviofieB' apwy&v P.
983.
Sirapao-o-ety to tear, P.V. 1020.
'Snrapyava swaddling clothes, A.
1588. C. 522.537. (see 6<piC) 744.748.
"SnrapvoQ rare, seldom, A. 542.
Xwaprog sown, S.c.T. 396. 456. al
luding to the fabled dragon's teeth
sown by Cadmus, which sprung up
armed men. begotten, mortal, E.488.
Sncipafxa the coil of a serpent, C.
246.
Snreipety to sow. Met. S.c.T. 736.
Xiripfia seed, E.770. Met. A. 514.
C.202. E. 178.869. race, offspring,
progeny, P.V.707. S.C.T 456. C 234.
498! S. 133. 142. 272.287.
27rEp%it6s the Sperchius, P.479.
2irepx>''k swift, S.C.T. 267.
^Trevc'etv to be anxious, to do one's
endeavour, P.V. 192.203. P. 728. A.
587. mrevrmi TirwySovXtogtbepa <ppiiv
S. 594. to perform anything which the
mind of his vassals desires.mid. v.
tnrevBopeva Bvaiav ertpar A. 147. pre
paring, tvishing for.
StrrXay^yoy any of the inward parts
of the body, e.g. the lungs, E.240.
the womb, S.c.T. 1022. to. airXay^ya
the intestines, P.V. 491. A. 1194. the
parts about the heart, the heart, A.
967. C.407. <T7r\oyx"w' viuv E.821.
youthful hearts.
Sffoyyoj a sponge. io> fiporeta
TrpuyfiaT' ihrv)(ovvTa pev aiaa Ttg ay
rpetpaey ei <5e Svorv^ij, poXaw vypwo-
atoy (Tjroyyos AXeae y ypa<f>i]V Kat ravr
eKeiytitv paXXoy olicrdpii) voXv A. 1301.
Heath absurdly explains this passage
as alluding to a game of dice, and
places the comma after fioXalg, but
confesses that he cannot under
stand what is meant by ypu^rj.
Butler translates, " Eheu res homi-
num : quas prosperas quidem vel
umbra everterit, sin adversce fuerint
2q
 snor ( 298 ) 2TAS

madi'as spongia iis adhibita scriptu subj. See . Dind. prefers Blom-
ral delet, h e. cum ex rebus pros- field's conj. h~v<rrv)(oi.
peris in adversas quis inciderit, om SttoScTv lit. to throw into the dust.
nia prioris felicitatis tanquam spongia Hence, to beat or bruise, pass. A.056.
adhibita, memoria deletur. Atque Sjro&ie ashes, S.c.T.305.795. the
hcec multum prce Mis doleo. Multo ashes of a man, A. 424.431. C.676.
magis deploro statum rerum huina- ZTrovh'i a libation, E.996. S.960.
narnm, quam csedem mihi imminen- 2iropa a sowing. Met. birth, origin,
tem." Schiitz, " Prosperitatem enim, P.V.873.
si ftierit, vel umbra qucelibet everte- S7ropijr6c the seed sown, corn, A.
rit : sin adverse fuerint, madida quae 1365. See yavav.
injecta fuerit, spongia scripturam de- 27tov2>) haste, S.c.T.356. adv.airov-
let, h. e. adversitatis adeo facile obli- Bij S.c.T. 353. with haste. exertion,
visci solent homines, ut ejus memoria endeavour, S.c.T. 567.
tanquam spongia deleta prorsus eva- 2ray/xa liquid, P. 604.
iiesc.it. Atque hcec equidem multo 2rayi>v a drop (e.g. of blood), A.
magis quam ilia misereor. Misera- 1093. C.394.a tear, A. 863. C.184.
bilior igitur Cassandra? videtur in ho- 2ra2a7oc standing, as in close con
minibus cita malorum oblivio, quam flict. S.c.T. 495. suited for such con
bona? fortunae fragilitas." Blom field flict. iy\n oraSdia P. 236.
appears more correctly to explain 2raeiv to drop or trickle, A. 172.
ypa<j>r) to mean a painting, which E.42. trans, to drop, ara^ovaiv al/ia
painters used to obliterate with a C.1054. Met.io be fully ripe, S.979.
sponge. He translates " in adversis EraOfurdc scorched, P.V.22.
veto rebus, sicut spongia tabulce ti Srafljuij a carpenter's line. Met.
neas penitus delere solet, ita omnis napa aTadfinv A. 1015. irregular, vio
spes meliorum prorsus aboletur. At lent in conduct.
que hunc rerum adversarum statum Srafyidc a stall, where horses or
magis deploro quam instabilem pros- other animals are kept, P.V. 399. a
peritatis conditionem." Schiitz's in sheep-cote, A. 870.
terpretation of the three former verses 2iTa\ay[ia. a drop, E.769.
is the most forcible, and the best. SraXay/idc id. S.c.T. 61. E.238.
The meaning is, " such are hu avriiraOrj trrakaypov id. 753. 780.
man affairs, that when prosperous a Here Dind. restores avrnrevdij from
mere shadow might overthrow them, M. Guelph, Aid. Rob. Turn. Steph.
yet, if misfortunes come, their im The Schol. has iaoirevdij, bpola. Spuv-
pression is as easily effaced as a ra oi irtirovda.
painting by a sponge, and this, sc.that ^Taalapxpe the leader of a com
men should so soon forget the lessons pany, S. 12.
of adversity, I pity far more than the 2ra<nc the act of standing, the foot,
former case." It is simpler, however, E.36. But here Dind. rightly pre
to consider EKtivoiv, with Butler, as fers fiaoiv, a var. lect. in M. recorded
referring to the fate of Cassandra, by Steph. a company, a band, ara-
who deplores the misery of human crig aKoperOQ yivei KaroXoXv^arb) Ov-
affairs more than her own individual paroQ Xcvaifiov A. 1088. let the com
misfortunes. See under olicrcipu). pany (sc. of Furies) unsated yet with
For Svorwxjj, with which the verb our family, shout a song of triumph
substantive must be understood, Pors. over this foul slaughter. Ov/xa Xevtri-
reads dv(xrv\ei. Abresch suggests pov i. e. " caedes Agamemnonis, lapi-
Sv<rrv)(rj as equally good with Sv<rrv)(fj, datione Clytaemnestras vindicanda."
to which the chief objection is the Blomf. dissension, faction, P.V.20O.
less usual construction of el with the 1089. P.184.701 . E.933. dispute, tovto
 2TAX ( 299 )
y ovk tvi oraats P. 724. there is no
disputing this.
Srcix^c an ear of corn, S.742. see
Kparetv. Met. the fruit or effect of
anything, orayyv" Arne P. 807.
2ryavdc close, A. 349.
Srtyaorpov a covering, C.978.
'2iriyi.iv to be proof against any
thing, as against a spear, S.c.T. 198.
or against water, aXa ariyiav S.128.
abs.ortyti irvpyoQ S.c.T. 779. is a safe
defence. Pind. Pyth. iv. 81. uses the
mid. v. trapSaXi^ ariyiTo <j>pirraovTag
OfljipOVQ.
"Zriyri the roof of a house, A. 871.
Hence, a house, P.V. 712. A. 3. 504.
1057.1159. E.56.
Itreyog i.qu. ariyn P. 137. A. 301.
2r'xi/ to walk or go, P.V. 81. C.
11.17.96.547. E.958. S.495.to tra
verse, to tread. oteT^' avrjporovg yvac
P.V.7 10. xXlfiaKOC TrpoaafificMTEis aTti^-
tt S.c.T. 449. Here Bloraf. need
lessly interprets oteix" in an active
sense, sc. admovet, referring to Pors.
on Orest. 1427.with prep. om. oWx-
tr evepKrj ttoXiv S.933. go to. with
iiri P.V. 1092. C.753. with irori (i.e.
Trpdc) S.c.T.279. A. 1642. with Sia.
S.c.T. 516. S.491. with C.664.
-rpiTroSas bfiove ortl\ei A. 81. walks on
three feet.
ZriXXttv to send, P.V. 387.to fit
out, as an army, etc. P. 173. A. 773.
to fit rl a sail, S. 704. to make a jour
ney- keXcvOov rijvS' strretXa P.601.
mid. v. miXXetrOat to set out, to go
away, P.V. 392. pass, to be sent, to
come, A. 1104. karaXfiivoQ C. 755.
equipped.
SiTevayfiog groaning, P. 865.
"SiTivafaiv to groan, P.V. 698. (see
npocrTivafaiv) P. 1003. E. 757.
2,Ttva\civ to groan for. with ace.
P.V. 99.
Tfrivuv to groan, P.V.430. S.c.T.
229. 883. 951 . P. 277. 503. 540.563. 669.
A.396. 433.694. 811.with ace. to groan
for. Itvv,"1tvv arivovaa A. 1115. Cf.
P.V. 433. 407. P.403. A. 18. C.919.
arivu) at ra ovXofiivac, rv-yae P.V.
397. sc. ivtica. with virip P.V. 60. 67.
2TEY
with dat. *( arivtiQ kciko'iq o/uu>c
P. 287. mid. v. oriveo-dai id. S.c.T.
854. P. 62. On A. 543. ri o" oh arivov-
TtQ, ov Xa^ovrtg, fifxaroQ fxipoQ ; where
the substantive verb iifiev seems un
derstood, see under Xayxavtiv, an^
cf. Dorvill. on Charit. p. 624.
St-evoV a narrow space, P. 405.
'Zrtvoiropoc affording a narrow
passage, P.V. 731.
SrtVoe groaning, sorrow, E. 495.
'Zti.vwttov a narrow strait, P.V.
363.
Srtpytiv to like, S.c.T. 694.699. E.
871.927. S.270. to acquiesce in, to be
content with, P.V. 11. A. 1551. to
adopt, maintain, orepyeiv to. mora
tUvSs roue iiriairopovQ E. 643.
SrtpynOov affection, C.239. pi. P.V.
490. E.183.
Ertpttv to deprive, P.V. 864. pass.
kortpr\\iivov E.725. <rrp>)8'c ,P. 571.
A. 1312.from another form, pass.
BTtpioQcu P. 363. arepofilvav A. 1407.
2rpfdc stern, P.V. 173.
'Zripvov the breast, pi. P.V.65. P.
1011. C.735. E.76.
JJTEpowri lightning, P.V. 1086.
Srfppdc hard, harsh. Met. P.V. 1054.
SreveaOai to profess, feel confi
dent, trrevvrai P. 49. The note of
Casaubon, quoted by Stanley upon
this word, is worth citing : " oteuw,
OTfvo/^at. promitto, firmo, free me
fero, jacto. Ita vulgatiora Lexica:
nam apud Stephanum, quod mirum,
neque in Indice nee alibi reperio.
Est auteni verbum Homero usita-
tissimum. Inter alios locus hie
notabilis: 'iaytoff 'Apye'toi, ft)) (3aX-
XtTE Kovpoi 'A\aiS)V' tTTtVTCU yap Tl
7roc ipitiv KopvBaioXoQ'^EjKTiap. Sunt
Agamemnonis de Hectore Paridis
ad Graecos mandata ferente verba.
Longa opus est periphrasi, ut vis
verbi orevrat exprimatur. Id enim
vult, Hectorem prae se ferre speciem
locuturi. Sed ine3t praeterea huic
verbo 7rapaoT/7/mroe(ita vocantGraeci
quandam praefidentis animi orisque
pro re nata praesentiam et audaciam :
ex eodem quo arevo/xai illud fonte)
 2TE* ( 300 )
et confidential significatio : ut si uno
verbo utendum sit, non aliud Latinum
melius respondeat huic loco quatn
minatur : (quomodo Horatius, Sat.
ii. 3. Atqui vultus erat pulchra etprae-
clara minantis, alibique : unde et
Gallicum mine pro vultu et exte-
riore specie). Hector minatur (id
est, ipsa praefidentis oris specie pro-
mittit) se aliquid locuturum. In aliis
locis Homericis ubi idem verbum
occurrit, non eadem difficultas, quod
manifestior in illis jactantiae et confi-
dentice indicatio : ut cum de eodem
Hectore ait, arevrat yap vnSiv airo-
uij/ti r a.Kpa tcopvfifia. k.t.X. et II. /3'.
OTEVTO yap EV-)(6flCVOS VlKtlOEfilV K.T.X.
et II. <j> . rrrcvro 2' 6 y afKJxrripiov
aTcoKo^e/ity ovara ^aXKji. In his et
similibus, de aperta jactatione et
insolentiore gloriatione verbum usur-
patur. Hinc Angli finxerunt suum
stout, quo hominem audacem et praa-
fidentem indicant."
'Lriiptiv to crown, pass. iorepfilvos
crowned, E.44. S.340. to hang round
after the manner of a chaplet, S.c.T.50.
Srt'^oc a chaplet or garland, S.c.T.
97. A.1238. C.93. 1031.
Xrijdog the breast, S.c.T. 545. 847.
Ernfioppayeiv to burst, the threads
being broken, P. 822.
SW/3oe a trace or foot-mark, P.V.
682. C. 203. 208.226. orifioi <ptXavopis
A.399. the traces of a (once) loving
wife.
lenyfioQ a pricking, S.819.
2n'i; (inus. in nom.) a rank or row.
rrrixtQ S.c.T. 907.
SrT^oe a dense body of men or
ships, P. 20. 358.
2r/x<> a row, P. 358.
~2iToi-j(r)yopiiv to relate in order, P.
422.
Trotyl fair to arrange, ordain, P.V.
482.
StoXti a dress or equipment, P. 189.
a force of troops or ships, P. 977.
S.745.
SroXfioQ drapery, C.29. the cloth
of sails, S.696.
2ro\o any species of equipment,
2TPA
as an armament or fleet, P. 392. 781.
A. 45. 563. a company of travellers
or voyagers, S.2. 28.184.231. 319.456.
482. 911. 922. 101*8. a company en
gaged in any celebration, E. 818.981.
X<*XicvpV oroXov P. 400. the brazen
beak of a ship. Ktairripn aroXov P. 408.
the oars. Butler well observes on
the former passage, " oroXoe pro in
struments nauticis cujusvis generis
ponitur, non a avo-riXXw, ut volunt
grammatici, sed a simpl. ariXXia orno,
apparo. xaXictipnQ otoXoq h.l. appa-
ratum aeneum, h.e. rostrum cere prce-
fixum denotat ut mox v. 408. nir-
r/pnc aroXog apparatum remigandi,
h.e. ipsos remos, significat."
Zr6fia the mouth, P.V. 614. 1034.
S.C.T.51. 423.475.561. P.189. A.226.
1220.1454. C. 709.1040. E.277.929. S.
623.644.677. Kara trropa C.566. face
to face. the mouth of a river, P.V.
849.
TLrofiapyoQ garrulous, S.c.T. 429.
'Serofuov the bit of a bridle, P.V.
287.1011. Met. A. 131 themouthof
a cave, C.796.
Sropwfia the mouth or entrance to
a sea. aroptafia ttovtov P. 855. the
Thracian Bosphorus.
Srovotic mournful, P. 1010. arovotv
adv. P.V. 405. mournfully.
Srovoc a groan, S.c.T. 132.882.
TiTopivvvvai to calm, oropiaae P.V.
190.
5Jrox<> conjecture, S.240.
Srparfia a warlike expedition, A.
589. E.601.
Srpartveirdai to go on an expedi
tion, P. 776.
Sirpdrcvpa an army, S.c.T. 203.565.
1010. P. 116. 327. 415. 461. 777. 784.In
P. 744. i.qu. arparda, an expedition.
Cf. Herod, iii. 49. avveXafiovro toxi
rrrpaTtvparos tov eVi Sa/xov. In P.
706. BiTrXovv fiiTbTKOV %v Svolv arpar-
qXartov, which is the vulg. reading,
is corrupt, although Blomf. asserts
that it refers to Xerxes, " qui quum et
7teo et vavrrjf karparnXarti, speciem
prse se ferebat Svolv arparriXaroiv."
But /jtTMiroi' cannot refer to the ap
 2TPA ( 301 )
pearance of the man, but to the front
presented by the army. Th-2 posi
tion of the accent also indicates that
the vulg. is spurious, orpareu/iaroiv
is read by Reg. A. B.H.L. Guelph,
M.2. So Brunck, Schutz, Well.
Dind. oTpaTevfiariov Rob. v. 1. ap.
Steph.
^rparnyelv to lead in war, E.25.
Srparijydj a leader of an army,
S.c.T.798. A. 567. 1610.
SrparjjXaretv to lead an army, P.
703. E.657.
^TpaTrjkarriQ a commander offorces,
E.607. On P. 706. see trrparevfia.
Srparta P. 5. 55.526. 843. 882. A.773.
2,TpaTtwrig fern, military, A. 47.
SrparofiavTie the soothsayer to an
army, A. 121.
SrparoireSov a camp, S.c.T.79.
Srpardc an army, S.c.T. 36.40.59.
64.79.117.132.154.166.351. P. 67.92.
127. 154.173. 231.232.237.240.251.275.
277. 337. 347 .376. 404. 431 . 444. 458. 474.
493.509.648.702.707.714.717.734.751.
759.766.783.789.963.975.1019. A.332.
336.603.524.531.533. (see below) 599.
610.613.620.625.638.929.960. S.177.
726.745.752. a multitude or people,
e.g. Aiycla) OTpa.T<a E.653. the people
of JEgeus. daioe orparog P.V.421. a
warlike people. Cf. P.V. 725. 806.
S.C.T. 284. E. 536. 539. 638. 732. 849.
On A. 533. irodev to $va<ppov tovt
eirijv orvyoQ arpara ; see Zvotypiov,
and Emper. in Zimmerm. Diar. there
quoted, Possibly, however, for orparu
we ought to read <ppaaov, placing the
interrogative after orvyoe. Cf. P.V.
767. P. 703. S.459.
2rpctro5<70cu to be sent as an army.
Met. arofiiov Tpol'ac arpariadiv A.
132. a bridle for Troy sent in the
manner of a military expedition.
Srpf'/3\f) a shipwright's implement,
a windlass or screw, S.434.
Srpityetv to turn, P.V. 710. clvid re
teat Kario arpiipwv riQnoi E.621. turns
up and down, h.e. arranges at his
pleasure.
2,Tpoj3eiv to whirl round, to agitate,
A. 1189. C.1048.pass. 201.
2TTT
2rpo/3oe a storm or whirlwind, A.
643. a girdle, S.452.
Srpo^/3oc a whirlwind, P.V. 1086.
IiTpovdog a bird, A. 143. In this
passage arpovdSiv is absurdly referred
by Pauw to the young of the hare,
and by Heath with equal absurdity
to the apparition of the sparrows
mentioned by Homer in 11. /3. 30O.
seqq. Schutz refers them to the
eagles mentioned above. So the Scho
liast. Eustathius (quoted by Schutz)
on the passage in the Iliad, observes
that crrpovdog is there put specifically
for a sparrow, but that the term
itself is a generic one. iariov on ti
fiev TOiavrrj arpovQog dSiK&e ovtid
\iyirai. tori M aWiog ytvtKij fi \f'2;<.
Porson rejects the word altogether,
as an interpolation from the passage
in the Iliad. So Blomf. Dind.
Srpo0i7 a crafty speech, S.818.
Srpo^ioc proper name, A. 855. C.
667.
'Zrpotyoe'ivtio-Qai to whirl oneself
about, A. 51.
Srpcxpoi; a girdle, S.c.T.853.
'SirpvfiivwQ of the Strymon, P. 850.
"SiTpvfiiov the Strymon, P. 489. A.
185. S.252.
2rpu>[ivri a couch, C.660.
'S.Tpwvvvvai to spread, A. 883. arpia-
aaaa 895.
2rp&>0a<r0cu to turn oneself about,
A. 1197.
Srvydvwp [a] man-hating, P.V.
726.
'Zrvyeiv to hate, regard with ab
horrence, P.V. 37. 46. 980. S.C.T. 217.
(see vifittrtg) 392. 1037. A. 136. C. 109.
604.894. E.941. S.75. 527. pass.
(TTvyovfievov P.V. 1006. arvyndiv
S.c.T.673.
Itrvycpos odious, horrible, S.c.T.
317. P. 873. C. 372. 1002. E.298. S.
1015.
SrvyTjroe hated, P.V. 594.
Sruyioc Stygian, P. 656.
Sruyvde odious, P.V. 888. P. 464.
936. with dat. P. 278. mournful, A.
695.
Sruyoj a feeling of horror or sad
 STTA ( 302 ) 2YMB

ness, A. 533. C.387. ^ptvS>v ariiyoc EvyK&fivtiv to condole, P.V.413.

A. 1281. C. 79.an object of dislike 1060.
or abhorrence, A. 544. Oidv arvyoe IivyKarafialyctv to come down with.
C. 1024. an object of haired to the gods. met. to enter the lists as an assistant
Cf. S.c.T.635. E.615. in periphr. in a contest, C.716. E.998.
iunroTvv arvyti C.759. our odious 'S.vyKtpavviiva.i to mix up with or
master.an odious act, C.981. compose, pass. aXyn avyxiKpapiva
SruXoc a column, A. 872. C.733. mixed up with my lot, having
2ru? a horrid creature, C.525. happened to me.
SrvfeXog rough, P. 920. severe, SvyKoifiaaOai to lie with, A. 1231.
stern, id. 79. 2vy*:oXXwe consistently, agreeing
SrtyXoe rough, P.V.750. P. 296. with, C.535. S.306.
In P. 295. Brunck, Schiitz, Bloraf. 'Zvy-^aipti.v to rejoice with, A. 767.
read arv<j>Xovc, which Elmsley on 2uy^oproc adjacent, S. 5.
Bacch.1135. rightly condemns. 'Zvyxiovvvval to confuse or mingle,
Su thou, passim. gen. aov passim. ovyxwattt P.V. 1051.
poet, aedev S.c.T.128, etc.aoi pas Sucir;v hurriedly, pell-mell, P. 472.
sim.ai passim. dual, afav P.V. Vvivvtotg prop, name, P. 318.
12. pi. v/ueIe P.V. 1060. etc. hfiGiv Svfuyoc conjugal, C.591.
id.1063.etc. Vfiiv id. 440. etc. vpaq Stiftafia a girdle, S. 465.
id. 1076. etc. poet, vfific E.590. In SuXdv to steal, P.V. 83. with ace.
E. 413. for the corrupt vulg. aiav to plunder, P. 796. pass, with ace.
t tV u'Eiwr. Wakefield for aiav r to be deprived of. rvpavva aKrjirrpa
reads a^lay a\ which Dind. approves. avXr)6iiaiTai P.V. 763.
In P.V. 340. ret fjtiv a is properly 1ivXi]TU)p a spoiler, S.905.
read in the older editions, a' being 2uXXa/3i; a band, a means of con-
for ai, not for ad, as some have ima finingarobe, S. 452.asyllable, S.c.T.
gined. 450.
'S.vyyivhi kindred, P.V.14. to avy- SvXXapfidvciv to assist. i/XXa/3oi
ytviQ P.V. 39. 289. the tie of kindred, C.799.
avyyeyij yctfiov P.V.857. a marriage SuX\;/3S)j>' shortly, concisely, P.V.
with relatives. innate, A. 806. fofioQ 503.
avyytvris E.662. 2iiXX/7rrwp an assistant, A. 1489.
2uyy/ veaOai to assist, C. 243. 449. XvXXveiv lit. to unyoke horses to
by tmesis, avv St yevov C. 454. gether, h.e. to put up together at an
2uyyivfcioxiy to have a fellow or inn, to lodge together for the night.
kindly feeling towards another, to ex Si^tadai S', virc avXXvetv rivaC. 291.
cuse or forgive, avyyvun S.212. So Pors. as recorded by Dobree,
mid. avyyvdiro id. 213. " una deversari."
~%vyyovoQ kindred, S.c.T. 1025. A. lA>n(5aivEiv to coincide, agree, C.
1163-innate, A. 858. 208.573. avft/3aivi yap ov rd piv,
SvyvaOcXjcvco' to drag down along raK ov P.788. not some things coin
with others, pass. avyKaOeXxvaOria- cide and some things do not, h. e.
erai S.C.T.596. everything coincides.
^vyKadevBttv to sleep with, C.893. ZvfifidXXtiv to close, A. 15. 1267.
livyxadLaravai to assist in estab to engage in combat, C.454.to meet
lishing, P'.V .305. with, C.666.mid. v. avpfidXXcadat
EvymXtiv to call together, S.512. to coincide, C. 1007.
SvyKaXvirrioc to be concealed, P.V. SvfifioXelv to meet, S.c.T. 336.
522 Su/i/3oX; a conflict, P. 342.
SvyicaXvitToc covered over, P.V. 'SihfiftoXov a sign or token, A. 8.
494. 306. an omen met by the way, A. 142.
 2MVIR ( 303 )
2u/j/3oXoc id. P.V.485. one who
meets, S . 497 .
2uju/3ou\oc a counsellor. o-vpfiovXoi
Xoyov rovSe ftot ytvetrde P. 166. advise
me upon this subject.with irtpi C. 84.
ZufiflovXoG dpi findafioiQ artjxaaai
E.682. / advise not to, etc.
"Zvfifia\eiv to assist in battle, P.
779.
2v/n/uaxa alliance in war, A. 206.
Svftfiaxos an assistant in battle,
an ally, P.V.221. S.c.T.248.508. C.
19.490. E. 281. 641. trvfifia.x<p bopi E.
743.
Iivfifierpoc agreeing with, C.225.
consistent, just, E.505. contempo
rary, C.602.
Sv/i/ityfe mixed with, S.c.T.723.
'Zvfip.iyvvvai to mingle with, A. 634.
met. pass, avooloitn trvft/uytls S.c.T.
593. mixed up with.
^vfnrapaararciv to stand by as an
assistant, P.V.218.
'SivfiTre/xireiv to send along with, S.
488.
ZvfiirevOeiv to condole with, C. 197.
^v[nriwTCiv to happen, ^vfiiritrwtri
E. 322.
^MjxiviTviiv to fall or sink, P.V.
430. to coincide, C.297. See irlrveiv.
iMp-Kviiv to breathe with. Met. to
agree with or yield to, A. 180.
Sv/xn-oXjVi/c [<] a fellow-citizen,
S.c.T. 587.
~2iu\ntov&v to condole with, P.V.
274.
'Zvfnrpaatruv to assist, P.V. 296.
2u/j7rpeTrr/ befitting. t&trre avfnrpiiziq
S.c.T. 13.befitting, consistent with.
with dat. Tv\r) yvvaiK&v ravra trv/x-
nptirfi ireXti S. 453. Cf. Pind. Nem. iii.
67. (ioa be viKafopi/) trvv 'ApioroKXtiba
irpiirtt i.e. avjiTrpiizii.
'SiVfKpavai to assent, P.V. 40.
2vptj>epttv to bring together, S.c.T.
492. avptpipetv jiovXtv/iara P.520. to
engage in counsel.to bear with, to
forgive, opyag vvoiow croi E.810. to
suit, profit. KaXiZe y av i)jxiv ravra
tTvp.tj>ipot E.495. <rv/xfipei impers. it
is useful, E. 495.mid. v. trvptj>(peaOai
to engage with, S.c.T.618.to assent
SYN
to, to conclude, fiovov rob" 'EXXac
X0wv trvpoitrerai oroya S.240. Schol.
(rvfi(j>ii>vrj<Tei.
2vfi<f>6oyyoe singing in concert, A.
1160.
XvfujMpa. an event, either happy or
unhappy, P. V.391. 760.976. S.c.T.5.
P.283.431. 437.832.988. 1001. A. 18.24.
558. C. 13.31. 707. 919.1060. E.415.485.
857.974.985.ovfUpopa Tradove P. 428.
a disastrous event. ' trvfitpopq. kukov id.
987. id. In A. 315. icat t&v aXovrtav
Kai Kpartjiravroiv $ixa tpOoyyag &kov-
uv tori trvptpopag SnrXfJQ, the two
last words are in the gen. abs. ovarii
being understood. Cf. ripr\. In P.
463. rotavbe trot irpos rfj TrapotOe avfi-
<t>opav irapa arivttv, Colb.l. M.l.
Mosq. Viteb. have trvfitjiopij, which
as regards the construction is equally
good. See Lobeck on Soph. Aj.277.
and cf. P. 430. under rvxv-
Svfitpptov unanimous, A. 110. C.
791.
Sifi<j>vToe born with, growing up
with, attached to anything. In A.
107. avptyvros ui to i' is the period of
time affixed by God to the fulfilment
of the omen. The Scholiast wrongly
explains it to mean old age. See the
explanation of the whole passage un
der KeiOti). In id. 145. vtuciav rixrova
trvptjtvrov is generally said to be put
by enallage for vtuciwv riicrova trvp.-
tpvrtav h. e. a worker offamily quar
rels, but this is incorrect : riicrova
avptpvrov denotes that agent of dis
cord which had ever attached to the
family since the slaughter of the
children of Thyestes, to which cir
cumstance the words Ovaiav tripav
allude. This first Ovtrla was the
KptoTapyoQ art] or original cause of
quarrels in the family, and Calchas
fears lest another similar one may
become such too. The words 7raX-
ivoproQ and o'tKovopoc refer primarily
to the same idea as -ik-iov trvfitpvroe.
See under rraXivoproQ and olKovopoQ.
2uv with, along with, S.c.T. 31. 245.
264. 454. 469. 456. 643. 746. P. 127. 198.
763.766. A. 111. 151.444.605.642.752.
 2YNA ( 304 )
1194.1628. C.23.136. 242.254. 757. 1018.
1031. E. 435. 905. 978. S. 21.32. 83. 150.
173. 180. G05. 726. 932.953.1018.- with
h.e. by means of, denoting the instru
ment, izpayji IXey-^etv i,iiv veoppvro)
Ztyei A. 1354. Cf. S.C.T.865. P. 741.
denoting the manner of an act. i,iiv
tkn S.c.T. 426. E. 580. with justice,
avv aXnfciff. P. 462. 761. A. 1548. C.
825. S. 184.609.824.825. with, that is,
with the aid of, S.c.T.432. A. 887.
935. C. 146. 771. S. 129. 1058. with,
h.e. opposed to, S.c.T. 657.redund.
ai/v X',"'"'V ovfiflaWtrai C. 1007.
avv xpoi'y A. 1351. E.527. at length,
after a lapse of time.separated from
its verb by a particle. t,vv St yevov
irpog e'x0poveC.453. !;vv de irXowlfaiv
ffii A. 752.
'Sivvayeiv to briny together, S.c.T.
490.738.
'Siwaiveiv to agree to, promise, A.
1181.to assent to or admit, A. 471.
'Stvvaipe.oOai to take up with an
other. avvaiptoBai Ktnrpiv P.V.653.
to indulge in love.
'Siwalnoe an accomplice, A. 1087.
SwaXyeiv to condole, P.V.288.
2WaX\a<r<rej>' to associate, S.c.T.
579.
2vva/xirixeiv to conceal, P.V.519.
~2n>vavvTiv to close or end with, A.
1094. See irrioaifioe.
~2,vvairTtiv to join together. Met.
fiaxv wvaipai P. 328. to engage in
battle, avvaij/ae prixavijv SvofiovXiae
A.1591. having contrived.to be con
tiguous, with dat. P. 859. cf. Eur.
Hipp. 187. and Monk's note.avvanr-
readai to lake hold of with, to assist,
P. 729.yvwfing ^vvrixparo P. 710. as
sisted him in his design.
2vt>apfi6etv to join to, make ready
for, E.472. See et^'peia.
Suvapn-afciv to carry off with one
self, P:i91.
2vva(r)(a.\av to condole with, P.V.
161.243.303.
XvvavXla a conflict, S.c.T.821.
SvfSairtop a guest at a banquet, E.
331.
SucSiiceii/ to defend a cause, E.549.
SYNI
Svvc'iKOi an advocate or defender
of a cause, E.731. S.707.
SvvfiKws in defence of a cause,
justly, A. 1583.
Suj^po^we agreeing with, A. 1157.
SvveSpia society, P.V. 490.
Svviifiivai to be conscious, riva crvv-
oiada ) iot KaXov/xivt] fipbrCbv; C.214.
whom do you know me to be calling
upon ?
Si/vtTvcu to assist, S.c.T. 653. to
be conversant with, to meet with, P.
173.
^vvuofialvtiv to embark with an
other, ^vveiafiaq S.C.T. 584.
Itwi/xfyoXfi an united castor stroke,
as of an oar, P.388. On A. 957. see
under irapnftav.
'SivvijjmopoQ a fellow-traveller, C.
206.702. S.917. Met. C.722.
Svve&Xaiveiv to expel along with,
A. 1588.
Svvciraivcly to advise at the same
time, S.c.T. 1065.
Jivvitreadai to accompany, A. 929.
Suvforioc one living along with
another, S.c.T.755.twioHov Atog
A. 687. Jupiter the protector of dom
estic life.
SvvEvb'iiv to sleep with tov ZvvcvS-
ovtoq ^povov A. 868. the time occu
pied in sleep.
Svvewog the partner of a bed, P.V.
868. A. 1087.1417.
"Sivvi-xtaBai to be occupied or con
versant with, P.V. 659.
'Zwnyopoc a patron, a voucher, A.
806.
'ZvvrjXii, one of the same age, P.
770.
SwdaXirtiv to soothe, P.V. 688.
'Sivvdawrctv to assist in burying,
S.c.T.1018. ' '
'LvvQeaiQ connexion, putting toge
ther, P.V. 458.
JJvpSeroQ feigned, made up, P.V.
689.
2w0riKri an agreement, C.548.
'SivvQvrio-Ktiv to die along with- fut.
^vvdavovfiivrjv A. 1110. vi>0avelaOai
C . 973. ZwOvricricovtra A. 793. as it dies.
'Sivviivai to understand, ov vvt!e
 2YNI ( 305 )
P. 353. aor. 1. vviJKa I understand,
A. 1083. 1216. 1226. C.874. S.462.
^vvlaraadai to engage in battle,
S.c.T.417.491.654.
"2ivviaTh>p conscious of. with ace. A.
1061. See iropifioQ.
"ZvvvaUiv to dwell with, S.c.T. 177.
'Zvvvoia anxiety, P.V.435.
'Smvvoiioq united or connected with,
C.590. subst. a partner, S.c.T. 336.
P. 690.
ZvvoiKtiv to dwell together, C.896.
2,vvoiK7iTh)p one living with, E.797.
Svvoiicla a living with, society, P.
876. S.264.
SivvoiKoe living with, S.c.T. 170. C.
999. S.410. Met. joined with, A.
1626.
'Sivvoftaijiuv a connexion by blood,
P.V.408.
Svvofivvvai to conspire, A. 636. avv-
i>jxoaav da.va.Tov warpi C.972. con
spired to murder my father.
Svvopdpos coming with the dawn,
A. 245. See avytj.
Svvopvvtrdai to set out together, A.
418. In this passage Pears, and
Schiitz read ovvopfiivtiiv, which But
ler approves. This is unnecessary.
The dative refers to vivBua, and as
signs the cause, sc. there is everywhere
mourning on account of those who to
gether left the land of Greece to go
to Troy. Cf. Ocltttciv sub. fin. It is
by some less properly referred to
Paris and Helen, as being the cause
of this grief.
2vvovpog contiguous, closely con
nected, A. 481.
'S.vvovola a living with, connexion,
E.275.
'Stwrapaaotiv to confound, P.V.
1090.
^vvriXcia a society, id ^vvriXeta
S.c.T. 233. said of the tutelar gods of
the city.
XvyrcXiic associated in the payment
of anything. ovvTeXfc noXtg A. 518.
the city upon which part of the debt
of crime devolved.
Evvrefiveiv to cut short, to dimi
nish, E. 218,to limit or define, S.255.
2*A A
SvvTtrpahtiv to bore at each end
so that the bore meets in the middle.
Met. Si &Tk>v avvrirpaivt yivQov C.
444. cause my speech to enter in at
thy ears.
'SiWT&ivai to add, S. 63.
SvvTOfios concise, P. 684.
Hvvrojxuic concisely, E. 393.555.
2vvTvy\avciv to happen. eJ %,vv-
TvyovTuv S.c.T. 256. if things happen
favorably.
Evrutfiorne a conspirator, E. 123.
^wiivvfiog called by the same
name, related, S. 196.
^vvtopiq a pair, as of horses, etc.
Met. a pair of calamities, A. 629. a
fetter, C.976.
'ZvpZnv lit. dragging with violence.
Met. impetuously, P. 54.
2upia Syria, S.5.
2upiy the bore in the wheel in
which the axle turns, S. 178. S.c.T.
187.
'SivpiZtiv to hiss. (Tvpiwv <j>6yov P.V.
355. hissing in a deadly manner. Cf.
S.c.T.445.
Xi/piog Syrian, P. 84. A. 1285.
2fayeiov the vessel in which the
blood of a slaughtered victim is re
ceived, A. 1062. Ci.pavrhpiOQ.
2<j>ayri a sacrificing or slaughter,
A. 1027. 1067. E. 178. 428.pi. oQayai
the throat, (being the part in which
the incision is made) kv otyayaiai
fiaxpaaa ttyos P.V.865. the flesh of
one slain, aico (r<payijg c/jSv A. 1581.
atfiarog afayriv in A. 1362. is by
enallage, as Blomf. observes, for
alfia awo rrjg aipayrjg, blood from the
slaughter. Cf. Lobeck on Aj. v. 918.
2<payiov a sacrifice, S.cT. 212.361.
E.960.
2(pab'a.iiv to struggle, P. 190.
Siafcij' to sacrifice, A. 1408. C.
891. pass. otyaytig E.295.
ItyaxeXog any very acute pain or
emotion, P.V. 880.the violence of the
storm, P.V. 1047. See Blomf. Gloss.
2<f>aXep6g slipping, stumbling, E.349.
SipaXXeaBai to be deceived. atyaX-
Xtrat ftovXivfiariov E. 687. M de
ceived in his counsels.
2 H
 4>b'.N ( 306 )
I('i(ri"Ji| a sling, the cast of a
sling. Met. any casting out, A. 983.
See tiifitrpoc.*
ItfeTepifcodai to appropriate to
oneself, S.39.
S^t'rtpoc his own, P. 868. their
own, A. 738.
~S^hv a wedge, P.V.64.
Ztpiyyuv to bind fast, P.V.58.
2^i yi, a Sphinx, S.c.T.5'23.
'Sjpob'pvvEodai to be violent or obsti
nate, P. V. 1013.
ZffHiyiZttv to seal up. pass. E. 792.
2<ppiyav to swell, P.V.380.
2fvpi)\aroc forged by the hammer,
S.c.T.798. P. 733.
SxtSia a raft, a hastily made boat,
P. 69.
'Syilwc fit for close conflict, C.161.
2x.t0ftv to have, P.V.16. C.819.
E. 819.to confine. vyd~tori Sovkeioioi
aXtQtiv S.c.T.75. imroZitv a\iQeiv
S.c.T.411. to keep out of the way, to
deter. The aorist only of this verb
is in use. See Herm. on Soph. El.
744. Elmsl. on Med. 995. Blomf. on
C.819. for ayeOiov needlessly writes
KaraoyiOuv, the aorist being used
precisely as in P.V.16. and the pre
sent in neither case being necessary
to the sense.
SxfVtf the manner of a thing,
S.c.T.489.
'Z\iT\iog wretched, P.V.647.
Sx^a a figure. In periphr. 'ln-
vopilovroQ oyfjua S.c.T.470. See
'I-mrofiiBwv.
ExnfiaTlfctv to adorn with devices.
pass. S.C.T. 446.
'Syl'Cuv to separate, pass. A. 609.
^\tap.6c cutting, slaying, A. 1120.
S^oXafciv to loiter, be idle, S.204.
860.
2,Xo\y leisure, P.V.820. A. 1025.
delay, hindrance, A. 1029.
2<ittv to preserve or save, P.V.
374. S.c.T.731. P. 339. A. 589. C.500.
(see/3v0oc) E.631.724.731.to keep
or observe, as commandments, E.232.
to retain, P.V. 392. to keep con
cealed, P.V. 522.pass. atoOvOai to
be preserved, S.c.T.254.802. P.495.
SftTH
980. A. 604. C.502. aw^tadai irpog
P.703. to escape safe to. aiodelg S.c.T.
964. P. 210. In C.786. is commonly
read rt'c av <r<i>6fitvov pvdfiov tovt
ihtiv iaireSov avoficvuv (irifiaTUtv
opeypa ; where aio6fitvov is by some
supposed to be the mid. v. governing
pvdfiov, h.e. keeping moderation. But
this, as observed under pvdfios, is
quite improbable. The words tiq av
Ic'etv are wholly unintelligible. It
may be suggested as a conjecture
to read the passage thus, rig av
<7<5oj viv (sc. rbv 'bpiornv) pvdfiov
tovS', iSitv 2m iritiov avofiiviov ftyfia.-
tiov opey/ia ; see the explanation
assigned to pvdfiov under the word.
?<a TriSov is conjectured by Blomf.
for c'cnrec'ov, and avoids the neces
sity of an awkward ellipsis.
2,u>Kciv to be strong, E.36. Cf. Soph.
El. 119.
Swy^a the human body, P.V. 461.
1025. S.c.T. 12.522.877.930. P.195.267.
821.833. A. 217. 426. 1451. C.713. In
P.V.861. fdovov awfiarbiv ? deog,
aiafiariav refers to the persons of the
Danaidae, not to the bodies of their
murdered cousins. See fdot-og.
SitofiarocjSopelv to spoil the body
with indulgence, A. 922. In this pas
sage Schiitz reads iw/iarofdopciv,
h.e. domum fastu perdere. Aurat.
orpu/xaTOipdopelv, which Dind. ap
proves.
H,u>adavnc [a] prop, name, P. 32.
Swnjp a preserver, S.c.T. 502. A.
498. C. 2.262. S. 960.of inanimate
things truiTijpa vaoc wporovov A. 871.
In S.c.T. 808. something is evidently
lost. Scholef. suggests Tvyr), which
Blomf. approves. Dind. rv^a.with
feminine nouns, Tvyri o-wrn'p A. 650.
ivvpa^iac (TtiiTrjpoc S.c.T. 207. Jupiter
was peculiarly worshipped as Zcvg
auTj'ip, or the guardian of happiness,
and to him as such the third libation
at feasts was offered, tov wavra Kpaiv-
ovtoq rplrov o-uirfipog E.730. Ztvc
oiartip rplroe S.26. In allusion to this
in A. 1360. the third blow is said to be
given in honour of "ASov viKpHiv
 ami (307 ) TAPI

owTtipoG. Also in C. 1069. Orestes is (ppovciv discretion, A. 1399. S.991.

called rplroQ awrrip. See under rptroc.
Zwrnpia safety, S.c.T. 191. P.500.
C.201. E. 869.voarifiot (TWTTjpla a
safereturn,P.7H3. A.334.1211. ttekt-
jxaTiov awrnpia S.746. the protection
of cables.
Xtorripioc salutary, S.C.T. 165. S.
210.402.412. having a preserving
power, C. 498. E.747. owrnpiwp irpay-
fiaTiav evayytXov A. 632. bringing
tidings ofsafety.(nripfiaros aiornpiov
a preserving or perpetuating seed,
C.234.
IttoQpoveiv to be wise or discreet,
P.V.984. A.1603. E. 495.954. ro <rw-
without the article, as the subject
to a verb, Trap' arnvrae r)XBc auttypov-
civ A. 174. wisdom comes to persons
against their will. Cf. aet yap iifiqi
toIq yipovaiv tv fiadiiv A. 370. On the
passage in P. 815. irpbg ravr iictivov
iriixjtpovelv Kfxpriixivoi mvvtriccTe, see
under xprjirOai.
ScxMj>p6vio-fia an admonition, S.970.
jh)<[>p6va> wisely, with discretion,
S.c.T.627. E.44.
2u>(j>pii)v wise, discreet, S.c.T. 168.
592. A. 342. 1649. C.775. E.131. S.
691.'comp. auxppovtOTcpov S.c.T.
550. C. 138.

'Taytiv to be commander of. with stumbling in the attempt to run away

gen. P. 750. from the fate which pursues them.
Tayeveadat to station, mid. v. ray- Dind. with Herm. writes <r<paXepa
tvo-at S.c.T. 58. yap, and considers o-<j>aXepakuiXu
Tayi) command, abstr. for concr. to be put parenthetically ; but this is
those in command, A. 110. certainly very awkward.
Tayoc a ruler or commander, P. T<iic a post or station, P. 290. E.
26.316.472. rayoe fiaKapiDV P.V.96. E. 374.a company or party, P.V.
TaXaiTTtopoe miserable, P. V . 23 1 . 128. ratg veiog /xaKpae P. 372. a line
315.598.626. of ships of war.
TaXavrova balance, P.338. S.803. Tairuvog humble, P.V. 320. 910.
TaXavrovxps holding the scales, TapayfioQ disturbance, C.1052.
A. 425. Tap&KTtop a disturber, S.c.T. 554.
TaXac wretched, P.V. 108.467. 595. Tapaaauv to disturb or excite,
P. 705. raXaiva S.c.T. 244. 790. P. 437. P.V.996. A. 1189. C.287.yoos ap.-
509. A.216.375. 1040. 1078. 1136. 1220. (f>iXa<j>i)g rapayOtiQ C.328. excited,
1247.1268. C. 597.732. raXav S.c.T. stirred up. See a/ifyiXafris.
969. C. 752. raXalvng S.C.T. 1023. Dor. Tap/Sttv to fear or dread, P.V.
raAaiVac A. 1107. raXaivav P.V. 566. 934. P.671. E.385. S. 754. with ace.
P. 567. A. 1109.1233. raXalvaiQ A. P.V. 900.962. S.C.T.35. E.670.684.
1114. raXava S.c.T.969. 6 raXae Tapfiogfear, dread, P.682. A.833.
P.V. 157. wretch that I am. Cf. id. C.540. S.717./xeptfivat ^wKvpovai
571. S.C.T.1055. E. 750. 777. rapfioQ tov ap.(j>iTef)(ij Xewv S.c.T.271.
TavraXih'nf: a descendant of Tan Here the accusative is used wpos to
talus. Zupviotoiv TavraXilaiai A.1448. anfiaivofiivov, the words fiipifivai
h. e. Agamemnon and Menelaus. ^(oirvpovtri rapfioe being in sense
Tavilpofioe exerting the limbs in equivalent to rappd. See under
running. tripaXepa TavvSpofioic K&Xa kXvciv.
E. 349. Here ravvSpo/xoie seems to TapfioavvoQ timid, S.c.T. 222.
be used as a verbal adjective govern Tapiytvuv lit. to dry for preserv
ing KioXa in the accusative, exerting ing, hence, to wither, emaciate, pass.
in running their stumbling limbs, h.e. rapi-)(EvQivTa C. 294.
 TAPT ( 308 ) TE

'I'aprapog Tartarus, P.V.154.219. speed? iv rax" P.V.749. A. 1213.

1031.1053. E.72. 1423. quickly, raxog ace. S.c.T. 58.
TapQvg thick, S.c.T.517. pass. P. A.919. 1081. E. 121.170. id. &>g raxog
373. to place at, against, etc. S.c.T. 657. A. 27. C.876. as quickly
Taooeiv to station or place, with as possible.
tic, S.c.T.266. rdijai iv trri\ois Tptai Taxuripng swiftly rowed, S.32.
P. 358. to place in three rows, with Taxvpopog swiftly perishing, A.
irpog, S.C.T.562. A. 323. with iiri, 474.
S.c.T.430. to place in opposition. Taxiveiv [v] to hasten, P. 678. C.
irrl OKrrirrovxlq ra^Oetc P. 290. placed 649.
in a post of command. to appoint TaxvirofiTrog swiftly conducting, S.
or order, S.964. pass. rerayfievog A. 1031.
990. E. 269.609. S.499. XPVV reray- Taxviropog swiftly moving, A. 474.
fiivif E.906. in the appointed time. Taxvirrcpog swift-winged, P.V. 88.
mid. v. to arrange or station oneself. TaxvppoOog swiftly spreading a
raaaeoQe, <pi\ai S/xuiSeg S.955. report, S.c.T.266.
Tavpewg of bulls, S.c.T.43. TaXC swift, P. 725. A. 1095. C.60.
TavpoKTOveiy to slay a bull, S.c.T S.745.
258. Te and, used in the following con
Tavpog a bull, S.297. Met. A. structions, passim. 1. joining two
1097. words, e.g. Kparog Bt'a re P.V. 12.
Tavpoo-(j>ayelv to slag a bull, ravp- 2. joining more than two, e.g. apiO-
oa<j>ayovvreg ig fieXavSerov oaKog fibv 'ii,oxov ootyiofiaruiv, ypa/ifiariiiv
S.c.T.43. h.e. receiving its blood re ovvOeoeig, nvrinnv re P.V. 493.3.
into the hollow of the shield. Cf. followed by Kal, both and, e.g. ovp-
Arist. Lys. 190. avov re Kal x^ococ rixva P.V. 305.
TavpovaOai to be fierce as a bull, AWwg re Kal P.V.539.696. P. 675.
to be enraged at, with dat, C.272. E.451. S.749. see &XXo>g and iravriiig.
Ta<j>f) burial, S.c.T. 800. The reverse construction sc. ratre
T<tyoc a tomb, S.c.T. 1028.1037. P. is very rare. It appears in S.c.T.
670.672. A. 493. 1284. C. 106. 166.333. 562.563. where Scholef. quotes Plat.
347 . 48 1 . 494. 533 . 88 1 . E . 568. pi . S.C.T. Crit.8. sub. fin. Here Blomf. need
897. E.737. lessly conj. j) delov.4. re Kal re,
Tdx<* quickly, e.g. rax eiaojxai e.g. r?; re Kal 'Ep/x^ (iaaiXev r
S.C.T.243. Cf. id.641. P.242. A.475. eveptov P. 621.5. re KalKal, e.g.
1133.1145.1633. C. 303. 959. E. 392. txdpai re Kal orepynOpa Kal ovveh'piai
432.567.699. S. 841. 887. perhaps, P.V. 490.6. re Kalrere, e.g.
probably, joined with &v. rax av rig ird\i r aprtyeiv Kal 6eG>v eyx^pi^v
e'nrot S.c.T. 896. some one perhaps liiofio'iai reKVOig re yrj re pnrpi
may say. Cf. P.V.312. S.c.T.384. E. S.C.T. 14.7. re KalKaire, e.g. aoi
488. S. 181. 481.with indie, rax av re Kal reKvoig ae&ev Kal 7rd\t <j>LXoig re
roc" fiv S.c.T. 645. superl. rax"na. nasi S.C.T.69. Cf. P. 214.8. r
P.V.961. P.499. otrov r&xiara A. re, e.g. oijoc r aXeupa. r eKxeag A.
591. oVweraxiora A. 591. 1323. C.734. 313. 9. followed by ifie, S.c.T.844.
865. S.460. i>g Taxiora S.c.T. 243. E. P.26.933.957. 10. preceded by f;
712. S. 188.927. as quickly as pos instead of re E.498. 11. it also joins
sible.7T raxiora P. V. 199. as soon periods and clauses, as well as words,
as. 6iru> raxt-ara P.V.228. id. e.g. P.V. 25. etc. So when followed
Ta^oc swiftness. WepKOfivoi rd^Ei by Kal, e.g. P.V. 178.or by re, e.g.
P. 334. excelling in swiftness, rig rol' P.V. 289. or when preceded by a ne
iIkoit av ayyeXwv raxog; A. 272. gative, as ovre or ovSe, e.g. P.V. 244.
what messenger could come at this 261. S.236. or when followed by ?s,
 TEIT ( 309 )
e.g. P. 616.12. It also follows parti
ciples redundantly, and has then the
sense of eha, then. Cf. A. 99. C.550.
851. See Herm. on Vig. 772. It is
often placed before the word in the
sentence to which it precisely refers,
e.g. ej t eiraXS,eis rat 7rvXag. S.C.T.
30. for t tVaXijeic r Kai irvXae. Cf.
P.V. 661. etc. It is usually placed
second or third in the sentence, but
sometimes fourth, e.g. P.V. 138. E.
281.464.It is joined to Se in]C.490.
but Dind. considers this corrupt.
Teyyeiv to moisten, P.V. 400. dis
joined from Sia by tmesis, P. 532.
see Biareyyeiv.to tinge or stain, P.
309.mid. v. to be moist with tears,
P. 1022. pass, to be softened, to
yield, P.V. 1010.
Telveiv to stretch (as a bow), A.
355.to extend, to carry on. fiiov
reiveiv P.V. 535. A. 1335. pass. (Hotoq
rjv rady P. 694. to exert the voice,
to deliver a speech. jxaKp'av eretvag A.
1269. sub. prjaiv. reive SvaflaiiKrov av-
2dvP.566. Cf.C.503. where see rifinfia.
intrans. to extend, to stretch out, S.
88. P. 65. \iera\v reivei irvpyOQ ev evpei
S.c.T. 745. there is but a tower's
breadth between. <ppevu>v fiia reivovai
To\nzr\v S.c.T.594. pursuing their ca
reer in the violence of their spirit,
where rdvovai wofnrriv metaphorically
refers to that career of wickedness
which these men are represented as
pursuing. See fiaxpos.
Teipeiv to afflict, to vex, P.V.348.
582.pass, ek irroXepov reipofievois S.
77.
TeT^oc a wall of a city, S.c.T. 87.
A. 440.545. C.359. S.470.
TcKfiatpeiv to signify, P.V. 601.
mid. v. to conjecture, P.V. 337.
TeKfiap a sign or token, P.V.452.
A. 263. 306. C.656. E.235.
TtKfinpiov a proof or token, P.V.
828. A. 343. 1339. C.203. E.425.463.
632.irpoc oiidev iv /xepei reK/xripiov
A. 323. according to no regular sign
or arrangement.
TtKvoyovorbearing children, S.cT.
911.
TEAE
Tckvov a child, S.cT. 668. A. 201.
706.872. C.320.516.816. 883.897.899.
907. 909. pi. rtKva children, P.V. 205.
817. S.C.T. 16.767. P. 214.218. 740. A.
1180.1278. C. 263. 345. 746. 986. E.394.
S. 720. 734. Met. tikvov eiretaQepet
Zii/xaai C.638.used of the young of
an animal, S.c.T. 273.of flowers,
the product of the soil, P. 610.
TeKvoirotvoQ avenging a child, A.
150. See iraKivoproQ.
TcKvovtrdai to beget children. Met.
A. 732. pass. TCKVwOrj S.C.T. 639.
Tims a child, offspring, S.c.T.
185.659. S. 343.Met. E.506.
TIktidv a workman, S. 280. fem. A.
1379.an author, A. 148. S. 589.
TeXe'Se^ to be, A. 100.454. S.673.
1024.
TeXelv to bring to an end, to ac
complish, P.V. 1035. S.cT. 609.675.
764.773. P. 913. A. 947. 1078.1226. E.
859. eli reXe'iv to bring to a successful
issue, S c.T.35. A. 780. intrans. to
come to an end, to turn out, S.c.T.
641. C. 1017. el reXe'iv P. 221. to have
a good issue.pass. reXeladai to be
brought to an end, to be accomplished,
A.1466. reXov/ievov C.282. 859. re\d-
<t8ii> id. 308. rtrtXearai S. 18. ereXeirdi)
C. 1063. reXeodevra A.731.fut. mid.
in pass, sense, reXelrai contr. for
reXeaerai P.V. 931. A.68.todestroy,
pass. Se<nr6rov reXovfievov C.862.
being slain. In C.376. seqq. Zev,
Zev, Kara>6ev ap.Trifnriov vorepovoivov
drav fipor&v rXijfxovi rat iravovpyy
Xciph tokevoi b" 6/xws riXdrai, if the
metre of the antistrophe be correct,
reXelrai must be corrupt. Lachmann
conj. reXei, reXei sc. as the impe
rative agreeing with Zev, Zev. Well.
reXei ra.Se. If reXeirai be correct,
the preceding words must be explain
ed as an aposiopesis, a/inefiiriov being
the nom. abs. and the force of cytwc
depending on the word varepoiroivov
sc. thou that sendest vengeance late
yet still (although late) will it be
accomplished for my parent's (Aga
memnon's) sake. Or if reXei ratie or
t-eXei te'Xei be read, the construction
 TEAE ( 310 ) TEAE

will apparently resemble that of the lights are here compared, is not dis
words ftapia e" ouv opwc typatrov tinctly ascertained. The suggestion
S.c.T.792. see Sptog. h. e. it is against given in the Diet, of Antiqu. (Lond.
a parent (so. Clytaemnestra) indeed 1842.)appears very probable: viz. that
(that I invoke thy vengeance), yet there were several chains or parties
still even against a parent accomplish of torch-bearers, each of which ran
this thing. Either way, however, in succession, and this view seems ra
involves much uncertainty, and the ther confirmed by the wording of the
passage may be considered corrupt. present passage, although not noticed
TiXttog accomplished, S.c.T.748. in the article alluded to. Be this as
814.833. S.804. KpavOjj rlXcwv i.e. it may, however, the comparison is
Start riXuov etvai S. 86. -final, effec clear, viz. that the succession of bea
tual. reXeia ^(jkiq S.720. having the con fires is compared to the succes
power of finishing or making com sive persons, or sets of persons, who
plete, A. 946. 1437. E. 28 360. S.521. carried the lighted torch in this con
in allusion to the word nXcIv, Ztv, test. In the present verse ru-p 2' 6
Tjiv re'Xtit, rag epag tv\ag riXet S.c.T. irpwroe Kal reXevralog cpapwr, the
151. A.947."Hptter\('ac E.205. See meaning generally assigned is, that
under reXog. In S.c.T. 677. 0(Xou yap the first and last were esteemed vic
t\^Pa r101 Ti"poc rcXti' apa | Znpo'ig torious because the one transmitted
aicXavoToic oppaaiv irpoirt^avti, the the tidings first from Troy, the lat
words reXci' apa are undoubtedly cor ter brought these tidings to Clytaem
rupt. The a in reXeia if agreeing nestra. But it is surely strange to
with apa. cannot be elided, and riX- speak of two victors in one contest,
tia as the neuter plural is without to say nothing of the absence of the
sense. In the absence of better au article before reXevralog. It may be
thority from MSS. it is perhaps best suggested to take both TrpSirog and
to read rtXtiv from Turn. So Blomf. TtXivralog as referring to one and
This will refer to reXelv in v. 657. the same : the light here transmitted
and the infinitive will depend upon is regarded as one and the same light,
irpooiavti. The hateful curse of all coming from the same source, <j>aog
my father rests upon my dry tear ovk airairirov '\Zaiov irvpog. Hence
less eyes (see np6g) in order that (whereas in other contests of this
I may accomplish (this murder). kind, one person or set of persons from
Wordsworth conj. raXaiv. among many gained the prize), in
TiXeog accomplished, final, ful this metaphorical contest on the other
filled, E.371. S.74.791.grown up, A. hand, the same light, 6 irpiiTog >:al
1485. having power to accomplish. reXevralog ipapiiv, h.e. that which
TcXilDV TtXuOTaTOV KpOTOQ S.520. ran from first to last, or uninter-
TtXeo-o-iippaiv accomplishing its pur mittingly, is declared the conqueror,
pose, A. 684. as having successfully performed
TtXetrQopog accomplishing, bring its duty.
ing to an end, effectual, P.V.509. TtX(.vrav to finish, fiiov reXevTT)<r-
S.c.T.637. C. 210. 534. reXtafopoig avra A. 903.to die, S.c.T. 599. 913.
Sivaig A.968. agitation portending to end, to have an end, A. 621. C.
something real, itcaeiv ig to pi) reXe<r- 305. S.208.294. Trot riXevTy; C.521.
<popov A. 972. to come to nought. at what point does it end ? So P.
invested with authority, C.652. 721. Cf. Pind. 01. vii.68. reXcvratrav
TeXtvrawg last, A. 305. This pas oi Xoytav Kopv(f>at ev aXadeia Trero'taai.
sage is one of some difficulty. The TtXevri'i an end, S.c.T. 560.919.933.
precise nature of the contest called P. 774. an issue or event, P. 726. A.
/\a/z7r(S>;0op<a, to which the beacon 725. S. 130. 1030.
 TEAE ( 311 )
TtXiwg effectually, E. 310. 913.
TiXXeadai to rise up. to. 5' oXo'a
rcWofiEv oh TrcLf>ip\tTai S.c.T.750.
a metaphor from a tempest, sc. this
storm of calamity rises, and will not
pass by. Here Dind. adopts neXo-
fxev, a reading written over the other
in M.2.
Tt'Xoe an end, issue, or final accom
plishment, S.c.T.142. P. 712. A. 1080.
Awq tjroXi) i'^Ei t\o P.V. 13. has its
full effect. viiKTEpov reXog S.c.T.349.
the end of night, i.e. death. Qavaxov
tiKoq S.c.T.888. the end caused by
death, i.e. death . roS' k^Cinov tiKoq
A. 908. this final speech. fiayriQ teXoq
C.861. S.470. the issue of a battle.
teXoq SiKng E. 234. 699. ain'ac riXog
E.412. the decision of a cause or
charge. Kvpiov riXog E.515. Cf. S.598.
619. noXc/xoKpavrov tiXoc S.cT. 147.
the issue of war.a boon, S.c.T.242.
an office, A.882. 1175. C.749. E.
713.a body of soldiers, P. 47.a
body of magistrates, S.c.T. 1016.
a sacred rite, E.799. Balfioaiv <3v riXn
ra& P. 200. to whom these rites per
tain. Sta rtXovg throughout, even to
the end, P.V. 273. E.63.tXo adv.
at last, P.V. 664. P. 454. Perhaps in
id. 712.Ruhnken's note (on Timaeus,
in voc. irporiXeia) on this word is
worth quoting: " riXog, TtXeiudai, et
inde derivata a latiore initiandi po-
testate ad nuptiarum sacra, quae ma-
rem feminamque, velut novae vitae
initiatos, conjungunt, transierunt.
Poetarum parens Od. i/.74. Kovpna
airficrovaa tiXoq OaXepolo yafjoio. In
jEsch. Eum. v.838. (799. ed. Well.)
yafii]XiOYm riXog Scholiastes ex-
ponit yaiiov. Hinc re'Xeiot, 6i ye-
yafinKdreg, Kal reXeiwdrjvai, to yrJLiat.
Pollux iii. 38. Eust. ad II. X. p. 881.
Dii, in quorum auspiciis et tutela
erant conjugia, dtol riXciot diceban-
tur, in quibus praecipue cultam sci-
mus "Hpai' reXciav, a Latinis Junonem
pronubam dictam. Diod. Sic. v. 73.
irpodvovoi Be irpoTEpov Airavree r$
Ait 7-6J rtXeitp, Kal "Hpy reXeia. ubi
vide Wesseling. Ao/wg fifiireXf/g in
TEPM
Homero I1./3.701. quomodo capien-
dus sit, inter ipsos veteres dubitatum
est. Sed ex hae ipsa ratione com
mode poterit explicari do/xog xfjpog,
unde maritus abierat ad bellum Troj-
anum. Vid. Hemsterh. Luc. Dial.
Mort. xix. p. 410. Satis jam intel-
ligi arbitror posse, cur sacra ante
nuptias dicta sint KporlXeia. (Here
Ruhnken quotes Plato Legg. vi. p. 623.
Eur. Iph. A.v.718.etc.) Sedcumjrpo-
TeXeia etiam ante alias res sacras fie-
rent, vox tarn late patere coepit, ut
cujusvis rei gravioris primordia signi
ficant." Thus in A. 219. wporiXaa
va&v signifies sacrifices offered be
forehand for the safety of the fleet,
iv (iiorov irpoTcXeiois A. 702. means
the beginning of life, and in v.65. the
skirmishing preceding a battle. See
wporiXeia.
TtLievog a temple or sacred pre
cinct. Met. rifxevoQ aidlpog P. 357.
the region of the air. Butler com
pares Lucr. v. 1435. mundi magnum et
versatile templum, and Stanley quotes
from Varro vi. p.71. Unus erit quern
tu tolles in ccerula cceli templa.
Tifiveiv to cut (as in surgery), A.
823. 7rpog hipnv refiaiv E.562. to cut
off, C. 196. 1043. to cut, as herbs for
medicine. Hence, to prepare a re
medy, rtva vopov rtfivto ; S. 788. what
remedy must I devise ? Cf. ivr-
ifivtiv.
Tevdyuv proper name, P. 298.
Tivwv the tendon of the foot, C.
207.
Ttoc thine, P.V. 162. S.c.T. 101.
Ttp&fciv to utter portents, A.
124.
Tepag a monster, an object of won
der, P.V. 532. 834. 923. C. 541. S.
565.
Tepao-Koirog one that observes pro
digies, a soothsayer, A.951.1415. C.
544. E.62.
Tepvv tender, S.976.
Tipfia a termination, a limit, P.V.
100. 184. 257 . 625. 708.757. 825. 830. 1028.
A. 756.975. 1150. E. 400. S.450. iiri
ripfian E.603. at the end, h.e. when
r
 TEPM ( 312 )
he had reached the bottom. In cir
cumlocutions, e.g. ay\6vt)Q ripfiara
E.716. death by hanging. SoXfxfic rip-
jxa KtKivOov P.V. 284. the space of a
long journey. Cf. id. 825. to irav iro-
puag ripfta and Pind. Isthm. iii.23.
Siip\ovTcu to (iiov rtXoc.
Ttpfioviog at the extreme point.
Tipfioyiov tni irayov P.V. 117. the
extremity of the hill. The Schol.
incorrectly explains it reXtirralov fiip-
og rijc yije- tVtiSi) riXos rije oikov
fiivnQ o KavKaaog.
'Yipfiuiv an end or issue, S.624.
Tipireadai pass, to be delighted, E .
994.
Tepirvog pleasing, A. 478. 528. C.
236. In. A. 142. rtpitva rovrwv airti
,vfi(ioXa icpavai, Schiitz reads oirw,
which is unnecessary, airti refers
to Minerva, who is represented as
entreating Jupiter to bring to a fa
vourable issue the omens given by
the birds. The construction is airti
(sc. rbv itaripa, understood from v.
134.) Kpavai Ttpirva (sc. &ote rtpirva
tlvai) obfijioXa. tovtwv. Well, trans
lates, Diana postulat, ut tanquam
fa ustum omen interpreter avium appar-
itionem. airti however would scarce
ly be suitable in this case, and Well,
therefore prefers aim. But Kpavai
avfifioXa is not to interpret omens,
but to bring them to an issue. A
gloss indeed has fit after airti, and
so Schol. ra aififioXa airti fie <j>dvai,
whence Steph. <pavai. With respect
to Minerva's entreating Jupiter upon
such a subject, Klausen compares
the Oracle in Herod, vii.141. and
also Ag.648.The v. A. 876. rtpir-
vbv Si ravayxawv ixfvytiv away is
by Schiitz placed after v. 877. and
by Blomfield considered as spurious,
but without sufficient cause. See
dvaynaioQ.
Teprpts delight, P. 536. A. 597.
Ttaaaptg four, C.236.
Tiraproe fourth, S.c.T.468. P.759.
E.18.
TtrpaoiceXiie four-legged, P.V.395.
Ttuflpac prop, name, S. 544.
THAE
'I'evKpiQ fern. Trojan. TtvKplh" iiz
a\av A. 112.
Ttvy(tiv to produce, make, or do,
S.C.T. 817. A. 146.713.945. 1234. C.719.
E. 122. 769. S. 302. rtvxovtra <p6f3ov
P.V .1092.frightening, rb abv noXitr/xa
Kai arparbv Ttvu> fiiyav E.638. I will
make it great.perf. pass. rirvKrai
there is. Xoyog rirvKrai A. 731. ovp-
avbv rtrvyfiivov S.c.T.370. wrought
artificially. ttuXiipoe irvyfiriv E.333. /
am. Aioe Ifitpoq irv-^dn S.81. it is.
On the constr. in P. 187. rovrw arixa-
iv riv, <lc iyio 'Sokovv bpav, rtv^tiv
iv aXXijXno-i, see Herm. on Vig.205.
who remarks, " debebat, proprie si
loqui vellet, trtvupv dicere, sed nunc
ex verbis iig iSokovv bpav pendere
fecit infinitivum, ut oratio carere
verbo videatur." He compares Ci
cero de Off. i. 7.22. atque ut placet
Stoicis, quae in terra gignuntur, ad
usum hominum omnia creari, homi
nes autem hominum caussa esse gene-
ratos. Cf. also Soph. Trach. 1228.
avijp oS' (is ioiKiv ov vifitiv t/io'i
fdlvovn fiolpav, which is a mixture
of avijp ov viftti, dig iotxt, and ioiKtv
oh vt/itiv.
TevxEafopoc wearing armour,C.6\8.
Tev\n(TTrip id. P. 869.
Ttv^narng id. S.c.T.626.
Ttvy(OQ any vessel, C.97. a ballot
ing urn, A. 789. E.712.a funeral
urn, A. 424.iviSpu) rtux" A. 1099.
a bathing vessel.
Texyn art or skill, an art, P.V.
47.110.254.475.495.504.512. S.C.T.26.
A. 240. 1105. 1182. E.17. oru> rpoiru>
rrjaS' tKKvXiadrian rc-^vnc P.V. 87.
Here rv\nc is generally read, but
riyvns is supported by the authority
of M. and many MSS. Butler well
observes, " riyvn h.l. significat corn-
pages ariificiose fabricatas atque ad-
strictas, ut apud Atticum, qua miser
solertia transverberatus, unde et euro,
h.l. rtxyns legisse existimo."
Ti>e formerly, C.987.
TnOvg Tethys, P.V.137. S.c.T.293.
TriKtaOai to waste away, come to
nought. Dor. rano/ievai E.352.
 THAE ( 313 ) TIGE

TrjXefar off, P. 228. rlai>, as it does in v. 699. h.e. since

TtjXiirXavog cawing distant wan I am on the subject of cruel sufferings,
derings, P.V.577. so is it a fitting occasion to record a
TnXtirofiiroc far sent, A. 291. horrid marriage, etc. As regards the
TnXiKovros of such an age, A.1603. corrupt words cijmmi> iirucora oiflag,
TnXovpog distant, P.V. 1.809. we would throw out as a conjecture,
Tjjvog the island Tenos, P. 859. that possibly the two latter words
Tnptiog of Tereus. Tnpetag aXo^ov may be wrongly divided, and that
S.58. the wife of Tereus. iirtic6ru>Q epav may be an approxima
Ti/jDoe a keeper, S. 245. See pafiSog. tion to the true reading of the two
Ttapa a cap worn by Persian kings, last words.
a tiara, P. 652. TiQaoog lit. tamed. Met. "Apr/g n-
TUtv to honour, esteem, think much Oatrog C.336. domestic fight.
of, S.c.T.77.757. A. 250.751.916. E.164. Tidevai to set or place (some forms
908. S.686. pass. A.517. S.1019. Terifx- are derived from TiQiiv), S.c.T.993.
ivai C.393. this is corrupt.to pay, A. 880. 8r)(niv rpoiraia S.c.T. 259. C.
to make recompense for . ZnrXatTiaav 764. set up trophies. with lirl and
Oafiapria A. 523. rvfxfia rififiart riaai gen. P. 188. with ivi and ace. S.478.
A. 511. 1405. C.275.429.mid. v. riV- with iv, C. 143. S.32. iv fiipct Tidtig
aadat to exact payment for a crime, .556. doing it in turn, with irpo, C.
to avengeor punish, S.c.T.620. C.18. 780.avot re Kat xhrta rldriaiv E.621.
also, in act. v. to celebrate, to vvfifyoTi- arranges at will, ridnaiv SpOov j
fwv fitXoQ tIovtclq C. 689. celebrating KaTTipeipij TroBa E.284. stands or sits.
the marriage hymn. Here Schiitz pro (see KarnpttyiiQ and opdog).to ar
poses Ttovrog,h.e. punientis, referring range or appoint, P. 275. A.887.1658.
it to Aide. This certainly agrees better E.648.to do, perform or cause, P.
with the construction (see eKQarwg), 225.999. A.819. E.462./xij /8\a/3i)vW0tt
but it does not appear that the active S.c.T. 187. do harm. <rxoXi)v Hdct
form rletv is used in this sense. A. 1029. cause delay, arav ridelg C.
From its meaning (if correctly given) 823. oXidpov Brjoti id. 848. 7rd\i Kara-
in this last passage, we may deduce <7Ka(j>de Bivreg S.c.T. 47. Cf. S.c.T.
its signification in C.620. rimv $' (so 174. P.755. A. 66.1505.1583. C.337. E.
vulg.) adipfiavrov loriav Zofiiov k.t.X. 741.with infinitive, padog divra
where it appears to mean to com t\nv A. 171. causing to have. Cf. A.
memorate, to make notorious. Cf. the 1006.1147.with adjectives, to render,
use of aef3iuv in P. 907. This whole e.g. vnwiovg ovrag to irpiv'ivvovg idrjKa
passage from v.614. to v. 621. is cor P.V.442. Cf.id.850. S.C.T. 219.927.
rupt and unintelligible. We may A. 189.453.548. (here the constr. of
safely assert that the words aKaipwg cpiwoi with the masc. riBivng is re
3e and cijoariy tTztKorif aiftag are cor markable) 896. C.655. E. 313. 436. 694.
rupt. The rest appears sound. The S. 513.with part. E. 14.with sub
latter words cannot possibly mean, stantives, C. 569. S.295. Tideadai in
as Well, thinks, viro hostibus ob maj- mid. v. with various substantives, e.g.
esiatem inviso : nor is there the SpKovg Oefiivn A. 1551. having sworn,
slightest sense in attaching the mean iyyvnv 6fi<rn E.858. give me surety.
ing intempestive veneror to aica.lp<og $fj<pov rtOeoOat to vote, A. 790. S.631.
rlw. It may be suggested to read 6 634. -^apiv OiaOai P.V.785. to confer
Kaipbg St for d Kalpuig 2t and for Hidv 3' a gratification. IQteQe. kclkov P. 967.
in v. 620. to read riuv 2'. the former caused mischief. irovovriOov E.217.
Si will then (as Well, so far correctly get yourself treble. (ppovrlSa Oii/ieOa
observes) introduce the apodosis, and P. 139. let us consider.with adj. to
o Kciipot will govern the infinitive make, P. V.163.525. Biro ivrbg dfifia
2s
 TIKT ( 314 )
tidv y(\(ov C.727. concealed. Here
idtro Heath, nap' o'vl'tv Oitrdat A. 222.
to set at nought.tixj>t\i)Tav tdov
S.c.T. 103. held dear to yourself, irotrtv
avrq. difieva S.c.T.912. having mar
ried him. to make to oneself, jiapvv
dnoofieod' aXatrropa S.410. Iu A.
31. ra SanroTwy yap ev irtrrovra dqa-
ofiat some, as Schiitz, join ev dqiropat
sc. collapsam dominorum, h. e. Aga-
memnonis, fortunam restituam. This
is incorrect. t3 ireaovra is clearly to be
joined, being a metaphor from dice.
Neither is Oliaofiai here used in the
sense of facere or reddere, as Ca-
saubon and Butler suppose, Oi]tropat
is simply used in the sense of / will
lag down, h.e. / will reckon or con
sider, that my master's fortunes have
turned out favourably. On this use
of HOtadat see Valck. Diatrib. p. 8. 9.
TiVrtiv to beget, said of the male, E.
630.to bring forth, E.311. ritiiQ fut.
P.V.853.871. TtKiiy aor.2. S.C.T.913.
C.520. tkoi E.636. rtKovaa S.C.T.
398. C. 900. 915.6 tckwv a father, C.
679. f] renovcra a mother, S.c.T. 909.
C.531. E. 441. 489. o'itckovtcs parents,
S.c.T.49. P.241. C. 326. 670.tik-
reoBat mid. v. to produce, bring forth,
C.12S. TtZtrat P.V.770. run remfje-
vtov C.413. our mother.pass, to be
born, S.659. met. to cause, produce,
beget, A. 270. 737.741. C.794. S.493.
751. pass. S.c.T.419.The participle
ol rtKovreg is constructed with a geni
tive, as if it were ol roKeie. Thus
P. 241. Setva Xtyetc lovrwv rotg tek-
ovat tppovriaat h.e. for the parents
of those gone. But in S.c.T. 49. pvnp-
e~ta 0' avTtov to~iq Tsxovm, the geni
tive belongs to pvnfiela. Upon this
use of the participle for a substan
tive, see Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 360.
and Matth. Gr. Gr. 570.
TlXXeiv to pluck or tear, P. 205.
TiXfiog a plucking, S.819.
Tifia\(j>eiv to honour, A. 896. E.15.
pass. E. 596. 774.
Tifiav id. to honour or make much
of, S.c.T. 218.392.698. C.253.509. E.
743.875.947.983. S. 396.991. to cele
TIMH
brate, A. 238.with dat. of thing, to
honour with, ov iroXtc trruyii trv rtfx-
riaucTaf^; S.c.T. 1037. Cf. S. 109.
pass. E. 830. 851. ripr/aerat mid. in
pass, sense, A. 567.
Ttpaopog a patron or defender, A.
500.anavenger, A. 5.1263.1297. 1560.
C.141.
Ttpatop [a] id. S.42.
Tip.fi honour or respect, P.V.30.
408.948. S.C.T.15. E. 200. 854. 898.
990. yairorovc rtpae P. 614. libations.
an office or dignity, P.748. A. 623.
E. 218. 219.those in office (abst. for
concr.). Ylepaovopov rtpfje fieyctXrie
P. 883. Sidpovov teat SuriciJTrrpoii rtpifs
A. 44. sc. ovane, this explains the sin
gular avridiKog as referred to two.
rtp-ae vipetv E.594. to enjoy a dig
nity, pnrpbs pvh'apov Tipag vifietv
E.594. to have no respect for his
mother, fiovdvroim rtpa'tQ S.687. sa
crifices. e\\e avfiirevdeiv ipol ayaXfAa
rvpfiov rovSc kul rtpifv irarpos C. 198.
where the ace. is put in apposition to
avfxwevQeiv epoi. See ayaXpa. arofx-
arognpaQ S.623. words of respect, ev
Tipaf[ otfieiv P. 162. to hold in esteem.
See (Tcfietv. \wptc rj rtpr) Oewv A.623.
here the meaning is correctly given
by Scholefield, " Deorum sc. quibus
bona, et quibus mala nunciare curae
est," h.e. let the several gods have
their worship kept apart. So Stanl.
Cf. Blomf. Gloss. In S.679. fvXatrarot
$' aripiag rtpac to htiptov, which the
Schol. explains hpEraieivnToi elev
avrole at rtpai, both the sense and
metre indicate some corruption.
Tlpnpa price, penalty, ical pf/v
ttfitptp!} rovb^ irttvarnv \6yov, rifir/pa
rv/ifiov rfjs avotfii)KTOv rv)(Tis C.504.
The chorus express herein their
sense of the justice and propriety of
the words of Orestes and Electra,
by which sc. they demand the assist
ance of Agamemnon in the prosec
ution of their work of vengeance, by
way of punishment or requital for the
absence of proper respect to his me
mory on the part of Clytaemnestra.
ripnpa is in apposition with \6yov, and
 TIM I
the gen. Tvpfiov depends on the other
gen. rrjg avoifiuinrov Tiring, for which
(sc. for not honouring him departed
with due respect, cf. C. 427.) the
vengeance demanded is regarded as
a proper penalty (sc. rtfin^ia). This
construction has not been properly
perceived, hence Ttjg r has been con
jectured for TfJQ, which destroys the
sense. So Blomf. Moreover, ri/Mn/xa
is generally taken as if it were iden
tical with rtyui? sc. honour, a meaning
which rifirifia never bears in any
case, but only that of price, pay
ment, punishment. See Thom. Ma-
gist, etc. Hence the explanation
of Wellauer and some others be
comes nugatory. Perhaps on the
whole it is best to adopt Hermann's
conjecture afit/juprj roVc" trtivarnv
\6yov and to refer these last four
verses to the chorus, and not to
Electra, as is commonly done.
Tlfxwg honourable, honoured, S.c.T.
223. C.549. E.816. S.964. comp.
Tifnurepog ro'iaZt noXiraig E.815. On
S.968. see tvwpvpviic. superl. E.
925.
Tlfioe price, C.903.
Tifivpia an avenging or punishing,
P. 465.
Tiva.KTe.ipa fem. shaking, P.V.926.
Tivaoativ to brandish, P.V.919.
Tivtiv to pay. irotvag rivtiv to
pay a penalty, to suffer punishment,
P.V. 112. 176.623.hrjfionpavTOV apdg
rlvti ypiog A.445. it performs the
business of, h.e. it fulfils the purpose
of, it acts fully as, an imprecation.
to pay, i.e. suffer in return, C.311.
E.258. to pay for, to expiate, A.
1298. See ipovtvQ. C.640. rivtiv
X&piv to thank, P.V. 987. A. 796.
T/jrre why? A. 949.
Tic encl. some one, any one. n
something, any thing, abs. P.V. 1C6.
and passim. with genitive, e.g.
QiHv rig E.70. etc.repeated pleo-
nastically, E. 510. 519. S.56.58.de
noting obscurely some definite per
son, e.g. ei fii) tiq tig i>avv ctaiv
S. 879. SC. tifiilg. Cf. S.c.T.384. A. 1 1 96.
( 315 ) TAHN
C.57.joined with nouns, e.g. Kanog
larpog <3fi rig P.V. 471. etc. ti n (pXavp-
ov tlStg P. 213. etc.in comparisons,
&g rig ijXwg A. 279. like a sun. SkuX-
Xae nva 1206. a Scylla. where seve
ral are mentioned, any one of which
may be the one in question, virarog
atwv r\ rig 'AttoWwv, j/ Hay, rj Ztvg
A. 55.with adjectives, answering to
the English, one. 6 anfiarovpybg ov rig
tvrtXi/g ap' i\v S.c.T.473. was no mean
one. Cf. P.V. 698. S.c.T. 902. 977. P.
256.A.780.1111. C.598. In A. 780. nc
is rightly omitted in Fl. with adjec
tives of number noaov ti irXijOog tfv;
P. 226. ov itoXXoj tiviq P.V.502. anXwg
n C. 119. merely. irag rig every one,
A. 765. 1178. 1036. S. 484. 950. 982. ti at
all, 343. etc. ov ti not at all, P.V.
268. S.C.T.38.263. E.216.
Tig ; interrog. who ? rl ; what ?
P.V. 159. and passim, rl ; why ? P.V.
36. etc. ti yap ; A. 1110. 1212. C.8G0.
E. 202.648. A fiyv ; E. 194. ri fift ; A.
658. rl o" ohx ; P. 976. H o" oix' 5 A.
264. rloZv; S.C.T. 190.P.773. S.309.
in indirect interrogation, P.V. 489.
609.626.662.907. S.c.T. 632. 896. C.89.
Tirav a Titan, P.V. 205. 425.
Tiravlg a Titaness, P.V. 876. E.6.
TjVjjc avenging, Dor. C.64.
TirptooKtiv to wound, pass, rtrpw-
rai A. 843. Ttrpwfxivovg S.c.T. 224.
TXnfioviog patiently, C.737.
TXi'ifiu v patient, suffering, with ace.
TXijfioveg tvvav ai\fiaXu>Tov S.C.T.
346. see Kopifiog. Dind. with Herm.
writes rXa/jioy, supposing that some
thing is lost.wretched, P.V. 617.
P. 876. 939. A. 1275.1294.1570. E.482.
bold, daring, C. 378.588.921.
TXjjmt (aor.2.) to suffer, P.V. 706.
A. 869. rXrjaofxai id. 1263. rXavrog id.
1428. rXaan C.742. with inf. to have
the heart, or courage, to do a thing.
fii]Ti rXqg rav ikitiv tlaiitiv S.423.
Cf. A. 217. C. 427.with part, irpad-
ivra rXijeai A. 1011. suffered himself
to be sold to dare, A. 396. 1523.
1618. S. 237. 322. with part, oart
aizdpag trXct S.c.T. 738. who dared
to plant.
 TAH2 ( 310 ) TOSO

TkiitriKapcioc stern-hearted, P.V. by fisTa understood also with reraX-

159.sad-hearted, A.419. finKuc) 381. A. 1204. C.177.
TXrjrog to be endured, P.V. 1067. TdX/ioc prop, name, P. 960.
TfiiiXoe the mountain Tmolus, P. 49. Tojuatoc cut off. rofiaiov jioarpv^ov
ToQiv afterwards, A. 213. whence C. 166. prepared, as a medicinal re
(for oQiv), P. 100. medy, (see Ttfivu> and eyre/xyto) &kos
Tot enclit. surely, of a truth, a par TOfiaiov C.532. S.265.
ticle increasing the force of an asse Tojjtii a cutting, also the part from
veration, e.g. P.V. 8. and passim. which a thing is cut, C. 277.
with negative, P.V.434.638. E.848. Toijapxoc a leader ofarchers, P. 548.
to strengthen an alternative, ijroi To&itiv to shoot. Met. to utter,
KiavTtt rj Tt\x6vTf.g A. 823. Cf. A.465. S.441. pass, way reTO^evrai fleXoc
648. C.490.joined with avbycrasis, E.646. every argument has been
P.V.395. A.884. C.997. ^ ray S.C.T. used.
534. oi ray E.848.It is often used in Tofcvfia an arrow. Met. the glance
trite expressions, or in short yvuuai or of an eye, S.983.
sayings, e.g. P.V. 39. 276. 700. S.cT. ToIikoq of a bow, P. 452.
420. P. 692. 813. 873. 896. 986. 1276. S. To^ohafxas one fighting with a bow,
380. P. 26. 30. 890.
Toiyap therefore, for that cause, Totoc'apvos id. P. 86.
S.c.T.1024. P. 599. 745. 799. C.881. E. Tot,ov a bow, P.V. 713.874. S.c.T.
573.861. S.304.643. 134. P.143.270. A. 355. 469. C.683. E.
Tolyaproi surely therefore, S.641. 598.Met. roty C. 1 029. by conjecture.
Tolvw therefore, P.V. 762. S.c.T. To^orevxVQ armed with abow, S.285.
978. C.898. S.454. Toijor>? an archer, A. 614. 1167.
Tolossuch, P.V. 268.922. S.c.T.562. To2;ou\icde drawing a bow.to,ovX-
958. P.598. E.356. S.395.for o\oq k$ Xrifiari P. 55. boldness in archery.
S.514. Compare the usage of 6 for toovXko alyjxii P. 235. the arrow
6'e, Here, however, wola is written drawing the bow-string.
over To'ta in Reg. L. and is adopted Toirafeiv to conjecture, A. 1342.
by Pors. Dind. Toirapxpg the master or mistress of
ToioaBt such, generally with refe a place, C.653.
rence to something following, e.g. C. Tottoq a place or spot, P.V.348.
736. and passim. In S.967.forroiw^ 416.1061. P. 265. E. 240. 673. 820. 901.
corr. rotaySc. 977. S. 50. 229. 950. \iipaQ tv tottoiq
Toiovtoq id. generally with refe AifivoriKo'te E.282. enall. for Ai/3-
rence to something preceding, e.g. vorticifc. in circumlocutions, iv 'E\-
P.V. 28. and passim, ray rowvrog XaSoc tottoiq P. 782. iy AvXlSog tow-
elfii A. 1333. /, too, am of this opinion. oiq A. 184. Cf. P.439.776. S.234.
ToKtve a parent, E.629. pi. tokeeq P. Topog clear, distinct, A. 245. 602.
63.572. roxnuiv Ion. gen. A.710. to- 1032.1134. C.32. S.271.
kciov E.5I6. roKtvoi A. 748. C.379. Topwg clearly, distinctly, P.V. 607.
(see Ttktiv) E. 147.474. TOKtag E. 261 . 612.701.872. P. 471. A. 26.260. 618.
Tokos a son, an offspring, S.c.T. 1566. C.730. S. 193.909.
354.389.486. E.380. Toeroc so great, so much, P. 802.
ToXfia daring, C. 989. 1025. avayicn roooi, ruaa so many, P. 772. A. 840.
tUvSe fxoi roKfiav o-^edcly P.V. 16. roaov so much, so greatly, S.c.T.754.
courage for these things. Cf. dapaoc A.138. E.856.
C.89. ToaoaBe so large, so great, P. 467.
ToXfiav to have courage, with inf. 704.767. roaovi' oaovncp ovtoq ?/y
P.V. 1001. S.c.T.1050.to dare, P.V. xiir 'IX(6> A, 834. (sub. ypovov) so lone/
235.299.331. (here Ifxol is governed as.pi. Too-tavlz so many, A. 1370.
 TOSO ( 317 ) TPIK

"SoaovrapSfioe so large in number, C.915.pass. S.c.T.736.774. A.U73.

P. 424. 1458.1589. E. 294. 635.
Too-ouroe so much, so great, P.V. Tpt'xfiv to run, A. 1218. E.37. tcpa-
624. P. 975. E.192. pi. roaavra. so fit A. 1092. Spaftwv A. 305.
much, P. 364. A. 666. C.677. Tptaiva a trident, P.V.927. S.215.
Tore then, of time to come, P.V. Tpiaicae the number thirty, P. 331.
913. C.806. E.737. S.159.of time Tpiaicrrip a victor, A. 166. A man
past, S.c.T.198.757. P.385.547. A.73. was said -pu'iiai or airorpiaiai when
177.690.773.1130.1439. C.969. E.658. he had thrice thrown his adversary,
S. 560. 566.with reference to time (which was requisite for victory,)
present, A. 18. 744. 945. hence rpxcu to conquer. Cf. arpi-
Tore sometimes, tote fitvrort M. axros.
A. 100. Cf. C.406. in loc. corr. Tpifiuv to rub. Met. to wear out,
Toto'i an exclamation, P. 543. 553. A. 1554. ovroi dvpaiav rrivh' I[tot
TpavSig distinctly, A.1344. E.45. cx^>) irapa rpifieiv A. 1025. Here
Tpan-efa a table, A.390.685. dvpaiav Trjvlc refers to Clytaemnestra,
Tpaifia a wound, A. 840. irapa being for trapctm and rfivSc
Tpav/Aarifciv to wound, pass, te- equivalent to rrjh, which Musgrave
Tpavfiarwfiivov E.237. actually proposes to read. For the
Tpa^vvEiv [t>] to harden. rpa.\vvE change from the dative to the accu
S.c.T. 1036. make them hard, call sative, cf. P.V. 217. A. 1592. Cf.also
them as severe as you please. Schol. Eur. Med.814. and see other instances
\tye TroWcucir on rpa\vt tariv 6 adduced by Elmsl. on Heracl. 693.
SijfJOQ. Blomfield observes that in all these
Tpaxyg stern, severe, P.V. 35. 186. cases the accusative follows the verb,
311.324. S.C.T.1035. A. 1395.Met. and therefore rather inclines to refer
violent, rough, P.V. 728. 1050. it to Cassandra. In this case irapa
Tpaxbrng severity, P.V. 80. must govern dvpaiav r^vie, and rpt/3-
Tptiv to fear, S.c.T.418.772. S. tiv be put absolutely: but it is much
C92. with ace. S.c.T. 359. A.535. E. better to explain it as above, adopt
404. S.713. ing Musgrave's conj. So Dind.
TptTc three, P.V.797.800. rpt&v E. mid. v. ov -xprioTnploiQ iv to'ioZe irkntr-
559. rpiai P.358. rpetc S.c.T. 366. iotoi Tpifitadai p.vaoe E. 186. Here
Tptfieiv to dread, with inf. S.c.T. Dind. correctly remarks that it is
401. Herm. App. to Vig. iii. remarks equivalent to ivrplfleoOai xp^ fivaog
the union of two constructions in h.e. be inflicted on, made to enter,
this passage, viz. rpifuo virip <pl\<ov E. 186.
and rpiftio iSeardai fxopovs <f>l\o>v 6\o- Tpi(3fi a spending of time. at,lav
fiivwv. rpt/3)v txJ P.V. 642. it is spending
Tptireiv to turn, S.c.T. 237. to time to some purpose. a wasting.
overturn, A. 1301. mid. v. rpiirtoOai Krcavoiv rpi/3ac C.931. wa\tvTV\El
to turn oneself, P.451. C. 403.1035. rp</3 fiiov A. 452. the destruction of
pass, to be put to flight, S.c.T. 936. life, reversing his fortune.an object
P. 986. i5 KaiT iftoi rpiiroiT av alrlaQ of care, a darling, C. 738.
rtkoQ ; E.412. (by tmesis for iWptV- Tp/3o delay, A. 190.attrition, A.
oirc) will you commit to me ? 380. a way or path, rpifloi ipiiruv
Tpefeiv to bring up, to foster, nou S.1025. the ways of love.
rish. Of things animated, P. 62. A. Tptyipwv very old, C.312.
699.854. C.541.578. 743. 895.908. E.59. Tpiywvoc triangular, P.V. 815. ^
577.906. S.278. 493.871. of things Tpiicvfiia the third wave, i.e. a
inanimate, as A. 619.933. C.126. mid. very large wave, each third wave
v. to bring up for oneself, S.c.T. 19. being by the Greeks considered as
 TPIM ( 318 )
larger than the two preceding, P.V.
1017.
Tplfimpos triple, A. 846. See under
Xiyetv.
Tplpoptpoc id. P.V. 51 4.
Tpnra-xyioQ very great or severe,
A. 1455. from rplc and iraxve, as
Blomf. supposes. It is absurd to
derive it from irfjyyq a cubit, and in
this case too the a would be long :
hence Pauw and Butl. suggest rpltr-
iraxyy. Blomfield conj. rpnraXawv
i.e. very antient. This Klausen
adopts.
TplnaXrog prop, of a spear, thrice
brandished, so as to give strength to
the discharge. Met. very vehement,
S.c.T.972. Herm. corr. SnraXrtov.
TpinXove triple, P. 990. C.781.
Tplirovg having three feet. rpiwoZac
eZovg ord\ti A. 80. walks on three
feet.
TpippvfioQ having three poles or
six horses abreast, P. 47.
TpiQ thrice, S.c.T.727. rpk t A.
33. thrice six.
TplaKaX/ios having three rows of
oars, P. 665. 1031.
TpiopvpioQ thrice ten thousand, P.
307.
TpiacoftaroQ having three bodies,
A. 844. See under Xiyia.
Tplros third, P.V. 9.60. S.c.T.440.
726. P.300.304. A.275. C.863.1062. E.4.
S. 689.rplroQ air abrov P.754. third,
next in order to him. rplrov role C.
644. this third time, rplrov rruirijpoe E.
729. See below, and cf. C.242. S.26.
C. 1069.rplroQ ylvvav wpoe 8 u\-
Xaiaiv yova'iQ P.V. 776. thirteenth in
descent, rplrov iwl Sim A. 1587. the
thirteenth son. rplrnv lirevo'ic'tdfii (sc.
/rXriyi'iv) A. 1359. understood from
iralo). Cf. Herm. App. to Vig. ii.
by rplrrjv itoaiv in C. 571. we may un
derstand with Schiitz, the three mur
ders of Jphigenia, Agamemnon, and
Mgisthus, or, if we suppose the murder
of Clytaemnestra to be regarded as
closely following that of iEgisthus,
the third goblet may refer to her.
So the Schol. and Blomf. Klausen,
TPIX
however, seems more correct in ex
plaining the first murder to be that
of the children of Thyestes (cf. Ag.
1161. and C.1064.), the second will
then be that of A gamemnon, the third
the present one of jEgisthus and
Clytaemnestra. rplrr) iroaig is (as
Klausen observes) used with a pecu
liar force by Orestes, as the one which
was to be the last, and which would
bring safety to his house. The
third in order of anything was ac
counted under the protection of
Ztuc a(dT)'if), to whom the third liba
tion in feasts was offered. Hence in
S.26. he is invoked in the third place
as Ztuc aurrrlp rpirog. Cf. E. 729. rov
iravra Kpaivovrog rplrov awrijpoe. So
in C.242. Kpdroe and A(V>j are in
voked avv rip rplrai rravrwv ficyLaru
Znvl. In A. 1359. in allusion to this,
the third blow is struck in honour of
A.Stjg venp&v atorijp. So likewise in
C. 1062. the third and final cala
mity which was to terminate the suf
ferings of the house is called rplrog
Xcifjii)y 1062. and in v. 1069. Orestes,
as the agent in this, is called rplrog
awri'ip. Cf. Giorrip.
Tpiroo-TTovc'oe making the third li
bation to Jupiter oioriip, hence, ex
tremely happy, rpiroavrovtov aiQva
A. 237. See (Tu>T7ip, and prec.
TpiroairopoQ third in generation,
ffivtg veicp&v Se ical rpiroatropif yovij
&<pii)va arffiavovoiv ofxfiaaiv (ipordv P.
804. The construction is here what
is called ek 7rapaXX>jXov, the datives
yovij and ofi/xam both being governed
by mifiurovm. Cf. Eur. El. 2. NeiXoc
Alyvirrov triZov vypaivei yvag,
where see Pfliigk's note. Cf. Matth.
Gr. Gr. 636.; Bernhardy Synt. Gr.
p. 55.
Tplrwv Triton, E.283. a river in
Libya.
Tp<'x>?Xo lit. three-clawed, (from
XV^h a claw?) Dor. tcv/ia rpi\aXov
S.c.T.742. Casaub. explains this by
rptKopv<l>ov h. e. jluctus divisus in
plures Kopvipag qu. dicas cacumina et
XiXag. Stanley more properly ex
 TPIX ( 319 )
plains it as a third wave, i. e. the
same as rpiKVfila qu. v. The wave
is so called in reference to the two
smaller ones preceding it, each third
wave being regarded as larger than
the others.
Tpi^w/xa the hair, S.C.T. 648.
Tpoia Troy, A. 9.131.260.307.311.
348.511.515.563.577.757.1432. C.301.
E.435.
Toofitly to dread, rpofiiwv P.V. 541.
mid. v. id. P. 64.
Tpoiraia a change of wind. (sub.
aiipa.) Met. S.c.T.688. A. 213. C.
764.
Tpoiraiov a trophy, S.c.T.259.937.
C.764.
TpoTrrj a rout, a putting to flight,
A. 1210.
TpdTroe a manner or way. ttolq
rpowog fiop<f>fjg E. 183. the whole man
ner of their form, ora rpoirtp P.V. 87.
m rpoirtD 917. in what manner, rivi
rpcnru); P. 701.779. Troiif Tpoirw; P.V.
765. rpoiru) <f>pev6g C.743. according
to the turn of his humour. So Scholef.
correctly. in ace. in the manner of.
rpoirov alyviriuiv A.49. like vultures.
Cf. A. 379. (iapfiapov rpoirov S.C.T.
445. ov Ofwcpbv rpowov id.447. top
avrov rovSi rpbnov id. 620. rpoirov
Toy avrov C. 272. t6v jxiyav rpoirov
S.C.T. 265. pi. yvvamog iv Tpinroig
A.892. Cf. C.472. E.419.a habit of
mind, P. V.ll. 28.309. A. 830.1033.
TpoTTovaOai to fasten the oar to the
peg by a thong called Tponwriip, P.
368. See KvicXovtrdai.
TpotptTov the money paid for bring
ing up. pi. S.C.T. 459.
Tpo<j>evg a nurse,C.149.
TpoQn a bringing up, a fostering
or maintaining, S.c.T.530. A. 711.
1131. S.871.kv Tpo<t>ai<7i S.C.T.647.
in infancy, apaiag CTrinorovg rpo<j>ag
S.c.T. 768. a life of cursing and anger.
See kirUorog.
Tpofog a nurse, C.720. one who
fosters, E.629. Met. S.c.T. 16. C.64.
Tpo\7i\aroQ rolling onwheels,l?J062.
Tpd^'e a runner, a messenger,
P.V. 943.
TYrx
Tpoxoh'ivtio-Oai to whirl about, P.V.
884.
Tpvtiv to wear out, P.V. 27.
Tpona Troy. So. vulg. in C.358.
but here Herm. Tpwioig. Blomf.
prefers Tpwiico'lg. coll. A. 325.
TpioMg Trojan, A. 325.
Tpiic a Trojan, pi. Tpwo-i A. 67.
Tvyyavtiv to hit upon, to meet with,
to get anything, to succeed in. with
gen. e.g. Kpornojiov rvyyavovoa S.c.T.
543. Cf. A. 840. C. 216. S. 379. 967.
See einrpvfii'iig. fut. revi,n S.c.T.
1055. rEvfcrai (ppcvUv A. 168. will act
with wisdom. Schol. b\o(T\epSig <j>pov-
tfiog torai.aor.2. rv\e1v P.V.239.
270.652. S.C.T.235. (sub. gore) 532.
P.500. A. 166. 491. 1265. 1331. C.201.
E. 455. 689. 707. S. 65. 516. 769. oh yap
roiovrog &an dpnvnTOv rv^elv A. 1045.
he is not such a god as to have to do
with mourners, fir) rvypvaai. OtSiv
'OXvpiriuiv S. 152. not obtaining (the
favour of) the gods above. something
is lost in E.818. See oaog. with
ace. in the same sense, C.700. E.31.
In A. 1203. ola rev&rai team) rixjl,
the verb is referred, as Dind. ob
serves, to the person of Clytaemnes-
tra, implied in v. 1201.intrans. to
happen, e.g. tl <T avd', 5 jui) ykvoiro,
avfX^>opa tv\oi S.C.T. 5. Cf. A. 338.
C.211.735. S. 395.786.with dat. of
person, to happen to, P.V.346. P. 692.
A. 626.joined with participles, ore
dto/jitvog rvypi E.696. when he might
happen to want, el h~e rvyxavui
Xeyiiiv C.678. if I am speaking.with
omission of &v S.c.T.502. kw aairilog
tv-)(iov being on the shield.with par
ticiples, signifying to succeed in, to be
right, rl viv KaXovaa rv^oifi &v; A.
1206. what should I be right in call
ing her ? ti e'nrovreg rvyoipev av \
C.412. what should we be right in
saying ? rl pH,ag rvyoifx av ovpioag ;
C.315. should I succeed in guiding,
etc. raoc" kirtiKaaag tv^ui \oag <pep-
ovaag; C. 14. must I- be right in con
jecturing ?ri viv Trpoaeiiru) kuv rvy(io
fxaX' evarofiHv; C.991. though I should
use mild expressions ? See tiiarofielv.
 TYAE ( 320 ) YriE

Alxav viv irporrayoptvofiiv, tv^6vtc( Tv\n Fortune, A. 650. chance,

miAiSc C. 939. being right in so doing, fortune, success, S.c.T.408.488. P. 338;
irws hiJT av eiwiiy KeSva raXwBij A. 324. 654. C. 504. 933. any event
tv\oic ; A. 608. would that, having which happens, generally, bad, e.g.
spoken what is favourable, you might rrfv irapovoav avrXi'iirti) Tv\nv P.V.
also have said the truth. 375. Cf. id.395. 771. 1095. S.c.T.454,
TvJStuc prop, name, S.c.T. 359.362. A.557.1012.1100.1137.1631. C.367.963.
389.553. E. 566. S. 83.32-2.453.518. rvxal mis
Tvju/3oc a tomb or mound, S.c.T. fortunes, calamities, P.V.106. 132.272.
510.817.1061. C. 4. 85. 90. 104. 198. 505. 288. 302. 347. 553. 636. 640. S.C.T. 180.
913.Met. one deafas the tomb, C.813. 314.615 1107.1249. C. 81- E.916.suc
Tvfifio-xpoG raising a tomb, rvfifio- cessful events, ittioovtovq fiiov ri\ag
\6a xtipiifiara S.c.T. 1013. a tomb ovnaiftovQ E.884. tv rv%a A.671.
raised by hands. successfully, rightly. ayaft'dc Tv^ac
TvfifjLu a blow, A. 1405. A. 733. good fortune. icaKij Tv\n A.
TvvlaptwQ Tyndarus, A. 83. 1203. with evil fortune. a7-ijpac rxC
Tujtoc a figure or shape, E.49. S. A. 1462. rvxnv tXeiy S.375. to make
279. In circumloc. S.c.T. 470. choice of the event. ow rv\n ru>
Txnrruv to strike, A. 1099. E.151. S.c.T.454. ovv rv\n tivi C. 136. with
pass. P.V.361. S.C.T.870. E.485. good success. e.vir6[iiru> rv\r] E.93.
TvpavviKoe regal, A, 802. C.472. with successful conduct. condition,
Tvpayvic royal or absolute autho state. Tvyr) yvvaiK&v ravra avfiirptirrj
rity, P.V.10.224 305.367.758.911.998. wiXu S.463. rvfifiov rijs avoiftiiKrov
A. 1328. 1338. C. 399.persons in au rv\riQ C.504. (povoXifiei tv%q A. 1402.
thority (abstr. for concr.) x'V00 '"I" rix<ftVTpo(T<i>TroicolTq C.963. Cf. C.367.
SnrXfjv rvpavviZa C.967. the two rulers t))v rvxnv h* Ipiifieda A. 1637. by
of the land. Schutz's emendation for epovfiidah. e.
Tvpavvog a king or sovereign, P.V. let us inquire of Fortune. See under
222.310.738.944.959. A.1616. C.354. ipiodcu. In P. 430. Kal We yivoir av
adj. regal, rvpavva aicrjiTTpa P.V. 763. rrjao" tr ixdihiv rv\ri ', Reg. O. has
Tvpwg Tyrian, P. 924. rvxve as a var. lect. Both constructions
TvpanviKog Tyrrhenian, E. 537. are equally good. See Lobeck on Soph.
See Lobeck on Aj. 17. Aj.277. In C. 774.5. coc Tv\as, rv-
TvrOa by a little, hardly, P. 556. \iiv flOl KVptlOQ to. auMppoaiv EV
TvtOoc little, tiny, A. 1588 fiawfiivois Ifclv, the present reading
Tv<p\6s blind, P.V. 250. is hopelessly corrupt, and to attempt
Tv<pi>s Typhon, P.V. 370. gen. to explain the vulg. is useless.
Tv<pii S.c.T.500. ace. Tv05vaP.V.354. Tvxvpos successful, A. 451.
S.C.T. 475.493. T&> so, in such manner, S.c.T.
Tv<j>i>c a hurricane, gen. xeifi&vt 466.619. S. 66. 673.
Tv<f>u> A. 642. Cf. S.555.

'Yfipifav to be insolent, P.V. 82. tolerable in insolence, v/ipi^ovra vfipiv

A. 1594. S.857. with ace. to insult,
P.V. 972.
"Y/3pig insolence, arrogance, S.c.T.
388.484. P. 794. 807. A. 741. E.566. S.
75.97.421.482.523.825.858. ytvoe'Aty-
V7TTWV vfipif diiaipopov S. 797. in
S.858. exercising insolence.
"Yflpiarfie insolent, S.31.
'Y/jpiorfe name of a river, P.V.719.
'YyUia health of mind or body. Ik
2' vyulag </>ptv&v E.507. cf. Pind.
Olymp. v. 23. vydvra 1 c'i tic oXpov
 Yrp0 ( 321 ) YIIEP

dpdet. Met. prosperity, rac 7ro\\ac 'XudMiv to yield, A. 1335.

vyulae aicdpearov ripfia A. 974. 'Xircivai to be beneath, P. 801.
'Yypde moist, S.256. "XtrtipoxoQ pre-eminent. But here
'Xypiiaauv to be moist, A. 1302. Schiitz and Herm. correctly restore
'YiapiiQ watery. Met. not sincere, vTtipoxpQ, the Homeric form having
A. 772. been, as Dind. observes, introduced
'XZprjXos watery, P.605. S.774. by the transcribers. "ArXavff be alev
"XZtap water, S.c.T.85.289. E.664. viriipoxpv trOevog Kparaiov ovpaviov
S. 23. 556. 835. Cf. Xiycivon S.C.T.255. TtiroXov Vj>toiq viroo-revafct P.V. 426.
X'we a son, S.c.T.591. After Kparaiov Dind. inserts yac.
"Y\ayp.a a barking, a cry, A. 1614. But it seems (as Well, remarks) an
1657. iv Sia Svdiv for trdtvog ovpaviov iroXov.
'Y\a<TKiv to bark or cry, S.855. Kparaiov belongs to woXov. Cf. vtro-
Cf. Xvfj.ams. OTEVaitlV.
"X\n wood, A. 483. 'XireKo-it^etv to preserve from, P.
'Y/itVaioc a marriage hymn, A. 690- 445.
'Xptvaiovv to sing a marriage hymn, 'Yirip with gen. above, over, A.
P.V.556. 356.562. beyond. fio^virepreix^vop-
Xfiveiv to sing, vfivovaiv vftvov A. vvrai Xaog S.c.T.88.on account of,
1164. Cf. id. 1453. pass. S.c.T.7. to P.V.66.67. C.501. iKtoiov BovXoavvac
be talked of, descanted upon. vvep S.c.T. 107. supplicating to avert
"Xfivoe a hymn or song, P.613.617. slavery. on behalf of, S.c.T. 402.
A.692. 1164.1453. C.468. E. 296. 318. P. 397. E. 101. 675. with ace. and
327. S. 1005. vftvov 'Eptvvioe S.c.T. verb of motion, over, A. 293. E.77.
849. a song of the Fury. 241.beyond, vwtp to (JiXtiotqv A.
tXfivo>Sc'iv to sing a hymn, A. 963. 368. adverbially. roQev ovk iortv
'YTroyyeXoc called by a messenger, virtp Qvarbv aXi^avra (jtvyeiv P. 100.
C.825. 'Xwtpalpeiv to exceed. vTrtpq.pae A.
'Xiral poet, for bird, with gen. by, 760.
A. 866. with anastr. C.606. under. 'XTripavxos proud, arrogant, S.c.T.
with id. E.395.adverbially, under 465.
neath, A.918.1136. Cf. viro. 'XnepfiaXXeiv to surmount, pass be
'YiraiOpwQ under the open air, P.V. yond, P.V. 724. A. 298.to exceed,
113. A. 326. P.V. 925. intrans. vwepfZaXXei ijSe
'XiravrtaHeiv to meet, P. 820. 836. avfi<popa P. 283. it is excessive.
see E/xdc-to answer, P. 399. 'Yirepfiapris very grievous, A. 1148.
"Xirap a true vision, (opposed to 'Xtrepfiaroe exceeding, excessive,
ovap) one occurring between sleep ical T&vb" vTTtpflaTu>Tpa A. 415. more
and waking, P.V. 484. exceeding even than these.
'Yirap\eiv to exist, to be already, 'Xwipfiiot prop, name, S.c.T. 486.
A.936.1641.to begin, vnrjpfav C.1064. 494.501.
'Yirao-irtorrip armed with shields, 'Xirepfiopcog Hyperborean, hence,
S-179. highly blessed. The fabulous happi
"Xiraarpoc guided by the stars, S.389. ness of the Hyperboreans is de
"Yiraroe aloft, on high, A. 55. vjra- scribed by Pindar in Pyth. x. 15.
roi Oeol S.24. the gods above, op 'YirEpyj/pwc extremely old. to vrrip-
posed to yQ6vioi, Cf. A. 89.with ynpwv A. 79. extreme old age. On
gen. viraroQ x*Pa<- -A. 495. the su the accent of this word, see Gott-
preme ruler of the land, viraroi \c-x~ ling's Lehre von Ace. p. 288.
iutv id. 50. above their nests. 'XirepidBtiv to fear on account of.
'YniyyvoQ bound, pledged (sc. to SpaKovra riKviav vircpScSoiKe wtXeiac
the truth), C.38. S.C.T.274.
2t
 YITEP ( 322 )
'YVtpoWTv to defend a person's
cause, irdic yap to if>cvyciv rove" virip-
StKcls, Spa; E.622. why how, look
you, can you defend this man's cause
with a view to his escaping ?
'YirtpS/icuc very justly, A. 1369.
"tirtpi-^uv to have the upper hand,
he superior, P.V.213. Here Pors.
vTrtpo~)(6vTaQ, rightly.with ace. to
exceed, P. 695. to hold over as a
defence, with gen. S.cT. 197.
'Xirepri<j>avoQ haughty, P.V. 403.
"Ywepdc above, S.c.T.210. A. 224.
'YnipOelv to pass beyond, to sur
mount, E.532.
'YircpBpuioKeiv to leap over, aor.2.
vwepOopovaa A. 288. Cf. id. 801. fut.
mid. inrtpdopij S.852.
'YirepOvfiwe [0] very wrathfully,
E.788. ....
"XiripKOfiirog exceedingly arrogant,
S.c.T.373.386. P. 813.817.excelling,
superior. viripKOfnroi ra^ei P. 334.
In P. 780. the vulg. is Krcivovaa \i/uji
rove virtpt:6[iirov &yav h.e. killing by
famine those who make too vast a
display (so. of force). In Med.
Regg. C. H. O. Ox. vwipwuXovs is
read. Such also was the reading of
the Schol. who explains it rove iroX-
vlirirovc Xlipaag. So Blomf. From
this Hermann conj. vncpwoXXovs,
which Well, adopts. There can be
no doubt that jEschylus must have
employed some epithet here, expres
sing or implying the vastness of the
Persian forces, which rendered them
obnoxious to famine: this is clear
from the following verse. Hence
the epithet vnepirwXovs as explained
by the Schol. (which, moreover, as
Well, observes, should be 7ro\ii7r<i\-
ovs) is unsuitable: vnepTroXXovt suits
the meaning exactly. Nevertheless
the vulg. may in effect convey the
same idea, as denoting an army in
flated with pride at the vastness of
its numbers. Certainly, however, the
addition of irXfidu, as of raxti in v.
334, would seem almost necessary to
define the idea. If vnepiroXXovt; be
correct, this must have been cor
yiiep
rupted into WcpxbiXov,and some one
understanding this epithet with re
ference to the high spirit proverbial
in young horses (cf. P.V. 1012. A.
1625.) may have written as a gloss
vircpKofiTrovQ, which thus crept into
the text : otherwise it is difficult to
imagine how vTrtpKOfiirovQ could have
become thus corrupted by the copyist.
Wherever this word occurs, Blom-
field corrects {nripKOTros, against MSS.
and Edd. because in all these pas
sages the metre admits of inripKoirog,
but some, as S.c.T. 437. C. 134. Soph.
Aj. 127. do not admit of viripxofnroc.
He adds, however, at the end of his
note on S.c.T. 387. that they may
possibly be different words. That
such is the case is shewn by Lobeck
on Soph. Aj. 127. who compares the
three adjectives viripKofnros, inrip-
kottoq, and viripKorot- He observes
that in viripicofjnroc each part of the
compound is of equal force, but
that in vnipKonog (from icoirru) the
force of the verb is somewhat lost,
and the meaning is merely excessive,
enormous, so that the latter may be
predicated of the former, but not
vice versa, viriptcoroc he rightly de
rives from kotos in the same sense
as it appears in oXXokotoq, iraXiy-
kotoq, vtoKoroQ, and concludes, "virip-
KOfiTroc propriam habet gloriationis
significationem, unde transfertur ad
res splendide exaggeratas, vnipKoiroe
vero et virdpKoros immodicum et ve-
hemens denotat." See traXiyKoros.
"XvipKOTTOQ violent, S.c.T. 437. See
prec.
"YwepKoirwe violently, extravagant
ly, C.133. See id.
'YiripKOTOc violent, severe, A. 796.
See id. But here Blomf. rightly
corrects virtpKoirovs.
'YtrepKOTUQ excessively. inrepKOTios
kXvciv tv A. 455. to enjoy excessive
fame. See id. and iraXtyKOTog.
'Yirepurjicrie very long, P.V.593.
'Ywepmicpos very bitter, P.V. 946. -
'YrripvrXovros exceedingly rich, P.V.
464.
 YIIEP ( 323 )
'Y7rep7ro\i/c (?) exceedingly nume
rous. vircpiroWovg P. 780. See under
viripKO/iirog-
'XirepirovTiog beyond the sea, S.42.
A. 403.
'YTTtpTThiXog (?) P. 780. See vwip-
KOflTTOQ.
'Yirepcrraretv to defend, with gen.
S.338.
'YirepraroQ most high, S.657 . chief,
most noble, P. 151.
'YTreprelveiv to stretch over any
thing as a defence, oKiixv vwzpTtivaoa
'S.eiplov kvvos A. 941. spreading over
it a shadefrom the influence of Sirius.
'Yireprekelv to get over, to escape
from, A-351.
'TirtpreXriQ rising on high, virep-
TtXric re vovtov ware variant laxvs
itropevrov AafwraSoe A. 277. the pine
torch rose on high. Here either there
is some verb lost, or iyivf.ro must be
understood with vnepreXfig. So Blomf.
who also conj . inrcpreXet. But such
an ellipsis is very harsh. Moreover,
the construction nopcvrov Xa/iirdSoe
irpoc f/Soviiv, h.e. XaftiraSos iropevo-
fiivnc irpos iiSovfiv, is awkward in the
extreme, and the apposition of irevKri
to iaxys, as it is commonly under
stood, is no less so. Schutz's conj.
sc. ttevktiq, is better. For xpoc iiSovftv
Symmonds (not. on transl. of Ag.)
conj. TrpoaijvvTEv, h.e. travelled on,
but we are almost inclined to sup
pose that the corruption lies in ireiicr),
for which we venture to suggest
TrifiTti. This verb is properly used
in describing such a circumstance cf.
vv.274.296. iroiiirov irvpoQ 290. No
actual mention is made of the pine
as the means of kindling a blaze,
indeed . from vv. 286. 292. it would
almost appear to have been made
throughout with other materials.
'\vipTo\jxoQ very daring, C.586.
'Yiriprovog very powerful (of the
voice), E.539.
'Yircpro^evaifios that may be over-
gotten, S.468.
'Yirip<j>tv excessively, above mea
sure, P. 806. A. 367. I C.986. E.373.separated from its
rno
'YireptpofieioOat to fear exceedingly,
S.c.T.220.
'Yirtpfypovziv to show pride, A. 1009.
to despise, P. 811.
'Yiriptypuiv haughty, S.c.T. 869.
392.
'YiripxtaQat to go beneath, E. 324.
'YirevOvvoq [v] responsible, P.V.324.
C.704.with dat. xnrevdvvoc iro\et P.
209. responsible to the city.
'YirriKooQ subject to. with gen. P.
230.238. C.302.
'Yjr?)p7-jjc a servant, P.V.956.985.
'Ywla^etrOat to promise, E.771. .
"YirvoZorrjQ causing sleep, Dor. P.V.
576.
"Ywvot sleep, S.C.T.3. A. 14. 17. 172.
281.414.886. C.528.612. E.68.123.
129.136.143. i% vwvov C.33. in sleep.
^Met. rbv aiti arcKcvrov virvov
A. 1426. death.
'Yirvwo-iTEiv to sleep, E. 119. 121.
Met. S.c.T.269.
'Ytto 1 . with gen. underneath, S.cT.
367.570. C. 79.820. E.72.by, denot
ing the cause, instrument, or author
of an action, with verbs of passive
signification, P.V.170.306. 835.1044.
1081. S.cT. 7. 176. 268.306.567. 1011.
1015. P. 364.407.476.741.802.821. A.
460. 462. 527. 573. 1245. C. 64. 192. 525.
730.844.930. E. 95. 99. 174.339.774. S.
494.1013. denoting something whlfch
attends or accompanies an action, etc.
e.g. KijpvKWV viro fioXtiv . S. 235. to
come attended by heralds. Karada\p-
op.iv viro KkavOfidv A. 1533. vipayiwv
viro aefivSiv Kara yije trificvai E. 960.
fiaprvpuiv viro S.912.2. with dat.
underneath, P.V.365.714. S.c.T.525.
930. P. 186. A. 824. 856.1001.1414.1432.
C. 341.358. E.351.955.959.- denoting
the cause or instrument, S.c.T. 829.
370.803.914. C.28. E.355. 495. de
noting an accompaniment, flare iirr'
evOb(ppovi iroyury. E.907. Cf. P. 58.
under viroiro\nrr\. 3. with accus. un
der, with verbs of motion or imply
ing motion, P.V.152.463. P. 616. 825.
A. 959. E.153.167.181. S.590.703.
without motion, S.c.T. 543. P. 270.
'
 vnoB ( 324 ) T*IS

verb by tmesis, P.V.574.880. A.438. tion is rightly explained by Scholef.

1188. Cf. vwai. " subtus gemit, i.e. gerens gemit."
'Yirofipifiuv to groan beneath, P.V. He groans under it, supporting it
431. with his back. It is equivalent to virr-
'Yiroypa<p>'j the mark or outline oiai ((3acTTau>v) vvooreva^ei, which
made by a thing, C.207. Butler needlessly proposes to insert
'YiroSixpfiai to take up, S.1001. in the text. Dind. conj. vurott ox&r
'TiroBiKog undergoing a trial, is-d- artvatiii. Cf. vTrtlpoyos.
tiiKOC ytvitrdai ytpiZv E.250. to take 'Ywoorpof3iiv to agitate beneath, A.
his trial for murder. 1188.
'Yir6$ocric a yielding, a cessation. 'Ywoovpifctv to sound or hiss, P.V.
irtvotTai &XXos aXXodtv Xfj^iv vir6- 126.
loaiv re fi6\QiM>v aKca r oh (Hfiata E. 'Yirdoxttng a promise, S.363.
481. every one will be asking for some Yirovpyeiv to assist, C.953. virovp-
cessation and remission of their suf yfjoai x&piv P.V.638. to gratify.
ferings, and for remedies which shall 'Yiroy(elpioc subject to, S.387.
prove unavailing. Here Heath conj. "Ywo-xpc a subject, P. 24.
vnolvaiv h.e. an escape from. So 'Ywrlao-fia an uplifting (sc. of the
Herm. Dind. hands), P.V. 1007. A. 1258.
'Ywodveadai to penetrate, E.806. "YnrioQ upturned, S.c.T.441.
YvoZivyvvvai to yoke to. Met. to Ytttiovv to turn upside down. pass.
involve in, pass. P.V. 108. P. 410.
'Y>o0dX7rtv to inflame, P.V. 880. 'Ycrralxfins prop, name, P. 934.
'YTTOKafnreiv to stop short of, A. 760. "Yoraros last, A. 1273. 1297. 1420.
'Y-TroKkalitv to weep, A. 69. E. 421. S. 228. -"Epcc TtpaivEi fivOov
'YiroXeifletv to pour libations, A. 69. vararn dtiiv S.c.T. 1042. Discord is
'YiroXtliruv to leave, pass, with gen. the latest of all the gods in putting
viro\ei<j>Oivree A. 73. left by. an end to a discourse, i.e. as Butler
'Yirofit[j.vr)<riceiv to recall to the observes, rixando nihil absolvitur.
mind, P. 9.50. See tvy. pass, inrefiyfiar- But see epic o'Iokoq ehBvvTtjpocvoTarov
dnv P. 321. J have made mention. vewg S.698. guiding the ship at the
'YiroTrofiirri conduct, P. 58. Zeivcuq hindermost part.
(iaoikihiQ viroTrofiiralc. But here YoTtpoiroivos punishing in after-
Abresch rightly reads viro irofnraie time, A. 59. C.377.
disjunctim. See vtt6 and irofiir-lj. "YmepoQ after, latter in time, A.
'YTToirrepoc winged, light, hence tri 686. 1651. On S.c.T.679. see KipSoS.
vial, foolish, C.694. Schol. 6 jxfi Koutp- inferior to. ot/^eV virripa vecie E. 242.
oq aXX' aXnOtis fiadtiv 8iXu>v. nowise less fleet than a ship.vtrrtp-
'Yiro7TTij(T<reiv to dread, P.V. 29. ov adv. afterwards, S.c.T. 979. C.
962. 323.
"YiroirroQ suspected, A. 1620. 'Y<j>avr6c wrought by the loom, A.
'YTTopxeitrOai to dance to music, C. 1562.
1021. "Yfaopa a wovengarment, C. 27.229.
'Yttookioq shaded, S.644. 1010.Met. aspider's web, A. 1471.
'YirooiraviiZtoBat to be deprived of. 'Ytyipntiv to creep upon, A. 261.
virwiraviopivovs flopas P.481. want C.456. with tmesis, A. 436.
ing food. Cf. C.570. 'Y^>!7 a woven carpet, A. 923.
'Yirotrreva^eiv to groan beneath, YfnyEioQai to lead to, to suggest or
ovpavwv iroXov vwrois vwoarevafci instruct, E. 183.
P.V. 428. Here Rob. Vict. Cant. Stanl. 'Yipitrrao-dai to undertake to per
Glasg. read virofZa<rraei against the form, to promise, d fit) n iriarov rjJS"
majority of MSS. The construc viroarriati. oroXip S.456. imierrns at
 y*hp ( 325 ) DAIN

fiaroQ hiicriap viov, sc. tlvai E. 195. 'Yxpirrvpyoe having high towers, E.
viroorijvai to withstand or resist, P.87. 658.aspiring, lofty, S.90.
'X\pr)y6pog lofty speaking, P.V.318. "X\pi<rrog highest, P.V.722. most
360. high, E.28.Met. Kaxdv v\piara P.
Ti^jXdifp>j|ivoe high and preci 323.793. the worst of evils, u^/iotoc
pitous, P.V. 5. <f>6(ioQ S.474. the greatest terror.
'T^ijXoc lofty, P.459. A. 871. 'X\podev from on high, S. 166. tov
'Y\piyivvnroQ grown at a great vi^ioBcv (tkottov S. 376. he who looks
height, A. 43. from on high.
'Yxj/ticprifivos situated on a lofty "Yi/zot a height, A. 1349.
precipice, P.V.418.

<J>
Qfayiiv to eat, aor. 2. S.223. tyavrifiev E.310. <f>avriOi P. 655. ipatrj
<bat<r<p6pos light-bearing, A. 475. P.V. 1030. tpavfjvat C.141. (pavd'c
Qatcpovovg with cheerful spirits, P.V.616. S.c.T.81. P.346. A. 21. 115.
A. 1202. 471.486.873. S.614. irpb tov tpavtvroc.
QaiSpos bright, A. 289. E.886. A. 471. before clear proof. with
cheerful, A. 506. C.558. infin. P.V.217.317.1038.with part.
<l>m<~pu]'tu< [v] to make bright or to be shown to be, to be evidently,
clean, A. 1080. to cheer, A. 1091. P. 772. A. 579.perf. part, tov irifyao-
&aic'pvvrpia a female washer, C. fiivov P.V. 845. that which appears.
748. The passage in A.364. iri^avrai. $'
4>ai3pw7roc cheerful, smiling in face. eyyovovg | a.ToX[ii\Th>v "Apr) \ irveov-
QaiSpwirdc rrofi xPa A. 707. smiling twv ptiov rj SikclIwq is very obscure.
at the hand held out to him. lil^avrat, if correct, must either be
Naivety to show, display, point out, the third pers. sing. perf. of tpaivcaOai,
C. 323. 987. Cf. C.802. but this verse or the third pi . of fata to kill. Schole-
is supposed by Herm. Schiitz, and field prefers the latter, and translates
Seidler to be spurious, and has no it actively, occiderunt. This seems
thing corresponding to it in the very harsh, especially since in the
strophe. In C. 1017. Erfurdt reads passage from the Odyssey, where
AXXoc <j>avil Srfr, for the unintelli the word occurs, it is used with a
gible iiXXog hv ci&jf of Guelph. Aid. passive signification. It may be bet
Rob. So Well.Met. applied to ter, therefore, with Schiitz, to adopt
sound. oaXmyH, yiipvfxa <f>att>lT0) Stanley's conj. lyyovoig, and to
trrparip E.541.with part, tote 2" Ik translate, and it (viz. the existence
dvai&v hyava ipalvova iXrrle apvvci of the gods) is made manifest to the
ippovTiSa A. 101. Here the constr. is descendants, etc. In the next line
said to be lXrnQtyaivovtjaa.yava(pZoa) the words aToXfiriruv "Apr) are very
h.e. showing itself with gentle as difficult. Blomf. translates, martem
pect, the subst. verb being omitted. rerum nefastarum, which is certainly
On this construction see Wunder- extremely awkward. Nor is Klausen
lich Obss. Critt. p. 100. Herm. on more felicitous in thinking that aroX-
Soph. Ant. 467. and Well. note. Dind. fijfTOQ means intolerabilis, which a-
prefers aalvova with Butler.mid. tXtitoq might mean, but certainly not
v. and pass, tyaivt crdai to appear, P.V. the other. If conjecture may be
999. P.596. A.1085. fut. <pavti A . 1615. indulged, we would suggest ar6X-
<f>aveirat S.54. (jiururrlku C.411.inloc. fii'iTioc and join it with Apr] wvcovtidv
corr. Kiiptfvt P.V. 111. i<fmv6r) F.256. h.e. impiously breathing war.
 *AIO
QcuokxItwv wearing a black robe,
C. 1045.
&a\apov the ornament of a head
dress, P. 662. See But tm. Lexit. in
<pa\oc.
0>u)'((i end. to say. (prjfii P.V.101.
689.A.805.1196.1219.C.1023.Dor.^a//t
E.523. ft/'c P.217.431.438. A.259. C.
767. E.852. S.328. <pn<ti S.c.T.24.
410.628. <patri P.227.720. A. 1010. S.
288.297. tyne A. 1596. <j>a(nv A. 1560.
<t>r,<rcu P.V.501. <p& P.V.560. S.C.T.
833. C. 89. 116. S.910.ov <pavai to
deny, A.360.1598. E.212.mid. v.
<pa<rdai P. 687. fafiivoQ C.314.
<l>j'fuc openly, P. V. 1092. E.913.
<t>av6g cheering, P.V.536.
4>avrdfff0cu to appear like to.
with dat. A. 1481.
fbdvTCHTfxa an appearance, S.c.T.
692.
*aoc light, the light, P.V.24.1023.
1094. P. 147.218.291. A.23. 291. 293.
302.494.561.644.1631. C.60.317.452.
E.716.vootijxov <pdoe P.255. the day
of my return.Met. a delight, P. 292.
A. 496.
<bdpay, a cleft of a rock, a ravine,
P.V. 15.142.621. 1019.
<bapavddKVQ [a] proper name, P.
31.319.
<ba.pfia.Kov a medicinal potion, A.
822.1233.a remedy, P.V. 249. 473.
478.609.
Qappdao-Eiv to anoint, to imbue.
pass. A. 94.
Qapvoirxpe proper name, P. 923.
4a'poc a cloak, S.c.T.311. C. 11.
1006. E.604.
Qfdoyavov a sword, A. 1235.
QaoyavovpyoQ forging swords, C.
637.
Qdoictivto say, C. 91. 275. S.383.
fbaofia an apparition, A. 143. 265.
404.
Dane a report or saying, a speech,
S.C.T.823. P. 223.513. A.9.267.444.
597.617i 842. 1103. C. 725. 826. E.358.
S.290. a language. "EXXijva (party
A. 1227.
OniXus badly, P.512.
Qfiyyog light, P.369. A. 1559. C.
( 326 ) *EYr
1033. E. 976.983. cWry (ftiyyet raiSe
trove A. 490. for Sexdrov (piyytt rovSe
trout, pi. <f>iyyn XaprdcW E. 976.
Met. an object of delight, ri <piyyoe
ijdiov ZpaKtiv A. 588. Cf. <pao.
QeiStirOai to spare, with gen. S.c.T.
394.
*t\\oc cork, C. 499.
Qepao-iris bearing a shield, P. 236.
A.678.
<bcplyyvos competent to fulfil an
engagement, competent, S.c.T.431.779.
with infin. S.c.T. 378. 542. E.87.
toipeiv to bear or carry, S.c.T.334.
386.525.641.542.1030. ijveyict C.986.
iveyiceiv S.747. to bear, h.e. to en
dure, P.V. 104.754. S.C.T.665.751. P.285.
871. A. 1036. 1199. E.761. to bear,
h.e. to have, to feel, to exercise,
S.C.T. 604. A. 860. C. 574. 804. S.594.
972. ipo't aijiaQ (pipuiv C.241. tvvoiag
(pipet S.484. irXiov fipety A. 998. to
render aid. xpijepov ipipeiv to pass a
vote or decree, E. 644. 650. Cf.A.
1388. to carry away, S.c.T. 669. A.
1543. C.1019. E.51.to bring, S.cT.
657. P.602, A. 5.410.508.1106. 1425. C.
15.87.480. E.56.795. to bring as
news, S.cT. 40. P. 244. A. 625. Cf.
S.cT. 352. A. 9. C. 648. imp. (pipe
come! P.V. 294.544.m.v. <pipca6at
to get, to obtain, P.V. 641. E.256.
pass, to be carried or borne, P.V.885.
P.268. S.677. fiiq. (ptpofiivuv C.78.
indulging in violent excesses.
toepto-crevtis proper name, P. 304.
*pijc proper name, E. 693.
&tpurros best, S.C.T. 39.
&pfia the fruit of the womb, ipt-
Kvfiova tpepfian A. 118. big with young.
Met. S. 672.
&epvr) a dowry or marriage gift,
S.957.
<biprepog better, P.V. 770.
*e alas! P.V. 124.690. S.c.T. 125.
1045. P.277. 560.568.711. 725. A. 1114.
1280.1423.1462. C. 193.398. E.751.
778. 801. 803. 805. 832. 834. 836.with
gen. <ptv roii iyWaXKaaaovTOQ opvtBog
K.r.X. S.C.T. 579. :
Qevyeiv to flee, to take flight. Sftiac
Si (ptvye S.C.T. 190. P. 201. A. 1354.
 *EYZ ( 327 )
E. 74. 117.167. S.5. 15.537. (pevyeiv
ti. to flee from a thing, ftvyovaa
avyyevfj yafiov P.V.857. Cf. C. 1034.
to escape, ovk tori Ovarbv aXvi,-
avra <pvye~iv P. 101. Cf. C.475. S.
758. to be acquitted, E. 622.to es
cape from a thing, Xev<rrfjpa Btj/jov
ovri fxr) <piyn fiopov S.C.T. 181. Cf.
P.V.908. S.aT.263.775. C.912. S.226.
0uotaroP.361. iretpevyatriP. 470. A.
653.to escape the memory. Xeyois
av, ov /ic (pevfcrai S.451. iri(pevye
ToviroQ A. 259. (pevyiov an exile, A.
1653. C.134. E. 440.tyvyovra firfTpo-
Oev OKorov S.c.T.646. having issued
from the darkness of the womb.to
stand a trial, to make a defence. Set rol
at (pevyeiv Kara vbfiovc roue olxoOev
S.385.
$tveiv to exclaim. <pev A. 1281.
<vt\pa\ovv to reduce to cinders.
pass. P.V.362.
$7/Xflr!jc deceitful. (f>n\rirnc avfip
C.995. a robber.
$n\ovv to deceive, A. 478.
&v[ir) anything said, speech or ut
terance. <pT/\\ia. <pi\o<p6pfity!i S.678.
words accompanied by the harp. <pr\-
fin SnfioOpovg A. 912. popular report.
(pt)fialc irovnpalg C.1041. words of
evil omen, irporepov frjftrie S.C.T. 849.
before anything is said.a report or
saying, C.730. S.741.
^n/jlCeiv to say or tell, C.551. mid.
v. A.615. 1134. 1146. id.
QQaveiv to comefirst. TOvtyOaoavTOQ
hpirayi) P. 738. the prize of the first
comer.
QOeyyeoBai to speak, P.V.34. C.108.
4>0yfia speech, P.V.590.
QOeipeiv to ruin or destroy, P. 240.
A. 638.923. C.1008. pass, to be de
stroyed, arparov fOapivroe P. 275.
e<pdapfievu>vP.264.mid. v. fOelpeadat
to wander away from, to leave, orav
veSiv tpdapivres vijaov enaia^oiaro P.
444. having left the ships.
QOepiriyevTiQ destroying a race,
S.c.T.1046.
Qdivaofia a waning or setting.
'H\'ou (pOivcHTiJiaTwv P.228. Seecuer^/j.
QOlvtiv intrans. to set. &orepac
<i>0ON
Srav (jiOtvwcrt A. 7.trans, to destroy.
naXaiyeveic Mo/pae <f>0itrae E. 165.
pass. TTpbc <pi\ov tijillirro S.C.T. 954.
t(j>diTO E. 436. <pdljievo dead, slain,
S.c.T.318.714. P.618. A.994. C.359.
397. 400.
*0trdc dead. <p6irol the dead, P.
216.515. E.97.
<5>Qoyyij voice, A. 35. 315. 1613. S.
194.
<S>B6yyoq id. A. 228. S.242. 'EXXao--
oq <pdoyyov S.c.T. 73. the Greek lan
guage.
$6ovepoc envious, spiteful, A.457.
QOove'iv to begrudge, to refuse, with
gen. and dat. finSe ftot fdovriane evy-
fxarmv P-V. 585. with inf. ovn tpQovS)
aoi Saifiovotv Tifidv yevoQ S.C.T. 218.
with part, ftnti /xoi ipdovei \eyu>v
S.C.T.462.
$66vos jealousy, spite, ill-will.
Gijatwc <cara <p06vov E.656. out of
envy towards Theseus. Cf.A.807. ovot
trtywoT) <j>86vo A. 254. if you keep si
lence, I make no objection. <p66vog
fiev ovSelg, trite o 6kvG> flpdijat tppevag
P.V.631. / have no objection, I do
not wish to refuse you. <p66vov e-^eiv
to begrudge, (pdovov Be atofxariav tl,ei
6e6e P.V.861. i. e. as Siebelis and
Herm.onVig.l43.explainit,^roA!'6e6?7
Danai filios Deus, quo minus virgin-
ibus cognatis potiantur. In his Obss.
Critt. however, and on Vig. 252. he
proposes a different interpretation,
and translates <p66vov x"' facere
invidiam, in the same sense as fiojx-
<pav t'xei in Pind. Isthm. iv.53. fa-
ciet Deus invidiam filiabus Danai
propter caesa sponsorum corpora,
eaque invidia Pelasga terra labora-
bit. He then comp. Hor. ii. 14. Danai
genus infame. The other interpretation
seems the simplest and best.<pQ6voc
is used in a peculiar sense to express
the jealous feeling of the gods to
wards the human race,, on account of
excess of prosperity, or otherwise; to
avert which feeling was, with the
Greeks, an object of especial care.
Hence we find such forms as rbv ipdov-
bvie irpoaKvaov Soph. Phil. 776. Of
 eop ( 328 )
simitar import were the forms irpoa-
KvyQ rt)y Jii/uaiv. wpotTKiiyCi rr\v 'A$-
patrruuy P.V.938. Inc. Rhes. 468.
avv b" 'ASpaartla. Xiyw. See Blomf.
Gloss. P. V.972. Thus we find Cly-
taemnestra, after indulging in extra
vagant encomiums on her husband,
saying, ipdovog b" airiorti) A. 878. to
avert the jealousy of the gods. So
Agamemnon, referring to the magni
ficent reception Clytaemnestra is giv
ing him, declines it, saying, A. 921.
(kuiy /iij tic irpoawdtv oftfiaruiv /3dX-
ot (pdovoc. In the same sense he calls
the path strewed with costly carpets
iriipdovos iropoq v. 895. Cf. P. 354.
ou {i/hic SoXov "EXXqvoe avZpoq, olSc
rbv Oeutv <f>66vov.
todopa destruction, A. 394. pi. 788.
40opoc id. "it c (pdopov vtaovra
A. 1240. a form of execration, accord
ing to which is constructed the phrase
ovk is <f>66pov aiySia avaa-^ati rait;
S.C.T.234. See aiyav.
4fi\aiaKToc causing lamentation, S.
784.
QiXalficiTOQ lovingbloodshed, S.c.T.
45.
<bCKairwQ prone to make accusa
tions, S.480.
QiXavSpog loving its inhabitants,
S.c.T.883.
iI>tXur0pw7Toc humane, P. V. 11.28.
(tiXurwp [d] loving a husband,
affectionate, P. 133. A. 399. 830.
iiXtty to love, A. 628. C.881.893.
with inf. to be wont to do a thing.
<pi\t~i tIktsiv vfipig vfipiv A. 741. Cf.
S.c.T.393.601. P.592. S.750. to
kiss, irept xeTjOt fiaKovtra Qi\i)aei A.
1540.
&t\rivioe obedient to the reins, P.V.
463.
&i\riTtop a darling, a paramour,
A. 1421.
$i\(a friendship, S.c.T. 866. But
this passage is clearly spurious, as
seen by the strophe, and is, there
fore, rejected by later editors. It
evidently is derived from the expla
nation of 2u)XXx0e avv oiciipo), given
by the Scholiast, sc. f/ iaXXay^ vn&v
*IAO
qvk iirl <pi\i<j yiyovev, dXA' inl avaip-
ian tov aici/pov.
4ti\ioQ friendly, P.V. 128. A. 346.
1470. C. 708.798. S.528.
4>tXoyd0>;c loving gaiety, S.c.T.
901.
toikolvproQ loving lamentation, S.
66.
<J>tXd0uroc observant of sacrifices,
S.C.T. 162.
QiXoiKTOg exciting pity, A. 232.
$i\6fiaorog fond of the breast, A.
140.701.
<t>i\6(jLaxos fond of battle, S.cT.
121. A.122.
Q>i\6,ivoghospitable. tiircp AtXofeVjj
'arlv 'AtylaOov (3ia C.645. This is
Porson's reading of this doubtful
passage (see Praef. ad Hec p. ix.),
which Elms, disapproves. Well, from
several MSS. prefers to read iiwep
(j>i\6^ev' (sc. Siifiara) iariv AiyicrOov
Siai, siquidem hospitales sunt cedes
propter JEgisthum. Elmsl. on Eur.
Med. 807. proposes dirtp tyCXottvoe
tic 'AiylaBov fiia.
*iXo7roXc fond of the city, S.c.T.
159.
$(XojDvtc resorted to by birds, E.23.
#i'Xoc dear, friendly, beloved, S.c.T.
135. 139. 144. 157. 169. 185. 667. 917. 999.
P.549. 639.763.792.818. A. 237.501.504.
605.879.903.966.1634. C. 87. 129.217.
539.607.697.738.783. E. 261.508. 953.S.
793.932.955. 1021.it is applied pecu
liarly to that which belongs to oneself
as part of oneself, e.g. ry <pl\rj \pvxjjC
274. ipikovKtap 404. Cf. A.956. pleas
ing, with dat. P.V.663. A.156.superl.
<pl\raroc S.C.T.16.659. P.504.837. A.
320.493. 1391.1639. C. 191.232.233.489.
880.1047. E. 100.207.442.578. S.597.
<j>i\os subst. a friend, P.V. 225.246.
296.304.545.614. S.C.T.244.252.352.
402.732.836.857.945.946.1015. P. 158.
202.215.225.227.266.437.445.590.611.
660.688.729.755.917.994. A.429.607.
807.1074.1128.1192.1209.1245.1256.1347.
1404. C.98. 108.340.349.449.490.545.
672. 684. 694. 706. 813. 820. 970.987 . 1 022.
E. 118. 138.285.336. 861.953. S. 70.332.
494.691.690.962,
 *IMO ( 329 )
<$ipoe a halter, S.c.T.445.
&ivivQ proper name, E. 50. Here,
from the omission of the name of the
Harpies, Dind. justly suspects that
something is lost. So Wakef.
ibiTivttv to plant, hence, to beget,
P.V.233. S.308.
<biTiifia an offspring, A. 1254.
<$>iTvno'm.r\v a gardener, E.871.
QXa'Cav to crack, to hurst, aor. 2.
e<p\a$ov C.28;
QXavpog evil, P. 213.
QXeyeOeiv to blaze, shine brightly,
S.82.
QXiytiv to burn, P.V.583. to
warm, P. 356. 496. to brandish as
fire. Sta \cp6e (ieXoe <fXiy<i>v S.c.T.
495. holding a flaming dart. to blaze,
S.c.T. 370. 415. A. 299. mid. v. id.
fiiofiol fXiyovrai A. 91 .Met. to burn
or flash forth. Ovp.de avh'priq. <f>Xtywv
S.c.T. 52. irpiv XoyovQ iKtadat ecu
<f>Xtytiv xptt'ac viro S.c.T. 268.
<bXeypaios Phlegreean, E. 285.
<I>XicW a trifler or vagrant, A.
1168.
4>Xeiv to abound, A. 367. 1390.
$>Xoyfi6g a burning or inflamma
tion, E.900.
fyXoyioTTOQfiery, P.V.253. ipXoyw-KO.
arjpara id. 496. tokens by fire, alluding
to the tpirvpofiavrda or divination
by fire. Cf. Phoen. 1072. where Valck-
enaer's learned note should be con
sulted.
$Xo-y<iif< id. P.V.793.
4>\o7<r/3o the surge of the sea, P.V.
794.
<I>Xd$ flame, P.V. 22. 359. 924.994.
1019. P.497. A.297.467.482.583. C.266.
&Xbetv to bluster, talk vauntingly,
P.V. 502. S.c.T. 643.
QofStiv to terrify, S.c.T.244. P.211.
mid.v. <po(3clo-0ai to be afraid, P.V.
568.935. S.C.T. 458. 1052. C. 57.1048.
S.715. with ace. S.870. with inf. C.
46. pass. 0o/3/0jc P.V. 128. 0o/V
Odg id. 1005. S.c.T. 458.
4>o/3tpde formidable, dreadful, P.V.
127. S.c.T.79. P.27.48. A. 149. E.
944.arising from terror, (fm/lepa.
opi)(Xri P.V. 144. a dimness ofterror.
*0N
<J>o/3jj hair, C. 186.
$6(3os Fear, personified, S.c.T. 45*
fear, alarm,P.V. 181.698. 883. 1092.
S.C.T. 114. 196. 222. 241. 252. 269. 368.
480. 482.788. P. 115. 164. 202. 383. 595.
A. 14. 898.1106. 1216. 1279. 1289. 1409.
C. 32.35. 100. 165.286.916. 1020. E.88.
661. S.221.374. 474. 493.508. 767. pi.
S.C.T.124.
*oi'/3ij Phoebe, E.7.8.
*o7/3oc Phoebus, S.c.T. 763. P.202.
E. 8.273.714.
$oj/3o bright, glaring, P.V. 22.
QaiviKoficiKTOQ dyed with purple,
E.982.
*oiVtoc gory, bloody, A. 628. 1136.
1251. 1363. C. 24.605.823.alpa <poiv-
iov S.c.T.719. blood shed in murder.
Qoiviaaa. fem. Phoenician, P. 402.
4>oiraXioQ maddening, P.V. 601.
$o<rae a mad woman, A. 1246.
4>o7to madness, S.c.T.643.
<bovveiv to slay, S.c.T. 323.
$ovvs a murderer, A. 1632. E.120.
403. a murderess, A. 1204. The pas
sage A.1290. fiXt<>} r tTrEvxp/xatSou-
Xj/c OavoiKrne is corrupt. Pauw's con
jecture may amuse the reader, tlvtiv
o jxov, h.e. solvant quod mihi debe-
tur. Blomf. conj. to~i epov ripaopovg
tyOpo'lQ <pOVEV<Tl TO~lQ CflO~l TIVCIV OflOV,
but this is inadmissible, because riv-
tiv is said of those who pay a penalty,
not of those who inflict it. It ap
pears that some substantive is want
ing with rivtiv, which would hardly
be thus used by itself, and this can
scarcely be sought elsewhere than in
bfiov, which, as it stands at present,
is very awkward. Possibly for bpov
we should read fiopov. We would
also adopt Jacob s conj. fjXiov for
ijXiw, and consider i^fyo'C as the sub
ject of the imprecation or prayer.
Cf. S.C.T. 434. A. 487. 1582. C.110.
For <f>ovevoi we would also suggest
Oavovat, which may easily have been
corrupted from the similarity of 0a-
vovarjQ in the next line, the repeti
tion of which, however, is no objec
tion. Seeovofia. The passage may
then be translated, and at my last
2 v
 <K)N"H ( 331T )
sunlight (h.e. in my last moments)
1 imprecate on my enemies, that they
may by their own death pay to my
avengers the penalty of my fate, dying
as a slave, etc.
Qovii murder, A. 435.
Qoviog murderous, deadly, P. 82.
C.310. S.820.XtTpac <poviag E.307.
stained with murder, Qoviag orrayovag^
C.394. shed in murder.
QovoXifii'ig dropping gore, A. 1402.
E. 158.
GfovoppvTog sprinkled with gore,
S.c.T.921.
toovog murder, bloodshed, P.V.355.
S.C.T.48. 116. 226.556. 803. 867. (in loc.
dub.) P. 412. A. 1065. 1088. 1236. 1282.
1 487. 1586. 1597. C. 65. 72. 1 15. 132. 570.
794. E. 203. 315. 439. 450. 548. 550. 573.
593. pi. E.461.gore,blood, S.c.T.44.
C. 1007. E.175.
ftopilodai to be carried or borne
away, S.c.T.344.801.
fcopijroc to be borne, P.V.981.
QopKic'eg the Phorcides, P.V. 796.
4>paS>j advice, C.929. E.236.
Qpafav to say, P.V.611.767.783.
790.827.846.997. S.C.T.792. P. 169.
259.325.342.703. A. 223.575.1031. 1080.
1566. C.119. 515.619. E.683. S.315.
348.to order or desire, with inf.
E. 593. mid. v. Qpa'Ctadai to con
sider, imper. <j>pa<rai C. 111. pass.
Tritppaafiai S. 432.to beware, mind.
Qpafrv E.125. In C.585. Kavepoiv-
Th>v alytctitv (ppatrai kotov, ibpaoai is
considered by Wellauer, agreeably
to the Scholiast, to mean ivvonaov,
but it is move rightly supposed to be
the active voice, rig being understood.
This accords better with what follows.
On the omission of ay (Blomf. reads
Ka.vEfj.otvT av in which Scholef. fol
lows him), see Matth. Gr.Gr.515. Obs.
and Herm. on Vig. quoted by Well.
Qpaaotiv to hedge round, to fence
or guard, P. 448. Qpao-treaOat m. v. id.
(fipa^at S.C.T.63. i^pa^aptaOa id.780.
irrifiovriv apKvaraTov typafyuv A. 1349.
place round him as a hedge a net of
destruction. Cf. wr/povri.
*pa<7rwp a guide, S.487.
*PON
*pcirup one of the same fparpia
or fraternity, E.626.
DptvocSaXqe injuring the intellect,
E.317.
&pevofiav>'ig raving, A. 1111.
QpevoirXnyrig maddening, P.V. 880.
QptvoirXriKTog deranged in mind,
P.V. 1056.
Qptvovv to advise, to instruct, P.V.
336. A. 1156. C.114.
&ptvu>Xng mad, S.c.T.739.
$>pT)v the breast or diaphragm, the
seat of the feelings, P.V. 883. plur. id.
P.V. 361. E.153. the mind, the sense,
P.V. 844. S.C.T. 466.575.855.902. 950.
1025. P.115. 364.366. A.103.212.26&
532.779. 869.956.1004. 1054. 1275. 1402.
1470.1496. C.54. 105. 155.301.303.384.
505.558.755.743.761.834.841.998. E.
17. 104.265.319. 328. 582.941. S.508.
510. 594. 604. 756. 830. 893. 967 . 995. 1034.
1043. plur. P. V.34.131. 181. 442.470.
631.676.791.858.909.1063. S.c.T.25.
594.643.643.653. P. 161.464.598.689.
736.753.868. A. 168.268.466.478.488.
968.1022.1034.1114.1281.1529.1605. C.
78. 209. 231 . 443. 445. 588. 617. 693. 8 1 8.
1020. 1052. E.88. 291. 467. 493.508. S.
100.374.732.918.
topiatretv to be rough. xe?al ^?l*"/"
vfiotg iifipi^ev aldfip S.603. Met. to
shudder, P.V. 538. etppifa S.c.T.472.
irtypiKa P.V. 697. S.341. with infin.
witypiKa rav JiXtaioiKov 8ebv reXttrai
rag TctpSvpovg apag S.c.T. 702. Ifear
lest she may accomplish.
&poifj.iattrdat lit. to perform a
prelude, to commence, A. 1329.to
address in the first place, E.20.
(bpoipiov the prelude to a song or
dance. (ppolpiov yoptvoopai A.31.
the commencement of a speech, A. 803.
the beginningor prelude to anything,
A.1189. E. 137. S.810.a speech,
ippotpiotg iroXvppoOoig S.c.T. 7.
<bpoviiv to feel or think, ov kut
avOpwwov (ppovti S.c.T. 407. does not
think as a mortal, via (ppovci P. 768.
thinks as a youth. See viog. viripipev
typovtiv id. 806. to think too proudly, to
pi/ <f>povovv C. 742. an infant incapa
ble of reflection. <j>p6vei tag rapfiavtrn
 *PON
pi) 'fttXtlv dtwv S.754. be mindful
that you do not in terror neglect the
gods. to purpose or intend, S.c.T.
532. A. 214.to be alive, opposed to
OavCiv. davovn 3' ov <f>povovvri C.
510.to be wise or prudent, (ppovtiv
Kafiol Zcvg iSwictv oh KaKwg E.812.
Cf. E. 115.943. (Here <f>povov<ra from
conj. and tiipiWtte from Rob. are
adopted by Herm. for the vulg. tppov-
ovai) S. 173.201. Toy tppovtiv (iporovg
vdwo-avra A. 169. who led mortals into
wisdom. eZ (ppovtiv F.V.385. to be
wise. icaXwe (ppovtiv id. 1014. P. 711. fit)
icaK&c (fipovtiv A. 901. id. tv (ppovtiv
to be well disposed to one, A. 262. 1411.
tv (ppovtiv to rejoice. uXX' ij (ppov-
t'te tv ro'iai vvv i)yytXp\ivoiQ ; C.763.
<&p6vt]pa the mind or disposition,
P.V.207.376. S.c.T. 420. 519. P. 794.
814. A. 720.804. C. 189.320.587.990.
E.456. S. 94. 889. 907. haughtiness,
ippoffifiaroc nXiwr; P.V. 955.
$>povovvT(i)Q wisely, S.201.
<bpovrittv to consider, P.V. 1036.
P. 241. S.413.
QpovTiQ thought, P. 138. A. 655. 886.
1512. C. 595. S. 402. 412. anxiety, P.
157. A. 102.160. E.431.
4>poi/Soc set out on ajourney, S.843.
<bpovpa a watch, P.V. 143. A. 2. 292.
<bpovptiv to watch or guard, P.V.
31.978. pass. E.207.
<bpovpj)/ia a guard or watch, S.c.T.
431. E.676.
fypovpiov a place where watch is
kept, E.879.a guard, E.909.they
who inhabit or keep watch over a
place, P.V. 803.
<bpvayp.a the neighing of a horse,
S.c.T. 227.457.
&pvyia Phrygia, S. 543.
ffrpvicros a beacon-fire, A. 30. 273.
283.
<5>pvKTh>pia the kindling of a beacon-
fire, A. 33. 476.
*puKrp6c a beacon-viatcher, A.
576.
<J>pu a Phrygian, P. 756.
fyvyaiyjinQ fleeing from battle, P.
984.
<J>uyac a fugitive or exile, A. 1255.
( 331 ) *YAA
C.333.928. S.78. (loc dub.) 199.211.
345. 415. 860. On S. 1027. see inivvoiu.
ftvyyavtiv to escape, P.V. 511.
Qvyc'a. escaping, E.246.
vyri a flight, a rout, S.c.T. 173.
964. P.462.473. A. 1274. E. 400.402.
574. S. 70. 193. 354. 390. 7 18. (pvyrj in
flight, P.384.414. S.812. exile, S.c.T.
620. Ik iro\eh)Q (pvyi/v A. 1386. ban
ishment from the city. (pvyr)v f>6fia>v
C.252. banishment from home, ^uyjj
Sn/iiiXaroe S.609. public sentence of
banishment. abst. for concr. rnvh"
avtXino-TOV (pvyijv S.325. for rarrtt
(pvydSag.
vuv to cause to grow. &pac (pvoh-
ane S.c.T. 517.wttyvKtvai to be born*
with gen. o-nXhyyvov ov irt(pvKa^tv
S.c.T. 1022. from which we are born.
to have arisen, to exist. 6 Xuxpriawv
ov wltpvxi irw P.V. 27. (pvvat. (aor. 2.
from <pvfii) to be born, dnivti Saifiovi
fvvai A. 1315.to be by nature, to
be. TO tv irpa(TO-eiv aKOpiOTOV E(j>V A.
1304. Otov p-riTVP t<j>vS P. 153. Cf.
P.V. 335. 971. the aorist generally has
a present signification, but occurs in
a past sense in A. 165. oe <T trrtvr
tipv sc. he who then arose. Cf. P. 758.
Qtog yap o'vk fixOyptv- we tv^piov t(pv.
mid. v. fhtoOat to be born. fut.
cmopaQ tK rj<7<$ ipvatrai 6paovg P.V.
873.
tvXa/c/j watching, confinement, rrrop.-.
aroe (pvXaKav Karao^tiv A. 227. to
put a gag upon the mouth, ovd' in
yXSioaa Lv (pvXaKdic P. 584. they no
longer keep a watch over their lips.
hvXaKTiov we must guard against,
rowvdt (piaTog ntipav tv (pvXaKTtov
S.C.T.481.
(bvXal; one watching or guarding,
P.4. A. 284.888. 1427. E.64. S.299.
377.
(bvXdaativ to watch or guard,
S.C.T.126. P.359. C. 572.777. 1060. E.
90.to watch for. <j>vXa<raoj Xa/u7rac-
oq to avfijioXov A. 8. to watch, i.e.
to wait, avrov <f>vXaaaiiiv avaptvo)
riXoe SiKtje E.234. to keep close to.
ftpirag roSt r\aai (pvXaooiov E.418.
npay-oQ tpvXuomi S.c.T. 2. has charge
 YAA ( 332 ) XAAI

of affairs.with inf. rairi \ipoov or state of body, P. 433. C.279. S.

Trpofiifituiv Xafitiv alvSi <pvXdi,ai S.
176. / advise you to take care and
attend to. But see Xapfiaveiv. mid.
v. tyvXdootadai to guard against, P.V.
717.806. C.911. S. 370. 422. 744. to
observe, <f>v\ai,ai ratrh' imaroXdg S.
990.with inf. <pn\db>fiai pifivijoOai
S 202. / will take care to remember.
with fifi, to take care lest, P.V. 390.
S.493.
$uXXdc the foliage of a tree, A.79.
940.
QiXXov a leaf, P. 608.
<bvXov a tribe or race, P.V. 810.
S.539. InE.57. the meaning is, as
Schiitz observes, nusquam vidi miili-
erum genus quocum hunc ceetum com-
parare possem.
Ouavdp [d] avoiding men. fv^dv-
opa ydfxov S. 8. a marriage to avoid
which they flee from the men.
Qfvpav to mingle or pollute, S.c.T.
48.
ibvpc'nv confusedly, P. 798.
<bvpuv to confuse or mix up, P.V.
448. pass. i<j>vpdn A 714. is stained
or polluted.
hvaldpa a hard breathing, E.
53.
tvariav to pant or throb, E.239.
$voloog life-giving, vital, S.579.
Q>vaig nature, P.V. 487. In cir-
cumloc. ydovbg qtiiaiv A.519.a habit
491.
*u<rrtc a crop, i.e. a multitude,
tyvorig pvpihg arSpiZv P. 890. The
word occurs only once, and is sus
pected to be spurious. Schol. A. ex
plains it by ; Tzupvpfitvn Kai tiri yrjg
xtaavaa, from which Blomf. infers
that he read <j>vp<ng. He adds, how
ever, the explanation >'/ iK<j>vais, yovi).
<bvTakp.wQ a parent. <pvraXp:iu>v
ytpovrwv A. 318. aged parents.
<bvrav a plant, E.901. a creature,
S.278.
ifvrovpyoQ having a creative power,
a creator, S.586.
4>wkvc a Phocian, P. 477. A. 855,
C.668.
*wK(e fern. Phocian, C.557.
Atovtiv to speak or say, P.V. 1065,
S.pT.416. A. 198. 1307.1600. C.281.
31^.^8.744. E.269. piya (potvovvra
E.896. boasting.
<5>h>v{] the voice, P.V. 21. A. 1031.
C.193. language, A. 1021. C.556.
#<Sc light, P.163.622. A.270.283.
378.478.508.1297. C. 850. 955. 966. E.
959. Cf. ipaog.
*<if a man, S.c.T.417.452.481.525.
602.653.1069. P.80.88.238.243.889. A.
250. 387. 423. 731. 770. 893. 1235. 1650.
C.607. E.222.575. <ptoroe larpoii S.
258. a physician, to (pwrwi' yivog
P.V.548. mankind.

X
Xaiptiv to rejoice, S.c.T. 796. A. Ixo^Xoig xa\aT C.866. undo the gates
525. 1367. suhj. S.c.T.807. with dat. by removing the bars. Cf. po^Xog.
A,633. 1211. 1364. with part. C.442. with ei;. e dypiiav Sccrpuv XaXaan id.
(see \cp\mTEiv) to \alpeiv joy, A. 484. 176. without LI-,. xa^? kclk&v id. 256.
E. 291. 401. xa"'Pe nail> P-162. A. 22. intrans. to abate, to cease from, rl
494.524. S. 597. xa~lPe farewell, P. \a\f paviSJv ; P.V. 1059. See ivrvxfig.
826. E. 745. 950. 957.960. x'POir' av to be easy, to indulge or forgive, el
A. 1367. Cf. id. 525.Xalptiv KaraZiH to'wiv ovv KTtivovaiv aXXi'iXovg XaXqg
A. 558. I bid farewell. E.210. pass. Trplv av xaXao-6ij Seo-p.d
Xuipopvo-hg. See ^epofivarig. P.V. 993.
Xairn hair, C.178. XaXt7r(ic severe, cruel, S.c.T. 210,
Xairwfxa a hairy covering, S.c.T. A. 1483. S. 157. 171.
367. XaXlvog a bridle, S.c.T. 116. 189.
XaXav to loosen, P.V. 58. 7rii\ac 375. P. 192. Met. P.V. 675. A. 1036.
 XAAK ( 333 )
a chain, confinement. xa^tV0'C iy
irETpivoHTi P.V.561.a gag, A. 219.
XaXiceoe brazen, C.675.
XaXntvfia a brazen fetter, P.V. 19.
a sword, C.569.
Xa\Kt)\aTOQ forged from brass,
S.C.T.368.521. C.288.
XaXKiipne brazen, P. 400.
XaXiciQ Chalcis, A. 183.
XaXicoderoe clamped with brass,
S.c.T.145.
XaXroe brass, P.V.500. A.379.
XO-Xkov 0a<j>6. A. 598. See /3a0ty.
XaXKoarofiog brazen-mouthed, P.
407.
XaXvfice the Chalybes, P.V.717.
Xa\v/3oc iron, brought from the
Chalybes, S.c.T.710.
XaXv^ id. P.V. 133.
Xa^taZiQ on the ground, S.c.T.340.
Xa/ucu id. A. 880. C.251.
Xafianreriic fallen on the ground,
C.958. \a/jianrcTtc jioajxa A. 894. a
cry accompanied with prostration.
Xafiivvn a bed, A. 1521.
Xapd delight, S.c.T.424. A. 261.
527.573.1613. C.231.
XapaKTtip a stamp or impression.
Kurrptoc \apanrijp iv yvvauctioiQ tvtt-
OtS KW TTEffXrjKTat TEKTOVUV TTpOg
apaivuv S.279. a character resembling
that of Cyprians has been stamped
upon your female persons by male
workmen, h.e. you seem as if you
might have been born of Cyprian
fathers.
Xapaaotiv to cut, to bruise, ^apaa-
otrai -rrilov P. 669. Schutz observes
on this passage, " Solemne erat
manes evocantibus terram manibus
pulsare adeoque Darius, gemit, in-
quit, pulsatur ac tantum non scin-
ditur solum." Stanl. compares Tibull.
i. 2. Hcec cantu finditque solum ma-
nesques sepulchris Elicit et trepido
devocat ossa solo,
Xapifeo-Qai to gratify, P. 686. In
A. 295. &rpvvt dtiTfiov fxr) yapi^ccrdai
irvpot, the vulg. is evidently corrupt.
Casaub. conj. fioi y^api^eaOai. So
Stanley, who afterwards conj. fvx"P
'IfctrOat. This is adopted by Klausen,
XAPI
who translates, exhortata est con-
stitutam catervam ut ignis paratio
locum haberet, "ifcadai sc. collocari.
This is very improbable. Heath conj .
juj) yaTifcaQai h. e. not to be wanting.
So Schutz 1. and Pors. but in his
second ed. Schutz adopts fioi xapl~
toQai. Wellauer has introduced an
extraordinary word sc. finxapl^"-
Oai, which in his Lex. he translates
perficere. This Scholefield has
adopted. Blomf. adopts Heath's
conj. In so doubtful a case, it is
perhaps best to read fioi xaP^ta0ai..
Butler observes that this is peculiarly
applicable, if we consider, as is evident
from the passage, that there was no
beacon between .fligiplanctus and
that of Arachnaeus adjoining the city,
so that iEgiplanctus may thus be said
to have conveyed the message straight
to Clytaemnestra.
Xapte a favor conferred, an obli
gation. (j>p' 07rwc a\apig \apiQ P.V.
545. how unrequited is an obliga
tion. X"Plv farovpytjccu P.V. 638.
\apiv 6<rdai id. 784. Sdc \apiv id. 823.
confer a favor, rav ifiav %apiv Xiyto
E.899. pergo enim beneficia mea
enarrare. Schutz. laifioviav it irov
Xpls A. 175. it is doubtless a blessing
from the gods a mark of honour
or respect. "ASou evKraiav x*tPiv A.
1360. Kovpifii}v x^Plv Tarpog C. 178.
SeiXaia xapie id. 510. &x<*pi X"P'
A. 1524. C.42. an useless honour.
respect or reverence. adiicTiov x"P'
A. 562. icaipov ^aptroc id. 761. the due
meed of respect.requital or recom
pense. 6<j>ciXuv av rivoifi ahrf X"PIV
P.V. 987. xP"' rpo^acA.711. Oeo'itri
voXifivnorov X"P"/ rivtiv id 795.
Xapig ovk artfioe irovtov A. 345.
grace or beauty, thjxdp^iav koXooo&v
X&piQ A. 406.pleasure, gratification.
X^pis a<j> fifiSiv 6Xofiiv<ov S.c.T.685.
the pleasure arising from our des
truction. apxo'07rXour(iv SetrwoT&v
woXXr) x"Pl A. 1013. it is a delightful
thing to have masters who have long
enjoyed riches. x(lPlv pa-raiav A. 410.
Cf. id. 536.1028.1276. S.938. X"Plv
 XAPI ( 334 )
urn in until A. 47 1, to assent to that
which pleases us. love, favour, eyuoi
nvitov \aptv A. 429. \apig ASc A. 567.
pi. %apiTt an honour or token of
respect, C.317. On C.822. \apirog
opyag Xinrpag, see under Xvirpog. On
S.968. see evnpvfivi)Q.
Xapiv ace. for the sake of, on ac
count of. Ifirjv \apiv (sc. eig) P. 1003.
for my sake. rrj^jSe <rv/x<popag \apiv
A. 24. 1655. yXuatrng X"P"/ C.264.
for the sake of talking, <b<i>Tog larpov
\apiv S.258. in honour of. Krnaiov
Aiog \apiv S.440. by the favour of.
XapiroyXiaaadv to curry favour by
speaking, P.V.294.
Xapfxa joy, a cause of joy, P. 991.
A. 257. E.939.
Xeifia winter, P.V. 452. A.9.a
storm, A. 192.613. 874.
Xeipaeadai to be agitated or
chafed, as by a storm, P.V. 562. 840.
Xeifiiiv winter, A.620.a storm, P.
488. A. 549. 620. 635. 642. S.158.172.
Met. a storm of calamity, a severe
misfortune, P.V.644.1017. C. 200.1061.
XEifuavorvvog beating with a storm,
S.35.
Xtiv to pour, C. 107. 127. S.1007.
Tv^j3(o -j^iovaa C.85. pouring on the
tomb, tv TVfifiy C.90. m.v. %a(rdai
P. 216. pass. /c^u^Vii>vC.154. \vfxi-
vag 395. yyjxivov E.253. to utter.
'EWa^oc <j>06yyov ^iovaay S.C.T. 73.
speaking the Greek language, tvicrcua
Xeoiaag S.626.to let fall. Kpomv
ftatjiag kg kQov ytovoa A. 230.
Xelp the hand, P.V.55. 622.662.
851.919. 1007. S.C.T.44.50.415.455.495.
536. 599. 605. 682. 765. 787.793. 837. 915.
P. 190. 197. 198. 235- 451. 529. 555. 1017.
A.34.35. 111. 203.412.707.752.791.1031.
1082. 1193. 1330. 1378. 1397. 1475. 1501.
1 540. 1564. 1 576. C. 37 . 42. 102. 139. 159.
229.255.303.307.330.357. 372. 378.389.
420.431.936.976.1051. E. 102.228.250.
270. 424. 562. 749. 776. S.64. 190. 308 .502.
602. 616. 737. 771 . 936. 1052. Xaiag xciP~
6g P.V. 716. on the left hand. xeP
Ik SopviraXrov A.116. on the right
hand. In P. 235, worepa yap to^ovX-
icog aljQiij Zih \tpog y avrolg irpircei ;
xeoN
ye is wanting in Med. Barocc. Regg.
A.B.CK. Colb.l.M.1.2. Guelph.
Mosq. Aid. Rob. Hence Brunck,
whom Schiitz and Blomf. follow,
reads %epu>v. Elmsley on Eur. Med.
1334. prefers -^cpolv. The Schol. ex
plains it Sia tS>v ytip&v. Wellauer
supposes the corruption to be in av
role (which Rob. omits), and pro
poses ofyialv, of which avrole might
have been an interpretation.
Xetporovog accompanied with out
stretched hands, S.c.T. 156.
XtipovaOat to subdue or conquer,
C.683. pass. P.V.353. part. Kxt<P">-
fiivaQ S.c.T. 307.
Xdphjfia a work of the hand, rvfi-
fto\6a ^cipwfiaTa S.c.T. 1013. aeon-
quest or thing conquered, A. 1299.
Xeipu)va,ta a handiwork, an office,
P.V. 45. C.750.
XtXt&iy a swallow, A. 1020.
Xepfiag a large stone thrown by the
hand, S.c.T. 282.
Xepvt'irnc apoorman. Dor. P.V. 895.
Xepvup lustral water, used in sacri
fices, A. 1007. E.626.used in offer
ings to the dead, C. 127.
XtpofivoiiQ polluting the hand, irop-
oi rt iravrtg tic ptdg 6$ov fiaivovreg
tov ^epofivaij (povov KaOaipovreg lov-
aav arav C.71. So Pors. for the cor
rupt vulg. xaipojxvori. On the two
last words, which leave the sense in
complete, see under levai.
Xepaa'wg belonging to the land.
Kvpa xtpadiov S.c.T.64. a land wave.
Xepaog the mainland or land, S.c.T.
842. P.852.939. A. 544. S.32. 174. op
posed to 8aXa<TO-a P. 693. E.231.
Xivfia a stream, E.283. S.998.
1008.
XjjXtj a claw, P. 204.
XOovtog earthly . yQovia koviq S.C.T.
718. the dust of the earth. subter
raneous, P.V. 996. infernal, below
the earth, ^dovwi iaijxoveg S.C.T.
504. P. 620. xdovltav aytfiovtg P.
632. 6eG>v x0oWwv A.89. Cf. E.
354.469. y(06vioi Oi/Kag Kari^ovrtg S.
25. the deceased heroes buried in
the country. See BrjKrj. Mercury is
 X0ON ( 335 )
also called x^'or, " utpote cui mor-
tui curae erant." See Stanley's note.
In this sense he is invoked to assist
Orestes in avenging the deceased
Agamemnon, C. 122.716. riixOoviuiv
TETifitvatf C.393. ye (Furies) who are
honoured in (h.e. who preside over)
the affairs of those below. Probably,
however, this verse is corrupt.
XOovorptipijg nourished in the earth,
A. 1381.
XOuv earth, personified, P.V. 205.
E.6. earth, the earth,P.V.lA39.349.
.498.583.848.1048.1083. S.c.T.713.800.
P. 227 . 234. 302. 356. 675. A.195. 562.619.
846.1359. C. 64.351. 478. 820. 942. E.
13.72.76.115.264.373.794.977. any par-
ticu'ar land or country, P.V. 282. 715.
815.854. S.C.T.104. 459. 569. 616.650.
986. 993. 998. 1006. P. 61.75. 210. 474.
477.504.792.893. A. 489.492.494. 514.
652. C.7U. E.384.681. 735.753. 772.
794. 789. 813. 850. 861 . 862. 866. 979. 984.
S. 5. 216. 240. 250. 253. 260. 266. 282. 289.
320. 367. 420. 549. 578. 703.749. 759. 890.
XiXlap\og the commander of a
thousand, P. 296.
XiXiac a thousand, P. 333.
XiXiovavrng having a thousand
ships, A. 45.
Xtfiaipa a goat, A. 224.
XiovojiooKog cherished by snows,
S. 554.
Xiog Chios, P. 858.
Xitwv an inner robe, S.880.
Xtwv snow, A. 550. S.774.
XXaTtva a cloak, A. 846. On this
passage see further under Xtyeiv.
XXiMv to give oneself airs, to
exult, P.V.973.974. It seems to occur
in S.813. fi\otrvp6<ppova \Xido: $v<r<popa
vai kciv yif, where the reading is
corrupt.
XXi^ayde delicate, P. 536.
XXtSri luxury, softness, P.V. 464.
P.600.delicacy, beatity. irapdivuv
xXtSaTeriv thfiopipoig S. 981 haughti
ness, P.V.434. In A. 1422. ifiol c'
itriiyaycv tbvr}g Trapo\pu>vr)/.ta rfje ifitjg
XXiSfig, the constr. is not, as Butler
supposes, tfiol <S' twriyaytv Trapotpwv-
i)fia \Xiii\g r'/ tyvs evvijg, but
XOIP
tvvfjc napoiputynjjia is to be taken
strictly together, as forming one idea,
sc. she has brought to me(byherdeath)
a nuptial addition to my luxury. Cf. av-
Bog. Heath refers twriyayi to Aga
memnon, and considers it to mean that
Agamemnon, not satisfied with the
charms of Clytaemnestra, had brought
Cassandra as an additional luxury
for his bed. As, however, Keirai refers
to Cassandra, this interpretation is
clearly wrong.
XXietv to wanton, C. 134.to be
luxurious, S.233.
XXovvtg al. youthful vigour, al.
castration. (?) ov KapavnoTijptg (corr.
Kapavi(TTijpts) 6<pdaXp.wpvxoi SUat,
otyayai Tt, oiripfxaTog r cnro<p8opal
Traidwv, kukov tc %Xovvis, )j<5' aKpwvia,
Xc.vop.6v Tt teal fivZovoiv otKTiaixov
woXvv into pa\iv Traycvreg E.177.
seqq. Two difficulties meet us here.
One, the accusative Xtvafiov, where
Xtvopoe seems to be required, and
is read by Casaub. Herm. Schiitz.
The other is Kami re xXovvtg which
is unintelligible. Herm. and Stanl.
conj. Kaxfi rt \Xovvig. Some MSS.
have Kamvrai yXovvig, whence Er-
furdt conj.<T7Tp|uaroe r cnro<j>dop^7rai-
Su>v KaicovTai ^Xoiivig h.e. ubi viridis
puerorum cetas seminis corruptione
Iceditur. But this, as Well, observes,
besides the awkward introduction of
the verb Kamurat, is rendered doubt
ful by the interpretation given to
xXovvig, which is without authority.
The word aKpwvia also, if it be cor
rectly explained by the Schol. adpoitr-
fxov, TrXrjdog, renders the passage
doubtful. Dind. thinks a verse is lost
after aKpwvia.
XXwpog pale, S.561.
Xvon the extremity of the axle-
tree, S.c.T. 138. Met. xvoag iroh'wv
S.c.T.353.
Xov a libation, P.215.601. 611.616.
671. C. 15.85.107.147.154.162.479.503.
518.531. In v.23. Dind. prefers ^oav
with Casaub. See Trpoirofnrog.
Xotpdg a sunken rock, P. 413. Cf.
E.9. where Wieseler explains it of
 XOIP ( 336 )
the rocky shore of Delos. Cf. Eur.
Tr. 89.
XoipoKTovoc slaying pigs, effected
by the slaying of a pig, E.273.
XoX/j the bile or gall, P.V. 493.
wrath, A. 1345. C.182.
XoXoc wrath, P.V. 29. 199.370.376.
In P.V, 313. Doederlein most properly
by transposition corrects oxXov.
Xoptveadai mid. v. to dance, A. 30.
Xopdc a company of dancers, hence
met. a company, A. 1159.a dance,
A. 23. xPv a^/uificv E.297. let us
join in the dance.
Xpaivtiv to sprinkle, S.c.T.61.
to pollute. i\pavae E. 163. pass. S.c.T.
324. ypavdiiaa S.2G3.
Xpav to give an oracle, to pro
phesy, xprjaciv A. 1053. f(pi}aa<; E.
765. with inf. to direct by an oracle,
E.194. with Hare E. 193.to inform
by an oracle, C. 1026.
Xpda want, with gen. <papfia.Kioy
Xpe<'p P.V. 479. from want of medi
cines, xptiav e\eiv to have need of,
P.V.164. C.474.arequest, P.V.702.
distress, necessity, P. 139. irp'iv
ayyiXovg (pXeyetv \peiag vtto S.cT.
267. ere rumours are kindled by our
distress. (fiXeyciv in this passage re
fers to \6yovg only, not to ayyiXovg.
Stanl. less properly understands rjfide
after <pXiyeiv. i^toropijiTai fiolpav tv
Xpda rvxve S.c.T.488. wishing to en
quire his fate in the distress of for
tune, i. e. in circumstances of peril.
The Schol. well explains it, ytpda yap
Kaipog itrrt /J.a6eiv tt\v aiirov rvxvv.
6 yap iroXefioc rovg tvTv\iig Kal rovg
Svorv)(cie Kpivtt.
Xptiog needy, poor, S.199.neces
sary, needful, S. 191.
Xpiog a thing or business, S.c.T.
20. P. 763. S.369.ri ^pioQ ; A. 85.
what news ? SrifiOKpavrov apag rivei
ypios id. 445. SeertVeiv.a request,
S.467.
Xpctoy. See ^pfjvai.
Xptjfciv to be in need of. with gen.
P.V.374.986. C.523.to desire or
Will, with inf. P.V. 233. 245. 283. 612.
740. <rv dr)v & xpvctG> ravr ImyXuxr-
XPHS
o<j. Atoc P.V. 930. xPV^b>v C. 336. if
it be his will. Cf. C.802. which
verse Herm. rejects as an interpola
tion.
Xpijfm a thing, ri xPVf"1 '> P.V. 298.
what is it ? rl o" tan XP^r1"- > -A-. 1279-
Cf. C. 872. ri X9Wa 'Xivooto C.10. in
pi. xpriftara riches, wealth, S.c.T. 693.
925. P. 162. A. 928. 980. 1622. C.133.
299. E. 378. 727. S.438. In S.438. rat
Xp^lj^O-Oiv fiev Ik Sdfiwv opOovfitnov
yivoir av di\Xa, there is probably
some corruption, xpv^aai might be
governed by aXXa sc. ethers in addi
tion to or in place of, but this would
imply a very harsh change to the gen.
absolute in iropdovfievuv. Perhaps
Xpnfiarwv (so Aurat.) is better : v.
439. seems mote naturally to come
after 440. See yofiog.
Xprjfiaro^airae Dor. a divider of
property, S.c.T. 711.
Xptjvai to be right or necessary. xpv
pres. it behoves, is right, is necessary,
P.V. 3. 103. 295. 633. 643.662.717.723.
732.932. S.c.T.l. 10.695.699.996. P.
215.519.787.806. A. 161.333.557.566.
795. 891. 902. 1199. 1341. 1537. C.295.
E.679.957. S.173.514. 705.744.916. 949.
X/3J7V imperf. A.853.1393.1643. C.894.
918.it is decreed, it is fated, P.V.
100. 183. 4K.705. 1069. S.C.T.599. A.
1404. C.2oT. In P.V.609. where ri fxfi
XPVi is read, Elmsl. proposes a very
ingenious conjecture sc. ri fifjxap ;
and places the stop after iradeiv.
part, xptuiv. rb fifi xpthv C. 918. that
which is not seemly, xpc^v for xp^'^y
kari, i.qu. xp>1- it must be or it is
right,P.\ .774.972.998. P. 149. A. 896.
S. 497. 958.
Xpijadai (mid. v. of \pav qu. v.)
to use, P.V.322. E.625. ZovXiu XPVrat
fuywA.927. suffers the yoke.perf.
(TUHppovitv Kexpniiivov P. 815. So the
Schol. correctly, for the vulg. -
Xpnfievoi, It is, however, impossible
that it can here govern traxppovuv in
the sense of wanting : (on this mean
ing cf. Elmsl. on Heracl.801.) this
would require rov auxppovtiv. As little
can the other reading KcxPlfievoi go
 XPH2
vern auxfipovelv in the sense of using.
The meaning of the word has appar
ently heen mistaken. It is the perf.
pass, of xpav, sc. warned of God, in
structed as by an oracle. That the
word may be used in this sense is
clear from the compound irvOoyjtriarqt;
in C.928. which the Schol. explains 6
virb deov xpr/o-Ot i.
XpnofioQ an oracle or prediction,
P.V.665. 875. P. 725. A. 1151. 1225.
1549. C. 268. 295. E.592.683.
Xpna/iaiSia id. P.V.777.
Xpnarfipioq belonging to an oracle.
-)(pr)(TTnpiovQ opvtOae S.c.T. 26. oracu
lar birds. e~6[ioi<Tt xpno'Tnpiots A. 938.
the temple where the oracle is given,
i^erfiae xpnornpiovs E.252. commands
given in an oracle. xpn<rrtipiav iadfJTa
A. 1243. the dress used by a pro
phetess, xpnorripia sc. Swjuara S.c.T.
730. E. 185. the temple where there is
an oracle. f^pnarrjpiov sc. tepov a
victim slain before consulting the gods,
S.c.T. 212. Cf. S.445.
Xpijordc good, lucky, P.224.
Xpieiv to sting, P.V.566. 600.882.
pass, ^piadeiaa P.V. 678.
XpifiiTTEiv to bring near, P.V. 715.
mid. v. -)(pifnrTi(idai to approach,
S.c.T. 84. E.176.
Xpitrfia oil, any unguerft, A. 94.
where corr. ~)(pifiaTOQ from M. Rob.
Xptoroe used as ointment, P.V.
478.
Xpoia colour, P.V. 23. 491.
Xpovifciv to last, continue, A. 821.
to delay, A. 1329. C. 62. pass, to
be delayed, S.c.T. 54. \povtar8dt A.
709. grown up. In C. 941. seqq.
occurs a very corrupt passage, rawep
b Aortas b Hapvatrtnog (corr. Xlapvaa-
toe) fiiyav t^w rlvXv Xov 7r
o^Oei tk,tv aSdXwc ooXlav pXaw-
rofiivav iv j^povotc Oeltrav uroixtrai.
Various emendations have been pro
posed. Herm. and Well, suppose a
lacuna after -^Oovoq. For iw' oyQzi &tv
which is manifestly corrupt, Herm.
suggests W ixQpo&voig. Klaus, conj.
itroxdiog h.e.tra mountains, referring
to ilapvaaaiog. For iv \p6voig Btioav
( 337 ) XPON
Herm. corrects xpovio-Qiionv h.e. de
layed, which, if correct, must be an
epexegesis of fiXawrofiivav. For
raircp also he reads ravtrcp, an ob
vious correction, agreeing with Aiicav.
Without attempting to settle any
thing with respect to stt oydu afcv,
we may translate the rest of the
sentence, whom (sc. Justice) Apollo
who dwells on Parnassus in the great
shrine of the earth, goes for (h. e.
fetches, brings up against criminals)
stealthy, yet stealthy in a righteous
cause, halting, delayed. The idea
seems the same as that of Horace,
Raro antecedentem scelestum de-
seruit pede Poena claudo.
Xpovtog long delayed, S.c.T. 688.
causing delay, A. 145.
XpovoQ time, P.V.626.933. 1022. P.
64.678.699. A. 596.686. C. 959. 1007.
E.276.815.858.906.926. S.716. to ex
press duration of time the accusative
is commonly used without a prepo
sition, e.g. tov fxvpterfj xpovov a.6-
Xevaw P.V. 95. tov paKpov ypovov
iipvpov ehrj Travra P.V. 447. xpovov
tov fieXXovra id. 841. rovSe tov )3pay(yv
Xpbvov id. 941. tov Si alwvos xpovov
A. 540. ttoXvv ayav xpovov C.957.
tov TTpb tov xpovov E. 440. hapov
Xpbvov S.511. i^nfiov xpovw S.c.T.
11. past the prime of youth. Sia
fiaKpov xpovov P. 717. at a long
distance of time. iroXX<j> \pbvo> A.
507. after a long absence, eg tov
ttoXvv xpovov A. 607. in the long run.
Iv iroXXS xpbvui A. 537. in a long
period of time, irolov xpovov veirop-
Onrai woXtf, A. 269. since what time?
tov ZvvivSovTOS xpovov A. 868. the
time occupied in sleep, b iioraroe tov
Xpbvov 7rpearficvcTai A. 1273. in point
of time, wc afieixTTTOc in \povov P.
678. that I may not be blamed in re
spect of the time, avv xpav<j> A. 1351
E.526. in course of time, iv XPVV
id. A.831.1544. C.1036. E. 475. 954.
S. 131. tig to tS.v xpovov E. 640. for
ever. Cf. E.462.542.733. elobrnv %pov-
ov S.612. in after time. delay.
TraXi/xfiliKn \povov A. 189. ovk 'Lot
2 x
 XPV2 ( 338 )
aAuSie, ov, ivot, \p6vy w\iov A.
1372. Cf. n\iov. ypovoQ tvei>rap-
rijinat A. 956. it is a long time since.
\p6vij) at length, in course of time,
A.125. 450.781. C. 293.641. 923. E.868.
S.713.916.971.
Xpvtrafioifios a money-changer, one
who exchanges anything for gold.
Metaphorically applied to Mars, who
changes the bodies of the slain into
ashes, A. 426.
Xpvtret'tSftnTog formed of gold, C.
608.
Xpiiatog golden, S.c.T.416.
XpvtnoaroXjxoc adorned with gold,
P. 155.
Xpvaevg a native of Chrysa, P. 306.
Brunck and Schiitz incorrectly sup
pose this word to be a proper
name.
Xpvarftg Chryseis, A. 1414.
Xpvo-riXarog wrought in gold, S.c.T.
626. E.173.
XpvaoyovoQ horn of gold, ypvao-
yovov yivtas P. 79. a race horn of the
golden shower, sc. of that golden
shower into which Jupiter trans
formed himself when he came to
Danae. From this connexion sprung
Perseus, from him and Andromeda
Perses, whence the Persians were de
rived. So Herod, vii. 150. In this
passage several MSS. and Edd. have
\pvaov6iiov, which the Schol. A. ex
plains irXovo-iag, but prefers the read
ing ^pvaoyot'oc. Schol. B. likewise
has xpvoovofiov with the explanation
TrKovauoTarriQ' toiovtoi yap oi Uepaai.
Blomf. adopts this reading. The
vulg. however, appears in every way
preferable.
XpvaoTraarog overlaid with gold,
A. 752.
XpvaonriXrii wearing a golden hel
met, S.c.T. 102.
XpvaoppvroQ flowing withgold, P.V.
807.
Xpvcrot gold, P.V.500. C.366.
XpvaortvKTog wrought in gold,
S.c.T. 642.
XOPO
Xpvao<j>iyyiic shining like gold, A.
289.
Xp&ic the skin, P.309.
Xvaie a libation, C.95.
Xuroc shed. aifiaroQ \vrov E.652.
blood-shed.
\ ('uf ut a mound, C.712. S.849.
Xwpa a region or country, P.V.
405. S.c.T. 253. 759. 1039. P. 7. 68. 263.
485.842.889. A. 46. 495. 1629. C.180.
391 . 967. E. 16.278.282.415.456.67 1 .690.
732.756.783.798. 831.926.962. S.19.29.
235.237. 259.966. 1006.iv x<ipp ilvai
to be in its right place. "Apije ovk eyt
\topa A. 78. martial vigour is not
(yet) in its proper place, sc. in the
breast of a man.
Xuipeii' to go, proceed, P.V. 1062.
S.C.T. 60. P.371. E. 171. 187.xwptt
Karto P.V. 74. go lower, stoop down.
rus kyuipti P. 376. the night wore on.
fut. mid. ik irvXaiv \wpfiverai S.c.T.
458.
Xtopig besides, apart from the rest,
P. 332. x<"P'e ytwroff P.V. 290. besides
the reason of kindred. without, with
gen. A. 900.xwPtQ 4 Tllx'l O*'*'' &
623. This is explained by Victor,
'.' liberum remotumque esse debere
ab omni hujuscemodi re, quicquid
ad Deos colendos honoreque afficien-
dos pertinet." Butler much the same ;
alia (quam infausta sc.) poscit honos
Diis debitus. Abresch's explanation
is absurd. Stanley explains it, " quod
alius sit honor eorum Deorum qui
bona mittant : alius eorum qui mala,
ut Erinnyes." So Heath and Blomf.
Scholefield compares Arist. Thesm.
11. xtoplg yap avro'iv eKaripov 'artv fi
fvaiQ. The explanation of the Scho
liast, ravra Xiyovreg ari/ia^o/icv rove
Oeovs, rather favours the former in
terpretation, but the latter appears on
the whole to be preferable. Cf. n/xii.
Xtapirnc [i] an inhabitant of a place,
E.988. So Herm. for vulg. x^ptire.
X&pog a place, a region, C.536. E.
24. S. 61.954.
 *AIlJ ( 339 )
V
tyaipuv to rub, to touch lightly,
P.V. 394.
^a/cag a drop, A. 1363.
tyaXiov a bridle. Met. a chain,
P.V.54. In C.956. fiiya r atynpidnv
\paXiov 6'iKiav (so Glasg. Herm. for
ixiyav t), some prefer a<j>npi6n, on
which Klaus, observes, " sibi ipsi
derntum dicit Chorus vinculum, quod
domui inditum fuit."
VaWtiv to pluck, P. 1019.
^apfiiog sandy. \pa/jifiia aicarac
A. 957. See under Trapvjiav.
^a/iyuec prop, name, P. 921.
Vafifios the sand, P.V.573.
tyavciv to touch, S.903. with gen.
P. 198. C.180.
tya<pap6e dry, S.c.T.305.
Viyeiv to blame, A. 179.1370. Ai-
ylaOov yap ov \j/iy<i> fiopov C.983. I
have no fault to find with the murder
of Mgisthus, i.e. I do not think it
necessary to excuse it as I have done
that of my mother.
tyeicacadrop. ipeKacXi'iyti A. 1516.
it no longer rains in drops, but in a
heavy shower.
VtXXoc obscure, P.V.818.
'fftviztv to deceive, exfscvaas <pptvwy
Tlepo-ae P. 465. disappointed them in
their expectations.mid. v. -^evSeaOai
id. A6,tav i\f/tvaafj.rjv E.585. pass.
ipivaOeloa C.748. deceived.
^fevSnyopeiy to speak lies, P.V.
1034.
VTcv&riS false, P.V.688. A. 610. ra
if/evSij Kaka A. 606. false or pretended
good news. The meaning of the pas
sage seems to be, it would be impossible
for me to tell any false good news,
which my friends could in the long
run enjoy. Schiitz properly explains
it, " Negat praeco se falsa bona nar-
raturum : propterea quod etiamsi ficta
narratione senum animos lactaverit,
celeriter tamen, ut se res habeant,
audituri sint."
"tytvlofxavTig a false prophetess, A.
1168.
^YXH
'i'tvBwvvfioe falsely named, P.V.
719. S.c.T. 652.
^evSwvifiwc falsely naming, P.V.
85.
^rjypa dust, A. 436.
tyriQlfaadai to give a vote. \pn<pi-
ofini ri Spay A. 1326. / vote for
doing something.
^titbio-fia a decree, S.596.
tyijQoe a pebble, used in calculating
and in giving votes, hence, iv 4>ri<po>
Xiytiv A. 556. to reckon up. a
vote, a decree passed by votes, A.
790. E.567.600.718. S.7. (iaXovo-a
T oIkov \j/ijt)>0 &pdiiMTtv pin E.721.
as a single vote has overthrown, so a
single vote has preserved a house.
\pfj<j>oc oXedpla S.c.T. 180. a vote of
condemnation. <j>peiv \pfj<pov E. 645.
650. to give a vote, ypijtyoy a'iptiv 679.
id. lit. to take it up, sc. to put it into
the urn. \prj<j>ov edtvro S.631.634. id.
\prjipov 'Opiarn Trpoodjioofiai E.705.
/ will vote in favor of Orestes. reXtla
\prj<pog S.720. \prj<poe KtKpavrai S.921.
Kpalverat id. 943. avSpodvrjrai 'IXtov
ipdopae \prj<l>ovg tdevTo A.790.i. q.
fipnQiaavro they voted for.
tytOvpog whispering, S. 1025.
*P6yoe blame, reproach, A. 911. E.
416. S.951.
^vdoe a lie, a deceit, A . 464. \f/idn
A. 1059. So in A. 971. \pvdn is adopted
(from Steph.) by Glasg. Schiitz, and
others for \\ivln, a word, as Stephens
observes, of no authority. On ipvdn
he observes, " Dores ex \pevSot detra-
hentes e, deinde ipsum 2vertentesin
6, faciunt \pvdoc." ri before eXiriSot
is corrupt. Pauw, Heath, Schiitz read
tLv. Stanl. Pors. raZ'.
^vxayuiyoe evoking spirits, P.673.
y?i>Xii-v to chill, P.V. 695. Schiitz
compares the expression in Plautus,
Mihi quoque cedepol jamdudum ille
Syrus cor perfrigefacit.
"^vxh the soul or mind, P.V. 695.
S.c.T. 1025. P. 28. C. 738. \pv\^v Ixpio-
roi P. 434. great in soul, \pv\y SiSorrtc
 *YXO ( 340 )
ij&oviiv id. 827. enjoying yourselves,
axo \pv\ijt icairijc A. 1627. out of cow
ardice, rg <j>iXij 4>vxjj C.274. in my
own soul.the soul of one dead, P.
622. A. 1525. life, A. 1432.1447. \pvx~
>K KOfiitrrpa A. 939. reward for pre
Tii an interjection, placed by itself,
P. 947. C.930. with nora. or voc. pas
sim, with imperative, A. 22. S. 597.
In A. 1473. io fxol [i r>t Koirav ravo"
avtXtv&tpov, the verb uwm is to be
repeated from v. 1471.
'iiyuyiog ancient, S.c.T.303. P. 37.
935.989. " Ab Ogyge, aiunt, perve-
tusto vel Attica?, vel Thebarum, vel
(ut Schol. Hes. Theog. p. 296.) Deo-
rum rege, antiqua omnia et veneranda
iiyvyia dicebantur." Blomf. Gloss.
in S.c.T.310. (ed. Blomf.) Thus
Thebes in Egypt, which had nothing
to do with Ogyges, was called Ogy-
gian. So Pind. Nem. vi.71. $Xiovvtoq
inr wyvyioiQ opiai. See Stanley,
note on S.c.T. 303.
''ilSc hither, S.725. so, in this
manner, e.g. P.V.159. and passim.
'l<5t'c the pains of childbirth. Met.
any severe pain, C. 209. S. 751. the
fruit of the womb, a child, A . 1392.
Cf. Pind. 01. vi.31. Kpvtpe Sc irapdtv-
iav ok. <i<i KoXnotg Eur. Iph. T.1102.
Aaroic >h"iva (plXay.
"leiv to exclaim w, E. 121.
'!?/ an interjection, ho ! E. 94.
'ilde'iv to thrust, P.V.668.
'QiKtavoQ Oceanus, P. V. 140.296.
'Slwnvolo iropov P.V. 529. the ocean.
'tlKvwoivoG bringing swift punish
ment, S.c.T.725.
'ClKviropoe swiftly flowing, A. 1537.
'ilKvirrepoc swift-winged, S.715.
'QXivn an arm, P.V. 60.
ClXtatotKog destroying a house,
S.C.T. 702. " Herm. on Vig. p. 720. also Elmsl. on
'l[ino-TTiQ eating raw flesh, A. 801.
'QfioSaKr/e cruelly biting, S.c.T.
674.
lpoc'p('nroc plucking unripe fruit.
V
as
serving life, by catachresis in E. 115.
tXe^a Ttje ififjc trept ypt)\fje i. e. / have
spoken in behalf of my life, i. e. of
that which is as dear to me as life is
to a living person.
Vvxps coolness, A. 945.
Met. i>fioZpmu>v vofiifxitiv rrpoTrapotde
S.c.T. 815. where ctyzofyxMra vo/juua
are those rites which gather the fresh
flower of virginity, i.e. the rites of
marriage. The whole sentence means
therefore simply before marriage.
"ilfioi ah me! P.V.982. S.c.T.637.
P. 249. A. 1316.1318.1473.1499.
'Clfioe cruel, S.c.T. 518. A. 1015. S.
184.
7ljiO the shoulder, P.V.360.
'ClfioalroQ feeding on raw flesh,
S.c.T.523.
'l/io<l>p6vu>c cruelly, P.875.
'Clfi6fpa>v cruel, S.c.T. 712. C.415.
'ilvc'ttrOai to buy, S. 332. See
KracrOat.
'ilpa time. &pa Ifiiropovg fiiQiivat
ayicvpav C.650. it is time for travel
lers to rest. IQvov &pav ovSevoe icoivr)v
Qtiov sc. Kaff &pav E. 109. / sacri
ficed at a time common to none other
of the gods. the prime or flower of
youth, S.c.T.517. S.975. In S.c.T.
13. it is opposed to extreme youth on
the one hand and the age past the
vigour of youth on the other.
'2c a conjunction used, l . in com
parisons, as, like as. &s rig ijXioe A.
279. So passim. It is often placed
after the word to which it refers,
e.g. ro&Tne ne &e A. 1167. Cf. S.c.T.
480. P. 731. A. 268. 1167. C. 104.499.
S. 464. 864. 873.preceded by roiovSe,
such as, P. 176. by a comparative,
equivalent to ) <ic. \xn /xov npotf/dov
fiaooov &c ifioi yXvKv P.Vj.632. See
Hec.544. Cf. C.837. ohtiev ayyiXwv
erdivoe, cic abrbv avr&v avlpa weiOetr-
Oai iripi, h.e. it is nothing as com
pared with, etc. See ayytXoc. 2.
 il2 ( 341 )
with verbs, how, in what manner,
e. g. eoopag fi <ic if/cSiica iraayui P.V.
1095, etc.3. in allegations, asser
tions, etc. we 6 jxavrie <f>r)<rlv S.c.T.
24. as the seer says, etc. >q av oh
<f>i\r) S.699. sc. kXvoi. with two con
structions united, P. 557. See Matth.
Gr. Gr. 539. Obs. 2. 4. increasing
the force of an adjective or adverb.
<ic iTvfiuQ E.506. in very truth.
with superl. we pqo-ra P.V. 104. as
easily as possible. Cf. >e tcXiiotoioi
P.V.346. i)Q apiara S.C.T.175. P. 775.
A. 660. C.771. <ic Taxiora S.c.T. 243.
E.712. S.188.927. Cf. cic rax<>C S.C.T.
657. A.27. C.876. 5. denoting the
view taken of a thing, case, or per
son, e.g. oi> yap >e <j>vyij Kaiav
i(f>vfivovv P. 384. jiaia y to<; awo iroX-
Xwv 982. KtipaaOi fiov yvvaiKoe we a-
Qpaafiovoe A. 1374. Cf. P.V.357.956.
988. S.C.T.1006. A. 600. 658.1028.1293.
1340.1396. C. 222. 703.704. E. 191.797.
S.75. 244. 319.743. <bp6vti we rapfiovoa
fin 'fitXciv Oewv S.754. do not, be
cause in terror, neglect the gods.
with gen. absol. we <3S' kyjbvTwv A.
1366. these things being so. Cf. P.V.
762. S.c.T.229. P. 166. E.645.6.
equivalent to on that. P.V. 296. and
passim. 7. denoting a purpose, in
order that, that, with optat. e.g.
P.V. 202. etc. with subj. e.g. P.V.
53. etc. subj. with av P.V. 10. etc.8.
with infin. in the sense of wort so that,
S.c.T.526. etc. with infin. put absol.
we tlirtiv 7roe P. 700. so to speak.
on; TOp&Q ippaaai A. 1566. to speak
plainly. Cf. we o7r\*5 Xoyw sc. tlweiv
a*EA
P.V.46. 9. with indie, denoting a
possible case which was not realized,
in which case, P.V. 155. see owwe,
and Matth. Gr. Gr. 519. with indie.
so that, P. 712. we Xiyoie iraXiv A.
310. so that I wish you would speak
again. Dind. prefers Bothe's conj.oftc
Xiyeis, Ka.Xiv. ellipt. irpoe raft we
2,ovaojv jitv iiarv irav KevavSplav arrivci
P. 716. sc. "to-dt. 10. denoting a cause,
since, seeing that, P.V. 77. etc. 11.
denoting time past, when, as soon as,
after that, S.c.T. 965. P.353.405. 446.
588. A. 1185. 12. in exclamations,
how ! P. 247. etc. we lit ironical, as
though forsooth, A. 1616.
"He thus, A.904. So Well, in A.
1327. supposing that wc cannot occur
in the end of a senarius.
'IoeI as it were, S.763.
"Q,OTTtp as, P.V.614. S.c.T. 239. 740.
1064. A.255. 1174.1210. 1284.1355.1401.
C. 94.106.665. 875.1018. E. 306.581.
'Qmctptl as if, A. 1192. 1389. C.742.
"We like, even as, P. V.450. S.c.T.
13.62. P. 416. A.614.858. C.415. E.
598. placed after the subst. A. 1656.
S.732. with infin. to the end that,
so that, P.V.313. 339.997. S.c.T.890.
P.240.327. 450.708.709.711. A. 195.
277. 369. 527. 618. 1045. 1154. 1368. C.
519. 526. 535. 560. 834. E. 83. 193. 219.
290. 856.
'ClfeXeiv to profit, P.V. 44. with
dative, P.V. 342. P. 828. with accus.
P.V.505.pass, to be benefitted. rotaS'
kl, ifiov tlHjitXrifiit'os P.V. 222.
'tltyiXnfia an advantage, P.V. 251.
499.616.
 .
,
^&, & , & . <3
^ .

*.* & , . 1. ^&, (1.

. V. 182. 1. ' - 8.
187. ' 8. .
213. \. - 3.
240. ' ).
246. - 8.
313. - - - - . ((11
353. \
.
354. -
365. - - - .
426. 8.
- .
[?] .
577. , , - - - .
713. , [?] .
729. - .
767. ------ .
903. 93. [?] .
1015. 1. ----- 8*1.
1059. 2' - - - <1.
8... 29. . .
34. - .
71,1048. - 088
83. '/ [?] - .
2' "
, -
, " [?] .
9. ' - - - - - .
189. 3 [?]-- 8
207. [?] - - - - - !".
217. -
264. ' '
. .
273. ' - - - - .
344 .

8.0. . 275. 1. - - . 88.

355. ' ' - - 8.
364. . 88.
558.
' \ [?]
566. ( )
; ... ; [?] - - -
585. ----- .
595. \ - - - - 88.
677. ' [?] - - - - \(38
' [?] - - - --.
808. &<1. - - - . .
898. ' ' 1. ) \'
[?] ----- 8.
901. - .
932. - - - .
941. - - - - ,).
942. ----- , .
968. ' ' [?] .
1025. ----- 88.
1029. - - - - - -
1042. " . . . 18 - .
1058. 1. - - .
8. 17. ' - - - - .
35. '- - - 88.
43. " 1. -----
58. ' - - - )8
71. - - - - 6.
142. - - - .
158. 3' 1. * [?] - &6 .
163.
- - - - - - -. 1. 8

243. ----- 018.
263. 8. .
299. - - 88.
321.1.7-' - - 88.
' ' [?] - .
326. > 1. - - - - .
410. - 88.
473. - .
508. - 88.
524. - - - . 1.
532. ' . . . [?] 8.
549 ... - 88.
563. . 573. - .
590. ]> 1. [?] - .
594. ----- .
663. ' [?] - - - - .
684. - - - - .
686. ----- .
696. '' ----- .
 345

!. 706. 1. 88.
717. - .
722. [?] - ^. .
760. ' - ^
780. - .
815. - - ;
820. - .
836. ' ~' ' [?] - - - 1>1)1
840. - - - - - 88.
844. -
854. ' -" - 88.
- 88.
861. -
888. - 880\
896. - .
903,906. - .
922. - 88.
934. [?] - \11.
[?] - .
962. ' - \11.
2 13 - - - - .
- .1.
(\. 10. ' . . . . . . 88.
87. '' - .
103. - .
139. 1. [?] \.
143. )\ ^ . II. ' .
300. - - - - - 8.
243. ' -
1. ', '
, [?] -
245. ------ \.
279. 1. ------ .1.
295. [?] - 0&8.
303. ' - - - 8
329. [?] - .
331. 01. [?] - - - - .
332. - - - - .
334. ~ - - - - 2 88. .
364. : - - - - .
365. - - - - .1.
376. - - - 18.
400. , ,
' ' -
[?]

.
-
- 8
-
-
410. ( . . )
.
411. [?]-"" 81.
432. . .
.
497. ' . .
2
346 .

&. 498. 1. - ...

533. [?] ... .
- ..
543. ... . 1.
597. ' - 8
630. ) >
'
650. '' ' 383 1 .
656. - 8.
658. ^ ;,' ^ ; ..
696. -, ' .
705. ----- .
') .... .
7*5. ..
780. . - 1.
796 ... ^.
- .
824 '
8.
920. 6 ' - - 3 1
922. ' &.
924. .
933. - 3.
956. ' 81(3.
' - .
----- .
9!(4 86\ - - - 81. .
' ' > 83
---... .
1025. 1. ' ^.
1062. ', [?] .
1063. ' ,
.
1081-2. - - - . .
1093. - .
, - 018\
1169. ' ' ' .
1172. , .
1180. [?] .
- 181.
1189.
1222. - ' . ' '
-
1225. ' ' -
' '
- . 8.
1234. [?3 - - 038311 1).
1235. - - - - .
1240. ' - ' ' - ..81.
1241. ', -
-..
1259. [?] - - .
1272. " ""'
- .
1290. - - ^3^^
1292. - - - -..
1293. - -..
 347

3.1313. > - 1.
[?] - - - -
1314. , [?] - 8.
1316. ' ... .
1320. ' ' 8.
1348. 1)3.
1365. 8.
1368. - - 81.
1403. [?] - .
[?] - - .
1417. ... - 0&33110.
1458. .... - .
18 ... - \.
1489. - - .
1493. - - - -
1502. .------ 8
1507. ) '
, -
[?] .
1547. [?] - - .
1548. - - .
1614. [?] - - 3\)
[?] - - \
1638. - -
1642-3. ' ' ' (
3) - . 1. <1 ,
. 4. & .... - . 0<3. .
15. - - - - ).
59. ' - - - - - - .
69. - - - - -
72. - - \.
122.
1 163. 1 '
(. ) .
124, 3' 1. - .
142, ' ) - .
' - - .
143. .... -
187. '- -
193. ''' - - .
195. ' ' ) - - 031)1.
' - 8.
277. <5 - - .
292. ' - .
317. - - .
358. ' - - .
' - - .
364. - - 68
,) - .
368. 1. - *- .
. ]<

348 .

\>. 376. - 1. [?] - .

[?] - \11.
384. - - - - - - .
398. ,- ' - .
417. '
( ) . )
" ' - - .
435. - - 83.1.
442. [?] - - .
447. ----- - )
464 ]. \. ' ' (. .
) ' , ' ' -
>" - -
467. \\%. . . ,
- - - - ).
478. - - - - .
490. ' 1>61 ... (1.
495. 1. [?] - - - - >6
500. ----- ).
503. '
( 1.) .
527. _|6 - - .
537. 1. -.1.
540. 1. [?] - 8.
582. - .
609. - 1)8
615. &' - -.1.
619. - -.1.
620. 5' * -.1.
680. '" - . .
^. .
.
685. / ... - 8.
745. () ,'' , {. .
- .
'62. ) - 810 18.
'85. . - -
786. 1. ', 11
(810 . \>)
*7/< .1.
798. \>?:7\(>.$<>[?] . ,

828. - - - - .
838. -
841 ^' &' [?] - .
7 " ^ [?]
- .
914. - - .
[?] ... -8.
917. - ' - - 5.
997. ( - -
941. > - - .
' - - .
956. - 015.
!*>"- /
-
 . 349

. 963. " 1. ' -

------ .
964. ' [?] .
965. - - - .
1005. ' ' - - - 8
1017. ' ' ,
'-----.. 1(11
1018. - - - - .
1040. / - ^\1.
1065. 88. ]. - - -.
. 36. 1. . 1. . - - .
54. 688
77. ' [?]---- .
92. - .
118. ' - -
140. - ).
161. ' - - - - &
169. -----
177. - - - .
180. [?] - - - - &&.
204. [?]---- ^.
,& ]9<1 ) . 80. .
211. ' - -
216. 8.
246. ' - - - -
[?] ... .
302. ' - - - - .
303.
...' ----- .
305.
306. [?] - - - - ^.
- - - - .
346. - - - - .
376. .
389. ... - 83,1.
407. - - 841.
- - .
413. , ^.
416. - - - - - .
450. - - - - .
, - - - - 1. 1.
459. ' ' - - - - . .
461. ' - .
481. [?] - - - -
493. ~ - - - - ...
524. ' ' [?] 11\
' [?2 .
532. - - - - .
551. .
----- 88.
601. ------ 8.
602. - .
) - - -
350 INDEX I.

Eum. 663. pro kirtKaivovrw leg. vriKaivoiivruv Steph.

717. vifutv\xeveiv [?] - Wakef.
727. avtip 'avifp ------ Pors.
763,780. avriwaOijavriirtvdrj [?] MSS.
811. xat rol ye fii/r <tvna't rji fitv tl <rv - Wiesel.
819. versus praec. excidit judice. - Dind.
863. pro ylietfs leg. veIkt\c [? ~\ Herm.
904. evOevovvt uyavfvdeyovvra ya - Dobree
943. ippovovat<j>povovaa ?] - - - - Herm.
EVpioKEl EVpiBKElC [?] - Herm.
968. n-<cWA*Wom. [?] - Pors. c. Piers.
7TO SnrXolto [?] - - * Dind.
986. fi&Tt l lljtUI Sofiov [?J Herm.
988. yuipeiTtxa>P^Tai ' ' " Herm.
Supp. 3. XewTOfiaOwvXevTO^/afxadwy - Pauw
G. SrifitiXaoiq$r)nrjXa<Tia.v - - - - Tyrwhitt
39. warpadtXtpiav7ruTpaScX<j)iiaf - - - Pauw
40. ciriKcxXofiEvaiEirtKEicXoiiiva - .Turn.
66. 'laoviottriarjSovioioi mem. ex codd. Spanh.
id. conj. - Stanl.
90. to OaXXocrtOaXwc - Bothe
Ill, 122. cyanotictva noweis [?] - - - Well.
iv, yd, kovveIc [?] - Boissonade
117. iirtSpOfiuxr 86icirtSpofi oiroOi [?] Herm.
153. leg. a Zav, 'love lit - - - - Bamberger
196. pro fieTuiirwy ab><pp6ya>v leg. fxETioTrorrwippoviav - Pors.
225. jxaraiov air/asfxaraioc airiav f.l.
245. Itpov pafiSovupopafiSov - - . Schiitz
263. [iriytirat S' ami/ujjvitt) Sdici/ [?] Pors.
firjvidi &Ki) [?] Dind.
290. xai tparisx^ 0""j - f.l.
293. Kpvirra. 'y xpvfiSa y - Stanl.
304. pro glossemate habet - Well.
vers, praec. excidisse putat Dind.
313. pro fieyurrov TrjaSe yf/eleg. fuyurrtft ovofia y>K'[?] Pors.
sed versus praec. excidit
332. wvoiroovoito - Boissonade
347. rjXifiaTOMTtvf/XijiaTOic Iv Valck.
358. ovirtpe'Lirep [?] - Faehse
oh irtvii [?] - Herm.
XyififiaraXii/iara - Aid. Rob.
364. aoT&v . . . toIctSecmttoIc t&vSe - Stanl.
439. iftirXrio-aci/iirXrjoai [?] - - - Butl.
(vv. 439. 440. forte transpon.)
ypilfiaaivxprijiaTtoy - Auraf.
481. oIktoq claiSwv tASeolicrlo-ac, IS&iv tASe f.l.
486. ev piovraevpEdivra ..... Pors.
514. rolairola - - - . supersc. in Reg. L.
542. /3d<r2oc Si a'iasS' 'Ao-iSoc Si a'iac [?] Turn.
647. post Eiriy(u>ploiQ supplet Epic [?] Heath
671. pro KapirOTEXEl leg. KapnroTEXrj ... Stanl.
728. xaTEppivrffiivovcKaTEppiyw/xivovc [?] Well.
 INDEX I. 351

Supp. 776. proepjj/jacleg. Kpe/xas [?] - -Rob.

oltypwvo'wTrpuiv [?]---- Burg.
853. leg./3da koi irucporepov ol^voe \iiuv vo/xov - f. 1.
88S. proirpd^vot leg. nrpofioi - - - - Stanl.
917. 'ierdi y eitrei av r - - - - - Bothe
928. "i<rdi raft, rj$t) vdXefiov alpiftrg viovfj ' orai
raS', r\ Bel iroXc/jtov ouptaBai viov [?] - Pors.
967. Tot&vSeroiavde - - - - - f. 1.
968. <te/3e(x0eai^adai MSS.
977. fitvviv ------ Pors.
980. K&XwpaK&u>pa ----- Stanl.
985. ovv tKkrip&iOriovvck rjpdOrf - - - Heath
1027. tpvyadac S'ipvyaSeaaiv 3" Burgess
forte etiam 'in irotvas pro etrnrvoiae - - Burgess
 II.
" 8. 888 1(1,
18 & 68{ 18 .

.
\. ". . .
14 - 14 52 . 484 - 495 321 .
22 - 22 - 242*. 496 - 507 - 329 .
23 - 23 - 50 . 554 - 570 - 84 .
49 - 49 - 280 . 609 - 626 - 336 .
59 - 59 - 109 . 639 - 657 - 256 .
85 - 85 - 282 . 680 - 698 - 17 .
87 - 87 - 312 . 685 - 703 - 281 .
122 - 122 - 109 . 713 - 736 - 12 .
213 - 221 - 322 . 714 - 737 - 27 .
218 - 226 - 286 . 729 - 752 - 72 .
285 - 293 - 84 . 767 - 790 - 293 .
313 - 321 - 336 . 837 - 860 - 286 .
340 - 348 - 302 . 861 - 884 - 306 . 327
354 - 362 - 36 . . 892 - 916 - 101.
365 - 373 - 174 . 902 - 933 - 19 .
387 - 395 - 66 . 906 - 939 - 278 .
388 - 396 - 120 . 938 - 972 - 7 .
409 - 418 - 137 . 939 - 973 - 8 .
426 - 436 - 321 . 943 - 977 - 67 .
431 - 442 - 71 . 1015 - 1049 - 247 .
436 - 447 - 288 . 1059 - 1093 - 150 .
456 - 467 - 97 .

8 8.
. . . .
,' 8 - 8 - 138 . 140 - 143 128 .
24 - 24 - 62 . 143 - 146 - 18 .
43 - 43 - 108 . 200 - 204 - 112 .
49 - 49 - 108 . 203 - 207 - 51 .
61 - 61 - 109 . 204 - 208 - 45 .
83 - 83 - 116 . 207 - 211 - 74 .
99 - 100 - 57 . 255 - 259 - 204 .
118 - 119 - 101 . 264 - 268 - 132
2
354 II.
-
. . . .
, 266 270 * 138 . 241 . .619-20 - 634-5 35 .
867 271 - 336 . 660 675 - 53 6.
269 - 273 - 94 6. 667 682 - 15 . 139
273 278 - 96 6. 685 700 - 42 6.
275 - 280 - 96 6. 710 725 - 43 .
293 304 - 14 6. 732 747 - 78 6. 109
316 323 - 49 . 745 760 - 123 .
318 327 . 340 6. 749 764 - 59 6.
330 340 - 12 . 767-8 - 785-6 - 134 .
356 367 . 40 6. 41 . 824 842 - 42 .
384 - 398 - 37 . 838 855 - 24 . .
411 425 . 140 6. 141 . 854 870 - 92 .
486 - 499 . 100 . 866 0111. - 84 .
488 - 502 - 127 6. 336 . 867 1. - 84 .
612 526 - 239 6. 868 884 - 134 .
532 546 - 67 6. 869 885 - 134 6.
536 650 - 57 . 892 903 - 25 .
538 552 - 139 . 964 979 - 79 .
548 562 - 67 6. 978 992 - 85 .
559 574 - 128 . 1010 - 1021 - 13 .
560 575 - 123 . 6. 1019 - 1030 - 32 .
566 581 - 87 . 1038 - 1049 - 85 6.
575 - 590 - 22 6. 1041 - 1052 - 38 .
589 603 - 124 . 1042 - 1053 - 140 6.
594 608 - 61 6. 1058 - 1069 - 95 .
606 620 - 48 .

8..

\. \11.
13 13 60 . . 154 163 216 .
42-3 - 42-3 - 135 6. 159 168 - 193 6.
51 51 - 16 6. 161 170 - 56 6.
59 59 - 36 6. 170 179 - 158 . 6.
79 80 - 338 . 189 198 - 160 6.
81 83 - 198 6. 195 204 - 84 .
96 99 - 32.. 148 . 205 214 - 216.
101 104 - 23 . 212 221 - 112 6.
111 115 - 109 . 228 237 - 97 6.
114-23 - 119-29 - 106 6. 230 239 - 30 .
128 128 - 45 6. 235 244 - 334 . .
186 133 - 112 6. 254 265 - 112 .
132 140 - 111 . 257 - 269 - 17 .
 II. :

\. '.
. .
263 - 276 89 6. 1> 643 - 657 ! 76 .
269 - 282 - 89 . 90 . 648 - 662 - 153 .
290 - 303 - 33 . 6. 651 - 605 - 109 .
299 - 312 - 162 . 653 - 669 - 76 .
319 - 333 - 107 6. 655 - 672 - 80 . .
321 - 335 - 49 6. 663 - 683 - 83 .
349 - 363 - 103 6. 669 - 689 - 333 .
374 - 388 - 85 . 674 - 694 - 145 .
380 - 394 - 161 6. 685 - 705 - 120 .
387 - 401 - 112 . 686 - 706 - 86 .
405-7 119-21 - 78 . 706 - 726 - 28 .
406 - 420 - 50 . 717 - 737 - 186 .
407 - 421 - 118 . 722 - 742 - 46 . 156
411 - 425 - 106 . 742 - 762 - 15 .
420 - 434 - 55 . 777 - 796 - 103 .
422 - 436 - 113 . 801 - 820 - 196 .
440 - 454 - 97 . 802 - 821 - 12 .
441 - 455 - 18 . 118 6. 805 - 824 - 56 .
497 - 511 - 87 . 815 - 834 - 336 6. 337
498 - 512 - 179 . 836 - 855 - 120 .
508 - 522 - 123 . 843 - 864 - 44 .
510 - 524 - 36 . 850 - 874 - 57 .
517 - 631 - 127 . 852 - 877 - 116 . 206
532 - 546 - 82 . 854 - 880 - 152 .
556 - 570 - 289 . 877 - 910 - 191 .
560 - 574 - 289 6. 878 - 911 - 159 .
569 - 583 - 34 . 890 - 923 - 332 .
570 - 584 - 25 . 907 - 939 - 20 .
576 - 500 - 82 . 916 - 946 - 113 . .
586 - 600 - 157 . 934 - 965 - 129 .
590 - 604 - 121 . 941 - 973 - 250 6.
594 - 608 - 248 . 949 - 981 - 176 .
596 - 610 - 37 . 961 - 994 - 164 . .
604 - 618 - 25 . 1011 - 1055 - 133 .
608 - 622 - 163 6. 1026 - 1070 - 96 . .
623 - 037 - 271 6. 1030 - 1074 - 96 . .

\. . \. .
, 6 6 95 6. / 10 9 118 .
7 - 3. - 39 . 12-16 11-15 - 78 .
356 II.

. \1. .
33 - 32 - 125 . . 485 - 482 8 44 .
36 - 36 - 63 . . 497 - 494 - 142 .
44 - 43 - 86 0.314 6. 524 - 521 - 42 .
49 - 48 - 113 . 533 - 530 - 99 6. 100
77 - 76 - 34 . 545-6 - 542 - 66 .
10 - 104 - 114 . 565 - 562 - 65 . 93 .
107 - 106 - 303 6. 598 - 595 - 60 6.
116 - 115 - 94 . 602 - 599 - 141 .
118 - 117 - 70 . 606 - 603 - 339 .
119 . 118 - 61 . 608 - 605 - 19 6.
131 - 120 . 90 6. 623 - 620 - 314 . 338 .
122 - 121 . 74 6. 627 - 624 - 125 . 126 .
128 - 124 - 5 6. 628 - 625 - 90 6.
139 - 138 - 9 6. 95 6. 629 - 626 - 89 .
175 - 175 - 61 . 674 - 671 - 116 .
181 . 181 - 187 . 688 - 685 - 115..
183 - 183 - 155 . 690 - 687 - 115 . .
192 - 192 - 21 6. 700 - 097 - 2 .
215 . 215 - 53 . 6. 705 - 702 - 106 .
230 - 230 - 197 . 712 - 709 - 4 6.
248 - 248 - 6 6. 715 - 712 - 19 .
274 274 - 141 . 720 - 717 - 257 .
205 - 205 - 333 . 6. 729 - 720 - 140 6.
302 - 302 203 6. 736 - 733 - 66 .
303 - 303 - 143 6. 739 5}. 736 - 66 . 77 6.
310 - 310 - 3416. 745 - 742 - 228 .
329 - 329 - 96 6. 752 - 749 - 142 6.
335 - 335 - 85 6. 779 - 778 - 18 .
336 - 336 - 33 . 787 - 786 - 72 6.
337 - 337 - 101 6. 790 - 789 - 339 .
341 - 341 - 13 6. 800 - 799 - 97 .
355 - 355 - 30 . 812-4 - 811-3 - 104 6. 105 .
356 - 356 - 50 6. 842 - 841 - 89 .
364 - 305 - 325 6. 849 - 848 - 39 6.
365 - 366 - 52 6. 856-7 - 855-6 - 104 .
368 - 369 - 105 6. 858 - 857 - 63 .
369 - 370 - 40 6. 865 - 864 - 203 . 204 .
374 - 375 - 55 6. 876 - 875 - 32 .
376 - 377 - 281 6. 895 - 894 - 66 6.
397 - 399 - 288 6. 904 - 903 - 29 6.
400 - 402 - 55 6. 56 . 909 - 908 - 31 .
426 - 426 - 338 . 919 - 918 - 118 6.
429 - 428 - 59 6. 920 - 919 - 22 6.
445 - 444 - 82 . 6. 953 - 952 - 43 6.
 357

. . . .
956 - 955 <> 258 6. 259 . - 1348 - 1346 (! 268 .
1006 - 1003 - 25 . 1350 - 1348 - 6 .
1025 - 1022 - 171 . 1352 - 1350 - 127 .
1031 - 1028 - 38 . 78 . 1362 - 1360 - 805 .
1062 - 1059 - 48 . 1365 - 1363. - 65 . .
1067 - 1066 - 189 . 1368 - 1366 - 80 .
1092 - 1090 - 196 . 197 . 1383 - 1381 - 137 .
1153 - 1151 - 203 . 1386 - 1385 - 109 .
1172 - 1170 - 252 . 1396 - 1395 - 41 .
1227 - 1225 - 117 . 1422 - 1422 - 36 .335
1234 - 1232 - 125 . 1431 - 1431 - 107 .
1235 - 1233 - 131 . 1433-40 1433-37 - 129 .
1240 - 1238 - 1 . 1440 - 1437 - 140 .
1241 - 1239 - 272 . 1446 - 1443 - 40 .
1248 - 1246 - 114 . 1462 - 1459 - 13 .
1287 - 1285 - 61 . 1507 - 1503 - 33 .
1290 - 1288 - 329 . 330 . 1548 - 1556 - 118 . .
1293 - 1291 - 135 . 1577 - 1585 - 34 . 35 .
1296 - 1294 - 120 . [298 . 1581 - 1589 - 118 .
1301 - 1299 - 99 . 297 . 1604-5 1611-12 - 86 .
1303 - 1301 - 237 . 1624 - 1639 - 59 .
1313 - 1311 - 2 . 1638 - 1643 - 140 .
1316 - 1314 - 143 . 1642-3 - 1647-8 - 139 . .
1339 - 1337 - 109 . . 1644 - 1649 - 19 . 20 .

^. \.
1 1 141 . 195 . 122 118 335 .
7 - 6 - 170 . 124 120 - 136 . .
15 13 - 216 . 186-7 132-3 - 213 . 214
23 21 - 241 . 143 139 - 45 .
59 55 - 88 . 293 . 152 148 - 44 .
63 59 - 17 . 154 150 - 191 .
67 63 - 64 . 157 154 - 36 .
69 64 - 236 . 160 156 - 60 .
72 66 - 172 . 161 157 - 54 . .
75 70 - 108 . 163 159 - 39 .
77 72 - 49 . 170 166 - 186 .
93 89 - 94 . 181 177 - 36 .
120 116 - 149 . 193 189 - 121 .
121 - 117 37 . 188 . 195 191 - 204 .
358 II.

. . .
198 - 194 2 . 314 . , 527 - 527 251 6.
230 - 226 - 74 . 537 - 537 - 250 6.
231 - 227 - 72 . 562 - 561 - 416.
236 - 232 - 224 6. 585 - 584 - 330 .
249 - 245 . 262 . 598 - 597 - 282 6.
271 - ' 267 - 15 . 615 - 614 - 78 6.
273 - 209 - 44 6. 619 - 618 - 82 .
276 - 272 - 100 . . 620 - 619 - 313 . 6.
283 - 279 - 243 . 631 - 630 - 85 .
285 - 281 - 70 . 633 - 632 - 261 .
291 - 287 - 302 6. 644 - 643 - 113 . 179 6.
292 - 288 - 249 6. 645 - 644 - 328 6.
303 - 299 - 104 . 653 - 652 - 74 6.
304 - 300 - 20 6. 680 - 679 - 17 1. 124 .
305 - 301 - 86 6. 219 . 685 - 684 - 145 .
311 - 307 - 95 . 687 - 686 - 78 6. 180 .
328 - 325 - 28 . 696 - 695 - 40 .
340 - 338 - 229 6. 699 - 698 - 160 .
345 - 343 - 187 . 716 - 715 - 233 .6.335
356 - 355 - 269 . 721 - 720 - 188 6.
357 - 356 - 264 . 740 - 739 - 231 6.
364 - 364 - 287 6. 745 - 744 - 91 .
368 - 368 - 236 . 751 - 750 - 111 6.
369 - 369 - 67 6. 762 - 761 - 197 . 6.
373 - 373 72 . 90 6. 783 - 781 - 243 6.
376 - 376 - 309 6. 310 . 785 - 783 - 121 .
384 - 384 - 237 6. 786 - 784 - 293 . 306 .
385 - 385 - 289 6. 797-8 - 795-6 - 91 6. 92 .
388 - 388 - 28 . 809 - 808 - 72 6.
390 - 390 - 181 . 822 - 821 - 210 . 211 .
396-8 - 396-8 - 128 6. 830 - 830 - 76 .
404 - 404 - 191 6. 831 - 831 - 62 .
408 - 408 - 138 . 191 . 837 - 837 - 3 .
416 - 416 - 109 6. 110 . 841 - 841 - 190 .
447 - 447 - 243 . 844 - 844 - 133 . 134 .
453 - 453 - 72 . 845 - 845 - 39 .
464 - 464 - 118 . 119 6. 853 - 853 - 152 . 6.
468 - 468 - 118 . 119 6. 870 - 870 - 264 6.
477 - 477 - 145 6. 887 - 887 - 210 .
478 - 478 - 290 6. 888 - 888 - 290 .
495 - 495 - 168 . 6. 901 - 901 - 43 .
500 - 500 - 64 6. 208 6. 902 - 902 - 269 6.
504 - 504 - 315 . 912 - 912 - 256 . [249
522 - 522 - 244 6. 914 - .914 - 244 . 248 .
 II. 359
\. . .
917 - 917 178 . 984 977 8< 15 .
921 920 - 14 . 988 981 - 226 .
927 926 - 202 . 989 982 - 31 .
941 940 - 337 . . 991 984 - 149 .
956 948 - 339 . 1018 - 1009 - 160 .
960-2 - 953-4 - 116 . 1055-6 - 1046-7 - 109 .
963 955 - 146 . 149 . 1062 - 1053 - 318 .
976 969 - 137 . 1065 - 1056 - 170 6.
983 976 - 339 .

. \.
8 - 260 . 1. 257 - ? 52 .
9 - - 385 6. 336 . 262 - - 87 .
17 - - 125 . 284 - - 185 .
21 - - 282 6. 292 - - 296 .
50 - - 329 . 297 - - 80 .
54 - - 61 . 303 - - 286 .
57 - - 332 . 305 - - 203 .
68 - - 270 . 319 - - 80 .
76 - - 31. 341 - - 50 .
92 - - 110 . 294 . 349 - - 307 . .
105 - - 224 . 376 - - 185 .
109 - - 340 . 392 - - 87 .
116 - - 241. 407 - - 89 . .
118 - - 120 . 428 - - 176 .
153 - - 214 . 431 - - 114 .
159 - - 181. 432 - - 4 . 5 .
168 - - 181. 448-60 - - 98 .99
168-9 - - 112 . 451 - - 184 . .
177 - - 335 . 461 - - 244 .
203 - - 329 . 467 - - 266 .
. 204 - - 48 . 468 8. - 88 .
211 - - 131. 471 - - 151 .
221 - - 88 . 481 - - 324 .
225 - - 103 . 493-4 - - 136 .
229 - - 283 . 494 - - 79 .
230 - - 277 . 504 - - 154 .
238 - - 12 . 518 - - 137 .
246 - - 207 . 524 - - 255 .
253 - - 86 . 531 - - 55 .
360 II.

. \.
532 206 0. ,' 764 - <*6 67 6.
561 - - 136 6. 201. 780 - - 38 6. 215 6
566 - - 80 . 784 - - 97 6.
573 - - 117 . 811 - - 222 6.
576 - - 122 0. 819 - - 245 6.
586 - - 87 . 823 - - 126 .
602 - - 24 6. 828 - - 205 6.
604 - - 257 . 847 - - 78 -
622 - - 67 . 870 - - 1 15 6.
631 - - 616. 904 - - 2 6.
607 - - 267 . 943 - - 331 .
698 - - 237 6. 949 - - 83 6.
721 - - 239 6. 967 - - 85 .
722 - - 115 6. 970 - - 15 6.
736 - - 186 6. 982 - - 124 6.
742 - - 244 . 986 - - 58 6.
753 - - 38 6. 215 . 996 - - 123 6.
757 - - 72 .

.
\. \.
, 3 - 206 6. 153 - 156 6-
7 - - 72 . 155 - - 51 6. 65 .
10 - - 2416. 156 - - 248 .
20 - - 56 . 169 - - 51 6. 65 .
37 - - 13 . 175 - - 203 .
40 - - 134 . 221 - - 240 .
45 - - 153 . 224 - - 64 6. 65 .
53 - - 37 . 225 - - 214 6.
66 - - 171 . 226 - - 15 6.
69 - - 72 6. 227-8 - - 88 6.
80 - - 103 . 194 . 228 - - 22 . 180 6.
93 - - 75 . 245 - - 292 .
98 - - 93 . 290 6. 272 - - 127 .
99 - - 163 6. 279 - - 200 6. 333 .
102 - - 41 . 282 - - 52 .
111-22 - - 193 6. 285 - - 327 .
116-17 - - 122 . 6. 290 - - 212 6.
117 - - 133 6. 310 - - 293 6.
128 - - 93 6. 313 - - 181 6.
140 - - 91 6. 324 - - 289 6.
149 - - 180 6. 332 - - 198 .
 INDEX II 361
Well. Well
ne 346 268 a. Line : 671 Page 134 b.
352 110 6. ill a. 695 149 6.
355 189 b. 701 Ill a.
358 208 a. 727 122 a.
364 50 a. 728 183 b.
380 97 b. 765 66 b.
395 103 a. 776" 140 a. b.
397 28 b. 788 211 a.
430 166 a. 792 215 a.
438 336 b. 806 64 6.
439 73 a. 826 12 b. 93 6.
461 211 b. 832 51 b.
471 21 b. 838 4 a.
480-1 66 a. 237 b. 853 269 a.
486 144 b. 859 38 b. 39 a.
506-10 126 a. 861 76 a. b.
529 13 a. 888 34 a.
532 125 a. 917 175 a.
539 90 a. 955-7 132 a.
542 171 b. 967 149 a.
571 61 a. 980 201 b.
578 62 a. 985 93 b.
584 124 a. 989 204 a.
590 169 a. b. 997 65 a.
594 94 b. 1000 267 a.
- 165 b.
605 48 6. 1007
613 262 a. b. 1027 135 6. 136 a.
629 22 a. 1053 108 b.
638 223 6. 1056 89 a.
647 137 6. 1057 88 a.
663 70 b. 71 a.

3 A
 INDEX III.

ayaXfia Ruhnken's note on, 2 a. b. 'AyeXonc applied only to rivers, 57 a.

Accusative after dative, 191 a. b. auTog and atorov usage of, 57 b.
ayvprpia Ruhnken's note on, 6 a. (SapfiapoQ usage of the word, 59 a. b.
AJpaortia forms used in addressing, yap construction of, 65 a. 67 b.
7 6. ye usage of, 67 b.69 b.
Adverbs in u or i, 26 b. Aa for yd, 74 a.
ael dialectic varieties of, 11 a. daioc and h'l'ioe different usage of, 75 b.
construction of, with participles, Dative ek irapaXXriXov, 318 6.
etc. 8 a. Dative, with verbs of obtaining, 14 6.
at elided in Iambics, 193 a. b. <5e use of, 77 a.78 b.
alavt'is, alavoQ whence derived, 10 a. for yap, 77 b.
A'iXivog origin of the term, 11 b. following Kai, 77 a.
ataativ whether always a dissyllable in the apodosis, 78 a.
in Attic, 14 b. Descriptive epithets, 25 b.
aXatrrtop derivation of, 18 b. 19 a. Sevpo used of time, 80 b.
iiWos strange, 22 a. Aloe etymology of, 89 b.
aXfiri meaning of in Attic, 22 b. Sofioie for kv So/joit, 93 a.
a/xdfietv usage of, 24 a. Doric forms used by the Tragics, 9 a.
afic/XTTToe meaning in Attic, 25 a. Sopvaoos and Sopvaaooe, 94 a.
ap.bg and hfxog distinction between, Double genitive, 36 b.
26 b. Dual, usage of, 207 a.
a/iwXaxeiv or airXaKtlv orthography Svoiv with plur. subst. 95 b. 96 a.
of, 27 a. ci usage of, 102 a. 104 b.
av with fut. 29 b. with subj. 103 a.
omitted in apodosis, 13 b. with opt. answering to a noun
whether used with a participle and preceding, 104 a.
conditional force, 31 b. up\i always with fut. signification,
avafiaXXetv KivBvvov, 32 a. 172 b.
Anapaest in lyrical iambics, 84 a. 1 UXeiTreiv to go away, 112 6.
133 a. "JLXXrjv with fem. nouns, 117 b.
curorpowdioi deal Stanley's note on, Ellipsis of verb substantive, 150 a.
44 a. 270 a. 299 b. 323 a.
airpiySa Lobeck's note on, 44 b. 45 a. efifiaTevttv.([iflaiveiv, peculiar use of,
apa and apa distinction between, 46 b. 118 6.
Augment omitted in Iambics, 199 'ifnropoe metaphorical use of, 121 a-
a.200 a. iayltiv, IshyiOTOQ, 125 6. 126 a.
364 INDEX III.
iirlwac as an adj. 135 b.
ipyfia meaning of, 139 a.
laria expressing a wish, 105 b.
tvayfis whence derived, 145 a.
Ztvc aiTt)p rplroQ, 306 b. 307 a. 318
a. b.
Fut. mid. used passively, 3 b. 4 a.
yoav for ylaoav k.t.\. 104 p.
deowpoirog meaning of, 166 b.
doafaiv meaning of, 133 6. 134 a.
0oaw meaning of, 169 a. b.
i in dat. sing, elided, 120 a.
iaxclv quantity of, in Attic, 172 a.
'lijios origin of the word, 173 a.
Imperfect, use of, 13 b.
10 how used in crasis, 10 a. b.
Ionisms in Attic writers, 38 a. 152
b. 153 b.
"Iwirioc explained, 174 a. b.
Kal $r) usage of, 81 b.
Kcikelo-Oai to be, 179 b.
KEKaofievoe meanings of, 186 b.
itikaptos explained, 189 b.
Xajiirnhtyopia, 310 a. b.
\tiopyoQ explained, 207 b.
fuuciorrip derivation of, 211 b.
fiaka with aS, avdic, force of, 212 b.
Masculine adj. with fem. nouns,
265 b.
fiaoowv formation of, 214 a.
fiii lest, with fut. indie. 106 6.
Neuter plur. from sing. masc. or
fem. 80 a.
Nom. absolute, 43 b. 45 b.
Nominative after accusative, 297 o.
Nouns of first declension in i\ for a,
91 a.
"Oyica. explained, 235 b.
oi dissyllable in the Attic writers,
90 a.
ol KafiovriQ the dead, 180 b.
o/ifia denoting anything precious,
239 b.
ofKpaXos used of Delphi, 240 6.
opKOv ci^EirOai,!jpi;oydovi'at explained,
81 a.
opaoXoTtiiodai whence derived, 245 a.
orav with opt. 246 a.
ov fxoXie meaning of, 225 a.
iraklyKoToe explained, 253 a. b.
Passive verbals in active sense, 227 a.
irtkavog explained, 264 a.
wefitra^eiv explained, 265 a.
niTvuv and irirvtlv, 270 a: b.
ir\ayKT0Q meaning of, in composition,
162 6. 163 a.
irktvfiovtdv and irvevfiovwv, 273 a.
Preposition at the end of a verse,
283 b.
Present for future, 5 b.
irpiv quantity of, 281 a.
irpovoia and irpovata, 282 6.
irvpyoi by synecd. a city, 291 a.
Repetition of same word in succeed
ing lines, 241 a.
Schema Colophonium, 93 a.
Schema Sicelicum, ill b.
oreveo-Oai explained, 299 6. 300 a.
oroXoe explained, 300 6.
oyEdtiv aorist only used, 306 a.
reXoe, irporikua explained, 311 a. b.
tt/c meaning of adjectives in, 52 a. b.
Trochee in first part of senarius, 174
6. 175 a.
vwipKO/xwoe, vwipicoiros, vTrepKOTOs, 322
a. b.
Vowel lengthened before mute and
liquid, 229 6.
<j>06voQ illustrated, 327 6. 328 a.
ipvOos formation of, 339 6.
 CATALOGUE
OF

WORKS
PUBLISHED BY

TAYLOR AND WALTON,

UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.

M.DCCC.XLIII.
 Utet of Worfeis
PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR & WALTON,
28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.

NEW CLASSICAL DICTIONARY.

On the 1st of April, 1843, was published, Part II., Price is., of

A DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN BIOGRAPHY

AND MYTHOLOGY.
EDITED BY WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D., Ph. D.
EDITOR OF THB " DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROHAN ANTIQUITIES."

TO BE CONTINUED IN QUARTERLY PARTS, AND TO FORM ONE OCTAVO VOLUME.

ILLUSTRATED BY NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD.

The Articles in the Work ivitt be contributed by the following Writers :

Charles Thomas Arnold, M.A., one of the Masters Henry Geo. Liddell, M.A., Studentof Christ Church,
in Rugby School. Charles Peter Mason, B.A.
Arthur Hugh Clough, M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, William Plate, LL.D.
Oxford. C E. Prichard, B.A., Fellow of Baliol College, Oxford.
Gkorge Edward Lynch Cotton, M.A., Fellow of William Ramsay, M.A., Professor of Humanity in
Trinity College, Cambridge; one of the Masters the University of Glasgow.
in Rugby School. Frederic Ritschl, Ph.D., Professor in the University
William Fishburn Donkin, M.A., Savilian Professor of Bonn.
of Astronomy in the University of Oxford. Lronhard Schmitz, Ph.D., late of the University of
Edward Elder, M. A., Head Master of Durham School. Bonn.
William Alexander Grbenhill, M.D., Trinity Col Philip Smith, B.A.
lege, Oxford. William Smith, LL.D., Ph. D. (Editor).
John T. Graves, M.A., Professor of Jurisprudence in Arthur P. Stanley, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of
University College, London. University College, Oxford.
Algernon Grbnfell, M.A., one of the Masters of Adolf Stahr, Ph. D., Professor in the Gymnasium
Rugby School. of Oldenburg.
Bbnjamin Jowett, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Ballol Robert Whiston, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College,
College, Oxford. ' Cambridge.
The nature of this Work will be sufficiently understood from the title. It is almost superfluous to remark,
that something better is required than we yet possess in the English language for illustrating the Biography,
Mythology, and Literature of the Greek and Roman writers, and for enabling a diligent student to read them
in the most profitable manner. The writings ortnodern German philologists, as Niebuhr, Savigny, Bockh,
K. O. MUller, Wachsmuth, Droysen, Drumann, Brandis, Bitter, Welcker, Bode, Westerraann, Lobeck, and
others, as well as the works of some of our own scholars, as Thirlwall, Arnold, and Clinton, have cleared up
many of the difficulties connected with these subjects, and enabled us to attain to more correct knowledge and
more comprehensive views than were formerly possessed. The articles in this Dictionary will be founded on a
careful examination of the original sources, with such aids as may be derived from the best modern authorities ;
and such of the articles as are susceptible of it will be illustrated by Woodcuts from Ancient Coins.
The Biographical articles in this Work will include the names of all persons of any Importance which occur
in the Greek and Roman writers, from the earliest times down to the extinction of the Western Empire in the
year 476 of our era, and to the extinction of the Eastern Empire bv the capture of Constantinople by the Turks
in the year 1453. The lives of historical personages occurring in ffle history of the later Roman and Byzantine
Empires will be treated with comparative brevity, but accompanied by sufficient references to ancient writers
to enable the reader to obtain further information, if he wishes. More space will be given to the Greek and
Roman writers than to any other articles in the work, partly because we have no complete history of the Greek
and Roman Literature in the English language, and partly because the writings of modern German scholars
contain a store of valuable matter on this subject, which has not yet found its way into English books, and has
hitherto only partially, and in a few instances, exercised any influence on our course of classical instruction.
In these articles an account of the Works as well as of the Lives of the Writers will be given ; and at the end
of each article a list of the best editions of the works will be mentioned, together with the literature which
belongs to them. In the Mythological articles the mystical school will be avoided, and those principles fol
lowed which have been developed by Voss, Buttmann, K. O. MUller, Lobeck, and others. It is almost
unnecessary to observe that the plan of this work includes the names of the Artists of Antiquity, Sculptors,
Painters, Architects, and the like : in their Lives mention will be made of all their works which are still extant,
and of the places where they are preserved.
A list of the names of the Contributors will be given, and the initials of each Writer's name will be attached to
those articles which he has written,
The plan of this Work, as the name imports, does not include names of places ; but it is proposed to treat of
this subjec tin " A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography," of which further announcement will be made.
 WORKS PUBLI8IIED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

Completion of the Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities.

Jutt Published, in one Octavo Volume of 1 100 page*, price 36. cloth lettered,

A DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES;

EDITED BY "WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D., Ph. D.
ILLUSTRATED BY NEARLY FIVE HUNDRED ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD.

The Articles in the Volume have been contributed by the following Writers s-
Alexander Ai.lkn, Ph. D. George Long, M.A., Professor of Latin, University
John WilltA* Donaldson, M.A., late Fellow of' Tri College, London,
nity College, Cambridge. John Smith Mansfield, M. A., Fellow of Trinity
William Fibhbi'rn Domx, M.A., Fellow of Univer College, Cambridge.
sity College, Oxford. J. Karri bn, Esq., Royal Military College, Sandhurst.
William Alexander Ghsenhill, M.D., Trinity Col William Ramsay. M.A., Professor of Humanity in
lege, Oxford. the University of Glasgow.
Benjamin Jowett, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Baliol A. Rich, Jun., B.A. [Bonn.
College, Oxford. Lkonhard Schmitz, Ph. D., late of the University of
Charles Raicw Kkvnkdv, M.A., late Fellow of Tri Philip Smith, B.A.
nity College, Cambridge. William Smith, Ph. D.
Thomas Hewitt Key, M.A., Professor of Comparative Richard Wkbtmacott, Jun., Esq. [Camh.
Grammar, University College, London. Robert Whiston. M.A., Fellow of Trinity College,
Henry George Liddkll, M.A., Student of Christ R. N. Woritum, Esq.
Church, Oxford. James Yatks, M.A., F.R.S.
" We do not pretend to have examined this Dictionary throughout; but the articles which we have consulted
appear to us admirably done : they are terse in style, and pregnant, yet not cumbrously so, with accurate knowledge ;
the best and latest authorities are constantly cited.It was a work much wanted, will be invaluable to the young stu
dent, and. as a book of reference (it is a single, handsome, double-columned 8vo), will be most acceptable on the
library table of. every scholar."Quarterly Review, June 1842.
*' As a Dictionary, it is not only the best aid to the study of Classical Antiquity which we possess in our language, but
will also tend to develop and serve to guide that refined taste which it is the great object of classical studies to produce."
" Valuable as this Dictionary must be to the students of ancient literature, it will be of scarcely less service to the
students of ancient art ; for the illustrations have been selected with care and judgment."Athenteum, January 30, IS 11,
" The authorities are in every instance carefully quoted ; there fs an earnest avoidance of redundancy and repe
tition in the articles, which invariably present the largest possible quantum of solid knowledge in the smallest possible
space : and we have not been able to detect a single instance of pedantry or false pretension. It is one of the few
classical productions of English origin which may challenge comparison with the greatest publications of German v ; it
stands alone amongst the contemporaneous fruits of European research ; and is destined to become a standard volume
for universal reference, transmitted, as it is sure to be, through every existing language, and'forming, as it does an
indispensable manual in this branch of education."Atlas, June 25, 1842.
t$& The Woffrmay also be had in Three Sections, or in Thirty-one Parte.

CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL-BOOKS.

eEfreri*
ALLEN'S (DR. A.) NEW GREEK DE-
LECTUS: being Sentences for Translation from
Greek into English, and English Into Greek;
Arranged in a systematic progression. By Dr.
Raphael Kubner. Translated and edited from
the German. 12mo, cloth, As.
" This Delectus consists of sentences for translation,
both from Greek into English and from English into
Greek, arranged in sections under the several classes of
inflections and formations ; each section being preceded
by an alphabetical vocabulary of the words employed in
it which have not been met with before. It is an analy
tical and synthetical praxis on the forms of the Greek
language, communicating, by the way, considerable
knowledge of the syntax, and information on points con
nected with the Greek writers."Pre/ace.
ALLEN'S (DR A.) CONSTRUCTIVE
GREEK EXERCISES, for teaching Greek
from the beginning by writing. 12mo, cloth,
4s. 6d.
" The pupil, on beginning Greek, needs no book be
sides this. He has here Grammar, Vocabulary, and
Exercise Book. After learning to write the alphabet
with ease, he will read over the remarks in the first les
son, and proceed at once to translate the sentences into
Greek. One piece of information is communicated after
another in the most gradual manner, and whatever has
been learnt is constantly called into practice by frequent
repetition. Facts are imparted as the pupil wants to apply
them ; information is given as it is required. "Preface.
JESCHYLUS, PRGMETHEUS& PERS^E.
Accurately reprinted from the text- of Wellauc r.
Edited by George Long, Esq., A.M., Professor
of Lathi in University College, London. Fcap.
8vo, Ir. Cxi. each, sewed.
FOUR GOSPELS, IN GREEK, FOR THE
USE OF SCHOOLS; Griksbach's Text, with
the various Readings of Mill and others, Marginal
References, Ac. Fcap 8vo, .'J.*. 6Vi. cloth.
Instructors have often expressed a desire to see
an edition of the Four Gospels printed separately
for the use of students beginning to learn the
Greek Language. Such a work is now presented
to their notice. The text chosen is that of Griee-
bach, as being the one most critically correct. The
variations, however, between it and Mill's are
particularly marked, so that no difficulty is likely
to arise in the use of it from a difference of edi
tions. References to parallel passages are placed
at the side of each page to assist the student in a
theological view of the subject : and an improve
ment has been made in the mode of reference,
by observing a distinction between parallels of
single passages or words, and those which furnish
an harmonious narration of the same events.
On the whole, it is hoped that usefulness, cheap
ness, and beauty of execution will be found united
in this edition of that portion of the Greek Scrip
tures generally used in Schools.
 26, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.
CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKSContinued.
GREEK AUTHORS, SELECTED FOR of the University of Oxford.
THE USE OP SCHOOLS ; containing portions of
Lucian's Dialogues, Anacreon, Homer's Iliad,
Xenophon's Memorabilia, and Herodotus ISmo,
3*. 8d. cloth.
GILLESPIE'S (G. K.) A.M., FORMATIVE
GREEK GRAMMAR. 12mo, 3*. 6d. cloth.
' ' This work is designed to facilitate the acquisition of
the Greek language by the application of the principle,
that Grammar wilt be more effectually learned by observ
ing rule* for formation, than by committing tablet of
examples to memory."Preface.
GREEK TESTAMENT ; from Gwesbach's
Trxt, with the various readings of Mill Sc Scholz.
1'cap. 8vo, cloth. With Two tinted Engravings, 6s.
This Edition contains a Chronological Table
consisting of Three Parts,A Harmony of the four
accounts given by the Evangelistsan Index to
the Acts of the Apostlesand a Chronology of St
Paul's Life and Writings,
HARDY'S ANABASIS OF CYRUS, Book
I.. Chapters 1 to 6. Literal and Interlinear
Translation of the First Chapter, and a Lexicon
to the whole, in which the Words are divided into
their several parts, and Derivatives are collected
under their respective Roots. ISni'o. 3*. 6d. cloth.
" This book has evidently been prepared with great care
and judgment ; it is rather a new thing to see so much
accurate scholarship In a Lexicon for schoolboys. To
those who do not approve of interlinear translations, the
work will be as useful as to those who do. It may be
used independently of the interlinear part. The words
in the Lexicon are arranged under the roots, whence the:
roots are ascertainable on sound principles ; the crude
forms of the nouns and adjectives are given, and the in
flections of verbs which occur are rigidly analyzed. It is
hoped that works like the present will have the effect of
introducing a more rational system of verbal analysis than
is prevalent in schools generally."Eclectic Review,
HERODOTUS ; Edited by George Long,
Esq., A.M., Professor of Latin in University Col
lege, London. Complete in 1 vol. 12mo, 6a. 6d. cl.
This Edition is a reprint from the Text of
Schwkiuhjeuskr, with one or two unimportant
differences. Prefixed are some short Remarks on
certain Passages and Readings, together with a Col
lation of Gaispord and Schweigh*usbr.
HERODOTUS, A SUMMARY OF 5 by
Gkorge Long, Esq., A.M. With a Table of the
Travels op Herodotus, of Commercial Articles
mentioned by Herodotus, Chronological Table, &c.
12mo, 4s. cloth. 8vo, :>s. M.
HERODOTUS, AN INDEX TO; Geo-
graphical. Historical, &c. By the Rev. H. H.
Davis. 12mo, 4j. cloth. 8vo, &t. Gd.
HOMER'S ILIAD, The First Sfx Books ; XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
with an interpaged Translation, line for line, and
numerous Notes. I2um, 65. (UL cloth.
LINWOOD'S (REV. W.) LEXICON TO
.KSCll YLUS ; containing a Critical Explanation
of the more difficult Passages in the Seven Tra
gedies. 8vo.
THE LONDON GREEK GRAMMAR; XENOPHON FOR BEGINNERS.
designed to exhibit in small compass the Elements
of the Greek Language. Edited by a Graduate
Fifth Edition.
12mo, 3*. 6d. cloth.
" In this third edition various alterations have been
made, though the bulk of the book is not thereby increased. '
It has been the object in this edition to simplify still fur
ther the elements of Greek grammar, and, with this view,
to lead the pupil to a consideration of the etymological
principles laid down in Mr. Long's ' Observations on the
Study of the Latin and Greek Languages.' This, however,
has only been done so far as would harmonize with the
general plan of the book, without making it differ mate
rially from the preceding editions."Pre/, to Third Edit.
PLATO : THE APOLOGY or SOCRATES,
the CRITO, and Partof the PH.EDO ; with Notes,
(translated into English) from Stallbaum and
Schleiermachkr's Introductions. Edited by Dr.
Wm. Smith. 12mo, 4*. Gd. cloth.
' ' It has been justly considered by many scholars, that
the Apology of Socrates and the Crito might be read with
great advantage in the higher classes of our schools, and
it has been partly with the view of supplying a suitable
edition for such a purpose that I have been induced to edit
the present work. The Apology and the Crito are written
in an easy style, and are almost entirely free from those
philosophical 'discussions which render the greater part of
Plato's writings unsuitable for the use of schools. They
also form the best introduction to the study of Plato , from
the information they convey respecting the life and cha
racter of Socrates, pf which it is necessary to have some
knowledge in order to understand many parts of Plato's
writings. Editor.
Contents of the Work :An Introduction to the
Apology of SocratesThe Apology of Socrates
Introduction to the CritoThe CritoNotes on
the Apology of Socrates Notes on the Crito
Part of the PhaedoNotes on the Phaedo.
TAYLER'S (REV. CHARLES) INTRO
DUCTION TO THE ART OF COMPOSING
GREEK IAMBICS, in Imitation of the Greek Tra
gedians, designed for th e Use of Schools. 1 Smo 2*. Gd.
WHAT IS THE POWER OF THE
GREEK ARTICLE, and how may it be expressed
in the English Version of the New Testament ? By
John Taylor, 3j. 6d. cloth. ,
WIGGERS* (Dr. &) LI^ of SOCRATES,5
translated from' the German, with Notes. l2mof
3*. 6d.
" In order to make the work as complete as possible,
the Editor has added extracts from the works of more
modern writers, and has in some cases given his own opi
nion upon those points in which Wiggers appeared to him
to have taken an erroneous view of the subject. The Life
of Socrates is undoubtedly one of the most difficult, and
at the same time one of the most interesting subjects con
nected with the history of ancient philosophy, and in the
absence of any better work, it is hoped that the following
pages will nbtbe unacceptable to English scholars."
Contents]:Life of Socrates, by WiggersLife of So
crates, by Diogenes LaertiusSchleierinacher on
the Worth of Socrates as a Philosopher.
Edited by
George Long, Esq., A.M., Professor of Latin in
University College, London. 12mo, Us. cloth.
Second Edition, with a short Summary, and an
Index of Proper Names.
," The text is founded on an examination of MSS-
Readings ; and the Variations of Dindorff, Bornemann,
and I'oppo, are given at the bottom of the page."
Thfe
Battle of Cunaxa, anil the Death and Character of
Cyrus, from Xenophon's Anabasis. 12mo, 3s. Gd.
 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,
CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKSContinued.
Uatm.
ALLEN'S (DR. A.) NEW LATIN DE
LECTUS: being Sentences tor Translation from
Latin Into English, and English into Latin;
arranged in a systematic progression. 12mo,4.clh.
This Delectus consists of sentences for translation,
both from Latin into English, and from English into
Latin, arranged in Sections under the several classes of
inflections and formations , each Section being preceded
by an alphabetical vocabulary of the words employed in
it, which have not been met with before. It is an ana
lytical and synthetical praxis on the forms of the Latin
language, communicating, by the way, considerable
knowledge of the syntax, and information on subjects
connected with the Latin authors."Preface.
" The principal feature in this Delectus is that the
pupil's acquisitions in grammar are, as he proceeds,
continually turned to account in translating and com
posing Latin. The rules are by this means made more
intelligible to him, and he is led to feel an interest in them,
derived from the experience of their utility. The plan
appears to be very well carried out. Among some useful
additions is a table of all the idioms which occur In
the work." Westminster Review, 67.
ALLEN'S (DR. A). ETYMOLOGICAL
ANALYSIS OF LATIN VERBS. For the use
of Schools and Colleges. Fcap. 8vo, cloth. Is. fid.
"It is manifestly the production of an acute mind,
working on very extensive stores of information ; and the
higher classes of Latin students who neglect the atten
tive study of this volume will pass over the most complete
development of the principles of the Latin language that
has yet appeared in an English form." Athenceum,
June 11, 1836.
ALLEN'S (DR. A.) ECLOGUE CICERO-
Nl ANJE ; containing Narrations, Maxims, De
scriptions, Characters, Philosophical Pieces, and
letters. Selected from the Works of Cicero. I2mo,
4s. clotb.
CiESAR'S HELVETIC WAR. In Latin
and English, Interlinear, with theoriglnal Text at
the end. 12mo, 2i. clotb.
CAESAR FOR BEGINNERS. Latin and
English; with the original Text at the end. 12mo,
3s. Bd. cloth
CAESAR. BELLUM BRITANNICUM.
The sentences without points. 12mo> cloth, 2*.
CHEAM LATIN GRAMMAR. An Intro
ductory Grammar of the Latin Language, taken
principally from Zirmpt. I2mo, 2/. 6d. bound.
EXERCISES ON CiESAR'S HELVETIC
WAR. 12mo, U. 6d. cloth.
CICERO.PRO LEGE MANILIA. 12mo,
sewed, Is.
CICERO.TABLE OF REFERENCE TO
CICERO'S LETTERS, in one Chronological Series ;
compiled from the edition of C. G. Schutz. 12mo,
sewed, 6d.
EXTRACTS FROM CESAR'S COMMEN
TARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR ; connected
by a brief Narrative in English. 12mo, 2s. 6d. bd.
HALL'S PRINCIPAL ROOTS OF THE
LATIN LANGUAGE, simplified by a display of
their incorporation into the English Tongue ; with
copious Notes. Fourth Edition, 12mo, 45. fid. cloth.
" By the principal roots of the Latin language, are to
be understood those only which produce the great body
of the language ; and such has been the nature of the
selection, that after these, and the vocabulary of deriva
tives, together with the rules for derivation, shall have
been acquired, a pupil will not require to consult his
dictionary more than about once, on an average, in every
two hundred words he may meet with in the authors
usually read."Preface.
HODGSON'S (PROVOST OF ETON)
Mythology *oa Versification ;or, a Brief Sketch
of the Fables of the Ancients, prepared to be
rendered into Latin Verse, and designed for the
use of Classical Schools. Fourth Edition, 12mo, Zt.
cloth.
" This work is intended to be entirely elementary, and
the author has made it as easy as he could, without too
largely superseding the use of the Dictionary and Gradus.
By the facilities here afforded, it will be possible, in many
cases, for a boy to get rapidly through these preparatory
exercises ; and thus, having mastered the first difficulties,
he may advance with better hopes of improvement to
subjects of higher character, and verses of more difficult
composition."Pre/ace.
HODGSON'S (PROVOST OF ETON)
Mytholooia Versibub Latin is Aocommodata. A
A Key to the above, 8vo, Is. cloth.
HODGSON'S (PROVOST OF ETON)
SELECT PORTIONS OF SACRED HISTORY,
conveyed in sense for Latin Verses ; intended
chiefly for the use of Schools. Third Edition,
12mo, 3*. 6d. cloth.
* ' In this work the author has attempted to combine,
with fresh facilities in the technical part of the exercise,
an introduction to the knowledge of Sacred History. The
Bible confessedly abounds in subjects well adapted to
Poetry, and, perhaps, affords examples of such phrase
ology as may sometimes less unsuitably be imitated in
Latin than in English versification."Preface.
HODGSON'S (PROVOST OF ETON)
EXCERPTA E TESTAMENTO VETERI. A
Key to the above. Royal 8vo, 10*. 6Vi. cloth.
HODGSON'S (PROVOST OF ETON)
Sacred Lyrics ; or, Extracts from the Prophetical
and other Scripturesof theOld Testament ; adapted
to^Latin Versification in the principal Metres of
Horace. 12mo, 6s. 6d. clotb.
* The author has endeavoured to adhere to the sacred
text as closely as the idiom of the Latin would admit, and
by these means to introduce the classical student to an
early acquaintance with the beauties of the prophetical
Scriptures. ' 'Preface.
HODGKIN (J.) EXCERPTA EX BASTII
COMMENTATIONE PALJEOGRAPHICA, cum
Tabulis Lithograph icis XX. 8vo, 6;. cloth.
Extractfroma Letter of the Bishop of Salisbury to
Sir Henry Ellis.
1 ' I should have been most glad to have possessed Mr.
Hodgldns Excerpta ex Bastii Commentatione Palaeogra-
phica, when I was preparing a new edition of Dawes's
Miscellanea Critica. To young students in Greek litera
ture it must be an inestimable acquisition."
LATIN AUTHORS, selected for the use
of Schools ; containing portions of Phsedrus, Ovid's
Metamorphoses, Virgil's JEneid, Caesar, and Taci
tus. 12nio, 3s. Gd. cloth.
THE LONDON LATIN GRAMMAR;
including tfie Eton Syntax and Prosody in English,
accompanied with Notes. Edited by a Graduate
of the ^University of Oxford Eleventh edition,
12mo, is. (id. cloth.
NEW LATIN READING-BOOK; con
sisting of short Sentences, easy Narrations, and
Descriptions, selected from Caesar's Gallic War ;
arranged in a systematic progression. With a
Dictionary. 12mo, 3s. 6d. cloth.
" The plan of this work differs in one important point
from other works of a similar kind. The sentences have
been selected exclusively from Caesar's Commentary on
the Gallic War, instead of being taken from different
authors, as has usually been the case. There is an
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.
CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKSContinued.
obvious advantage in this plan ; the same words are con TABLES OF THE INFLEXIONS OF
tinually repeated by the same author in a simple narra
tive ; and the pupil thus becomes accustomed to his style ,
and finds the work of translation grow easier every day,
which cannot be the case when the extracts are taken
from many different authors, whose style must of course
vary exceedingly."Preface.
SMITH'S (DR. W.) LATIN EXERCISES
for beginners. Second Edition. 12mo, 5s. 6<l. cl.
'* These exercises are intended for the use of pupils
who have not yet learnt anything of the Latin language ;
and they form at the same time a Grammar, Vocabulary,
and Exercise Book. It has been found by experience
that many advantages result from this mode of teaching
the language. It relieves the learner at the commence
ment of his study from the drudgery of committing to
memory the declensions, conjugations, and rules of syn
tax, which under the common system he is obliged to do
before he is allowed to translate an English sentence into
Latin ; and at the same time it gives him an interest in
the subject, which is the best guarantee for his progress.
No form is required to be learnt till it is actually wanted
in the composition of a sentence ; and the examples,
which are given under each rule, are so numerous that
the pupil will find it difficult, even if he wishes, to forget
the lesson he has been taught."Pre/ace.
lEngltsf)
ADDISON'S ESSAYS ON TASTE AND
THE PLEASURES OP THE IMAGINATION.
Reprinted from the Spectator. 8vo, 2*. <kt, cloth.
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. By R. G.
Latham, A.M., Fellow of King's College, Cam
bridge, Professor of the English Language and
Literature, University College, London. 1 vol.
8vo, 12s. cloth.
" It is, in truth, a most learned and laborious inquiry
into some of the more abstruse points in general Gram
mar, and in that of the English language in particular,
commencing with its historical descent and connexions,
and including the causes of many of its peculiarities of
structure and condition. By the word Grammar, in or
dinary parlance, is understood a number of rules ; where
as the work before us, so far as it has attained to the
character of a well-ordered design, is a repertory of the
reasons which are at the bottom of rules."
" The book opens with an elaborate display of the
origines of the English tongue, of the various languages
which have contributed their portion to its formation.
The second part enters into an investigation of ' sounds,
(Eerman,
WITTICH'S (W.) GERMAN GRAM
MAR. 12mo, Gx. Gd., cloth.
FROM THE PREFACE.
" My Grammar differs materially from those of my pre
decessors. I wish it to be considered as the work of a
man who for a great length of time has served th# public
in his line, and at the close of his services thinks it proper
to give an account of the manner in which he has per
formed the task he has engaged in by his own choice. I
have been a teacher of the language for thirty years, and,
of course, have had frequent opportunities of comparing
the two languagesthat which I taught, and that in which
I conveyed my instructions. The most important results
of my experience are laid before the public in this
Grammar."
" This book is essentially a practical one. It is the
result of thirty years* experience in teaching German,
and, as such, cannot fail of being very useful. Many
parts of the subject are treated with great ability and
skill , and we can confidently recommend this Grammar
to learners of the German language. Becker's is much
too philosophical in form and phraseology, at least for
learners, Mr. Wlttich's will be found very easy and in
telligible."Eclectic Review, Sept. 1842.
GERMAN FOR BE-
GINGERS ; or. Progressive Exercises in the Ger
man Language. Second Edition 5r. cloth.
KEY. to the above.
12mo, 7'<> cloth.
THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 12mo, cloth, 6d.
TACITUS. Germania, Agricola, and First
Book of the Annals. With Notes translated into
English, from Ruperti, Paseow, Walch, and Bot-
tioher's remarks on the style of Tacitus. 12mo,
5*., cloth.
" This edition of the Germania, Agricola, and First
Book of the Annals of Tacitus, has been undertaken
with the view of supplying a deficiency which has been
experienced by many teachers. . The Germania and
Agricola are the only parts of Tacitus which have been
hitherto published with explanations in English for the
use of schools : and it has been justly considered that the
First Book of the Annals? on account of the interesting
and important information which it contains, deserves to
be more generally read than it is at present in the higher
classes of our schools."Preface.
VIRGIL'S iENEID. The First Six Books,
with an interpaged translation, line for line, and
numerous Notes. Second Edition, 12mo, 6s. 6d.
The greater part of the notes have been selected
from the works of Davidson, Adams, Trapp, &c.
letters, pronunciation, and spelling.' The third treats
of Etymology in its connexion with what are familiarly
termed the accidents of the language ; and it contains a
vast assemblage of facts, forming the ' scantlings ' of a
true and luminous theory of their origin and causation.
Parts IV. and V. discuss the subjects of Syntax and Pro
sody."Athenceum, Feb. 5, 1842.
" The concluding portions of the book are occupied
with a logical examination into the Syntax and Prosody
of our language, and to these it is that we would direct
the attention of every reader, whether he be desirous
of obtaining an insight into the structure and relations
of his mother tongue or not. They will amply repay an
attentive perusal, clear up many doubts that have pre
viously perplexed him, correct errors, explain apparent in
consistencies, and open to his view a variety of nice dis
tinctions, to which all who aim at correct composition
would do well to attend."Glasgow Reformer's Gazette,
July 18, 1842.
WOOD'S (REV. S.) GRAMMAR OF
ELOCUTION, in which the Five Accidents of
Speech are explained and illustrated. Second
Edition. 12mo, 3s.6d.t cloth.
STORIES FROM GERMAN WRITERS,
with a literal Interlinear Translation, on the plan
recommended by Locke; with a Grammatical
Introduction and Notes. Second Edition. 2s. 6d.
Contents :Adam's DeathThe VineThe Child
of Mercy, by "Von HerderAmyntas, by Gess-
nerDuschmantaThe AcornThe New Crea
tionThe Tears, by KrummacherThe Desti
nation of Man, by Fichte.
INTRODUCTION TO A COURSE OF
GERMAN LITERATURE. In Lectures to the
Students of University College, London. By Lnn-
WIG VON MUHLENFELS, LL.D. 8v0. 7'*
YEHRING'S GERMAN LESSONS:
1. DIE ROSE, in German, with a free and literal
Interlinear Translation from the German into
English. 16mo, 2s.
2. THE ROSE, in English, with a free and literal
Interlinear Translation from English into Ger
man. 16mo, 2.t.
3. SHOW AND USE, in English, with a free
and literal Interlinear Translation from Eng
lish into German. 16mo, 2s.
4. DIE SCHAU and DER NUTZEN, in Ger
man, with a free and literal Interlinear
Translation from the German into English. 2s.
 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,
CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS- Continue*.
GILLESPIE'S (G. K.) FORMATIVE
FRENCH GRAMMAR; containing Rules for
forming all the Inflexions of the language, 12mo,
1ft
KEY TO THE FRENCH
GENDERS ; an Analysis of the Terminations of
all the Subs tun tires in the Language, exhibited in
a Tabular Arrangement, by which, .the. Gender of
any French Noun may be instantly ascertained.
COMPLETE COURSE of the FRENCH
LANGUAGE. By P. F. Mkbxkt, Professor of
French in University College, London.
FRENCH GRAMMAR, divided into Three
Parts; the Pronunciation, the Accidence, and
the Syntax. New Edition. 12mo, bound, iis.Gd.
" All the rules we find arranged in this Grammar with
the utmost simplicity and perspicuity, none occupying
more than two fines ; and arranged in so convenient a
manner as to render reference very easy. At the same
time every rule is illustrated by a number of plain prac
tical sentences, such as are wanted in the common inter
course of life, and are made familiar by exercises of a
similar kind. The tables of declensions and conjugations
are also admirably clear. It is almost impossible
to represent sound to the eye ; yet the rules of pro
nunciation laid down in this book are so systematic and
precise, as to render them a great help to those who have
had some oral instruction."Monthly Review.
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCIDENCE, in
1 vol. 12mo, bound, 3s. 6d.
SYNTAX. 12mo, bound, 3*. fid.
KEY TO THE FRENCH GRAMMAR.
12mo, bound, 3*. 6d.
LE TRADUCTEUR ; or, Historical, Dramatic,
and Miscellaneous Selections from the best
French Writers ; on a plan calculated to ren
der Reading and Translation peculiarly service
able in acquiring the Speaking and Writing of
the French Language ; accompanied by expla
natory Notes ; a Selection of Idioms, and con
cise Tables of the Parts of Speech and of Verbs.
New Edition. 12mo, bound, 5s. 6d.
" The author has been careful to select such pieces
only as are instructive and entertaining, and may be
placed, without reserve, in the hands of youth of both
sexes,to embrace every possible variety in word, phrase,
or sentence, and to afford a ready exemplification of the
rules of grammar, by appropriate remarks, and nume
Italian.
PANIZZTS (DR.) EXTRACTS FROM
ITALIAN PROSE WRITERS. 1 thick vol.
121110, 10*. 6d. boards.
LIST OF AUTHORS.
AlfieriAlgarottiBaldi BarettiBembo Benti- STORIES
voglio BoccaccioCaro Castelvetro Castiglione
CelliniColomboCostanzo Davila FilangieriFi-
zenzuola Foscolo Galilei Gozzi Guicciardini
MachiavelliMagalottl Manzoni Metastasio Pin-
demonte PortoTassoTestiTiraboschiVarchi
Vasari. "With three stories from Novelle Antiche.
*' This Is a most useful little volume, the compilation
of Signor Panizzi, containing choice extracts from the
best writers in the Italian language. We can safely re
commend it as a text-book for all who apply themselves
rous notes on those peculiarities which form the most
difficult parts of the French language."-Gentleman $
Magazine.
PETIT TABLEAU LITTERAIRE DE LA
FRANCE ; containing an Essay on French
Literature, with Specimens of the best Authors,
from the earliest period to the present time ;
comprising the higher departments of Litera
ture, and forming a Sequel to " Le Traducteur."
12mo, bound 6s.
" The selections have been made with good taste and
sound judgment. There are explanatory notes at tie
end, in which the student in French is materially assisted
in comprehending not only the difficulties, but the beau
ties of French phraseology."Monthly Review.
DICTIONARY OF DIFFICULTIES; or
Appendix to the French Grammar. Second
Edition. 12mo, bound, is. Containing an
Explanation of the peculiarities of the French
LanguageCompleteList of Adjectives, showing
why they are placed before or after the Sub
stantiveComprehensive List of Idioms and
Proverbs now in useList of Conjunctive and
Adverbial Phrases, showing the manner in
which they are formed from each otherList
of all the Verbs, with their appropriate Prepo
sitionsNature of the French Reflective Verbs
Complete List of SynonymsFree Exercises,
gradually increasing in difficultyMercantile
Expressions, Phrases, and LettersElements
of French Composition.
SYNOPSIS of the FRENCH LANGUAGE.
12mo, cloth, 2s. Gtt.
TABLE OF ALL THE FRENCH PARTS
OF SPEECH AND ALL THE VERBS.
Printed on a Card. (id.
SISMONDI : The Battles of Cressy and
Poictiers, in French and English, Interlinear, on
Locke's plan ; with Grammatical Notes and the
Original Text 12mo, 2s, 6d.
YEHRING'S FRENCH LESSONS :-
1. LA ROSE, in French, with a free and literal
Interlinear Translation from the French into
English. 16mo, 2s.
2. THE ROSE, in English, with a fiec ami
literal Interlinear Translation from English into
French, lfimo, 2*.
to the Italian language, as well suited to the object it pro
fesses to have in view."New Monthly Magazine.
PANIZZI'S (DR.) ELEMENTARY ITA
LIAN GRAMMAR. 12mo, 3>. bound.
FROM ITALIAN PROSE
WRITERS, in Italian and English, Interlinear,
on Locke's plan, with the pronunciation marked,
Grammatical Notes, and the Original Text. 12mo,
it. Bd. cloth.
CONTSNTA,
A Visit to England and Holland ; a Visit to England
to buy Horses; by Alfleri A rery reamed Dream;
Physician in the Seraglio at Constantinople ; by Ba
retti.A Gambler justly Punished ; the Countryman
Outwitted; by Castiglione.Labour and Idleness, by
Filangieri.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.

CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKSContinued.

^cbrefo.
HURWITZ'S (PROFESSOR) GRAMMAR
OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE. Third Edi
tion, revised and enlarged. 8vo, 17*. cloth.
" Mr. Hurwitz's Grammar is greatly recommended by
his coming down to beginners, as they really are, whilst
most grammatical works seem to be written only for stu
dents, as they should be, according to the theories of
grammarians, who forget the difficulties with which they
themselves were once entangled. The tables of Hurwitz
are more complete than those of other Hebrew Gram
mars."
" Mr, Hurwitz's Grammar is the best elementary work
of its kind extant in the English language."Journal of
Education. No. 9.
" There is a philosophical tone throughout the work. Its
observations are addressed to the understanding, and the
memory is considered only as an accessory faculty."
Atlas, June 12, 1831.
" Mr. Hurwitz has given to the world a Grammar
which, for lucid arrangement, has been rarely equalled.
It is a work which may be understood by a child, and yet
the most advanced proficient may consult it with advan
tage."Athenceum, June 18, 1831.
ETYMOLOGY & SYNTAX
OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE. Third Edi
tion, considerably enlarged. 8vo, 12s., cloth.
ELEMENTS OF THE HE
BREW LANGUAGE. Third Edition, 8vo, it. 6d.
cloth.
" It is the best Hebrew Spelling Book now extant in
the English language." Journal (if Education,
-HEBREW TALES ; selected
and translated from the Writings of the ancient
Hebrew Sages ; with an Essay on the uninspired
Literature of the Hebrew. 12mo, Is. 6d. cloth.
VINDICLE HEBRAIC^ ;
a Defence of the Hebrew Scriptures as a vehicle
of Revealed Religion ; occasioned by the recent
Strictures and Innovations of Mr. J. Bellamy : and
in Confutation of his Attacks on all preceding
Translations, and on the established Version in
particular. 8vo, boards, 7s.
" To come to their own times and country, he could
not help admiring, a few years ago, a work written by a
Hebrew gentleman, resident in England, which abounded
in Biblical lore and sound criticism of no common order ;
and he had still later read a pamphlet * by the same gen
tleman, vindicating his persuasion from the calumnies
that had been thrown out against it, written in that tone
of calm dignity which was so expressive of conscious in
nocence."Speech of the Archbishop of Canterbury on
the Jewish Civil Disabilities' Bill. (From the Times.
Aug. 2, 1833.)
Letter to J. L. Goldsmid, Esq., against Cobbett's
calumnies.
GENESIS (BOOK OF), in English He
brew, accompanied by an Interlinear Translation,
substantially the same as the authorised English
Version, Philological Notes, and a Grammatical
Introduction. By William Greenfield, M.R.A.S.
Third Edition. 8vo, #., cloth.
' The same, with the Original
Text in Hebrew characters. 8vo, Ws.Bd. cloth.
** I take this opportunity of acknowledging my obliga
tions to an elementary work, which should be in the hands
of all self-taught students' The Book of Genesis in
English Hebrew, by William Greenfield/ The great ob
stacle to the solitary beginner is the reading and pronun
ciation. In learning a strange written language, Nature
teaches us to employ three instrumentsthe eye, the ear,
and the mouth ; the eye for the appearance of the word,
the ear for its sound, and the mouth for the mechanical
formation of the syllables. Each of these operations con
tributes to support the memory. If either of them be
absent, one channel of memory is closed. In my first
attempts at Hebrew, the ear and the tongue were idle,
because I had no test of pronunciation. I was guided by
the look of the word alone, ; and it frequently happened
that I consulted the Lexicon for the same word of which
I had ascertained the meaning in the preceding verse.
Could I have pronounced the word, I should have been
certain as to its identity. Mr. Greenfield has invented
a simple method of approximation in English letters to
the received method of pronouncing the original."
Prom ** Suggestions respecting the Neglect of the He
brew Language as a qualification for Holy Orders. By
Richard William Jelp, B.D., Preceptor to his Royal
Highness Prince George of Cumberland, and Canon of
Christchurch, late Fellow and Tutor of Oriel College."

INTERLINEAR TRANSLATIONS.
FOR SCHOOLS, PRIVATE STUDENTS, AND PERSONS WISHING TO RECOVER
THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF LATIN AND GREEK.

LOCKE'S SYSTEM OF CLASSICAL INSTRUCTION, restoring the Method of1

Teaching formerly practised in all Public Schools. The Series consists of the following Interlinear Trans
lations ; with the Original Text, in which the quantity of the doubtful Vowels is denoted ; critical and
explanatory Notes* &c

" We do amiss to spend seven or eight pears in scraping together so much miserable Latin and Greek, as may
be learned otherwise, easily and delightfully, in one year."Milton.

*** By means of these Works, that excellent System of Tuition is effectually restored which was
established by Dean Colet, Erasmus, and Lily, at the foundation of St. Paul's School, and was then
enjoined by authority of the State, to be adopted in all other Public Seminaries of learning throughout
the kingdom. Each volume, 2s. Cd.
latin. Greek.
1. Phjedrus*3 Fables op JEbov. 1. Luctan's Dialogues. Sclectiona
2. Ovid's Metamorphoses. Book I. 2. The Odes op Anacreon.
3. Virgil's ./Km kid. Book I. 3. Homkr's Iliad. Book L
4. Parsing Lessons to Virgil. 4. Parsing Lessons t6 Homer.
5. CabaR's Invasion op Britain. &. Xenophqn'8 Memorabilia. Book I.
6. Tacitus's Lira or Aoricola. Part L 6. Hekodotus's Histories. Selections.
 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,
INTERLINEAR TRANSLATIONSContinued.
Italian.
Stories prom Italian Writers :Alpibri,
Barbtct, Castiglions, Jec.
German.
Stories from German Writers.
The Connexion of the several Parts, as well as the general Principle and Authority of the whole Series,
is exhibited at large in
An Essay, explanatory op the System.
Also, to accompany the Latin and Greek Series,
The London Latin Grammar. 12mo
The London Greek Grammar. 12mo
Jtteujolr of tuft>.
The course of Study to be pursued in the use of these
Books is fully developed in the Preface to each vo
lume : hut the principal directions there detailed may
be thus briefly presented at one view.
1. Let the student of the Latin language commence
with the Fables op Ph*drus, and by the aid of the
Interlinear Translation and Notes, make himself tho
roughly master of the sense of each Fable in the single
Latin Text ; so thoroughly, as to be able, not only to
render the original, word for word, into English sen
tences, but also, when examined without the book, to
give the English for each Latin word, and, again, the
Latin for each English, unassisted by the connexion of
the story.
2. Having acquired from Phaedrus a considerable
number of common Latin words, without attempting
their grammatical analysis, let him proceed, in exactly
the same manner, with the First Book of Ovid's Me
tamorphoses, which will make a large addition to his
vocabulary in words of less common use. The reading
of this book should be accompanied with the study of
the Accidence, as given in the London Latin Grammar.
Taking small portions at a time, as, for instance, the
first declension of Nouns with the first lesson of Ovid,
the student should remark what words in the lesson ap
pear to correspond in form to any of those cases,and
so on, till the distinction of the Parts of Speech is
clearly understood, and the Tables of Declension are
learned by heart.
3. The regular inflections of the language being thus
Required from the examples in the Grammar, let him
take up the First Book of Virgil's jEnrid, and after
construing the Latin text, as in Phsedrus and Ovid,
according to the Interlinear Translation, let him learn
to analyse each sentence from the supplementary vo
lume of Parsing Lessons ; which will enable him, not
only to assign every word in each lesson to its proper
part of speech, but to give a full description of its pe
culiar modification, if inflected from its simple form.
In this stage of his course he will derive great benefit
from frequently altering the signs and forms of nouns
and verbs in the single English Version, so as to require
the use of different cases, tenses, &c of the same Latin
wordan exercise which will give him complete power
over the Inflections of the language.
4, Let him now proceed with Cesar's Invasion op
Britain ; and accompany each reading with a small por
tion of the Latin Syntax, in the same manner as he ac
companied Ovid with the Accidence of the Grammar.
This will gradually render him familiar with the Con
struction of the language. The style of the Commen
taries is remarkably easy of Construction, and there
fore peculiarly adapted for this exercise ; which is
further facilitated by the Rules of Syntax, in the Lon
don Latin Grammar, being principally exemplified
French.
Siswondi ; the Battles or Cress y and
Poictibrs.
12mo . 2s. Gd.
... , 2s. 6d.
3s. Gd.
from this part of Ciesar, and the Book of Virgil's
^Eneid already analysed. After finishing Ciesar, he
should recur to the Virgil, which he before used only
as a praxis of inflection, and make himself master of
the construction by the rules of Syntax, and also of
the scanning of each line by the rules of Prosody.
5. In reading the LirR op Aoricola by Tacitus, he
should endeavour to combine in each lesBon the exer
cises of inflection and construction which hitherto he
has taken separately; describing single words accord
ing to their several declensions, and compound phrases
according to their several dependencies.
In learning the Greek language, precisely the same
method may he followed in the correspondent Parts of
the Series.
1. Lccian's Dialogues furnish a copious Vocabulary
as the elementary volume.
2. Anacreon's Odes present a variety of simple sen
tences, from which to distinguish the Parts of Speech,
as given in the London Greek Grammar,
3. Homer's Iliad, accompanied by the supplemen
tary volume of Parsing Lessons, involves a complete
Praxis in the Inflections of the language.
4. Xenofhon's Memorabilia give an introduction
to Syntax, which will he further familiarised by recur
ring to the Iliad.
5. Hbrodotus's Histories supply an interesting sub
ject-matter, on which to practise in combination the
various exercises separately performed in the previous
volumes.
After thus going through the Latin or Greek series,
the student is strongly recommended to recur to the
earlier volumes, in the same order as before, and to
exercise the whole of his grammatical knowledge in
each of those parts, as well as in the last, using the
Interlinear Translation as little as possible, and giving
more attention to the Notes than in his first reading.
By the completion of this Elementary Course, he
will not only be perfectly competent to enter on the
reading of other Classic Authors, without the aid of
a translation, hut will be prepared with a valuable
store of words and phrases for Greek and Latin Com-
position. The practice of writing in each language
according to these models will ensure a critical ac
quaintance with their peculiar delicacies : and al
though, in commencing a new author, the young
learner must require some assistance from judicious
commentators, yet, as far as the language is concerned,
he may rest assured he is already in possession of its
leading properties and powers.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON.

MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.

MATHEMATICS,

DE MORGAN'S (AUGUSTUS) ELEMENTS OF ARITHMETIC. Fourth Edition.

Royal 12mo, 4*. cloth.
' ' Instead of merely learning a number of rules by rote ,
the pupil learns to refer everything to reason, and he is
taught how to do so ; and thus he will often be able to
ascertain the meaning of an ambiguous passage, or sup
ply the defect of an imperfect proof. It is only thus that
any knowledge of the principles of Arithmetic can be
acquired ; and although it is not necessary to resort to
those considerations to attain practical facility in perform
ing arithmetical operations, we have little doubt that this
will be gained quite as rapidly under instruction, such
as Professor De Morgan's treatise affords, as it is from
the old course of mere rules and examples, and it will cer
tainly be gained better."Journal of Education, No. l .
" Since the publication of the first edition of this
work, though its sale has sufficiently convinced me
that there exists a disposition to introduce the prin
ciples of arithmetic into schools, as well as the prac
tice, I have often heard it remarked that it was a
hard book for children. I never dared to suppose
it would be otherwise. AH who have been engaged
in the education of youth are aware that it is a hard
thing to make them think ; so hard, indeed, that masters
had, within the last few years, almost universally aban
doned the attempt, and taught them rules instead of
principles ; by authority, instead of demonstration. This
system is now passing away ; and many preceptors may
be found who are of opinion that, whatever may be the
additional trouble to themselves, their pupils should
always be induced to reflect upon, and know the reason
of, what they are doing. Such I would advise not to be
discouraged by the failure of a first attempt to make the
learner understand the principle of a rule. It is no ex
aggeration to say, that, under the present system, five
years of a boy*s life are partially spent in merely learning
the rules contained in this treatise, and those, for the
most part, in so imperfect a way, that he is not fit to
encounter any question unless he Bees the head of the
book under which it falls. On a very moderate compu
tation of the time thus bestowed, the pupil would be in
no respect worse off, though he Bpent five hours on every
page of this work. The method of proceeding which I
should recommend would be as follows :Let the pupils
be taught in classes, the master explaining the article as
it stands in the work. Let the former, then, try the
demonstration on some other numbers proposed by the
master, which should be as simple as possible. The very
words of the book may be used, the figures being changed ;
and it will rarely be found that a learner is capable of
making the proper alterations, without understanding
the reason. The experience of the master will suggest
to him various methods of trying this point. When the
principle has been thus discussed, let the rule be distinctly
stated by the master, or some of the more intelligent of
the pupils ; and let some very simple example be worked
at length. The pupils may then be dismissed, to try the
more complicated exercises with which the work will
furnish them, or any others which may be proposed."
Pre/ace,

* ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA, preliminary to the Differential Calculus,

and fit for the higher classes of Schools in which the Principles of Arithmetic are taught. Second
Edition. Royal 12mo, 9r., cloth.
*' What a benefite that onely thing is, to have the witte whetted and sharpened, I neade not travell to declare, sith
all men confesse it to be as greate as maie be. Excepte any witlesse persone thinke he maie bee to wise. But he that
moste feareth that, is leaBte in daunger of it. Wherefore to conclude, I see moare menne to acknowledge the benefite
of nomhre, than I can espie willyng to studie, to attaine the benefltes of it. Many praise it, but fewe dooe greatly
practise it. Wherein the desire and hope of gain, maketh many willyng to sustaiue some travell. For aide of whom,
I did sette forth the firste parte of Arithmetike. But if the! knewe how farre this second parte dooeth excell the
firste parte, thei would not accoumpte any tyme loste that were emploied in it. Yea thei would not thinke any tyme
well bestowed, till thei had gotten soche habilitie by it, that it might be their aide in al other studies."Robert Recorde.

ELEMENTS OF TRIGONOMETRY & TRIGONOMETRICAL

ANALYSIS, preliminary to the Differential Calculus ; fit for those who have studied the Principles of
Arithmetic and Algebra, and Six Books of Euclid. Royal 12mo, 9r., cloth.
" Tantquel'Algebre etla Gometrieont ete Beparees, leurs progres ont i't lents et leurs usages bonu's; maislorsque
ces deux sciences se sont reunles, elles se sont pretees des forces mutuelles, et ont marche ensemble d'un pas rapide
vers la perfection."Lagrange.

CONNEXION OF NUMBER AND MAGNITUDE an Attempt

to Explain the Fifth Book of Euclid. Royal 12mo, 4*., cloth.
*** This Work is included in the Elements of Trigonometry.

FIRST NOTIONS OF LOGIC, preparatory to the Study of Geome

try. Second Edition. Royal 12mo, Is. 6d. Hewed.
" The Author drew up the First Notions of Logic,* from having observed that most students who begin Geome
try are extremely deficient in the sort of knowledge which it contains, to their great hindrance in all branches of
science, even in learning the principles of Arithmetic demonstratively. He recommends that youths who are trained
In Arithmetic from his work should learn the elements of Logic at the same time, as a help to the precise conception
of the connexion of words with each other, and as a preparation for the study of Geometry."

BARLOW'S TABLES OF SQUARES, CUBES, SQUARE ROOTS, CUBE ROOTS,

and RECIPROCALS, up to 10,000. Stereotype edition, examined and corrected. Under the Super
intendence o/ the Society /or the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. Royal 12mo, price It*.
" They will be found useful to the more scientific class of Engineers and Surveyors, for immediately obtaining
results which are now usually got by logarithmic calculation, or the sliding rule ; to actuaries (in the table of recipro
cals) ; to schoolmasters, for obtaining examples of the ordinary rules of Arithmetic ; to all, in fact, who are calculators
by choice or necessity, though of course to some more than to others."Preface.
10 WORKS PUBLISEED BY TAYLOB AND WALTON,

MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHYContinued.

TABLES OF LOGARITHMS, COMMON AND TRIGONOMETRICAL, TO FIVE
PLACES. Under the Super intendence of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. Fcap. 8vo,
3r. sewed.
The present work has been undertaken In imitation of the Tables of Lalande, so well known both in
England and on the Continent. It differs from most modern English works la the use of old numerals,
which are formed with heads and tails, as in common handwriting. It is believed that such figures
are much more legible, for their size, than those in common use, and very much less likely to be mistaken
one for the other ; bo that the present work may compete with others which employ a larger type, but
in which distinctness of form in the figure is sacrificed to uniformity of size.
At the end of the Trigonometrical Table will be found1, A Table of the Logarithms of Sines for
every second of the first 9 minutes, and also for every tenth of a minute in the first degree. 2. A Table
of Constants, mostly taken from that at the end of Mr. Babbage's well-known tables. 9. A small
Table of the Logarithms of 1. 2. 3. . . . . x, for facilitating complicated questions of permutation.

FOUR FIGURE LOGARITHMS AND ANTI-LOGARITHMS, on a Card. Price 1*.

" Much of the trouble of using Logarithms arises1. From the necessity of turning leaf after leaf of the book to
arrive at the proper page ; and 2, in a minor degree, from the process of finding the number to a logarithm being
somewhat more difficult than that of finding the logarithm to a number. In the four figure logarithms they are both
avoided, since the whole table of logarithms to numbers is on one side of a card, and the smallness of the table enables,
another table as extensive, of numbers to logarithms to be entered on the other aide of the card." Companion
to the British Almanack, 1841.

LOGARITHMIC SINES, COSINES, &c, TO FIVE PLACES OF DECIMALS.

Printed on Card, U.

REINER'S LESSONS ON FORM ; or, an Introduction to Geometry, as given in a

Pestalozzian School, Cheam, Surrey. 12ino, with numerous Diagrams. 6s. cloth.
" It has been found in the actual use of these lessons for a considerable period, that a larger average number, of pupils
are brought to study the Mathematics with decided success, and that all pursue them in a superior manner. There is
much less of mere mechanical committing to memory, of mere otiose admission and comprehension of demonstrations
ready made, and proportionably more of independent judgment and original reasoning. They not only learn Mathe
matics, but they become mathematicians. **Rev. Dr. Mayo.

LESSONS ON NUMBER, as given at a Pestalozzian School, at Cheam,

Surrey. Second Edition. Consisting of
THE MASTERS MANUAL, 12mo, 4s. &/., cloth.
THE SCHOLAR'S PRAXIS. 12mo, 2s., bound.
Sold separately.
" The parent will be much assisted in his task, if he has by him the excellent ' Lessons on Number as given at a
Pestalozzian School, Cheam, Surrey.' This work should be in the bands of every one who teaches the first rudiments
of Arithmetic."
" Another important merit of the work consists in the manner in which, In Its earliest pages, the idea of Number is
extracted from the consideration of the objects by which it must, in the first instance, be exemplified. It Is done with
out any parade of abstraction, but successfully and completely."Journal of Education.

LARDNER'S (DR.) ELEMENTS OF EUCLID, with a Commentary and Geometrical

Exercises ; to which are annexed a Treatise on Solid Geometry, and Short Essays on the Ancient
Geometrical Analysis and the Theory of Transversals. Eighth Edition.. 8vo, 7., boards.

RITCHIE'S (DR.) PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRY, familiarly illustrated, and applied

to a variety of useful purposes. Designed for the Instruction of Young Persons. Second Edition,
revised and enlarged. 12mo, with 190 Woodcuts. 3*. 6U cloth.

^*-$V

" Dr. Ritchie's little elementary work is excellently well adapted to its object. It is brief, plain, and full of all that
is necessary ; curious and useful in its application, and beyond any other of the kind now existent in its familiar and
distinct explanation of some of the instruments required in the practical application of the principles laid down and
demonstrated." Spectator, Sept. 7) 1833.
'* This is the best introduction to Geometry that exists in our language ; it is just the work by which a parent may
be enabled to instruct his children in the elementary principles of the science, though his own knowledge of it be
neither deep nor extensive. The practical applications which are added must render the study very delightful to
the young, since the exercises on the principles will be found as amusing as the ordinary sports of childhood."
Atheneeum.
" La Geome'trie est peut-etre de toutes les parties des Mathe'matiques, celle que Ton doit apprendre la premiere ;
elle me parolt tres-propre a interesser les enfans, pourvu qu'on la leur presente principalement par rapport a ses
applications, soit sur le papier, soit sur le terrain. Les operations de trace et de me'surage ne manqueront pas de les
occuper agreablemeut, et les conduiront ensuite, comme par la main, au raisonnement."From the preliminary
discourse prefixed to " La Croix's Element de Qe'ome'trie."
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON. 11

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
LARBNER (Dr.) THE STEAM-ENGINE EXPLAINED AND ILLUSTRATED :
with an Account of its Invention and progressive Improvement, and its application to Navigation and
Railways ; including also a Memoir of Watt. Seventh Edition. Illustrated by numerous Engravings
on wood, and a portrait of Watt. 8vo, cloth, 12*.

CONTENTS I
Chapter I. Preliminary Matter.Chai.IL Engines CHAPTER X1L
of Savery and NewcomenChap. III. Early Career LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES ON TURNPIKE ROADS.
and Discoveries of James Watt.Chap. IV. Exposition Railways and Stone Roads compared. Gurney's
of Physical Principles.Chap. V. Further Discoveries Steam Carriage.Two methods of applying Locomotive
of Watt Chap. VI. Watt's Engines Chap. VII. Engines upon common Roads. Hancock's Steam
Double-acting Engine.Chap. VIII. Double-acting En Carriage.
gine.Chap. IX. Boilers and Furnaces.Chap. X. CHAPTER XIH.
Life of Watt. STEAM NAVIGATION.
Form and Arrangementof Marine Engines.Common
CHAPTER XI. Paddle-wheel.Improved Efficiency of Marine Engines.
LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES ON RAILWAYS. Iron Steam Vessels.Steam Navigation to India.
High-pressure Engines.Effects of Railway Trans
portHistory of the Locomotive Engine.Liverpool I CHAPTER XIV.
AMERICAN STEAM NAVIGATION.
and Manchester Railway.Experimental TrialPro-j
gressive Improvement ofLocomotive Engines.Detailed Steam Navigation first established in America.The
Description of the most improved Locomotive Engines. Hudson navigated by Steam.Extension and Improve
Dr. Lardner's Experiments on the Great Western ment of River Navigation.American Steamers-
Railway. Methods of surmounting steep inclina Difference between them and European Steamers.
tions. Steam Tugs.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY FOR BEGINNERS ; being familiar Illustrations of the
Laws of Motion and Mechanics, intended as a Text Book for Schools and Self-instruction, asa Companion
to the Lecture Room, or for Model Schools. Illustrated with 143 Engravings on Wood. Fcap. 8vo, 3s. ea.

SoJj.
/

M Y.ulVI " C
" The treatise before us is a very good class-book for teaching the Elements of Mechanics, so far as they are inde-
nendent of Mathematics. Now ' to know a matter,' and 'toknowabout a matter,' are two very aiflarentthings : the
bresent treatise is weU adapted to those who are ambitious, of the former j there are countless ' Conversation!, Ke_
creations,' ' Dialogues,' 4c, for those who will be satisfied with the totter."Athauxum, July 10, 1841.
12 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHYContinued.

PHILOSOPHICAL DIAGRAMS. By Frederick I. Minabi, Lecturer on Natural Philo
sophy, &c. For the use of Lecturers, Philosophical Classes, and Schools. 1st SeriesMechanics.
Complete in Five Numbers, each containing Three Sheets of Diagrams, price 3*. each Number.
The Diagrams are printed upon large sheets of paper, measuring 2 feet 11 inches by 2 feet. This
size will be found suited for large lecture-rooms. Where necessary, the Diagrams hare been coloured.

TWELVE PLANISPHERES, forming a Guide to the Stars for every Night in the Year,
with an Introduction. Myo, cloth, 6*. 64.

YOUNG'S LECTURES ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. A New Edition, with

Copiol'8 References, Notes, and a Supplement, completing the different Subjects to their present
state. By the Rev. P. Kelland, M.A., F. R. S. Lond. and Edinb.,1 ate Fellow of Queen's College, Cam
bridge, Professor of Mathematics, dee. in the University of Edinburgh, and Thomas Webster, M.A., of
Trinity College, Cambridge, Secretary of the Institute of Civil Engineers. Under the Superintendence
Of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. I vol. 8vo. (Preparing.)

EDUCATION.
EDUCATION (THE) OF THE FEELINGS. Fcap. 8vo, 4. cloth.
* * To urge the great importance of moral educationto show the bearing of a few great truths upon itto point out
the natural laws which the Creator has established, by which the feelings are to be trained and cultivated, is the object
of this work."Preface.
HICKSON'S (W. E.) DUTCH AND GERMAN SCHOOLS ; an Account of the present
state of Education in Holland, Belgium, and the German States, with a view to the practical steps
which should be taken for improving and extending the means of Popular Instruction in Great Britain
and Ireland. 8vo, 2s. Gd. cloth. With Architectural Plans.
*' The work before us has the merit of giving a really comprehensive view of the whole question in a cheap and
readable form. The author is one of the Commissioners of Inquiry into the state of the Hand-loom Weavers ; and
few persons have had better opportunities of observing how closely the interests of the working classes are dependent
upon the progress of a sound system of national education. The work is rendered complete by the addition of a tasteful
elevation and ground plans of a design of a building, suitable for the combined purposes of a Day-school and Lyceum.
We hope the time is not distant when institutions, upon the plan described, will be found in every part of the United
Kingdom." Westminster Review, Dec. 1840.

BROWN PAPER LENDING LIBRARY.

TUCKFIELD'S (Mrs. HIPPISLEY) EVENING READINGS FOR DAY SCHOLARS
Part I.Selections from the Bible and Apocrypha. III. Natural History. Mammalia, 12mo, sd. 1 jr. Gd.
Part II.Proverbs, Maxims, and Anecdotes. In sheets for mounting, 2s.
1 vol. 12mo, 3*. 6d. cloth. As Little Horn Books. In Paper Packets, 4*. Gd.
Part III.-Natural HistoryMammalia. In the Little Horn Books the matter is broken up
into Short Lessons, and each Lesson is pasted on thick
The Work may also be had as follows : brown paper. These are intended to serve as Night
I. Scripture Readings. 12mo, sewed, Is. 6d. Readings for Day Scholars. The difficult words in
In sheets for mounting, 2s. each Lesson are carefully defined.
As Little Horn Books. In Paper Packets, 4*. Gd. Part III. will befound useful as a Companion to the
II. Proverbs, Maxlvb, and Anecdotes. 12mo, sewed. Prints of Animals published by theJSociely for Pro
It. Gd. In sheets for mounting. 2*. moting Christian Knowledge.
As Little Horn Books- In Paper Packets, 4*. Gd.
" Mrs. Hippisley Tuckfleld's Evening Readings are published with the view of providing something which children
in day schools may take home with them, and learn in the evening. They are printed on separate cards, and are
divided into three series. We have no hesitation in saying that the idea is a very valuable one. It is impossible, in five
hours' schooling, to convey much information ; but hitherto the expense of books has prevented any attempt to carry
on instruction out of school hours."
" The technical terms in the * Natural History of the Mammalia ' are explained with great clearness, and every page
of description so interspersed with anecdote, that it would be impossible to put into the hands of children a more useful
or fascinating work connected with any branch of natural history." Westminster Review, December 1842,

TUCKFIELD'S (Mrs/ HIPPISLEY) LETTERS TO A CLERGYMAN, on the Best

Means of Employing Funds for the Education of the Lower Orders. Fcap. tivo, 2s. Gd.
u We are unable to do more than direct attention to Mrs. Tuckfleld's * Letters to a Clergyman,' although they con
tain, In a small compass, matter of the deepest import. She lays greatest stress on what is really of greatest importance.
namely, training establishments for teachers, male and female. For those who are about to establish schools for tbe
poor, we earnestly recommend the second and fifth letters, as putting in the clearest light the necessity and the means
of training teachers. The fifth letter, we believe, describes no ideal plan, but an establishment actually at work. It
cannot be too often repeated, that on this one point everything depends." Westminster Review, 67.

TUCKFIELD'S (Mrs. HIPPISLEY) EDUCATION FOR THE PEOPLE.

I. Pastoral Teaching. IV. Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb.
II. Village Teaching.
III. The Teacher's Text-Book. Fcap. 8vo, 5s.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON. 13

HINTS TO MECHANICS ON SELF-EDUCATION AND MUTUAL INSTRUCTION.

By Timothy Claxtoct. Fcap. 8vo, 4*. cloth.
" the amusing book before us, which has all the ease and simplicity of De Foe, and the exemplary utility of
Franklin. To the mechanic it offers at once an example and a pleasant companion in the pursuit of knowledge, and to
the general reader it affords a deep insight into those labouring classes which are the sinews of the nation."Civil
Engineer and Architect's Journal, Feb. 1839.
*' We repeat, we have seldom read a work which has delighted us more ; and we feel convinced that no better gift
could be bestowed upon a working roan than a copy of it."Educational Mag., Feb. 1839.
' This is a most meritorious work ; a work full of good sense and useful information. After introducing the author
himself, far better than a portrait, it treats of the desirableness of a sound education, of the habits, faults, and vices
incident to mechanics, and their reform and improvement ; of the evil effects of ignorance, and the beneficial effects
of knowledge ; of the application to business ; of the employment of time , and, in short, of every subject of interest
to the mechanical orders, and value to the community to which they belong, and in which they form so important a
part. There is a degree of solidity and applicability in the whole that deserves our highest praise."Literary Gazette.

SINGING.
THE SINGING MASTER. Fourth Edition. Revised and Corrected. 8vo, 10s. Gd.
No. I.FIRST LESSONS IN SINGING AND THE NOTATION OF MUSIC.
Containing Nineteen Lessons in the Notation and Art of Reading Music, as adapted for the Instruction
of Children, and especially for Class Teaching, with Sixteen Vocal Exercises, arranged as simple two-
part HarmonieB. Medium 8vo. Price 2s.
No. II.RUDIMENTS OF THE SCIENCE OF HARMONY, OR THOROUGH-BASS.
A General View of the Principles of Musical Composition, the Nature of Chords and Discords, Mode of
applying them, and au Explanation of Musical Terms connected with this branch of the Science. 1*. 6Vf.
No. III.THE FTRST CLASS TUNE-BOOK.
Thirty Simple and Pleasing Airs, arranged, with Suitable Words, for Young Children. Price U. Gd.
No. IV.THE SECOND CLASS TUNE-BOOK.
A Selection of Vocal Music, adapted for Youth of Different Ages, and arranged, with Suitable Words,
as Two and Three-part Harmonies. Medium 8vo. Price 2s. 6d.
No. T.THE HYMN TUNE-BOOK.
A Selection of Seventy Popular Hymn and Psalm Tunes, arranged with a View of Facilitating the
Progress of Children learning to Sing in Parts. Medium 8vo. Price 2s. 6d.
*#* Any part may be purchased separately.
The Vocal Exercises, Moral Songs and Hymns, with the Music, may also be had, printed on Cards. Price
2rf. each Card, or Twenty-five for 3*., as follows :
1 Introductory (Notation of Music). 36 The Stormy Winds.
2 Vocal Exercises. 37 Our Native Land.
3 Ditto. 38 The Labourers' Song.
4 Ditto (Canons). 39 Home, homeand Rejoice, Rejoice.
5 Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star. 40 If you Get into Debt.
6 Welcome to School. 41 Britons, Ariseand the Golden Rule.
7 Come and See how Happily. 42 Rule Britannia,
8 Perseverance or, Try Again. 43 The National Anthemand Now Let Notes of Joy
9 Improve the Passing Hours. Ascending.
10 Multiplication TableFirst Part. 44 Farewell.
11 The Pence Table ; and Procrastination.
12 The Peace Maker. Hymn and Psalm Tunes, with Words suitable/or
13 We all Love one anotherand Well go to our Places. Sunday Schools.
14 How the Wind is Blowingand Early to Bed and 45 Sicilian Marinersand Warwick.
Early to Rise. 46 Devizesand Stonefield, or Doversdale.
15 Over the Water from England to France. 47 Evening Hymnand Hanover.
16 The Nursery Jestand the Alphabet. 48 Stephensand the German Hymn.
17 Tit for Tat ; and Hot Cross Buns. 49 Groveand Cranbrook.
18 Play-Hours. 50 Falcon Streetand Deri tend.
19 The Kind Heart. 51 Martin's Laneand Btaughton.
20 Come let us Singand the Chatter-box. 52 Hart'sand Job.
21 The Linnet. 53 Melboum Portand Matthias.
22 The Harmonious Blackbird. 54 Rousseau's Dreamand Irish.
23 The Praise of Spring. 55 Sandgateand Contemplation.
24 The Sluggard. 56 Haweis, or Mount Calvaryand Auburn.
25 Neatness and Cleanlinessand Work away. 57 Eatonand Carey's.
26 Time for Rest ; and Good Night 58 Adoration.
27 Sunrise. 59 Gabrief Newand Prospect.
28 Bells Ringing. 60 Lowelland Fairseat
29 The Love of Truthand For Age and Want. 61 Lonsdaleand Calvary.
30 In the Cottage. 62 Lydiaand Sutton Coldfleld.
31 The Cricket Song. 63 Arabiaand Old Hundredth.
32 Absent Friendsand When we go out together. 64 Peruand Condescension.
33 Ere Around the Huge Oakand Harvest Home. 65 Horsleyand Compassion.
34 March and lift up your Voicesand Idleness and 66 Suffolkand Ilepbzibah.
Knavery. 67 Brad legphurchand Portugal New,
35 Lullabyand The Hour is Come of Twilight Grey. 68 Piety ; and Knaresborough.
14 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

SINGING MASTERContinued.
69 Wiganand The Passing Bell. 78 Calcuttaand Shirland.
70 Newportand Easter Hymn. 79 Portsmouth, Newand Joyful,
71 Vesperand Admiration. 80 Tucker's, or Leighand Repose.
72 Jude's Doxologyand Miles's Lane.
73 Helmsleyand Evans. 81-82 Welcomeand a Man's a Man for all thai.
74 Nativityand Monmouth. 83-84 When the Rosy Morn Appearingand the Might
75 Westbury Leighand New Victory or Wimpole. with the Right.
76 Hallelujah, Amenand Triumph. 85 God Speed the Right.
77 Refuge.
The Words without the Music may be had in Three Small Books, as follows :
Moral Songs from the First Glass Tune-Book, la*.
1 Second Class Tune-Book, Id.
Hymns from the Hymn Tune-Book, Id.
*** The Cards and Tune-Books may be used with Mr. Hullah's or any other System of Teaching.
11 What chiefly delights us in the Singing Master is the intermixture of many little moral songs with the ordinary
glees. These are chiefly composed by Mr. Hickson himself, -and we could scarcely imagine any thing of the kind
better executed. They relate to exactly the class of subjects which all who wish well to the industrious orders would
wish to see imprinted on their inmost naturecontentment with their lowly, but honourable lot, the blessings that
flow from industry, the fostering of the domestic affections, and aspirations for the improvement of society."
Chambers' Journal, Oct. SO, 1838.

FIRESIDE HARMONY; or, Domestic Recreation in Part Singing. A Selection of

favorite old Glees, Rounds, and Canons ; arranged to words suitable for Families and Schools.
By Helen S. IIkkschkll. Second Edition. Demy 8vo (oblong), 2s. 6d.
contents :
1. The Queen's Birth-day.2. Now we are metS. Come follow me merrily.4. Come all ye who music love.
5. How great is the Pleasure.'6. Come follow, follow me.7. The Emigrant's Song.8. Breathes there the
Man.9. Our Queen 10. The Young Ladies' Debate.11. Wilberforce's Grave12. The GrasshopperIS. When
from my Native Land 14. Tranquility.15. Would you sing a Round with pleasure16. Whate'er you others
find17. Flowers for your Gardens.18. Whittington. 19. Far beyond all studied Grace.20. Come now to the
Greenwood 21. Tune your Voices22. A Boat Song23. Come gay Mirth24. Hope25. Now genial Spring.
26. Come, leave the Scenes27. How sweet to meet a kindred Mind.28. Truly 'tis said29. Farewell, Friend.
30. O be Just.31. Sweet chime the Evening Bells.32. Hark, the little Birds are singing33. Now you shall
hear a wondrous Song.34. Procrastination.

PART SINGING ; or, Vocal Harmony for Choral Societies and Home Circles. Edited
by the Author of the " Singing Master."
Price of the Work complete, bound in cloth :Soprano, is. ; Alto, 3s. ; Tenor, 3s. ; Base and Piano
forte Score, 5*. 6d. Any Part or Volume may be had separately.
The Work may also be had in Six Numbers. Price of each Number:Soprano, 9d. ; Alto and Tenor
(without the C clef), of Nos. 1 and 6, 9d. each, of Nos. 2 to 5, 6d. each ; Base with Pianoforte Score, 1*. ;
Case, 6d.
No. 1. NO; 3. No. 6.
Introduction to the Notation of 15 You1 Gave Me your Heart. 33 When Winds Breathe Soft.
Music. 16 Hail, Smiling Morn. 34 Lightly Tread.
Exercises on Intervals. 17 Choral-Honours. 35 A Generous Friendship.
1 Evening. 18 Here in Coot Grot. 36 Amid the Myrtle.
2 That Peace on Earth. 19 Hark, the Lark. 37 The Storm.
3 All Nature is but Art. 20 Farewell, Dearest, Joy and 38 Their Sound is Gone Out.
4 Once More, Dear Friends, Once Sorrow. 39 Awake, jEolian Lyre.
More. 21 Prayer in Masaniello. 40 Time Wing'drby-Gladnose.
5 Forgive, Blest Shade. 22 Thyrsis, Steepest Thou.
6 Then Round About the Starry 23 The Wafts; I : N4.6.
Throne. 41 Hope's Dream.
No.1 4. 42 Hear, Father; Hear our Praj'r.
No.- 2. 24 Victoria. 43 Bright Water.
7 Breathe Soft, Ye Winds. 25 Choral Salutation. 44 Come, Come' Away.
8 Night. 26 God Speed the Right 45 The Invocation.
9 The Village Chorus. 2? Swiftly from the Mountain's 46 Away, Away. '
10 The Pledge. BroW. 47 The Student's Song;
11 Health to My Dear. 38 Tive Timet by the Taper's Light. 48 Pull All Together.
12 Ye Spotted Snakes. 9 One and All. 49 Come Joy with Merry Roundelay
13 Thy Voice, O Harmony. 30 Hark, th' Echo. 50 The Springs
14 Every Bush New Springing. 31 Come Again'. 51 Sleep.
32 Thus Rolling Surges. 52 Musical <"heerB.
The design of this publication is to facilitate the object proposed to be effected by the 'Society for the
Encouragement of Vocal Music ; a Society formed for the purpose of endeavouring to naturalize a taste for Music
in this country, both with a view of promoting, among the Working Classes, innocent and rational means of
enjoyment, and of thereby softening the manners, refining the taste, and raising the character of the 'great body
of the people.
The pieces selected for this Work are those which have been found the most popular among the members of
several Choral and Madrigal Societies, now established in London, and most of them are equally effective when
sung in public by a hundred voices, or in a friendly evening, or family circle, with but one voice to each -part.

THE USE OF SINGING AS A PART OF THE MORAL DISCIPLINEi : OF

SCHOOLS. A Lecture, by W. E. Hickson. 8vo, price lid.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON. 16

DRAWING.
LINEAL DRAWING COPIES FOR THE EARLIEST INSTRUCTION. Comprising
200 Subjects on 24 Sheets, mounted on 12 pieces of thick pasteboard. By the Author of " Drawing for
Young Children." In a Portfolio, 5*. 6d.
*#* These copies consist of Geometrical Figures and Forms of simple objects, with the Roman and Writing
Alphabets in Capital and Small Letters. They are printed white on a black ground. They may also
be used in teaching the Letters, in teaching Writing, and in giving Lessons on the Elements of Form
and Geometry.

DRAWING COPIES FOR ELEMENTARY INSTRUCTION. By the Author of

"Drawing for Youno Children."
Set I. 12 Subjects mounted on thick pasteboard. Price 3s. 6(1. in a Portfolio.
II. Ditto Ditto Ditto.
*<,* The copies are sufficiently large and bold to be drawn from by forty or fifty children at the same time.

DRAWING MATERIALS.
A Quarto Copybook of 24 leaves, common paper, 6d. Pencils, with very thick lead, BB. 2s. per half-dozen.
Ditto . . . Ditto . . paper of superior Ditto . . . Ditto - . . F. at U. (id. ditto.
quality, 1*. 3d. Drawing Chalk, 9<l. per dozen sticks, in a Box.
Port-crayons for holding the Chalk, Ad. each,

DEACON'S (AUGUSTUS) ELEMENTS OF PERSPECTIVE DRAWING ; or, the

Science of Delineating Real Objects. Being a Manual of Directions for Using a Set of Models, com
posing a variety of Picturesque Forms. Suitable for the Practice of Beginners. Illustrated with 8
Plates. 8vo, At.
** The use of solid forms in drawing, instead of sketches or prints, has been for some time prevalent in the Govern
ment schools of France and Germany. In the well-reasoned and clearly-written pamphlet before us, an attempt is
made to increase the chances of success for that method in England. The whole pamphlet deserves attentive perrsal.
It is excellently written, and in argument quite conclusive."Examiner, Sept. 1841.
*$* The particulars of the Models will be found at page 20.

HISTORY.
ON THE ORIGIN OF UNIVERSITIES AND ACADEMICAL DEGREES. By
Henry Maldkn, M. A. , late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and Processor of Greek in Univer
sity College, London. Fcap. 8vo, 35. 6d. cloth.
** Although calculated for a temporary purpose, this volume, small and unpretending as it is, will probably find a
permanent place in libraries, as containing in a narrow compass much historical matter not very generally known,
even, within the walls of the Universities themselves."Athfjueum, July 18, 1865.

NIEBUHR'S HISTORY OF ROME. Translated by Bishop Thirlwall and Archdeacon

Hark. Vol.1. Third Edition, revised, with a Map. Ovo, 16*.
- - VoLIL Third Edition* 8vo, 16*.

Vol. III. Translated by William Smith, Ph. D.,

and Leonard Schmitz, Ph. D. ; containing a copious Index (97 pages) to the three volumes.- 8vo, 18*. 6d.
*** In the course of next year will be publshed Nibbuhr's History' of Home?, Vol. IV. ; being a
Course of Lectures on the History of Home from the' first Punic War to the time of Constantine. Edited
by Lkonh ard Schmitz, Ph. D.
These Lectures, which have never yet been published, were' delivered by Niebuhr in the years 1828
and 1829, in the University of Bonn, where the Editor, then a pupil of the historian, took them down
in short hand notes for his own private use. These notes have been carefully revised and compared
with the manuscript notes made by others at the same time, and their translation and publication
have been undertaken by Dr. Schmitz, at the express request, and with the sanction of, the most
distinguished friends of Niebuhr, both in this country and Germany.
" Niebuhr undertook to write the History of Rome and erect amid the Theban temples, a half hewn
from the earliest ages of the city to I'.ie establishment of Rameses, as a scholar who should complete the Roman
the empire of Augustus. Of this great work lie accom History of Niebuhr."
plished only a portion ; and his history will remain to "Here we close our remarks upon this memorable
succeeding ages as a fragment ; but it is a- fragment work , a work which, of all that have appeared in our
which may be compared to the unfinished colossal sta age, is the best fitted to excite men of learning to intel
tues that are found lying in the granite quarries of Syene, lectual activity : from which the most accomplished
conceived with all the vastness and precision of Egyptian scholar may gather fresh stores of knowledge, to which
art, which, had they been finished, might have over the most experienced politician may resort for'theoreti-
topped the gigantic Memnon, but which, when they cal and practical instruction, and' winch no pefsdncan
were relinquished by the hand that first fashioned them, read as it ought to be read, without feeling the better
were destined to remain for ever imperfect. We should and more generous sentiments of his common human
as 'soon expect an artist to arise, who should elaborate nature enlivened and strengthened." Edinburgh Review.

A VINDICATION OF NIEBUHR'S HISTORY OF ROME, from the Charges of

the * Quarterly R*eview;"' By Julius Charles Hark, M.A., FelloW of Trinity' College, Cambridge.
Hvo, 2s. 6d.
 16 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

NUMISMATICS.
AKERMAN'S (J. Y.) NUMISMATIC MANUAL ; or, Guide to the Collection and Study
of Greek, Roman, and English Coins. Illustrated by Engravings of many hundred Types, by means of
u Inch even imperfect and obliterated pieces may be easily deciphered. 1 vol. 8vo, 21*.

We have long looked for a work on Numismatics which might give so much information as every well-educated
man ought to possess, be free from vulgar errors, and at the same time be within the reach of the general reader. Just
such a work has Mr. Akerman given us."Church of England Quarterly Review, Oct. 1840.
NUMISMATIC CHRONICLE, and Journal of the Numismatic
Sociicrv. Nos. 1 to 18, each 3. 6VJ. (Published Quarterly.)
NUMISMATIC JOURNAL. Nos. 1 to 8, complete. Each 3s. 6d.

CURRENCY.
CATECHISMS OF THE CURRENCY AND EXCHANGES. A New Edition, enlarged.
To which is prefixed, The Case of the Industrious Classes briefly stated. By John Taylor, Author of
" Junius Identified." Fcap. 8vo, As. cloth.
*' Catechism or thb Currency."
" Whoever studies or merely reads this Catechism once will rise from its perusal with clearer notions on the subject
of currency than when he sat down to it, whatever may have been his previous acquaintance with the matter ; whilst
every one who finds himself to be in the dark on Its various hearings, cannot but be so enlightened by the short inspec
tion spoken of, that few in the community will equal him for knowledge on the subject, so clear, comprehensive, and
convincing are its questions and answers."Monthly Review^ March 1835.
A VIEW OF THE MONEY SYSTEM OF ENGLAND, from the Conquest. With
Proposals for establishing a secure and equable Credit Currency. By James Taylor (of Bakewell).
8vo, 6>. ,
" The instruction to be obtained from the account which is here given of the various arts, subtleties and frauds, to
which monarchs, statesmen, and financiers, have had recourse, in order to meet the difficulties to which they were
constantly exposed, renders the book of Mr. Taylor one of extraordinary interest and value."Manchester Courier,
April 3, 1830.
AN ESSAY ON MONEY, ITS ORIGIN AND USE. By John Taylor, Author of
" Junius Identified." Second Edition. 8vo, 3s. 6d. sewed.
" We are not ashamed to acknowledge that we are late converts to the importance of the currency question ; but
the evidence of successive years has demonstrated to us, that here lies the root of all the sufferings and all the dangers
by which the nation is afflicted. In the pamphlet before us, we see all that experience has proved, demonstrated as
inevitable, by a complete process of a priori reasoning ; and we could scarcely conceive a greater benefit to the
country than that the Essay should be thoroughly read, considered, and understood by all public men."Standard,
Jan. 8, 1831.
AN ESSAY ON THE STANDARD AND MEASURE OF VALUE. By John Taylor,
8vo, 2$. 6d.
WHAT IS MONEY ? Price 6d.

GEOGRAPHY.
BRIEF OUTLINES OF DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY; to which is subjoined a Table
of Latitudes and Longitudes. By Henry II. Davis. Fcap. Hvo, with Maps, 2s. 6d. cloth.
11 The outlines here presented to the public, are the results of actual extemporaneous lessons.**Preface.
OUTLINE MAPS :MercatorEuropeBritish Isles. Three Maps, folio, stitched
in cover, 1*. Single Maps, Ad. each.
GEOGRAPHICAL PROJECTIONS :Mercator EuropeBritish Isles. Three Maps,
folio, stitched in cover, Is. Single Maps, Ad. each.
TEACHING MAPS :England, Wales, and Part of Scotland. I. Rivers, Mountains, &c.
Price 6rf. II. Towns. Price 6d.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON. 17

COMMON-PLACE BOOKS.
THE LITERARY DIARY ; or Complete Common-Place Book, with an Explanation,
and an Alphabet of Two Letters on a leaf. Post 4to, ruled throughout and half-bound, price 12*.

A POCKET COMMON-PLACE BOOK. With Locke's Index. Post 8vo, half-bound, 8s. 6d.
THE STUDENT'S JOURNAL. Arranged, Printed, and Ruled for receiving an Account
of every Day's Employment for the space of One Year. With an Index and Appendix. Post 8vo,
half bound, is. 6d.
" I propose from this day to keep an' exact Journal of my Actions and Studies, both to assist my Memory, and
accustom me to set a due value on my Time."Introduction to Gibbon's Journal.

THE PRIVATE DIARY, formed on the Plan of " The Student's Journal," for general
Use. Post 8vo, half-bound, 4. 6d.
" This exact account of my time will make me more sensible of its value : it will dissipate by its detail the illusion
which makes us consider only years and mouths, and disregard hours and days." Gibbon's Journal.

THE SCHOOL JOURNAL, arranged for receiving an Account of every Day's Employ
ment for the space of One Year, Post Jtvo, bound, price 3s.

MISCELLANEOUS.
.&SCHYLUS. THE AGAMEMNON,
Translated, with Notes Critical and Explanatory,
by John Svmmons, A.M., of Christ Church, Ox
ford. 8vo, 8s.
ARROWSMITH'S ART OF INSTRUCT
ING TUB DEAF AND DUMB, 8vo, I0. 6d.
AUSTIN'S OUTLINE OF A COURSE
OP LECTURES ON GENERAL JURISPRU
DENCE. 12mo, Is. t)il. sewed.
BOWRING'S (DR.) ANCIENT POETRY
AND ROMANCES OP SPAIN. Post 8vo,
10*. fid.
BURROWES'S (REV. DR., DEAN OF
CORK) SERMONS ON THE FIRST LESSONS
IN THE MORNING SERVICE. 8vo, lis.
" In these excellent Sermons, Bound doctrine, earnest
exhortation, close reasoning, depth of pathos, and forci
ble application, are severally exhibited. The language
throughout is simple, yet eloquent ; and the style nerv
ous, chaste, and dignified, in a word, the volume is
calculated to instruct the ignorant, to reform the evil
doer, to confirm the Christian, to silence the gainsayer,
and to vindicate the ways of God to man."Christian
Remembrancer, Jan. 1830.
CLARE'S SHEPHERD'S CALENDAR.
Fcap- 8vo, (is.
VILLAGE MINSTREL. Two
vols. fcap. 8vo. Second Edition. 12,*.
JUNIUS IDENTIFIED WITH SIR PHI
LIP FRANCIS. Including the Supplement, con
sisting of Fac Similes of Hand-writing and other
Illustrations. Second Edition, corrected and en
larged. 8vo, 8*.
"That it proves Sir Philip Francis to be Junius we
will not affirm ; but this we can safely assert, that it
accumulates such a mass of circumstantial evidence, as
renders it extremely difficult to believe he is not ; and
that, if so many coincidences shall he found to have
misled us in this case, our faith, in all conclusions drawn
from proofs of a similar kind, may henceforth be shaken."
Edinburgh Review, No. 5.
KEATS'S (JOHN) POETICAL WORKS.
In 1 vol. fcap., with a Portrait from a Drawing
by Hilton, price 5s. cloth.
" Keats was, no doubt, a poet of very uncommon pro
mise. He bad all the wealth of genius within him ; but
he had not learned, before he was killed by criticism, the
received, and therefore the best, manner of producing it
for the eye of the world. Had he lived longer, the
strength and richness which break continually through
the affected style of ' Endymion' and ' Lamia,' and his
other poems, must have formed themselves into some
noble monuments of his powers. As it is, there is not a
poet living who could surpass the material of 'Endymion,*
a poem, with all its faults, far more full of beauties."
Willis's Pencilling* by the Way.
KIDD'S (REV. SAMUEL) CHINA: its
Symbols, Philosophy, Antiquities, Customs, Su
perstitions, Laws, Government, Education, and
Literature. One vol. 8vo, with a Portrait of the
present Emperor, and other Illustrations. 12s.

POEMS,Descriptive of Rural
Life and Scenery. Fcap. 8vo. Fourth Edition.
5s. Gd.
' ' Examples of minds highly gifted by Nature strug
gling with and breaking through the bondage of adver
sity are not rare in this country ; hut privation is not
destitution ; and the instance before us is, perhaps, one
of the most striking, of patient and persevering talent
existing and enduring in the moat forlorn and seemingly
hopeless condition that literature has at any time ex
hibited."Quarterly Review, May 1820.
DAVIDS'S(A.L.) TURKISH GRAMMAR,
4 to, 28*.
in French.
" The very curious and varied information comprised
in this volume, drawn chiefly from native sources, will
at the present moment be more especially interesting, as
throwing light upon the character of the rulers and people
with whom Great Britain is now engaged in mortal con
flict."Patriot, Sept. 16, 1841.
" We beg to express our high Bense of obligation to
Professor Kidd for this able and enlightened effort of his
pen, and very earnestly recommend it to the attention of
scholars in general."Evangelical Magazine.
"It is divided into seven sections. The first has de
lighted us by unfolding the mystery or philosophy of the
language. The second is historical in the best sense ;
giving us a bird's-eye view of the stream of. time, as it
has flown down the celestial empire. The sects which
have divided the people are made known to us in the
third section, of which the fourth is an appendix that
unfolds their moral philosophy, if we may be forgiven for
bo profaning that term. The fifth section should be
18 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

MISCELLANEOUSContinued.
Kidd's ChinaCovtinted.
studied by statesmen , for it gives the best account of the LINDLEY'S ELEMENTS OF BOTANY,
political state of the Chinese. The next exhibits what STaUCTUBAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, SYSTEMATICAL, and
may be called the superstition of the people, which is Medical ; being a fourth edition of the outline of
wrought into their very constitution. The volume closes the first principles of Botany. One volume 8vo,
with their education, literature, medicine, botany, and with many hundred figures on wood. 10*. tul.
natural history, some very appropriate reflections on the
whole, and just what we might expect from a missionary
who has been prevented by ill health from pursuing the " This work is indeed what the author intended it to
grand object of evangelizing the country, for which he be, * A Complete Botanical Note Hook, wherein all the
acquired their most difficult tongue. Some curious en {irincipal topics which the teachers of Botany introduce
gravings of interesting objects, and a thoroughly Chinese nto their lectures, are arranged methodically.' The
whole-length portrait of ' Reason's Glory,' the present necessity for such works as pegs for Axing facts in the
emperor, increase the value of a work which deserves to memory, and giving them their full value on their appli
succeed, whatever may be its fate."Eclectic Review, cation to reasoning processes, is undeniable ; and between
the skill of the author, and that of the engraver, it is
ROSEN (DR.) RIG VED.E SPECIMEN. scarcely possible to present elementary nojtlces on a
4to, 5s. simpler and more available plan . One consequence of
tli is is, the impossibility of further analysis. Our readers
SCHLEIERMACHER'S (DR. F.) CRITI must therefore rest contented with a reference to the work
CAL ESSAY ON THE GOSPEL OF ST. LUKE; itself."Athenteum, May 28th, 1842.
with an Introduction by the Translator : contain
ing an account of the controversy respecting the CHRISTISON'S (DR.) MEMOIR of THE
origin of the First Three Gospels since Bishop LATE DR. TURNER, Professor of Chemistry in
Marsh's Dissertation. 8vo, 13s. University College, London ; with the Philoso
DARLEY'S SYLVIA; OR THE MAY pher entering as a child into the Kingdom of
QUEEN. A Lyrical Drama, Fcap. 8vo. 7*- Heaven. A Sermon preached in the parish church
of St. Bride, Fleet Street, on occasion of the death
THE PRINCIPLES of the DOCTRINE of IT. Turner. By the Rev. Tboa. Dale, M.A.,
of CHRIST. Being an attempt to teach such as
price 2#.
are willing to learn " What it is to be a Christian."
12mo, sewed, price Id., or 25 for 12*. The Memoir may be had separately, price 1*.
THE CABINET CYCLOPAEDIA. Edited by Dr. Lardner. Small 8vo. Each Volume
containing a Vignette Title, engraved by Finden. 6*. cloth.
The Work comprises the following Divisions :- CABINET OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 13 Vols.
CABINET OP HISTORY. 68 Volumes. CABINET OF NATURAL HISTORY. 15 Volumes.
CABINET OF BIOGRAPHV. 31 Volumes. CABINET OF THE USEFUL ARTS. 7 Volumes.
*** Any Volume may he purchased separately, Price dx,
' ' One of the most valuable contributions that has ever been made to the cause of general knowledge and national
education. "Standard. ,
CABINET OF HISTORY.
Number of Vols, when complete. A ulhors. Volt, of the Seria.
England, 10 vols. ..... Mackintosh, Ate. a 18. 37. 62. 69. 81. 95. 104. 113. 124.
Ireland, 4 vols. ..... T. Moore. 69. 90. 121.
Scotland, 2 vols. Sir Walter Scott. 1. 4.
United States, 2 vols. .... Rev. H. Fergus. 13 33.
12. 15. 23.
10.
Switzerland, 1 vol. .... 31.
Denmark, Sweden, &o. 3 vols. . . Dr. Dunham. 110. 118. 122.
Poland, 1 vol Dr. Dunham. 20.
Germanic Empire, 3 vols. . Dr. Dunham. 60. 64. 67-
Robert Bell. 79. 85. 100.
Spain and Portugal, 5 vols. . . . Dr. Dunham. 29. 30. 32. 35; 38.
Europe during Middle Ages, 4 vols . Dr. Dunham. 45. 49. 53. 58.
De Sismondi. 27-
Fall of the Roman Empire, 2 vols. . De Sismondi. 56 61 .
50. 73.
Greece, 8 vols. ..... Rev. C. Thirlwall. 68.74.80.88.103. 114.125.
Grecian and Roman Antiquities, 2 vols. Rev. T Fusbroke, ic. 47- 70.
The Church, 2 vols. .... Rev. H. Stubbing. 41. 52.
Reformation, 2 vols. ... Rer. H. .Stubbing. 77 -
Maritime Discovery, 3 vols W. D. Cooley. 2. 11. 16.
Outlines of History, 1 vol. . . . . T. Keightley. 9.
Chronology of History, 1 vol. . Sir J 1. Nicolas. 44.

C 4BINET OF BIOGRAPHY.
British Lawyers, 1 vol H. Roscoe. 6.
Military Commanders, 3 vols. , Rev. G. R. Gleig. 25. 28. 36.
Naval Commanders, 5 vols. R. Southey, &c. 40. 48 57. 87. 128.
Statesmen, 7 vols Forster, &c. 21.78.91.99. 101. 108. 115.
Poets, 2 vols. .... R. Bell. 112. 111).
Dramatists, 2 vols. . . . Dr. Dunham, fzc. 93. 106.
Early British Writers, 1 vol. . Dr. Dunham, &c. 84.
Foreign Statesmen, 6 vols. . . . G. P. R. James, &o. 46. 76. 82. 89. 102.
Authors of France, 2 vols. Mrs. Shelley, &c 105. 117.
J. Montgomery, &c. 63. 71. 96.
 28, 8, ,. 19

,^).

3 5 / .
, , , &. 2 . . . 3.94.
; , . . . . 22.
24. 42. 54
1 , 1 . . . . 26.

. 1.030, .
-, 1 . . 8 1. 1 1-8<;11 . 14.
>890 *11. 51.
, 1 . . 55.
8 3. . 43.
.(1. 5.
, 1 . 8 . 1 -. 19.
,, 1 . . ^. . 39.
, 1 . 34.
<1>8(8 &<1 , 1 . . .. 17
, 1 . . . . 860 . 107.
) ,;11>. 127.
, 15, . 3 . . . . >;<1. 131).

/. 5.
&, 1 . . . . \. 8\&. 59.
88 . 7. .
, 1 . .1. 8. . 75.
& & . , 1 . . 8*. >
.&', 1 . .... . 8\. 72.
, 2 . 8\&. 83, 92.
, &, 1 . . &. 98.
., ,, , 2 . . 8\. 109.116.
, 1 \. 8\. 129.
, \. &,. 123.
& , 1 . . ". 8&. 120.1
, 1 . . 8>18. 126.'

36 $$*.{^ %\.

8880 182829. 880

. ,, - .(;8, 1.
, 1. . , , 1.
880 88 ,-
,, 1. 883 183738.
. 880 > 8.8-
,, 1. ,
. , 1.
, ,-
888 183839.
, .
880
. 8 , ,, 1. 8 ,,
. .
182930.
880 03 , ,, 1/. 088
, 8008 -
. , 80, 1*.
, , 1.
183(131. 880 ,
880 , 1. ,, 1*.
0880 08 088 8 -
, 80, (38- .8 , , .
, 1.
885 184041.
880 80 , ;8-
, 1. 880 8 5, 1.
880 08 .19 1\, 1. 880 . .11 ,
,, 1.
888 183134.
8888 184243.
880 80, 1. .
880 - ,
. , 1/. . .
20 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,
EDUCATIONAL MODELS
FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS, MECHANICS' INSTITUTIONS, AND FOR PRIVATE
INSTRUCTION.
APPARATUS FOR COHESION, Ca
pillary ATTRACTION, ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC ATTRACTION, IMPENETRABI
LITY AND INERTIA ; with Descriptions and
Diagrams. Price 21 1. in a box.
A MACHINE FOR ILLUSTRATING A SMALLER SET FOR PNEUMATICS.
Price 31. :i.i in a box.
CENTRIFUGAL MOTION ; including a repre
sentation of the Governor of a Steam Engine. In
a box, 10*.
ATTWOOD'S MACHINE FOR Ex
plaining THE LAWS OF FALLING
BODIES; with Apparatus attached for illus
trating the Theory of the Pendulum. Price of
Attwood's Machine, with a *' Companion,"
2*\ '2s. ; additional Apparatus for the Pendulum.
U. 1*.
The Apparatus will be found sufficiently large and
correct for the purposes of instructionit is nearly
6 feet high. The little work which accompanies
it contains the information necessary for the
use of the machine, and directions for making a
few experiments.
*#* The aboye articles of Apparatus, in con
nexion with others contained in the Sets of Me
chanical Powers, will be found highly important
to the teacher in explaining the mechanical
properties of matter, a knowledge of which should
always precede a course of instruction upon the
Science of Mechanics.
SETS OF MECHANICAL POWERS; GEOMETRICAL SOLIDS TO ILLUS
Containing, Tub LeverWheel and AxleA
Series of Pulleys The Inclined Plane
WedgeScrew ; with Examples op the Pa
rallelogram of ForcesCentre of Gravity
FrictionCollision of Elastic Bodies Cow-
pound Lever.
s, d.
I. For large Lecture-rooms, (size of the frame :
height, 3 feet 1 inch ; width, 3 feet) ..880
2 For Schools and smaller Lecture- rooms,
(height of the frame, 2 feet 6 inches ; width
2 feet 3 inches) 550
3. A Smaller set, omitting the Parallelogram
of ForceB and Collision of Elastic Bodies,
(height of the frame, 2 feet 1 inch ; width,
1 feet 11$ inches) 2 12 6
4. A Commoner Set, (height of the frame,
2 feet ; width, 19 inches) 16 3
The following Work is intended to accompany the
Mechanical Apparatus.
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY FOR BE-
GINNER8 ; Familiar Illustrations of the Laws
of Motion and Mechanics. With 143 Engravings
on Wood. Fcap. 8vo, 3*. M.
THE BENT LEVER. Convertible into a ARCHITECTURAL SOLIDS, with which
Bent Lever or Toggle Joint Press. With weights,
and a description. Price 10s.
A TRAIN OF SPUR WHEELS, mounted A PRACTICAL DEMONSTRATION (by
on a mahogany stand, with weights. Price 21.
in a box.
A DOUBLE INCLINED PLANE, with A PAIR OF LARGE DIVIDERS, for
making Diagrams on a black board, used by
an Application of the Composition and Resolution
of Forces. In a box, 10*.
*#* The above is accompanied by printed
directions and instructions for a few experiments.
A SET OF APPARATUS FOR Hy
drostatics, HTDRACXICS, AND PNEU
MATICS ; with a Pamphlet containing full De
scriptions and Directions for Performing many
Experiments. Price 67. 6*. in a box.
A HUNTER'S SCREW ; consisting of the
combination of Two Screws, one of which works
within the other. Js. tid.
A PORTABLE HYDROSTATIC BEL-
LOWS ; with description and Diagram, including
a weight Price 21*. in a box.
A SECTIONAL MODEL of the STEAM
ENGINE; by which the motions of the several
parts, its internal structure, and the high and
low pressure principles can be easily explained.
Price 21. 2s. in a box.
A PYROMETER, for Showing the Ex
pansion of Metals. Price 15*.
DRAWING MODELS; consisting of Forms
for constructing various Buildings, Gateways,
Castles, Bridges, &c. The Buildings will be found
sufficiently large to be drawn from by a numerous
class at the same time. In a box, with a small
Treatise on Drawing and Perspective. Price
21. 10*. Length of the Box, 18 inches ; breadth,
13 inches ; height, 8J inches.
TRATE REINER'S LESSONS ON FORM, and
OTHER "WORKS ON GEOMETRY. The Set
in a box, Vs.
CONTENTS.
the five regular solids. 1 Tetrahedron; 2 Octa
hedron ; 3 Icosahedron ; 4 Hexahedron ; 5 Pentagonal
Dodecahedron. 6 Rhomboidal Dodecahedron; 7 Bi-
pyramidal Dodecahedron ; 8 Trapezohedron. pyra
mids.9 Triangular; ID Quadrilateral ; 11 Hexagonal ;
12 Octagonal, prisms.13 Triangular ; 14 Quadrila
teral ; 15 Hexagonal; 16 Octagonal.17 Sphere; 18
Cylinder ; 19 Cone.
AN INSTRUMENT FOR TEACHING
GEOMETRY, convertible into a Theodolite,
Spirit Level, Hadley's Sextant, and Wollaston's
Goniometer. Price 21. 12*. 6d. in a box.
DIAGRAMS IN WOOD, to illustrate Dr.
Lardnkh's Euclid. Solid Geometry, Book I. The
Set of Nine in a box. Price 7*. 6rf.
KERSHAW'S BUILDING MATERIALS
FOB CHILDREN. Price 1. in a box.
DRIED SPECIMENS OF BRITISH
PLANTS, arranged according to the Natural
Orders. Containing from 60 to 65 Orders. In a
Case. Large size, 10*. 6d. Small, 8s.
many hundred Designs may be built. Price 6*. bVt.
in a box.
means of pieces of card-board) of the 4?th Propo
sition of the 1st Book of Euclid. 5*.
Teachers in Geometrical Classes. 4*.
A RELIEF MAP, in Papier Mache', for
illustrating Geographical Terms. 8*. in a box.
 28, UPPER GOWEB STREET, LONDON.
WORKS ON CHEMISTRY.
COMPLETION OF TURNER'S CHEMISTRY.
Nvw ready, in One Volume flee, ]/. 8f. containing the
whole of Organic Chemistry.
TURNER'S ELEMENTS OF CHE-
MISTRY, Seventh Edition. Edited by Justus
Liebig, M.D.. Ph.D., F.R.S., &c.t Professor of
Chemistry in the University of Giesscn; and
William Gregory, M.D., Professor of Chemistry
in King's College, Aberdeen.
*** Part III., No. 4, completing the Sixth Edi
tion, and the Second Supplement, completing the
Seventh Edition, are just Published.
" decidedly the best work for a student. We cor
dially recommend our readers to possess themselves of
this excellent manual of Chemistry.*'Med. Chir. Review.
*' There is no English work on Chemistry which has
been in so many hands, and has met with such universal
approbation, as 'Turner's Elements,' and there is scarcely
any work which has received so many additions and
improvements in passing through its numerous editions.
The present one appears to fulfil all that can be desired
of a work of this kind. In the former editions, which
were conducted by the late lamented Dr. Turner, the
inorganic division of the subject was treated with that
clearness, perspicuity, and beauty of arrangement, so
peculiarly his own ; but the organic part of the work,
although giving a very good general outline of this part of
Chemistry, was not so full as could be wished, when the
almost miraculous advances of this interesting branch of
the science were taken into consideration. The edition
now before us, by W. Gregory and J. Liebig, leaves
nothing to be desired in this respect ; they have rendered
it exceedingly complete, carrying out, at the same time,
the original idea of Turner. There are many other new
works on Chemistry of surpassing merit, but some of them
are more adapted to the teacher than the student ; some
are based on entirely new hypotheses, adopted only by a
few, and, consequently, although of incalculable value to
advanced students, do not render such eminent service to
young chemists as works on the usual plan are capable
of doing. Of these latter the work before us is a splendid
example ; and as a compendium of the present state of
Chemistry, and a text-book for all beginners, we consider
it as unequalled by any in the English language, and we
even doubt whether there are any of the foreign manuals
of an equal size which can venture to compete with it."
Chemical Gazette, December 1, 1842.
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS.
One Volume, 8vo, with Numerous Diagrams, 10*. 6d. cl.
ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ANALY-
SIS, Inorganic and (>uo an re. By Edward
Andrew Parnelt., late Chemical Assistant in
University College, London.
"Its arrangement is excellent and the descriptions of
processes remarkably clear and explicit. The first part
of the work is devoted to the qualitative examination
of every variety of substance. It is true that its compre
hension requires a certain amount of chemical knowledge.
Mr. Parnell has, however, in a great measure obviated
the necessity for much acquaintance with chemistry, by
throwing into a series of tables the appearances presented
by the application of various chemical re-agents. At
first it may cost the novice some labour to acquire the
necessary manipulations, but the results which must
follow from its accomplishment will fully compensate for
the labour and time expended. Mr. Parnell "a work has
not been written for farmers, but as a general work of
reference. In conclusion, we cordially recommend this
work to those who are disposed to aid themselves in
examining the constituents of their soils. Mr. Parnell
deserves the best thanks of English chemists for his
masterly work, and we earnestly hope that it will prove
the means of elevating the analytical chemistry of our
countrya branch of the science in which we have long
been deficient."Farmer's Magazine, November, 1842.
" As an adjunct to the exertions of the teacher, but by
no means superseding the necessity of oral and practical
instruction, the work of Mr. Parnell appears likely to be
in the highest degree useful ; it will serve to convey to the
attentive student a correct notion of the general routine
of operations proper to each of the different classes of
21
analytical research, and the principles upon which such
modes of proceeding have been devised, besides affording
him a fund of practical detail, an easy reference to which
will certainly lighten his labours and accelerate his
progress." Chemical Gazette, November 1, 1842.
PROFESSOR LIEBIG'S NEW WORK.
One Volume, Svo, 9s. 6d. cloth,
ANIMAL CHEMISTRY, or Organic Che-
MISTBY IN ITS APPLICATIONS TO PHYSIOLOGY AND
Pathology. By Justus Liebig, M.D. , Ph. D., Pro
fessor of Chemistry in the University of Giessen.
Edited, from the Author's Manuscript, by William
Gregory, M.D., Professor of Chemistry, King's
College, Aberdeen.
*( While we have given but a very imperfect sketch of
this original and profound work, we have endeavoured to
convey to the reader some notion of the rich store of in
teresting matter which it contains. The chemist, the
physiologist, the medical man, and the agriculturist, will
all find in this volume many new ideas and many useful
practical remarks. It is the first specimen of what modern
Organic Chemistry is capable of doing for physiology ;
and we have no doubt that from its appearance, physio
logy will date a new era in her advance." Quarterly
Review, No. 139.
'In concluding our remarks on this truly valuable
accession to medical science, we beg to state that the phy
siological chemist, as well as the medical practitioner, will
find in this work ideas and practical remarks of a de
cidedly novel character. It is a beautiful, and, we believe,
the first specimen of the great services which modern
Organic Chemistry is capable of rendering to practical
medicine: indeed, we have no hesitation in saying that
from its appearance, physiology will date a new era in her
advancement."Med. Chir. Review, October 1842.
LIEBIG'S AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY.
Second Edition, with very numerous Additions, 9s. 6d.
CHEMISTRY IN ITS APPLICATIONS
TO AGRICULTURE and PHYSIOLOGY. By
Justus Liebig, M.D., Ph. D., F.R.S., Professor of
Chemistry in the University of Giessen. Edited,
from the Manuscript of the Author, by Lyon
Playfajr, Ph. D.
" Our readers, we trust, are by this time convinced,
that the principles of rational agriculture are within the
domain of science, and that from science alone, when
called in to aid the zealous agriculturist, can we hope for
real and permanent improvement. In the recent work,
Dr. Liebig has pointed out the path to be pursued, and
has amply vindicated the claim of science to be considered
the best guide, by correcting the erroneous views hitherto
prevailing of the sources whence plants derive their nou
rishment, by developing the true causes of fertility in
soils, and finally by establishing on a firm basis the true
doctrine of manures."Quarterly Review, March 1842.
' ' Our limits confine us to a few brief notices of a work,
the value and transcendent merits of which can be truly
appreciated only by a most attentive perusal of the whole ;
and we do not hesitate to say, that it is a book which
ought to be in the possession of every landed proprietor
and every liberal-minded and inquiring farmer : the
former would be instructed by it , how he might avail him
self of the means which nature presents to him for the
improvement of his estates ; and the latter to understand
the true nature of his soil, the causes of fertility, and the
skilful application of manures for his own and the public
benefit." Great Northern Advertiser.
LABORATORY AT GIESSEN.
Just Imported, Price 12*.
EIGHT FOLIO PLATES, Representing
A. the Chemical Laboratory of the University of
Giessen, accompanied by a Pamphlet in German,
descriptive of the same. By Dr. Justus Liebig.
 22 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON,

WORKS ON ANATOMY, SURGERY, MEDICINE, &c.

MR. QUAIN'S WORK ON THE ARTERIES.

Noui ready, Parti I. to XIV., each 12s.,

THE ANATOMY OF THE ARTERIES,

WITH ITS

APPLICATIONS TO PATHOLOGY AND OPERATIVE SURGERY.

In ?titf)ogvapfiir Urate in gg,
THE SIZE OP AND DRAWN FROM NATURE, WITH PRACTICAL COMMENTARIES.

BY RICHARD QUAIN,
PROFESSOR OF ANATOMY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, AND SURGEON TO UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE HOSPITAL.

The Plates are Imperial Folio, 27 by 21j inches; the Letterpress, Demy 8vo.
Each Part contains Five Plates, accompanied by a Part of Letter-press.
The Work will be completed in about seventeen Parts.
Parts I. to VII., forming Volume I. (if the Work be bound in two Volumes) may now be had,
bound in cloth ; or half-bound in morocco, with the Plates folded into half their full size, price 5/. bs.

The object of this Publication is to lay before the Student and Practitioner, by means of accurate
delineations and a record of the peculiarities observed in numerous cases, a correct History of the Blood
vessels, arranged especially with a view to its bearing on Practical Surgery.

PLAN OF THE WORK.

1st. In the Drawings the Arteries are, in the first place, represented according to their most frequent
arrangement, without the accompanying veins and nerves.
2ndly. They are shown in connection with the larger veins and nei-ves.
3rdly. The deviations from that which has been taken as the standard condition of the arteries are
illustrated in a series of sketches.
4thly. Such peculiarities of the veins, and occasionally of the nerves and muscles, as appeared likely
to be of importance in surgical operations, are represented on a reduced scale.
5thly. Illustrations of the State of the Arteries after the Operations- for Aneurism, are given at the
end of the publication.
The Letterpress, besides an explanation of, and remarks on the Drawings, contains
A Series of Tables showing, in a short space, the condition of each of the larger arteries in about 290
bodies.
And some Practical Commentaries, which consist for the most part of inferences from the facts pre
viously set forth, an'd their application in the performance of the operations of Surgery.

*' In conclusion, we venture to predict, that the accuracy, the originality, the sterling practical usefulness,
and, comparatively speaking, tan moderate price of this beautiful work, will soon place it not only in every public
medical library in the United Kingdom, but in that of every professional man who feels deeply interested in the
progress of anatomical science, or in the efficiency and perfection of operative surgery.*' Medical Gazette,
Jan. 9, 1841.
" This is a work excellent both in its conception and execution, and meriting the warmest patronage of tbe
profession. Judging from the specimens before us, we believe that it will not only give us a much more accurate
and more complete anatomy of the whole arterial system than we already possessed, but that it will give all the
most precise information relating to every point connected with the blood-vessels and nerves which it most
imports the practical surgeon to have. The plates do the highest credit to Mr. Maclise as works of art. In addi
tion to their beauty and accuracy, they have the great advantage of representing the objects of their natural
magnitude: a point of first-rate importance ,in surgical anatomy. Most of them are also coloured.
" Considering these circumstances, it is surprising that the work can be offered to purchasers at so love a
rate as twelve shillings per Part, each containing five Plates."British andForeign Medical Reoiew, Jan. 1841.
 28, UPPER GOWER STREET, LONDON. 23

AN APPLICATION OF PROFESSOR LIEBIG'S PHYSIOLOGY to thk PREVEN

TION and CUBE of GKAVEL, CALCULUS, and GOUT. By H. Bench Jones, M.A., Cantab. ;
Licentiate of the Royal College of Physicians, London ; and Fellow of the Chemical Society. 8vo, Bs.
" In thus expressing our opinion of the practical value of this publication, it is satisfactory to find ourselves
supported by Professor Liebig himself, under whose immediate superintendence and sanction, a translation into
German is now preparing." Pharmaceutical Journal.
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS OF DISEASES OF THE LUNGS. By W. H. Walshe,
M.I)., Professor of Pathological Anatoin) in University College, Physician to the Hospital for Consump
tion and Diseases of the Chest, &c. Fcap. 8vo. 6s. 6d. [Just published.)
" The treatise is one of extraordinary merit. Indeed, we do not hesitate to say that there exists in no language any
work on the physical diagnosis of diseases of the lungs, suited for students, so dear and precise, and, at the same
i comprehensive
time, so iTnnr<.hpiisive and
and practical
nractirnl as
as this."
this. Brilith and Foreign Medical Review.

COMPLETION OF MULLERS PHYSIOLOGY. MORTON'S SURGICAL ANATOMY-

In Two Volumes 8vo, each Volume 20*.,
ELEMENTS OF PHYSIOLOGY.
BY J. MULLER, M.D.,
Translated from the German, with Notes, by William
Baly, M.D. With Steel Plates and very numerous
Wood Engravings.
" We do, however, recommend it very strongly, and
we have no hesitation in saying that it will supersede
all other works as a Text Book fur Lectures, and one of
reference for students. It steers a middle course be
tween the superficial brevity of many of our modern
works, and the pleonastic and metaphysical jargon of
Burdach."Med. Chir. Review, April 1838.
DR. QUAIN'S
ELEMENTS OF ANATOMY.
Fourth Edition.
Illustrated by 140 Engravings on Wood, and four Steel
Plates. 1 vol. Bvo, It. St., cloth, lettered.
With Lithographic Plates and Wood Engravings,
THE SUEGICAL ANATOMY
' * OF THE
, PRINCIPAL REGIONS OF THE HUMAN BODY.
BY THOMAS MORTON,
Assistant-Surgeon at University College Hospital, one
of the Demonstrators of Anatomy in the same College.
I. THE PERINjEUM ; Four Plates and Three
Wood Cuts. Royal 8vo, Sf . plain, 7s. 6d. coloured.
" We most cordially recommend Mr. Morton's treatise,
as a satisfactory guide in the dissection of the perinaeum
and pelvis. "British and Foreign Medical Review.
II. THE GROIN, THE FEMORAL AND
POPLITEAL REGIONS Eight Lithographio
Plates and Eleven Wood Engravings. Royal 8vo,
13*. coloured ; 9*. plain.
" The production is altogether one which we can con
scientiously recommend to the working student * * *
The work will constitute a complete and elaborate trea
tise, that cannot fail to be highly useful to surgeons in
general."British and Foreign Medical Review.

III. INGUINAL HERNIjE, THE TESTIS,

NEW DISSECTOR.
In One Volume, crown Svo, 750 pages, 12/.
DEMONSTRATIONS OF ANATOMY;
A GUIDE TO THE DISSECTION OF THE
HUMAN BODY.
BY GEORGE VINER ELLIS,
One of the Demons trator of Anatomy in University College.
" We think Mr. Ellis's * Demonstrations ' are in
every way fitted for the purposes for which they are in
tended, and we therefore strongly recommend the work
to the notice of every member of the profession. We
are convinced that it will quickly become the general
Text Book of every working student in anatomy."
British and Foreign Medical Review, January 1841.
ILLUSTRATED AND CHEAP EDITION OF
DR. DAVIS'S MIDWIFERY.
Now ready, in One Volume, Svo, with a Ato Volume of
Plates, together U. 7s. Gd. cloth, or It. 5s. in Parts,
ELEMENTS OF OBSTETRIC
MEDICINE,
WITH TIIK
DESCRIPTION AND TREATMENT OF SOME OF
THE PRINCIPAL DISEASES OF CHILDREN.
BY DAVID D. DAVIS, M.D.,
Late Professor of Obstetric Medicine In Uni. College.
Second Edition. Accompanied by all the Plates
belonging to the original 4to Edition.
" Havincr, during a long series of years, accumulated
a mass of important facts, Dr. Davis is entitled to the
thanks of established practitioners, and to the grati
tude of all the junior members of the Profession, for
thus presenting to them, in an agreeable form, the re-
suits of an experience which itcan be the lot of few, even
eminent physicians, to enjoy." Notice of the First
Edition. Lancet, Sept. 22, 1832.
AND ITS COVERINGS. Five Plates, Eleven
Wood Cuts, 12s. coloured ; 9s. plain.
" The present work is a worthy successor to those
(on the groin and perinseum) and will prove, we do not
doubt, as great a favourite with students." Med. Chir.
Rev., April 1841.
IV. THE HEAD AND NECK, THE AXILLA,
AND BEND OF THE ELBOW. (Nearly ready.)
DRESSING AND BANDAGING.
Fcap. Svo, with 100 Engravings on Wood, cloth 6s. 6d.
THE SURGEON'S PRACTICAL
GUIDE IN DRESSING,
AMD IN THE METHODIC APPLICATION OF
BANDAGES.
BY THOMAS CUTLER, M.D.,
Late Staff Surgeon in the Belgian Army. Second Ed.
ALLEN (Dr. M., of High Beech) ON THE
CLASSIFICATION OF THE INSANE, 8vo, 6.
DAVIS (Dr. David D.) ACUTE HYDRO
CEPHALUS, OR WATER IN THE HEAD, an
Inflammatory Disease, and Curable by the same
means with other Diseases of Inflammation,
8vo, 9. 6d.
HIND (G. W.) FRACTURES OF THE EX
TREMITIES, exhibited in 20 Plates and 40
Woodcuts. Folio, \l. is. cloth.
A PORTRAIT OF R. LISTON, ESQ.,
Snrgeon to University College Hospital. Drawn on
Stone by Gauci, from the original by Eddis. Price
21. M.
24 WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND WALTON.

JUST COMPLETED,
In two vols, royal folio, half-bound morocco, gilt tops, price 12/. plain, 20/. coloured,

A SERIES OF

ANATOMICAL PLATES,
In a.ttf)ograpf)j.i,

WITH REFERENCES AND PHYSIOLOGICAL COMMENTS,

ILLUSTRATING

THE STRUCTURE OF THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY.

EDITED BY JONES QUAIN, M.D.,

AND

ERASMUS WILSON,
LECTURER ON ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY AT TUB MIDDLESEX HOSPITAL.

Iproepwtua.
This Publication consists of a Scries of the most approved Anatomical Drawings, some original,
oiliors selected from monograph treatises or from systematic works. The highest place in the monograph
treatises is deservedly conceded to the works of Scarpa and Tiedemann, and in the systematic works,
to those of Mascagni and Caldani; but from their size and the style in which they are executed, the
expense of publication is necessarily such as to confine their usefulness to comparatively few persons.
It may, however, be fairly admitted, that the collections of Cloquet and Loder, though not of equal
pretension, are no less valuable to students, as a guide to the knowledge of that complex fabric whose
composition they seek to investigate ; and to those of maturer age, as a means of reviving impressions
received during their earlier studies. As, however, even the works last named are inaccessible to some
from their price, and to others from the descriptions and references being given in a foreign language, the
want of a similar publication in an English garb has been for some time complained of.
To supply the want here noticed, and at a moderate price, is the object of the present under
taking. The Plates are accompanied by letter-press, containing detailed references to the various
objects delineated, the names being set down in English, Latin, and French. But with a view to render
them intelligible to a greater number of persons, a running comment on each Plate is given, stating in
general terms the uses and purposes which the different objects serve in the animal economy. The
drawings are taken on stone by Mr. W. Fairland, and the printing executed by Hullmandel, Graff,
aud Fairlands.

THE WORK HAY ALSO BE HAD IN SEPARATE PORTIONS, AS FOLLOWS :

THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY. THE VISCERA OF THE HUMAN BODY,
Royal Folio, 61 Plates. 2(. 16*. plain ; 5;. it. Including the Organs of Digestion, Respira
full coloured tion, Secretion, and Excretion. Royal Folio,
32 l'latcs. Price II. IBs. plain ; 31. 10s. coloured.
THE VESSELS OF THE HUMAN BODY.
Royal Folio, Ml Plates. 21. 14s. plain; 3/. 18>.
with the Vessels coloured. THE BONES AND LIGAMENTS. Royal
Folio, 30 Plates. Price 21. plain; Si. lit.
THE NERVES OF THE HUMAN BODY. coloured. Just published.
Royal Folio, 38 Plates. 21. 4s. plain ; it. is. full
coloured.

*Ht* The entire Work consists of 104 Numbers, and 2 Supplements, containing 201 Plates,
besides Indexes, &c. Subscribers are requested to complete their sets without delay.

BRADBURY AND EVANS, PRINTERS, WHITEFRIARS.